EIA For Power Supply (Muse Mandalay Railway)

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Muse-Mandalay Railway (Power Supply System)
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd. May, 2022
1.0. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1. Introduction
China Railway Eryuan Engineering Group Co., Ltd (CREEC) will conduct Feasibility Study
(FS) for traction power supply system for high speed railway project. The railway will
lengthy from Muse to Mandalay. The total length of the main railway line is 409.960 km.
According to the Environmental Conservation Law, 2012 and Environmental Impact
Assessment Procedure, 2015, CREEC will have to conduct Environmental Impact
Assessment not only for the proposed railway alignment but also for the railway power
supply system. So, this EIA is as an integral part of the Muse-Mandalay Railway Alignment
Project. Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd. was appointed to
conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project. Ever Green Tech
Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd (EGT) submitted the Scoping Report on 29
November 2019 as an Initial Environmental Impact Assessment Report with Letter No-
SAMAKA-2019 (CREEC) 875. On 20 February 2020, Environmental Conservation
Department amended in accordance with Letter No-EIA-1/7(435/2020) and EGT resubmitted
the Revised Scoping Report on 23 July 2020 with Letter No-SAMAKA-2020 (CREEC) 987.
The Environmental Conservation Department approved the Scoping Report on 10, December,
2020 with Letter No- EIA-2/2 (3035/2020). The Environmental Impact Assessment Report
was submitted on 15 June 2021 with Letter No SAMAKA-2021 (CREEC) 032 by Ever Green
Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd and the Environmental Conservation
Department amended in accordance with Letter No- EIA 2/9/ RT(EIA) (36/2022) on 11
January, 2022.
1.2. Summary of Introduction
1.2.1. Brief of Project Proponent
The followings are the brief of project proponent for the FS of Muse-Mandalay railway
project.
Project Developer
Myanma Railways (MR) under the Ministry of Transport and

Project Developer
Communications (MOTC)
1
Power Stations and Transmission Lines along Muse-Mandalay

Type of Project
Railway
Muse-Mandalay Railway starts from Muse port of entry at the

Project Location
north, goes south to Mandalay
1.U Myo Win (General Manager)

Contact Person Upper Myanmar Administration (MR)
Upper Myanmar Administration Department, Mandalay

Station, Mandalay, Myanmar
Tel：+95-2-35172 Fax：+95-2-35829
E-mail：myowingmupper@gmail.com
2.U Phyo Htet Kyaw [Assistant General Manager (Planning)]
Planning and Administration Department, (MR)
Nay Pyi Taw Station Compound, Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar
Tel：+95-6777164(office)/+95-9-43124800(mobile)
Fax：+95-67-77164
1.2.2. Brief of EIA Team
Below is the background information on Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and
Training Co., Ltd., (Third party) who will conduct the EIA.
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services & Training Co., Ltd.
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co.,

Company Name
Ltd.
Company
3344/2015-2016 (Ygn)
Registration Number
Transition Consultant
0047
Registration Number
2
Contact Address 1/9, Baho Road, 16th Quarter, Hlaing Township, Yangon.
Telephone Number 09-5099230, 09-5099232
E-mail green.evergreentech@gmail.com
Dr. Kyaw Swar Tint
Ph.D. (Mining)
Contact person Principal Environmental and Social Consultant
09-797111000
11kyawswar@gmail.com
1.2.3. Selected Consultants for Conducting EIA
The following are the selected consultants for conducting EIA for power supply system of
railway project.
No Name Degree Responsibility Area of Expertise

(a) Air Pollution Control
(b) Noise and Vibration
Dr. Kyaw Ph.D. Principal (c) Socio-Economy
1
Swar Tint (Mining) Consultant (d) Environmental
Management and
Monitoring
(a) Water Pollution Control
(b) Modelling of Water
Quality
Mr. Min M.Sc.
2 Key Consultant (c) Meteorology, Modeling
Aung (Chemistry)
for Air Quality
Our
(d) Soil and Ground Water
Consultants
Pollution Control
(a) Risk Assessment and
Hazard Management
Dr. Thein Ph.D. Senior
3 (b) Facilitation of Meeting
Tun (Metallurgy) Consultant
(c) Occupational Safety and
Health
(a) Evaluation of
Alternatives
Dr. Myo Ph.D. Senior
4 (b) Resources Utilization
Min Tun (Metallurgy) Consultant
and Management
(c) Waste Management
5 Dr. Sao Ph.D. Consultant Remote Sensing and GIS
3
Hone Pha (Electronics)

M.S. in
EIA/EMS
Ms.
(YTU), Dip; in Social Impact Assessment
6 Nandar Consultant
Applied (Household Survey)
Nwe
Psychology
(YU)
M.S. in
EIA/EMS
Ms. Social Impact Assessment
(YTU), Dip; in
7 Thazin Consultant (Public Consultation and
Applied
Htwe Stakeholder Engagement)
Psychology
(YU)
B.Sc.
Mr. Yaw Field
8 (Forestry); Dip Baseline Study (Traffic)
Ma Nar Coordinator
in EIA/EMS
Mr. Moe B.Sc. Baseline Study (Water and
9 Surveyor
Pyi Kyaw (Forestry) Soil Quality)
Dr. Wyne
Ph.D.
10 Nwe Nwe Consultant Species Identification
(Biotech)
Oo
Dr. Nyunt Ph.D.
11 Consultant Fauna Diversity
Lwin (Zoology)
Dr. Nyo Ph.D. Freeland
12 Flora Diversity
Nyo Lwin (Botany) Consultant
Dr. Khon M.B.B.S.
13 Consultant Health Impact Assessment
Aung (Ygn)
Dr. Ohm Ph.D. Geotechnical (Slope
14 Consultant
Thaik (Mining) Stability)
Dr. Tin
Ph.D.
15 Aung Consultant Geology
(Geology)
Myint
Dr. Win Ph.D. Hydrology and Political
16 Consultant
Swe (Geography) Science
Ms. May Constructional Related
17 M.E. (Civil) Consultant
Thet Zaw Impact Assessment
Ms. Nay
18 Chi Win M.E. (Civil) Consultant Risk Assessment
Maung
U Aung
19 L.L.B; MBA Consultant Legal Requirements
Naing Tun
M.Sc.
Mr. Cheng
Foreign (Conservation Water resources and high
20 Liang Consultant
Consultant of Soil & speed railway design
shuang
Water)
4
Selected Consultants for Report Writing

Selected consultants for EIA Report Writing are shown in the following table.
No. Name Degree Responsibility Report Writing

(a) Noise and Vibration Assessment
Dr. Kyaw Swar (b) Environmental Management and
1 Ph.D. (Mining) Key Consultant
Tint Monitoring
(c) Overall Review
(a) Impact Assessment and Mitigation
Measures for Surface Water
2 Mr. Min Aung M.Sc. (Chemistry) Key Consultant Environment
(b) Impact Assessment and Mitigation
Measures for Soil Quality
(a) Risk Assessment and Hazard
Senior
3 Dr. Thein Tun Ph.D. (Metallurgy) Management
Consultant
(b) Occupational Safety and Health
(a) Alternatives Analysis
Dr. Myo Min Senior
4 Ph.D. (Metallurgy) (b) Resources Utilization and
Tun Consultant
Management
Dr. Sao Hone
5 Ph.D. (Electronics) Consultant (a) GIS Study for Land Use Land Cover
Pha
M.S. in EIA/EMS (a) Social Impact Assessment
6 Ms. Nandar Nwe Consultant
(YTU), (Household Survey and Analysis)
M.S. in EIA/EMS
(a) Social Impact Assessment
(YTU), Dip; in
7 Ms. Thazin Htwe Consultant (Stakeholder Engagement and Public
Applied Psychology
Consultation Meetings)
(YU)
(a) Environmental Baseline Study
B.Sc. (Forestry); Field
8 Mr. Yaw Ma Nar Baseline Study (Traffic and
Dip in EIA/EMS Coordinator
Secondary Data Collection)
Mr. Moe Pyi (a) Baseline Study
9 B.Sc. (Forestry) Surveyor
Kyaw (Surface Water and Soil Quality)
Dr. Wyne Nwe (a) Biodiversity Impact Assessment and
10 Ph.D. (Biotech) Consultant
New Oo Management
(a) Species Identification and Evaluation
11 Dr. Nyunt Lwin Ph.D. (Zoology) Consultant
(Fauna Diversity)
Dr. Nyo Nyo Freelance (a) Species Identification and Evaluation
12 Ph.D. (Botany)
Lwin Consultant (Flora Diversity)
Mg Hein Moe
13 MSc. (Zoology) Consultant (a) Impact Evaluation on Eco System
Lwin
14 M.B.B.S. (Ygn);
Dr. Ni Ni Aye Consultant (a) Health Impact Assessment
MSc (Public Health)
15 (a) Analysis for Slope Stability
Dr. Ohm Theik Ph.D. (Mining) Consultant
(b) Alternative Analysis
16 (a) Earthquake Assessment,
Dr. Tin Aung
Ph.D. (Geology) Consultant (b) Mineral Resources and Engineering
Myint
Geology
17 (a) Hydrology and Ground Water
Dr. Win Swe Ph.D. (Geography) Consultant
(b) Methodology for SIA Study
18 (a) Constructional Related Impact
Ms. Nay Chi Win
M.E. (Civil) Consultant Assessment
Maung
(b) Railway Construction Method
19 U Aung Naing
L.L.B; MBA Consultant (a) Laws and Regulations
Tun
20 M.Sc.
Mr. Cheng Liang (a) Water Resources and High-Speed
(Conservation of Consultant
shuang Railway Design
Soil & Water)
5
1.2.4. Objectives of A Study
The EIA report will contain:
(a) the present status of air, noise, water, land, biological, socio-economic and health
components of the environment;
(b) identification and evaluation of positive and negative impacts due to the
development of the project;
(c) proposed pollution control measures, environmental management plan (EMP) to
be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts;
(d) measures for the improvement of the community around the area, and
(e) Post-project environmental quality monitoring programme.
1.2.5. Scope of the EIA Study
This EIA study for the proposed railway power supply system will cover FS for the
following:
(1) Traction substations; and

(2) Transmission line along the railway.
But the EIA study will not cover the main power generation sources for required electrical
power for the power supply system.
1.3. Summary of Legal Requirements
1.3.1. Laws and Regulations Related to the Proposed Project
Myanmar has promulgated several laws and regulations concerning protection of the
environment. The following table describes laws and regulations which are directly or
indirectly associated with the proposed railway power supply system.
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Workmen’ Right, Occupational Safety and Health
Laws and Regulations Year
The Labor Organization Rules (No.1,7 to 11) 2012
Labor Disputes Resolution Law 2012
Employment and Skill Development Law 2013
The Leave and Holiday Act 1951
Minimum Wages Law 2013
Payment of Wages Act 2016
The Social Security Law 2012
6
Workmen’s Compensation Act 2005

Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases Law 1995
The Control of Smoking and Consumption of Tobacco Product Law 2016
The Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Rule 2013
Occupational Safety and Health Law (Pyidangsu Hluttaw Law No.8) 2018
Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923
Law Relating to Overseas Employment 1999
The Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Law 2013
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Cultural and Heritage

The Protection of Rights of Natural Race Law 2015
Protection and Preservation of Cultural Heritage Regions Law 2019
The Protection and Preservation of Antique Objects Law 2015
The Protection and Preservation of Ancient Monuments Law 2015
Rules for the Protection of the Rights of ethnic nationalities 2019
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Natural Environment

Forest Law 2018
The Conservation of Biodiversity and Protected Areas Law 2018
Conservation of Water Resources and River Laws 2016
Conservation of Water Resources and River Rules 2013
Mandalay Region Freshwater Fisheries Law 2012
Shan State Freshwater Fisheries Law 2014
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Communities’ Development, Health and Safety

Union of Myanmar Public Health Law 1972
Village Regional Development Law 2019
Law of Protecting of Farmer Rights and Enhancement of their Benefits 2013
Second amendment of the law on the development of border area and national races 2015
Public Health Law 1972
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Transportation and Communication

Railway Transportation Service Law 2016
The Highways Law 2015
Road Law 2000
Vehicle Safety and Motor Vehicle Management Law 2020
Motor Vehicle Rules 1987
7
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Land Acquisition

Vacant, Fallow, Virgin Land Management Law 2018
Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law 2019
Farm Land Law 2012
National Land Use Policy 2016
Shan State Development Law 2013
Mandalay Region Development Organizations Law 2014
The Upper Myanmar Land and Revenue Regulation 1889
The Land Acquisition Act 1894
Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Power Supply

Law Amending the Electronic Transactions Law 2021
Telecommunication Law 2013
The Electricity Law 2014
The Electricity Rule 2015
Table. Other Relative Laws and Regulations for the Proposed Project

Natural Disaster Management Law (Law No.21) 2013
Constitution of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar 2008
Law on Standardization (Law No.28) 2014
Environmental Conservation Law 2012
Environmental Conservation Rules 2014
EIA Procedures 2015
National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines 2015
Law Amending the Factories Act (Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No.12/2016) 1951
Private Industrial Enterprise Law 1990
Myanmar Fire Force Law 2015
The Myanmar Insurance Law 1993
Myanmar Petroleum and Petroleum Products Law 2017
The Petroleum Rules 1937
The Export and Import Law 2012
The Industrial Explosive Materials Law 2018
The Explosive Substance Act 1908
The Myanmar Engineering Council Law 2013
Myanmar Fire Bridge Law 2015
Patent Law 2019
Myanmar Investment Law 2016
Myanmar Investment Rules 2017
The Law Relating to Aquaculture 1989
The Ethnic Rights Protection Laws 2015
8
1.3.2. Summary of International Agreements and Conventions

In addition to the domestic laws listed above, Myanmar is also a signatory to the following
international conventions, and these may have relevance to the proposed survey activities.
Table 1.1. International Agreements and Conventions Relevant to the Proposed Project
International Agreements and

Status
Conventions
Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985 1998
Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, 1989 1993
Basel Convention, 1989 2015
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), New 1995 and
York, 1992 and Kyoto Protocol 1997 2005
Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 1994
Asia Least Cost Greenhouse Gas Abatement Strategy (1998 ALGAS) 1998
United Nations Agenda 21 1997
Relevant ILO Conventions in force in Myanmar

• C1 Hours of Work
• C14 Weekly Rest
• C17 Workmen’s Compensation (Accidents)
• C19 Equality of Treatment (Accident Compensation)
• C26 Minimum Wage Fixing Machinery
• C29 Forced Labour Convention
• C42 Workmen’s Compensation (Occupational Diseases) Revised 1934
• C52 Holidays with Pay
1.3.3. Summary of National Environmental Quality (Emissions) Guideline for Electrical

Power Transmission and Distribution
This guideline applies to power transmission between a generation facility and a substation
located within an electricity grid, in addition to power distribution from a substation to
9
consumers located in residential, commercial, and industrial areas. Power transmission and
distribution does not typically give rise to significant effluents or air emissions. Where
potentially contaminated water runoff or dust exists, site operations should comply with the
following effluent guideline and the general air quality guideline.
(a) Effluent Levels

Parameter Unit Maximum Concentration
Biological oxygen demand mg/l 30
Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 125
Oil and grease mg/l 10
pH S.U.a 6-9
Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400
Total nitrogen mg/l 10
Total phosphorus mg/l 2
Total suspended solids mg/l 50
a Standard Unit
(b) Electromagnetic Field

Additionally, exposure limits for general public exposure to electric and magnetic fields
should comply with International Commission on Non-ionized Radiation Protection
guidelines for limiting general public exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and
electromagnetic fields (up to 300 Gigahertz).
Frequency Electric Field (V/ma) Magnetic Field ((µTb)

50 Hzc 5000 100
60 Hz 4150 83
a
Volts per meter; b Micro tesla; c Hertz
10
(c) Noise level set in NEQG

In NEQG, the noise level is set as shown in the following table.
One Hour LAeq
Receptor Daytime (7:00-22:00)(dBA) Night Time (22:00-7:00)
(10:00-22:00 for public (22:00-10:00 for public
holidays) holidays)
Residential,
55 45
institutional,
Industrial, commercial 70 70
educational
Source: NEQG (December 2015)
1.4. Summary of Project Description
1.4.1.Main Components and Functions
The external power supply mainly provides power energy for the railway power supply
system. Each traction substation supplies power for the electric locomotive by introducing
two-circuit independent & reliable 132kV or 230kV power supplies from the local power
system and then converting voltage to 27.5kV by a traction transformer. Meanwhile, a step-
down transformer is used to ensure 11kV power output so as to power all power consumption
points such as station, work area, yard, and substation.
The interface between external power supply works and traction power supply system works
is the high-voltage incoming pole in the traction substation. The works in incoming pole is
traction power supply system works (below red dotted line in the figure below); and the
external power supply supporting works is 132kV or 230kV transmission line from local
substation of state power network to traction substation (between the blue and red dotted lines
in the figure below). Some areas may suffer insufficient power supply. At this time, it is
necessary to consider the new local 230kV substation and networking 230kV transmission
line.
11
Figure - Schematic Diagram of Interface between External Power Supply and Traction Power Supply System
12
Muse Border Station
Nam Hpak Ka Traction Substation
Man Peng Traction Substation

Theinni Station
Lashio West Traction Substation
San Lau Traction Substation
Chaung Chauk Substation
Nawng Hkio Intermediate Station Legend
Traction Substation
CK365 Traction Substation Pyinoolwin Intermediate Station
Switching Post
Mandalay East Switching Post
Railway Alignment
Mandalay South Traction Substation
Figure - Traction Substations and Switching Post along the Railway in GIS Map
13
Figure - Traction Substations and Switching Post along the Railway in Google Earth
14
1.4.2. Work Schedule for Construction and Operation Phases
All of the railway related works such as power supply system, bridges and culverts, tunnels
and alignment will accomplish at the same time of 5 years construction period. According to
the distribution of key works and the works determining the construction period, combined
with the topographic and geological conditions along the line and track-laying scheme, the
total construction is arranged as 5 years in line with the construction organization design
progress of the similar projects under construction.
Construction preparation will be around 6 months and communication, electric power supply
& traction power supply and other auxiliary works: starting in June of the fifth year and
completing in September of the fifth year.
Joint commissioning: 3 months. The line will be officially opened and operated at the end of
the fifth year.
Implementation Schedule for Railway Power Supply System
Phase Item Duration

Pre-construction Phase All traction Substation 2 months
Civil works for traction 22 months
substation with related to
Construction Phase transmission line framework
Installation of required 4 months

electrical materials at every
station, and electric power
supply and traction power
supply
Operation/ Ongoing Site All traction substation 50 years or more than

Maintenance
Decommissioning Phase All traction substation 1 year
15
1.4.3. Summary of Project Activities

The following figure shows the construction of traction substation
Construction of traction substation
Site Clearance Preconstruction Phase
Excavate and lay foundation
Install the grounding grid
Build the command building
Construction Phase
Backfill the foundations Assemble the steel Install the electrical

and substation yard structure equipment
Landscape and carry out the final inspection
Operation Phase
Conversion of electrical power provided by the power plant to an

appropriate voltage, current type and frequency to supply railways
Decommission Phase
Removal of all buildings

Removal of transformers
including the foundations and
and other equipments
floor slabs
Figure - Process Flow Chart for Construction of Traction Substation
16
Construction of power transmission lines
Pre-construction
Phase
Forest case preparation
Temporary Worker camp Unloading site storage and workshop
Pit Marking, Digging of

Construction of foundation, Revetment
foundations
Construction Phase
Pre-erection checks, Erecting towers and

accessories
Earthing, clipping, fixing of accessories
Stringing, final sagging, testing and

commissioning
Power supply from Transmission Line Operation Phase
Removal or all infrastructures Decommission Phase
Figure - Process Flow Chart for Construction of Transmission Lines
17
1.4.4. Summary for Alternative Analysis
The alternative analysis for railway power supply system for Mandalay-Muse Railway
was conducted into the following points (a) "no project" alternative and (b) alternative analysis
for main power supply source.
(a) The “No Action” Alternative
In Myanmar, transportation is still difficult due to the lack of alternative ways expect for road
way in many region. High speed rail way system will be beneficial for improvement of
transportation system in Myanmar. So, “no-project” option represents a lost opportunity for
Myanmar and cannot be accepted in the present condition.
(b) Process Alternative
Alternative analysis for process (main power supply source) will be focused on the use of
electricity from local source, electricity from self-generator and electricity from other source
(solar). According to the alternative analysis, in areas where local power supply is pressured,
self-contained power supply should be used. For self-contained power supply, solar energy
should be used where land use is available and otherwise, combustion engines such as
generators should be used.
(c) Location Alternative (Alignment Alternative)
Alignment alternative for railway power transmission line will be the same as alternative
analysis for railway alignment and detailed consideration for alternative analysis for railway
alignment will be described in EIA report for railway alignment.
1.5. Summary of Description of the Surrounding Environment
The followings are the summary for the surrounding environment.
1.5.1. Air Quality and Noise Level
Air quality along the railway stations where the traction substations will be constructed are
good according to the baseline study due to the less industrial development and less
transportation traffic in rural areas.
18
Location of Ambient Air Quality Sampling
Sample Coordinates
No. Remarks
Name Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
1 AS0 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E Myitnge Railway Station
2 AS-1 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E Ohn Chaw Tar Zone
Pyin Oo lwin Railway
3 AS-2 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E
Station
Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial
4 AS-3 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E
Zone
5 AS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Naung Peng Rail way
Public Area
station
6 AS-5 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E Hsipaw Railway Station
7 AS-6 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E Lashio Railway Station
Summary of Air Quality Results

In comparison with the WHO air Quality Standards, the result of the air quality in this area
are lower than its guideline values except for the concentrations of CO and PM2.5. Most of
the sampling points are beside the road and residential areas so it is assumed that the major
sources of CO and PM2.5 is from the vehicle emissions from the vehicles, roads and smokes
from the residential area. The locations of the results are mostly in human comfort area which
is within the village and the results have stated that the maximum peak velocity (Vmax) in
the location of 4 places is less than its given standard of 5mm/s (long term).
Measurement location for Noise Level

Place Coordinates
No. Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
1 Myit Nge Railway Station 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E
2 Ohn Chaw Tar Zone 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E
3 Pyin Oo Lwin Railway Station 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E
4 Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E
5 Naung Peng Railway Station 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E
6 Hsipaw Railway Station 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E
7 Lashio Railway Station 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E
19
Place Coordinates
No. Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
1 Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak Pho Village N 22° 04’ 15.87” E 096° 23’ 58.30”
(Monastery)
2 Naung Cho - Shwe Pyi Nyunt Village N 22° 18’ 16.29” E 096° 50’ 02.16”
3 Goke Hteik N 22° 20’ 08.94” E 096° 51’ 53.42”
4 Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda) N 22° 34’ 59.78” E 097° 13’ 59.62”
5 Beyond Hsipaw (San Laung) N 22° 40’ 33.66’ E 97° 30’ 17.4”
6 L ashio N 22° 59’ 05.41” E 097° 42’ 23.09”
7 Hseni N 23° 18’ 23.97” E 097° 58’ 28.30”
8 Nam Hpat Kar N 23° 41’ 21.89” E 097° 49’ 02.76”
9 Muse N 24° 00’ 03.10” E 097° 56’ 25.90”
Summary of Noise Quality Results

The noise level in Myitnge Railway Station, Ohn Chaw Tar Zone, Pyin Oo Lwin Railway
Station, Naung Peng Rail way, Hsipaw Railway Station, Lashio Railway Station, Goke Hteik,
Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda), Lashio, and Hseni exceed the NEQG standards which is
55dB during day time and 45dB during night time in residential/institutional area. In Pyin Oo
Lwin-Oak Pho Village (Monastery), Naung Cho – Shwe Pyi Nyunt and Muse do not exceed
the NEQG Standards which is 55dB during day time and 45dB during night time in
residential/institutional area. In Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone Public Area, the result of noise
level is below its NEQG standard for industrial area which is 70dB during the day and night.
For Goke Hteik,and Beyond Hsipaw (San Laung), the results are below during the night but
in day time, it exceeds the NEQG standard of 55dB.
1.5.2. Water Quality
Water quality in all rivers and streams along the railway alignment are acceptable as domestic
water due to water quality testing results.
Locations of Water Samples for Dry Season and Wet Season
no. Name (Dry Coordinates Name (Wet Coordinates

Season) Latitude Longitude Season) Latitude Longitude
1 Shweli River 24.01721° 97.90384° Namkhon
24.00058° 97.940547
(Muse) Monastery (Muse)
20
2 Nant Paung 23.85798° 97.97741° Nam Paw Stream 23.85798°

97.97741°
Stream (Muse) (Muse)
3 NantKhaing 23.57058° 97.81950°
Stream (Kutkai) Natural Spring
Near Nam Paw 23.800891° 97.920002°
Stream (Muse)
4 Namtu Stream 23.28817° 97.95394° Nam Khaing

23.57058°
(Thenni) Stream ( Kutkai) 97.81950°
5 Pan Phet Stream 23.13200° 97.84320° Namtu Stream
23.28817° 97.95394°
(Thenni) (Theinni)
6 A-T Stream 22.99409° 97.76455° Pan Phet Stream
23.13200° 97.84320°
(Lashio) (Theinni)
7 Sint In Stream 22.70178° 97.53847° Nant Lam Stream
22.61445° 97.39456°
(Lashio) (Hsipaw)
8 Kho Lone Stream 22.61445° 97.39456°
Dokehtawady
(Hsipaw) 22.60728° 97.30748°
River (Hsipaw)
9 Dokehtawady 22.60728° 97.30748°
Kyin Thi Stream
River 22.56428° 97.20963°
(Hsipaw)
(Hsipaw)
10 Kyin Thi Stream 22.56428° 97.20963° Goke Twin stream
22.35489° 96.83371°
(Kyauk Me) (Naung Cho)
11 Goke Twin 22.35489° 96.83371°
Wel Laung Stream
Stream 22.082172° 96.580458°
(Pyin Oo Lwin)
(Naung Cho)
12 Yae Ni Stream 21.99596° 96.12399° Nartaungkya
( Pathein Gyi) Stream (Pathein 21.880704° 96.226655°
Gyi)
13 SeDaw Gyi 21.91917° 96.18635°
Stream (Pathein Sedaw Gyi Cannal 21.91917° 96.18635°
Gyi)
14 Myaung Ma Gyi 21.85159° 96.12443°
Dokehtawady(Myit
Stream 21.83646° 96.07781°
Nge River)
(Amarapura)
15 Myaing Gyi 21.84470° 96.10187°
Stream (Min
Village)
16 Dokehtawady 21.83646° 96.07781°
River (Myit Nge)
Summary of Water Quality Results for Dry season and Wet Season
In comparison with National Drinking Water Quality Standard, Myanmar (2014), the water
quality result for the dry season exceed the maximum permissible limit of 15 TUN and the
turbidity of the water is 35 NTU which is higher than its limit of 5 NTU. The presence of iron
in the river is also high which is 1.95mg/l exceeding its limit of 1mg/l. In wet season, the
water quality results in all these 14 water bodies during wet season do not exceed its
maximum permissible limit except for the turbidity. The results have shown that the turbidity
in all 14 water surfaces have exceeded the maximum limit of 5 NTU because of the wet
season, rain causes to increase the turbidity of water.
21
1.5.3. Soil Quality
Soil samples are collected along the railway line and all of the sample were tested in
Department of Agricultural, Yangon. According to the testing results, all of the samples are
suitable for agricultural purposes.
Location of Soil Samples for Dry Season and Wet Season
no. Name (Dry Coordinates Name Coordinates

Season) Latitude Longitude (Wet
Season)
1 Phat Man Soil (I) 23.84672° 97.96399° Phat Man 23.800891° 97.9200002°
Soil (II)
2 Lower Nam Phat 23.57058° 97.81950° Lower 23.569606° 97.819422°
Loon Soil (I) Nam Phat
Loon Soil
(II)
3 Theinni Soil(I) 23.28817° 97.95394° Theinni 23.288344° 97.954061°
Soil(II)
4 Hang Lu Soil(I) 23.13200° 97.84320° Hang Lu 23.119017° 97.836422°
Soil(II)
5 Pang Huauk Soil 22.61445° 97.37921° Pang 22.611375° 97.378211°
Huauk
Soil(II)
6 Hsipaw Soil (I) 22.60728° 97.30748° Hsipaw 22.621989° 97.334172°
Soil (II)
7 Kyin Thi Soil(I) 22.56428° 97.20963° Kyin Thi 22.564178° 97.209489°
Soil(II)
8 Goke Twin Soil 22.35489° 96.83371° Goke Twin 22.354586° 96.833431°
Soil(II)
9 Sedaw Gyi Soil 21.91917° 96.18635° Sedaw Gyi 21.872109° 96.182244°
Soil(II)
10 Myit Nge Soil 21.83646° 96.07781° Myit Nge 21.819177° 96.106333°
Soil(II)
Summary of Soil Quality Results for Dry Season and Wet Season
For the dry season, the present of nutrient in Hang Lu, Myit Nge, Pang Hsauk, Phat Man and
Lower Nam Phat Loon is in medium range which is an adequate level for most crops. The
other 5 soil samples are low in nitrogen so plants are stunted as plants cannot make proteins,
amino acids and even its very DNA. For the wet season, the total amount of nitrogen in Phat
Man, Myit Nge, Sedaw Gyi Canal and Hsipaw is in medium range which is an adequate level
for most crops. The other 6 soil samples are low in nitrogen so plants are stunted as plants
cannot make proteins, amino acids and even its very DNA.
22
1.5.4. Vibration Level

Vibration levels were measured at points along the proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway. The
measurements are taken in places which are Pyin Oo Lwin-Oak Pho Village (Monastery),
Naung Cho- Shwe Pyi Nyunt Village, Goke Hteik, Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda), Beyond
Hsipaw (San Laung), Lashio, Hseni, Nam Hpat Kar and Muse. All of the vibration levels are
within the acceptable level.
Measurement locations for Vibration
No. Coordinates Remarks

Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
1 N 22° 04’ 15.87” E 096° 23’ 58.30” Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak Pho Village
(Monastery)
2 N 22° 18’ 16.29” E 096° 50’ 02.16” Naung Cho - Shwe Pyi Nyunt
Village
3 N 22° 20’ 08.94” E 096° 51’ 53.42” Goke Hteik
4 N 22° 34’ 59.78” E 097° 13’ 59.62” Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda)
5 N 22° 40’ 33.66’ E 97° 30’ 17.4” Beyond Hsipaw
6 N 22° 59’ 05.41” E 097° 42’ 23.09” Lashio

(San Laung)
7 N 23° 18’ 23.97” E 097° 58’ 28.30” Hseni
8 N 23° 41’ 21.89” E 097° 49’ 02.76” Nam Hpat Kar
9 N 24° 00’ 03.10” E 097° 56’ 25.90” Muse
Summary of Vibration Results

The locations of the results are mostly in human confort area which is within the village and
the results have stated that the maximum peak velocity (Vmax) in the location of 4 places is
less than its given standard of 5mm/s (long term). Since the project is still ongoing and will
take much time to take up to operation stage, the results of the vibration are less than its limit
so there is no disturbance to the surrounding locals.
1.5.5. Mining Areas

There wiilbe Mohochuane Mine (Pb,Zn), Bawdwin Mine (Pb, Zn), Sintaung (Coal), Nanma
(Coal), Yadanatheingi (Pb, Zn), Naungthakaw (Fe), Pauktaw (Fe), Inya (Fe), Kyadwinye Iron
23
Mine (Fe), Aniskan (Ba) and Phayauntaung (Au) Mine arond the Muse-Mandalay Railway
line. However, all of the mining areas are far from the impact zone of the railway tunnels.
1.5.6. Military Areas
There are military areas in Nam Hpak Ka, Lashio, Pyin Oo Lwin and other places along the
route.
1.5.7. Topography
Being a mountainous region in Shan State, topography natural event is too much. So, most of
the railway component part will be over bridges and under tunnel.
1.5.8. Geology
There will be fold, fault, earthquake zone and active faults along the Muse-Mandalay Railway
line.
1.5.9. Mineral Deposits
According to the existing geological records and possible structural trends, there would be
lead-zinc-silver, antimony, gold that could be expected in it. Coal and phosphorous deposits
might also be found as well. Some deposits are a little far from the proposed railway line.
Why mentioned here is that mineral deposits are trending approximately N-S direction and
those could be probably found during construction of the line such as tunneling, bridge,
station and railway line etc.,. For example, although Phayaung taung gold is far from the
construction, gold occurrences are sporadically found along the western margin of Shan scarp,
trending N-S direction. For Yadanatheingi lead-zinc-silver deposit, similar deposits and
occurrences could be estimated in Pyin Oo Lwin, Naungcho and Kyaume as regional
structural trending passing in these areas. Similarly, deposits at Bawdwin mine and
Mohochaung mine, they might also be extended more or less into Hsipaw, Lasho, Kutkai and
Nam Hpatkar areas.
1.5.10. Hydrology
The Muse-Mandalay railway line serially crosses several rivers such as the Shweli River, Nan
Paw River, Nam Hkai River, Nam Tu River, Nam Yao River, Nam Ma River and Nam
Tu/Myitnge River or Dok Ta Waddy River. Drainage system includes dendritic drainage
24
pattern, trellis drainage pattern, parallel drainage pattern and rectangular drainage pattern
observed along the line and dendritic drainage pattern is the most prominent. In limestone
area, because of karst nature, there is also internal drainage pattern developed.
1.5.11. Dams and Hydropower
There are also several dams especially constructed on Myitnge river and Shweli river for
hydropower demand and cultivation purposes. On Nam Tu-Myitnge river, Yeywa Dam has
completed. Namtu Dam and upper Yeywa dam are still under construction and Middle
Yeywa dam and Deedoke dam are planned to be constructed. On Shwe Li river Shwe Li I
hydropower project is already finished and Shwe Li II and III is also under construction.
There are many natural lakes, ponds, waterfalls, springs and small reservoirs found around or
along the line and local people get used to them for agricultural and domestic utilization in
the area.
1.5.12. Occurrence and Distribution of Groundwater
Groundwater along the line occurs as four types; 1. Pore-water in loosely cemented soil and
younger rock, 2. Bedrock fissure water in clastic and crystalline rocks, 3. Karst water in
carbonate rocks and 4. geothermal water from the earth.
The major aquifers of Myanmar range from Precambrian to Recent age and vary from coastal
and north-south trending tectonically controlled basins. The major groundwater recharge is
from monsoonal rainfall, which extends from June to September, ranges up to 3050 mm in
the deltaic area, 3810 mm in the north, ~2000 mm in the eastern mountainous region, and
only 760 mm in the central dry zone. The largest aquifer is the Irrawaddy river basin, which
like the IGBM basin is the most prolific aquifer, however, much of the aquifers of the basin
have been identified to have groundwater enriched with As. The other aquifers are in the
Thanlwin, the Chindwin, and the Sittaung rivers.
1.5.13. Geotechnical Characteristics
The geotechnical characteristics along the Muse-Mandalay Railway are:

i. Karst
ii. Landslide and Talus
iii. Unstable Rocks and Rock-Fall
iv. Bedding
v. Seismic Liquefaction
25
vi. Soft Soil and Mollisol

vii. Expansive Soil
viii. Expansive Rock
ix. High Ground Stress
1.5.14. Socio-economic
The proposed line mostly passes through mostly in Shan State and partly in Mandalay
Regions. These two regions have different socio-economic conditions. Mandalay region is
urban area and the living standard is relatively high. But the socio-economic conditions in
Shan State where the railway alignment will pass is dominated by agriculture and
underdeveloped.
1.5.15. Existing Biodiversity

Through the field survey, it was observed that biodiversity was rich in the project area.
Sample collection was conducted in the field with scientific and systematically. Study area
was divided into two parts, Part I (plain area, Armarapura and Patheingyi) and Part II (hill
area, Pyin Oo Lwin to Muse). Study sites were allocated into six study sites in Part I and
thirty eight points for flora and forty nine study sites in Part II. A total of (64) plant species
and (89) fauna species were recorded in Part I and (80) plant species and (112) fauna species
in Part II. The habit of identified plant species consists of seven different types, including
tree, shrub, herb, climber, bamboo and parasitic shrub. according to IUCN red list, in study.
For fauna species according to IUCN Red List, Javanicus (VU), cucullate (NT, EN),
Psittacula finschii), Ichthypphaga ichthyaetus (NT), Macaca leonine and Pardofelis
marmorata (VU), Cyclemys oldhamii (NT), Melanochelus trijuga (NT), Indotestudo
elongate (EN) should be protected.
1.5.16. Cultural and Heritage
The nearest cultural relics will be Gokhteik Bridge and Baw Kyo Pagoda with the distance of
980 m and 1079.05 m away horizontally respectively from the proposed alignment.
1.6. Summary of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
The following table shows the summary of environmental impacts and mitigation measures
for all environmental and social impacts during construction and operation phases related to
the proposed project.
26
Table 1.2. Summary of Potential Environmental and Social Impacts and Mitigation Measures
Item Expected Environmental Receptors Mitigation Measures

and Social Impacts and Sources of Impacts
Pre-Construction Phase
Impacts on air (a) Fugitive dust generation Local residents in nearest villages, Local - Water will be sprayed at construction site by
environment - Fugitive dust generation due to dozers and residents near along the hauling road, using handheld spray.
trucks for site clearing and ground levelling Flora diversity along the hauling road - Wheels of vehicles will be cleaned and goods
carried will be covered while delivering.
(b) Vehicular emissions Ambient Air Quality - In loading and unloading time and idle time
- Vehicular emissions from the operation of will be planned to reduce during working hours
vehicles and machineries - Avoid local traffic time
- Machineries, vehic-les and generator with
good engine conditions and use low sulphur
content fuel will be used.
- Machineries, vehicles and generator will be
maintained regularly.
(c) Increase in noise Local residents nearby - Working at night wll be limited and the
- Noise from heavy machineries and vehicles operation of noisy equipment and machineries
will be avoided at night if it is necessary to
make operation at night
- Construction activities reasonably will be
arranged, especially at night
- Regular maintenance of machineries will be
carried out.
Impacts on surface water(a) Liquid wastes Surface water quality - Proper drains to prevent run off from the site
environment - Temporary water pollution due to earth to enter any water body will be provided.
working activities - Wastewater from entering the nearest water
- Sedimentation of surface drainage bodies will be prevented.
networks - Any leakage of oil and lubricant from vehicles
and machineries use will be avoided.
- Improper handling of fuel oil and lubricants
(b) Solid wastes Surface water quality - Reduce, reuse and recycle of domestic wastes
- Unsuitable soil materials from site clearing will be done.
activities - Unnecessary earthworks will be limited.
- Domestic solid wastes - Over-excavation will be prevented.
27
- Working in a small area at a point of time will

be carried out
Impacts on soil - Domestic wastes from pre-construction Soil contamination and ground water - Wastes will be disposed according to the rules
environment workers quality and regulations of MCDC
- Biomass site clearing and tree cutting - Solid waste management plan will be
- Earth soil from earth cutting activities provided.
- Handling of diesel and lubricants will be taken
with special care to avoid leakage.
Impacts on biodiversity (a) Impacts on flora diversity Flora diversity - Cutting of road side plants and fence plants
environment Tree cutting alongside the railway and for will be avoided.
the construction of stations
(b) Impacts on fauna diversity Fauna diversity - Sound proof measurement will be constructed
The destruction of the vegetation cover surrounding a construction site as needed
- Borrow pit will be away from fauna diversity
along the strip of land
abundance area
May occur destroyed that individuals of some
plant species are present in this strip
The destruction and loss of the habitats along
the land strip along the power line
Impact on human Impacts on socio-economic environment Local people - Policy to use local people as much as possible
environment (a) (a)Positive socio-economic impact will be carried out.
- Temporary employment
opportunities(approximately 15
workers) for local people during about
6 months
(b) Negative socio-economic impact Local community - Efficient and timely removal of all demolition
(i) Visual Impacts and construction waste as per requirement will
Visual pollutants like waste from site be done.
clearance and from the tree cutting
alongside of railway
(b) Negative socio-economic impact Local residents near the railway line - Agricultural land, historical places,
archeological places, forest area and
(i)Land acquisition and involuntary ecologically sensitive area will be avoided as
resettlement much as possible, fair compensation for land
use as per compensation program in RAP
- Land use and involuntary resettlement will
- Overhead bridge will be used as much as
28
affect socio-economic situation of local possible

people - Compensation for affected structures and
- Resettlement or/and relocation of buildings standing crops and assistance of livelihood
and other assets, involving some changes restoration as per RAP will be made.
- Loss of income opportunity of some PAPs
due to resettlement and shop owners,
vendors or farmers to be affected by
construction works
(ii) Visual Impacts Local community - Soil materials generated from site clearing
Visual pollutants like waste from site activities will be disposed of systematically to
clearance and from the tree cutting avoid impact on visual amenity of receptors
alongside of railway
(ii) Impact on Indigenous and Ethnic People Indigenous and Ethnic People - Local cultural elements will be integrated into
Related to Culture Exchange the hotel environment using local products,
Indigenous or ethnic minority people will decorations, and even architecture.
be affected from associated society. - A display corner or an exhibition will be
created on traditional craftsmanship and sell
local handicrafts.
- The hiring of local staff and tour operators
especially in major travel destinations will be
encouraged.
- Awareness-raising activities for local
communities will be hosted and training to local
business will be offered
Construction Phase
Impact on air (a) Fugitive dust generation Local residents in nearest villages, Local - Use covers or control equipment on material
environment - Dust emission from on-site vehicles and residents near along the hauling road handling sources will be done.
construction activities - Properly enclosing the site through use of
- Particulate matter from transportation of appropriate hoarding and screening will be
carried out.
construction materials and demolition
-Excavated soils and demolition wastes with
waste, and traffic movement on unpaved impervious sheeting will be covered.
road - Water as a dust suppressant as needed will be
sprayed.
- Transportation of vehicles will be avoided to
reduce dust generation
29
(b) Gaseous emissions Ambient Air Quality - Construction vehicles and machinery will be
Gaseous emissions from the operation of used systematically to minimize emissions of
generator, concrete mixer and vehicles fuel fumes
- Machineries, vehicles and generator with good
engine conditions and low sulphur content fuel
will be used.
(c) Increased in Noise Level Local residents in nearest villages -Vehicle speeds will be reduced around
- Noise generation from earth moving and sensitive receptors such as dwellings and
excavation equipment, generators, concrete schools
mixer - Choosing site for concrete-mixing, batching
plants and similar activities at least 500m away
- Minimize vehicle movement and save from sensitive areas will be done.
money by reused on site to fill in low - Noisy activities will be scheduled.
lying areas cut material from an - Operation of heavy machinery will be limited
embankment at night
- Choosing inherently quiet equipment with
mufflers will be done.
- Warning signs will be installed in areas of
high noise levels
- Equipment speed will be kept as low as
possible
Impacts on surface water(a) Construction debris Surface water quality - The time of exposure of any waste and
environment - Waste materials such as pallets, packing erodible land exposed to stormwater runoff
crates, steel structures off-cuts and waste will be minimized.
concretes - Land clearing activities w i l l be
m i n i m i z e d to those of required work areas
- Drainage and seepage from construction
- Sediment controls will be used, with special
waste dumping site care taken during the rainy season
- Unsuitable soil material from preparation - Paving roads wherever possible will be
of foundation carried out.
(b) Impacts on surface water environment Surface water quality - Chemical and oils storage areas will be
The removal of riverine woodland will be placed on a hard concrete base to protect from
inevitable in order to create the ROW rain and severe weather.
Downstream areas normally affected by - Zinc-based coating paint will be used instead
sediment loads from upside areas of lead-based coating
During rainy season, erosion may occur in weak - Prefabricated septic tanks will be installed on
soil site which discharge to a subsurface soak away
30
Effluent Discharges to avoid soil contamination and smell.

(i) Increase the suspended matter of the water - Contingency plans for control of spills of oil
body when entering into the water body and other hazardous substances
- Waste disposal site will be placed
(ii) the accidental spillage of fuels and systematically
hydraulic fluids from construction plant -Waste contamination issues for power lines
Hazardous Waste and stations will be carried out.
Surface water pollution due to the spillage of
lead-based paint used for transmission lines
coating process
(c)
(d) Oil and grease Surface water quality - Work areas will be restored as soon as
- Leakage of fuel oil from transportation of possible once any construction is complete.
construction materials - Construction works will be avoided during
- Lubricants and grease from machineries the rainy season.
- Leakage of oil and lubricant from vehicles and
machineries used in construction phase will be
avoided.
(e) Domestic wastes from construction Surface water quality - Waste water channels from the site will be
workers connected to septic tank
-Bare areas will be replanted after the
- Domestic waste generation from construction state
- Compact soil as soon as building foundations
construction workforce
will be formed to prevent erosion, especially
- Improper waste disposal from during the wet season
establishment of labor camps
(f) Impact on Watershed Surface water quality - Tunnel will be constructed close to the forest
(g) – due to cutting of trees area.
- limit tree cuttings
Impacts on soil and - Impact on soil and ground water quality Soil contamination -Generated materials for reclamation purposes
ground water - Accidental spills of fuel oil and lubricants will be used whenever applicable on site
environment due to improper handling or storage of -Construction wastes through careful planning
equipment will be minimized
- All chemical wastes will be labeled and stored
- Wastewater from repair shops and washing
in corrosion and resistant containers
places -Collection sites and schedule will be identified
- Construction debris and domestic wastes for the removal of construction wastes to
31
from construction workers minimize odor and pest infestation

- Soil contamination and ground water - Sedimentation pond will be carried out with
pollution from improper disposal of solid suitable drainage system around the dumping
wastes sites
- Seepage from waste dump site
Impacts on Soil Quality due to Hazardous Soil contamination - Water-based paint will be substituted for oil-
Wastes based paints;
- Oil-based paints are consisted of VOC, so - oil-based paint or residuals down the drain
these paint cans can be hazardous to the will never be discharged.
- Disposal of hazardous wastes will be made
environment if they are not properly
according to the rules and regulations of CDC
disposed.
- The lead-based paints for the steel structure for
the construction of the stations
Impacts on biodiversity (a) Impact on flora diversity Flora diversity - The appropriate number, spacing, and location
environment - Clearing away trees and natural vegetation of crossing structures based on species-specific
information will be determined and constructed.
- Structures for obstructions will be monitored
such as detritus or silt blockages, that impede
movement
-Human activity near crossing structures, with
use of measures such as fencing and signage
will be managed.
(b) Impact on fauna diversity Fauna diversity - The WDNR guidelines for preventing the
- Hazards to the habitats of birds and spread of exotic invasive plant species and
butterflies due to clearing away trees diseases will be followed such as oak wilt
- Disturbance to the aril and wild animals - Working at night will be avoided.
- Sound proof measurement will be taken at
due to noise from construction activities
biodiversity sensitive areas
Impacts on human Positive socio-economic impact Local residents - Unskilled and semi-skilled job opportunities
environment Job Creation will be offered to the local communities as
(i) Nearly 500 employment opportunities for much as possible
local people - The developer will encourage construction
sub-contractor to use local labor force as part of
tender requirement
32
Skill development for local people Local residents - Training programs will be implemented prior
Local people hired by the proposed project to and during the construction phase
would remain in communities with skills
acquired during project construction
Potential to growth of local economy and Local residents - Any food and consumer goods that can be
business bought in nearest villages will be preferred as
- There will be benefit for local economy if first priority
the required food and consumer goods for - The project developer will encourage
construction contractors and sub-contractors to
construction workers are bought from
stimulate the emergence of local small business
nearest villages as part of tender requirement
Negative socio-economic impacts Local residents - Construction hauling will be arranged
(i) Traffic congestion reasonably, especially during local traffic
- Road traffic congestion in surrounding area time.
during construction period - Alternative road will be used that will not
pressure on public road.
Blockage of drainage Local people - Alternative water way will be prepared
- Blockage of drainage system, natural -Drainage facilities will be utilized to discharge
spring and village road due to land filling the harvested water
- Increase potential to flood in nearest
agricultural lands
Agricultural Lands Local community near the proposed -Construction through sensitive farmland will
Soil material from construction site can project be avoided or minimized.
also enter agricultural lands close to power - Overhead bridges will be used where feasible
lines - Transmission structures with longer spans to
clear fields will be used
- Exclusion fencing will be installed to keep
livestock away from construction activities
Public road damage Local community - The roads will be repaired as soon as possible
The transportation of workers and if the public roads are damaged by the
construction materials can damage the construction activities
damage to the public road - Public roads will be used as per resistance of
roads if unavoidable
Impacts Influx of more worker and Local community near the proposed - Local construction workers will be appointed
33
population project - Own health care facilities will be supported to

Increase temporary pressure on existing workers
infrastructure and services including health
care, food, shelter, water, transport and
recreational facilities
(ii) Conflicts between communities Local community near the railway line -Local people will be used as much as possible
- Conflict between non-Shan communities -Night out for foreign workers will be limited.
and Shan ethnic - The use of foreign workers will be limited.
- A higher frequency of incidents of name- - When making an agreement contract with
contractors and subcontractors, it will include
calling, spitting, hostile attitudes, damage
the fact that they have to use local workers as
to property and racially motivated violence much as possible.
against them
(iii) Livelihood and economic activity Local people alongside - Loss of business (temporary or permanent),
- Disruption of livelihood and economic loss of livelihood, loss of wages will be paid
activities of business located along the according to the RAP.
route - Provision of compensation to the Project
Affected Parties (PAPs) using the compensation
Impact on people whose livelihood is
will be carried out.
linked with existing modes of - Continual liaising with the PAPs will be
transportation undertaken to decide on the site-specific
mitigation measures.
- Consultation with people whose livelihood
depend on modes of transportation that may be
affected by the project. They will be included in
the development of the traffic management
plan.
Impacts Socio-economic Local people alongside - Result in a material effect through diminishing
impact people whose livelihood is linked the quality of life as replacement will be made
with existing modes of transportation in locality or be compensated
Impacts of utility (a) Water consumption Local community - Water will be taken from surface water
consumption - Impact on local water usage due to the sources or underground sources where the
water used for construction process and for sources are available
domestic workers - Residents’ opinion will be considered and
make agreements or contracts with the head of
the village if spring water or underground water
34
are the water sources of villages

- Awareness campaign to disseminate
knowledge on strategies and technologies that
will be used for water conservation
(b) Fuel consumption Local community -Construction machines will be used efficiently.
- The different forms of energy are used for - Workers will be trained to gain the knowledge
different purposes in the construction of energy conservation.
process. -The efficient site management will be learned
to the workers.
- Electricity cannot be directly used from
existing power lines since the construction
process takes place where there is no
electricity and generators will be mainly
used as the source of energy
(c) The effect of transmission Line on Local - Tower locations will be realigned to avoid the
services sewer line
(d) electrical induction onto a piece of a - Leakage of coolants and insulants will be
structure that is insulated from the ground avoided.
by assembly on wooden blocks
(e) Anticipated Impacts on - Programs for archaeological works will be
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage designed to identify, characterize and record
(f) No impact on Cultural and Religious sites buried archaeological remains
because during design stage extra care was -The archaeological site that will be pointed out
by heritage advisors, and an archaeological
taken to ensure that religious
evaluation will be avoided.
structures/public property were avoided
Visual Impacts Local community near the project area - The construction area of the site will be
Visual intrusions arise from the fenced
inevitable presence of construction - Roads providing access to the site will be
maintained free of dust and mud
equipment, materials, transport
- All remaining construction materials will be
vehicles, and piles of soil and debris as a removed from the site after the construction
result of clearing, site work, and heavy
equipment and vehicles on the road
(g) Community Health Impact Construction workers and local - Medical check for workers will be carried out
(h) (i) Increase infection of air-borne disease community who are susceptible infection of air-borne
diseases
35
(i) - Air-borne diseases such as tuberculosis,

influenza and meningitis can spread easily
due to an influx of construction workers
from other places
(j) (ii) Fugitive dust emissions Construction workers and local - Wetting of roads by water spraying will be
- Dust emissions due to on-site heavy-duty community carried out.
off-road vehicles, other light-duty vehicles - Vehicle speeds will be restricted.
- Wheel or body washing
(iii) Increase infection of water borne Construction workers and local - Proper sanitation system will be provided for
diseases community construction workers
- Cholera and diarrhea will increase if - Construction debris will be disposed at
suitable location that does not impact on local
there will be no proper sanitation nearest rivers
practices at the construction site - All areas of fuel storage will be banned to
prevent hydrocarbon pollution of surface water
(iv) Increase infection from mosquito Construction workers and local - Construction time will be avoided in rainy
- Stagnant pools of water will cause bleeding community seasons as much as possible
zone for mosquitoes and infections from - Proper temporary or permanent drainage
mosquitoes system will be compensated
(v) Increase risk of sexually transmitted Construction workers and local - Information and education about safe sex and
infections community implement HIV control program will be
- The influx of new migrant workers, living provided
away from their families lead to an
increased risk of sexually transmitted
infections such as HIV/AIDS, gonorrhoea
and chlamydia
(vi) Health impact related to increase in noise Construction workers and local -Speed limits for trucks will be reduced in the
level community project area to reduce noise level
- Noise from construction machineries and - Working at night will be avoided.
pilling operation will produce high noise
level
(vii) Impacts due to stringing activities Construction workers - An Emergency Prevention and Response Plan
- Stringing activity around the wires and (EPRP) will be developed according to Angolan
other electrical units can be a potential requirements and international industry
standards and best practices
36
hazard if proper planning is not followed - Personnel will be trained on how to respond to
unplanned events
Operation Phase
Impact on air (a) Impacts on air environment due to gaseous Ambient air - Generator with good engine condition will be
environment emissions used.
- Gaseous emissions from the production of - Regular maintenance of generator will be
required electrical power by auxiliary carried out.
- Low noise traction substation transformer will
generator during power outage
be used.
(b) Impact of Noise Local residents near the proposed project - Sound proof measurements will be taken near
(c) – Noise and vibration due to the travelling the public area
of high- speed trains
Impact on surface water - Wastewater used by workers during operation Surface water quality - Treatment of waste water will be used by
environment phase installation of oil-water separator
- Paint residue for maintenance of power supply - Workers will be trained on appropriate
stations handling of oil and lubricants and paint residues
-
Impact on soil and ground
- Leakage of oil and grease from the train Local residents near the railway line -Zinc-based paint will be used instead of lead-
water environment maintenance based paint
- Leakage of oil or paint will be controlled and
avoided.
Impact on biodiversity - (a) Flora Diversity Flora and fauna diversity - The use of passive shield wires will be
environment - - Some plants can suffer leaf damage if the installed near transmission lines that generate
electric field is high enough, which causes opposing cancellation fields from
the tips of the leaves to dry out and can electromagnetic induction
- Teleology will be successfully applied in both
reduce growth
residential and commercial environments to
mitigate magnetic fields from overhead
transmission and distribution lines, and
tmderground residential distribution (URD)
37
lines
- (b) Fauna Diversity Flora and fauna diversity - Low noise equipment will be used.
- - Transmission lines have an effect on - The activities will be avoided at night
wildlife that include long-term changes to -Barricades or fences will be used to prevent
wildlife from access to the transmission lines
habitat, impacts on herpetofauna, avian
(bird and bat) strikes, noise effects,
electric and magnetic fields, and
electrocution
Impact on human Positive socio-economic impact Local community - Unskilled and semi-skilled job opportunities
environment (i) Improvement in livelihood and economic will be offered to the local communities as
- The direct employment opportunities much as possible
would be increased for the local people. - Sub-contractor will encourage to use local
labor force as part of tender requirement.
(ii) Benefits to national economy National government - Electricity will be used systematically
- There can be income from usage of - Electricity bills will be audited yearly with
electricity from local power supply system professionals
Negative socio-economic impacts Local community -The source of electricity that does not pressure
(i) Impact due to electricity consumption on local use in the current and future will be
- Power supply points of the whole line will used.
be mainly distributed in station, yard, - Alternative source of energy will be used such
as solar power where land use will available or
substation and the tunnel in the sections
self-generator where there has high pressure on
where lighting and ventilation are required local electrical use
(ii) Social tension Local community - Distributing electricity will be considered also
The nearby villages do not get electricity for local people before starting the project if
all the time while the railway lighting is possible.
always on during the night -Local people will be supported by supplying
solar system
Visual Impact Local community for the proposed - The design will be local designs suitable with
Visual impact due to the construction of the project surrounding beautiful Shan State
new power station building and run of way - Hard landscaping and planting will be
for transmission lines introduced to help integrate the building into its
environment
Impacts of Utility Electricity is used to provide the adequate Local community -Good housekeeping measures such as turning
Consumption lighting and safety signboards off equipment and lights when not in use will
38
be implemented.
- LED lights and/or lower wattage lamps will be
used.
- Alternative source will be used like solar
system
Community Health Noise Local community - Low noise power transformers will be used.
Impacts Noise can be generated from the use of - Sound proof generator will be used.
axillary generator during power outage
Gaseous Emission Local community -generator with good engines will be used.
Gaseous emission due to the production of - Generators will be maintained regularly.
required electrical power by axillary
generator during power outage
Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) Local community - Metals such as copper or brass will be used as
- The local people within this distance can electromagnetic shielding
be affected due to EMF - For electrocution and electromagnetic wave,
- The health of local people can be warning signs indicating high voltage area will
be used.
disturbed according to their distance from
- The workers will be followed the National
the source EQEG guidelines for preventing exposure to
human beings
Electrocution Local community - Warning signs indicating high voltage area
Cause fatal impact on people when they will be used.
come in contact with the lines due to high - Barricades or fences will be used to restrict
voltage of power lines access to high voltage area
Chemical Hazards Local community - Hazardous chemicals and materials will be
- The typical chemicals found in handled and stored properly
substations include dielectric fluid, - People from the hazardous chemical
transformer oil, capacitor oil, sulphur substances will be isolated.
hexafluoride and sulphuric acid
Decommissioning Phase
Impacts on air (a) Dust generation Local residents along the railway line - Water will be sprayed on sites during
environment - Dust emission from the truck vehicles and destruction activities
other heavy/light-duty vehicles - Construction vehicles and machinery will be
maintained to minimize emissions of fuel fumes
39
(b) Noise Local residents along the railway line -All exhaust systems will be maintained good
- Noise pollution from removal of buildings working orders
and infrastructures - Equipment will be maintained regularly.
Impact on surface water - - Increased sedimentation of water courses Nearest rivers and water bodies - Wastes will be disposed properly according to
environment - - Piling steel structures on the site for a the requirements
long time without moving to dumping sites - The wastes will be recycled by giving to
or to places to do recycling recyclists and secondary users can use them
Impacts on soil and - Contamination of soil and groundwater occur Soil contamination -Hazardous wastes and solid wastes will be
ground water as a result of accidents and/or improper disposed of according to the rules and
environment handling of lubricants, oils, and transformer regulations of CDCs
oils (PCBs) - Removal of electrical equipment will be
carried out carefully.
Impacts on socio- Loss of jobs for local people and revenues for Local people - Extensive and comprehensive warning to
economic environment the government employees to allow them to source alternative
Loss of jobs and indirect employment livelihood will be taken early
depending on the operation of proposed and of - A plan to reuse the proposed project to other
associated services for tourism as well as loss of partner company to retain the revenue for the
revenues for the government government will be prepared.
Visual Impact Local people -All the structures will be demolished including
Visual impacts on communities in the vicinity transmission towers and transmission lines
area due to the waste generated from affecting the visual amenities
decommissioning activities and piling of wastes - Wastes will be disposed of properly.
on the site
40
1.7. Summary of Cumulative Impacts
Table - Summary of Cumulative Impacts
Phase Item Cumulative Impacts Mitigation Measure

Pre- Loss of Leads to extreme temperature • Clearing of vegetation should be kept to
construction Habitat swings that are harmful to plants a minimum
Phase and animals from removing trees • Keeping the width and length of
earthworks to a minimum
• Wetland habitats identified should be
retained within the development
footprint in its current state.
• Replantation
Deforestation Greater amount of greenhouse • Protect natural carbon sinks that could
gases to be released into the be endangered by the project, such as
atmosphere peat soils, woodlands, wetland areas and
etc.
• Clearing of vegetation should be kept to
a minimum
• Avoid unnecessary idling of
construction vehicles
• Construction machineries and vehicles
will be maintained properly.
Construction Water More water scarcity problems in 1. Sustainable water management
Phase Scarcity Northern Shan Region and Pyin Oo 2. Reclaimed water
Lwin 3. Awareness & Education
4. Construction period should be started
in the late rainy season in order to be
able to store rainwater in storage tanks
throughout the whole rainy season.
Operation Alternation Impact on the agriculture in that Compensate/Buy the firm land whose
phase in land use area owner wants to sell with reasonable price
pattern
Visual The cumulative impact of the The location and color of storage tanks
Impact proposed structures and other should be selected with consideration of
infrastructure and link roads will be architecture view.
particularly significant with the
farmland and the urban edge along
the road will contribute to the
increasing urbanization of that area
Water Increase in population can lead to 1. Sustainable water management
Scarcity water scarcity problems currently 2. Reclaimed water
faced by the local people. 3. Awareness & Education
4. Construction period should be started
in the late rainy season in order to be able
to store rainwater in storage tanks
throughout the whole rainy season.
Increase in Since the transportation becomes The corporation with human trafficking
Human easy, the increase in human team in every trip to Mandalay to Muse
Trafficking trafficking rate could also occur. Permanent Immigration Inspection Team
should be made.
Increase in Since the transportation becomes - Trading off the chemicals and drugs
Trade off easy and the profits of trade off used to manufacture drugs into Shan
Drugs drugs are high, the rate of trading State should be restricted.
off drugs would increase especially - The government should redouble its
in Shan State. drug control and anti-corruption efforts
41
1.8. Summary of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
1.8.1. Overall Budget for Environmental Management and Monitoring

The overall budget for environmental management and monitoring will be as follow:
Table – Overall Budget of Environmental Management
No, Phases Estimated Cost/Year Total Budget
1. Pre-construction Phase 2,150,000 kyats 2,150,000 kyats
2. Construction Phase 12,650,000 kyats 20,570,000kyats
3. Operation Phase 6,180,000kyats 24,810,000 kyats
4. Decommissioning Phase 2,180,000 kyats 2,180,000 kyats
Table – Overall Budget of Environmental Monitoring

1. Pre-construction Phase 2,040,000 2,040,000kyats
2. Construction Phase 2,737,000kyats 8,211,000 kyats
3. Operation Phase 6,972,000 kyats 348,120,000kyats
4. Decommissioning Phase - -
1.8.2. Responsible Organization

The responsible organization will be as follow:
(a) For Pre-Construction and Construction Phase
R.P from MR
(Construction)
R.P from Tender Awarded Construction Contractor(s)
OHS Officer Environmental Officer

Project Manager
(or) Coordinator (or) Coordinator
(Construction) (Construction)
Engineers Administration Office
Sub-Contractors Operators Workers Staffs
Construction Contractor(s) Environmental Management Team
42
(b) For Operation Phase
OHS Officer R.P from MR Environmental Officer

(Operation) (Operation) (or) Coordinator
(Operation)
Operation Company
Engineers Rail General Administration

Manager Office
Operators Workers Staffs
R.P – Representative Person
Operation Environmental Management Team
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Fund

The company’s policies for local socio-economic development are shown in the following
table.
No. Description Company’s Policy
Local Community Appoint local people with relevant skills as much as possible and at
1.
Development Policy least 50% of local people will be appointed during operation phase.
Corporate Social Contribute at least 2 percent of the annual net profit after tax as CSR
2.
Responsibility (CSR) Policy fund
1.9. Summary of Public Consultation and Disclosure
Public consultation will be made by household survey, focus group discussion and public
consultation meetings. In fulfillment of the public consultation for the project, at least 19
public meetings for the whole project including six stakeholder meetings for scoping reports
in total will be held so far.
43
(a) Household Survey and Focus Group Discussion
For household survey, 87 villages along the railway were conducted to evaluate primary
socio-economic conditions of the project area and to understand the mood, perceptions and
extent of preparedness of the people towards the proposed project. To get the accurate data,
primary data collection will be conducted by social specialist, social consultants, local
authorities and local people. During household survey, the most important positive outcomes
from the project expected by the local people and most of their concerns about proposed
project are as follow:
▪ The damage of agricultural land, forest area, historical places and archeological
sites;
▪ Compensation to land use if they don’t have permit to land right;
▪ the blockage of streams and natural springs; and
▪ worry to damage on the hill-side cultivation.
(b) Public Consultation Meetings (PCMs)
In public consultation meeting that was organized with participation of local stakeholders,
parliament members, NGO and mass media, etc. are attended and asked questions that they
want to know. The followings are the summary of key public concerns through the public
consultation process.
Summary of Public Conservation Meeting for EIA

Ever Green Tech and MR hold 19 PCMs in 9 townships along the MMR both for scoping and
EIA reports.
No. Meeting Location Date No of Participants
PCMs for Scoping
1 Public Meeting for Scoping Zaytawon Monastery, Myit Nge (25.6.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal (Mandalay) 20
NGOs = 12
Local People = 180
2 Public Meeting for Scoping Township Hall, Naung Cho (26.6.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal 15
NGOs = 12
Local People = 120
3 Public Meeting for Scoping Meeting Hall (GAO), Kyauk Me (27.6.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal 20
NGOs = 12
Local People = 115
4 Public Meeting for Scoping Meeting Hall (GAO), Lashio (29.6.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal 33
NGOs = 10
44
Local People = 110

5 Public Meeting for Scoping Township Hall, Thein Ni (1.7.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal 12
NGOs = 6
Local People = 102
6 Public Meeting for Scoping City Hall, Muse (2.7.2019) Local Authorities =
Proposal 22
NGOs = 4
Local People = 60
PCMs for EIA
1 Public Meeting for EIA Pyin Oo Lwin (City Hall) (31.8.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 22
NGOs = 10
Local People = 125
2 Public Meeting for EIA Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) (17.8.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage (Township Hall) 16
NGOs = 13
Local People = 150
3 Public Meeting for EIA Hsipaw (Township Hall) (7.9.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 20
NGOs = 12
Local People = 180
4 Public Meeting for EIA Kuitkai (Meeting Hall, GAO) (22.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 20
NGOs = 8
Local People = 180
5 Public Meeting for EIA Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) (10.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage (Township Hall) 15
NGOs = 10
Local People = 60
6 Public Meeting for EIA Pyin Oo Lwin (City Hall) (11.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 16
NGOs = 12
Local People = 90
7 Public Meeting for EIA Naung Cho (Township Hall) (1.9.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 18
NGOs = 9
Local People = 200
8 Public Meeting for EIA Hsipaw (Township Hall) (21.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 22
NGOs = 10
Local People = 110
9 Public Meeting for EIA Theinni (Township Hall) (25.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 12
NGOs = 6
Local People = 102
10 Public Meeting for EIA Lashio (Meeting Hall, GAO) (8.9.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 22
NGOs = 10
Local People = 200
11 Public Meeting for EIA Muse (City Hall) (24.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 22
NGOs = 10
Local People = 85
45
12 Public Meeting for EIA Kyauk Me (City Hall) (6.9.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 16
NGOs = 13
Local People = 180
13 Public Meeting for EIA Kuitkai (NantphatKha) (Church) (23.10.2019) Local Authorities =
Stage 14
NGOs = 6
Local People = 100
(c) Summary of Public Concerns through Public Consultation Process
The followings are the summary of key findings from public consultation process.
(a) Less damage to agricultural land, forest area and histological places;
(b) Not to damage to uncover natural resources; (keep away alignment from natural
resources existing area);
(c) Proper compensation to land use with or without ground gram;
(d) Declare the width of the railway line and land use of other facilities openly;
(e) Limit tree cutting outside of the project area;
(f) Less damage to wildlife along the railway line;
(g) Control foreign and migrant workers;
(h) Policy to prevent the settlement of migrant workers near the project sites;
(i) Policy to ensure job opportunities to local people;
(j) Tender system for every project implementation works;
(k) Not to separate the agricultural lands by the railway;
(l) Not to increase in traffic during construction phase;
(m) Road damage during transportation of construction materials;
(n) Create job opportunities for local people at Muse-Mandalay Railway road where
the economic conditions can be reduced due to the development of railway line;
(o) Not to produce the electricity for railway in Myanmar;
(p) Not to use the require electricity for new railway in local source.
(d) Summary of Public Disclosure Process
Draft EIA report will be made publicity on MR website and all comment and response will
be accompanied in the final EIA report. The final EIA report will be upload and disclose in
MR website.
1.10. Summary of Grievance Redress Committee (GRC)

Responsible Person for GRM
Name U Phyo Htet Kyaw
Position Assistant General Manager (Planning)
46
Address Nay Pyi Taw Station Compound, Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar
Contact Number Tel：+95-6777164(office)/+95-9-43124800(mobile)
Fax：+95-67-77164
Township, district and state level committees for the grievance redress mechanism
No Committee Member Member Role
Township Level Redress Committee (TRC)
A person elected from citizen Chairperson
A person elected from experts Member
A person elected from CSOs Member
Deputy admin officer – township level (General Member
Administrative Department)
Township level officer Member
District Level Redress Committee (DRC)
Deputy admin officer – district level (General Member
District level officer Member
State Level Redress Committee (SRC)
The president appointed mayor as a minister Chairperson
In Yangon, there are four districts and each district can 4 Members
elect one representative
Appointed from government 4 Members
1.10. Conclusion
According to the impact assessment for the feasibility study for the railway power supply
system, the most possible impacts will be land use, increase in traffic, soil contamination and
noise during construction phase and the use of electrical power and EMF during operation
phase. The most possible socio-economic impacts will be impact on agricultural lands,
increase in traffic, and impacts due to population influx and pressure on electricity
consumption. According to the nature of the environmental and social impacts for railway
power supply system, the impact due to construction phase will be more than operation and
decommissioning phase. As for conclusion, all of the environmental and social impacts can
be mitigated to proper mitigation measures to acceptable level described in this report.
According to the nature of the environmental and social impacts for railway construction, the
impact due to construction phase will have high impact than operation phase. So, MR will
pay high attention for construction phase. For the land use, it will be prepared as RAP report
as supplementary report.
47
2.0. INTRODUCTION
2.1. Project Background
On October 22nd, 2018, Myanma Railways, the Ministry of Transport and Communications
of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and China Railway Eryuan Engineering Group Co.
Limited, China Railway Group Limited, the People's Republic of China signed the
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on Feasibility Study for Muse-Mandalay Railway
Project in Nay Pyi Taw, the capital of Myanmar. Subsequently, a Coordination Committee, a
Joint Working Group and a Technical Working Group were established. From December 5th
to 12th, 2018, the Ministry of Transport and Communications of Myanmar conducted a joint
survey with CREEC on the Muse-Mandalay Railway, and held a post-survey summary
meeting to confirm the route, main station location, and main technical standards of the
railway. Muse-Mandalay Railway starts from Muse port of entry at the north, goes south to
Mandalay, the second largest city in Myanmar, and connects important cities, towns such as
Muse port of entry, Lashio etc with Myanmar central region. Main line totals 409.960km.
Muse-Mandalay Railway connects with China's railway network at the north, and links up
with Myanmar existing meter-gauge railway by a break of gauge at Mandalay. Through the
exiting meter-gauge railway, it can reach Naypyitaw, Yangon and another Myanmar
southeast region as well as northwest region with Myitkyina as the example. So, it is
necessary to conduct EIA for the power stations according to the Environmental Impact
Assessment Procedure, 2015 in Myanmar.
2.2. Brief of the Project Proponent
The followings are the brief of project proponent for the FS of Muse-Mandalay railway
project.
Project Developer
Myanma Railways (MR) under the Ministry of Transport

Project Developer
and Communications (MOTC)
48
Power Stations and Transmission Lines along

Type of Project
Muse-Mandalay Railway
Muse-Mandalay Railway starts from Muse port of entry at

Project Location
the north, goes south to Mandalay
1.U Myo Win (General Manager)

Upper Myanmar Administration (MR)
Upper Myanmar Administration Department,
Mandalay Station,
Mandalay, Myanmar
Tel：+95-2-35172
Fax：+95-2-35829
E-mail：myowingmupper@gmail.com
Contact Person
2.U Phyo Htet Kyaw [Assistant GeneralManager
(Planning)]
Planning and Administration Department, (MR)
Nay Pyi Taw Station Compound,
Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar
Tel：+95-6777164(office)/
+95-9-43124800(mobile)
Fax：+95-67-77164
2.3. Brief of the EIA Service Provider
Below is the background information on Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and
Training Co., Ltd., (Third party) who will conduct the EIA.
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services & Training Co., Ltd.
Ever Green Tech

Company Name
Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd.
Company
3344/2015-2016 (Ygn)
Registration No.
Transitional
Third Party 0047
Registration No.
49
1/9, Baho Road, 16th Quarter,

Contact Address Hlaing Township,
Yangon.
Telephone
09-5099230, 09-5099232
Number
green.evergreentech@gmail.com;
E-mail
md@everrgreentechmyanmar.com.mm
Dr. Kyaw Swar Tint
Ph.D. (Mining)
Contact person Principal Environmental and Social Consultant
09-797111000
11kyawswar@gmail.com
50
2.4. Selected Consultants for Conducting EIA
The following are the selected consultants for conducting EIA for power supply system of railway project.
No. Name Degree Responsibility Area of Expertise
(a) Air Pollution Control

(b) Noise and Vibration
1 Dr. Kyaw Swar Tint Ph.D. (Mining) Principal Consultant (c) Socio-Economy
(d) Environmental Management and
Monitoring
(a) Water Pollution Control
(b) Modelling of Water Quality
2 Mr. Min Aung M.Sc. (Chemistry) Key Consultant (c) Meteorology, Modeling for Air Quality
Our
(d) Soil and Ground Water Pollution
Consultants
Control
(a) Risk Assessment and Hazard
Management
3 Dr. Thein Tun Ph.D. (Metallurgy) Senior Consultant
(b) Facilitation of Meeting
(c) Occupational Safety and Health
(a) Evaluation of Alternatives
4 Dr. Myo Min Tun Ph.D. (Metallurgy) Senior Consultant (b) Resources Utilization and Management
(c) Waste Management
5 Dr. Sao Hone Pha Ph.D. (Electronics) Consultant Remote Sensing and GIS
51
M.S. in EIA/EMS
Social Impact Assessment (Household
6 Ms. Nandar Nwe (YTU), Dip; in Applied Consultant
Survey)
Psychology (YU)
M.S. in EIA/EMS
Social Impact Assessment (Public
7 Ms. Thazin Htwe (YTU), Dip; in Applied Consultant
Consultation and Stakeholder Engagement)
Psychology (YU)
B.Sc. (Forestry); Dip in
8 Mr. Yaw Ma Nar Field Coordinator Baseline Study (Traffic)
EIA/EMS
9 Mr. Moe Pyi Kyaw B.Sc. (Forestry) Surveyor Baseline Study (Water and Soil Quality)
10 Dr. Wyne Nwe Nwe Oo Ph.D. (Boitech) Consultant Species Identification
11 Dr. Nyunt Lwin Ph.D. (Zoology) Consultant Fauna Diversity
12 Dr. Nyo Nyo Lwin Ph.D. (Botany) Freeland Consultant Flora Diversity
13 Dr. Khon Aung M.B.B.S. (Ygn) Consultant Health Impact Assessment
14 Dr. Ohm Thaik Ph.D. (Mining) Consultant Geotechnical (Slope Stability)
15 Dr. Tin Aung Myint Ph.D. (Geology) Consultant Geology
16 Dr. Win Swe Ph.D. (Geography) Consultant Hydrology and Political Science
17 Ms. May Thet Zaw M.E. (Civil) Consultant Constructional Related Impact Assessment
18 Ms. Nay Chi Win Maung M.E. (Civil) Consultant Risk Assessment
19 U Aung Naing Tun L.L.B; MBA Consultant Legal Requirements
Foreign M.Sc. (Conservation of Water resources and high speed railway
20 Mr. Cheng Liang shuang Consultant
Consultant Soil & Water) design
52
2.5. The Need of EIA
Although the proposed project is FS stage, EIA is required for the proposed railway
alignment project in accordance with this Environmental Conservation Law (2012) and
Environmental Impact Assessment Procedure, 2015. Moreover, the proposed project will also
include the construction, operation and maintenance of traction substations and transmission
line for power supply system for high speed electric trains, and so separate EIA is required
for this railway power supply system. The Environmental Conservation Department under
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation is the lead authority for this
EIA process and the development needs to be authorized by this department in accordance
with this Environmental Conservation Law (2012).
2.6. Purpose and Objectives of the EIA Study
The Environmental Conservation Department under Ministry of Natural Resources and
Environmental Conservation is the lead authority for this EIA process and the development
needs to be authorized by this Department in accordance with this Environmental
Conservation Law (2012). The environmental impacts associated with the proposed project
require investigation in compliance with the EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment)
procedures (2015). The main purpose of an EIA is to provide the relevant authorities with
sufficient information on the proposed activities to allow them to make an informed decision
on whether or not the EIA should be authorised. This EIA will be conducted according to
Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures, 2015. The objectives of an EIA are to:
▪ Ensure that social and environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and
incorporated into the development decision-making process;
▪ Anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset significantly adverse biophysical, social and
other relevant impacts of proposed developments;
▪ Protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes
which maintain their functions; and
▪ Promote development that is sustainable and that optimizes resource use and
management opportunities.
An EIA functions as a planning tool which helps determine the social, economic and
Environmental impacts of a proposed project through Public Participation (PP) and
independent specialist assessment. Through the EIA, potential negative and positive impacts
are identified and recommendations are made for reducing or avoiding negative impacts, and
enhancing positive impacts.
53
The findings of an EIA are transferred into clear and measurable objectives that must be
achieved during construction, operation and decommissioning of a proposed project. These
objectives, and plans for achieving them, are captured in an Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). The EMP is a public document and typically becomes a component of the project
financing terms and conditions should the project go ahead.
The basic guiding principles of the EIA are:
▪ To inform decision-makers and result in appropriate levels of Environmental

protection and community well-being;
▪ To provide timely information and outputs which assist with design and engineering
modifications that reduce negative impacts;
▪ To identify any significant Environmental effects and key issues (i.e. the matters that
must be taken into account when making decisions) and apply the necessary
mitigation measures;
▪ To provide opportunities to inform and involve Interested and Affected Parties
(I&APs), incorporating their inputs and concerns explicitly into the documentation
and decision-making;
▪ To allow opportunities for participation by the authorities involved;
▪ To ensure that the EIA team has implemented appropriate methodologies and experts
from the relevant disciplines, and to ensure the team has assessed potential
interrelationships between the biophysical, social and economic issues; and
▪ To provide, as far as possible, an objective, rigorous and balanced assessment of the
issues.
2.7. About the EIA and EMP Report
EIA is a formal process used to predict how the proposed project will affect natural resources
such as water, air, land, socio-economic and wildlife. It is desirable to ensure that the
development options under consideration are sustainable. It also aims to make
recommendations for the mitigation of the potential negative impacts and enhancement of the
positive ones.
EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an

environmental sustainable manner where all contractors and subcontractors, including
consultants, understand the potential environmental impacts arising from the proposed project
and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk. EMP also ensures the project
54
implementation is carried out in accordance with the design by taking appropriate mitigation
actions to reduce adverse environmental impacts during its life cycle.
The EIA and EMP reports will contain:
(a) the present status of air, noise, water, land, biological, socio-economic and health
components of the environment;
(b) identification and evaluation of positive and negative impacts due to the
development of the project;
(c) proposed pollution control measures, environmental management plan (EMP) to
be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts;
(d) measures for the improvement of the community around the area, and
(e) post-project environmental quality monitoring programme.
In making impact assessment, Green Tech ESIA Team mostly referred to the pollution limits
set by Myanmar National Emission Guidelines, USEPA, OSHA and WHO.
2.8. Scope of the EIA Study
This EIA study for the proposed railway power supply system will cover FS for the
following:
(1) traction sub stations; and

(2) transmission line along the railway.
But the EIA study will not cover the main power generation sources and main power
transmission line for traction substations.
55
3.0. POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
This chapter sets out the relevant legal and policy context in Myanmar and documents the
environmental and social standards with which the proposed project has to comply with, as
well as the international standards that the project will follow.
3.1. National Requirements
The EIA has been undertaken in accordance with the Myanmar Environmental Impact
Assessment Procedure which was promulgated on December 29th, 2015, and provides
legislation for environmental and social governance of economic development in Myanmar,
under the Environmental Conservation Law 2012 and Environmental Conservation Rules
2014 of the National Environmental Policy for Myanmar 1994. An overview of the process
(from the Myanmar EIA Procedure, 2015) is shown in Figure 3.1.
56
Figure 3.1. EIA Review and Approval Process
3.2. Laws and Regulations Related to the Proposed Project
Myanmar has promulgated several laws and regulations concerning protection of the
environment. The following table describes laws and regulations which are directly or
indirectly associated with the proposed project.
Table 3.1. Laws and Regulations Related to Workmens’ Right, Occupational Safety and
Health
Law name and Legal Commitments

section
The Labor Organization Rules (No, 1, 7 to 11), 2012
Section 18 The project proponent has to comply for dismiss of worker with section 18 of the Labor
Organization Law.
Section 19 The project proponent has to comply for dispute between employer and worker with
section 19 of the Labor Organization Law.
section 20 of the Labor Organization Law.
57
section 21 of the Labor Organization Law
Section 22 The project proponent has to comply with section 22 of the Labor Organization Law.
Labor Disputes Resolution Law, 2012
Section 38 The project proponent has to comply with section 38 of Labor Dispute Resolution Law.
Section 38 a The project proponent has to comply with section 38a of Labor Dispute Resolution Law.
Section 40 The project proponent has to comply with section 40 of the Labor Dispute Resolution
Law.
Section 43 The project proponent has to comply with or abide by any of the terms of the agreement
entered into before the mediation body in connection with the dispute.
Employment and Skill Development Law,2013
Section 5 The project proponent has to employ according to section 5 of Employment and Skill
Development Law.
Section 14 The project proponent has to carry out training programmes in accord with the work
requirement in line with the policy of the skill development team to develop the skill
relating to the employment for the workers who are proposed to appoint and working at
present.
Section 30 (a & b) The project proponent has to pay money not less below 0.5% of salary, total wages paid
to the level of worker supervisor and the workers below such level in such work
monthly without fail as the contribution to the fund.The project proponent has to
ensure that put in money paid has to not be deducted from the wage or salary of the
workers.
The Leave and Holiday Act, 1951 (Law Amended July, 2014)
Section 3 The project proponent has to comply for the holiday of worker according to section 3 of
1951 Leave and Holidays Act.
Section 5 The project proponent has to comply in related to leave of worker according to section
3 of 1951 Leave and Holidays Act.
Section 14 The project proponent has to comply with section 14 of 1951 Leave and Holidays Act.
Section 16 The project proponent has to comply with section 16 of 1951 Leave and Holidays Act.
Minimum Wages Law, 2013
Section 12 The project proponent has to pay wage according to section 12 of Minimum Wages Law.
Section 13 The project proponent has to carry out with section 13 of Minimum Wages Law.
Payment of Wages Act, 2016
Section 3 The project proponent has to pay the wages according to section 3 of Payment of Wages
Act.
Section 4 The project proponent has to pay the wages according to section 4 of Payment of Wages
Act.
Section 5 The project proponent has to difficulty to pay the wages according to Section 4 sub-
section (c) because of significant happenings, including natural disaster, the employer
must report to the Department with solid evidence that wages will be paid at the
mentioned day upon the workers’ agreement.
Section 7 The project proponent has to comply according to section 7 of Payment of Wages Act.
Section 14 The project proponent has to allow the presiding overtime rate for an employee carries
as set by the Law of Payment of Wages Act
The Social Security Law, 2012
Section 11a The project proponent has to comply in accordance with section 11 of the Social Security
Law, 2012.
Section 15 The project proponent has to pay Social Security Fund described in section 15 of the
Social Security Law, 2012.
Section 18 The project proponent has to deduct contributions to be paid by worker from his wages
together with contribution to be paid by him and pay to the social security fund.
Section 48 The project proponent has to comply with section 48 of the Social Security Law, 2012.
58
Section 75 The project proponent has to prepare and keep records described in section 75 of the
Social Security Law, 2012 and lists correctly and submit to the relevant township social
security office in accord with the stipulations.
The project proponent has to inform the relevant township social security office if the
matters described in section 75b arise and submit records of work and lists if requested
by inspectorate or official assigned by the Social Security Head Office and various levels
of Regional Social Security Office under this Law.
Workmen’s Compensation Act, 2005
Section 3 The project proponent has to liable to pay compensation in accordance with section 3 of
the Workmen’s Compensation Act if personal injury is caused to a workman by accident
arising out of and in the course of his employment
Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases Law, 1995
Section 3 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry of Health to prevent the spread of
infectious diseases.
Section 4 The project proponent has to comply with the provisions of Article 3 of the Ministry of
Health and the Department of Health regarding the prevention and control of
communicable diseases.
Section 11 The project proponent has to allow the health officer according to section 11 of Infectious
Disease Prevention and Control Law for the prevention of spread of infection diseases.
The Control of Smoking and Consumption of Tobacco Product Law, 2016
Section 9 The project proponent has to carry out the task according to section 9 of the Control of
Smoking and Consumption of Tobacco Product Law.
The Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Rules, 2013
Section 15 The project proponent has to carry out inspection and training according to section 15 of
Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Law.
Section 16 The project proponent has to comply Section 16 of Prevention of Hazard from Chemical
and Related Substances Law.
Section 17 The project proponent has to put the insurance in accordance with the prescriptive
stipulations to be able to pay the compensation, if the impact and damage is occurred on
the Human Being and Animals or the environment in respect of the chemical and related
substances businesses.
Section 22 The project proponent has to abide the regulations consisted in the registration certificate
furthermore shall also abide the order and instructions issued occasionally by the Central
Supervisory Board.
Section 27 The project proponent has to control and decrease the hazard of the chemical and
related substance according to section 27 of Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and
Related Substances Law.
Section 30 The project proponent has to comply according to Section 30 of Prevention of Hazard
from Chemical and Related Substances Law.
Occupational Safety and Health Law (Pyidangsu Hluttaw Law No.8), 2019
Section 12 (A) The project proponent has to appoint the person in charge of occupational safety and
health to closely monitor the safety and health of the workers according to the type of
work.
(B) The project proponent has to form occupational safety and health committee,
consisting of workers' representatives, in accordance with the provisions of the Ministry.
Section 14 The project proponent has to follow Rules and regulations issued under this law.
Section 16 The project proponent has to allow the inspection officers for inspection of safety and
health conditions of the workplaces.
Section 17 The project proponent has to allow inspectors for conducting the actions described in
section 17 of Occupational Safety and Health Law.
Section 18 The project proponent has to report the inspection officers any injuries to the workplace
for reasons described in section 18 of Occupational Safety and Health Law
Section 26 The project proponent has to perform the tasks described in section 26 of Occupational
Safety and Health Law.
Section 27 The project proponent does not have to dismiss or demote an employee for the reason
described in section 27 of Occupational Safety and Health Law.
59
Section 34 The project proponent has to be responsible for occupational injury, dangerous event, in
case of serious work injury and if an employee suffers from a specified occupational
disease.
Section 36 The project proponent has to follow the inspecting officer for any work-related injuries,
dangerous events, occupational diseases, workplace poisoning
Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923
Section 3 The project proponent has to liable to pay compensation in accordance with section 3 of
Workmen’s Compensation Act if personal injury is caused to a workman by accident
arising out of and in the course of his employment.
Law Relating to Overseas Employment, 1999
Section 19 Project proponent has to comply with decision of the Minister for Labour
described in section 19 of Law Relating to Overseas Employment
The Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Law, 2013
Section 15 The project proponent has to carry out inspection and training according to
section 15 of Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Law.
Section 16 The project proponent has to comply Section 16 of Prevention of Hazard from
Chemical and Related Substances Law.
Section 17 The project proponent has to put the insurance in accordance with the prescriptive
stipulations to be able to pay the compensation, if the impact and damage is
occurred on the Human Being and Animals or the environment in respect of the
chemical and related substances businesses.
Section 22 The project proponent has to abide the regulations consisted in the registration
certificate furthermore shall also abide the order and instructions issued
occasionally by the Central Supervisory Board.
Section 27 The project proponent has to control and decrease the hazard of the chemical and
related substance according to section 27 of Prevention of Hazard from Chemical
and Related Substances Law.
Section 30 The project proponent has to comply according to Section 30 of Prevention of
Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Law.
Table 3.2- Laws and Regulations Related to Cultural and Heritage

section
The Protection of Rights of Natural Race Law, 2015
Section 5 The project proponent has to completely be informed, coordinated and performed with
the relevant local ethnic groups in the case of development works, major projects,
businesses and extraction of natural resources will be implemented within the area of
ethnic groups.
Protection and Preservation of Cultural Heritage Regions Laws, 2019
Section 21 The project proponent has to comply with the Regional Conservation Committee in
accordance with the stipulations, to obtain the prior approval that there is no harm to the
cultural heritage area.
The Protection and Preservation of Antique Objects Law, 2015
Section 12 The project proponent who finds the object which has no owner or custodian has to
inform the relevant Ward or Village-Tract Administrator if he knows or it seems
reasonable to assume that the said object is an antique object.
The Protection and Preservation of Ancient Monuments Law, 2015
Section 12 The project proponent has to promptly inform the relevant Ward or Village-Tract
Administrative Office when he finds an ancient monument.
Section 15 The project proponent has to apply to get prior permission to the Department when the
project is within the specified area of an ancient monument.
Section 20 The project proponent does not have to carry out discarding chemical substance and
rubbish which can affect an ancient monument and the environment within the specified
area of an ancient monument or of a listed ancient monument without a written prior
permission.
60
Rules for the Protection of the Rights of ethnic nationalities, 2019

Section 20 The project proponent has to comply with section 20 of rules for the protection
of the rights of ethnic nationalities.
Section 21 The project proponent has to comply with section 21 of rules for the protection
of the rights of ethnic nationalities
Table 3.3- Laws and Regulations Related to Natural Environment

section
Forest Law, 2018
Section 12 The project proponent has to get approval of the Ministry to carry out any development
work or economic scheme within forest land or forest covered land.
The Conservation of Biodiversity and Protected Areas Law, 2018
Section 19 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry of Forest Department according to
section 19 of the Conservation of Biodiversity and Protected Areas Law.
Section 35 The project proponent has to comply with section 35 of the Conservation of Biodiversity
and Protected Areas Law.
Section 39 The project proponent has to comply with the punishment according to the section 39 of
the Conservation of Biodiversity and Protected Areas Law.
Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law, 2016
Section 47 The project proponent has to get the opinion from the Department by stating the location
of work, scope of work and the period of operation.
Section 48 The project proponent has to comply with the department according to section 48 of
Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law.
Section 49 The project proponent has to pay the service fee prescribed by the Ministry for
measurement printing and field inspection and river water use fee prescribed by the
Ministry on the use of river water for other activities and river maintenance fee.
Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Rules, 2013
Section 47 The project proponent has to get the opinion from the Department by stating the
location of work, scope of work and the period of operation.
Section 48 The project proponent has to comply with the department according to section
48 of Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law.
Section 49 The project proponent has to pay the service fee prescribed by the Ministry for
measurement printing and field inspection and river water use fee prescribed by
the Ministry on the use of river water for other activities and river maintenance
fee.
Mandalay Region Freshwater Fisheries Law, 2012
Section 38 The project proponent has responsible for the damage or pollute the water.
Shan State Freshwater Fisheries Law, 2014
Section 39 The project proponent has to comply with any restrictions or prohibitions according to
the section 39 of Shan State Freshwater Fisheries Law.
Section 40 The project proponent has not to change the volume or flow of the water according to
section 40 of Shan State Freshwater Fisheries Law.
Table 3.4- Laws and Regulations Related to Transportation and Communication

Law name and Description
section
Railway Transportation Service Law, 2016
Section 14 (B) The project proponent has to submit the relevant particulars of the land to be acquired in
accordance with the existing laws and procedures relating to the land acquisition if the
land acquisition is required for the railway in the project
Section 16 The project proponent has to comply according to the Section 16 of the Railway
Transport Service Law.
Section 24 (B) The project proponent has to comply according to the Section 16 of the Railway
Transport Service Law.
61
Section 28 The project proponent has to carry out the work described in section 18 of the Railway
Transport Service Law with the approval of the Central Supervisory Board in respect of
construction, maintenance of railways and infrastructure in connection with the railway
transport service for the interests of the public.
Section 29 The project proponent has to send a notice to the land user or occupant for objection to
any work, if any, by stating purpose and reason before carrying out the works mentioned
in section 28, state the nature and volume of work exactly in the notice, give a copy of
notice sent to the Central Supervisory Board.
Section 32 The project proponent has to enter upon any land adjoining the railway boundary to
prevent accidents and repair the damage with the approval of the Central Supervisory
Board in case of landslide and other accidents, and in recognition of potential accidents
in cuttings, embankments and other works under its supervision.
The project proponent has to have the right to enter upon the land and repair the damage
without prior approval of the Central Supervisory Board if the damage requires
emergency repair. Such action has to be reported to the Central Supervisory Board within
24 hours to obtain the approval, by mentioning the occurrence or the nature of potential
accident and works to be carried out.
Section 34 The project proponent has to comply according to section 34 of the Railway Transport
Service Law for carrying out the work in its section 32.
Section 36 The project proponent has to carry out as described in section 36 of the Railway Transport
Service Law in respect of causing danger or inconvenience to the land users and
occupants due to alteration of land and watercourses caused by the construction of the
railway and receiving the compensation by the land users and occupants.
Section 39 The proponent has to comply according to section 39 of Railway Transport Service Law.
The Highways Law (Law No. 24), 2015
Section 7 The project proponent has to get approval for the construction of billboard for
constructing something by crossing the highways and construction within the boundaries
of the highway.
Section 23 The project proponent has to permission from the Ministry in advance for power line
connection.
Road Law, 2000
Section 4 The project proponent has to carry out land confiscation and removal of buildings in
accordance with existing laws for the construction and expansion of roads.
Vehicle Safety and Motor Vehicle Management Law, 2020
Section 9 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry for determining and restricting the areas
where motor vehicles used in the country are allowed to travel.
Section 12 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry in relation to the initial registration of
motor vehicles.
Section 14 The project proponent has to set the speed for the safe movement of vehicles traveling
on public roads.
Section 18 The project proponent has to maintain the vehicle and repair in accordance with the
standards prescribed by the Department in order to drive safely.
Section 81 The project proponent has to carry out the loading or transporting of dangerous goods in
the motor vehicle in accordance with the stipulations.
Motor Vehicle Rules, 1987
Section 143 The project proponent has to follow the notification letter of the Ministry of Transport
for determining the speed as required by road conditions.
Section 145 The project proponent has to follow section 145 of Motor Vehicle Rules.
Section 160 The project proponent has to follow in related with the use of horn according to section
160 of Motor Vehicle Rules.
Section 165 The project proponent has to comply during transportation of goods according to section
165 of Motor Vehicle Rules
Section 167 The project proponent has to comply for the vehicle malfunction according to section
167 of Motor Vehicle Rules.
Section 168 The project proponent has to comply for fueling of vehicle according to section 168 of
Motor Vehicle Rules.
Section 169 The project proponent has to comply with the weight limit for crossing the bridge.
62
Table 3.5- Laws and Regulations Related to Communities’ Development, Health and Safety
section
Union of Myanmar Public Health Law, 1972
Section 3 The project proponent has to allow the government to improve the health of the working
population and advising on the health issues described in section 3 of 1972 Union of
Myanmar Public Health Law to protect the health of the working population.
Section 5 The project proponent has to follow the organizations formed under this law to inspect
and instruct the project at any time.
Village Regional Development Law, 2019
Section 11 Project proponent has to comply with the right of rural people in accordance with
section 11 of Village Regional Development Law.
Law of Protecting of Farmer Rights and Enhancement of their Benefits, 2013
Section 9 (d, e) Project proponent has to comply with section 9(d, e) of Law of protection of
farmer rights and enhancement of their benefits for the unfair land acquisition
Second amendment of the law on the development of border areas and national races, 2015
Section 4 Project proponent has to comply with section 4 of second amendment of the law
on the development of border areas and national races in relating to altitude of the
national race.
Public Health Law, 1972
It is concerned with protection of people’s health by controlling the quality and cleanliness of food, drugs,
environmental sanitation, epidemic diseases and regulation of private clinics.
Table 3.6- Laws and Regulations Related to Land Acquisition

section
Vacant, Fallow, Virgin Land Management Law , 2018
Section 10 The project proponent has to comply with the Central Committee according to section 10
of Vacant, Fallow, Virgin Land Management Law.
Section 19 The project proponent has to follow the Central Committee if ancient cultural heritage
and resources in fallow and virgin lands arise
Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law , 2019
Section 39 Project proponent has to comply with section 39 of Land Acquisition, Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Law in association with compensation for land acquisition.
Section 41 Project proponent has to comply with section 41 of Land Acquisition, Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Law for the complains of affected persons.
Section 42 Project proponent has to follow section 42 of Land Acquisition, Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Law for the submission a petition to the relevant court in associated with
complains of affected persons.
Section 46 Project proponent has to comply with resettlement or rehabilitation procedures in
accordance with section 46 of Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law.
Section 54 (b, c) Project proponent has to comply with central committee in accordance with section 54 of
Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law for the acquisition of temporary
land use.
Section 58 Project proponent has to compensate in accordance with section 58 of Land Acquisition,
Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law for the damage of land used for temporary.
Farm Land Law, 2012
Section 30 The project proponent has to comply related to the use of farmland according to section
30 of Farmland Law.
National Land Use Policy, 2016

Part (V) Project proponent has to comply with procedures related to land acquisition, relocation,
compensation, rehabilitation and restitution of National Land Use Policy for land
acquisition for project development.
63
Shan State Development Law, 2013

Section 17 The project proponent has to follow the Township Committee according to section 17 of
Shan State Development Law.
Section 22 The project proponent has to pay for tax according to section 22 of Shan State
Development Law.
Section 69 The project proponent has to get the permission of the township committee to dispose if
environmentally harmful substances on the road or in a place not designated for disposal.
Section 70 The project proponent has to get water from the public water supply business of the
Department of Development Affairs with complying with the regulations
Mandalay Region Development Organizations Law, 2014
Section 26 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry according to section 26 of Mandalay
Region Development Organizations Law.
Section 39 The project proponent has to allow for inspection of the wells and ponds within the
development area according to section 39 of Mandalay Region Development
Organizations Law.
Section 40 The project proponent has to follow the committee according to section 40 of Mandalay
Region Development Organizations Law.
Section 78 The project proponent has responsible for not to pollute air, not to damage the
environment and not to do anything that could cause water pollution and not to dump
into streams, ponds and drains streams.
Section 80 The project proponent has to get the permission of the township committee for disposal
according to section 80 of Mandalay Region Development Organizations Law.
The Upper Myanmar Land and Revenue Regulation
Section 27 The project proponent has to be liable to the payment of land-revenue to the Government
according to section 27 of the Upper Myanmar Land and Revenue Regulation.
The Land Acquisition Act
Section 4 The project proponent has to publish a notification and has to cause public notice of the
substance of such notification to be given at convenient places in the said locality.
Section 5 The project proponent has to pay at the time of such entry or tender payment for all
necessary damage to be done, and, in case of dispute as to the sufficiency of the amount
so paid or tendered, he shall at once refer the dispute to the decision of the Collector or
other chief revenue-officer of the district, and such decision shall be final.
Section 5A The project proponent has to give the objector an opportunity of being heard either in
person or by pleader and shall, after hearing all such objections and after making such
further inquiry, if any, as he thinks necessary, submit the case for the decision of the
President of the Union. The project proponent has complied the decision of the President
of the Union on the objections.
Table 3.7- Laws and Regulations Related to Power Supply

section
Law Amending the Electronic Transactions Law
Section 16 The project proponent has to shall apply to the certification authority to obtain the
certificate in accordance with the stipulations.
Section 17 The Project proponent has to inform by any suitable arrangement without delay.
Section 18 The project proponent has to be liable for the consequences of the loss and damage.
Telecommunication Law,2013
Section 32 The Project proponent has to follow the conditions on matters relating to access and
interconnection of the Network Services to Network Facilities according to rule of
Department.
The Electricity Law, 2014
Section 18 The project proponent has to carry out electric power generation and distribution
businesses only if the electrical safety certificate is received from the Chief Inspector.
Section 19 The project proponent has to apply to the authorized person to issue the permit in accord
with the stipulations if he desires to carry out the business contained in the permit jointly
with other entities, transfer the business to other entities and sell, mortgage, lease,
exchange and give the whole or part of the business contained in the permit.
64
Section 20 The project proponent has to abide by the rules, regulations, bye-laws, notifications,
orders, directives and procedures issued by the Ministry in carrying out the electrical
business contained in the permit.
Section 22 The project proponent has to be liable for causing any damage or loss due to the
negligence by him to any person or entity.
Section 24 The project proponent has to compensate in accord with the method prescribed by the
Ministry for the value of damage or loss if damages or losses arise to any other electric
power user or any electrical business due to negligence of any electric power user.
Section 26 The project proponent has to abide according to section 26 of the Electrical Law.
Section 27 The project proponent has to report to the Chief Inspector and in-charge of the relevant
department as soon as possible in the event of electricity hazard occurs in respect of
generation, transmission, distribution and utilization of electric power.
Section 33 The project proponent has to comply with section 33 of the Electricity Law.
Section 68 The project proponent has to compensate according to the section 68 of the Electricity
Law if a person is injured, or disabled or killed by the electric shock or outbreak of fire
due to negligence or default of the permit holder or the person designated by him.
The Electricity Rule, 2015
Section 12 The project Proponent has to follow the rule of not transfer electricity licence to any
other person without the approval in writing of the Minister.
Section 21 The Project Proponent has to follow the rule of after conclusion with the office, prescribe
renewable energy targets.
Table 3.8- Other Relative Laws and Regulations for Proposed Project
section
Natural Disaster Management Law (Law No. 21), 2013
Section 9 (a) The project proponent has to follow the National Committee in the case of natural disaster
and implementing natural disaster management.
Constitution of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, 2008
Section 24 Project proponent has to comply with section 24 of Constitution of the Republic of the
Union of Myanmar in association with the chance of workers.
Section 45 Project proponent understand and accepts section 45 of Constitution of the Republic of
the Union of Myanmar in association with conservation of natural environment.
Section 349 Project proponent understand section 349 of Constitution of the Republic of the Union of
Myanmar in association with development of project.
Section 359 Project proponent understand and accept section 359 of Constitution of the Republic of
the Union of Myanmar in association with forced to work.
Section 24 Project proponent has to comply with section 24 of Constitution of the Republic of the
Union of Myanmar in association with the chance of workers.
Law on Standardization (Law No. 28), 2014
Section 9 The Project proponent has to apply to the Department in accord with the stipulations to
obtain the accreditation certificate.
Section 14 The Project proponent has to apply to the Department in accord with the stipulations if
desirous to extend the term of the accreditation certificate.
Section 16 The Project proponent has to register at the Department after obtaining the approval of
the Council on the standardization mark for each category of quality recommendation for
which it may issue.
Section 17 The Project proponent has to apply to the organization which have obtained the
accreditation certificate from the department for quality recommendation.
Environmental Conservation Law, 2012
Section 7 The project proponent has to manage according to the Section 7.
Section 14 The project proponent has to carry out treating of emitting substances which cause
pollution in the environment in accord with stipulated environmental quality standards.
Section 15 The project proponent has to install or use an on-site facility or controlling equipment in
order to monitor, control, manage, reduce or eliminate environmental pollution.
65
Section 24 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry terms and condition relating to
environmental conservation.
Section 29 The project proponent has to follow the rules, notifications, orders, directives and
procedures issued under this Law.
Environmental Conservation Rules, 2014
Rule 69 The project proponent has to follow the rule of not to pollute the environment, not to
cause damage to the ecosystem.
EIA Procedures, 2015
Article 102 to 110 The project proponent has to report the monitoring included in EIA procedure article 102
to 110.
Article 113 The project proponent has to comply with the determination of Ministry if environmental
obligations are not being complied by project proponent.
Article 115 The project proponent has to cost all the inspection and monitoring of project according
to article 115 of EIA Procedure.
Article 117 The project proponent has to follow the Ministry program described in Article 117 of EIA
procedure.
National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines, 2015
Section 2.1.9 The project proponent has to comply with the National Environmental Quality (Emission)
Guidelines.
Law Amending the Factories Act 1951 (Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 12/2016)
Section 19 Project proponent has to comply with section 19 of Law Amending the Factories Act
1951 in relating to hearing and the safety of workers.
Private Industrial Enterprise Law, 1990
Section 13 The project proponent has to follow the duties described in section 13 of Private Industrial
Enterprise Law, 1990.
Myanmar Fire Force Law, 2015
Section 25 The project proponent has to comply according to law no. 25 of Myanmar Fire Force Law
by forming the reserve fire brigade and providing fire safety equipment.
The Myanmar Insurance Law, 1993
Section 15 The project proponent has to follow compulsory Third Party Liability Insurance with the
Myanmar Insurance.
Section 16 The project proponent has to comply with section 16 of the Myanmar Insurance Law.
Myanmar Petroleum and Petroleum Products Law,2017
Section 9 The project proponent has to comply with the Ministry of Transport and Communications
relating with any petroleum.
Section 10 The project proponent has to follow the rule of Ministry of Natural Resources and
Environmental Conservation according to section 10 of the Petroleum and Petroleum
Product Law.
Section 11 The project proponent has to express the warning sign of danger by stamping, embossing,
painting, printing or any other means on all receptacles containing any dangerous
petroleum and petroleum product.
Section 31 The project proponent has to comply according to section 31 of the Petroleum and
Petroleum Product Law.
Section 33 The project proponent has not to fail to report immediately to the nearest authority
concerned and provide information relating to any accident if an explosion or fire occurs
due to any petroleum and petroleum product business activities, or it is likely to cause
fire at or near to the place where petroleum and petroleum product is stored.
The Petroleum Rules, 1937
Section 63 The project proponent has to comply according to section 63 of the Petroleum Rules,
1937.
Section 66 The project proponent has to responsible that petroleum not be transported on any public
vehicle which is carrying passengers.
Section 72 The project proponent has to responsible to carry out the provisions of these rules
according to section 72 of the Petroleum Rules, 1937.
1937.
66
Section 92 The project proponent has to be responsible for all operations within an installation or
storage shed to be conducted under the supervision of an experienced responsible agent
or supervisor.
1937.
The Export and Import Law, 2012
Section 7 The project proponent has to comply with section 7 of the Export and Import Law.
The Industrial Explosive Materials Law, 2018
Section 6 (c) The project proponent has to comply with section 6(c) of the Industrial Explosive
Materials Law.
Section 7 (c) The project proponent has to comply with section 7(c) of the Industrial Explosive
Materials Law for the procurement, provision, storage and distribution of explosives of
explosive.
Section 11 (b) The project proponent has to allow the Chief Inspector according to section 11 (b) of the
Industrial Explosive Materials Law.
Section 13 The project proponent has to apply to renew the licence, 30 days before expiration to the
Chief Inspector in accordance with the stipulations if he wishes to continue to store
industrial explosive materials.
Section 14 (b) The project proponent has to comply according to section 14 (b) of the Industrial
Explosive Materials Law.
Section 15 The project proponent has to comply according to section 15 of the Industrial Explosive
Materials Law.
Section 16 The project proponent has to take necessary preventive measures in accordance with the
specifications to avoid harm in transport, manufacture, use or possession of industrial
explosive materials.
Section 18 The project proponent has not to refuse inspection of the Chief Inspector or an inspector.
Section 19 The project proponent has to comply with section 19 of the Industrial Explosive Materials
Law.
Section 20 The project proponent has to comply with section 20 of the Industrial Explosive Materials
Law.
Section 21 The project proponent has to license according to section 21 of the Industrial Explosive
Materials Law.
The Explosive Substance Act, 1908
Section 3 The project proponent has to responsible for the punishment according to section 3 of the
Explosive Substances Act.
Section 4 The project proponent has to comply with section 4 of the Explosive Substances Act.
Section 5 The project proponent has to comply with the section 5 of the Explosive Substances Act.
The Myanmar Engineering Council Law, 2013
Section 34 The project proponent has to comply according to the section 34 of Myanmar Engineering
Council Law.
Section 37 The project proponent has to follow the section 37 of Myanmar Engineering Council Law.
Myanmar Fire Bridge Law, 2015
Section 25 The project proponent has not to fail to form the Reserve Fire Brigade and not fail to
provide fire safety equipment.
Patent Law, 2019
Section 17 Project proponent has to comply with section 17 of Patent Law when an invention is made
under the employment contract between the employer and employee.
Myanmar Investment Law, 2016
Section 50 The project proponent has to invest according to the section 50 of Myanmar Investment
Law.
Section 51 The project proponent has to comply with section 51 of Myanmar Investment Law.
Section 65 The project proponent has to comply with section 65 of Myanmar Investment Law.
Section 73 The project proponent has the type of insurance specified in the rules in any insurance
business authorized to conduct insurance business in the State.
Myanmar Investment Rules, 2017
Section 202 The project proponent has to abide by all the terms and conditions set forth in the permit
and other applicable laws when conducting the investment business.
67
Section 203 The project proponent has to contact the relevant government department according to
section 203 of Myanmar Investment Rules
Section 206 The project proponent has to submitted to the Commission Office for approval if foreign
consultant expert is hired.
Section 212 The project proponent has to insure the relevant type of insurance according to Section
212 of Myanmar Investment Rules.
The Law Relating to Aquaculture, 1989
Section 29 The project proponent has not to obstruct navigation and flow of water or pollute the
water within the fisheries waters.
The Ethnic Rights Protection Law, 2015
Section 5 The project proponent has to completely inform, coordinate and perform with the relevant
local ethnic groups in the case of development works, major projects, businesses and
extraction of natural resources.
3.3. International Agreements and Conventions

In addition to the domestic laws listed above, Myanmar is also a signatory to the following
international conventions, and these may have relevance to the proposed survey activities.
Refer to the following Table.
Table 3.9- International Agreements and Conventions Relevant to the Proposed Project
International
Agreements and Status Purposes
Conventions
Vienna Convention for 1998 Aims at the protection of the ozone layer, including
the Protection of the requirements for limiting the production and use of
Ozone Layer, 1985 ozone depleting substances.
Montreal Protocol on 1993 Aims at the protection of the ozone layer, including
Substances that requirements for limiting the production and use of
Deplete the Ozone ozone depleting substances.
Layer, 1989
Basel Convention, 2015 The Convention regulates the transboundary
1989 movements of hazardous wastes and provides
obligations to its parties to ensure that such wastes are
managed and disposed of in an environmentally sound
manner.
United Nations 1995 Provide a framework for intergovernmental efforts to
Framework and tackle climate change. Recognises that the climate
Convention on Climate 2005 system is a shared resource whose stability can be
Change (UNFCCC), affected by industrial and other emissions of carbon
New York, 1992 and dioxide and other greenhouse gases.
Kyoto Protocol 1997
Convention on 1994 Aims to promote national policies for the conservation
Biological Diversity, of wild flora, fauna and habitat that needs to be included
Rio de Janeiro, 1992 in planning policies. The three main goals are: (1) the
conservation of the biological diversity; (2) the
68
sustainable use of its components; (3) fair and equitable

sharing of the benefits.
Asia Least Cost 1998 Develop national and regional capacity for preparation
Greenhouse Gas of GHG inventories.
Abatement Strategy Assist in identifying GHG abatement options and
(1998 ALGAS) preparation of a portfolio of abatement projects for each
country.
United Nations 1997 Building on the National Environment Policy of
Agenda 21 Myanmar, takes into account principles contained in the
Global Agenda 21. Myanmar Agenda 21 also aims at
strengthening and promoting systematic environmental
management in the country.
Relevant ILO Sets out legal instruments drawn up by the ILO's
Conventions in force constituents (governments, employers and workers) and
in Myanmar setting out basic principles
• C1 Hours of Work and rights for workers.
• C14 Weekly Rest
• C17 Workmen’s
Compensation
(Accidents)
• C19 Equality of
Treatment (Accident
Compensation)
• C26 Minimum Wage
Fixing Machinery
• C29 Forced Labour
Convention
• C42 Workmen’s
Compensation
(Occupational
Diseases) Revised
1934
• C52 Holidays with Pay
3.4. National and International Guidelines for Proposed Project
EIA assessment was undertaken in accordance with Myanmar's National Environmental Quality
(Emission) (NEQ) Guidelines which were promulgated on December 29th, 2015 and provide the
basis for regulation and control of various environmental parameters, including noise, air emissions,
and effluent discharges. Moreover, beside the national guidelines and international guidelines and
standards are referred to the impact assessment as follow:
(a) World Health Organization Guidelines (WHO);
(b) National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS), USEPA;
(c) IFC Guidelines for Waste Management Facilities, 2007;

69
(d) IFC Guidelines for Water and Sanitation, 2007; and
(e) IFC Guidelines for Occupational, Health and Safety, 2007,
3.4.1. National Environmental Quality Guidelines for Electrical Power Transmission and
Distribution
This guideline applies to power transmission between a generation facility and a substation
located within an electricity grid, in addition to power distribution from a substation to
consumers located in residential, commercial, and industrial areas. Power transmission and
distribution does not typically give rise to significant effluents or air emissions. Where
potentially contaminated water runoff or dust exists, site operations should comply with the
following effluent guideline and the general air quality guideline.
(a) Water Quality
Effluent Levels
Parameter Unit Maximum Concentration

Biological oxygen demand mg/l 30
Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 125
Oil and grease mg/l 10
pH S.U.a 6-9
Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400
Total nitrogen mg/l 10
Total phosphorus mg/l 2
Total suspended solids mg/l 50
a
Standard Unit
Table 3.10- Proposed National Drinking Water Quality Standard, Myanmar (2014)
Parameter Unit Maximum Permissible Limit
TCU (True Color Unit) Pt.Co 20
Turbidity NTU 5
(NTU-Nephelometric Turbidity Unit)
Total Dissolved Solvents (TDS) mg/l 1000
Chloride mg/l 250
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 500
Iron mg/l 1
pH mg/l 6.5-8.5
Sulphate mg/l 400
Calcium mg/l 200
Magnesium mg/l 150
Electrical Conductivity µs/cm 1500
70
(b) Noise level set in NEQG
According to the NEQG that has been prescribed by Ministry of Environmental Conservation
and Forestry on 29th December, 2015, under Chapter 1 (General Provision), Section 1, sub-
section 1.3 mentioned the following requirement for noise levels;
Noise prevention and mitigation measures should be taken by all projects where predicted or
measured noise impacts from a project facility or operation exceed the applicable noise level
guideline at the most sensitive point of reception. Noise impacts should not exceed the levels
shown below, or result in a maximum increase in background levels of three decibels at the
nearest receptor location off-site.
In NEQG, the noise level is set as shown in Table below and noise prevention and mitigation
measures should be taken by all projects where the predicted or measured noise impacts from
a project facility or operation exceed the applicable noise level guideline at the most sensitive
point of reception. Noise impact should not exceed the levels shown below, or result in a
maximum increase in background levels of three decibels at the nearest offsite receptor location.
Table - Noise Level set in NEQG
One Hour LAeq
Daytime (7:00-22:00)(dBA) Night Time (22:00-7:00)
Receptor
(10:00-22:00 for public (22:00-10:00 for public
holidays) holidays)
Residential, institutional,
55 45
educational
Industrial, commercial 70 70
Source: NEQG (December 2015)
It is noted that NEQG does not mention a guideline value to be specified for railway noise
and so it is necessary to use this guideline for noise.
3.4.2. International Environmental Quality Guidelines for Proposed Project
(a) Air Quality

General guideline values for air emissions are described in WHO and NAAQS and the project
shall apply theses guideline values for air quality parameters such as SO2, NO2, particulate
matters (PM10 and PM2.5).
71
Table 3.11 - World Health Organization Guidelines (WHO)

Pollutants Averaging WHO 2021 Air Quality Guideline
Period
PM 2.5 (µg/m³) Annual 5
24-hour 15
PM10 (µg/m³) Annual 15
24-hour 45
O3 (µg/m³) Peak Season 60
8-hour 100
NO2 (µg/m³) Annual 10 0.005ppm 5ppb
24-hour 25 0.013ppm 13ppb
1-hour 200 0.106ppm 106ppb
SO2 (µg/m³) 24-hour 40 0.015ppm
10-minute 500 0.191ppm
CO (mg/ m³) 24-hour 4
8-hour 10 8.729ppm
1-hour 35
15-minute 100
μg = microgram
a
= 99th percentile (i.e. 3-4 exceedance days per year)
b
= Average of daily maximum 8-hour mean O3 concentration in the six consecutive months
with the highest six-month running-average O3 concentration.
Note: Annual and peak season is long-term exposure, while 24 hour and 8 hour is short-term
exposure.
OSHA has established a Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) for CO2 of 5,000 parts per
million (ppm) (0.5% CO2 in air) averaged over an 8-hour work day (time-weighted average
orTWA.)
Normal CO2 Levels
The effects of CO2 on adults at good health can be summarized to:
normal outdoor level: 350 - 450 ppm
acceptable levels: < 600 ppm
complaints of stuffiness and odors: 600 - 1000 ppm
ASHRAE and OSHA standards: 1000 ppm
general drowsiness: 1000 - 2500 ppm
adverse health effects may be expected: 2500 - 5000 ppm
maximum allowed concentration within a 8 hour working period: 5000 - 10000 ppm
maximum allowed concentration within a 15 minute working period: 30000 ppm
72
Table 3.12 - National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS), USEPA;

Pollutants Averaging Period Guideline Value
(µg/m3, ppm, ppb)
Carbon Monoxide 1-hour 9 ppm
8-hours 35 ppm
Nitrogen dioxide 1-hour 100 ppb
1-year 53 ppb
Ozone 8-hour daily 0.070 ppm
maximum
Particulate matter 24-hours 150 µg/m3
PM10a
Particulate matter 1-year 15 µg/m3
PM2.5b 24-hour 35 µg/m3
Sulfur dioxide 1-hour 75 ppb
3-hours 0.5 ppm
(b) Electromagnetic Field
Additionally, exposure limits for general public exposure to electric and magnetic fields should
comply with International Commission on Non-ionized Radiation Protection guidelines for
limiting general public exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields
(up to 300 Gigahertz).
50 Hzc 5000 100
60 Hz 4150 83
a
IFC Guidelines for Waste Management Facilities

Section 1.0 Industry-Specific Impacts and Management
Section 2.0 Performance Indicators and Industry Benchmarks
IFC Guidelines for Water and Sanitation

Section 1.0 Industry-Specific Impacts and Management
Section 2.0 Performance Indicators and Industry Benchmarks
IFC General EHS Guideline

Section 2.0 Occupational Health and Safety
73
3.6. Penalties and other Administrative Punishment
The developer must know the penalties and other administrative punishment granted as EIA
Procedures in Myanmar as follow:
Specific Administrative
No Non-Compliance Penalties Punishment of the
Ministry
100 to 500 US$ or
Failure or delay in timely submission of equivalent Myanmar Kyat
1. reports within Period prescribed by + 10-25 US$/ day unit -Issue Enforcement Notice
Ministry cured or equivalent
Myanmar Kyat
Obstruction or interference with an 250 to 5,000 US$ or -Issue Enforcement Notice

2.
official in the course of their duties equivalent Myanmar Kyat -Criminal prosecution
-Suspension of Approval of
Failure to provide information to the 1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
3. EMP, EMP-CP, EMP-OP
Ministry or any representative equivalent Myanmar Kyat
in whole or in part
Failure to provide information to the
Ministry Inspector or any representative 250 to 5,000 US$ or
4. - Issue Enforcement Notice
when requested in regard to inspection equivalent Myanmar Kyat
and monitoring
Undertaking or allowing any 1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
preparatory or other construction works equivalent Myanmar Kyat +50
5. -Criminal prosecution
without the prior approval by the to 500 US$/ day until cured or
Ministry of a reserved EMP or EMP-CP equivalent Myanmar Kyat
1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
Operating/implementing without a equivalent Myanmar Kyat
6. permit, or approval by the Ministry of +50 to 500 US$/ day unit - Criminal prosecution
an EMP or EMP-Op cured or equivalent
Myanmar Kyat
-Suspension of Approval of
2,000 to 10,000 US$ or
EMP, EMP-CP or EMP-OP
Non-compliance with an Enforcement equivalent Myanmar Kyat
in whole or in part
7. Notice or Suspension Notice issued by +100-500 US$/day unit
-Revocation of Approval of
the Ministry cured or equivalent
Myanmar Kyat
in whole or in part
- Issue Enforcement Notice
- Suspension of Approval of
Failure to notify to the Ministry of any EMP, EMP-CP or EMP-OP
1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
8. knowledge of any event of an imminent in whole or in part
equivalent Myanmar Kyat
of Environmental damage -Revocation of Approval of
in whole or in part
-Issue Enforcement Notice
Failure to take reasonable steps to
prevent an imminent thread of damage
to the Environment, social, human 2,500 to 10,000 US$ or
9. in whole or in part
health, livelihoods, or property, where equivalent Myanmar Kyat
application based on the EMP, EMP-CP
or EMP-OP
in whole or in part
Non-compliance with conditions in ‘the
1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
10. ECC and allowable Emission Limit -Issue Enforcement Notice
Values
74
in whole or in part
in whole or in part
Failure to take pay compensation EMP, EMP-CP or EMP-OP
1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
11. amounts required in respected in respect in whole or in part
of social impacts -Revocation of Approval of
in whole or in part
Failure to fully restore social conditions 1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
12. in whole or in part
upon resettlement equivalent Myanmar Kyat
in whole or in part
Notes:
1. All penalty amounts set forth in this Annex are denominated in United States Dollars (US$)
and are subject to annual inflation adjustment.
2. Abbreviations are as follows;
EMP-CP = Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase
EMP-OP = Environmental Management Plan –Operational Phase
3.7. Project’s Environmental, Social and Health Policies
The main policy and commitment of project developer can be identified in the following points:
1. the protection of public safety, the health and safety of the workforce and the local
communities
2. the protection and promotion of human rights, the economic and social development of
local communities;
3. the protection of the environment and the conservation of biodiversity and ecosystems;
4. the continuous improvement of the quality of the processes, services and products of
our activities and operations;
5. the compliance with Myanmar laws, regulations and industrial standards regarding the
environment, health, safety and hygiene at work in all of our operations
6. visible and active leadership that promotes HSE excellence, which engages and
motivates employees and contractors alike to succeed
7. setting objectives and targets for measuring and improving HSE performance in line
with Company activities and strategic objectives
8. manage HSE in order to achieve our objective of incident free operations
9. implementing sustainable development principles in our activities
75
10. seek and achieve continuous improvement in our processes, consistent with our
strategic objectives and priorities, by adopting the most advanced systems for
environmental protection and energy efficiency
11. creating a culture in which employees, Contractors and Visitors share these
commitments and understand that working safely is a condition of employment.
3.7.1. Sustainability Policy
Project developer’s sustainability model is “To operate in a sustainable manner means to create
value for stakeholders, and to use resources so that the needs of future generations will not be
compromised, respecting people, the environment and the society as a whole.” the developer
adheres to a sustainability policy, which is composed of the following principles:
12. Stakeholder relations – “Engaging stakeholders and involving them in company’s

business are both prerequisites for sustainability and for the construction of reciprocal
value.”
13. Human Rights – “The respect of Human Rights represents the basis for an inclusive
growth of societies, of the territories and, consequently, of the companies that work there.”
14. Relations with communities and contribution to local development – “Dialogue, the
respect of local communities, the evaluation of impacts are all preconditions for an
effective cooperation, targeted at creating territorial value.”
Climate strategy – “To satisfy the world’s energy demand, by containing, at the same time,
emissions of gases that have an impact on climatic change, is one of the greatest challenges of
modern society.”
3.8. Statement of Commitments
The followings are the commitments of the project developer and environmental assessment
practitioner.
76
3.8.1 Commitments of Project Developer
The project developer will have to comply with the followings:

a) Comply with the commitments of the environmental and socio-economic development
revealed in the Environmental Impact Assessment report.
b) Acknowledge and comply the laws, regulations and guidelines associated with the project,
included in the report.
c) Comply and proceed the alternative methods, mitigation measures and monitoring plans
included in the report for the reduction of the negative environmental impacts; and take
responsibility for the environmental impacts due to non-compliance of the commitment.
d) This environmental impact assessment is accurate and complete.
e) Give priorities for the occupational health and safety of the workers.
f) Utilize the exact amount of fund as stated in proposed expenditure for cooperate social
responsibility funds.
g) Take responsibility for all of the works and absence of the contractors, sub-contractors,
officers and representatives of the company in operating the processes.
h) Take responsibility to support after discussion for the impacted people to ensure for their
stable livelihood not lower than before the project; and resettlement and rehabilitate the
impacted local people, government organizations and other related people and
organizations.
i) Take responsibility to compensate, support, resettle and rehabilitate the effected people to
ensure for their stable livelihood not lower than before the project after discussion with the
relevant local authorities, related organizations and local people.
List of Commitments of Project Developer during each phase of project
Phase Commitments of Project Developer

Pre-Construction • Take responsibility to compensate, support, resettle and rehabilitate
Phase the effected people to ensure for their stable livelihood not lower than
before the project after discussion with the relevant local authorities,
related organizations and local people.
• Take responsibility to support after discussion for the impacted people
to ensure for their stable livelihood not lower than before the project;
and resettlement and rehabilitate the impacted local people,
government organizations and other related people and organizations.
77
Construction Phase • It is promised that the materials required for the proposed project will
be obtained from organizations with environmental compliance.
• It is promised to get the attitude of the locals if the water to be used
during the construction phase for the proposed project has to be taken
from a local water source.
• It is promised that compensation will be made with the land owner if
the top soil to be used during the construction phase for the proposed
project has to be taken from nearby land.
• Take responsibility for all of the works and absence of the contractors,
sub-contractors, officers and representatives of the company in
operating the processes.
• Give priorities for the occupational health and safety of the workers.
• At least 50% of local people will be used as worker required for the
construction phase.
• All the required resources are obtained by tendering and local
resources are prioritized to be used.
• The detailed baseline study for 11 traction substations and 1 switching
post was not able to carry out during feasibility stage since the
proposed location of traction substations can be changed so only when
implementing stage is reached, the detailed baseline study will be
carried out again at each stations along with EMP-Construction Phase.
Operation Phase • Take responsibility for the shortage of groundwater to the affected
area (the nearest villages) by digging the new deep wells, tube well
and supporting water requirement to those areas if they suffer the
shortage of groundwater.
• Take responsibility for all of the works and absence of the contractors,
sub-contractors, officers and representatives of the company in
operating the processes.
• Utilize the exact amount of fund as stated in proposed expenditure for
cooperate social responsibility funds.
• Give priorities for the occupational health and safety of the workers.
(Signature)
Name -
Occupation -
78
3.8.2. Commitments of the Environmental Assessment Practitioner
The EIA report was written by Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., and
EIAs in this report were designed by the following criteria;
(a) The designed EIA complied with the National Constitution, Environmental Conservation
Law, EIA Procedures, and National Environmental Quality Guideline.
(b) This EIA also complied with the existing or future Labor laws, Occupational Health and
Safety Laws, Rules and Procedures.
(c) These environmental impact protection procedures are designed of incident avoiding,
mitigation and replacing for the project proponent who commits to follow the
environmental impact protection procedure.
(d) This environmental management report is systematically designed not only for
environmental impact protection procedures and occupational safety and health but also
emergency management planning and social welfare programs.
(e) All facts including in this report are systematically surveyed without bias. As a third party,
we commit and take full responsibility for all facts in this report.
(Signature)
Name -
Occupation -
79
4. PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND ALTERNATIVE SELECTION
4.1 Project Background
As part of the governments national transport strategy Ministry of Transport and

Communication (MOTC) intends to improve transport capacities of the Country by
constructing the Railway between Muse to Mandalay. On October 22, 2018, Myanma Railways
(MR) and China Railway Eryuan Engineering Group Co., Ltd (CREEC) signed and entered
into the Memorandum of Understanding on Feasibility Study (FS) for Muse-Mandalay
Railway Project. According to this MOC, CREEC will conduct FS for Muse-Mandalay
Railway alignment. As part of the MOU in order to meet regulatory requirements of the ECD,
CREEC will conduct the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the Project. The line
starts from Muse Port in the north and ends at Mandalay, the second largest city, in the south,
connecting important towns like Muse, Lashio, Kyaukme, Pyin Oo Lwin and the central area.
The total length of the main line is 409.960km.
As there will also include 11 traction substations and transmission lines along the proposed
railway line, a separate EIAis needed for the proposed railway power supply system as integral
part of the Muse-Mandalay Railway Project.
4.2. Project Location, Overview Map and Site Layout Maps
4.2.1 Alignment Plan for Power Transmission Line
As the railway line is Muse to Mandalay, the power line will also parallel to the railway
alignment. The total length of the power transmission line will be more than 400km.
80
Traction Substation
Figure 4.1 Muse-Mandalay Railway Alignment and Power Transmission Line in Google Earth (Mandalay to Lashio)
81
Traction Substation
Figure 4.2 Muse-Mandalay Railway Alignment and Power Transmission Line in Google Map (Lashio to Muse)
82
4.3 Land Use, Project Development and Implementation Time Schedules
4.3.1 Land Use
The main line length of Muse-Mandalay Railway is 409.960km, with 124 new bridges
(69.309km in total length), 60 new tunnels (152.160km in total length). The total length of
bridge and tunnel is 221.469km, accounting for 54.02% of the main line length. There are 36
stations along the whole line. The meter-gauge railway link from Mandalay South to Myitnge
is 4.170 km long, without bridge and tunnel works, and Myitnge Station is to be renovated.
The land use for main line of Muse-Mandalay Railway is 37,320,512m2, including
25,951,997m2 permanent land use and 11,368,515m2 temporary land use. Land use for the
meter-gauge connecting line from Mandalay South to Myitnge is 292,909m2, including
189,699m2 permanent land use and 103,210m2 temporary land use. The land use along the line
consists of permanent new land use and temporary land use, land use quantities and
specifications are detailed in the table below.
Land use quantity (m²) Land use specifications (m²/km)
New Temporary New land Temporary Sub-

Land use item Sub-total
land use land use use land use total
Section subgrade 9,262,532 2,793,158 12,055,690 68,025 20,513 88,538
Total for main line Including land use
from Muse to
for other
Mandalay South 25,951,997 11,368,515 37,320,512 63,304 27,731 91,035
disciplines
Section subgrade 9,425,986 2,893,158 12,319,144 67,168 20,616 87,784
Including land use

Total for Muse-
for other
Mandalay South 26,141,696 11,471,725 37,613,421 63,124 27,701 90,825
disciplines
Source: Feasibility Study Report for MMR (CREEC)
83
Figure 4.3- Land Use Map of Amarapura Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
84
Figure 4.4. Land Use Map of Patheingyi Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
85
Figure 4.5- Land Use Map

of Kyaukme Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
86
Figure 4.6 - Land Use Map of Pyin-Oo-Lwin Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
87
Figure 4.7- Land Use Map of Naung Cho Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
88
Figure 4.8 - Land Use Map of Kutkai Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
89
Figure 4.9 - Land Use Map of Thein Ni Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
90
Figure 4.10- Land Use Map of Thi Paw Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
91
Figure 4.11- Land Use Map of Lashio Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
92
Figure 4.12- Land Use Map of Muse Township (Source: EIA Team, 2019)
93
As the project is during the state of feasibility study, the railway alignment can change
according to the need of the project. The project affected persons and land compensation are
described in RAP. According to the GIS study, the land use classes within AOI of 1km around
traction substations including switching post are as follow:
94
95
96
97
4.3.2. Overview of Railway Power Supply System
The external power supply mainly provides power energy for the railway power supply
system. Each traction substation supplies power for the electric locomotive by introducing
two-circuit independent & reliable 132kV or 230kV power supplies from the local power
system and then converting voltage to 27.5kV by a traction transformer. Meanwhile, a step-
down transformer is used to ensure 11kV power output so as to power all power consumption
points such as station, work area, yard, and substation.
The interface between external power supply works and traction power supply system works
is the high-voltage incoming pole in the traction substation. The works in incoming pole is
traction power supply system works (below red dotted line in the figure below); and the
external power supply supporting works is 132kV or 230kV transmission line from local
substation of state power network to traction substation (between the blue and red dotted lines
in the figure below). Some areas may suffer insufficient power supply. At this time, it is
necessary to consider the new local 230kV substation and networking 230kV transmission line.
There will not be included the construction of transmission line and substation between the power
source and traction transformer for the proposed project. The schematic diagram of the engineering
interface boundary is shown in Fig. 4.3.
System Access Voltage Level
The determination of grid voltage level is related to the power supply mode, power supply
load, power supply distance and other factors. The voltage level of the user's power supply
facilities connected to the power network is related to the user's power quality, one-time
investment and far-future operation costs. The voltage level to be chosen shall be determined
upon technical and economic comparison based on nearby power networks, capacity of the
user's electrical equipment, load character and near-future development plan, rather than the
capacity only. For this line, relevant factors shall be comprehensively considered, and two
voltage levels of 132kV and 230kV are adopted to adapt to different situations.
Table 4-1 Selection of Supply Capability and Supply Voltage of Power System
Rated voltage (kV) Transmitted power (MVA) Delivery distance (km)

132 10 ~ 50 50 ~ 150
230 100 ~ 150 100 ~ 300
98
Fig. 4.13- Schematic diagram of interface between external power supply and traction power supply system
99
4.3.3. Work Schedule and Workforce for Construction and Operation Phases
All of the railway related works such as power supply system, bridges and culverts, tunnels
and alignment will accomplish at the same time of 5 years construction period. According to
the distribution of key works and the works determining the construction period, combined
with the topographic and geological conditions along the line and track-laying scheme, the total
construction is arranged as 5 years in line with the construction organization design progress
of the similar projects under construction.
Estimated startup time of the project is 2023 in the near future. Construction preparation will
be around 6 months and communication, electric power supply & traction power supply and
other auxiliary works: starting in June of the fifth year and completing in September of the fifth
year. Joint commissioning: 3 months. The line will be officially opened and operated at the end
of the fifth year.
Implementation Schedule for Railway Power Supply System
Phase Item Duration

Pre-construction Phase All traction Substation 2 months
Civil works for traction 22 months
substation with related to
Construction Phase transmission line framework
Installation of required 4 months
electrical materials at every
station, and electric power
supply and traction power
supply
Operation/ Ongoing Site All traction substation 50 years or more than
Maintenance
Decommissioning Phase All traction substation 1 year
Detail Construction Implementation Schedule
The following table shows the time schedule for project activities of the construction stage
No Project Activities Estimated Project Estimated

Duration (days) Start Date
1 Site Clearance 60 Jun-2023
2 Excavate and Lay Foundation 60 Jun-2023
3 Temporary worker camp 60 Jun-2023
4 Unloading site storage and workshop 60 Jun-2023
5 Install the grounding grid 120 Aug-23
6 Building the common building 300 Dec-23
100
7 Backfill the foundation and station yard 60 Oct-24

8 Assemble the steel structure 180 Dec-24
9 Pit marking, Digging of foundations 90 Aug-23
10 Construction of foundation, Revetment 300 Nov-23
11 Pre-erecting checks, Erecting towers and 270 Sep-24
accessories
12 Install the electrical equipment 120 Jun-27
13 Landscape and carry out the final 90 Oct-27
inspection
14 Earthing, Clipping, Fixing of accessories 120 Jun-27
15 Stringling, Final sagging, testing and 90 Oct-27
commissioning
Jun-23 Oct-24 Feb-26 Jul-27
Site Clearance
Excavate and Lay Foundation
Temporary worker camp
Unloading site storage and workshop
Building the common building
Backfill the foundation and station yard
Assemble the steel structure
Pit marking, Digging of foundations
Pre-erecting checks, Erecting towers and…
Install the electrical equipment
Earthing, Clipping, Fixing of accessories
Stringling, Final sagging, testing and…
Project Duration
Figure – Detail Construction Implementation Schedule
Required Workforce for Construction and Operation Phase
(a) Construction Period
During construction phase, all civil works for traction substation and switching post with
related to transmission line framework can be divided into 6 construction sites. Each site can
101
be consisted of the construction of two traction substations. Estimated number of workers for
each unit of civil works is 41 numbers. For construction phase, the project will use engineers,
skillful workers and general workers as follow:
No. Types of Workers Quantity Remarks

1. Administration 2 For each construction site
2. environmental and safety 1 For each construction site
engineer
3. civil engineer 1 For each construction site

4. electrical engineer 1 For each construction site
5. Skillful Workers 10 For each construction site
6. Machine Operator 6 For each construction site
7. General Workers 20 For each construction site
Total 41 For each construction site
The work force condition may change depending on the workforce requirement of the
construction site condition and the worker readiness from the project developer. At least 50%
of local people will be used as worker required for the construction phase.
(b) Operation Period
For operation and maintenance for each substation, the workforces required are as follows:
No. Types of Workers Quantity

1. senior electrical engineer 1
2. assistant electrical engineers 2
3. skillful workers 4
4.3.4. Project Organization
The project will be carried out by the Myanama Railways (MR), Minstry of Transport and
Communications (MOTC) of the Republic of the Unioin of Myanmar. However, the
construction of the project will be done by the CREEC under the supervision of MR and
MOTC. The organization chart for the construction phase of the proposed railway bridges and
culverts is described as follows. The professionals and work crews have not been selected for
the project during FS stage.
102
Access Road
Construction
Team
Quality
Control
Foundation Management
Construction
Team
Safety
Pile- Management
Foundation
Construction
Team
Engineering
Integrated Management
Construction Department
Team
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd.
Assessed Road
Central Lab
Construction
Team
103
Tunnel Equipment and
Project Department
Grouting Team Materials

Department
Fig 4.14-Organization Chart
Bridge
May, 2022
Constructon
Team Planning and
Contract
Department
Culvert
Construction
Team Accounting
Department
Rail
Construction
Team
General
Management
Comprehensive Department
Support Team
4.4. Description of the Process
The following phases will be considered in conducting of EIA for the proposed project.
(i) Pre-construction Phase
Pre-construction activities will involve removal of select vegetation, if any, and the grading
and excavation of soils for the installation of structural foundations for power stations,
transmission line, and electricity supplies system.
(ii) Construction Phase
Construction activities will include installation of grounding grid, construction of temporary

worker camps, access road construction, construction of command building, stringing activities
and installation of electrical equipment, etc. The assembly of transformers, circuit breakers,
CCTVs, circuit switchers, capacitors, and disconnect switches must be closely watched and
tested to ensure proper assembly. This is especially true for transformers since their future
trouble-free operation is very dependent on proper handling during assembly.
(iii) Operation Phase
Operational and maintenance activities associated with the railway power supply system
include the maintenance and clearing of transmission line, maintenance and painting of
substations and transformers. It will also include filling of transformer fluid.
(iv) Decommissioning Phase
This will include demolition, decommissioning and destruction of power station and power
line activities. In addition to steel structures, the control building will be disassembled and
removed from the site. Fencing around the substation will be broken down and removed. The
gravel or aggregate surface at the substation will loaded onto trucks and removed for sale and
reuse. Foundations would be exposed using backhoes, bulldozers, and other heavy earth
moving equipment.
4.4.1. Traction Substation Construction Methods
The construction procedures for traction substation for railway power supply system will be as
follow:
104
Site Clearance
Preconstruction Phase
Construction Phase

appropriate voltage, current type and frequency to supply railways Operation Phase

Removal of transformers
including the foundations and Decommission Phase
floor slabs
Figure 4.15 -Process Flow Chart for Construction of Traction Substation
1. Site clearance
The process of site clearance is generally undertaken as part of enable works, carried out to
prepare a site for construction. The activity of tree-cutting is done in this stage.
105
2. Excavate and lay foundation
At this step, workers excavate the site, build the formwork, install the reinforcements and pour
the concrete.
3. Install the grounding grid
The grounding grid is installed to ensure the safety of people and the equipment. Buried
underground, the grid redirects the fault current.
4. Build the command building
The command building houses the control and protection equipment. Most substations are
automated and remotely controlled. Only the largest substations have permanent technical staff
on site since most are maintained by mobile teams.
5. Backfill the foundations and substation yard
Once the foundations have been laid, we backfill them and level the yard with granular material
(sand, gravel, rock, etc.) that is adapted to the site.
6. Assemble the steel structures
Once the concrete is set, steel structures are assembled to support the electrical equipment.
7. Install the electrical equipment
Once the framework is built, we install the equipment on the foundations and steel structures.
Each piece of equipment is then connected to the control room, which is under construction.
We permanently fence off the new installations to ensure everyone’s safety. The equipment
will be tested before the installations are connected to the power grid. Finally, we commission
the substation and ensure that the electricity is flowing.
8. Landscape and carry out the final inspection
The project ends with landscaping; we plant trees, create mounds of earth and do more work if
necessary.
106
We do earthwork, demobilize the site and carry out the final inspection to wrap up the project.
Only the operating equipment is left at the substation.
9. Conversion of electrical power
The substation converts electric power from the form provided by the electrical power industry
for public utility service to an appropriate voltage, current type and frequency to supply
railways.
10. Removal of transformers and other equipment
The decommissioning typically includes the removal of all infrastructures if it is no longer

required, or has reached end-of-life conditions.
11. Removal of all buildings including the foundations and floor slabs
In addition to steel structures, the control building will be disassembled and removed from the
site. Fencing around the substation will be broken down and removed. The gravel or aggregate
surface at the substation will loaded onto trucks and removed for sale and reuse. Foundations
would be exposed using backhoes, bulldozers, and other heavy earth moving equipment.
4.4.2. Construction Methods for Power Transmission Lines
The construction procedures for power transmission line along the railway alignment will be
as follow:
107
Pre-construction
Phase

foundations
Construction Phase
Pre-erection checks, Erecting towers and

accessories

commissioning
Running of power transmission line from

railway traction stations Operation Phase
Removal or all infrastructures Decommission Phase
Figure 4.16 - Process Flow Chart for Construction of Transmission Lines
108
1. Forest case preparation
Enumeration of trees to be cut, lopped/trimmed in the Right of Way clearance according to

girth, height, type of tree.
2. Temporary worker camps

Temporary worker camps are set up en-route the transmission line.
3. Unloading of material at site, storage and workshop

The tower erection sites are normally very remote where mechanized equipment is not readily
available or are not accessible (e.g. in hilly regions). Storage and workshop areas are
established in an area accessible easily by trucks, motorized equipment, have power availability
and storage area. Mostly a small mechanized boom crane is available; otherwise it is manually
unloaded using chain and pulleys blocks.
4. Pit marking, digging of foundation

After the location marking has been done, the marking of the pits for excavation for the
foundation is done. Each pit and foundation is specific to the type of tower to be erected at that
location. Angle of deviation for each tower must be compared with the profile sheet. Pits must
be free from excess soil after excavation. Clearing of any trees etc. near the foundations is
required.
5. Construction of foundation, revetment

Bending steel rods, tying with steel wires and mixing concrete for the foundation is done
manually. This is followed by pouring in concrete prepared using a manual mixing machine.
This steel-concrete structure is known as Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC). The concrete is
casted manually into the foundations and footing prepared manually using ply-boards and/or
wood casts made as per design.
6. Pre-erection checks and Erecting towers, arms, Erection, Tightening and Punching
Checking of all tower locations with respect to design type, the wind load, the conductor weight,
the type of accessories, the angle of wire and determine the tower erection methodology for
sag and tensioning. Cutting of trees and vegetation for the right of way. The Lattice structure
tower parts are moved/loaded manually up to the erection point and then lifted manually/using
chain pulleys to the top. There is no high boom crane available in remote areas to help lift the
towers parts to the top.
109
7. Earthing, clipping and fixing of accessories (installation of OPGW (Optical Ground

Wire)
Double earthing of each tower is done using manual labor to ensure proper protection of the
entire system from faults and accidents. All accessories are erected manually using small pulley
and tensioner followed by erection of disk insulators. Earth wire or OPGW is usually strung
first on the top arms of the tower followed by accessories on the lower arms, followed by
stringing of power conductor.
8. Stringing and final sagging and tensioning of earth-wire and power conductor, Testing
and Commissioning
The paying out/stringing of power conductor is done manually using aerial rollers/ pullers,
tensioners winches etc. to provide the correct sag prescribed for the wire.
9. Running of power transmission line from railway traction stations
Each traction substation supplies power for the electric locomotive by introducing two-circuit
independent & reliable 132kV or 230kV power supplies from the local power system and then
reducing converting voltage to 132/27.5kV or 230/27.5kV by a traction transformer.
10. Removal of all infrastructures during decommissioning phase at the end of life
All of the infrastructures will be disassembled and removed from the site. Foundations would
be exposed using backhoes, bulldozers, and other heavy earth moving equipment.
4.4.3. Railway Traction Load Demand
(i) Load characteristics

The external power supply mainly provides power energy for the railway power supply system.
Each traction substation supplies power for the electric locomotive by introducing two-circuit
independent & reliable 132kV or 230kV power supplies from the local power system and then
reducing converting voltage to 132/27.5kV or 230/27.5kV by a traction transformer. Single-
phase power frequency 25kV AC asymmetric power supply mode is adopted. Meanwhile, a
step-down transformer is used to ensure 11kV three-phase power output so as to power all
power consumption points such as station, work area, yard, and substation.
(ii) Distribution of railways substations and power load demands
110
A total of eleven new traction substations and nine 11kV new distribution substations shall
be built for the whole line in an integrated manner.
Table 4.2- Locations of Traction Substation and Distribution Substation

Installed 11kV Installed
Traction
No. Capacity Distribution Capacity Description
Substation
(MVA) Substation (MVA)
Combined construction
1 Muse 2×(12.5+20) Muse 2×4 of traction and
distribution substations
Nam Hpak with new Nam Hpak Ka
2 2×(20+20) Nam Hpak Ka 2×4
Ka Central Substation for
external power supply
3 Man peng 2×(16+25) - - Traction substation
Combined
construction of
4 Theinni 2×(16+16) Theinni 2×4 traction and
distribution
substations
with new Lashio West
5 Lashio West 2×(20+20) Lashio West 2×4
Central Substation for
Combined
construction of
6 San lau 2×(20+20) San lau 2×4 traction and
distribution
substations
with new Chaung
Chaung Chaung
7 2×(20+25) 2×4 Chauk Central
Chauk Chauk
Substation for external
power supply
Combined
construction of
Nawng
8 2×(20+20) Nawng Hkio 2×4 traction and
Hkio
distribution
substations
with new Pyinoolwin
9 Pyinoolwin 2×(20+25) Pyinoolwin 2×4
Central Substation for
10 CK365 2×(20+12.5) - - Traction substation
Combined
construction of
Mandalay Mandalay
11 2×(12.5+20) 2×8 traction and
South South
distribution
substations
111
Legend
Central
Substation
Railway
Alignment
Figure 4.17 – Location of Central Substations in Google Map
4.4.4 Power Distribution along the Railway
From the geographical connection diagram of existing power networks in Myanmar, the
proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway passes through Shan State and Mandalay Division. The
power station, 230/132kV substation and transmission line in these two regions are shown in
Tables 7-9. Among them, there are a large hydropower station Shweli with an installed
capacity of 600MW in Shan State and a large hydropower station YEYWA with an installed
capacity of 790MW and UPPER YEYWA Hydropower Station (under construction) with an
installed capacity of 280MW in Mandalay. Shwesaryan–ManSan-Shweli double-circuit
230kV transmission line is in parallel with nearby main power network laid along the railway.
The distribution of external power network for the railway in this section shows obvious
112
characteristics of “weak in the north and strong in the south”. With Pyinoolwin as the
boundary, there is a larger gap existed between “the strong and the weak”. The power supply
of hydro-power stations along the line is comparatively abundant, but the power network of
them is weak. Even so, by reinforcing and constructing supporting power network, the
requirement of power supply for this railway can be met accordingly.
113
Shwe Li Hydropower Station

(23.668550°, 97.456233°) Upper Yeywa Hydropower Station
(22.241833°, 97.099250°)
Yeywa Hydropower Station

(21.672800°, 96.474050°)
Figure – Hydropower Stations along the Proposed Railway
114
Table 4-3 Statistics on Power Stations in Shan State and Mandalay Division
Installed Location
S/N Power station Location
capacity (MW)
1 Shweli Hydropower Station 600 23°40’6.78” N, Shan State
97°27’22.44”E
2 Zawgyi No. (1) 18 21°34’30.03”N, Shan State
Hydropower Station 96°52’21.31”E
3 Zawgyi No. (2) 12 21°34’10.06”N, Shan State
Hydropower Station 96°52’11.82”E
4 KengTawng Hydropower 54 20°35’9.41”N, Shan State
Station 98°17’36”E
5 MyoGyi Hydropower 30 21°27’54.36”N, Shan State
Station 96°22’51.24”E
6 Tigyit Thermal Power 120 20°25’54.85”N, Shan State
Station 96°42’9.02”E
7 Kinda Hydropower Station 56 21°9’49.72”N, Mandalay Division
96°19’22.62”E
8 Sedawgyi Hydropower 25 22°20’52.22”N, Mandalay Division
Station 96°19’22.32”E
9 Yeywa Hydropower Station 790 21°40’22.02”N, Mandalay Division
96°28’26.59”E
10 Kyaukse Thermal Power 102 21°40’3.39”N, Mandalay Division
Station 96°9’10.22”E
11 Myingyan Thermal Power 95 21°23’22.66”N, Mandalay Division
Station 95°22’31.89”E
117
Figure 4.18 – Location of Power Stations for the Proposed Project
Table 4-4 Statistics on 132/230kV substations in Shan State and Mandalay Division
S/N Substation Voltage grade (kV) Installed capacity Regio

(MVA) n
1 Mansan 230/66/11 60 Shan State
132/66 80 Shan State
2 Kala
w 132/33/11 50 Shan State
3 Nansan 132/66/11 60 Shan State
132/66/11 50 Shan State
4 Taunggyi
132/66/11 50 Shan State
5 Myingyan 230/33/11 85 Mandalay Division
118
(Steel Mill) 230/33/11 85 Mandalay Division

230/11 85 Mandalay Division
230/33/11 100 Mandalay Division
6 Myaukpyin 230/33/11 100 Mandalay Division
7 Shwesaryan
8 Thapyawa
9 Thazi
10 Beli 132/33/11 30 Mandalay Division
n
11 Tagondine 132/33/11 30 Mandalay Division
12 Myingyan
13 Yinmarbin 132/33 15 Mandalay Division
14 Yatanabon 132/33/11 18 Mandalay Division
15 Yepaungsone 132/33/11 60 Mandalay Division
16 Lattpanhla
17 Ingone 132/33/11 60 Mandalay Division
18 Anesakhan 132/33/11 60 Mandalay Division
19 Aungpinlae
132/11 31.5 Mandalay Division
20 Taungdawkwin 132/33/11 50 Mandalay Division
119
Table 4-5 Statistics on 132/230kV Transmission Lines in Shan State and Mandalay Division
Conductor
Voltage model Distance
S/N Transmission line grade (km) Region
MCM
1 230 kV Shweli - Mansan 230kV 605 95.9 Shan State
2 230 kV Mansan - Shwesaryan 230kV 605 194.1 Shan State
3 132 kV Ba Lu Chaung (2) - Tigit 132kV 397.5 134.9 Shan State
4 132 kV Tigit - Kalaw 132kV 397.5 28.1 Shan State
5 132 kV Kyaungtaung - Nansan 132kV 397.5 118.9 Shan State
6 132 kVNansan - Pinpet 132kV 397.5 69.4 Shan State
7 132 kV Kalaw – Pinpet (1) 132kV 397.5 64.4 Shan State
8 132 kV Pinpet – Kalaw (2) 132kV 397.5 64.1 Shan State

230 kV Myingyan (Steelmill)
9 230kV 605 53.46 Mandalay Division
- Thapyaywa
10 230 kV Thazi - Thapyaywa 230kV 605 15.65 Mandalay Division
11 230 kV Yeywa - Thapyaywa 230kV 795 69.75 Mandalay Division
12 230 kV Belin - Thapyaywa 230kV 795 54.65 Mandalay Division
13 230 kV Shwesaryan - Belin 230kV 795 17.14 Mandalay Division
14 230 kV Yeywa - Belin 230kV 795 24.33 Mandalay Division
15 230 kV Shwesaryan - Myaukpyin 230kV 605 16.26 Mandalay Division
16 132 kV Kalaw - Yepaungsone 132kV 397.5 23.69 Mandalay Division
17 132 kV Yepaungsone - Thazi 132kV 397.5 21.49 Mandalay Division
18 132 kV Thazi - Belin 132kV 336.4 62.88 Mandalay Division
19 132 kV Belin - Tagondine 132kV 336.4 22.21 Mandalay Division
20 132 kV Shwesaryan - Yadanarpon 132kV 397.5 11.37 Mandalay Division
21 132 kV Yadanarpon – PyinOoLwin 132kV 397.5 9.64 Mandalay Division
22 132 kV Tagondine - Shwesaryan 132kV 397.5 11.66 Mandalay Division
23 132 kV Kinda - Thazi 132kV 300 sqmm 45.40 Mandalay Division
24 132 kV Sedawgyi - Aungpinlae 132kV 336.4 30.20 Mandalay Division
25 132 kV Aungpinlae - Tagondine 132kV 336.4 6.55 Mandalay Division
26 132 kV Sedawgyi - Kyaukphahtoe 132kV 397.5 131.63 Mandalay Division
27 132 kV Kinda - Ingone 132kV 336.4 29.16 Mandalay Division
28 132 kV Ingone - Belin 132kV 336.4 12.68 Mandalay Division
29 132 kV Belin - Aungpinlae 132kV 336.4 24.75 Mandalay Division
30 132 kV Thazi - Myingyan 132kV 397.5 65.20 Mandalay Division

120
31 132 kV Ingone - Taungdawkwin 132kV 397.5 6.60 Mandalay Division
32 132 kV Myingyan – Sunlun 132kV 605 3.05 Mandalay Division
33 132 kV Yepaungsone - Yinmarpin 132kV 397.5 0.57 Mandalay Division
4.4.5. Power Supply Scheme
Basic Data for Traction Power Supply Calculation

Basic data of external power system
In line with the external power supply along the line, and after estimated calculation, the system
short-circuit capacity of the 132kV voltage level is calculated as 400MVA, and the system short
circuit-capacity of the 230kV voltage level is calculated as 800MVA.
4.4.6. Traction Power Supply Mode
(a) Traction power supply system
Traction power supply system is a complete system which receives power from the external
power system, which converts 132kV (or 230kV) three-phase AC power into single-phase AC
power through traction transformers, provides required power to the electric locomotive through
the OCS (overhead contact system), and completes full functions such as traction power
distribution, transmission, etc. The detailed traction power supply schemes are shown in the
table below.
Table 4-6 Supply scheme for External Power Supply for Railway
Traction substation Mandalay CK3 Pyinoolwin Nawng Hkio

South 65
External Shwesaryan Aukpyinmy Pyinoolwin Central Pyinoolwin Central
power Circuit I 230kV 230kV Substation Substation
supply Substation Substation
scheme Shwesaryan Aungpinlae Pyinoolwin CHaung Chauk
Circuit II 230kV 132kV Central Central Substation
Substation Substation Substation
External power - - New Pyinoolwin 230/132/11kV,
reinforcement works 230/27.5kV Central Substations; one 230kV
incoming line connected from existing
Shwesaryan
–Mansan 230kV transmission line in T
shape, the other one 230kV incoming
line to YEYWA Hydropower Station
Traction substation CHaung Chauk San lau Lashio West Theinni
External Circuit I CHaung Chauk CHaung Chauk Lashio West Lashio West Central
power Central Central Substation Central Substation
supply Substation Substation
scheme
121
Circuit II CHaung Chauk Lashio West Lashio West New 132kV double-
Central Central Central circuit external
External power New CHaung Chauk 230/132/11kV,
Substation Substation New Lashio West 230/132/11kV,
Substation power line
reinforcement works 230/27.5kV Central Substations; 230/27.5kV Central Substations;
from new
Theinni Traction
one 230kV double-circuit line connected
Substation to Man
230kV incoming line conncted from from existing Mansan230kV Substation
peng Traction
existing Shwesaryan –Mansan 230kV to Lashio West CentralSubstation
Substation
transmission line in T shape, the other
one
230kV incoming line to UPPER
Traction substation Man peng Hydropower
YEYWA Nam Hpak
Station Muse
Ka
External Circuit I Nam Hpak Ka Nam Hpak Ka Nam Hpak Ka
power Central Central Central
supply Substation Substation Substation
scheme Circuit II New 132kV Nam Hpak Ka Nam Hpak Ka
double-circuit Central Central
external power Substation Substation
line
from Theinni
Traction
Substation to
Man peng
Traction
External power New Nam Hpak Ka 230/132/11kV, 230/27.5kV
Substation
reinforcement works Central
Substations; new 230kV double-circuit line connected
from
230kV side of existing SHWELI (600MW) Hydropower
Station to
Nam Hpak Ka Central Substation
4.4.7. Required Power and Annual Electricity Consumption
The power and electricity consumption required by the railway is listed as follows.
Table 4.7. Table of Required Power and Electricity Consumption

Annual
electricity Required power (104 kW)
Desig Traction substation consumption
n Country (104kW•h)
year
each Annual average Annual
substati tot each total maximum
each
on al substa- substa- total
tion tion
Muse 2603.3 0.297 0.521
Nam hpak ka 4723.7 0.539 0.945
Man Peng 5235.3 0.598 1.047
Theinni 3650.7 0.417 0.730
Lashio West 51 0.589 1.031
San lau 56
5485.2 0.626 1.097
Myanmar Chaung
203 Chauk 5583.1 49149.3 0.637 5.611 1.117 9.848
5 Nawng hkio 5231.3 0.597 1.046
Pyinoolwin 5453.6 0.623 1.091
CK365 4359.5 0.498 0.872
Mandalay
South 1667.6 0.190 0.334
122
M 3702.8 0.423 0.741

u
Nam hpak ka s 6746.6 0.770 1.349
Man Peng e 7245.6 0.827 1.449
Theinni 4990.5 0.570 0.998
Lashio West 7429.3 0.848 1.486
San lau 7757.7 0.886 1.552
Myanmar Chaung
204 Chauk 78 70005.8 0.896 7.992 1.570 14.001
5 51
Nawng hkio 73 0.842 1.475
74
Pyinoolwin 7709.1 0.880 1.542
CK365 6927.2 0.791 1.354
Mandalay
South 22 0.259 0.454
72
Note: In the table, the average annual load utilization is 8760 hours, and the maximum load utilization is 5000 hours.
4.4.8. Traction Substation, Switching Post and Traction Power Supply Dispatching
4.4.8.1. Traction Power Supply Facilities

(a) Site selection of traction substations and switching posts
(1) Principle of site selection
(i) Facilitate the inlet and outlet of overhead lines and reduce the amount of earthwork;
(ii) Avoid areas with high fill and large number of buildings to be demolished;
(iii) Suitable geological conditions and foundation bearing capacity to facilitate the
providing of assess roads to posts;
(iv) Close to stations or villages in order to facilitate operation, maintenance and living
supplies as much as possible;
(v) Try not to occupy or occupy less farmland, and pay attention to coordination with
the surrounding environment;
(vi) The elevation of the traction substation site should be above the 100-year flood level
and 0.5 m above the water logging level; the elevation of the switching post site
should be above the 50-year flood level and 0.5 m above the water logging level.
4.4.8.2. General Layout and Production Building Layout

(a) Traction substation which are jointly built
The four new 230kV traction substations are to be built, including Nam Hpak Ka, Lashio West,
Chaung Chauk and Pyinoolwin, and to be jointly built with the local 230/132/11kV center
substations, with shared yard and common external power supply line. But, the layout of
production buildings for the four substations and the local ones are set up separately. Except for
its traction transformer which adopts the outdoor low-type arrangement, the rest of the 230kV
distribution equipment of traction substation adopts the outdoor middle-type arrangement. The
123
indoor part of 27.5kV distribution equipment adopts overhead outgoing line GIS insulated
switchgear with double-row arrangement. The outdoor part is arranged in medium-sized
arrangement. The indoor grid spacing of 27.5kV substation self-use transformer and 11kV
substation self-use transformer is arranged. The traction substation adopts mesh spacing
arrangement, which is equipped with high voltage chamber, inspection room, main control
room, communication machinery room, substation self-power transformer room, on-duty house
and auxiliary house, etc.
(b) The remaining traction substation

Except for its traction transformer adopts the outdoor low-type arrangement, the rest of the 132
(230) kV distribution equipment of each new traction substation adopts the outdoor middle-type
arrangement. The indoor part of 27.5kV distribution equipment adopts overhead outgoing line
GIS insulated switchgear double-row arrangement. The outdoor part is arranged in middle-type
arrangement. The indoor grid spacing of 27.5kV substation self-use transformer and 11kV
substation self-use transformer is arranged. The traction substation adopts mesh spacing
arrangement, which is equipped with high voltage chamber, inspection room, main control room,
communication machinery room, substation self-power transformer room, on-duty house and
auxiliary house, etc.
(c) Switching post

The box-type structure is used in the new switching post, which is designed based on the no-
man on duty and guard design. The incoming & outgoing line disconnecting switch and surge
arrester of switching post is arranged in outdoor middle-type arrangement. An integrated
automation system is set up in the switching post, which is incorporated into the traction power
supply dispatching system.
(d) Structure type
(i) The φ 350mm equal-diameter steel pipe column and steel truss beam are used in
the incoming line structure of traction substation and the gate structure above
traction transformer; and the height of pillar is 10m, and the transverse beam is
composite beam of lattice steel pipe with a span of 12m; flange connections are used
between pillars and foundations, between pillars and beams.
(ii) The 27.5kV gate-structure terminal of traction substation adopts φ 350mm equal-
diameter steel pipe column and steel truss beam. The height of the pillar is 7.3m and
the length of the transverse beam is 9m.
124
(iii) The 27.5kV feeder terminal structure and angle pole structure column adopts φ
350mm equal-diameter steel pipe column, and the height of pillar is 7.3m.
(iv) The support of outdoor distribution equipment adopts φ 300mm equal-diameter steel
pipe column, and the pillar height adopts 2.5m or 3m respectively according to the
type of equipment.
(e) OCS switch monitoring stations are set up in each newly opened station of the line in the
initial stage, which is generally built in conjunction with the signal building and incorporated
into the remote control system of traction power supply of the whole line.
(f) Muse to Mandalay Railway is included in the traction power supply dispatching console
of Muse ~ Mandalay South newly set in the proposed Mandalay South power dispatching
center post for the dispatching and management.
Fig. 4.19 - Vertical view of traction substation
Fig. 4.20 - HV incoming side of traction substation

125
Fig. 4.21- Main control room of traction substation
4.4.8.3. Traction Power Supply Dispatching and Remote-Control System
(a) Location selection for traction power supply dispatching center and dividing of
dispatching zone
One Mandalay South traction power supply dispatching center is to be built.
Muse-Mandalay traction power supply dispatching console is to be built =, which is responsible
for the dispatching and command of all traction power facilities on this line, with conditions
for future expansion reserved.
(b) OCS suspension type

The OCS suspension type adopts completely compensated simple overhead contact line.
Fig. 4.22 - Completely compensated simple overhead contact line
4.4.8.4. Selection Principles of Mast, Supporting Assembly, Foundation and Insulator

Mast
The cantilever pole of the sectional subgrade is made of ring-shaped equal-diameter
prestressing concrete pillars, the rigid cross-span pole and cross-beam of stations and multi-
track bridges are made of steel tubes, the lattice straight-leg bridge steel column is used for the
126
cantilever pole of the bridge, and the hot-dip galvanizing is used for all steel columns and rigid
cross-beams for corrosion resistance.
Figure. Hard cross-span of station

Supporting assembly
The cantilever pole adopts top cantilever tube and slanted cantilever tube and increases
cantilever brace. The transition mast of overlap and the turnout mast are assembled in a double
cantilever form and the cantilever brace is added. The steady arm adopts aluminum alloy and
is provided with a wind-proof.
The station and the multi-parallel track section adopt portal structure; the same portal structure
is used when constructing the canopy column.
On the multi-track bridges, the OCS is suspended by portal structure; on the single and double-
track bridges, the OCS passes through the cantilever pole suspension. The newly-built main
line section adopts the T-beam bridge, and the OCS mast foundation adopts the bolt embedded
on the hood of the bridge pier.
Foundation
The annular equal-diameter prestressed concrete poles adopt drilling foundation. The subgrade
section of the anchor backstay under the OCS and the Additive wire adopts the drilling
foundation; the portal structure steel pole uses the foundation pit to excavate the cast-in-place
C30 concrete foundation; The steel pole on the pier (abutment) adopts the embedded
foundation anchor method. The foundation in the tunnel is in the form of a preformed conduit.
Insulator
The OCS design is carried out as the non-polluted area for the whole line. The composite
insulator is used in the tunnel, the anchorage under the contact wire, messenger wire and above
127
the OCS. The rest adopts porcelain insulators; the bending strength of the rod insulator is not
less than 12kN. The tensile strength of the composite insulator on OCS is not less than 120kN;
return conductor, power supply line and other additional wires outside the tunnel of the adopt
suspended porcelain insulators.
The insulator leakage distance is not less than 1400mm.
Dropper
Adjustable overall current-carrying dropper will be used throughout the line.
OCS components and other equipment

OCS components use standardized general-purpose products; OCS fittings adopt high-strength,
anti-corrosion performance and relatively simple processing structure and material. It can adapt
to the high tension of the high-speed OCS and is accompanied by the long-term low-frequency
vibration working condition. The fitting ensures operation safety and reduces maintenance
workload;
Fasteners adopt locknut when bolts, nuts, thread or other types are connected.
4.4.8.5. Type of OCS Suspension at Platform Shelter, Bridges, Tunnels, and Overpass
Building
On Bridges
OCS Suspension is mounted at bridges by completely compensated simple overhead contact
line.
In tunnels
Drop tubes are erected in tunnels for OCS suspension, and the supporting device is insulated
rotating top cantilever. The OCS suspension base is fixed in the reserved trench.
Figure - Drop tube suspension for double-track tunnel
128
At over-line structures
New over-line structures shall have a clearance height no less than 7500mm. At places of over-
line structures, how the OCS cross over these structures depends on clearance height and
structure types. At places like tunnel entrance/exit, over-line bridge, and where across power
lines, messenger wire, additive wire, power supply wire shall be equipped with preformed
armor rods.
At platform canopy
OCS mast is not allowed to be erected on the main platform. Where there is canopy on the
platform, OCS will be built along with canopy mast in an integrated manner. Where there is
no canopy, OCS masts are erected outside the platform as far as practicable.
4.4.9. Electric Power

4.4.9.1. Power Supply Situation near Project Area
(a) Power supply situation of external electric network
The transmission voltage level of Myanmar State Grid is divided into 500 kV, 230 kV, 132 kV
and 66 kV, and the distribution voltage level is divided into 33 kV, 11 kV and 6.6 kV. There
exist two power plants near Muse-Mandalay railway, among them, SHWELI power plant with
a capacity of 600MW and SEDAWGYI power plant with a capacity of 25MW. There are also
three 230kV substations, namely MANSAN, SHWESARYAN and MYAUKPYIN, and four
132kV substations including PYINOOLWIN, YADANARPON, INDUSTRIAL, AUNGPIN,
etc. Power grid is unevenly distributed along the route. For example, Muse-Pyinoolwin
segment has no access to 132kV power grid. Only one existing substation-MANSAN 230kV
substation is located 30km west of Lashio, connecting to SHWELI 600MW power station in
the north, and to SHWESARYAN 230kV substation 20km south of Mandalay in the southwest.
For Pyinoolwin-Mandalay segment, the power grid is more accessible, forming a 132kV power
supply network, along which there are five 132kV substations and two 230 kV substations.
129
230kV Substation
132kV Substation
Figure 4.23 - Schematic diagram of power supply for Mandalay
230kV Substation
132kV Substation
Figure 4.24 - Schematic diagram of power supply between Chaung Chauk and Lashio
West Central Substations
130
(b) Power source and power supply equipment of electrified railway

The proposed railway is electrified, and the local power distribution network construction is
under construction. Eleven traction substations along Muse-Mandalay railway are scheduled
to be built for the near future, as detailed in the table below.
Table 4.8 - List of the proposed traction substations
Traction substation location Traction substation power source

Muse traction substation 132kV
Nam Hpak Ka traction substation 230kV
Man peng traction substation 132kV
Theinni traction substation 132kV
Lashio West traction substation 230kV
San lau traction substation 132kV
Chaung Chauk traction substation 230kV
Nawng Hkio traction substation 132kV
Pyinoolwin traction substation 230kV
CK365+000traction substation 132kV
Mandalay South traction substation 230kV
4.4.9.2. Electrical Load
(a) Load distribution and load level
(1) Distribution of power load
Power supply points of the whole line will be mainly distributed in station, yard, substation and
the tunnel in the sections where lighting and ventilation are required. Load will be for
communication, signaling, information and infrared axle temperature detection devices,
locomotive maintenance and water supply and drainage equipment, air conditioning, ventilation
and indoor and outdoor lighting, etc in the stations along the line.
(2) Load level

According to the importance of electric load for railway operation in this project and the
requirement of allowable blackout time for each load, the electric load is classified as follows:
First class load will be for communication, signaling, operation dispatching system and real-
time information equipment in station closely related to railway operation and management;
operation power supply for substations of electric power and electrification; emergency lighting
131
for tunnel and station; automatic fire alarm system equipment and disaster prevention and safety
monitoring system equipment; automatic fare collection system; firefighting equipment in
station building, etc.; disaster prevention and rescue equipment in emergency rescue station .
Second class load will be station lighting, OCS switch, maintenance equipment in the
comprehensive working area, water supply and drainage and sewage treatment equipment,
ventilation equipment for tunnel operation, disaster prevention and rescue equipment (tunnel
refuge and emergency exit), ordinary elevator and escalator, and special air conditioners for the
main equipment of communication and signaling, etc. Third class load will be advertising
lighting, air conditioning refrigeration and water system equipment, electric heating equipment
and other lighting, power and electric equipment that do not belong to the first class and the
second class loads.
W
m
E
(b) Load estimation

q
u
k
e
)
i
t
l
Based on the equipment type, load capacity and power requirements provided by the relevant
disciplines and the load level specified in the specifications, incorporating the data of bridge
length, tunnel length, buildings, station and yard, etc., the load will be estimated. The table for
main electrical load for typical stations along the line is as follows.
Table 4.9 - Main electrical load at typical stations of the whole line
Typical station
Indoor and outdoor

Communi-cation
Infrared for axle
Comprehensive
Water supply
maintenance
temperature
Information
Signaling
application
lighting
section
power
Other
Total
Intermediate
station
78 204 5 20 10 35 105 210 667

Passing
station
22 0 0 20 7 5 43 180 277
station (freight
Intermediate
yard)
78 284 5 20 10 35 158 282 872
132
General Layout for Transmission Line
Conductor and Earth Wire
(1) Conductor
Steel-cored aluminium stranded wires are recommended for conductor of overhead lines in this
project. The conductor has a safety factor of 2.5, a design safety factor of 2.25 at suspension
points, and an annual average running tension of 25%.
(2) Earth Wire
Double earth wire erection method is recommended for design where aluminium conductors
are arranged at one side of two earth wires and OPGW optical cables are arranged on the other
side.
The design safety factor of the earth wire shall not be smaller than that of the conductor, and
the distance between the conductor of the central span and the earth wire shall meet the
following requirement:
S≥0.012L+1
Where,
S = Distance between the conductor and the earth wire (m)
L = Span (m)
Calculation conditions: temperature+25°C, no wind.
The recommended design safety factor is 3.0.
The double-circuit power transmission line of the project is provided with an iron tower with
double earth wires, where aluminium conductors are arranged at one side and OPGW optical
cables are arranged on the other side. The iron tower with the single earth wires and OPGW
optical cables are used for single-loop power transmission lines.
To prevent breeze vibration from damaging the conductor and earth wire, dampers are
recommended for anti-vibration protection for the conductors and the earth wires in this
project.
(3) Insulation Coordination
Insulation coordination is designed for this project according to the upper limit of Class II
polluted zone and the creep age distance is 2.5 cm/kV.
According to the insulation materials, insulators used for power transmission and distribution
lines can be mainly divided into three types, namely, porcelain insulator, glass insulator and
composite insulator. Although composite insulators have light weight, good pollution-proof
performance and strong resistance to external forces, their performance deteriorates greatly for
far-future operation in high altitude areas with high UV. Their insulator strings are light and
133
are not applicable for preventing wind age yaw flashover. Generally, composite insulators
should be used with caution. Therefore, composite insulators are not recommended for this
project. Although toughened glass insulators have good mechanical and electrical performance
and self-shattering, and is easy for maintenance and difficult to deteriorate, their high self-
explosion rate increases the potential safety hazard of the lines, and are not recommended for
this project. Porcelain insulators have advantages of easy manufacturing, low cost and good
electrical insulation and mechanical properties.
The safety factors of the mechanical strength for insulators used in this project shall meet the
requirements shown in the following table.
Table 4.10 – Safety Factors of the Mechanical Strength for Insulators

Item Maximum Sustained Wire Disconnection Checking
service load load failure calculation
Safety 2.7 4.0 1.8 1.5 1.5
coefficient
(4) Lightning Protection and Grounding
Under the conditions of no wind and ice at 15°C, the distance between the conductor of the
central span and the earth wire shall meet the requirements of S ≥ 0.012 L+1. All iron towers
along the line are grounded by foundation. Each iron tower is laid with an artificial earthing
device which uses a shallow-buried horizontal radiation earthing body. The earthing body is
made of 10 10 galvanized round steel, and the lead-down wire is made of 12 galvanized
round steel. All the four tower legs of the iron towers connect with the earthing body. The
horizontal earthing device is shown in the following figure.
Figure 4.25 – Schematic Diagram of Laying a Horizontal Earthing Device
134
If the soil resistivity of some sections along the line is relatively high, it is difficult for the
earthing resistance to meet the standard requirements if a common earthing arrangement is
used. In this case, comprehensive resistance reduction measures can be taken, such as
extending horizontal earth wire, adding resistance reducing agent, and using resistance
reducing module to reduce tower earthing resistance to meet related requirements.
The value of the unearthed power frequency earthing resistance for towers with earth wires
along the line shall not be greater than the value specified in the following table.
Table 4.11 – Unearthed Power Frequency Earthing Resistance for Poles with Earth Wires
Soil sensitivity ≤ 100 100 to 500 500 to 1000 1000 to 2000 >2000
(Ω·m)
Power frequency 10 15 20 25 30*
earthing
resistance (Ω)
Note: * If the soil resistivity exceeds 2,000 Ω•m and it is difficult for the earthing resistance to
drop to 30 Ω, six to eight radial earthing bodies or continuously extending bodies with a total
length not exceeding 500m can be used without affecting the earthing resistance.
(5) Insulator Strings and Fitting

The safety factor of the fitting strength shall meet the following requirements:
• The safety factor is not smaller than 2.5 under maximum service load.
• The safety factor is not smaller than 1.5 in cases of wire fault, disconnection and checking
calculation.
The suspension insulator strings and jumper strings of the general section in this project use
single-link connection. For important cross spans, the suspension insulator strings use double-
link connection and double wire clamps. Tension insulator strings use single-link connection
for incoming and outgoing spans of the substation and other tension insulator strings use
double-link connection.
(6) Conductor Transportation
For the overhead transmission lines in this project, the length of the lines in each section does
not exceed 100km, requiring no transportation.
Table 4.12 – Engineering Quantities of Transmission Line Projects
Project Item Unit Qty.
Single-circuit 132kV transmission line km 325.2
Double-circuit 132kV transmission line km 63.7
135
Single-circuit 230kV transmission line km 114.6

Double-circuit 230kV transmission line km 100.9
4.4.10. Waste Generation and Discharge
Activity Waste Generation

Pre-construction Phase
Site Clearing Dust Generation
Gaseous Emission from Construction Equipment
Spillage of Fuel oil and Lubricants
Domestic wastes from worker camp
Construction Phase
Construction Activities Dust Generation
Gaseous Emission from Construction Equipment
Spillage of oils, lubricants and paint
Construction Debris
Seepages from construction waste dump site
Domestic wastes from worker camp
Operation and Maintenance Phase
Maintenance Activities Spillage of oil and grease through maintenance activities
Paint residue for maintenance of station
Estimation Volume of Waste Generation
The volume of spillage of oils, lubricants and paint, construction debris and seepage from
construction waste dump site is under controlled.
Dust Generation Volume Estimation
136
Gaseous Emission
Emission Estimation Result (ton/yr)

Total Emission Estimation Result (ton/yr)
VOC CO NOx PM-10 PM- SO2 CO2
tons/yr tons/yr tons/yr tons/yr 2.5 tons/yr tons/yr
tons/yr
2.599 10.034 22.811 2.005 1.952 2.931 2125.647
Average daily wastewater flow from worker

Project Phase Total Number of Daily Wastewater Daily Wastewater
Worker (each unit of Flow Flow (gal/ /day)
work) (gal/person/day)
Pre-construction and 41 50 2050
Construction
Operation and 7 50 350
Maintenance
Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials

Zinc based Painting
Handling
Keep away from food, drink and animal feeding stuffs. Handle all packages and containers
carefully to minimize spills. Keep container tightly sealed when not in use. Avoid the formation
of mists. Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood. Do not
handle broken packages without protective equipment.
Storage
It is stored away from incompatible materials. Keep only in the original container. Keep
container tightly closed, in a cool, well ventilated place. Keep containers upright. Protect
containers from damage. Bund storage facilities to prevent soil and water pollution in the event
of spillage. The storage area floor should be leak-tight, jointless and not absorbent.
Quantity
For 100 square feet, 1.38 gal of paint is required.
Waste Disposal Measure during Construction Phase
Construction waste generated by construction shall be recycled and utilized as much as

possible. Waste that cannot be utilized shall be transported to designated places or properly
disposed. Random stacking and placing are strictly prohibited. Temporary garbage stacking
points such as dustbins and garbage bins shall be set up reasonably at construction sites and
construction camps, and rain-proof facilities shall be set up to avoid soil, water and ecological
137
environment pollution caused by surface runoff from rain-washed garbage. Household garbage
shall be collected and disposed altogether cannot be dumped at free will.
Waste Disposal during Operation and Maintenance

Domestic sewage is to be discharged into septic reservoir, and oily sewage in the tum around
depot is settled in oil separation sedimentation reservoir and goes through air flotation and then
both of them flow into the integrated MBR sewage treatment equipment. After treatment, they
will be reused or discharged nearby. The oil-containing scum in the oil separation reservoir is
got out manually and transported outside on a regular basis, and handed over to the local
sanitation department for centralized treatment.
Waste Discharge from Construction Camp

The construction personnel have relatively simple lives, thus their sewage discharges are
relatively less with simple pollution behavior, mainly including fecal sewage, kitchen sewage,
bath wastewater and other domestic sewage. The waste disposal areas will be determined in
the construction stage. The following guidelines are considered for waste disposal for labor
camp.
• The distance of pit toilet should be at least 100m away from surface water bodies used
for drinking water.
• Sewage should be discharged so it does not enter the catchment of drinking water
supplies/intakes., into a stream or into the ocean at any point where it may cause a health
risk to camp personnel or nearby communities.
• All drains should be kept covered.
Spoil Ground and Borrow Area

A total of 47 waste sites are selected for the subgrade to meet the problems of project waste
dumping and insufficient filler or long transport distance. The spoil ground should not be
placed on the unfavorable geological and unstable slopes. The retaining wall should be set at
the lock of the spoil ground; the borrow area and spoil ground should be taken for the uniform
greening of grass seeds, to prevent soil erosion and protect the environment. Borrow area and
spoil ground should avoid occupation of farmland; it is strictly forbidden to abandon the ballast
into rivers, reservoirs, bridges, culverts and villages. The waste dumping sites along the railway
alignment for the waste management plan are shown in the following figures.
138
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
WD15
WD12
WD14
WD10
WD13
WD11
WD22
WD20
WD24
WD23
WD25
WD21
WD19
WD18
WD17
WD16
139
WD28
WD27
WD26
WD33
WD36
WD31
WD32
WD29
WD30
WD42
WD41
WD40
WD39
WD38
WD35
WD37 WD34
140
WD47
WD46
WD45
WD44
WD43
Figure 4.26 – Proposed waste dumping sites along the railway alignment
Table 4.13– The Locations and Capacity of Proposed Waste Dump Areas
Proposed Waste Dump Area

Area of Distance
Surrounding
Coordinate Name of dump from
Environment (within
ID Tunnel area Alignment
1km radius)
Latitude Longitude (m2) (m)
Taung Kyun
2, 3 Tunnels
Forest Area
WD-1 22° 1'44.51"N 96°14'20.99"E & Tok Hka 178,800 646.89
Monastery(0.95km)
Taung
Tunnels
Taung Kyun
WD-2 22° 3'23.68"N 96°16'21.39"E 77,236 574.70 Forest Area
1 Tunnel
Sakangyi 1
WD-3 22° 0'14.34"N 96°15'56.05"E 227,209 173.22 Forest Area
& 2 Tunnels
Sakangyi 1 Forest Area
WD-4 21°59'31.60"N 96°19'8.06"E 127,860 914.25
Tunnel Cropland (0.21km)
Sakangyi 1
Tunnel,
WD-5 22° 0'54.56"N 96°20'48.49"E 328,268 1,162.62 Forest Area
Sin Byu In 3
Tunnel
Pyinoolwin Forest Area
WD-6 22° 4'56.30"N 96°28'13.66"E 62,071 892.14
Pyinoolwin
WD-7 22° 2'5.45"N 96°22'16.21"E 213,713 762.55 Forest Area
Tunnel
Sin Byu In 1
& 2 Tunnels Forest Area
WD-8 22° 3'37.43"N 96°22'12.03"E 551,353 1,654
Pyinoolwin
Tunnel
Pyinoolwin
WD-9 22° 6'53.70"N 96°28'6.03"E 71,366 1,532.68 Forest Area
Tunnel
141
Vacant Land
Ko San 2 Cropland (0.16 km)
WD-10 22°19'23.13"N 96°49'18.64"E 31,067 560.46
Tunnel Nearest Local
Residence (0.38 km)
Vacant Land
WD-11 22°16'36.81"N 96°51'36.35"E 79,869 4,292.30
Tunnel Monastery (0.22
km)
Kyaung Forest Area
WD-12 22°24'17.81"N 96°53'27.99"E 206,667 3,160.35
Gone Tunnel Cropland (0.57km
Kyaung
Gone Tunnel
WD-13 22°20'35.78"N 97° 0'8.43"E & 258,047 8,234.56 Vacant Land
Myin Gwin
Tunnel
Myin Gwin
WD-14 22°24'46.77"N 97° 0'34.28"E 52,098 4,767.70 Vacant Land
Tunnel
Man Loi 1,
Vacant Land
WD-15 22°26'50.84"N 96°59'49.06"E 2, 3 & Long 57,118 1,849.24
Cropland (0.45 km)
Wai Tunnels
Kyaukme &
Chaung Forest Area
WD-16 22°31'3.03"N 97° 6'34.64"E 160,794 3,060.14
Chauk Cropland (0.84 km)
Tunnels
Kyaukme Forest Area
WD-17 22°29'26.17"N 97° 4'42.71"E 46,783 1,216.50
Tunnel Cropland (0.26 km)
Vacant Land
Kyang Yin 1 Cropland (0.34 km)
WD-18 22°32'19.05"N 97°10'4.77"E 20,657 593.90
& 2 Tunnels Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Baw Gyo 2 Forest Area
WD-19 22°34'27.88"N 97°14'45.20"E 12,876 473.38
Tunnel Farmland (0.68 km)
Baw Gyo 1
WD-20 22°34'58.61"N 97°16'33.19"E & Nalin 2 26,950 845.84 Forest Area
Tunnels
Nalin 1
WD-21 22°35'9.38"N 97°17'13.94"E 30,899 737.19 Forest Area
Tunnel
Forest Area
Farm Land (0.35km)
WD-22 22°35'41.86"N 97°18'31.30"E Teng Sam 2 26,970 744.05
Nearest Local
Residence (0.82 km)
Teng Sam 1 Forest Area
WD-23 22°35'56.46"N 97°19'13.43"E 116,576 858.15
& Hsipaw Monastery (0.7 km)
Hsipaw,
Hsup Lang,
Pang Hsauk
WD-24 22°36'9.01"N 97°21'8.91"E 433,763 1,404.22 Forest Area
2, 1 & Kong
Tha 2
Tunnels
Forest Area
WD-25 22°35'20.74"N 97°25'46.53"E Kong Tha 1 27,069 4,875.25
Cropland (0.61 km)
Forest Area
WD-26 22°42'3.44"N 97°30'6.19"E Kong Mon 69,250 613.43
Cropland (0.82 km)
Forest Area
Nam Um &
WD-27 22°43'21.58"N 97°31'46.72"E 40,054 254.15 Cropland (0.37 km)
Sint Eng 2
Stream (0.66 km)
Forest Area
WD-28 22°44'54.68"N 97°34'39.69"E Sint Eng 1 74,285 361.22
Cropland (0.9 km)
WD-29 23° 5'8.68"N 97°46'8.72"E Hang Lu 129,096 1.477.89 Vacant Land
142
WD-30 23° 6'55.23"N 97°51'27.52"E Hang Lu 136,470 2,405.28 Vacant Land

Vacant Land
WD-31 97°51'27.52"E 97°59'21.80"E Laban Pa 20,272 2,763.98
Cropland (0.56 km)
Vacant Land
Nawng Yen Cropland (0.4 km)
WD-32 23°19'38.12"N 98° 3'55.84"E 60,087 965.09
3&2 Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Forest Area
Nawng Yen
WD-33 23°21'53.49"N 98° 4'39.70"E 230,834 1,586.95 Nearest Local
2&1
Residence (0.91 km)
Nawng Yen Forest Area
WD-34 23°22'54.10"N 98° 4'43.24"E 1 & Man 282,422 1,674.56 Nearest Local
Peng 2 Residence (0.89 km)
Man Peng 2 Forest Area
WD-35 23°23'21.95"N 97°59'28.18"E 278,026 1,498.39
&1 Cropland (0.38 km)
Vacant Land
WD-36 23°21'20.37"N 97°55'59.96"E Man Peng 1 90,647 921.66
Cropland (0.3 km)
WD-37 23°22'37.28"N 97°54'22.62"E Kutkai 3 59,748 719.29 Forest Area
Forest Area
WD-38 23°25'33.51"N 97°52'2.54"E Kutkai 2 44,590 3,135.47
Cropland (0.55 km)
Forest Area
Kutkai 1, Lashio-Muse Road
WD-39 23°30'31.06"N 97°54'19.24"E Peng Nin 3 92,740 2,149.45 (0.89 km)
&2 Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Forest Area
Pang Nin 2 Nearest Local
WD-40 23°31'28.18"N 97°52'14.49"E 124,261 89.41
&1 Residence (0.9 km)
Forest Area
Nam Hpak
WD-41 23°34'25.20"N 97°50'13.87"E 44,636 925.05 Cropland (0.43 km)
Ka 2
Stream (0.83 km)
Nam Hpak Forest Area
WD-42 23°36'18.69"N 97°49'43.54"E 41,660 1,132.07
Ka 2 & 1 Cropland (0.91 km)
Vacant Land
WD-43 23°43'14.72"N 97°52'49.96"E Na Hpai 100,314 1,200.62
Cropland (0.44 km)
Pang Hkam
WD-44 23°48'20.42"N 97°53'12.50"E 73,880 3,364.99 Forest Area
2
Pang Hkam
WD-45 23°53'8.60"N 97°54'21.58"E 159,443 2,498.14 Forest Area
2&1
Pang Hkam
WD-46 23°55'3.39"N 97°54'22.02"E 1, Muse 4, 3 190,667 1,960.45 Forest Area
&2
Vacant Land
WD-47 23°58'11.90"N 97°57'3.12"E Muse 2 & 1 56,607 2,061.70
Cropland (0.4 km)
4.4.11. Water Usage and Discharge for Muse-Mandalay Proposed Project
Production sewage and domestic sewage discharged from water discharge points of various
stations along the line will be processed as per relevant sewage treatment processes which are
determined according to the requirements of the sewage composition, discharge volume and
requirements of the receiving water body near the outlet, and should only be discharged after
qualified. The treatment technique should be unified to provide convenience for operation and
maintenance.
143
Domestic
Name of Sewage
water Water source Wastewater treatment
water station discharge
consumption
Underground integrated MBR (Membrane Bio-
Man Hawng 19m3/d 8m3/d
water Reactor) sewage treatment device
Nam Hpak Underground integrated MBR sewage treatment
62m3/d 56m3/d
Ka water device
Underground integrated MBR sewage treatment
Kutkai 26m3/d 16m3/d
water device
Man peng 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Nawng yen 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Theinni 34m3/d 22m3/d
water device
Hang lu 13m3/d 8m3/d
water device
integrated MBR sewage treatment
Lashio West 140m3/d 98m3/d Municipal water
device
Mehan 24m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Nam un 16m3/d 9m3/d
water device
Sam lou 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Hsipaw 62m3/d 38m3/d
water device
Chaung Underground integrated MBR sewage treatment
26m3/d 8m3/d
Chauk water device
Kyaukme 70m3/d 49m3/d
water device
Myin Gwin 29m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Nawng Hkio 53m3/d 30m3/d
water device
Gan gaw 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Pyinoolwin 110m3/d 81m3/d
water device
Sin byu in 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Taung Kyun 9m3/d 8m3/d
water device
Tok hka Underground integrated MBR sewage treatment
9m3/d 8m3/d
taung water device
144
4.4.12. Temporary Engineering

The temporary engineering includes yards for pre-casting, construction camp and construction
road.
4.4.12.1. Temporary material yard and Construction Camp

The construction yard of the project is mainly located at the portal of tunnel, both ends of the
bridge and the working points of each concentrated subgrade section. Some construction camps
are arranged in combination with the beam yard, track-laying base, sleeper precast yard,
concrete mixing station, filling centralized mixing station and other temporary works and some
construction camps are solved by renting local houses. The specific location and number of
construction camps will be determined in the construction stage.
For new freight yards, the required area of facilities such as storage yard and warehouse shall
be calculated by area method in accordance with the description of goods, loaded/unloaded at
freight yards and the volume of various goods arrived and shipped; besides, the freight yards
shall be designed in the light of concrete circumstances and the topography and urban planning.
• Cargo warehouse
In general, a warehouse with a span of 12m, 15m or 18m is adopted according to the
designed rows for stockpiling goods and the topographical and geological conditions.
A larger span shall be selected in case of large traffic capacity and mechanical
uploading/unloading. Large spaces such as cargo warehouses and maintenance factory
buildings are preferably constructed of reinforced concrete bents or steel structures.
• Storage yard
Its length is generally an integral multiple of 14m and its width may be selected from
the range of 4.0m – 16.0m depending on the specific conditions.
Temporary material yard is to be provided in Shwe Li East, China, Lashio and Mandalay
Myanmar. The proposed locations for the construction of labor camps and storage areas are
shown in the following figure and table.
145
Figure 4.27 – Locations of Labor Camps and Storage Areas for the proposed project
Table 4.14 – Locations of Labor Camps and Storage area along the proposed project area
Labor Camps Coordinates
Latitude Longitude
LC 1 22° 1'4.62"N 96°13'7.01"E
LC 2 22° 1'44.85"N 96°13'43.40"E
LC 3 22° 2'44.33"N 96°14'32.10"E
LC 4 22° 2'45.00"N 96°16'20.47"E
LC 5 22° 6'22.18"N 96°31'47.77"E
LC 6 22°18'57.28"N 96°49'21.06"E
LC 7 22°19'2.94"N 96°51'21.38"E
LC 8 22°23'52.45"N 96°56'40.72"E
LC 9 22°24'25.91"N 96°57'16.61"E
LC 10 22°27'12.82"N 96°58'38.49"E
LC 11 22°27'30.16"N 96°58'54.72"E
LC 12 22°28'0.90"N 96°59'18.50"E
LC 13 22°28'16.31"N 96°59'30.48"E
146
LC 14 22°32'20.01"N 97° 6'55.03"E

LC 15 22°32'40.52"N 97° 9'36.26"E
LC 16 22°32'41.29"N 97°10'19.14"E
LC 17 22°34'53.78"N 97°14'48.26"E
LC 18 22°35'32.77"N 97°16'36.42"E
LC 19 22°35'35.14"N 97°16'48.85"E
LC 20 22°35'42.00"N 97°17'14.45"E
LC 21 22°36'14.07"N 97°18'31.71"E
LC 22 22°36'30.17"N 97°18'59.33"E
LC 23 22°37'3.79"N 97°20'55.79"E
LC 24 22°37'3.58"N 97°21'26.75"E
LC 25 22°37'3.61"N 97°21'44.66"E
LC 26 22°37'11.53"N 97°22'48.90"E
LC 27 22°37'18.93"N 97°23'26.01"E
LC 28 22°37'29.52"N 97°23'57.75"E
LC 29 22°43'11.29"N 97°31'52.19"E
LC 30 22°43'32.54"N 97°32'9.08"E
LC 31 22°44'57.35"N 97°35'16.26"E
LC 32 23° 7'23.81"N 97°49'58.61"E
LC 33 23°19'15.60"N 98° 0'43.41"E
LC 34 23°20'17.71"N 98° 4'13.56"E
LC 35 23°21'46.88"N 97°56'26.98"E
LC 36 23°24'15.92"N 97°54'12.95"E
LC 37 23°25'49.23"N 97°53'55.34"E
LC 38 23°30'1.60"N 97°53'2.82"E
LC 39 23°33'22.78"N 97°51'17.17"E
LC 40 23°37'9.68"N 97°50'21.02"E
LC 41 23°42'52.31"N 97°53'30.28"E
LC 42 23°57'22.69"N 97°55'39.08"E
LC 43 23°59'7.02"N 97°55'53.26"E
4.4.12.2. Health and Sanitation Facilities
Sanitary and toilet facilities are constructed of materials that are easily cleanable. Sanitary
facilities are cleaned frequently and kept in working condition. It is designed to provide
workers with adequate privacy, including ceiling to floor partitions and lockable doors. An
adequate number of toilets are provided to workers in which standard range from 1unit to 15
persons to 1unit per 6persons.
Ventilated Improved Pit Latrine (VIP)
The Ventilated Improved Pit (VIP) latrine is designed to reduce odors and flies to surrounding
environment. It comprises of a pit, a cover slab, a superstructure and a well-fixed vent pipe
with fly trap/ screen. The principle of operation is that a continuous flow of air comes in through
the superstructure and enters the pit through the hole. This airflow will go down into the pit
147
displacing (pushing up) the hot smelly air upward through the vent pipe . A darkened interior
is maintained causing insects entering the pit to be attracted towards the light at the top of the
vent pipe and trapped by the fly screen.
Construction design of Ventilated Improved Pit Latrine (VIP)

Each ventilation pipe should be vertical, sticking out above the latrine’s roof by at least 0.5m.
The hole where the vent pipe comes through thr roof should be made water tight to avoid leaks.
To ensure a better anchorage of the plastic vent pipe at the bottom, a clamp can be connected
at the level where it will be mortared in the slab.
The separation in individual pit compartments by solid walls going from the bottom until the
top of the pit is needed to avoid cross-ventilation of the air movement between the different
defecation holes, which would hamper the VIP ventilation principles. This means as well that
every single compartment of the VIP latrine should have its own ventilation pipe.
When PVC pipes are used as a vent pipe, their diameter should ideally be 150mm and at least
110mm. Having a dark colored vent pipe at the outside of the superstructure and oriented
towards the sun might allow a better ventilation of the latrine during wind still days, but
complicate the construction.
The fly screen on the top of the vent pipe must be stainliess stell, aluminium or PBVC coated
fiberglass, because the gasses escaping from the latrine are very corrosive to mild metal. If
really nothing else is available, painted metal mesh is the last option.
Figure- Example of Ventilation Improved Pit Latrine
148
4.4.12.3. Access Road Construction
The construction road is a permanent or temporary vehicle transport passageway for railway
construction. It also takes into consideration the maintenance of equipment, emergency rescue
or local needs after the operation of the railway.
Design Principles
1) The construction road should be designed according to the distribution of key projects and
traffic condition along the line, combined with material supply plan, transportation
equipment conditions and local road development plan. When the construction road is
used as the railway operation and maintenance passageway, as the road to the station
(substation) or is included into the local road development planning, it should be designed
in accordance with the principle of combination of permanent and temporary usage.
2) The construction road should be designed according to the traffic volume and topographic
conditions, referring to the relevant highway design specifications. Access road on soft
soil foundation should meet the requirements of deformation and stability.
3) Pavement standards can be selected according to topographic conditions, climatic
conditions, traffic volume and local material sources
Classification
Based on the traffic function, it can be divided into trunk road and link line. The trunk road is
the main road for construction transportation, and generally serves for multiple construction
site; the link line is the secondary road for construction transportation, which is connected with
the trunk road, and generally leads to a single or two earthwork sites, bridges, tunnel work
zones, station buildings, earth and stone borrowing and spoil yards, sand and stone yards,
traction substations, communication base stations, temporary stations and longitudinal
transport roads within the construction site.
Usage
Construction roads can be divided into temporary construction roads or construction roads to
be used both temporarily and permanently based on its usage.
(1) Temporary construction road
Survey and construction access roads (transportation of large-scale equipment, bridge paving
and erection, material and slag transfer, etc.) are temporary used for railway construction.
149
(2) Construction roads to be used both temporarily and permanently reserved due to disaster
prevention and rescue, operation and maintenance or local requirements, are used in the early
stage for railway survey, design and construction, and in the later stage for railway disaster
prevention and rescue, operation and maintenance or as local roads.
Technical standard
The main technical standards for construction roads are shown in the following table.
Table – Main technical standards for construction roads

Item Truck road Link road
Designed speed (km/h) 40 30 30 20
Subgrade Single-lane / 4.5 4.5 4.5
width (m) Double-lane 8.5 7.5 7.5 6.5
Pavement Single-lane / 3.5 3.5 3.5
width (m) Double-lane 7 6.5 6.5 6
Minimum curve radius (m) 60 30 30 18
Maximum vertical grades 7 8 8 9
(%)
The project is to build 824 km of construction road, 2km of construction access bridge, 16 km
of access road for beam transport.
The construction trunk roads of this project are connected with local roads, which improve the
local road network and improve the road capacity. The construction link lines can connect with
the local villages, farmland and other places to meet local residents’ travel or crop
transportation needs.
Access Road for Operation and Maintenance

Design Principles
1) When the railway is located near the existing road, the existing road along the line is used
as the access road for operation and maintenance. If the existing road standard does not
meet the requirements, reconstruction and expansion should be carried out.
2) Areas far away from existing roads but near the stations should utilize the roads to station
and substations as the access road for operation and maintenance.
150
3) In-section areas far away from the existing roads should utilize the construction road as the
access road for operation and maintenance. When there is no construction road, it is
necessary to build a new road as the access road for operation and maintenance.
Technical standards
The operation and maintenance passageway of this project is designed following the standard
of collector road, and in combination with the topographic conditions of the construction site,
different design speeds are adopted. For section with small topographic fluctuation and flat
terrain, the design speed is 30 km/h and for difficult areas, the speed limit is 20 km/h. the main
technical indicators are listed in following table.
Table – Main Technical Standards

S/N Design speed 30 km/h 20 km/h
1 Minimum radius General value 65 30
of curve (m) Limit value 30 15
2 Minimum length of transition curve (m) 25 20
Minimum radius Crown ≤2% 350 150
3 without super- Crown >2% 450 200
elevation (m)
General minimum General value 400 200
4 radius of convex Limit value 250 100
vertical curve (m)
5 General minimum General value 400 200
radius of concave Limit value 250 100
vertical curve (m)
6 Length of vertical General value 60 50
curve (m) Minimum value 25 20
7 Maximum vertical grades (%) 16 16
The project newly builds 297.943km of access road for operation and maintenance, including
12.38km of road to station and substation, 275.4km of construction road and 10.163km
reconstructed road.
4.4.13. Material, Plant and Equipment

The materials used in proposed project are described below.
Name Unit QTY
(I) New traction substation (middle-type + overhead outgoing Nr. 11
line GIS)
230kV AH incoming line supporting-structure installation set 10
H=10m Lp=16m
230kV H intermediate supporting-structure installation H=10m set 22
Lp=16m
151
230kV Π terminal supporting-structure installation H=10m set 22

Lp=16m
132kV AH incoming line supporting-structure installation set 20
H=10m Lp=16m
132kV H intermediate supporting structure installation H=10m set 20
Lp=16m
132kV Π terminal supporting-structure installation H=10m set 16
Lp=16m
132kV standard traction substation (2 incoming 4 outgoing) Nr. 4
supporting-structure installation
Traction substation with through power (3 incoming 4 outgoing) Nr. 3
supporting-structure installation
Supporting-structure installation for 230kV traction substation to Nr. 4
be jointly built with local substation
Supporting-structure installation for traction substation of Nr. 2
junction station (2 incoming 10 outgoing)
Foundation treatment Nr. 11
Substation equipment and supporting-structure foundation Nr. 11
pouring
230/27.5kV traction transformer installation set 10
132/27.5kV traction transformer installation set 12
230/11kV power transformer installation set 2
132/11kV power transformer installation set 12
230kV circuit breaker installation set 12
132kV circuit breaker installation set 22
230kV voltage instrument transformer installation Nr. 30
132kV voltage instrument transformer installation Nr. 45
230kV current instrument transformer installation Nr. 36
132kV current instrument transformer installation Nr. 90
230kV disconnecting switch mounted on the pillar (three-pole) set 26
132kV disconnecting switch mounted on the pillar (three-pole) set 58
230kV surge arrester installation one/set 30
132kV surge arrester installation one/set 42
27.5kV surge arrester installation two/set 74
Disconnecting switch mounted on the post (27.5kV single pole) set 30
Installation of indoor bipolar load switch (27.5kV) set 11
Installation of indoor tripole load switch (11kV) set 11
27.5kV anti-lightning ring and surge arrester installation set 30
Lightning rod installation set 44
Installation of protective mesh/fence self-use transformer room Increase/de 22
in substation crease one
interval
Installation of self-use transformer in three-phase substation set 14
(27.5kV and 11kV)
Installation of 27.5kV overhead outgoing line GIS circuit breaker set 104
cabinet
Installation of 27.5kV bus isolation overhead outgoing line GIS set 22
cabinet
152
Installation of 27.5kV disconnecting switch overhead outgoing set 11

line GIS cabinet
Installation of 27.5kV voltage instrument transformer and arrest set 44
overhead outing line GIS cabinet
Cable laying direct-supply substation Nr. 11
Equipment number, brand making, direct-supply substation Nr. 11
Equipment painting and direct-supply substation Nr. 11
Pre-electrification test and direct-supply substation Nr. 11
Commissioning of three-phase transformer system 40000KA Nr. 22
Commissioning of three-phase transformer system 6300KA Nr. 14
(power transformer)
Commissioning of self-use voltage transformer system in set 22
substation three-phase 80kVA
Commissioning of incoming line system 230kV set 8
Commissioning of incoming line system 132kV set 16
Commissioning of feeder line system 27.5kV set 30
Commissioning of differential protection device for traction set 22
transformer
Commissioning of feeder distance protection device set 30
Commissioning of battery and DC Device set 11
Commissioning of auto-reclosing device for transmission line set 11
Commissioning of integrated automation device set 11
Commissioning of automatic switching device for standby power set 11
supply
Commissioning of switching device of accident lighting set 11
On-line monitoring system for oil chromatography set 36
Commissioning of electroscope set 72
Commissioning of earthing network set 11
Commissioning of independent earthing pole Nr. 11
Installation and commissioning of equipment in high voltage Set 11
room
Commissioning of auxiliary safety monitoring system station 11
Indoor and outdoor lighting system for traction substation set 11
Commissioning of interface between microcomputer monitoring set 11
disk and remote control communication in the controlled stations
Commissioning of main body of controlled substation set 11
Single commissioning of secondary equipment in RTU set 11
substation of controlled stations
Testing of fault recognizing function for controlled station set 11
Joint commissioning of systems in controlled stations set 11
(II) Switching Post Nr. 1
Installation of 27.5kV box-type switching post set 1
Installation of disconnecting switch mounted on pillar set 4
Anti-lightning ring and surge arrester installation set 4
Cable laying Nr. 1
Outdoor lighting of for the whole substation Nr. 1
Installation and commissioning of earthing network Nr. 1
Testing and commissioning of the whole substation Nr. 1
Installation and commissioning of safety monitoring system set 1
153
(III) OCS isolation switch monitoring set 50

Installation of master monitoring station set 50
Digging and masonry of optical (electrical) cable channel hm 842
underground 600 x 300 (mm)
Insulated and flame-retardant cable bracket Nr. 57200
Control cable laying 500V 2.5mm2 7 core hm 2496
Control cable laying 500V 4mm2 7 Core hm 2496
Joint commissioning of systems in controlled stations station 50
(IV) Traction power supply dispatching center Nr. 1
Core switch three-layer Gigabit Ethernet switch set 2
Dispatch switch three-layer Gigabit Ethernet switch set 2
Acquisition switch three-layer Gigabit Ethernet switch set 2
Data server 64-bit RISC frame CPU, UNIX server set 2
Disk arrays not less than 10TB set 1
Application server 64-bit RISC frame CPU, UNIX server set 2
Communication server 64-bit RISC frame CPU, UNIX server set 2
Repeat application server WINDOWS server set 1
Dispatch workstation WIN graphics workstation set 12
Human-machine interface equipment 24” LCD set 24
Scheduling printer color laser printer set 1
Maintenance workstation WIN graphics workstation set 1
Human-machine interface equipment 24” LCD set 2
Maintenance of printer color laser printer set 1
Channel interface device configured based on actual interface set 2
type
Satellite clock set 1
UPS (Containing Battery Cabinet) 40KA set 1
Low-voltage power distribution panel of distribution cabinet set 1
Dispatching workbench set 6
Maintenance workbench set 1
Server cabinet standard 19” cabinet (including KVM) set 4
Network cabinet standard 19” cabinet set 2
Installation of accessories, various cables, etc set 1
System support software UNIX and WIN operating system and set 1
media
System platform software (support system extension, multi-line set 1
access)
System application software set 1
Repeating terminal set 1
Traction power supply maintenance management information set 1
system (workshop level)
Safety monitoring system set 1
154
4.4.14. Source and Supply of Materials

Source and Supply of Main Materials (excluding local material)
Muse to Hsipaw Section: OSC column, reinforced concrete sleeper, other materials and other
equipment will be firstly transported by the operation train to Shwe Li check point and then to
Muse track-laying base and transported to the construction site by work train. Mandalay to
Hsipaw section: OSC column, reinforced concrete sleeper, other materials and equipment will
be first transported by operation train to port of Myanmar, and then shipped to Yangon port of
Myanmar, and then transported by meter-gauge railway to Mandalay track-laying base, and to
construction site by work train. For steel, wood, cement, etc., material yard along the line will
be taken as the starting point, and it will be directly transported to construction site by truck.
Table of Main Engineering Quantities
Item Unit Unit Quantities

Electric power line Km 1019.8
HV overhead line Km 133.3
Electricity HV truck cable line Km 356.1
HV station and yard cable Km 124
line
Low voltage cable line Km 406.4
OCS Km 713
Source and Supply of Local Material

Other local construction materials, such as sand and gravel, etc.: supplied by the local source
in line with the requirements of construction materials, and transported by truck to the batching
plant and construction site. Muse to Mandalay section crosses the area with wide
distribution of limestone and dolomite, where the coarse aggregate source is rich and quarries
are distributed uniformly. In addition, stone for construction may also be supplied partly with
spoil from cutting and tunnel construction after processing; natural fine aggregate is scarce, the
natural medium and coarse sand available is mainly distributed in the Ayeyarwady, the
Myitnge River and the Shwe Li River. For other sections, machine-made sand may be
considered. There are brick factories along the line, for the convenience of adopting bricks for
construction.
Transportation of raw materials to the construction site for transmission line and traction
substation
155
Raw materials Transportation Route

Sand and chipping Truck From nearby local areas of
Mandalay
Cement, wood and etc Truck Material yard along the line to
construction site
Concrete, steel, other Muse-Hsipaw Operation train From Shwe Li check point to
materials and equipment section Muse track-laying base
Work train From Muse track-laying base
to construction site
Mandalay to Hsipaw Operation train First transported to port of
section Myanmar and then shipped to
Yangon port of Myanmar
Meter-gauge railway From Yangon port of
Myanmar to Mandalay track-
laying base
Work train From Mandalay track-laying
base to construction site
Source of construction water supply
Construction water can be used from surface water and groundwater from drilling well. The
water system along the route is mainly the Ayeyarwady River and its tributaries. The route
passes through larger rivers, including the Shwe Li River, and rivers within the territory of
Myanmar like the Nan Paw River, the Nam Hkai River, the Nam Tu River, the Nam Yao River,
the Nam Tu miy Nge-R River, the Nam Ma River and Nam ban ton River. The Shwe Li River
and Nam Tu River are the first tributaries of Ayeyarwady River; the Nam Paw River, Nam
Hkai River, Nam Yao River, Nam Ma River and Nam ban ton River belong to the tributaries
of Nam Tu River.
156
Distribution of surface water along the line for the proposed project
This project mainly passes through Shan Plateau in northern mountain area of Myanmar,
and goes through Pyinoolwin and then into the Ayeyarwady river basin in Mandalay plain.
Groundwater along the line

There are three types of groundwater along the line, which are pore water in Quaternary
looserock, bedrock fissure water and karst water.
Along the Muse-Mandalay railways, the living water supply in rural areas is mainly from the
extraction of shallow groundwater. Most of the villages along the railway line used natural
spring water as drinking and domestic water.
157
Distribution of spring water along the line for the proposed project
Surface Water Along the Line
1 Shwe Li River 24° 1'59.05"N 97°58'38.79"E
2 Nam Paw River 23°53'19.20"N 97°55'58.85"E
3 Nam Khai River 23°36'16.25"N 97°50'28.11"E
4 Nam Tu River 23°17'23.32"N 97°58'36.34"E
5 Nam Pang River 23°15'25.20"N 97°56'35.27"E
6 Nam Tu Tributary 23°15'19.24"N 97°56'30.12"E
Unknown Surface Water 23° 2'49.35"N 97°45'31.03"E
7 Nam Yao River 23° 0'41.44"N 97°43'21.90"E
8 Nam Paung Stream 22°42'29.25"N 97°31'18.07"E
9 Nam Tu Myi Nge-R River 22°33'54.42"N 97°13'39.32"E
10 Nam Ba Ton River 22°20'23.58"N 96°52'4.14"E
Unknown Reservior 22° 5'59.70"N 96°27'58.56"E
11 Sedawgyi Canal 21°58'52.01"N 96°10'42.55"E
12 Paw Taw Mu Canal 21°56'41.01"N 96° 9'16.36"E
158
Spring Water Along the Line

1 Mang Chat 23°18'47.90"N 98° 0'29.87"E
2 Wane Hlaine 23°18'33.08"N 97°59'19.40"E
3 Nar Chat 23°10'54.72"N 97°52'38.25"E
4 Mehan 22°53'2.12"N 97°41'41.83"E
5 Pang Hsauk 22°36'41.58"N 97°22'2.37"E
6 Nwang Ann 22°32'47.50"N 97° 9'59.99"E
7 Pang Ywang 22°30'30.26"N 97° 2'23.07"E
8 Mway Taw 22°30'11.58"N 97° 2'0.69"E
9 Na Ai Hkant 22°25'33.28"N 96°57'39.93"E
10 Khite Tone Home 22°24'52.11"N 96°57'28.76"E
11 Kone Kaw (Kyauk Me) 22°24'19.07"N 96°57'28.68"E
12 Kyaung Gone 22°21'29.64"N 96°52'39.07"E
13 Taung Quarter 22°19'0.81"N 96°48'13.51"E
14 Myat Chae Nu 22°16'17.74"N 96°49'16.48"E
15 Ngokkalay 22°16'51.78"N 96°46'31.84"E
16 Lone Yone 22°18'29.95"N 96°45'3.53"E
17 Kon Gyi 22°11'48.96"N 96°40'43.48"E
18 Kyein Ga Naing 22° 9'58.94"N 96°36'56.57"E
19 Anauk Kyu Inn 22° 8'53.60"N 96°33'48.65"E
20 Pin Lain 22° 6'18.84"N 96°32'21.46"E
21 Kone Kaw (POL) 22° 5'43.54"N 96°26'9.36"E
22 Pan Oo Taung 22° 5'31.96"N 96°25'25.38"E
Construction Power Supply

According to the railway alignment scheme and the relevant data, such as the load demand and
distribution of each construction supply point, the connection scheme of external power supply
for traction power supply, etc., combined with the distribution of the power supply point of
external electricity grid, totally 9 centralized substation and distribution facilities (construction
substation and switching yard) are provided in the construction power supply scheme of the
project.
Muse to Hsipaw section, Muse, Kutkai, Theinni, Lashio and Hsipaw 66kV substations of local
power grid are distributed along the line, and HV power supply of the substation is connected
from 230kV substation 66kV outgoing line respectively with high power supply reliability;
Chaung Chauk to Pyinoolwin section, the power grid is weak without 66kV and above
substation, combined with the external power supply scheme, the external power incoming line
of Chaung Chauk and Pyinoolwin 230kV center substations will be constructed firstly for the
external power grid project of the section, and centralized substation facilities will be set up for
construction power supply, Pyinoolwin to Mandalay section, the external power 132kV
incoming line to SS10CK365 traction substation will be constructed firstly for the external
159
power grid project of the section, and construction power supply will be connected from the
line, and the specific scheme are shown in the following.
(1) Muse 4# tunnel outlet 33kV construction switching yard (CK19+000)

A 33kV construction temporary switching yard will be set up near the outlet of Muse 4# tunnel.
A 33kV power supply line will be connected from the existing Muse 66kV substation. Power
supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 4172kW. A 33kV feeder will be
used for the power supply of the outlet of Muse 4# tunnel, and another 33kV line will be used
for the power supply of the inlet of Pang hkam1# tunnel.
(2) Kutkai 1# super major bridge 33kV construction switching yard (CK72+500)
A 33kV construction temporary switching yard will be set up near Kutkai1# super major
bridge. A 33kV power supply line will be connected from the existing Kutkai 66kV substation.
Power supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 8062kW. A 33kV feeder
will be used for the power supply of the outlet of Kutkai1# tunnel, and another 33kV line will
be used for the power supply of Kutkai1# super major bridge.
(3) Theinni super major bridge 33kV construction switching yard (CK117+100)
A 33kV construction temporary switching yard will be set up near Theinni super major bridge.
A 33kV power supply line will be connected from the existing Theinni 66kV substation. Power
supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 6430kW. A 33kV feeder will be
used for the power supply of the outlet of Laban pa tunnel, and another 33kV line will be used
for the power supply of Theinni super major bridge.
(4) Kening 2# super major bridge 33kV construction switching yard (CK137+100)
A 33kV construction temporary switching yard will be set up near Kening2# super major
bridge. A 33kV power supply line will be connected from the existing Hispaw 66kV substation.
Power supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 6148kW. A 33kV feeder
will be used for the power supply of Keing No.1 medium bridge, and another 33kV line will
be used for the power supply of Kening2# super major bridge.
(5) Hsuplang major bridge 33kV construction substation (CK198+040)

A 33kV construction temporary substation will be set up near Hsuplang major bridge. A 33kV
power supply line will be connected from the existing Hispaw 66kV substation. Power supply
line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 3650kW. A 33kV feeder will be used
160
for the power supply of the outlet of Pang Sawk1# tunnel, and another 11kV line will be used
for the power supply of Hsuplang major bridge.
(6) Chaung Chauk tunnel outlet 33kV construction substation (CK225+800)

A 33kV construction temporary substation will be set up near the outlet of Chaung Chauk
tunnel. For external power grid combining permanent and temporary works, 1 230/33kV
construction substation will be set up at 230kV center substation. A 33kV power line will be
connected. Power supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 5804kW. One
11kV feeder will be used for the power supply of the outlet of Chaung Chauk tunnel, and
another 33kV line will be used for the power supply of Loi law major bridge.
(7) Kon San No.2 tunnel outlet 132kV construction substation (CK282+800)
A 132kV construction temporary substation will be set up near the outlet of Kon San No.2
tunnel. For external power grid combining permanent and temporary works, a 132kV line (the
132kV line is connected from 230/132/33kV construction substation at the inlet of Pyinoolwin
tunnel) will be connected from NwangHkio 132kV line. Power supply line will be temporary,
and the calculated load will be 7336kW. A 33kV feeder will be used for the power supply of
the outlet of Kon San No.2 tunnel, and another 11kV line will be used for the power supply of
Nawng Hkio super major bridge.
(8) Pyinoolwin tunnel inlet 230kV construction substation (CK323+650)
A 33kV construction temporary substation will be set up near the inlet of Pyinoolwin tunnel.
For external power grid combining permanent and temporary works, 230/132/33kV
construction substation will be set up at Pyinoolwin 230kV center substation. A 33kV power
supply line will be connected. Power supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load
will be 8664kW. Because there is no large power load at small mileage end, only a 33kV feeder
at large mileage end will be used for the power supply of Pyinolwin tunnel inlet.
(9) TaungKyun 1# tunnel outlet 132kV construction substation (CK365+100)
A 132kV construction temporary substation will be set up near the outlet of TaungKyun No.1
tunnel. For the external power supply, it is proposed to build 1 132kV line in SS10CK365
traction substation firstly. 132/33kV substation will be set up nearby for construction power
supply. Power supply line will be temporary, and the calculated load will be 10802kW. A 33kV
feeder will be used for the power supply of the outlet of TaungKyun No.1 tunnel, and another
33kV line will be used for the power supply of TaungKyun No.5 super major bridge.
161
4.5 Description of the Selected Alternatives
4.5.1. Analysis of Alternatives
Alternative analysis has been considered as an integral part of EIA process, which
involves examination of alternative ways of achieving the objectives of the proposed project.
The aim of alternative analysis is to arrive at a development option, which maximizes the
benefits while minimizing the unwanted impacts. Alternative analysis is also a form of
The alternative analysis for power supply system of Mandalay-Muse Railway was
conducted into the following points (a) "no project" alternative, (b) Process Alternative and (c)
alternative analysis for site selection. In each subcomponent many options were considered and
these options were weighed from all considerations such as cost, environment, and ease of
implementation.
4.5.1.1 The “No Action” Alternative

The no project alternative or no action alternative will be considered as with or without the
proposed project as follow:
Without project
If this project is not implemented, no construction costs, resettlement and environmental impact
will occur. However, the backward productivity and inconvenient traffic environment along
the route will hinder the economic development of Mandalay, Shan State and even Myanmar,
making the people along the route still living in poverty and unable to promote social progress.
This alternative avoids the implementation of Muse-Mandalay Railway. In no project
scenario case, there will be no impact on natural environment and local communities. But
there will be positive impacts on residents’ life quality in “Project Scenario” case. So, it is
necessary to consider from environmental and social perspectives.
(a) From an Environmental Perspective
Although the development of the proposed project will have more or less environmental
impacts, the levels of acceptability will be decided in conjunction with threshold criteria as
shown in the following table.
162
Table 4.15 - Threshold Criteria to Determine the Acceptability of Environmental Impacts
Level of Acceptability Threshold Criteria for Potential Impacts

Unacceptable Exceeds legal or regulatory standard, e.g. water quality
standard.
Increases level of risk to public health.
Extinction of biological species, loss of genetic diversity, rare or
endangered species, critical habitat.
Normally Unacceptable Conflict with policies or land-use plans.

Loss of populations of commercial biological species.
Large scale loss of productive capacity of renewable resources.
May be Acceptable with Avoidance of spread of biological disease, pests, feral animals
Mitigation or weeds.
Some loss of threatened habitat.
Normally Acceptable Some loss of populations and habitats of non-threatened

species.
Modification of landscape without downgrading special
aesthetic values.
Emissions demonstrably less than the carrying capacity of the
receiving environment.
Source: Modified from Sippe (1999)
The “No Action” alternative will be considered according to the above table for the
environmental perspective.
All of the project’s related environmental impacts can be mitigated to allowable levels with
proper mitigation measures and so the proposed project can be considered as may be
acceptable with mitigation. The “No Action” alternative is not a feasible alternative, as it would
lead to loss of significant foreign direct investment as well as significant employment
opportunities – direct employment opportunities are currently estimated at 500 (on average)
during the 5 years of construction and 1200 (on average) during operations for at least 30 years.
The location of the traction substation shall be as harmonious as possible with the surrounding
environment. To reduce electromagnetic pollution, try to stay away from residential areas as
much as possible. Except that the traction transformer and mutual inductor are oil-immersed
type, the remaining electrical equipment and operating units are oil-free equipment. The oil-
collecting well is provided in the oil-immersed equipment to prevent the transformer oil from
polluting the environment. Use low noise equipment to reduce noise pollution. In the spare
places in each station, flowers and low shrubs are properly planted to protect the environment,
163
under the premise of ensuring normal power supply and satisfying the touch potential & step
potential. The traction transformer adopts low-loss transformer and the other transformer
adopts energy-saving products. The secondary equipment adopts microcomputer integrated
automation device with integrated control, protection, measurement and signaling. It can be
operated in dark screen, and the lighting uses high-efficiency energy-saving light source. So,
the proposed railway power supply system can be considered as may be acceptable with
mitigation from environmental perspective.
(b) From a Socio-economic Perspective
Constructing Muse-Mandalay Railway can improve traffic conditions, lower transport costs
and promote personnel exchanges which will add vitality into the national economy, and
improve people’s livelihood and boost social development & stability.
A “no-project” option will mean that the status quo remains and all the social impacts related
to the existence of the projects are not envisaged. This implies that if the project were not to
proceed, none of the positive or negative impacts identified in this study will materialize.
A no-project option will see all the anticipated project benefits not realized. The foregone
benefits of this option will include loss of foreign capital investment, loss of transportation
development in the regions, loss of employment opportunities for local people, loss of
infrastructure development, loss of increased business opportunities for local services, loss of
skill development and improved services and of community development potential among
other benefits of the project. Moreover, the change to get electricity power to local community
by mean of the power transmission line to railway traction substation. So, the no option
alternative is not suitable for the proposed project from a socio-economic perspective.
4.5.1.2. Process Alternative (Alternative Analysis for Power Source)
Distribution station generally utilizes two types of power sources: from local power grid, and
from self-generated power source. The technical, economic comparison of the two power
supply solutions is as follows.
(a) Consideration Power Source from Local Power Grid
In Myanmar, there are great possibilities for developing hydro-electricity. Available installed
capacity in terms of Myanmar's national hydropower resources is approximately 60 million
kilowatts and economically available installed capacity is approximately 40 million
kilowatts. The areas suitable for large hydropower stations construction are mainly
concentrated in the Kachin State, Karen State, upper reaches of the Ayeyarwady River in Shan
164
State and the Salween River Basin and available for building more than 15 Megawatt-level
hydropower stations. Myanmar is rich in hydropower resources, but at present, utilization rate
is extremely low, with wide development prospect and huge potential consumer market.
According to statistics from the Ministry of Electricity and Energy in 2018, the total installed
capacity of power stations all over Myanmar is 5,409MW. About 60% of electricity in
Myanmar is hydro-power, with 36% generated by natural gas, and 2% generated by coal and
diesel.
Fig. - Percentage of power supply in Myanmar

In 2014, Myanmar developed the National Electricity Master Plan. According to the Plan, the
total installed capacity in Myanmar will reach 28,784MW by 2030, including 4,986MW
(17.32%) for natural gas generation and 2,760MW (9.58%)for thermal power.
Fig. - Myanmar’s power load prediction

165
The largest power station in operation in Myanmar is located 52km southeast of Mandalay. The
Yeywa Hydropower Station over the Myitnge River has an installed capacity of 790,000kW.
The hydropower stations under construction include: Middle Yeywa Hydropower Station,
Upper Yeywa Hydropower Station, Middle Paunglaung Hydropower Station, Kyaiktaung
Hydropower Station, Shweli River (III)Hydropower Station, etc. The power supply in
Rangoon, the largest city in Myanmar, is mainly guaranteed by natural power stations. The
largest gas power station is Alone Gas Power Station in southern Rangoon, and has an installed
capacity of 275,000kW. The installed capacity of power stations put into operation in Myanmar
are listed as follows: (above 100,000kW)
Table - Installed capacity of power stations put into operation in Myanmar (above
100,000kW)
S/N Hydropower station Capacity
1 Yeywa Hydropower Station 790,000kW
2 Shweli River (I)Hydropower Station 600,000kW
3 Paunglaung Hydropower Station 289,000kW
4 Alone Gas Power Station 275,000kW
5 Dapein River (I)Hydropower Station 240,000kW
6 Baluchaung Gas Power Station 208,000kW
7 Buluqiao (II)Hydropower Station 168,000kW
8 Thaketa Gas Power Station 145,000kW
9 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Station 140,000kW
10 Laima Gas Power Station 122,000kW
11 Thandwe Hydropower Station 120,000kW
12 Daoyeka 120,000kW
13 Tikyit Coal-fired Power Station 120,000kW
14 Chipwi Nge Hydropower Station 99,000kW
In terms of power network, Myanmar's transmission voltage classes are divided into 500kV,
230kV, 132kV and 66kV, and the distribution voltage classes are divided into 33kV, 11kV
and 6.6kV. Among them, 500kV power network belongs to works under construction; thirty-
eight 230kV substations have a total installed capacity of 5,520MVA and a total transmission
line length of 4,580km; forty-two 132kV substations have a total installed capacity of
1,734.5MVA and a total transmission line length of 2,193km; forty-two 66kV substations have
a total installed capacity of 4,040MVA and a total transmission line length of 10,442km.
166
First, main state power network (mainly 230 kV) was built in the surrounding around the
two load centers in Rangoon and Mandalay but not directly connected to the neighboring state
grid.
Second, majority of remote areas far from main state power network are powered by small
hydropower stations in an isolated manner.
Third, a small amount of electricity is purchased from neighboring countries in the border area.
Fourth, refined oil products are used to generate electricity to address power demands. The
Shweli River (I)Hydropower Station and Dapein River (I)Hydropower Station in Myanmar
are connected to the power network in Yunnan, China. The Government is actively
promoting power development, and continues to build large power stations, power networks as
well as large power transmission channels with neighboring countries. The existing and
planned Myanmar state grids are shown in the following figures.
167
Fig. Wiring diagram of existing state grid in Myanmar
168
Fig. Wiring diagram of planned state grid in Myanmar
169
Although there will have a lot of electrical power source in Myanmar, there will still have no
electrical power and no surplus electrical power as shown in the following figures.
170
171
172
173
174
(b) Consideration Power Source from Self-contained Power Supply
Self-generated power sources will be Self-contained power supply (take diesel generator, as an
example and another source from neighbor countries for traction substations near border line)
and Self-contained Power Supply (Solar System).
(c) Comparison and Selection of Alternative for Power Supply Source
Table - Comparison and selection of external power supply for distribution station
Technical and
Environmental
Description Social Perspective Economic
Perspective
Perspective
Will analyze based on

Will analyze
Will analyze based on whether there is no
Local power grid based on
land use, traffic and pressure on local
power supply availability and
impact on biodiversity power supply system
technical issues
or not
Self-contained Will analyze
Will analyze based on
power supply Will analyze based on based on
impact on agricultural
(take diesel environmental impact availability of and
land and pressure on
generator as an due to gaseous emission technical and
local electricity use
example) economic issues
Table - Comparison and Selection of the Preferred Alternatives
Environmental Technical Economic Social

Description
Perspective Perspective Perspective Perspective
- In grid operations, The power line The rate of Pressure on
changes of climatic distance from electrical Local Power
effect may be grid to power Supply
caused by energy proposed consumption
losses during project should for commercial
Local power
electricity be suitable use is 180
grid
transmission. distance to kyats per unit
power supply
- In the planning of avoid power in maximum.
new transmission energy loss. The power line
line routes from To give distance from
local grid to required power grid to
proposed project, for proposed proposed
175
the most significant project, it is project should

permanent change required an be suitable
on nature will be the efficient power distance to
line clearing energy supply avoid higher
becomes treeless source cost of
and Impacts on (substations, interconnection
fauna is habitat power plants)
changes. without
- Grid interconnection pressure on
process can result in local electric
permanent land utilities.
conversion, land
degradation, and the Grid supply
exclusion of has strong
traditional land uses point by power
in and around the fluctuations
transmission right- that is mostly
of-way. stable.
- Gaseous emission The rate of Impact on
which negatively electrical Community’s
impact air quality, power Health due to
and contribute consumption gaseous
significantly to by self- emissions
carbon emissions will contained
be major impact by power is 450
Self- self-generator kyats per unit
For traction
contained because operation in average.
substations and
power will be carried out 24
auxiliary
supply (take hours for electric
power supply,
diesel trains.
it is needed to
generator, as
choose proper
an example - Secondary impact
generator with
and another will be noise effects.
respects to
source from Diesel generators
required
neighbor generate 88db of
voltage to
countries for noise, while
avoid power
traction generators running on
overload.
substations petrol or gas can go
near border above 95db,
line) according to. Farooq
Alam, senior research
officer for air quality
at the Environment
Protection
Department.
Self- - There will be no - Heat energy The cost is Land

contained greenhouse gas from the sun very high. acquisition due
Power Supply emissions and can only be to large area
176
(Solar reduces some types received needed to

System) of air pollution. during the day install solar
- Affect to time, except panels
biodiversity cloudy season.
environment due to
large amount of land
use areas needed
According to this table, power supply using from local grid and self-contained both effect on
environment respectively. The impact event that needs to be carefully beware is that
construction of transmission lines from grid to traction substations because this impact will
affect on biodiversity directly. Thus, we need to avoid protected areas and follow land
restrictions. But the negative effect of self-generator is more obvious than grid because air
pollution especially CO2 emission from one litre of diesel fuel is 2.68 kg and emits 46.5 metric
tons of CO2 annually and noise effect impacts 24 hours to nearby for non-stop operation of
generator. Moreover economically, local power grid is the proper option for proposed project
with compared the rate of electricity consumption. Solar energy system can be used in
environmentally sensitive areas. But solar energy is of high cost and it requires a large amount
of land areas which can have impact on both biodiversity environment and human environment.
From Mandalay to Pyin Oo Lwin railway line segment, it is found out that there is enough
power supply source by national grid without effecting local utility but from Pyin Oo Lwin to
Muse segment, it is observed that there are few supply source by grid. In summary, areas where
there will have high pressure on local electrical power supply system, self-contained power
supply should be used. For self-contained power supply, solar energy should be used where
land use is available and otherwise, combustion engines such as diesel or natural gas generators
should be used.
4.5.1.3. Alignment Alternative

Generally, alignment alternative for railway power transmission line will be the same as
alternative analysis for railway alignment. Alternative analysis for railway alignment will be
described in EIA report (Railway Alignment).
4.5.1.4. Distribution Scheme Alternative
The distribution scheme of power supply facilities shall be comprehensively considered in

combination with the alignment scheme, the distribution of power system along the line and
the power supply scheme of the adjacent lines, on the premise of ensuring the safe, reliable and
177
balanced power supply of the entire traction power supply system. The environmental and
social impacts are nearly the same for both schemes.
The technical and economic indicators comparison of main items of the above-mentioned
power supply schemes are listed as follows.
The following two traction power supply schemes were compared.
Scheme I (recommended one): Direct feeding system with return conductor; 11 new traction
substations at Muse, Nam hpak ka, Man Peng, Theinni, Lashio West, San lau, Chaung Chauk,
Nawng hkio, Pyinoolwin, CK365 and Mandalay South and1 new switching post at Mandalay
East will be constructed.
Scheme II (compared one): Direct feeding system with return conductor;11 new traction
substations at Muse, Nam hpak ka, Nawng yen, Hang lu, NaUng, Hispaw, Kyaukme, Nawng
hkio, Pyinoolwin, CK365 and Mandalay South and1 new switching post at Mandalay East will
be constructed.
Table – Technical and economic indicators comparison of power supply schemes

Power supply scheme Scheme 1 (recommended one) Scheme 2 (compared one)
Item
Traction power supply mode Direct feeding system with return Direct feeding system with return
conductor conductor
New tractionStation 10 10
substations (set)Reserved 0 0
station
section 1 1
New switching post (set) 1 1
Total installed capacity of traction 806 791
transformer (MVA)
Total cost estimate of the Chapter 42,028.33 42,029.16
(1,000 USD)
Main advantage The power supply capacity is The power supply capacity is
strong, and most of the traction strong. Most of the traction
substations are located at stations. substations are located at stations,
The setting conditions are and the setting conditions are
relatively good, close to the town, relatively good.
which is conducive to operation
management. The distance of the
feeding sections of traction
substations is average, and the
voltage level at the end of the
feeding sections is relatively high.
It can better connect with external
grid.
178
Main disadvantage One traction substation is provided One traction substation is provided
in the section. in the block section. The voltage
level at the end of the feeding
sections of multiple traction
substations is low, and the
reinforcing feeder shall be
provided for the OCS in a number
of block sections. The connection
conditions with external grid is
poor.
179
Table – Matrix Table for Selection of Preferred Alternatives
Local power grid Self-contained power

Self-contained power supply (Solar system)
power supply supply (Generators)
Social Perspective
Social Perspective
Social Perspective
Environmental
Environmental
Environmental
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Perspective
Economic
Economic
Economic
Technical
Technical
Technical
Mandalay
South
√ √ √ √ √
Traction
Substation
CK 365
traction √ √ √ √ √
substation
Mandalay
East √ √ √ √ √
switching post
Pyinoolwin
Traction √ √ √ √ √
Substation
Nawng hkio
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Chaung
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Chauk
180
traction
substation
San Lau
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Lashio West
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Theinni
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Man Peng
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Nam Hpak Ka
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
Muse border
traction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
substation
In accordance with the comprehensive comparison, Scheme I will have better combination with the railway plan and profile and facilitate operation
management. Therefore, Scheme I is recommended in the study.
181
5.0. DESCRIPTION OF THE SURROUNDING ENVIRONMENT
5.1. Setting the Study Limits
As the railway line is Muse to Mandalay, the power line will also parallel to the railway
alignment. The total length of the power transmission line will be more than 400km.
The AOI for the railway power supply system will be considered based on the key potential
impacts and project locations for traction substations and transmission lines, and most public
concerns as follow:
(a) Consideration AOI by significance of key potential impacts;

(b) Consideratin by AOI by sensitive of project location; and
(c) Consideration by AOI by most public concerns.
After considering all of the above three attentions for AOI, all of the EIA studies (hydrology,
biodiversity, cultural and heritage, social, noise & vibration, land use) will be assessed 500m
beside the centre line of the railway alignment for transmission line, 1km around the railway
traction substations including one switching post.
5.1.1. Considerations of AOI by Key Potential Impacts
AOI will be considered by accessing key potential impacts as follow:
182
Table 5.1 – Key Potential Environmental Impacts of Power Transmission Line
Surface water Quality
Hydrogeological flow
Groundwater quality
Sediments deposition
Noise and Vibrations

Surface water flow
Cultural Heritage
designated sites
Protected and
Soil Erosion
Soil Quality
Air quality
Landscape
Habitats
Top Soil
patterns
patterns
Fauna
Flora
Project Actions/Activities
1. Clearance of existing land, vegetation and building √ √ √ √ √ √ - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Pre –Construction and Construction Phase
2. Temporary sites used for construction works (material √ - √ √ - - - - √ √ √ √ √ √ - -

storage and equipment maintenance camps, concrete
batching plants, crushing plants) and housing of
construction workers
3. Above ground construction, earthworks, cut and fill or √ - - - - - - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
excavations, and building of transmission line
4. Sewage and domestic waste from workers’ dormitory √ - - √ - - - - - - - - - - - -

and seepage water from unsuitable soil particles
dumping site and waste disposal site
5. Haulage roads √ √ √ √ √ √ - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ - -
6. Construction traffic and machinery movement - - - - - - - - √ √ - √ √ √ - -
7. Rise in the number of migrant workers √ - - √ √ √ √ √ - - √ √ √ √ √ √

1. Noise from traction substations - - - - - - - - - √ - - √ - - -
Operational Phase
2. EMF - - - - - - - - - - - - √ - - -
3. Maintenance of power stations and transmission line √ - - √ - - - - - - - - - - - -
(machine repair and paint work)
4. Presence of permanent ways for traction substations - - - - - - - - √ √ √ √ √ - - -
5. Electric shock and fire hazard √ - √ √ - - - √ √ - √ √ √ √ √ √
183
Table 5.2 – Key Potential Socio-economic Impacts
Community tensions
Community Health
Land and Property
Workforce related
“Quality of Life”
Education and
Communities
Disruption of
Employment
Project Actions/ Activities
and Safety
Economy
training
impacts
utilities
1. Above ground construction, earthworks, cut and fill or excavations, and building √ - √ - √ √ - √ -
of liner at structures and stations, transmission lines
2. Temporary sites used for construction works (material storage and equipment √ - √ √ - - - - -
maintenance camps) and housing of construction workers
Pre-Construction and
Construction Phase
3. Haulage roads √ √ √ - √ - - - √
4. Construction traffic and machinery movement - √ √ - - - - √ -
5. Solid and liquid √ √ √ - - - - -
6. Blockage of village roads - - √ - √ - - √ -
7. Blockage of natural drainage system - √ √ √ √ - - - √
1. Noise and EMF - √ √ - - - - - -
Opreation Phase
2. Conflict with local people due to the use of foreigners and migrant workers √ √ √ √ √ √ - - √
3. Pressure on existing health care services, food accessible and security services - √ √ √ √ √ - - √
4. Presence of permanent ways for traction substations - √ √ - - √ √ √ -

5. Fire Hazard and electrical Hazard √ √ √ - √ - - - √
According to the above consideration, the most possible environmental impacts will be impact on impact on surface water environment (blockage
of natural drainage system and changes in hydrology regime), impact on soil environment (impact on agricultural land nearby) due to waste
dumping site and effluent water, impact on biodiversity environment (noise, cutting of trees and hunting of animals), and impact on socio-economic
environment (impacts related to migrant workers, noise, land acquisition and pressure on utilities use, blockage of drainage system and village
road) and effect from electromagnetic field during operation.
184
5.1.2. Consideration of AOI
For railway power supply system, AOI will have to consider for (i) traction substations, (ii)
access road to traction substations and (iii) power transmission line as follow:
185
Table 5.3 – Considerations of AOI for Traction Substations

Types of Potential
Duration Affected Receptors Baseline Study Considerations of AOI for
Impacts Impacts
Land use - Impact on agricultural land, Baseline soil quality will be good due The land use for largest traction
residential and forest areas to less industrialization in rural area. substation will be (85m×70m).
Sensitive for land acquisition and some
people do not have land right although
they use the land for long time ago.
Biodiver- - Direct impact on flora Nature Reserve, National Park, Impact on flora and fauna diversities
sity diversity due to cutting of Protected Area, National Park and for both direct and indirect impacts
trees will be within 6000m2 ASEAN Heritage Park, Wildlife during construction phase due to the
During beside the substations Sanctuary, Bird Sanctuary, Wildlife all of the tree cutting and hunting
construction - Indirect impact on fauna Park, Mountain Park, Wildlife activities will be within 500m beside
phase diversity due to constructio Sanctuary and ASEAN Heritage the traction substations.
noise especially for generator Park, Elephant Range and Wildlife
- Indirect impact on flora and Sanctuary) are not included along
Environme fauna diversity due to cutting Muse-Mandalay. But the CK 365
ntal of trees and killing of traction substation and San Lau
Impacts animals by migrant workers Traction substation will cross the
following reserved forest (such as
Taung Kyun and Extended Taung
Kyun forest and Nam Ma forest).
During Noise - Local residents Ambient air quality and noise level The noise level of substation will be
operation - Fauna diversity are good according to the baseline approximately 73dB(A) from 15m
phase study. away and all of the noise level will be
less than 55dB(A) in day time and
45dB(A) in night time (National
Emission Quality Guidelines) at the
boundary of AOI (1000m).
EMF Nearest local residents and Ambient air quality and noise level Safe distance of EMF for 230KV
fauna diversity are good according to the baseline traction station is 40 m (USBR,1980).
study.
186
So, the AOI for 1km radius from the traction substation will be covered for the proposed traction substation project.
Table 5.4 – Consideration of AOI for Access Road to Traction Substations
Types of Potential Baseline Study

Duration Affected Receptors Considerations of AOI
Impacts Impacts
Land use - Impact on agricultural land Baseline soil quality will be good The effect of land use of access road to
and forest area due to less industrialization in railway station will be within 80ft
rural area. Sensitive for land beside the access road.
acquisition and some people do
not have land right although they
use the land for long time ago.
Biodiversity - Direct impact on flora Nature Reserve, National Park, All access road will be 80ft wide and
During diversity due to cutting of tree Protected Area, National Park all activities for cutting the trees and
constructi for railway station and ASEAN Heritage Park, hunting will be expected withing
Environ- on phase - Indirect impact on fauna Wildlife Sanctuary, Bird 1000ft beside the road.
mental diversity due to constructio Sanctuary, Wildlife Park,
Impacts noise Mountain Park, Wildlife
- Indirect impact on flora and Sanctuary and ASEAN
fauna diversity due to cutting Heritage Park, Elephant
of trees and killing of animals Range and Wildlife
by migrant workers Sanctuary) are not included
along Muse-Mandalay.
During Dust - Local residents Ambient air quality and noise All of the access road will be nylon
operation - Flora diversity beside the road level are good according to the concrete road and less impact on local
phase baseline study. resident and flora diversity and impact
zone will be within 500m beside the road.
So, AOI for 500m beside the railway road will be covered for access road to traction substation.
187
Table 5.5 – Consideration of AOI for Transmission Lines
Types of Potential Baseline Study

Duration Affected Receptors Considerations of AOI
Impacts Impacts
Land use - Impact on agricultural land and Baseline soil quality will be good due to The effect of land use of transmission line
forest area less industrialization in rural area. will be within 100m.
Sensitive for land acquisition and some
people do not have land right although
they use the land for long time ago.
Biodiversity - Direct impact on flora diversity Nature Reserve, National Park, Protected Impact on flora and fauna diversities for
due to cutting of tree for Area, National Park and ASEAN both direct and indirect impacts during
transmission line Heritage Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Bird construction phase due to the all of the
- Indirect impact on fauna Sanctuary, Wildlife Park, Mountain Park, tree cutting and hunting activities will be
Environ- During diversity due to constructio Wildlife Sanctuary and ASEAN Heritage within 1000ft beside the transmission
mental constructi noise Park, Elephant Range and Wildlife line.
Impacts on phase - Indirect impact on flora and Sanctuary) are not included along Muse-
fauna diversities due to cutting Mandalay. But the transmission line will
of trees and killing of animals pass though the following forests such as
by migrant workers Taung Kyun and Extended Taung Kyun
forest, Taung Pyo and Extended Taung
Pyo, Nwang Hkio forest, Goketwin
forest, Namma Forest, Tain Lone, Pang
Hsauk forest, Bone Mon forest, Loi Sam
Sitt forest, Kaung Lang forest and Nam
Palon forest.
During EMF Local residents and fauna There are a lot of natural drainage system EMF for safe distance of 25KV traction
operation diversity and water spring along the railway station is 30 m (USBR,1980).
phase alignment.
Biodiversity EMF Most of the local residents near the EMF radiation for all living things will be
(Fauna) alignment are villagers and very few the same and can consider 30m is safe
number are dense populated area. distance.
Biodiversity EMF The existing nosie quality is good and No impact on flora diversity due to the
(Flora) below the NEQ due to less low voltage transmission line.
industrilization in rural area.
188
So, AOI as 1km radius for traction substations, 500m beside the access road and 500m beside
the transmission line will be covered for railway power supply system.
1 km
Figure 5.1 - AOI for Railway Traction Substation
500m
0.5km
Figure 5.2 - AOI for transm ission line
189
5.2. Methodology and Objectives for Environmental Baseline Study

Environmental baseline study was conduct by the following methodology and objectives.
During feasibility stage, detailed baseline study for the 11 traction and 1 switching post was
not able to conduct since the location of the traction substations may change along the line.
Therefore, when the project is implemented, detailed baseline study for 11 traction substations,
1 switching post and transmission line will be carried out along with EMP-Construction Phase.
5.2.1. Methodology and Objectives for Ambient Air Quality

Objectives
Ambient air quality monitoring collects and measures samples of ambient air pollutants to
evaluate the status of the atmosphere as compared to clean air standards and historical
information. Monitoring helps in assessing the level of pollution in relation to ambient air
quality standards. Standards are a regulatory measure to set the target for pollution reduction
and achieve clean air.
Methodologies
Ambient Air Quatity monitoring will be conducted by Haz-Scanner EPAS by the following
methodologies.
Figure 5.3 - Haz-Scanner EPAS for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Monitoring Parameters
The parameters for ambient air quality monitoring will be SO2, NO2, CO2, CO, H2S, O3, PM2.5
and PM10.
Sampling Rate and Sensors
Determination and analysis of ambient air qualities were conducted by using Haz-Scanner
Environmental Perimeter Air Station (EPAS).
190
Sampling rate of air quality will be recorded automatically every one minute for important
gases (Sulfur dioxide, Nitrogen dioxide, Carbon dioxide, Carbon monoxide, Hydrogen sulfide,
Particulate matter, Hydrogen sulfide and Ozone) to describe ambient air quality. Sampling
pump was adjusted to 2 liter/min. Different analysis methods will be integrated in the
instrument, such as particulates 90° Infrared Light Scattering for particulate matters (PM10,
PM2.5), electrochemical sensors for toxic gases (SO2, NO2, CO, H2S), NDIR (optional sensor)
for (CO2) and Gas Sensing Semiconductor- GSS technology (optional sensor) for O3.
Table - Important Gases for Ambient Air Quality
No. Parameters Analysis Methods
1. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Electrochemical sensors
2. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) Electrochemical sensors
3. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) NDIR (optional sensor)
4. Carbon monoxide (CO) Electrochemical sensors
5. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Electrochemical sensors
6. Particulate matter 2.5 (PM2.5) Infrared Light Scattering
7. Particulate matter 10 (PM10) Infrared Light Scattering
Gas Sensing Semiconductor- GSS technology
8. Ozone (O3)
(optional sensor)
5.2.2. Methodology and Objectives for Existing Noise Level

Objectives
As the construction and operation of railway power supply will impact on existing noise level,
existing noise level will have to monitor as baseline study.
Methodology
The approach will be based on SANS 10328:2008, ‘Methods for Environmental noise impact
assessments’ as well as the IFC PS and Equator Principles. The technical guidelines will be
based on good engineering practice, SANS 10103:2008, ‘The measurement and rating of
Environmental noise with respect to annoyance and to speech communication’ and the IFC
EHS Guidelines for noise.
Scope of Work
Proposed project along railway network generally rural and agricultural nature of the existing
environment, noise levels can be predicted to be low. So, measure the present ambient noise
levels will be done along the proposed railway project.
191
Noise Level Monitoring Equipment

To monitor the existing noise level, the team will use TES-1353H Integrating Sound Level
Meter which is applicable with IEC61672-1: 2003, IEC60651: 1979, ANSI S1.4: 1983 and
IEC60804: 1985 standards. Existing noise level will be monitored in both day time (07:00 to
22:00) and night time (22:00 to 07:00).
Figure 5.4- TES 1353H Integrating Sound Level Meter
Noise Quality Monitoring Results

The results for noise level monitoring will be calculated by using Panel V8.01 Software as
follow:
Figure 5.5 - Integrating Sound Level Software (Panel V8.01)
192
Noise Level Monitoring Standard

Noise level monitoring results will be compared with Myanmar Emission Guidelines, 2015 for
residential, institutional and educational areas as follow:
Table - Noise Level Monitoring Standard
One Hour LAeq (dBA)a
Day time Night time
Receptor (07:00-22:00) (22:00-07:00)
(10:00-22:00 for Public (2200-10:00 for Public
holidays) holidays)
Residential,
Institutional, 55 45
Educational
Source: Myanmar Emission Guidelines (2015)
5.2.3. Methodology and Objectives for Existing Vibration Level

Objectives
Vibration impact assessment will be made to monitor the existing vibration level and to predict
the vibration level of railway on bridge when the rail travel during operation phase.
Methodology
Existing vibration level will monitor by using g vibration level by ground blast vibration meter
(Vibro Series) and prediction of vibration level at nearest local residents within 1km radius of
the proposed bridge project.
Figure 5.6 - Vibro Vibration Meter

Analysis Method
The ground vibration can be measured at a remote point and displacement, particle velocity,
particle acceleration and frequency can be measured. The measuring equipment should be
capable of providing a direct reading of the maximum instantaneous peak particle velocity,
193
which is the vector sum of the three orthogonal ground vibration components detected by the
geophone.
Ground vibration should be measured with tri-axial transducers, and the measurement
equipment should have a maximum absolute error of 15% over a frequency range of 5 Hz
(lower cut-off frequency) to 250 Hz. The dynamic range of the equipment should be sufficient
for the vibration levels to be measured.
The instrument should have these three components: tri-axial transducer, processor and
recorder. They should be interconnected with cables. The recorder should give a printed
recording of the date, the time, and the resultant peak particle velocity as measured by the
transducer.
5.2.4. Methodology and Objectives for Existing Soil Quality
Objective
The objectives of the soil quality assessment for will be as follow:
 To assess the current physical and chemical status of the greenfield area targeted for
the development;
 To determine the pre-development land capability of the soil cover to be affected by
the proposed project; and
 To assess the expected impacts posed on the soil resource by the proposed development.
Methodologies
The entire area comprises greenfields. In terms of the legislation it is proposed to conduct a
soil investigation based on the Soil Classification System for SA, 1991. Such an assessment
will include a physical investigation of the soil cover to be disturbed by the tunneling. The
scope of work entails the following:
 Conduct a desktop study as a prerequisite prior to a field visit;

 Conduct a field visit during which a physical assessment of the soil covering the areas
to be disturbed will take place;
 Compile soil, land use and land capability maps for the assessed area; and
 Compile a report on the findings and results of the assessed area.
194
Desktop Study
A desktop study will be conducted to gain a general understanding of the soil resource covering
the area in question. Existing broad scale maps will be obtained and reviewed to address the
input requirements for the EIA report.
In-field Soil Assessment

In preparation for a field visit soil survey locations will be generated to optimise coverage of
the expected soil types. Actual field mapping and classification will be supported by soil
profiling to serve as a platform for detail level mapping. During soil mapping, the extent of
ecologically sensitive areas, such as wetlands, will be identified and delineated on the basis of
soil types. The following attributes listed recorded at each location point:
 Soil form and depth;
 Estimated soil texture and structure;
 Content of coarse fragments;
 Underlying material;
 Current land use; and
 Land capability.
Sampling of Representative Areas

Chemical balance in the soil profile may be subjected to disturbance during the planned
development and post-activity restoration. In order to obtain fertility status of the soil resource
prior to commencement of any development activities, a sampling program is recommended in
conjunction with the soil mapping exercise.
The sampling of major delineated units is good practice. A maximum of 4 sample locations are
deemed sufficient to exhibit the required soil properties and chemical status. The following
analysis package is proposed and will be submitted to the laboratory of the Department of
Agricultural:
 Particle size distribution on selected samples (3-fraction testing);

 pH (water);
 Exchangeable cations Na, K, Ca, Mg (Saturated paste method);
 Phosphorus (Bray1 method);
 Organic carbon content on selected topsoil samples (Walkley Black method); and
 Electrical conductivity (indication of salt presence).
195
Testing of Soil Quality

All of the soil samples will be tested in National Laboratory under the Myanma Research and
Innovation Department.
5.2.5. Methodology and Objectives for Existing Biodiversity Situation
Objectives
 Undertaking the collection of baseline environmental data;

 Characterisation of the baseline Environment;
 Identification, and assessment of key adverse impacts that may result from the activities
of the project;
 Identification, assessment and recommendations of appropriate and practical mitigation
measures to remove or minimize the adverse impacts identified; and
 Providing specialist ecological input into the Environmental and Social Management
Plan (ESMP).
Methodology
This section considers the effects that the proposed project might have on biological, nature
conservation resources including habitats, species, and individual sites of nature conservation
value. It addresses effects at all stages of the project cycle, including site clearance and
construction, operation, and decommissioning.
Desk Based Research

Data on statutory designated sites within 5 km of the proposed project boundary, non-statutory
designated sites within 2 km, and protected species within 2 km were requested or gathered
from the existing records. Publications mainly consulted included: National Biodiversity
Strategy and Action Plan 2011 and National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2015-2020.
Study Area and Biodiversity Opportunity Areas

Muse-Mandalay Railway starts from Muse port of entry at the north, goes south to Mandalay,
the second largest city in Myanmar, and connects cities, towns such as Muse port of entry,
Lashio, Pyin Oo Lwin and so on. Biodiversity Opportunity Areas are areas identified as being
particularly beneficial for implementing conservation measures.
196
Proposed Method of Assessment

The assessment will address habitats, plant and animal species and sites of special importance
for any of these. It will address these receptors in their scientific, ecosystem functioning, and
nature conservation aspects only. It will not address them in respect of their contribution to
agriculture or the landscape, nor in their socio-economic aspects. These matters will be
addressed in the appropriate chapter.
 London Amendment to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone
Layer, London, 1990 (Date Ratified: 1993)
 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), New York,
1992 (Date Ratified: 1994)
 Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 (Date Ratified: 1994)
 Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), 2001 (Date Ratified:
2004 (Accession))
Desk-based Studies
 Records will also be requested from governmental and non-governmental natural
history and conservation groups that are likely to be consulted as part of the ecological
assessment process.
 An air-photo assessment of border networks in an 2-5 km buffer around the proposed
project site will be conducted.
 A further search for published literature and reports of previous surveys relevant to the
survey area will be conducted.
Field Surveys
A number of habitat and species surveys have been and will be undertaken and he following
additional field surveys will be required:
 initial surveys of areas for which access was not available in May 2019 ( follow-on
surveys that arise from the findings);
 scientifically botanical surveys
 scientifically fauna surveys
 scientifically bat surveys
197
Interview Survey for Flora and Fauna
In addition to the field observation, secondary data will also surveyed by interviewing local
residents and through literature review. In the interview survey, the surveyor visited the
residents in and around the survey area and asked about the name of plants and animals existing
in and around the area.
Data Analysis of Plant species
Samples of some species were not directly identified in field. After field trip, plant
identification will be conducted based on available literatures such as key to the families of the
flowering plants, issued by Department of Botany, Yangon University (1994), Backer et.
al.(1963), Kress et. al. (2003), Gardner et al. (2000), Caton et al. etc., and verification will be
also conducted by recorded field photographs and some useful internet websites. Finally, the
threatened levels of plant species of the survey area will be chacked and mentioned in accordance
with “The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, 2018”
Data Analysis of Fauna Species
 Bird Species: The recorded species will be then identified using reference books.
 Mammal Species: All data recorded in the survey area will be entered into the field
data sheet. Information on some species will obtained from interviews with the local
people.
Consultation
The following groups having a statutory role in the EIA process will be consulted:
 the local authority Planning and Biodiversity officer
 Environment Agency and
 Non-Governmental Organization
In addition, a wide range of non-statutory natural history and nature conservation groups
will be consulted.
Procedure Impact Assessment

In order to assess the likely significant environmental impacts, potential Impacts of the
Proposed Project will be preliminary identified based on the project description and overall
environmental conditions. The impacts of flora and fauna will be classified as A to D in
198
accordance with the following criteria, assuming no specific measures toward the impacts are
taken:
1) A-: Significant negative impact A+: Significant positive impact
2) B-: Some negative impact B+: Some positive impact
3) C: Impacts are not clear, need more investigation
4) D: No impact or impacts are negligible, no further study required
5.2.6. Methodology and Objectives for Surface Water (Hydrology) Conditions
Objectives
The surface water study will focus on the characterisation of the baseline hydrology at the
project site and assess the potential impacts on surface water due to project development. The
following tasks are proposed:
 Compilation of a baseline report to characterise the existing hydrology and water
quality of the area;
 Development of floodlines for the area; and
 Development of a stormwater management plan for the site.
Scope of Work
The scope of work for the surface water assessment is provided below.
Site Visits
Two site visits are proposed. The first visit will be a reconnaissance visit to understand the
situation in site. The further two visits are to set up the baseline monitoring program and take
field measurements.
Hydrology Study
It aims at assessing sensitivity of the baseline hydrological environment and the potential
impacts of the proposed development upon it and proposes mitigation measures in order to
ensure that the potential adverse impacts of the proposed project development on the
hydrological environment will be slight and neutral. The potential impacts on the surface water
environment from the proposed project development, in the absence of suitable mitigation
measures, are considered to be as follows:
199
• Direct impacts of the project construction on the hydrological environment for

example contamination of surface water (if encountered in excavations) from the
spillage/leakage of fuels from vehicles and fuel/ waste storage areas.
• Direct impacts from excavated areas (overburden) where vegetation has been
removed through release of silt laden surface water runoff into local watercourses
due to soil erosion and increased volumes of surface water runoff.
• Direct impacts of project operation on the hydrology for example, surface water
contamination from minor leakage of oil from train (locomotive) or filling point
used at the stations.
Water Quality Testing
All of the surface and ground water quality will be tested in Water Quality Testing Laboratory
under the Department of Occupational Health.
Significance Criteria
Relevant documentation gathered from diverse sources categorize impact into five (5)
categories to aid in assessing the potential impacts of the proposed development on the
hydrological environment in terms of how significant an impact may be on the overall
environment as follows:-
Imperceptible Impact: An impact capable of measurement but without noticeable
consequences.
Slight Impact: An impact which causes noticeable changes in the character of the environment
without affecting its sensitivities.
Moderate: An impact that alters the character of the environment in a manner that is consistent
with existing and emerging trends.
Significant Impact: An impact which, by its character, magnitude, duration or intensity alters
a sensitive aspect of the environment.
Profound Impact: An impact which obliterates sensitive characteristics.
5.2.7. Methodology and Objectives for Existing Visual Condition

As power station construction will cause some visual impact and the followings are the
methodologies for visual impact study.
200
Objectives
The objectives of the Visual Impact Assessment (VIA) will be to:
 Assess the baseline conditions of the visual context within which the proposed project
will take place;
 Determine what visual receptor groups may potentially be affected by the project;
 Establish what visual impacts may potentially arise as a result of the project and
determine their social significance; and
 Investigate possible methods with which the potential impacts may be mitigated.
Methodologies
The specific scope of works is briefly described below:
 The VIA will assess the value of the study area as a visual resource, as a function of its
perceived aesthetic value, and will assess the magnitude and significance of the
potential visual impact of the proposed activities;
 A Visual Resources Analysis will be carried out, which will identify elements that are
considered to be of visual significance. Conversely elements that detract from the visual
quality of the landscape will also be identified;
 A Visual Receptor Analysis will be done which will identify receptors that may be
negatively impacted upon by the proposed activity. This will include adjacent
landowners as well as significant commuting routes and areas where large groups of
people may congregate;
 The VIA will also explore potential visual mitigation strategies and implementation
measures that need to be considered during construction and implementation,
operations and possible closure of the proposed project.
5.2.8. Methodology and Objectives for Waste and Utilities Consumption
Objectives of the Waste and Utilities Assessment
The objectives of the Waste and Utilities Assessment will be to:

 Identification, and assessment of key adverse impacts that may result from the
consumption of waste and utilities;
 Determine what natural resources may potentially be affected by the project;
 Investigate possible methods with which the potential impacts may be mitigated.
201
 Identification, assessment and recommendations of appropriate and practical mitigation

measures to remove or minimize the adverse impacts identified; and
 Providing specialist waste and utilities management to input into the Environmental
and Social Management Plan (ESMP).
Scope of Work
The specific scope of works is briefly described below:
 Identification of site specific water use, electricity use and waste management activities
including monitoring and control activities relating to the development in operational mode;
 Formulation of a set of strategies and actionable objectives for the sustainable water use or
waste management approach for the current development. This will lead to a range of
management measures to meet the set goals and objectives.
5.2.9. Cultural and Heritage

Objectives
The preparation of cultural and heritage impact accessment involves the listing of
• Classified or listed monuments and sites together with their protective perimeter, and the
perimeters of Areas of Protection of Architectural, Urban and Landscape Heritage,
• Known Archaeological areas and areas of high archaeological potential.
• Declaration file that contains the description of works, the surface area used as a basis for
calculating the preventive archaeology fees and impacts on the subsurface.
Methodology
In fact, there are possible necessaries to do cultural heritage assessment as follows;
1. Baseline data for the existing cultural heritage sites
2. The potential impacts on the cultural heritage sites and landscape
3. Making cultural map
4. Writing the strong mitigation and monitoring plans to reduce the negative impacts
5.2.10. Methodology and Objectives for Ground and Geology and Geotechnical
Conditions
Objectives
One inch topographic map of the Myanmar Survey Department, Landsat satellite image was
used as a base map in the field. The lithologic characters, dip and strike of the beds of various
202
stratigraphic units were studied and plotted on the base map. Tape and compass traverse
method and surveying are used in the field.
Literature surveying concerning about the geology of the northern Shan State along the Muse-
Mandalay railway line was done and applied in the field. Stratigraphic studies and samplings
were carried out with the GPS locations in the area. These samples were examined using a
polarizing microscope, for the petrographic studies and mineralogical investigations. Major
and minor elements of sixty rock samples, forty ore samples were analyzed using X-ray
fluorescence (WDXRF) and Atomic Absorption Spectrometer (A.A.S).
Methodology
Ground and Geology Assessment
Ground and geological impact assessment will include:
(1) Geological characteristics;
(2) Tectonic setting;
(3) General geology and engineering geology;
(4) Geological hazard;
(5) Neotectonic movement characteristics;
(6) Flood and fault;
(7) Earthquake and active fault; and
(8) Mineral deposite.
Geotechnical Assessment
Geotechnical assessment will include krast, land slide and talus, unstable rock and rock fall,
bedding, seismic liquification, soft soil, high ground stress, ground motion parameter
zonization.
5.3. Public Administration and Planning
As the project will be in FS stage, the detailed data for the project construction and operation
phase have not been identified. Generally, the construction of the project will be also be
conducted by CREEC and/or tender winning company after the international tendering process.
The operation of the Muse-Mandalay Railway will be conducted by MR and tender winning
company.
203
5.4.Environmental Baseline Quality
5.4.1. Air Quality
Emission of air pollutants can occur from a wide variety of activities during the
construction, operation, and decommissioning phases of the project. These activities can be
point sources, fugitive sources, and mobile sources and by process such as Transportation,
vehicles Movements, combustion, materials storage, or other specific processed. projects will
prevent or minimize impacts by ensuring that emissions do not result in pollutant
concentrations that reach or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standard, and
emission do not contribute a significant portion to the attainment of relevant ambient air
quality guidelines or standards.
Survey Item
As the railway construction and operation will have no significant impact on air quality, and
the main impact on air quality will be gaseous and particulate matter (PM) emission during
construction phase. So, the parameters for air quality survey were SO2, NO2, CO2, CO, PM2.5,
and PM10, Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind Speed and Wind Direction, and Noise.
Methology for Selection of Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Except for the area in Mandalay Division, the area in Shan State where the alignment passess
are mostly in remote area which is partially controlled by EAOs and so difficult to made
monitoring in that areas during crisis period of EAOs and Myanmar Military between 2019 to
2020. So it was unable to carry out ari quality monitoring in nearsest places close to alignment
and ambient air quality monitoring were conducted near the intersection point of railway and
road way. Therefore, the survey for ambient air monitoring was carried out on chosen parts of
NH3 highway (Muse to Mandalay) which is closest to the railway line. Moreover, the selected
monitoring point is near location of batching plant (focal place of construction site) and
residential areas. Since the pollutants will be generated mainly from batching plant and site
during construction stage, there will be impact on air environment due to operation of concrete
batching plant and construction activities. Moreover, during impact assessment of operation
phase, there is less impact on air environment as the project will use electric-train so air
sampling points will not be needed for further monitoring. So, air quality monitoring near
batching plant (focal place of construction site) during construction phase will be enough for
ambient air quality. The air quality survey was carried out in 18 locations. AS-1, AS-2, and
AS-7were located near railway station project area. If needed, air quality monitoring will be
made along the railway as in EMP-OP. The details of the location of air quality survey points
are presented in figure below during May 2019.
204
Legend
Railway
Road Way
Figure - Locations of Railway and Road Way in Google Map
Legend
Railway
Batching Plant
205
Legend
Railway
Batching Plant
Legend
Railway
Batching Plant
Figure 5.7 – Location of Air Sampling Points along the alignment line
206
Table 5.6 - Location of Ambient Air Quality Sampling of the Muse-Mandalay Railway
Project for Dry Season
Sr. Sample Coordinates
Remarks
No Name Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
3 AS-2 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E Pyin Oo lwin Railway Station
4 AS-3 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone
Public Area
5 AS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Naung Peng Rail way station
Survey Methodology
Sampling and analysis of ambient air quality were conducted by referring to the
recommendation of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). The Haz-
Scanner Environmental Perimeter Air Station (EPAS) was used to collect ambient air
quality. Sampling rate or air quality data were measured automatically every one minute
and directly read and recorded onsite for measured parameters (SO2, NO2, CO2, CO, H2S, O3,
CH4, PM10, PM2.5), as shown in Table. Sampling pump was operated at 2 L/min. Different
analysis methods are integrated in the instrument, such as Particulates 90° Infrared Light
Scattering for particulate matters (PM10, PM2.5), electrochemical sensors for toxic gases (SO2,
NO2, CO, H2S), NDIR (optional sensor) for (CO2, CH4) and Gas Sensing Semiconductor- GSS
technology (optional sensor) for O3.
Sampling and Analysis Method for Air Quality
No. Parameter Analysis Method
1 Sulfur dioxide (SO2) On site reading
2 Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) On site reading
3 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) On site reading
4 Carbon monoxide (CO) On site reading
5 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) On site reading
6 Particulate matter 2.5 (PM2.5) On site reading
7 Particulate matter 10 (PM10) On site reading
8 Methane (CH4) On site reading
9 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) On site reading
10 Solar Radiation On site reading
11 Wind Direction On site reading
12 Wind Speed On site reading
13 Temperature On site reading
14 Relative Humidity On site reading
15 Ordor On site reading
16 Noise and Vibration On site reading
207
Figure 5.8 - Sampling Location Point One, AS0, 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E Myitnge
Railway Station
Figure 5.9 - Air Sampling Location Two, AS1, 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E

Ohn Chaw Tar Zone
Figure 5.10 - Air Sampling Location Point Three, AS2, 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E
Pyin Oo lwin Railway Station
208
Figure 5.11- Air Smapling Location Four, AS3, 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E Pyin Oo
Lwin Industrial Zone Public Area
Figure 5.12-Air Smapling Location Five, AS4, 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E

Naung Peng Rail way station
Figure 5.13 - Air Sampling Location Point Six, AS5, 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E
Hsipaw Railway Station
209
Figure 5.15 - Air Sampling Location Point Seven, AS6, 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E
Lashio Railway Station
Table 5.7 - General Conditions of Ambient at the Time of Sampling on Points
Sr. Latitude(N) Longitude(E) Air Temp WBT Dew Point Humidity
1 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E 31.6° 33.2° 30.6° 74.6%

2 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E 40° 28.8° 27° 51.1%
3 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E 36° 28.3° 26.7° 55.5%
4 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E 34° 28.2° 28.1° 66.2%
5 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E 34° 28.2° 26.7° 70.9%
6 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E 33° 27.2° 27.5° 64.3%
7 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E 33.11° 27.7° 26.6° 61.5%
Table 5.8 - Assessment of Ambient Air Quality in the Project
Sr. Locations Air WBT Dew Humidity CO2

Temp Point (ppm)
1 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E Low Low Low Medium Low

2 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E Low Low Low Medium Low
3 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E Low Low Low Medium Low
4 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E Low Low Low Medium Low

210
Figure - Humidity
Table 5.9 - Wind Speed and Air Direction
Sr. Sample Coordinates

No Name Remark
1 AS0 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E AS0, Myitnge Railway Station
4 AS-3 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone Public
5 AS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Area
Naung Peng Rail way station
Wind speed and wind direction of proposed Muse Mandalay Railway Project site had been
measured by using EPAS
Table - Wind Speed and Air Direction of AS1

WDir, WDir,
Date Time WSpM,mps Date Time WSpM,mps
Deg. Deg.
19-5-2019 11:46:01 292 4.8 19-5-2019 12:54:01 264 8.7
19-5-2019 11:50:01 298 3.4 19-5-2019 12:55:01 257 6
19-5-2019 12:00:01 176 2.3 19-5-2019 12:56:01 249 6.3
19-5-2019 12:10:01 134 0.8 19-5-2019 12:57:01 265 6.6
19-5-2019 12:20:01 22 0 19-5-2019 12:58:01 242 5.4
19-5-2019 12:30:01 284 0 19-5-2019 12:59:01 252 5.8
19-5-2019 12:40:01 225 7.4 19-5-2019 13:00:01 231 6.6
19-5-2019 12:50:01 253 4.8 19-5-2019 13:01:01 254 8.1
19-5-2019 12:51:01 240 5.3 19-5-2019 13:04:01 236 9.6
19-5-2019 12:52:01 248 7 19-5-2019 13:05:01 233 10.5
19-5-2019 12:53:01 260 8.2 19-5-2019 13:07:01 240 8.3
211
Figure - Wind Rose Diagram at AS1 at Myitnge Railway Station
Sample Coordinates Rema

Name Latitude(N) Longitude(E) rk Areas
Sensitive
AS-2 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E Ohn Chaw Tar Zone

Date Date WDir,
Time WDir, Deg. WSpM,mps Time Deg. WSpM,mps
19-5-2019 14:40:01 161 1 19-5-2019 15:21:01 148 0

19-5-2019 14:45:01 166 1 19-5-2019 15:24:01 170 0.2
19-5-2019 14:50:01 178 0.4 19-5-2019 15:27:01 193 0.2
19-5-2019 14:55:01 147 2 19-5-2019 15:30:01 151 0
19-5-2019 15:00:01 160 0.7 19-5-2019 15:33:01 208 0.3
19-5-2019 15:05:01 154 0.2 19-5-2019 15:34:01 179 3.2
19-5-2019 15:10:01 132 0.1 19-5-2019 15:36:01 280 0.8
19-5-2019 15:11:01 157 0.6 19-5-2019
19-5-2019 15:12:01 131 0.2 19-5-2019
19-5-2019 15:15:01 149 0.5 19-5-2019
19-5-2019 15:18:01 149 0 19-5-2019
212
Figure - Wind Rose Diagram at AS2
22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone

AS-3
Public Area
Date Sample Time Wind Wind Direction Wind

point Speed (degree) Direction
(km/ (cardinal
h) point)
20.5.2019 Air Sample 8: 00 AM 1.6 312° NW
3
9: 00 AM 3.1 328° NNW
10: 00 AM 2.2 310° NW
11: 00 AM 6.2 66° SSW
12: 00 PM 4.2 56° ESE
13: 00 PM 2.1 129° SE
14: 00 PM 6.1 160° SSE
15: 00 PM 4.2 201° SSW
213
Sample Coordinates Remar

Name k
Latitude(N) Longitude(E) Sensitive Areas
AS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Naung Peng Rail way station
Date Sample Time Wind Speed Wind Direction Wind Direction
point (km/h) (degree) (cardinal point)
21.5.2019 Air Sample 8: 00 AM 7.2 358° N

4
9: 00 AM 6.5 315° NW
10: 00 AM 4.4 293° WNW
11: 00 AM 5.8 319° N
W
12: 00 PM 7.1 312° N
W
13: 00 PM 5.4 352° N
14: 00 PM 5.1 18° NN
E
15: 00 PM 6.4 329° NN
W
214
Figure -Wind Rose Diagram at AS4
Sr. Sample Coordinates Rem

No Name Latitude(N) Longitude(E) ark Areas
Sensitive

22-5-.2019 Air Sample 8: 00 AM 5.6 182 S

5 °
9: 00 AM 4.6 292 WNW
10: 00 AM 4.3 °
38 NE
11: 00 AM 5.2 °
327 NW
12: 00 PM 3.2 178 S
13: 00 PM 3.5 °51 NE
°
14: 00 PM 2.1 69 ENE
15: 00 PM 3.1 °
340 NNW
°
215
Sr. Sample Coordinates Remark

No Name Latitude(N) Longitude(E) Sensitive Areas

23-5- Air Sample 9: 00 AM 1.6 246° WSW

2019 Point
AS-6 10: 00 AM 1.3 198° SSW
11: 00 AM 2.9 221° SW
12: 00 PM 2.8 269° W
13: 00 PM 4.6 216° SW
14: 00 PM 2.7 64° ENE
15: 00 PM 6.7 66° ENE
16: 00 PM 5.5 331° NNW
216
According to above results, there will be no effect on wind speed and direction due to
transmission towers and vice versa.
5.4.1.1. Measurement of Air Quality during Dry Season Comparing with the Air Quality
Standards and Guidelines
CO, CO2, NO2, SO2, O3, PM10 and PM2.5 are measured at the proposed MUSE- MANDALAY
RAILWAY PROJECT Project site from myitnge to lashio ( 7 points ). The site is in the pre
construction stage and the collected data shown below are due to the movement of vehicles
along the road and the transportation works. The standards for applicable to the possible air
pollutants were determined from review of Myanmar National Environmental Emission
Guideline and World Health Organization (WHO) Guideline. The average concentrations of
pollutants at three sampling points for about 8 hours total, 8 hours for each are shown in the
table below.
217
Table 5.10 - Average concentrations of pollutants at the sample points for 8 hours for each
Sr. Sample Coordinates Rem

Latitude(N) Longitude(E) ark Areas
Sensitive
No Name
4 AS-3
Public Area
5 AS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Naung Peng Rail way station
Sample Average Value Parameters

Time Sensitive Areas CO2 CO SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5
(ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppb) (µg/ m ) (µg/ m3)
3
Myitnge Railway 479 6 1 31 29 11

Station
Ohn Chaw Tar Zone 498 15 4 29 43 22
Pyin Oo lwin Railway 524 3 2 21 22 10
Time Station
8 hours Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial 519 7 1 21 21 14
for each Zone Public Area
points Naung Peng Rail way 509 11 3 12 26 10
station
Hsipaw Railway Station 526 5 1 21 28 17
Lashio Railway Station 491 9 1 19 29 18
O3 is formed when heat and sunlight causes chemical reaction between NOX and VOC so since
the main gaseous emission is CO2 which is emitted from machines and vehicles, ozone gas was
not measured as NOX and VOC were not formed during construction and operation phases.
Table 5.11 - Comparison of average concentrations of polluatants with WHO Guidelines

and NAAQS
Pollutants Myitnge Ohn Pyin Oo Naung Hsipaw Lashio WHO NAAQS

(8 hrs) Railway Chaw Lwin Peng Railway Railway Guideline
Station Tar Industrial Railway Station Station Values
Zone Zone Station
Public
Area
CO2 479 498 519 509 526 491 600 ppm -
(ppm)
218
CO 6 15 7 11 5 9 25 ppm 35 ppm
(ppm) (8 hrs)
NO2 31 29 21 12 21 19 200 ppb 100 ppb

(ppb) (1 hr)
PM 10 29 43 21 26 28 29 100 150
(µg/m3) µg/m3 µg/m3
(24 hrs)
PM 2.5 11 22 14 10 17 18 35 µg/m3 35
(µg/m3) µg/m3
(24 hrs)
SO2 1 4 1 3 1 1 50 ppm 0.5 ppm
(ppm) (3
hours)
(i) Analysis of Air Quality with WHO Guidelines

The chart below show that the concentration of Carbon Dioxide (CO2) measured in all the
sampling times at sampling point was between the ranges of 479 ppm – 526 ppm.
CO2 (ppm)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0 CO2 (ppm)
CO2 (ppm)
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0 CO2 (ppm)
Figure – Concentration of Carbon Dioxide
219
The concentration of Carbon Dioxide measured in all the sampling times at sampling point was
below the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Guidelines, which
Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) for CO2 of 5,000 ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day.
CO2 concentration of 526 ppm was the highest and 479 ppm was the lowest at the proposed
area. The chart below show that the concentration of Carbon Monoxide (CO) measured in all
sampling times at sampling point 1 was between the ranges of 5 ppm – 15 ppm.
CO (ppm)
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 CO (ppm)
CO (ppm)
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 CO (ppm)
The concentration of Carbon Monoxide measured in all the sampling times at sampling point
was above the World Health Organization (WHO) Guidelines, , which specifies 8.729 ppm for
the limitation of CO concentration for 8 hours. CO concentration of 15 ppm was the highest
and 5 ppm was the lowest at the proposed area.
The chart below show that the concentration of Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) measured in all sampling
times at sampling point was between the ranges of 1 ppm and 4 ppm.
220
SO2 (ppm)
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0 SO2 (ppm)
SO2 (ppm)
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0 SO2 (ppm)
Figure – Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide
The concentration of Sulfur Dioxide measured in all the sampling times at the sampling point
was above the World Health Organization (WHO) Guideline, which specifies 0.015 ppm for
the limitation of SO2 concentration for 24 hours. SO2 concentration of 4 ppm was the highest
and 1 ppm was the lowest at the proposed area.
The chart below show that the concentration of Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) measured in all
sampling times at sampling point 1 was between the ranges of 12 ppb – 31 ppb.
221
NO2 (ppb)
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 NO2 (ppb)
NO2 (ppb)
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 NO2 (ppb)
Figure – Concentration of Nitrogen Dioxide
The concentration of Nitrogen Dioxide measured in all the sampling times at sampling point
was below the World Health Organization (WHO) Guideline, which specifies 13 ppb for the
limitation of NO2 concentration for 24 hours and 106 ppb for 1hr. NO2 concentration of 31
ppb was the highest and 12 ppb was the lowest at the proposed area.
The chart below show that the concentration of Particulate Matter (PM10) measured in all
sampling times at sampling point was between the ranges of 21µg/m3 – 43µg/m3.
222
PM10 (µg/m³)
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 PM10 (µg/m³)
PM10 (µg/m³)
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 PM10 (µg/m³)
Figure – Concentration of Particulate Matter
The concentration of Particulate Matter measured at sampling point was below the limit of
World Health Organization (WHO) which specifies 45 µg/m3 for the limitation of PM10
concentration for 24 hours. PM10 concentration of 43µg/m3 was the highest and 21µg/m3 was
the lowest at the proposed area.
The chart below show that the concentration of Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) measured in all
sampling times at sampling point was between the ranges of 10 µg/m3 – 22µg/m3.
223
PM2.5 (µg/m³)
25
20
15
10
5
0 PM2.5 (µg/m³)
PM2.5 (µg/m³)
25
20
15
10
5
0 PM2.5 (µg/m³)
Figure – Concentration of Fine Particulate Matter
The concentration of Fine Particulate Matter measured in all the sampling times at the sampling
point was above the World Health Organization (WHO) Guideline which Guideline which
specifies 15µg/m3 for the limitation of PM2.5 concentration. PM2.5 concentration of 22µg/m3
was the highest and 10µg/m3 was the lowest at the proposed area.
(ii) Analysis of Air Quality Results with NAAQS
The air quality measured in sampling locations are less than NAAQS except for results of SO2.
Sulphur dioxide in all 7 locations are more than its given standard of 0.5ppm. The highest
emissions are in Oh Chaw Tar Zone and Naung Peng which is 4 ppm and 3 ppm and the
possible emission sources can be from houses, cars and bikes as the sampling locations are
located near roads.
224
5.4.1.2. Measurement of Air Quality for Wet Season Comparing with the Air Quality
Standards and Guidelines
CO, CO2, NO2, SO2, O3, PM10 and PM2.5 are measured at the proposed Muse- Mandalay
Railway Project site from Pyinoolwin to Muse ( 8 points ). The site is in the pre construction
stage and the collected data shown below are due to the movement of vehicles along the road
and the transportation works. The standards for applicable to the possible air pollutants were
determined from review of Myanmar National Environmental Emission Guideline and World
Health Organization (WHO) Guideline and NAAQS. Eight sampling points for about 8 hours
total, 8 hours for each are shown in the table below and measured in August 2019.
Table 5.12 - Measuring Points of Air Quality
GPS Coordinate
S/N Name of Places
Latitude (N) Longitude (E)
1 Oak Pho Village (Pyin Oo Lwin) 22.071081° 96.399531°

2 Shwe Pyi Nyunt Villag (Naung Cho) 22.304525° 96.833933°
3 Baw Gyo Pagod (Hsipaw) 22.583272° 97.233222°
4 Sam Laung 22.676006° 97.507519°
5 Lashio West (NE 350m) 22.984836° 97.706414°
6 Theinni 23.306658° 97.974528°
7 Nam Hpak Ka 23.689414° 97.817433°
8 Muse 24.000783° 97.940464°
Moreover, the further parameters for air quality that are temperature and air humidity were
measured at the proposed Muse- Mandalay Railway Project site from Pyinoolwin to Muse ( 8
points).
225
Figure 5.15 - Locations of Temperature and Humidity Study along the Proposed Project
Muse-Mandalay Railway
Table 5.13 - General Conditions of Ambient at the time of Sampling on Points
Location
Air Humidity
No. Place Temperature (°C)
(%RH)
Pyin Oo Lwin -
N 22° 04’ E 096° 23’
1 Oak Pho Village 24.6 98.7
15.87” 58.30”
(Monastery)
Naung Cho - Shwe N 22° 18’ E 096° 50’
2 25.2 93.9
Pyi Nyunt Village 16.29” 02.16”
Hsipaw (near Baw N 22° 34’ E 097° 13’

3 34.5 71.9
Gyo Pagoda) 59.78” 59.62”
Beyond Hsipaw N 22° 40’

4 E 97° 30’ 17.4” 34.9 62.9
(San Laung) 33.66’
N 22° 59’ E 097° 42’

5 Lashio 32 59.9
05.41” 23.09”
N 23° 18’ E 097° 58’
6 Hseni 30.7 72.6
23.97” 28.30”
226
N 23° 41’ E 097° 49’

7 Nam Hpat Kar 30 72.4
21.89” 02.76”
N 24° 00’ E 097° 56’
8 Muse 32.9 64.8
03.10” 25.90”
Table 5.14 - Average concentrations of pollutants at the sample points for 8 hours for each
Average Value Parameters

Sample CO2 CO SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5
Sensitive Areas
Time (ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppb) (µg/ m3) (µg/ m3)
Pyin Oo Lwin - 321 2 0.2 22 12 10
Oak Pho Village
(Monastery)
Naung Cho - Shwe 227 4 0.1 14 16 15
Pyi Nyunt Village
Time Hsipaw (near Baw 367 7 0.35 27 17 14
8 hours Gyo Pagoda)
for each Beyond Hsipaw 175 3 0.05 16 14 12
points (San Laung)
Lashio 421 9 0.4 24 19 17
Hseni 287 4 0.3 15 14 13

Nam Hpat Kar 254 2 0.09 12 10 11
Muse 451 8 2 29 17 19
Temperature Results for Muse-Mandalay Railway
Temperature (°C)
Muse
Nam Hpat Kar
Hseni
Lashio
Beyond Hsipaw (San Laung)
Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda)
Naung Cho - Shwe Pyi Nyunt Village
Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak Pho Village…
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Pyin Oo
Naung
Lwin - Hsipaw Beyond
Cho -
Oak Pho (near Baw Hsipaw Nam Hpat
Shwe Pyi Lashio Hseni Muse
Village Gyo (San Kar
Nyunt
(Monaste Pagoda) Laung)
Village
ry)
Temperature (°C) 24.6 25.2 34.5 34.9 32 30.7 30 32.9
227
TEMPERATURE (°C)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 Temperature (°C)
Figure – Temperature Results in Muse-Mandalay Region
Air Humidity Results for Muse-Mandalay Railway
Air Humidity (%RH)

Muse
Nam Hpat Kar
Hseni
Lashio
Beyond Hsipaw (San Laung)
Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda)
Naung Cho - Shwe Pyi Nyunt Village
Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak Pho Village (Monastery)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Pyin Oo
Naung
Lwin - Oak Hsipaw Beyond
Cho -
Pho (near Baw Hsipaw Nam Hpat
Shwe Pyi Lashio Hseni Muse
Village Gyo (San Kar
Nyunt
(Monaster Pagoda) Laung)
Village
y)
Air Humidity (%RH) 98.7 93.9 71.9 62.9 59.9 72.6 72.4 64.8
228
Air Humidity (%RH)

120
100
80
60
40 Air Humidity (%RH)
20
0
Pyin Oo Naung Cho - Hsipaw Beyond Lashio Hseni Nam Hpat Muse
Lwin - Oak Shwe Pyi (near Baw Hsipaw (San Kar
Pho Village Nyunt Gyo Laung)
(Monastery) Village Pagoda)
Figure 5.16 – Air Humidity Results for Muse-Mandalay Region
Figure 5.17 -Recorded Photos about measuring temperature and air humidity
229
Table 5.15 - Comparison of Wet Seasons Air Quality Results with WHO Guidelines and NAAQS
Pollutants Pyin Oo Naung Hsipaw Beyond Lashio Hseni Nam Muse WHO NAAQS
(8 hrs) Lwin - Cho - (near Baw Hsipaw Hpat Kar Guideline
Oak Pho Shwe Gyo (San Values
Village Pyi Pagoda) Laung)
Nyunt
Village
CO2 321 227 367 175 421 287 254 451 600 ppm -
(ppm)
CO 2 4 7 11 9 4 2 8 25 ppm 35 ppm
(ppm) (8 hrs)
NO2 22 14 27 16 24 15 12 29 200 ppb 100 ppb
(ppb) (1 hr)
PM 10 12 16 17 14 19 14 10 17 100 µg/m3 150 µg/m3
(µg/m3) (24 hrs)
PM 2.5 10 15 14 12 17 13 11 19 35 µg/m3 35 µg/m3
(µg/m3) (24 hrs)
SO2 0.2 0.1 0.35 0.05 0.4 0.3 0.09 2 50 ppm 0.5 ppm
(ppm) (3 hours)
230
(i) Analysis of Air Quality Results with WHO Guidelines

All the air quality results for wet seasons are less than WHO Guidelines as most of the
sampling points are taken in villages and during wet season, PM 10 and PM 2.5 will be low.
(ii) Analysis of Air Quality Results with NAAQS
All the air quality results for wet seasons are less than NAAQS except for SO2 in Muse since
Muse is a city, air emission from cars, houses and bikes will be high. As most of the
sampling points are taken in villages and during wet season, PM 10 and PM 2.5 will also be
low.
5.4.1.3. Air Dispersion Comparison at Average 8 hours on No Project and Emission

Conditions from Project (Construction Phase)
The air dispersion is predicted by using AERMOD VIEW modelling software. Wind speeds,
wind directions and gas emission rate are used as input data. And the software gives the
concentration level of gases as results. The machines and their emission rates are assumed to
be able to predict the possible concentration levels of gases in the construction phase. At Naung
Peng Railway Station and Hsipaw Railway Station, the wind speed is measured over 6 km/s
and 4 km/s average, thus the concentration levels at those points are lower compared to the
other points. The air quality in Pyin Oo Lwin Railway Station and Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial
Area is close to the each other so only 1 point will be taken while comparing. The prediction
is done by assuming the construction works are 8 hours continuous operation. But the actual
construction work will be discontinuous operation meaning the concentration levels can be
lower than the predicted model. The concentration levels of pollutants for Dry Season is used
as the concentration phase will be carried during dry season. Therefore, it is used to produce
emissions from Project Condition. The construction phase will not be carried out during Wet
Season. The concentration levels of pollutants are shown in following tables and figures.
Table 5.16 – Average Concentration of pollutants at the sample points for 8 hours for
each in No Project Condition
Sample
Sensitive Areas CO2 CO SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5
Time
(ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppb) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
Myitnge Railway Station 479 6 1 31 29 11
Ohn Chaw Tar Zone 498 15 4 29 43 22
Time 8 Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial
519 7 1 21 21 14
hours for Zone Public Area
each point Naung Peng Railway Station 509 11 3 12 26 10
Hsipaw Railway Station 526 5 1 21 28 17
Lashio Railway Station 491 9 1 19 29 18
231
Table 5.17 – Estimated Average Concentration of pollutants from project at the sample
points for 8 hours
Sample
Sensitive Areas CO2 CO SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5
Time
(ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppb) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
Myitnge Railway Station 4268 20.1 5.88 45.8 4.03 3.92

Ohn Chaw Tar Zone
5085 24 7.01 54.6 4.796 4.669
Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial
Time 8 Zone Public Area 4366 20.6 6.02 46.85 4.12 4.01
hours for
each point Naung Peng Railway Station
463.4 2.19 0.639 4.97 0.437 0.426
Hsipaw Railway Station 592 2.8 0.817 6.36 0.559 0.544
3992 18.8 5.5 42.8 3.77 3.67
CO2 Comparison (PPM)

6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
Myitnge Ohn Chaw Pyin Oo Lwin Naung Peng Hsipaw Lashio
Railway Tar Zone Industrial Railway Railway Railway
Station Zone Public Station Station Station
Area
No Project Project
CO2
CO Comparison (PPM)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Area
No Project Project
CO
232
SO2 Comparison (PPM)

12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Area
No Project Project
SO2
NO2 Comparison (PPB)

100
80
60
40
20
0
Area
No Project Project
NO2
PM10 Comparison (µg/m3)

60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Myitnge Ohn Chaw Tar Pyin Oo Lwin Naung Peng Hsipaw Lashio Railway
Railway Zone Industrial Railway Railway Station
Station Zone Public Station Station
Area
No Project Project
PM10
233
PM2.5 Comparison (µg/m3)

30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Myitnge Ohn Chaw Tar Pyin Oo Lwin Naung Peng Hsipaw Lashio Railway
Railway Zone Industrial Railway Railway Station
Station Zone Public Station Station
Area
No Project Project
PM2.5
Myitnge Railway Station
CO
No Project Condition Emission Condition from Project
CO2
234
NO2
PM2.5
PM10
235
SO2
Ohn Chaw Tar Zone

CO
CO2
236
NO2
PM2.5

PM10
237
SO2
Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial Zone Public Area

CO

CO2
NO2
238
PM2.5
PM10
239
SO2
Naung Peng Railway Station

CO

CO2
240
NO2
PM2.5
PM10
241
SO2
Hsipaw Railway Station

CO

CO2
242
NO2
PM2.5

PM10
243
SO2

CO

CO2
244
NO2
PM2.5

PM10
245
SO2
5.4.2. Existing Noise Level Monitoring
Noise in our daily environment fluctuates over time. Some fluctuations are minor, but some
are substantial. Some noise levels occur in regular patterns, but others are random. Some noise
levels fluctuate rapidly, but others slowly. Some noise levels vary widely, but others are
relatively constant. Various noise descriptors have been developed to describe time-varying
noise levels. The following are the noise descriptors most commonly used in noise analysis.
o Equivalent Sound Level (LAeq): Leq represents an average of the sound energy
occurring over a specified period. In effect, Leq is the steady-state sound level
containing the same acoustical energy as the time-varying sound that actually occurs
during the same period. The 1-hour A-weighted equivalent sound level (Leq[h])
is the energy average of A- weighted sound levels occurring during a one-hour
period, and is the basis for noise abatement criteria (NAC).
o Percentile-Exceeded Sound Level (Lxx): Lxx represents the sound level exceeded
for a given percentage of a specified period (e.g., L10is the sound level exceeded 10%
of the time, and L90 is the sound level exceeded 90% of the time).
o Maximum Sound Level (Lmax): Lmax is the highest instantaneous sound level
measured during a specified period.
o Day-Night Level (Ldn): Ldn is the energy average of A-weighted sound levels
occurring over a 24-hour period, with a 10-dB penalty applied to A-weighted
sound levels occurring during nighttime hours between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m.
o Community Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL): Similar to Ldn, CNEL is the energy
246
average of the A-weighted sound levels occurring over a 24-hourperiod, with a 10-dB
penalty applied to A-weighted sound levels occurring during the nighttime hours
between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m., and a 5-dB penalty applied to the A-weighted sound levels
occurring during evening hours between 7 p.m. and 10 p.m.
The vegetation along the surface is dense. The project area is mainly located in rural areas, with
a small number of residential areas. No obvious noise and vibration sources are observed, and
acoustic environment and vibration environment are good.
Noise Level Guidelines

As Myanmar is still attempting to regulate the noise level standards for different sectors, World
Bank IFC General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines are used for reference. They
can be used to address impacts of noise beyond property boundary of the facilities. The
guidelines show the impacts should not exceed the levels presented in the following table, or
result in a maximum increase in background level of 3 dB at the nearest receptor location off-
site.
Table - NEQG Noise Level Standards
Noise Level Guidelines

One Hour LAeq (dBA)
Receptor Day time Night time
07:00 – 22:00 22:00 – 07:00
Residential; institutional;
55 45
educational
Industrial; commercial 70 70
Study Methods
Measurement time
The noise under investigation is measured for sufficient time to establish that the measured
value adequately represents the subject source noise. The source noise is measured over a time
interval of at least 15 minutes or, if the noise continues for less than 15 minutes, the duration
of the source noise.
Typical monitoring periods should be sufficient for statistical analysis and may last 48 hours
with the use of noise monitors that should be capable of logging data continuously over this
time period, or hourly, or more frequently, as appropriate (or else cover differing time periods
247
within several days, including weekday and weekend workdays). The type of acoustic indices
recorded depends on the type of noise being monitored, as established by a noise expert.
Measurement location
Normally, when undertaking a noise assessment, it is essential to make note of the following
on a site map:
• location of noise source
• background noise measurement location
• source noise measurement location
• topography between noise source and sensitive receivers.
The station should be located at the ambient level i.e. away from the direct source, away from
any vibration and any obstruction.
Methodology for selection of noise level monitoring locations

The ambient noise monitoring is conducted at 16 locations in vicinities of the project route.
The first 7 locations of noise measurement are taken in May 2019 and the another 9 points are
measured in August 2019. The sources of noise are vehicles passing by nearby road, people
talking, birds chirping, dogs barking, sound in operation nearby, ambulance siren arriving,
sound system from nearby commercial building. During construction phase, the sources will
be from operation of batching plant and construction machineries and during operation, it will
be from running of trains.
Except for the area in Mandalay Division, the area in Shan State where the alignment passess
are mostly in remote area which is partially controlled by EAOs and so difficult to made
monitoring in that areas during crisis period of EAOs and Myanmar Military between 2019 to
2020. So it was unable to carry out noise level monitoring in nearsest places close to alignment
and existing noise level monitoring were conducted near the intersection point of railway and
road way. Therefore, the survey for noise level monitoring was carried out on chosen parts of
NH3 highway (Muse to Mandalay) which is closest to the railway line. Moreover, the selected
monitoring point is near location of batching plant (focal place of construction site) and
residential areas. Since the noise level will be generated mainly from batching plant and site
during construction stage, there will be high noise level due to operation of concrete batching
plant and construction activities. Moreover, during impact assessment of operation phase, there
is less impact on noise level the project will use electric-train so sampling points will not be
248
needed for further monitoring. So, noise level monitoring near batching plant (focal place of
construction site) during construction phase will be enough for all phases. Moreover, noise
level monitoring at specified place will be conduct as in EMP-OP if necessary.
Table 5.18 - Measurement location

Sr. Sample Coordinates Remark
No Name
Latitude(N) Longitude(E) Sensitive Areas
1 NS-0 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E AS0, Myitnge Railway Station
2 NS-1 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E Ohn Chaw Tar Zone
3 NS-2 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E Pyin Oo lwin Railway Station
4 NS-3 Public Area
5 NS-4 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E Naung Peng Rail way station
6 NS-5 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E Hsipaw Railway Station
7 NS-6 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E Lashio Railway Station
Noise Measurement Results

The noise environment at the project is dominated by human activities, with most activities
during daytime hours.
The noise monitoring results are summarized in the following table to demonstrate baseline
noise levels at the monitoring sites. There has been no development in the area since this time
that would have led to a change in the baseline noise environment. As most of the monitoring
stations are near the Muse-Mandalay Road, all of the cumulative noise level are mainly sourced
from vehicle movement in Muse-Mandalay Road.
Existing Noise Levels

Noise level survey at the vicinity of the project was done by the team. The noise stations, the
noise levels and their coordinates are shown in the following table. The following noise results
are compared with the NEQG noise level standards.
Table 5.19 - Noise Measurement Results Comparing with Noise Level Guideline
Noise Level NEQG Standards
Sample ( dB)
Sensitive Areas Latitude(N) Longitude(E)
Name day night
day night
Myitnge Railway Station Residential/ 21°51'11.93"N, 96° 4'17.38"E
NS-1 66 68
instituional
NS-2 Ohn Chaw Tar Zone 77 78 55 45 21°52'48.75"N, 96°13'34.70"E
249
Pyin Oo lwin Railway 22° 2'13.97"N, 96°27'57.83"E

NS-3 Station 65 65
Pyin Oo Lwin Industrial 22° 3'30.29"N, 96°29'51.88"E

NS-4 Zone Public Area 68 58 Industrial
Naung Peng Rail way 22°21'4.94"N, 96°54'50.62"E

NS-5 station 67 66
NS-6 Hsipaw Railway Station 69 67 70 70 22°37'5.20"N, 97°17'40.17"E
NS-7 Lashio Railway Station 68 69 22°58'22.88"N, 97°43'50.33"E
According to NEQG Noise Level Standards, limit of noise level for industrial, commercial is
70DbA at daytime and night time. But at Ohn Chaw Tar zone, the noise level around this area
is a little bit beyond the limit because of Ohn Chaw Tar Zone is near highway road and also
this road is used mostly for transportation.
Figure 5.18 – Noise level near Ohn Chaw Tar Zone
250
Noise Level Monitoring along Muse-Mandalay Railway
For noise quality measurement, more sampling points are added more to measure specifically
for EIA Study at the proposed Muse- Mandalay Railway Project site from Pyinoolwin to Muse
( 8 points ).
Table 5.20 - Measurement location for Noise Level

Place Coordinates
No. Latitude(N) Longitude
1 Pyin Oo Lwin – Oak Pho Village N 22° 04’ 15.87” E 096° 23’ 58.30”
(Monastery)
2 Naung Cho – Shwe Pyi Nyunt N 22° 18’ 16.29” E 096° 50’ 02.16”
Village
3 Goke Hteik N 22° 20’ 08.94” E 096° 51’ 53.42”
4 Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda) N 22° 34’ 59.78” E 097° 13’ 59.62”
5 Beyond Hsipaw (San Laung) N 22° 40’ 33.66’ E 97° 30’ 17.4”
6 Lashio N 22° 59’ 05.41” E 097° 42’ 23.09”
7 Hseni N 23° 18’ 23.97” E 097° 58’ 28.30”
8 Nam Hpat Kar N 23° 41’ 21.89” E 097° 49’ 02.76”
9 Muse N 24° 00’ 03.10” E 097° 56’ 25.90”
Figure – Noise Study location along the Proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway Project
Noise Level Monitoring Results
noise levels and their coordinates are shown in he following table.
Table – Noise Level Results
Figure 5.19 – Noise Study location along the Proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway Project
251
Noise Level Monitoring Results

noise levels and their coordinates are shown in the following table.
Table 5.21 – Noise Level Results
NEQG Standards
Noise (dB)
Place Location
No. Day Night
Lowest Highest
1 Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak Pho N 22° 04’ 15.87” Residential/

Village (Monastery) E 096° 23’ 58.30” 40 45.4 institutional
2 Naung Cho - Shwe Pyi N 22° 18’ 16.29”

Nyunt Village E 096° 50’ 02.16” 44.2 48.4
3 Goke Hteik N 22° 20’ 08.94”

E 096° 51’ 53.42” 47.6 53 55 45
4 Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo N 22° 34’ 59.78”

Pagoda) E 097° 13’ 59.62” 51 57.8
5 Beyond Hsipaw N 22° 40’ 33.66’ Industrial

(San Laung) E 97° 30’ 17.4” 42.7 78.6
6 Lashio N 22° 59’ 05.41”

E 097° 42’ 23.09” 51.9 61.6
7 Hseni N 23° 18’ 23.97”

50.7 56.1
E 097° 58’ 28.30”
8 Nam Hpat Kar N 23° 41’ 21.89” 70 70
50.4 53.3
E 097° 49’ 02.76”
9 Muse N 24° 00’ 03.10”
E 097° 56’ 25.90” 42.7 45
Noise Level dB
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Pyin Oo Naung
Hsipaw
Lwin - Cho - Beyond
(near Nam
Oak Pho Shwe Goke Hsipaw
Baw Lashio Hseni Hpat Muse
Village Pyi Hteik (San
Gyo Kar
(Monast Nyunt Laung)
Pagoda)
ery) Village
Lowest Noise (dB) 40 44.2 47.6 51 42.7 51.9 50.7 50.4 42.7
Highest Noise (dB) 45.4 48.4 53 57.8 78.6 61.6 56.1 53.3 45
Lowest Noise (dB) Highest Noise (dB)
252
Figure 5.20 - Recorded photos for noise level monitoring
Noise Quality Results

The noise level in Myitnge Railway Station, Ohn Chaw Tar Zone, Pyin Oo Lwin Railway
Station, Naung Peng Rail way, Hsipaw Railway Station, Lashio Railway Station, Goke Hteik,
Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda), Lashio, and Hseni exceed the NEQG standards which is 55dB
during day time and 45dB during night time in residential/institutional area. Since the noise
sampling points were near the town and beside the railway, the possible sources of noise during
the day can be from vehicles along the road, trains and domestic noise from residential areas.
During the night, the sources of noise can be from sounds of animals; for example, barking and
howling of dogs, vehicles along the road especially trucks and talking of people within the
neighborhood.
In Pyin Oo Lwin-Oak Pho Village (Monastery), Naung Cho – Shwe Pyi Nyunt and Muse do
not exceed the NEQG Standards which is 55dB during day time and 45dB during night time in
253
residential/institutional area. Since the sampling points are in village area, the source of noise
can be mostly from motor bikes and domestic noises from residential areas. In Pyin Oo Lwin
Industrial Zone Public Area, the result of noise level is below its NEQG standard for industrial
area which is 70dB during the day and night. Its sources of noise can be from vehicles along
the road, trains and domestic noises from residential areas. For Goke Hteik,and Beyond Hsipaw
(San Laung), the results are below during the night but in day time, it exceeds the NEQG
standard of 55dB. The possible sources of noise can be from transportation and domestic noises
from residential areas.
5.4.3. Existing Water Quality Monitoring
Water Quality Sampling Points
Water qualities will be tested in all of the rivers and streams along the railway alignment as
follow:
Sample -1, Shweli River
Sample -2, Nant Paung Stream
Sample -3, Nant Khaing Stream
Sample -4, Namtu Stream
Sample -5, Pan Phet Stream
Sample -6, A-T Stream
Sample -7, Sint In Stream
Sample -8, Kho Lone Stream
Sample -9, Dokehtawady River
Sample -10, Kyin Thi Stream
Sample -11, Gok Twin Stream
Sample -12, Yae Ni Stream
Sample -13, Se Taw Gyi Canal,
Sample -14, Myaung Ma Gyi Stream,
Sample -15, Myaing Gyi Stream,
Sample -16, Dokehtawady River
As the total construction period of all of the railway will be 5 years, the water quality will be
collected for two seasons to cover the construction period.
Limitations for water sampling points
Water sampling is carried out based on the followings.
 Collection of samples is avoided at locations where there is high turbulence or flow.
 All samples must be representative, which means that the determinants in the sample
must have the same value as the water body at the place and time of sampling.
254
 Water samples are selected from trend station that refers to a monitoring location
designed to show how the parameters at a specific point on a water course vary over
time due to the influence of human activities. Water qualities will be tested in all the
rivers and streams along the railway alignment. Therefore, the water sampling will
covered for the whole railway.
Methodology for Selection of Water Sampling Locations
The water sampling point locations are selected in the rivers and streams where the river are
located along the route. There is no need to take sample on streams which are formed during
wet seasons as the construction phase will only run during dry seasons.
5.4.3.1. Water for Dry Seasons

The locations will also be illustrated as shown in the following figures.
Table - Locations of the Water Quality Sampling

The exact locations and recorded photos during water quality sampling are as follow:
GPS Corrdinate
SN Name Collected Water Samples
Lattitude Longitude
1 Shweli River 24.01721° 97.90384°
(Muse)
2 Nant Paung Stream 23.85798° 97.97741°

(Muse)
3 NantKhaing Stream 23.57058° 97.81950°

(Kutkai)
255
4 Namtu Stream 23.28817° 97.95394°

(Thenni)
5 Pan Phet Stream 23.13200° 97.84320°

(Thenni)
6 A-T Stream 22.99409° 97.76455°

(Lashio)
7 Sint In Stream 22.70178° 97.53847°

(Lashio)
8 Kho Lone Stream 22.61445° 97.39456°

(Hsipaw)
9 Dokehtawady 22.60728° 97.30748°

River
(Hsipaw)
10 Kyin Thi Stream 22.56428° 97.20963°

(Kyauk Me)
256
11 Goke Twin Stream 22.35489° 96.83371°

(Naung Cho)
12 Yae Ni Stream ( 21.99596° 96.12399°

Pathein Gyi)
13 SeDaw Gyi Stream 21.91917° 96.18635°

(Pathein Gyi)
14 Myaung Ma Gyi 21.85159° 96.12443°

Stream
(Amarapura)
15 Myaing Gyi Stream 21.84470° 96.10187°

(Min Village)
16 Dokehtawady 21.83646° 96.07781°

River (Myit Nge)
257
Shweli River
Nant Khaing Stream
Pan Phet Stream Nant Paung Stream
Namtu Stream
Kyin Thi Stream

Dotehtawady River
Kho Lone Stream
Sint In Stream
A-T Stream
Pan Phet Stream
Goke Twin Stream
Kyin Thi Stream
Dotehtawady River
258
Yae Ni Stream
Myit Nge River
Dotehtawady River Se Taw Gyi

Canal
Myaung Ma
Gyi Stream
Figure 5.21 - Locations of Water Quality Sampling for Dry Season
259
Table 5.22. Water Quality Testing Results for Dry Season
Myaung Ma Gyi Stream
Max. Permissible Limit

Nant Khaing Stream
Dokehtawady River
Dokehtawady River
Myaing Gyi Stream
Nant Paung Stream
Se Taw Gyi Canal

Gok Twin Stream
Kho Lone Stream
Kyin Thi Stream

Pan Phat Stream
Yae Ni Stream
Shwe Li River
Nmatu Stream
Sint In Stream
A-T Stream
Analyses
Unit
Colour
Pt-Co 4 38 2 3 2 7 2 1 4 20 5 9 4 30 20 2 15
(TCU)
Turbidity NTU 1 35 1 2 Nil 2 1 Nil 1 5 2 2 2 5 7 Nil 5
Total
dissolved
mg/l 74.5 134 185 226 238 197 212 277 176 128 193 92.8 235 125 264 186 1000
solvents
(TDS)
Chloride mg/l 6.75 4.5 11.25 13.5 6.75 9 6.75 6.75 6.75 6.75 9 4.5 99 6.75 18 4.5 250
Total
hardness
mg/l 85 170 200 200 170 260 230 180 210 200 200 90 100 130 170 220 500
(as Ca
CO3)
Iron mg/l 0.25 1.95 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.25 0.15 0.1 0.25 0.8 0.3 0.6 0.25 1.1 0.55 0.15 1
pH 7.47 7.79 8.19 8.03 7.43 8.27 7.75 7.46 8.18 7.88 6.87 7.35 7.59 7.65 7.9 7.95 6.5-8.5
Sulphate mg/l 5 25 5 4 4 6 23 120 20 9 4 10 4 12 9 7 250
Calcium mg/l 18 24 20 12 10 16 12 8 12 16 10 26 36 12 8 20 200
Magnesium mg/l 11.2 30.8 42 47.6 40.6 61.6 56 44.8 50.4 44.8 49 7 2.8 28 42 47.6 150
Electrical
conductivit µs/cm 141.4 267 363 447 458 410 427 548 367 243 379 181.8 462 253 538 367 1500
y
Maximum Permissible Limit is from National Drinking Water Quality Standard, Myanmar (2014)
260
Analysis of Water Quality Results For Dry Season

For the results in Nant Paung Stream, and Myaing Gyi Stream, it has 38 TCU which exceeds
the maximum permissible limit of 15 TCU and the turbidity of the water is 35 NTU which is
higher than its limit of 5 NTU. The presence of iron in the river is also high which is 1.95mg/l
exceeding its limit of 1mg/l. For Myaung Ma Gyi Stream, it has 30 TCU which exceeds the
maximum permissible limit of 20 TCU and the presence of iron is 1.1mg/l exceeding its limit
of 1mg/l. For Myaing Gyi Stream, the turbidity of the water is 7 NTU which is higher than its
limit of 5 NTU. Iron is common in most rocks and when those rocks are weathered down over
time, the minerals from the rocks are dissolved and small pieces are released into the water
causing color changes. Color changes in water and turbidity can also be caused by high flow
rate, soil erosion, algae blooms, decaying plants and animal.
5.4.8.3.2. Water Quality Testing Results for Wet Seasons

Water quality will also be collected for wet seasons as follow:
Location of Water Quality Sampling in Wet Seasons

The following table shows the locations of water quality sampling in wet seasons.
Table 5.23 - Location of Water Samples in Wet Season
Collected Water Samples
GPS Corrdinate
SN Name
Lattitude Longitude
Namkhon Monastery
1 24.00058° 97.940547
(Muse)
Nam Paw Stream 23.85798°

2 97.97741°
(Muse)
261
Natural Spring Near

3 Nam Paw Stream 23.800891° 97.920002°
(Muse)
Nam Khaing Stream (

4 23.57058° 97.81950°
Kutkai)
Namtu Stream
5 23.28817° 97.95394°
(Theinni)
Pan Phet Stream

6 23.13200° 97.84320°
(Theinni)
Nant Lam Stream

7 22.61445° 97.39456°
(Hsipaw)
Dokehtawady River
8 22.60728° 97.30748°
(Hsipaw)
262
Kyin Thi Stream

9 22.56428° 97.20963°
(Hsipaw)
Goke Twin stream

10 22.35489° 96.83371°
(Naung Cho)
Wel Laung Stream

11 22.082172° 96.580458°
(Pyin Oo Lwin)
Nartaungkya Stream
12 21.880704° 96.226655°
(Pathein Gyi)
13 Sedaw Gyi Cannal 21.91917° 96.18635°
Dokehtawady(Myit
14 21.83646° 96.07781°
Nge River)
263
Figure 5.49 - Locations of Water Quality Sampling for Wet Season
Figure – Water Sample Location
264
Table 5.24 - Water Quality Testing Results for Wet Season
Natural Spring Near Nam
Dokehtawady(Myit Nge
Maximum Permissible
Namkhon Monastery
Nartaungkya Stream
Nam Khaing Stream
Wel Laung Stream
Sedaw Gyi Cannal

Goke Twin stream
Nant Lam Stream
Nam Paw Stream
Kyin Thi Stream

Pan Phet Stream
Namtu Stream
Dokehtawady
Paw Stream
Analyses
River)
Limit
Unit
Calcium mg/l 24 33 44 49 69 63 73 34 32 42 79 70 29 50 200

Chloride mg/l 7.68 7.68 8.65 6.72 12.49 8.65 12.49 8.65 12.49 8.65 21.14 15.37 8.16 9.13 250
Conductivity 1500
µs/cm 0.244 0.329 0.691 0.447 0.568 0.578 0.658 0.431 0.297 0.377 0.740 0.592 0.258 0.454
Magnesium 150
mg/l <5 <5 6 6 9 7 10 <5 5 6 11 9 <5 8
pH - 7.44 7.36 7.08 7.64 7.24 7.43 7.36 7.2 7.17 7.14 7.1 7.11 7.15 7.2 6.5-8.5
Sulphate mg/l ND ND 2.1 ND 3.6 ND 46.2 3.9 ND ND 2.4 2.1 ND 6.6 250
Total Hardness 500
as CaCO3 mg/l 88.5 157.5 381 328.5 264 412.5 345 200 116 170 403 300 95.5 197
Total Iron 1
mg/l 0.5 0.2 ND 0.1 0.2 <0.1 0.1 0.5 1 1 ND 0.1 1 <0.1
Total Dissolved 1000

mg/l 95 128 380 280 360 360 258 190 80 172 320 198 103 196
Solids
Turbidity NTU 9.47 36.2 9.29 21.1 24.4 11.5 24.4 35.5 55.6 35.8 10.5 47.6 48.8 14.1 5
Maximum Permissible Limit is from National Drinking Water Quality Standard, Myanmar (2014)
265
Analysis of Water Quality Results for Wet Season

The water quality results in all these 14 water bodies during wet season do not exceed its
maximum permissible limit except for the turbidity. The result of turbidity in all these water
bodies that are measured in wet season exceeds its maximum limit of 5 NTU. Turbidity
typically increases during high flow events (heavy rain, etc) as soil particles are washed off
from streets, agricultural fields and more. The results have shown that the turbidity in all 14
water surfaces have exceeded the maximum limit of 5 NTU because of the wet season, rain
causes to increase the turbidity of water.
5.4.4. Existing Soil Quality Monitoring

As the construction of tunnel will impact on soil quality during construction stage, soil quality
will be monitored and will have to be tested in laboratory.
Sample Point Selection

To determine the chemical composition of soil quality, the sample points are selected at the
project site, rivers’ bank and inside the farm land.
Soil sampling is selected from river banks and agricultural lands. The wearing away of soil
found along the river banks will lead to the accumulation of sediment which in turn will
increase the river pollution problem. The amount of soil erosion loss depends on the
combination of the strength of the rain to cause erosion and the ability of the soil to withstand
the rain. The soil resistance against erosion depends on several factors such as soil structure,
infiltration level and organic matter content. For the agricultural lands, the amount of nutrients
in the soil is needed to be monitored for the adequate amount of the necessary nutrients to meet
the needs of the crops to be grown.
The sampling points are selected for 20 locations from river bank soil and agricultural soil in
vicinities of the project route. Therefore, these samples are to be considered enough for
representatives of river banks and agricultural land near the project route. The construction of
railway will have very little impact on soil quality because the nature of railway construction
is liner construction (small area in a short time) and so soil quality monitoring is not required
to monitor along the railway line. If necessary, soil quality will be monitored in a specific area
as in EMP-OP during implementation phase.
266
Table 5.25 - Locations of Soil Sample Points for Dry Season
GPS Corrdinate
SN Name Collected Soil Samples
Lattitude Longitude
1 Phat Man Soil (I) 23.84672° 97.96399°
2 Lower Nam Phat 23.57058° 97.81950°

Loon Soil (I)
3 Theinni Soil(I) 23.28817° 97.95394°
4 Hang Lu Soil(I) 23.13200° 97.84320°
5 Pang Huauk Soil 22.61445° 97.37921°
267
6 Hsipaw Soil (I) 22.60728° 97.30748°
7 Kyin Thi Soil(I) 22.56428° 97.20963°
8 Goke Twin Soil 22.35489° 96.83371°
9 Sedaw Gyi Soil 21.91917° 96.18635°
10 Myit Nge Soil 21.83646° 96.07781°
268
Figure 5.22 - Locations of Soil Quality Sampling along the Railway Line for Dry Season
269
Table 5.26 - Locations of Soil Sample Points for Wet Season
GPS Corrdinate
SN Name Collected Soil Samples
Lattitude Longitude
1 Phat Man Soil (II) 23.800891° 97.9200002°
2 Lower Nam Phat 23.569606° 97.819422°

Loon Soil (II)
3 Theinni Soil(II) 23.288344° 97.954061°
4 Hang Lu Soil(II) 23.119017° 97.836422°
5 Pang Huauk Soil(II) 22.611375° 97.378211°
270
6 Hsipaw Soil (II) 22.621989° 97.334172°
7 Kyin Thi Soil(II) 22.564178° 97.209489°
8 Goke Twin Soil(II) 22.354586° 96.833431°
9 Sedaw Gyi Soil(II) 21.872109° 96.182244°
10 Myit Nge Soil(II) 21.819177° 96.106333°
271
Figure 5.23 - Locations of Soil Quality Sampling along the railway Line in Wet Season
272
Table 5.27 (a)- Soil Quality Results (Dry Season)

Water Soluble
pH Available Nutrients Interpretation of results
Sr Sample Organic Meq/q100gm
Soil:Water Texture Total N CEC
No. (Soil 1) Carbon
1:2.5 P K 2O Cl- SO4= Cl- SO4=
Hang Lu Slightly
1 Sandy Loam Low Medium High Low Medium 0.19 0.37 Low Low
alkaline
Kyin Thi Moderately Sandy clay Very
2 Low High Medium High 0.30 0.14 Low Low
alkaline loam low
Sedaw Gyi Moderately Very Very
3 Cannal Sandy Loam Medium Low High 0.19 0.21 Low Low
alkaline High High
Hsipaw Moderately Very Very
4 Sandy Loam Medium Medium High 0.15 0.18 Low Low
alkaline Low low
Goke Twin Moderately Very
5 Loamy sandy Low Medium Low Medium 0.23 0.14 Low Low
alkaline Low
Myit Nge Moderately
6 Sandy Loam Low Medium Very high High High 0.80 0.25 Low Low
alkaline
Pang Hsauk Moderately
7 Sandy Loam Low Medium Very high Medium Medium 0.23 1.01 Low Low
alkaline
Phat Man Moderately
8 Sandy Loam Low Medium Medium Medium Medium 0.19 0.18 Low Low
alkaline
Lower Nam Slightly
9 Phat Loon Sandy Loam Medium Medium Medium Low Medium 0.23 0.33 Low Low
alkaline
Theinni Moderately
10 Loamy sandy Medium Low High Medium Low 0.15 0.18 Low Low
alkaline
273
Table 5.27 (b) - Soil Quality Results (Dry Season)

pH Water Soluble
Sr Sample Organic Total Available Nutrients Interpretation of results
Soil:Water Texture CEC Meq/q100gm
No. (Soil 2) Carbon N
1:2.5 P K2O Cl- SO4= Cl- SO4=
Phat Man Slightly
11 Clay Low Medium High Low High 0.38 0.21 Low Low
alkaline
Goke Twin Moderately
12 Loam Very low Low Medium Low Medium 0.19 0.21 Low Low
alkaline
Pang Hsauk
Moderately
13 Sandy loam Very low Low High Low Medium 0.34 0.14 Low Low
alkaline
Hang Lu Moderately
14 Sandy loam Very low Low Medium Low Medium 0.27 0.14 Low Low
alkaline
Kyin Thi
Moderately
15 Sandy loam Low Low Medium Medium High 0.30 0.10 Low Low
alkaline
Myit Nge
Moderately Very
16 Sandy loam Low Medium Medium High 0.49 0.25 Low Low
alkaline high
Lower Nam Moderately
17 Sandy loam Very low Low Medium Medium Medium 0.34 0.21 Low Low
Phat Loon alkaline
Sedaw Gyi Moderately
18 Clay loam Low Medium Very high High High 0.38 0.10 Low Low
Canal alkaline
Hsipaw Moderately
19 Sandy loam Medium Medium High Medium High 0.23 0.10 Low Low
alkaline
Theinni Moderately Sandy clay
20 Very low Low Very High Medium Medium 0.19 0.25 Low Low
alkaline loam
274
Table 5.28 (a) - Soil Quality Results (Wet Season)

Exchangeable Cations Available
Texture
pH Organic Meq/100gm Nutrients
Sr Sample Humus Total
Moisture soil:water Carbon CEC P K2O
No. (Soil 1) Sand Silt Clay Total % N
1:2.5 % Ca++ Mg++ K+ Na+ H+ Al++ ppm Mg/
% % % %
Olsen 100gm
Hang
1 Lu 3.54 7.50 69.90 16.72 13.38 100.00 1.77 3.06 0.22 26.98 24.95 1.31 0.36 0.36 - - 7.47 16.80
Kyin
2 Thi 5.35 7.93 48.90 26.72 24.38 100.00 0.82 1.41 0.15 32.09 25.43 1.34 3.99 1.33 - - 8.46 148.42
Sedaw
3 Gyi 4.08 7.75 62.90 25.72 11.38 100.00 3.35 5.78 0.15 41.67 33.66 4.62 2.28 1.11 - - 61.31 106.99
Cannal
Hsipaw
4 1.46 7.81 76.90 10.72 12.38 100.00 0.79 1.35 0.03 21.43 19.92 0.64 0.43 0.44 - - 10.56 20.10
Goke
5 Twin 0.78 8.15 86.90 4.72 8.38 100.00 0.04 0.07 0.18 14.25 11.49 1.91 0.26 0.59 - - 4.84 12.09
Myit
6 Nge 7.66 7.78 56.90 20.72 22.38 100.00 1.10 1.90 0.23 43.67 34.98 6.17 0.94 1.58 - - 13.87 44.20
Pang
7 Hsauk 7.70 7.69 71.90 11.72 16.38 100.00 1.63 2.81 0.21 47.54 43.21 3.43 0.41 0.49 - - 10.83 19.50
Phat
8 Man 10.02 7.91 63.90 13.72 22.38 100.00 1.04 1.80 0.21 19.08 14.08 4.22 0.38 0.39 - - 10.23 18.02
Lower
Nam
9 11.71 7.33 70.90 13.72 15.38 100.00 2.03 3.50 0.24 18.70 14.34 3.58 0.33 0.44 - - 5.44 15.63
Phat
Loon
Theinni
10 8.00 8.07 86.90 4.72 8.38 100.00 0.35 0.61 0.15 26.85 24.80 1.38 0.21 0.47 - - 9.14 9.79
275
Table 5.28 (b) - Soil Quality Results (Wet Season)
Exchangeable Cations Available

Texture
pH Organic Meq/100gm Nutrients
Sr Sample Humus Total
Moisture soil:water Carbon CEC P K2O
No. (Soil 2) Sand Silt Clay Total % N
1:2.5 % Ca++ Mg++ K+ Na+ H+ Al++ ppm Mg/
% % % %
Olsen 100gm
Phat
11 Man 4.48 7.38 33.9 22.72 43.38 100.00 1.41 2.43 0.22 26.10 16.57 7.95 0.76 0.82 - - 7.54 35.81
Goke
12 Twin 4.54 8.20 46.9 31.72 21.38 100.00 0.17 0.29 0.11 22.11 19.20 1.99 0.24 0.68 - - 6.27 11.30
Pang
13 Hsauk 2.44 8.08 70.9 15.72 13.38 100.00 0.71 1.22 0.18 39.50 36.97 1.03 0.24 1.00 - - 4.51 11.07
Hang
14 Lu 1.36 7.94 66.9 19.72 13.38 100.00 0.95 1.64 0.14 19.78 17.98 1.28 0.23 0.29 - - 3.65 10.95
Kyin
15 Thi 3.45 7.95 66.9 19.72 13.38 100.00 1.01 1.89 0.16 23.91 17.05 5.90 0.48 0.47 - - 9.53 22.38
Myit
16 Nge 2.44 8.01 53.9 30.72 15.38 100.00 1.71 2.94 0.22 51.19 45.45 3.90 0.96 0.89 - - 11.90 44.92
Lower
Nam
17 1.57 8.00 76.9 13.72 9.38 100.00 0.79 1.36 0.16 22.60 19.30 2.57 0.29 0.44 - - 10.16 13.41
Phat
Loon
Sedaw
18 Gyi 4.63 8.06 36.9 26.72 36.38 100.00 1.54 2.65 0.22 55.20 44.46 6.64 1.81 2.30 - - 16.35 84.91
Canal
Hsipaw
19 3.73 7.82 53.90 34.72 11.38 100.00 2.20 3.79 0.24 34.79 29.58 3.29 0.48 1.44 - - 10.80 22.43
Theinni
20 1.42 7.77 54.90 24.72 20.38 100.00 0.95 1.64 0.18 49.16 44.94 3.21 0.26 0.75 - - 10.55 12.17
276
Analysis of Soil Quality Results For Dry Season
Soil Texture
The soil texture of Hang Lu, Sedaw Gyi Canal, Myit Nge, Pang Hsuak and Lower Nam Phat
Loon is sandy loam which is very nutritious and fertile for plants to grow. Kyin Thi and Phat
Man has a soil texture of sandy clay loam which has a moderate ability to hold nutrients and
leaching is less severe. Goke Twin and Theinni have loamy sand which is fine-textured, low
water holding capacity and fast drainage rates.
pH
The soil of Hang Lu and Lower Nam Phat Loon has a pH level of slightly alkaline condition
which is a best condition for nutrient availability and suitable for most crops. The other 8 soil
sample are moderately alkaline due to presence of sodium, potassium or calcium salts in
graywater. High ph level in either direction negatively affect the availability of key nutrients
required by plants.
Organic Carbon
Hang Lu, Myit Nge, Pang Hsauk and Phat Man are found to be low in its soil organic carbon
which can limit the soil’s ability to produce nutrients for sustainable plant production so it
needs organic or inorganic fertilizer application to be productive. Kyin Thi, Hsipaw and Goke
Twin has very low organic carbon so its need more fertilizers. Sedaw Gyi Canal, Lower Nam
Phat Loon and Theinni has medium organic carbon so no fertilizer is required.
Total N
The total amount of nitrogen in Hang Lu, Myit Nge, Pang Hsauk, Phat Man and Lower Nam
Phat Loon is in medium range which is an adequate level for most crops. The other 5 soil
samples are low in nitrogen so plants are stunted as plants cannot make proteins, amino acids
and even its very DNA. Fertilizers should be provided for deficiency of nitrogen in soil.
CEC (Cation Exchange Capacity)
Hang Lu, Kyin Thi, Sedaw Gyi Canal, Myit Nge, Pang Sauk and Theini has high CEC in soil
as the soil is slightly and moderately alkaline which the excess soluble and carbonate salts
will inflate CEC results. The other 4 soil samples have medium CEC in soil.
Available P
The rating of P in Hang Lu, Goke Twin and Lower Nam Phat Loon is low so it will produce
weak plants that are prone to witling, discoloration and inadequate fruit. Therefore,
277
phosphorus can be added in a form of fertilizers, manures and other forms. Soil PH has a large
influence on phosphorus availability and solubility. Kyin Thi, Hsipaw, Pang Hsauk and Phat
Man have a medium rating of P so it is an adequate level for most crops. Sedaw Gyi Canal
and Myit Nge are high in P and it is adequate for crop growth and yield, and maybe necessary
for heavy feeding crops. But excess of P can lead to nutrient pollution in surface water run-
off.
Available K
Kyin Thi, Sedaw Gyi Canal, Hsipaw and Myit Nge are high in potassium so it can be
unhealthy for plants because it affects the way the soil absorbs other critical nutrients. Theinni
is low in K can limit crop growth and can be improved either in quantity or quality by the
supplementation of the deficient nutrient. The other 5 soil samples are medium in K so it is an
adequate level for most crops.
Analysis of Soil Quality Results for Wet Season
Soil Texture
The soil texture of the other 6 soil samples is sandy loam which is very nutritious and fertile
for plants to grow. Phat Man has a soil texture of clay in wet season. Goke Twin has a texture
of loam soil where stickiness and non-adhesiveness are in balance. Theinni have sandy clay
loam which has a moderate ability to hold nutrients and leaching is less severe. Sedaw Gyi
Canal has a texture of clay loam soil has nearly equal parts of sand, slit and clay.
pH
The soil of Phat Man has a pH level of slightly alkaline condition which is a best condition
for nutrient availability and suitable for most crops. The other 8 soil sample are moderately
alkaline due to presence of sodium, potassium or calcium salts in graywater. High ph level in
either direction negatively affect the availability of key nutrients required by plants.
Organic Carbon
Phat Man, Kyin Thi, Myit Nge and Sedaw Gyi Canal are found to be low in its soil organic
carbon which can limit the soil’s ability to produce nutrients for sustainable plant production
so it needs organic or inorganic fertilizer application to be productive. Goke Twin, Pang
Hsuak, Hang Lu, Lower Nam Phat Loon and Theinni has very low organic carbon so its need
more fertilizers. Hsipaw has medium organic carbon so no fertilizer is required.
278
Total N
The total amount of nitrogen in Phat Man, Myit Nge, Sedaw Gyi Canal and Hsipaw is in
medium range which is an adequate level for most crops. The other 6 soil samples are low in
nitrogen so plants are stunted as plants cannot make proteins, amino acids and even its very
DNA. Fertilizers should be provided for deficiency of nitrogen in soil.
CEC (Cation Exchange Capacity)
Phat Man, Pang Hsuak, Myit Nge, Sedaw Gyi Canal, Hsipaw and Theinni has high CEC in
soil as the soil is slightly and moderately alkaline which the excess soluble and carbonate salts
will inflate CEC results. The other 4 soil samples have medium CEC in soil.
Available P
The rating of P in Phat Man, Hang Lu, Goke Twin and Pang Hsauk is low so it will produce
weak plants that are prone to witling, discoloration and inadequate fruit. Therefore,
phosphorus can be added in a form of fertilizers, manures and other forms. Soil PH has a large
influence on phosphorus availability and solubility. Kyin Thi, Myit Nge, Lower Nam Phat
Loon, Hsipaw and Theinni have a medium rating of P so it is an adequate level for most crops.
Sedaw Gyi Canal are high in P and it is adequate for crop growth and yield, and maybe
necessary for heavy feeding crops. But excess of P can lead to nutrient pollution in surface
water run-off.
Available K
Phat Man, Kyin Thi, Myit Nge, Sedaw Gyi Canal and Hsipaw are high in potassium so it can
be unhealthy for plants because it affects the way the soil absorbs other critical nutrients. The
other 5 soil samples are medium in K so it is an adequate level for most crops.
5.4.5. Vibration Level Monitoring

Vibration levels were measured at points along the proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway. The
measurements are taken in places which are Pyin Oo Lwin-Oak Pho Village (Monastery),
Naung Cho- Shwe Pyi Nyunt Village, Goke Hteik, Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo Pagoda), Beyond
Hsipaw (San Laung), Lashio, Hseni, Nam Hpat Kar and Muse. These locations are identified
as vibration sensitive area. The following figures shows the location of vibration level
assessment.
279
Hseni Testing Hsipaw (near Baw Gyo

Pagoda)
Naung Cho (Shwe Pyi Nyunt

Lashio Pyin Oo Lwin (Oak Pho
Village) Village)
Figure 5.24 - Recorded Photos for Vibration Measurement
Figure 5.25- Recorded Seismograph Results Along the Proposed Project Muse-
Mandalay Railway
280
Figure 5.26 - Location of Vibration Monitoring in Google Map
Table 5.29 - Measuring Results for Vibration Level
Place Location L(mm/s) V(mm/s) T(mm/s)
Pyin Oo Lwin - Oak N 22° 04’ 15.87”

Pho Village E 096° 23’ 58.30” 1.85 0.475 0.350
(Monastery)
Naung Cho - Shwe N 22° 18’ 16.29”
Pyi Nyunt Village E 096° 50’ 02.16” 1.24 0.275 0.220
Goke Hteik N 22° 20’ 08.94”

E 096° 51’ 53.42” 1.05 0.245 0.320
Hsipaw (near Baw N 22° 34’ 59.78”

Gyo Pagoda) E 097° 13’ 59.62” 0.235 0.345 0.250
Beyond Hsipaw N 22° 40’ 33.66’

(San Laung) E 97° 30’ 17.4” 0.325 0.224 0.211
Lashio N 22° 59’ 05.41”

E 097° 42’ 23.09” 0.275 0.375 0.275
281
Hseni N 23° 18’ 23.97”

0.725 0.275 0.500
E 097° 58’ 28.30”
Nam Hpat Kar N 23° 41’ 21.89”
0.214 0.244 0.220
E 097° 49’ 02.76”
Muse N 24° 00’ 03.10”
0.250 0.175 0.225
E 097° 56’ 25.90”
Range of L, V, T – from 0.1 mm/s to 200 mm/s

Range of Air Overpressure – from 100 to 140 dB Linear Peak
L – Love Wave: A major type of surface wave having a horizontal motion that is shear or
transverse to the direction of propagation (travel).
V – Peak Particle Velocity (also known as PPV)
T – Travel Time: The time required for a wave train to travel from its source to the point of
observation.
Methology for Selection of Vibration Sampling Points
Except for the Mandalay Region, the area in Shan State where the railway line passess through
are in remote area which is difficult for the monitoring and so it was unable to carry out survey
in nearest places close to the alignment line. Therefore, the monitoring for vibration was carried
out on chosen parts of NH3 highway (Muse to Mandalay) which is closet to the railway line.
Moreover, there seems to be very little industrial businesses in Shan State so for that reason
(no vibration sources), the existing vibration level will be lower than its guideline and the
monitoring of vibration levels along the road way will cover for the whole railway alignment.
The vibration level monitoring at bridges will make as in EMP-OP.
Analysis of Vibration Results with Australian Standards (AS2187.2)

The location of the results are mostly in human confort area which is within the village and the
results have stated that the maximum peak velocity (Vmax) in the location of 9 places is less
than its given standard of 5mm/s (long term). Since the project is still ongoing and will take
much time to take up to operation stage, the results of the vibration are less than its limit so
there is no disturbance to the surrounding locals.
5.4.6. Physical Components
5.4.6.1. Topography
The topography along the Muse-Mandalay Railway can be divided into two geomorphological
zones. The geomorphological features of each zone are as follows:
282
Shan State plateau: Muse~Mandalay East section belongs to Shan State plateau. Most of the
area has an altitude of 700-1500 m and above. The top of the plateau is generally a planation
surface with relatively low-lying relief. The surface relief is generally tens of meters to 100m,
with deep valley development. The terrain is generally high in the north and low in the south,
intercalated with the geomorphic unit of plateau basin.
Ayeyarwady basin: Mandalay East ~ Mandalay South section belongs toAyeyarwady basin.
The area is generally peneplain and low hilly area. The terrain is flat and open. The area
between Mandalay and Meiktila West is Mandalay-Thazi valley area, which develops in the
north-south direction. The Ayeyarwady tributary system is relatively developed in the middle
and east of the valley. The surface of the area is dominated by the Miocene-Pliocene strata.
The surface red weathering crust is well developed. The low-lying area is distributed with a
swamp facies gray fine sand layer and cultivated soil. Thin river fine sand layers and sand
gravel layers are developed along the banks of main rivers. The overall terrain is high in the
west and low in the east, with an altitude of 80-180m. It is mainly characterized by the
geomorphological characteristics of flat valleys intercalated with hummocky topography with
very small relief. The overall terrain is flat, with surface relief ranging from a few meters to
more than ten meters.
Shan State plateau Ayeyarwady basin

5.4.6.2. Engineering Geology
(a) Formation lithology
The stratigraphic development spans are large in Myanmar, ranging from the Proterozoic
to the Cenozoic. There are basically sedimentary deposits from the Proterozoic to the
Quaternary strata in the Shan State plateau.
283
The most typical strata passed through by tunnels of the entire line consist of: upper
paleozoic (Pz2) dolomite, dolomite limestone and argillaceous limestone, Sinian-Cambrian
(Z- ∈) argillaceous sandstone, Silurian (S) argillaceous limestone, and Ordovician (O)
siltstone with limestone and shale.
Dolomite Argillaceous sandstone
Argillaceous limestone Siltstone with limestone and shale
(b) Geological structure

(1) Geodetic background
(2) Muse-Mandalay Railway runs across the northern region of Myanmar from north to
south. The project is within the two first-order tectonic units of the Gangdese-
Nyainqentanglha fold system (II) and the India-Myanmar-Sumatra fold system (III).
See figure belows.
284
Figure 5.27 - Zoning Map of Regional Tectonic Elements
285
(2) New tectonic movement characteristics
The line is located in the Shan - Thailand area (composed of the Shan State plateau and the
northern plateau of Thailand), which turned into a relatively stable plot after the end of the
Mesozoic, with the overall uplift as the main, and the difference activity is not obvious. The
topography of the plateau is slightly higher in the north and gradually decreases to the south.
The height of the mountains is between 1000m and 1500m and the highest is about 2000m. On
the basis of the large-scale overall intermittent uplift, there is still a significant fault-block
differential movement in the survey area due to the impact of fault activities.
(3) Main structural features along the line
(i) Fold
The proposed railway, stretching across a wide area, is located on the east side of the Mandalay-
Thazi synclinorium.
Mandalay-Thazi synclinorium: The west of Mandala-Meiktila section is the Mandalay-Thazi
valley area. The development of this valley is controlled by the Mandelay-Thazi synclinorium,
the syncline deformation structure of the late new age stratum. The Miocene-Pliocene
mudstone and argillaceous siltstone are widely distributed in the syncline core, and there are
thin Quaternary alluvial deposits in the core.
The wings (mainly the west wing) are distributed with the Miocene sandstone and mudstone
intercalated with conglomerate. From the distribution of the stratum, the syncline should be
relatively gentle, and the axial plane tends to the west side, which also includes some sub-level
wide anticlines and synclines. The near-SN Sagaing fault zone passes through the middle of
the syncline valley, resulting in the complexity of deformation in the zone.
(ii) Fault
Main fault structures in the area are in varying directions, NNW, near-SN, NE and NEE. There
are six main faults near the Railway: Bangpaman fault (F9), Kyankme fault (F7-1) and Kunlong
fault (F7-2) - the branch faults of Nantinghe fault (F7), Lashio fault (F8), Gohteik fault (F6) and
Sagaing fault (F4). Among them, the active faults of Holocene are the Nantinghe fault (F7) and
the Sagaing fault (F4).
The outline Map of Regional Tectonics sees following figure.
286
Figure 5.28- Outline Map of Regional Tectonics
5.4.6.3. Ground Motion Parameter Zoning

The seismic peak ground acceleration along the line and the characteristic period of the seismic
response spectrum (10% probability of exceedance in 50 years) are shown as in Table.
Table 5.30- Zoning of Seismic Ground Motion Parameters of Muse-Mandalay Railway

Mileage Length( Seismic peak ground Characteristic period of the
km) acceleration (g) seismic response spectrum
(s)
CK0+000~CK219+600 249 0.2 0.45
CK219+600~CK272+700 39.5 0.3 0.45
CK272+700~CK338+500 65.8 0.2 0.45
CK338+500~CK382+700 44.2 0.3 0.45
CK382+700~CK398+300 15.6 ≥0.4 0.45
287
(c) Features of Engineering Geology

The surveyed area is basically located on the Shan State plateau, belonging to the Shan-
Thailand upwraping area, and the terrain and geological conditions are very complex. Affected
by neotectonic movement, the geological action along the railway is intensive. The terrain is
undulating, the valleys are intertwined, the geotechnical structure is loose and broken, and
carbonates are widely distributed. There is developed adverse geology along the line, and
various kinds of geological disasters occur frequently.
The main line-side engineering geological problems include high intensity seismic region and
deep active fault, karst, high ground temperature, landslide, talus, bedding, rockfall,
liquefaction of sand soil, high ground stress (rockburst and soft rock large deformation),
mining area and goaf, harmful gases, radioactive product, soft soil, mollisol and expansive
rock and soil.
(d) Seismicity
Geographically, Myanmar is a land located at the southern part of major earthquake belt,
known as the Alpide Belt (Richter, 1958) which is a young orogenic belt formed by the
collision of Australian-Indian Plate and Eurasian Plate. Due to this seismotectonic situation,
the country is exposed to hazard of large earthquakes. A seismic zone map of Myanmar (see
Fig. 5.18) shows that the Innwa-Mandalay-Sagaing area lies very close to the Sagaing Fault,
the main source of earthquakes in Myanmar and it is the largest, and perhaps the youngest and
presumably the most active fault in Myanmar (see also Win Swe & Win Naing, 2004).
Seismicity along the course of the Sagaing Fault is quite well known since the days of the
Myanmar kings, because many of ancient royal capitals of Myanmar, such as Hanthawady
(Bago), Kaetumade (Taunggoo), Ava (Innwa), Zayyarpura (Sagaing), Yadanapura
(Amarapura), and Yadanapon (Mandalay), and Tagaung were incidently located on or close to
the Sagaing fault zone. The intermittent slips along the fault have caused earthquakes at (from
north to south) Putao (1908), Tagaung (1946), Thabeikkyin (2012), Sagaing (1956), Innwa
(1839), Swa (1929), Phyu (1930) and Yangon (1927).
288
Figure 5.29 – Seismic Zone Map of Myanmar
289
(e) Earthquake and Active Faults

Among active faults formed along the line since late Pleistocene - Holocene, the most active
large-scale ones are Sagaing and Nanting River faults. Both are Holocene regional active faults
that induced earthquakes above Magnitude 7 and are likely to induce earthquakes above
Magnitude 7 in the future.
(1) Nanting River fault (F7)
It comprises Kyaukme fault (F7-1) and Kunlong fault (F7-2) near the project site.
(i) Kyaukme fault (F7-1)
With an overall strike of 70°~80°, it dips toward SE or NW at 50°~80°; it is 100km long in the
region; the fracture zone is dozens of meters to hundreds of meters in width. Strong extrusion
in the fracture zone has led to formation of large amounts of mylonite. The squeezed lens and
tectonite often exhibit gray, black and white strips, suggesting past occurrence of multi-phase
activity. Tunnels affected by this fracture zone are Man Loi 1# Tunnel, Man Loi 2# Tunnel,
Man Loi 3# Tunnel, Myin Gwin Tunnel and Kyaung Gon Tunnel, all of them about 20km away;
this fracture zone has some impact on tunnel works.
(ii) Kunlong fault (F7-2)
With a strike of 70°~90°, it dips toward SE or NW at 50°~80°; it is 150km long in the region.
It develops mainly in Ordovician, Silurian, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous and Cenozoic strata.
It appears as a grayish green and white compresso-crushed zone up to 100m wide, with strong
mylonitization and common crushing signs, developed schistosity in fault gouge, multiple hot
springs and high pressure gas springs along the fault zone. This fault mainly affects Nawng
Yen 1# Tunnel; the CK102+400~CK102+600 section intersects with the fault at an angle of 68°.
(2) Sagaing fault zone
It is a deep, large fault extending up to one kilometer in the region and located at the junction
of Baoshan-Shan-Thai mass and west Myanmar mass, submerging south into Andaman Sea.
It is also a major seismically active belt in the region. Strong earthquakes above Magnitude 7
occurred near Mandalay-Sagaing and to its north as well as in and north of Bago. This fault is
about 9km from the alignment at the closest point; the surface is covered with soil layer, with
no tectonic sign. This fault mainly affects Pyinoolwin Tunnel, Sin Byu In 1# Tunnel, Sin Byu
In 2# Tunnel, Sin Byu In 3# Tunnel, Sakangyi 1# Tunnel, Sakangyi 2# Tunnel, Taung Kyun
1# Tunnel, Taung Kyun 2# Tunnel and Tok Hka Taung Tunnel, all of them 12~38km away. It
has some impact on tunnel works.
290
(f) Underground hot spring

Four hydrothermal activity zones exist along the line; they are respectively located in
Bangpaman fault zone, Kunlong fault zone and its branch fault, Lashio fault zone and Hispaw
south-Kyang yin fault zone.. The hot spring discovered in the field survey is given in the figure.
Hot Spring
(g) Karst
The carbonate rocks (limestone and dolomite) along the line are mainly distributed on the Shan
State plateau (Muse-Mandalay section). According to statistics, there are 25 places with karst
conditions along the line, with a total length of 297.08km, accounting for 72.46% of the line
length. The strata consist of upper Paleozoic (Pz2) dolomite with dolomite limestone; karst is
weakly-strongly developed, with surface karst trace, solution crack, karren, karst cave, karst
depression and sinkhole.
Karst cave Karst depression
(h) Landslide and talus

Landslides along the line are mainly distributed in Muse-Mandalay section on Shan State
Plateau; they are bypassed by the alignment, thus having no impact on the alignment.
Landslides and talus at a total of 24 locations are near the alignment.
291
Landslide Talus
(i) Dangerous rock & rockfall

Rockfall mostly occurs on the slope of deep-cut valley in hard rock and steep slope on the verge
of some basins, posing great hazards to the Project. The alignment shall bypass sections with
high mountains, steep slopes, rock formations deeply cut by joints and dense overhanging
rocks wherever possible; if this is impossible, comprehensive treatment measures such as
clearing, slope protection with wire mesh and support shall be taken to ensure safety during
construction and operation.
Dangerous Rock and Rockfall
(j) Bedding
The distribution of sedimentary rocks along the line is long, and the angle between the strike
of the rock stratum and the line in some sections is less than 45°, posing a bedding problem.
Excavation is likely to cause bedding slide, especially in soft rock which softens easily when
meeting water. The bedding has a big impact on slope stability.
292
Bedding
(k) Earthquake-induced Liquefaction
The line is located in a high seismic intensity area, where Quaternary loose saturated sandy soil
is prone to earthquake-induced liquefaction. Sand liquefaction problems exist in Lashio basin
(Lashio Station) and Thazi valley in Ayeyarwady basin. Saturated sand layers within 20m
depth below the surface on the riverbed, flood plain and terrace in tributaries of Ayeyarwady
River are prone to sand liquefaction.
293
Table 5.31 – Consideration Factors for Earthquake-induced Liquefaction Effect

Project Unfavorable Comments on
S/N O-D mileage Engineering geology features Hydrogeology features
item geology engineering measures
Bridges shall use pile
foundations to pass
Surface water exists in
through the liquefied
the seasonal gullies,
It is distributed in surface silty sand and fine sand soil layer or adopt other
which have running
along the line in the Ayeyarwady Basin. It is corresponding anti-
water in the rainy season,
sedimentary soil of the Quaternary Holocene (Q4al+pl), liquefaction measures
but dry up or have small
CK376+740～ Sand liquefac- being slightly dense, saturated, and 1 to 2.5 m thick. in face of the same.
1 Bridge water flow in the dry
CK377+960 tion Peak acceleration of ground motion in the survey area Subgrades shall go
season. Groundwater is
is 0.30g. The standard penetration test method is used through calculation
medium to well
to determine the liquefaction level as mild to before passing through
developed, and is mainly
moderate. those areas, and it is
pore water in the
recommended to take
Quaternary overburden.
corresponding anti-
liquefaction measures.
It is distributed in surface silt, fine sand, medium sand
which have running Subgrades shall go
and gravelly sand along the line in the Ayeyarwady
water in the rainy season, through calculation
Basin. It is sedimentary soil of the Quaternary
but dry up or have small before passing through
CK379+800～ Sand liquefac- Holocene (Q4al+pl), being slightly dense, saturated, and
2 Subgrade water flow in the dry those areas, and it is
CK381+000 tion 1 to 2.5 m thick. Peak acceleration of ground motion
season. Groundwater is recommended to take
in the survey area is 0.30g. The standard penetration
medium to well corresponding anti-
test method is used to determine the liquefaction level
developed, and is mainly liquefaction measures.
as mild to moderate.
pore water in the
294

pore water in the

It is distributed in surface silt, fine sand, medium sand the seasonal gullies,
and gravelly sand along the line in the Ayeyarwady Subgrades shall go
which have running
Basin. It is sedimentary soil of the Quaternary through calculation
water in the rainy season,
Holocene (Q4al+pl), being slightly dense, saturated, and but dry up or have small before passing through
CK386+450～ Sand liquefac- 1 to 2.5 m thick. Peak acceleration of ground motion those areas, and it is
4 Subgrade water flow in the dry
CK387+880 tion along CK386+450～CK387+560 is 0.30g and that of season. Groundwater is recommended to take
corresponding anti-
CK387+560～CK387+880 is 0.4g . The standard medium to well
liquefaction measures.
penetration test method is used to determine the developed, and is mainly
Beg
liquefaction level as mild to moderate. pore water in the
295

pore water in the

pore water in the
296

CK398+300 tion 1 to 5 m thick. Peak acceleration of ground motion in
the survey area is ≥0.40g. As per engineering
experience and comparisons, the liquefaction level is
considered as mild to moderate.
pore water in the

Basin. It is alluvial-proluvial deposit of the
LC1K0+000～ Sand liquefac- Quaternary Holocene (Q4al+pl), being slightly dense,
LC1K4+169.87 tion saturated, and 1 to 5 m thick. Peak acceleration of
ground motion in the survey area is ≥0.40g. As per
engineering experience and comparisons, the
liquefaction level is considered as mild to moderate.
pore water in the
297
(l) Soft soil and loose soft soil
Soft soil and loose soft soil are mainly distributed along the line in basins (Shwe Li, Lashio
and Theinni basins) and Ayeyarwady basin area (Mandalay), ranging from 0-5m to 5-15m in
thickness; 0-5m thick soft soil and loose soft soil are distributed sparsely in paddy fields, water
pond and low-lying gullies.
(m) Expansive Soil

Weathered red clay and Neozoic (N) residual soil in Sinian-Cambrian (Z- ∈ ) and upper
Paleozoic (Pz2) carbonatite areas are weakly expansive, and moderately-highly expansive
locally; most of them have a high liquid limit.
Red clay
(n) Expansive Rock
Tertiary (N) mudstone and clay rock along the line are weakly expansive. The alignment
should avoid the slope in front of expansive rock mountains and the junction zone of different
geomorphic units and run perpendicular to ridge axis.
Tertiary Mudstone
298
5.4.6.4. Meteorology
The climate along the line is a tropical monsoon climate zone, which can be divided into three
seasons: cool, hot and rain.
(1) The cool season is generally after mid-September, the temperature rises, and the
cyclone gradually declines. It is officially entering the cool season until mid-
November, and will begin to turn into the hot season in early March of the second
year. The cool season is most typical from December to January, with faint northeast
wind or northwest wind and sunshine. The average monthly temperature is between
15°C-22°C, which is the mildest and pleasant season.
(2) The hot season generally begins in early March, and the temperature rises rapidly. It
reaches the highest peak in the whole year from April to May. The average monthly
temperature is generally above 25 °C . The rainfall is generally rare with massive
evaporation.
(3) The rainy season generally begins after mid-May, and fully started after mid-June.
Until mid-September, the rainy season begins to turn into the cool season.
According to the statistics of major cities along the line, the rainfall in Shan State Plateau is
moderate. The average annual rainfall of Lashio is 1329mm. The average annual rainfall in
Mandalay is 901mm.
Table5.32 . Main Areas Meteorological Parameters along the Line
Content Ruili Muse Kutkai Theinni Lashio Mandalay
Highest temperature in history 36.0 35.0 35.0 34.0 28.0 41.5
Lowest temperature in history 3.7 - - 0.4 -1.9 12.4

Temperature
(℃) Average highest temperature in
28.0 30.7 30.7 29.9 32.5 32.3
2009
Average lowest temperature in

16.9 14.2 9.7 15.0 12.1 21.8
2009
Annual average rainfall

1364 1329 1771 1453 1329 901
(mm).
Rainfall
Annual average rainy days
150 93 108 97 94 83
(day)
299
5.4.6.5. Hydrogeology
(a) Surface Water along the Railway Line
The water system along the route is mainly the Ayeyarwady River and its tributaries. The route
passes through larger rivers, including the Shwe Li River, and rivers within the territory of
Myanmar like the Nan Paw River, the Nam Hkai River, the Nam Tu River, the Nam Yao River,
the Nam Tu miy Nge-R River, the Nam Ma River and Nam ban ton River. The Shwe Li River
and Nam Tu River are the first tributaries of Ayeyarwady River; the Nam Paw River, Nam
Hkai River, Nam Yao River, Nam Ma River and Nam ban ton River belong to the tributaries
of Nam Tu River.
Figure 5.30 - Ayeryarwady River Water System
(1) The Ayeyarwady River, one of the large rivers in the Indo-China Peninsula and the
longest river in Myanmar with 2030km long within the country, runs from north to south across
Myanmar, passing through the northern mountains, the central dry regions and the southern
delta. The River, which has more than 30 tributaries with a drainage area of 430,000 km²
covering 8 divisions (states) of Kachin state, Chin State, Mandalay Division, Sagaing division,
Magway division, Bago Division, Ayeyarwady Division and Rangoon Division, 32 counties
300
and 90 towns. Myanmar scholars divide the Ayeyarwady River into three parts: upstream,
midstream and delta. The Ayeyarwady River generally flows windingly from north to south
and reaches the sea at southwest corner, facing the Bay of Bengal in the west and linking with
the Andaman Sea in the south. With many rivers in the vicinity and flowing into the sea
simultaneously, a unique landform forms. The main tributaries of the Ayeyarwady River are
the Chindwin River, the Myitnge, the Mu River, the Yaw River, the Mon River and the Nam
tu River.
Ayeyarwady River
(2) Shwe Li River, called Nam Mao River by Dai ethnic group, also known as Mengmao River.
The total length of Shwe Li River is about 332km and the drainage area is about 5,576km2. It
is an important river in the west of Yunnan Province, China. Its main stream and tributary are
all parts of Ayeyarwady river system. In China, through Tengchong, Longling and Lianghe,
Longchuan, there are Mangshi River (Longchuan River) flows into Shwe Li River in Mangshi
(Dehong). Shwe Li River has a length of about 53km located in China and a width of about
100-200m. After Ruili, it flows to west along the Myanmar-China border and flows into
Ayeyarwady River. The once-in-a-hundred-year flow of Shwe Li River connecting line at the
bridge location is 2,870m3/s.
Shwe Li River
(3) Nam Ma River, a tributary of Nam Tu River, is about 105km long, and the drainage area is
about 2,702.5km2. The width of main channel of the bridge location is about 50m, and the
once-in-a-hundred-year flow is about 485 m3/s.
(4) Nam Tu miy Nge-R River, the upstream of which is the intersection of Nam Tu River and
Nam Ma River. The basin length is about 230km, and the drainage area is about 14,100km2,
301
and the main channel of the bridge location is about 96m wide, and the once-in-a-hundred-year
flow is about 2,231m3/s. For the tributary Nam ban ton River, the basin length is about 36.5km,
and the drainage area is about 809km2. For the tributary Nam pan his River, the basin length is
about 50km, and the drainage area is about 681km2. These two rivers finally flow into the Nam
Tu miy Nge-R River.
This project mainly passes through Shan Plateau in northern mountain area of Myanmar, and
goes through Pyinoolwin and then into the Ayeyarwady river basin in Mandalay plain. The
rainfall in Shan Plateau is mostly sudden rainstorm. In a year, the rainy season is long with
abundant rainfall. The rainfall intensity is large but the duration is short. The terrain within this
area is severely cut by the water flow, forming plenty of gullies and valleys, and the catchment
condition is good. The surface water is relatively developed, and the vegetation is dense. The
surface is easy to form ponding, so the flow and water level of the mountain river changes
greatly with the seasons.
Figure 5.31 - Mandalay – Muse Railway Topography Map
302
Figure 5.32 - Major Rivers in Mandalay in Topography Map
Figure 5.33- Major Rivers in Topography Map (Pyin Oo Lwin)
303
Figure 5.34 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Nawnghkio)
Figure 5.35- Major Rivers in Topography Map (Kyaukme)
304
Figure 5.36 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Hsipaw)
Figure 5.37 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Lashio)
305
Figure 5.38 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Hseni)
Figure 5.39 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Hseni)
306
Figure 5.40 - Major Rivers in Topography Map (Muse)
According to the study about topography maps, all of the major rivers were flowed from south
to north (from South Shan State to Mandalay Region).
(b) Natural Spring along the Railway Line
In order to inform the hydrological impact assessment, a site walkover was carried out by
the hydrologist to record observations and features of watershed area, natural spring and surface
water body as shown in the following figures.
307
River
Figure 5.41 – Natural Springs and Rivers along the MMR (Source: EGT EIA Team, 2020)
308
Figure 5.42 – Locations of Plantation for Watershed (Source: DOF, 2018)
309
Table 5.33 – Location of Natural Spring along the Railway Line

Village Name (Natural
No. Location Description
Spring)
1. Mang Chat 23.313305°, Natural water spring
98.008298°
2. Wane Line 23.309188°, Natural water spring
97.988722°
3. Nar Chat 23.181866°, Natural water spring
97.877292°
4. Mehan 22.883921°, Natural water spring
97.694954°
5. Pang Hsauk 22.611549°, Natural water spring
97.367325°
6. Nwang Ann 22.546527°, Natural water spring
97.166665°
7. Pang Ywang 22.508405°, Natural water spring
97.039741°
8. Mway Taw 22.503216°, Natural water spring
97.033525°
9. Na Ai Hkant 22.425912°, Natural water spring
96.961091°
10. Khite Tone Home 22.414476°, Natural water spring
96.957989°
11. Kone Kaw (Kyaukme) 22.405297°, Natural water spring
96.957967°
12. Kyaung Gone 22.358234°, Natural water spring
96.877519°
13. Myat Chae Nu 22.271596°, Natural water spring
96.821246°
14. Taung Quarter 22.316893°, Natural water spring
96.803754°
15. Ngokkalay 22.281051°, Natural water spring
96.775510°
16. Lone Yone 22.308319°, Natural water spring
96.750980°
17. Kon Gyi 22.196934°, Natural water spring
96.678743°
18. Kyein Ga Naing 22.166371°, Natural water spring
96.615714°
19. Anauk Kyu Inn 22.148223°, Natural water spring
96.563513°
20. Middle Pin Lain 22.105234°, Natural water spring
96.539294°
21. Kone Kaw (Pyin Oo 22.095427°, Natural water spring
Lwin) 96.435934°
22. Pan Oo Taung 22.092211°, Natural water spring
96.423717°
310
23. Pyin Oo Lwin 22.100212°, Watershed Area

Watershed 96.465955°
24. Lashio Watershed 23.046681°, Watershed Area
97.758647°
25. 24.01721°, Surface water body
Shweli River (Muse)
97.90384°
26. Nant Paung Stream 23.85798°, Surface water body
(Muse) 97.97741°
27. Nant Khaing Stream 23.57058°, Surface water body
(Kutkai) 97.81950°
Namtu Stream (Thenni)
97.95394°
29. Pan Phet Stream 23.13200°, Surface water body
(Thenni) 97.84320°
A-T Stream (Lashio)
97.76455°
Sint In Stream (Lashio)
97.53847°
32. Kho Lone Stream 22.61445°, Surface water body
(Hsipaw) 97.39456°
33. Dokehtawady River 22.60728°, Surface water body
(Hsipaw) 97.30748°
34. Kyin Thi Stream 22.56428°, Surface water body
(Kyauk Me) 97.20963°
35. Goke Twin Stream 22.35489°, Surface water body
(Naung Cho) 96.83371°
36. Yae Ni Stream (Pathein 21.99596°, Surface water body
Gyi) 96.12399°
37. Se Taw Gyi Cananl 21.91917°, Surface water body
(Pathein Gyi) 96.18635°
38. Myaung Ma Gyi 21.85159°, Surface water body
Stream (Amarapura) 96.12443°
39. Myaing Gyi Stream 21.84470°, Surface water body
(Min Village) 96.10187°
40. Dotehtawady River 21.83646°, Surface water body
(Myit Nge) 96.07781°
(c) Ground Water Characteristics
There are three types of groundwater along the line, which are pore water in Quaternary loose
rock, bedrock fissure water and karst water.
Pore water in Quaternary Loose Rock

Along the railway line, pore water mainly occurs in the pores between Quaternary
unconsolidated sediment particles of various geneses; the aquifers are mostly distributed in
311
layers with even water content; in natural state, the free level of groundwater is consistent with
the burial patterns of strata. Pore water in loose rocks along the line generally occurs in
Quaternary alluvial-proluvial and deluvial-proluvial layers, red weathering crust and coastal
marine deposit formation. Pore water in Quaternary alluvial-proluvial and deluvial-proluvial
layers is mainly distributed on both sides of the Ayeyarwady River and its tributaries and within
certain scope of the Shan State Plateau Quaternary Basin (such as Theinni, Lashio and Hispaw
basins) and river banks. In red weathering crust on the surface of the Shan State Plateau Area,
the shallow groundwater is generally buried 1–10m deep and mostly developed along the
interface of red weathering crust and bedrock.
Bedrock Fissure Water

Bedrock fissure water occurs in diagenetic fissures, structural fissures and weathered fissures
in consolidated and semi-consolidated rocks of various geologic ages (which are mainly clastic
rocks, magmatic rocks and metamorphic rocks). The distribution of aquifer is restricted by the
development of diagenetic fissures. Bedrock fissure water along the line is mainly distributed
in sandstone, mudstone and other clastic rock areas in Triassic, Jurassic, Silurian, Ordovician
and Sinian-Cambrian strata on the Shan State Plateau; bedrock fissure water is generally buried
8–15m deep and locally emerges in the form of spring from both sides of intrenched streams
and ravines.
Karst water
It means the groundwater occurring in the karst channels, fissures and caves of carbonate rocks.
The occurrence, runoff and discharge conditions of this groundwater depend on karst
development and distribution characteristics. The karstic fissure water aquifers along the line
are distributed in the soluble rock areas on the Shan State Plateau from Muse–Na Hpai–Lashio
to the northeast of Mandalay. Carbonate rocks widely distributed in this section have medium–
strong water abundance. Water is mainly concentrated in Upper Palaeozoic (Pz2) and Sinian-
Cambrian (Z-∈) pure carbonate rocks of high karstification level, and karst forms including
karst depressions, funnels, underground rivers and karst caves are moderately–heavily
developed. Karst water level is affected significantly by surface elevation and topography and
water often emerges as spring in mountain front areas and valley slope areas.
5.4.7. Biodiversity Environment
This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIAR) report identifies potential environmental

impacts associated with the proposed of Mandalay-Muse New Railway Project’s Alignment
312
Construction. The following section presents the summarized results of field observations, and
literature data on flora and fauna composition of the corridor along the existing and planned
project, starting from the railway station Mandalay to Muse. It contains the habitats description,
distribution, impact and mitigation measure. Electrical power is very essential for improvement
of socio-economic condition of people in Myanmar through industrialization and creating more
employment opportunities. Indeed transportation is an essential role to develop the country. In
order to overcome fact, it is necessary to install new power plants for the railway project. In
this regard, this biodiversity report is to be conducted before constructing new power plant.
For this, a survey has been conducted in the proposed area. From a point of view of the main
biodiversity features the whole project can be divided in two distinctive parts. The project sites
is located that on the route of Mandalay-Muse areas. Study area was divided into two parts,
Part I (plain area, Armarapura and Patheingyi) and Part II (hill area, Pyin Oo Lwin to
Muse).Study sites were allocated into six study sites in Part I and forty nine study sites in Part
II. The biodiversity survey was conducted from May 2019 to November 2019. The base line
study and specimen collection of terrestrial fauna, especially as major groups are vertebrate
(birds, reptiles, lizards and fishes especially visual observation) and invertebrate (butterflies,
dragonflies and damselflies visually during survey). A total of (64) plant species and (89) fauna
species were recorded in Part I and (80) plant species and (112) fauna species in Part II.
Regarding the population and density: in study Part I, the highest abundance were found in (5)
species, as very common, (48) species were found as uncommon in plant species and (7)
species, as very common, (13) species were found as uncommon in bird species; (9) species as
very common, (2) species as uncommon in insect species. According to surveyed results, the
highest density was found as Mimosaceae family (7.81%) species and the lowest was found
(24) families (1.56%) in plant species. The highest density was found in Columbidae (10.811%)
and the lowest species was found in (18) families (2.703 %) in bird species. In study site Part
II, the base line study and specimen collection of terrestrial fauna, especially as major groups
are vertebrate (birds, reptiles, lizards and fishes especially visual observation) and invertebrate
(butterflies, dragonflies and damselflies visually during survey). According to the survey
results, total of 112 fauna species recorded in and around the Mandalay-Muse New Railway
Project Area. According to the survey results, about total Mammals fauna 7 species 5 order and
6 families were recorded. According to the survey results, surrounding of the Mandalay-Muse
New Railway Project area, about total Avian fauna 59 species 12 order and 30 families were
313
recorded. Surrounding of the Pyin Oo Lwin area, about 39 species of Avian Fauna belonging
to 9 order and 23 families were recorded with different population abundance. Surrounding of
the Naung Hkio to Kyaukme Survey about 30 species of Avian Fauna belonging to 7 order and
18 families were investigated that the different categorize bird species as insectivore,
omnivores and carnivorous. Biodiversity team observed that the surrounding of Lashio to Muse
survey, about 22 species of Avian Fauna belonging to 3 order and 12 families were recorded.
During survey period, about 9 species of reptilian species belonging to 2 order and 7 families
were recorded at the study site. Biodiversity survey group are observed that there are about
total 26 species of Butterfly as well as male and female belonging to 7 families in surrounding
of the all project area. The survey team investigated that the surrounding of the site of Project
Construction Area, about 13 species Dragonfly and Damselfly species belonging to one order
and 2 families (Libellulidae and Coenagrionidae) were recorded with different population
abundance. This report is a review of the Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIAR) for
flora, in and around the Mandalay-Muse New Railway Project Area. A total of 80 flora species
were recorded during the survey periods. The habit of identified species consists of seven
different types, including tree, shrub, herb, climber, bamboo and parasitic shrub. Some of tree
species are planted for landscaping beside the rail way yard and some of trees are planted and
culturally retained for water resources around the village sites. Most of shrubs and herbs were
naturally grow on road sites and understorey layer of tree species. In the conservation point of
view: according to IUCN red list, in study Part I, all of plant species are last concern (LC).
Almost bird species are last concern (LC) except (1) species (Hooded Treepie) is near
threatened (NT) and (1) species (White-vented Myna) is vulnerable (VU). For Part II study
area, According to the IUCN Red List, four Least Concerned species and two near threatened
status noted from the survey area. The identification of the possible impact of the project
recommended mitigation measures for all negative impacts identified. Environmental Impact
Assessment is the prediction of consequences to the environment of a proposed project
development measures. It could be both positive or negative impacts and one of the most
important tools for achieving sustainable development. This report identifies potential
environmental impacts associated with the proposed of communication, commercial trades and
others. The survey team investigated that four types of impacts as well as negative and positive
impacts, reduction of the species diversity (negative impact), loss of habitats(negative impact),
noise impact (negative impact), as fauna and flora were observed in these projects. Next, the
314
family income can be improved concerning with the project during the construction and
operation period. The result of project can make the working opportunities of local people (both
manual laborer and technicians). The impacts on environmental condition will be analyzed
statistically and evaluated according to International Association of Impact Assessment-IAIA
Guidelines as the impact factors, impacted items and impact degree are determined. As the
assumption, by the advantages of the project, it may be support for communication, commercial
trades and other factors of developed country. Regarding with EIA Assessment, this report is a
review of the Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIAR) for flora, in and around the
Mandalay-Muse New Railway Project Area. A total of 164 flora species were recorded during
the survey periods. The habit of identified species consists of seven different types, including
tree, shrub, herb, climber, bamboo and parasitic shrub. Some of tree species are planted for
landscaping beside the rail way yard and some of trees are planted and culturally retained for
water resources around the village sites. Most of shrubs and herbs were naturally grow on road
sites and understorey layer of tree species. According to the IUCN Red List, four Least
Concerned species and two near threatened status noted from the survey area. The identification
of the possible impact of the project recommended mitigation measures for all negative impacts
identified. Environmental Impact Assessment is the prediction of consequences to the
environment of a proposed project development measures. It could be both positive or negative
impacts and one of the most important tools for achieving sustainable development. This report
identifies potential environmental impacts associated with the proposed of communication,
commercial trades and others. The survey team investigated that four types of impacts as well
as negative and positive impacts, reduction of the species diversity (negative impact), loss of
habitats(negative impact), noise impact (negative impact), as fauna and flora were observed in
these projects. Next, the family income can be improved concerning with the project during
the construction and operation period. The result of project can make the working opportunities
of local people (both manual labourer and technicians). The impacts on environmental
condition will be analyzed statistically and evaluated according to International Association of
Impact Assessment-IAIA Guidelines as the impact factors, impacted items and impact degree
are determined. As the assumption, by the advantages of the project, it may be support for
communication, commercial trades and other factors of developed country.
315
Biodiversity Survey Team
Table 5.34 -Biodiversity Survey Team for Mandalay-Muse New Railway Project
Status
Biodiversity
Sr. Official Position (All Technical
Survey Team
Specialists)
1. Dr Nyo Nyo Lwin Professor Team Leader
Department of Biology, Ecology & Biodiversity
Yangon University of Education Senior Consultant
2. Prof. Weine Nway Head of Department Team Leader
Nway Oo Department of Biotechnology Ph.D (Biotechnology)
Technological University Member of NBSAP,
(Kyaukse) 2011
3. Dr. Nyunt Lwin Lecturer Team Leader
Department of Zoology Ph.D (Ecology)
Kyuause University
4. Dr Wah Wah Associate Professor Research Member
Khaing Department of Botany, Ph.D (Environmental
Pathein University Science, YU) (Flora
Expert)
5. Dr Theingyi Soe Lecturer Research Member
Myint Department of Zoology, Ph.D (Ichthyology, YU)
University of Yangon Ichthyologist
6. U Htoo Htoo Aung Assistant Lecturer Research Member
Lwin Department of Zoology, Ph.D (Candidate, YU)
University of Yangon Ichthyologist
7. Dr. Thein Tun Oo Lecturer Research Member
Department of Botany, PhD (Botany)
Yadanabon University (Flora Expert)
8. Dr. Ye Ye Win Lecturer Research Member
Department of Botany, PhD (Botany)
Yadanabon University ( Flora Taxonomist)
9. U Shein Htet AungAssistant Lecturer Research Member
Department of Zoology, Mandalay PhD Prelim (Zoology);
University MSc, MRes
(Ornithology)
( Fauna Expert)
10. U Kyaw Lwin Carrier Researcher Research Member
Field specialist, Insect,
mammal and herpet
11. U Naing Oo Carrier Researcher Research Member
Field Specialist, Plant
5.4.7.1. Flora and Fauna (Amarapura and Patheingyi)

(1) Aims and Objectives
To collect and identify of plant and animal species in study area
316
To record dominant species of plants and animals

To analysis of composition of plants and animals
To assess the potential impacts and to suggest the mitigation measure
(2) Methods
The animals and floristic data, and ecological data collection were conducted by the following
methods in the study area.
(i) Study area and study sites
The study area is conducted on Muse-Mandalay Railway from Amarapura Township to
Patheingyi Township. Six study sites were allocated by based on habitats in this study area and
remarked on Google Earth. Site I (Sauk Taw Wa) I is at Latitude 21°50'31.20"N and Longitude
96° 7'10.68"E; Site II (Sin Bo) is at 21°52'0.33"N and 96° 8'46.74"E; Site III (Ngwe Taung)
at 21°53'34.23"N and 96°10'13.57"E; Site IV (Tha Le Kone) at 21°55'16.12"N and
96°11'1.27"E; Site V (Ye Kyi, South) is at 21°57'7.26"N and 96°11'7.77"E and Site VI
(Yetagon Taung) is situated at 21°57'50.59"N and 96°12'41.48"E
Figure 5.43 - Map of study sites
317
(ii) Study design

Classification of landscape based on satellite data: is often used to classify the landscape into
different vegetation categories and decide about the sampling strategy. We have also followed
same strategy of classifying the landscape into discernible units. Further, we have used ground
truth points to calibrate the classification of the landscape into distinct units.
At each sampling site, an appropriate data collection line was designated to cover the area of
each sampling site. One permanent transect line running from north to south with 50 m width
was established in each study site.
Vegetative sampling was made based on plot method. Sampling with quadrat plots were
allocated along the either side of each transect line. The minimum distance between two plots
was 100m. Each plot was measured a length of 30m and width of 10m. Plants species as well
as their total number within each plot were recorded.
(iii) Survey methods
Five kinds (Birds, Fish & Crust, mammals, herpets and insects) animals were surveyed for the
diversity assessment. Animals were observed and recorded using a binocular. The photos were
taken with digital camera. Most animal species were spotted with binoculars and photographs
were taken, some species which could not be recorded on photographs although their occurrence
was also recorded were included. The animals were surveyed two times, once in the morning
from 7:00 am to 10:00 am and once in the evening from 3:00 pm to 6:00 pm and conducted a
month. Line transect count method was carried out, walking along the study points. Data
counting were used by direct and estimation methods, followed after Bibby et al.(2008). Some
mammals and herpets were surveyed as interviewed methods.
Plate 1 Interview (Questionnaires’ Survey) and Field survey
318
(iv) Insects
Insects were caught and taken as voucher specimens. Flying insects were caught by insect net;
beetles were collected by digging the grounds, peering the tree barks with the knife. Some
beetles in the trees were shaken out and fall down on the ground; these insects were collected
by hands and a pairs of forceps.
(v) Fish & Crustacea
Fish & crust were recorded by direct catching method in/near the paddy field.
(vi) Herpet
Snakes, lizards and frogs were caught and taken as voucher species and were identified. Snakes
were caught by snake stick, lizards were shot by rubber bands, and frogs were collected in their
roosting habitats. Some snakes were surveyed as interviewed methods.
(vii) Birds
Birds were recorded using the watching methods with the help of binoculars. Species
319
identification was examined using the field guide books. Counting of bird number and habitat
utilization were observed. Species richness and observed frequency were assessed for species
diversity.
(viii) Mammals
Direct count method, remains of animal’s body parts such as skin, spines, antlers, etc.
Footprints and interviewed methods were used for mammal survey.
(3) Data analysis
Relative abundance
The recorded data was analyzed as follows after Bisht et al., 2004:
No. of individuals of a species
Relative abundance = No. of individuals of all species
The average relative abundance was categorized adopted by Bisht et al. (2004)
uC = uncommon having relative abundance of less than 0.0100
C = common having relative abundance of 0.0100 and above but less than 0.0500
vC = very common having relative abundance of 0.0500 and above
Diversity
The relative diversity (RDi) of families was calculated using the following formula
(Torre-Cuadros et al., 2007):
No. of species in a family

RDi = × 100
Total number of species
(4) Identification
Birds were identified following Symthies (2001) and Robson (2015). Mammals were identified
followed after by according to mentioned references, U Tun Yin (1993) and Francis C.M,
(2008). Identification and classification of herptiles followed after Smith (1935, 1943), Das
(2010) and Guraraja (2010). Identification and classification of insect species were classified
according to Hill (1983), Ghosh (1940), Pathak and Khan (1994) and Borror and Delong (1964).
Plant species were checked against Handley and Chit Ko Ko (1987), Kress et al. (2003) and
320
consulted with Department of Botany, Yadanabon University.
Plate 2 Identification for some species
(5) Observation and Results
64 species of flora belong to 54 genera under 40 families were recorded. Among them, 56
species are trees, 6 species are climbers, 4 species are herbs, 3 species are shrub, 1species is
bamboo and also 1 species is grass. In fauna recorded, there are 89 species belonging to ; among
these, 22 species are insects, 4 species are fishes, 1 species is crab, 10 species are herpet, 37
species are bird and 5 species are mammals.
(i) Flora
In the study area, the highest dominant of flora were covered by paddy field and follower after
Mango and banana orchards and some are gardens. The details of 64 flora species at study site
in Armarapura and Patheingyi can be seen in Appendix F.
Paddy field Mango orchard
321
Thapay garden Banana and Gandama garden
Figure 5.44 - Occurrence of plant species at study sites

Composition and Abundance of Plant Species
4.17% 2.78 %
6.94%
Tree
8.33 %
Climber
Herb
Shrb
Grass
77.78 %
(7) Evaluation of Biomass for Transmission Line
Forest acts an important part of the global cycle, storing carbon in both trees and soil. The large
quantity of woody tissue that tree contain mean forest have the highest carbon density of all
living things. The world forest is prominent sites to study of climate change, not only in terms
of total net carbon emission but also in term of global storage capacity. Therefore this study
focuses on carbon emissions but also in terms of above ground biomass of different species.
Above ground biomass is an essential aspect of studies of carbon stocks and the effects of
deforestation and carbon sequestration on the global carbon balance. Selected species that have
322
been assessed were Tectona grandis(Teak), Xyliaxylo carpa(Pyinkadoe), Pterocarpus

macrocarpus(Padauk),Pinus kesiya(Htinyu), Gmelina arborea(Yemane), Cassia
mimosoides(Mezali), Vernicia fordii(Tansi), Quercus dealbata(Kywatsr), Amoora
rohituk(Thitni), Neonauclea excels(Thitpayaung), Shorea obtuse(Thitya), Shorea
siamensis(Ingyin),Terminalia crenulata(Taukkyant),Cephalostachyum pergracile(Tin-wa),
Thyrsostachys oliveri(Thatnat-wa), Dendrocalamus strictus(Hmyin-wa), Bambusa
tulda(Thaik-wa). For estimation of aboveground biomass, the first is to estimate wood volume
of each species depending the diameter at breast height (DBH) and tree height(H).
The mixed forest which has been focused on study area was established on Shan State and
Mandalay region such as kutkai, hsipaw, kyaukme, naung cho and pyin oo lwin. Pterocarpus
macrocarpus(Padauk) has received the highest value in volume while Bambusa tulda(Thaik-
wa) has the lowest value. This means that the former species has the great compatibility with
the site conditions of reserved forest. The DBH, tree height and values of volume for each
species was described in Table.
Table 5.35 - Volume per stem (m3) and biomass (kg/stem) of different species
Species Tree
DBH Volume/stem Biomass
No: Common Height
Scientific Name (cm) (m3) (kg/stem)
Name (m)
1 Teak Tectona garndis 25 20 0.412388 409.0059225
2 Pyinkadoe Xylia xylocarpus 28 20 0.517299 513.0570292
Pterocarpus
3 Pakdauk 32 25 0.84457 837.6441293
macrocarpus
4 Pine Pinus kesiya 20 18 0.237535 235.5874114
5 Yemane Gmelina arborea 22 18 0.287418 285.0607677
Cassia
6 Mezali 25 15 0.309291 306.7544419
mimosoides
7 Tung si Vernicia fordii 19 18 0.214376 212.6176388
8 Kywatsr Quercus dealbata 15 25 0.185574 184.0526651
9 Thitni Amoora rohituk 25 17 0.350529 347.6550341
Thitphayau Neonauclea
10 24 20 0.380056 376.9398582
ng excelsa
11 Thitya Shorea obtuse 23 21 0.366497 363.4917434
12 Ingyin Shorea siamensis 21 23 0.334628 331.8837658
Terminalia
13 Taukkyan 28 18 0.465569 461.7513263
crenulata
Bamboo Cephalostachyum
14 9.5 18 0.053594 53.15440969
(Tin-wa) pergracile
Thyrsostachys
15 Thanat_wa 7 15 0.024248 24.04954824
oliveri
323
Dendrocalamus
16 Hmyin-wa 7 16 0.025865 25.65285146
strictus
17 Thaik-wa Bambusa tulda 6.5 14 0.000462 0.458086633
18 Coffee 2 3.5 0.000462 0.458086633
19 Macadama 3 15 0.004454 4.417263963
Figure 5.45 - Comparison of above ground biomass of different species

Above ground biomass of above species in which most of them is regarded as commercially
important species in Myanmar such as Teak, Pyinkadoe, Padauk, Ingyin and Thitya. Among
these species, Pterocarpus macrocarpus(Padauk) has the highest value of aboveground biomass.
According to the result, Tectona grandis(Teak), Xyliaxylo carpa(Pyinkadoe), and Neonauclea
excels(Thitpayaung) have high aboveground biomass so that they can be regarded as highly
prioritized species for reforestation activities for railway projects.
Figure 5.46 - Comparison of above round biomass of study site for tunnel passing
through the foreset
324
According to the result, Hsipaw has the highest value of aboveground biomass having 2257kg,
Pyin Oo Lwin has the second largest area having 1603kg, Kutkai has 1178kg and Lashio has
the smallest aboveground biomass 307 kg. In Hsipaw, Tansi, Padauk, Teak, Yemane, Mezali
and Pyinkadoe are present and padauk has the largest aboveground biomass compared with the
other. So, these species be regarded as highly prioritized species for reforestation activities for
railway project and padauk can be regarded as the most important species. Therefore, this
native species can be replanted in near area around the degraded forest and need to be
reforestation with approximate amount.
(8) Fauna
The details of fauna species at study site in Armarapura and Patheingyi can be seen in Appendix
F.
Composition and diversity
13.158 % 3.947 % mammals
5.263% birds
Insects
48.684 %
28.947% Fish &
Crustacea
Herpet
Figure 5.47 - Species composition of mammals, birds, insects, fish & crustacea and
herpet recorded from Armarapura and Patheingyi at Muse-Mandalay Railway
80
Number of species/individuals
70
60
50
40
30 Species
20 Individuals
10
0
Site Site Site Site Site Site
I II III IV V VI
Study sites
Figure 5.48- Composition of insect species recorded in five study sites from Armarapura
325
and Patheingyi at Muse-Mandalay Railway
6
5
4
3
Species
2
Individuals
1
0
I II III IV V VI
Study sites
Figure 5.49 - Composition of fish and crustacea species recorded in five study sites from
Armarapura and Patheingyi at Muse-Mandalay Railway
8
7
6
5
4
3 Species
2 Individuals
1
0
I II III IV V VI
Study sites
Figure 5.50 - Composition of herpet species recorded in five study sites from
140
120
100
80
60
Species
40
Individuals
20
0
I II III IV V VI
Study sites
Figure 5.51 - Composition of bird species recorded in five study sites from Armarapura
and Patheingyi at Muse-Mandalay Railway
326
25
20
15
10 Species
5 Individuals
0
I II III IV V VI
Study sites
Figure 5.52 - Composition of mammal species recorded in five study sites from
5.4.7.2. Flora and Fauna (Pyin Oo Lwin)

(Biodiversity survey of pyin oo lwin, naung hkio, his paw, kyaukme, lashio, thein ni,
kutkai, muse)
(i) Survey Areau
The Mandalay-Muse Railway New Project is located that on the route of Mandalay-Muse areas
(especially by Pyin Oo Lwin, Naung Hkio, ,Kyaukme, Hispaw, Lashio, Thenni, Kukkai and
Muse). According to the Specimen collection of fauna and flora data within the 10 km radius
of major project area are discovered because of there are enough food sources in these study
area.
(ii) Survey Method (Flora)
The floristic data collection was conducted by the following methods in the study Area.
Random transecting method
To get representative checklists of the tree species and plant collection was also carried out by
5 to 10 meter transect lines were laid down and observed near the railway site and another
wherever possible. In each sub-transects line, every plant species was listed and counted. In
addition, all plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, and cultivated plant) around the area were
recorded and listed. The species identification was carried out by using key to the families of
flowering plants and appropriate literature. A global positioning system (GPS) was used to
navigate and mark coordinates between the target line respectively and tree species and the
spatial location (latitude, longitude and altitude) of each plot was measured by using a Global
Positioning System (GPS). Materials used for recording are measuring tape for sample
transecting, digital camera for recording.
327
20m
5m
1m 1mT
hi
1m 5m 1m
20m
5m
1m 1m
1m 1m 5m
Data Collection
To investigate the plant species diversity, species richness, evenness, frequency and
dominance, randomly quadrat method were established around the proposed points of yard, 20
quadrates (5mx5m) for shrubs layer and 40 quadrates (1m x1m) for herbs layer were set up and
observed (Santra et al., 1999) in each site. All the herbaceous species in each quadrat were
listed and counted. Sample trees within the points and vicinity area also listed, counted and
measured on its Girth at Breast Height and height with measuring tape. The spatial location
(latitude, longitude and altitude) of each plot was measured by using a Global Positioning
System (GPS). Identification
Plants specimens were identified with a checklist of the trees, shrubs, herbs, and climbers of
Myanmar (Kress et al., 2003).
Data Analysis
The collected field data were calculated by using Jackknife estimate of species richness
(Heltshe and Forrester, 1983), Evenness (Shannon-Wiener function, 1963) and species
328
Diversity; Shannon-Wiener index (H), and Simpson index (D) (Magurran, 1998). Quantitative
analysis such as density, frequency, and abundance of herbaceous species were determined by
Curtis and McIntosh (1950). After field survey, data entry was carried out in excel work sheet.
For identification of threaten species, it is conducted matching with IUCN red list version
2016.3.
Jackknife estimate of species richness
According to the Heltshe and Forrester (1983), the formula of Jackknife estimate of species
richness is:
Ŝ=S +
Ŝ = Jackknife estimate of species richness
S = observed total number of species in “n” sample plots
n = Total number of plots sample
k = number of unique species
Plant Species Diversity

According to the Magurran (1998), species diversity is often expressed by two
indices, namely, Shannon-Wiener index (H), Evenness (E) and Simpson index (D).
Shannon-Wiener Index
s
H  pi  log2 pi 
i1
H = index of species diversity

S = number of species
pi= proportion of total sample belonging to the ith
Simpson Index
s
D 1( pi )2
i1
D= Simpson's index of species diversity

S= number of species
Pi= proportion of individual of i species in the community
Evenness
Species evenness is a measure of how equitable the species numerically in a community.
329
Shannon-Wiener function (1963) was used for the measure of evenness as follow;
H
E
Hmax
H max  Log 2 S
E = evenness (range 0-1)

H = index of species diversity
S = number of species
Hmax=species diversity under conditions of maximal equitability
Evaluation of density and frequency

The important quantitative analysis such as density, frequency, and abundance of tree
species, shrubs and herbs species were determined as per Curtis and McIntosh (1950).
(iii) Survey Method (Fauna)

Primary data collection through direct observation, interview, individual/target group
consultation such as- common resident faunas (mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fishes,
various kinds of insect include butterfly, dragonfly and damselfly etc.).
For the secondary data collection, the team will review the following materials: project reports,
research, concept notes, documents, monitoring reports, baseline data, reports shared to
relevant organizations, field reports & data, specific information & data, and any other
materials during the desk review. All collected specimens were scaled photographed,
morphometric characters were recorded and preserved in suitable containers with appropriate
concentration of formalin for taxonomical identification and further study. The butterfly and
dragonfly were photographed soon after the collection and measurements were also taken to
the Department of Zoology, University of Yangon for key characteristics. The identified
species were translated to scientific name with assistance of the senior researcher at Department
of Zoology, University of Yangon.
As the flora survey, during the site visit, the different biodiversity features, habitat and
landscape units present at the site were identified. Walk-through-surveys were conducted
around the site and all terrestrial and aquatic plant species observed were recorded by
randomizes. Photographs were taken of all species for later identification. Flora species
identification was carried out by using key to the families of flowering plants and appropriate
literature and confirmed by matching with herbarium specimens of Department of Botany,
330
University of Yangon. Diversity of plant species were presented in tabulated forms.

Representative checklists of the terrestrial and aquatic species, plant collection was also carried
out by visual observation along the project area.
Point count method, Line transects, Capture and Mark

Point counts are a commonly used method for determining the relative abundance of birds. A
point count consists of standing at a predetermined location, usually along the road-side, and
counting all birds seen or heard during a set period of time.
Point counts are used to record a variety of birds, including those species that may not visit a
feeder. It is a simple method that provides a uniform way of counting birds over time or across
locations. In large areas, randomly allocated point counts can be used as representative samples
for the area. Fauna (Invertebrate & Vertebrate) Survey will cover:
• Baseline survey of fauna was undertaken within each habitat type of the Study Area (including
intertidal habitats), using the point count method and line transects method.
• For each major habitat type, point count locations were selected to quantitatively assess the
Invertebrate and Vertebrate community in the area.
Point count method

For Birds, Ten minutes will be spent at each point, with all Birds seen or heard within 20 m
being counted. Count duration, it can vary from 2-20minutes. Record only these birds seen
during count duration. Do not include for analysis those birds seen while walking between two
points. Used distances Not very far (>200m), Not very close (<20m).
• Butterflies encountered outside counting points but within the Study Area was also recorded
to produce a complete species list. Signs of breeding, host plant were recorded.
(A) (B)
331
Line transects Method

Line transect sampling is a distance sampling method for estimating the abundance of animal
populations. One key assumption of this method is that all animals are detected at their initial
location.
(A) Line & Point Count
(B) Line Transect
(C) Fixed width Transect
332
(D) Line Drive Count
(E) Line Cross Count (less than 4-5km2)
Capture and Mark

Mark and recapture is a method commonly used in ecology to estimate an animal population's
size where it is impractical to count every individual. A portion of the population is captured,
marked, and released. Later, another portion will be captured and the number of marked
individuals within the sample is counted.
Natural and Physical Environment Anlysis

As far as it is concerning about Habitat Evaluation System (HES), Environmental Impact
Assessments (EIA) technically exmained two major habitat types were observed, namely: (1)
patches of mixed vegetation with scattered trees, and (2) human habitation area in these study
area. The project was conducted for the assessment of the species diversity of flora groups such
as trees, small trees, shrubs, herbs and climbers to predict the impacts and biotic ecology.
Biodiversity survey group observed within short period to collect the data of fauna. Our term
identified as to observe their fur and feathers, dens, nests, trails and burrows for not seen face
333
to face species. Important data of some wildlife animals collected about the interview survey
of native villagers. Biodiversity group investigated base on the conditions of survey areas to
use scans and spot observation method.
The survey team learnt that the fudamental assumption underlying HES is that the persence or
absence, abundance, and diversity of animal population in habitat or community are determined
by basic biotic and abiotic factors that can be readily quantified. The carrying capacity of a
habitat for a given species or groups of spcies is coorelated with basic chemical, physical, and
biotic characteristics of the habitats.
Topography: Topographical data of land cover and vegetation will be obtained through field
survey and pictured with the help of GPS and related equipments and software. Some of these
data will be collected visually from field survey.
Biological Condition: Fauna and flora occuring in the vicinity of around the Project area will
be visually surveyed and recorded with the help of scaled photographs. They will be identified
taxonomically using appropriate references result.
Terrestrial Fauna Survey
The base line study and specimen collection of terrestrial fauna, especially as major groups are
vertebrate (mammals, birds, reptiles, lizards and fishes especially visual observation) and
invertebrate (butterflies, dragonflies, damselflies and many kinds of insects visually during
survey). Fish surveys were conducted by direct observation in aquatic habitats and
opportunistically checking fishing gear. Secondary data was collected from villagers and
catches inspected. They are carried out in and around Project Area. Habitat preferences, relative
abundances and diversity assessment were examined. Diversity of fauna species were
presented in tabulated forms. Possible impacts (negative and positive impacts) were
investigated and mitigation measures were proposed. Collected specimens were checked with
the IUCN Redlist and CITE appendices.
(iv) Observation and Results ( Pyin Oo Lwin to Muse)

Floristic composition
A total of 86 flora species were recorded during the survey periods. The habit of identified
species consists of seven different types, including tree, shrub, herb, climber, bamboo, epiphyte
(orchid) and parasitic shrub. Some of tree species are planted for landscaping beside the rail
way yard and some of trees are planted and culturally retained for water resources around the
334
village sites. Most of shrubs and herbs were naturally grow on road sites and understorey layer
of tree species. According to the IUCN Red List, four Least Concerned species and two near
threatened status noted from the survey area.
Vegetation types
Along the railway site area, different forest types were observed accordingly to the elevation,
namely: (1) hill semi evergreen forest (2) tropical mix evergreen and deciduous forest (3) semi-
indaing forest (4) Open degraded forest and farmland ecosystem.
Table - Survey Activities and Results

Location
GPS positions Survey Activities Achievements
(Project site)
Pyin Oo Lwin N 22˚ 02’ 12.433” Along the proposed Collected 63 species
E 096˚ 27’ 54.289” railway way line of
station, villages and
cultivated land
Naung Hkio to N 22˚ 20’ 04.321” Along the proposed Collected 40 species
Hsipaw E 096˚ 51’ 53.058” rail way line and near
Gote Htaik area
Lashio to Muse N 22˚ 81’53.592” Survey along the rail- Collected 48species
E 097˚ 66’ 46.27” road
Pyin Oo Lwin Area

Vegetation Survey and Habitat
Along the railway site at Pyin Oo Lwin Area, different habitat and vegetation types were
observed, namely: (1) patches of hill semi evergreen forest (2) tropical mix evergreen and
deciduous forest (3) Open degraded land (4) human habitation area (5) farmland ecosystem.
Floristic compositions and Species Diversity

A total of 63 species belong to 35 families and 59 genus were identified at
Pwin Oo Lwin area. The majority of the plants species recorded were trees (26species)
followed by herbs (17 species), shrubs (12) and bamboo (3) and grass (1). According to results
of Shannon-Wiener and Simpson Index, floral diversity of shrub and herb was found to be
moderate; (3.70, 0.70), (3.10, 0.62) respectively. In this study height density and frequency
reveled the species of Castanopsis tribuloides and Colona floribunda in canopy layer; Tithonia
diversifolia and Clerodendrum bracteatum in shrub community and Biden pilosa and
Ageratina adenophora in herb community of understory layers. The details list for flora
species at Pyin Oo Lwin Area is in Appendix F.
335
Significant IUCN red list species

In this study Schima wallichii fall in Least Concerned species and Dalbergia cultrata fall in
Near Threatened species under globally threatened species (IUCN, 2016).
Table - Survey Activities and Achievements
Location
GPS positions Elevation Survey Points Achievements
(Project site)
N 22˚ 02’ 12.433”
1145m Station 1
Pyin Oo Lwin E 096˚ 27’ 54.289” 63 spp.
N 22˚ 02’ 15.427”
1090m Station 2
E 096˚ 26’ 16.263”
N 22˚ 02’ 09.687”
1090m Station 3
E 096˚ 27’ 50.416”
N 22˚ 02’ 09.732”
1092m Station 4
E 096˚ 27’ 50.075”
N 22˚ 05’ 44.703”
1179m Kone Kaw village
E 096˚ 26’ 16.263”
N 22˚ 05’ 44.689”
1140m Pan Oo Taung village
E 096˚ 26’ 16.291”
N 22˚ 06’ 40.754”
1119m Myaw Taw village
E 096˚ 30’ 00.000”
N 22˚ 07’ 06.723”
1114m Thet Kan village
E 096˚ 30’ 13.293”
N 22˚ 07’ 15.203”
1084m Pinlein village
E 096˚ 30’ 45.126”
336
Pyin Oo Lwin
1.59% 6.35%
3.17%
43.27%
31.75%
17.46%
Tree Shrub Herb Bamboo Grass Climber
Figure 5.53 - Composition of recorded plant species at Pyin Oo Lwin Area
Naung Hkio to Hsipaw Area

Along the railway site at Naung Hkio Area, different habitat types were observed, namely: (1)
tropical mix evergreen and deciduous forest (2) semi-indaing forest (3) Open degraded forest
(4) human habitation area (5) farmland ecosystem.
A total of 40 species belong to 20 families and 37 genus were identified at Naung Cho area.
The majority of the recorded plants species were trees (17 species) followed by herbs (9
species), shrubs (10), climber (2 species), parasitic shrub (1 species) and grass (1). According
to results of Shannon-Wiener and Simpson Index, floral diversity of shrub and herb was found
to be moderately low; (2.50, 0.63), (3.11, 0.67) respectively. In this study height density and
frequency revealed the species of Tithonia diversifolia, and Chromolaena odorata in shrub
community and Biden pilosa and Celosia argentea in herb community of understory layers.
Tectona grandis, Dalbergia cultrata and Shorea siamensis were frequently found in tree layers
according to secondary data. The details list for flora species at from Naung Hkio to Hsipaw
Area is in Appendix F.

In this study, four species namely; Schima wallichii, Schleichera oleosa,
Shorea siamensis and Chukrasia tabularis fall in Least Concerned species under globally
threatened species (IUCN, 2016).
337
Table - Survey Activities and Results

Location
GPS positions Elevation Survey points Achievements
(Project site)
N 22˚ 14’46.590” 701m Kone tha village
Naung Hkio E 096˚ 42’ 49.50” 40 spp.
N 22˚ 11’36.616” 680m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 40’20.151” village
N 22˚ 11’36.616” 680m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 40’20.151” village
N 22˚ 11’51.111” 670m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 40’51.819” village
N 22˚ 12’06.842” 671m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 40’57.944” village
N 22˚ 08’26.724” 670m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 35’10.501” village
N 22˚ 11’37.556” 670m Kone gyi Ywama
E 096˚ 40’21.881” village
N 22˚ 12’35.873” 687m Pin sone , Ye Win
E 096˚ 39’48.867”
N 22˚ 16’56.174” 752m Ohn ma kha village
E 096˚ 41’40.873”
N 22˚ 16’31.180” 1024m Pyat chin nu village
E 096˚ 49’20.221”
E 096˚ 49’20.221”
E 096˚ 49’10.104”
N 22˚ 18’16.231” 878m Gote Htaik area
E 096˚ 50’45.040”
E 096˚ 49’20.211”
E 096˚ 51’16.117”
N 22˚ 19’43.427” 780m Kone san village near
E 096˚ 51’ 53.80” Gote Htaik
E 096˚ 51’50.916”
E 096˚ 51’53.058”
338
Naung Hkio to Hsipaw

2.50% 5.00%
2.50%
42.50%
35.00%
25.00%
Tree Shrub Herb Parasitic Shrub Grass Climber
Figure 5.54 - Composition of recorded plant species at Naung Hkio to Hsipaw Area
Lashio to Muse Areas
Along the railway site at Lasho, Thenni, Kukkai and Muse, different habitat types were
observed, namely: (1) tropical mix evergreen and deciduous forest (2) hill evergreen forest (3)
Open degraded forest.
339

A total of 48 species belong to 26 families and 42 genus were identified at Lasho areas. The
majority of the recorded plants species were trees (17 species) followed by herbs (11 species),
shrubs (11), climber (3 species), bamboo (2 species), epiphyte orchid (3 species) and grass (1).
According to results of Shannon-Wiener and Simpson Index, floral diversity of shrub and herb
was found to be moderately height; (3.26, 0.68), (3.50, 0.70) respectively. In this study height
density and frequency revealed the species of Tithonia diversifolia, and Lantana camara in
shrub community and Barleria cristata and Ageratum conyzoides in herb community of
understory layers. Schima wallichi, and Prunus cerasoides were frequently found in tree layers
according to secondary data. The details list for flora species at from Lashio and Muse Area is
in Appendix F.

In this study four species namely; Schima wallichii and Dendrobium aphyllum fall in Least
Concerned species under globally threatened species (IUCN, 2016).
Table - Survey Activities and Achievements

Location GPS positions Elevation Survey points Achievements
(Project site) (m)
22°56'17.72"N 1605 Kaung Mat Keng village
Lashio 98° 8'17.45"E 48 sp.
22°57'2.13"N 1684 Hkaing Chin village
98° 8'17.45"E
22°46'28.23"N 782 Naung Mon village
97°38'40.12"E
22°28'25.74"N 1288 Naung Lan village
97°38'40.12"E
22°52'17.04"N 921 Loi Lunt village
97°41'16.13"E
22°48'55.29"N 914 Khay Nin
97°39'52.66"E
22°49'44.23"N 948 San Phyat village
97°40'11.47"E
23° 2'7.91"N 809 Hopeik village
97°44'39.92"E
23˚10’54.55”N 2096
97˚ 52’ 39.88”E
23˚ 28’39.75”N 2097 Honar village
97˚ 53’ 20.01”E
24˚00’11.81”N 2927 Weimain village
97˚ 56’ 21.6”E
340
6.25% Lashio to Muse

6.25%
2.08%
4.17%
35.42%
23.00%
23.00%
Tree Shrub Herb Bamboo Grass Climber Epiphyte
Figure 5.55 - Composition of recorded plant species at Lashio to Muse Area
341
CLASSIFICATION OF TERRESTRIAL FAUNA

Fauna (Vertebrate)
Mammals
According to the survey results, about total Mammals fauna 7 species 5 order and 6 families
were recorded. In Biodiversity survey, Grey squirrel (Callosciurus pygerythrus) is also
recorded on the trees of surrounding the study sites (near Pyin Oo Lwin, Naung Hkio, His Paw,
Kyaukme and Lashio site Survey). According to the interview survey of native villagers, some
wildlife animals, especialy eurasian wild pig, wild cat were recorded as popular fauna.
The caves of this area is limestone caves and many bat species use caves for alternate refuge,
some species rely on caves for day roosting and protection from predators. According to the
survey results, as bats species, about total Mammals fauna 3 species one order and 2 families
were recorded in Lashio area. Leschenaulti’s Rousette or Fulvous fruit bat Rousettus
leschenaultia, Pearson’s horseshoe bat Rhinolophus pearsonii and Malayan Horseshoe bat
Rhinolophus malayanus are also recorded in Shwe Gu Cave (between 22˚ 57' 16.0" N and 97˚
43' 27.2" E, elevation 829m), Kyauk Taung Cave (between 22˚ 56' 14.50" N and 97˚ 44' 04.82"
E, elevation 825m), Kyauk Khwe Taung Cave (between 22˚ 56' 07.67" N and 97˚ 42' 50.05"
E, elevation 875m). The details list of Mammals Species recorded near from Pyin Oo Lwin to
Lashio Site can be seen in Appendix F.
Birds
According to the survey results, about total Avian fauna 59 species 12 order and 30 families
were recorded. Surrounding of the Pyin Oo Lwin area, about 39 species of Avian Fauna
belonging to 9 order and 23 families were recorded with different population abundance.
Surrounding of the Naung Hkio to Kyaukme Survey about 30 species of Avian Fauna
belonging to 7 order and 18 families were investigated that the different categorize bird species
as insectivore, omnivores and carnivorous. Biodiversity team observed that the surrounding of
Lashio to Muse survey, about 22 species of Avian Fauna belonging to 3 order and 12 families
. Not only bird species but also the nests with eggs near the study site are found as various
habitat types.
The most commonly observed all year round resident birds include, beneficial insectivorous
species like Scarlet Minivet Pericrocotus flammeus, Hooded Treepie Rypsirina cucullata,
Grey-Chinned Minivet Pericrocotus solaris, White Wagtail Motacilla alba, Asian Palm Swift
Cypsiurus balasinensis, Plain Flowerpecker Dicaeum concolor, Plain Martin Riparia
paludicola, Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis, Green Bee-Eater Merops orientalis,
342
Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus, Ashy Drongo Dicrurus leucophaeus, Bronzed Drongo
Dicrurus aeneus, Grey Bushchat Saxicola ferrea, Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata, White-
throated babbler Turdoides gularis, Grey-Headed Canary Flycatcher Culicicapa ceylonensis
and Slender-Billed Oriole Oriolus tenuirostris, as the insectivorous group are identified in this
survey.
During the bird survey, Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer, Red-Whiskered Bulbul
Pycnonotus jocosus, Streak-eared Bulbul Pycnonotus blanfordi, Black-Crested Bul Bul
Pycnonotus melanicterus, House Sparrow Passer domesticus, Eurasian Tree Sparrow Passer
montanus, Plain-Backed Sparrow Passer flaveolus, Scaly-Breasted Munia Lonchura
punctulata, Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptopelia orientalis, Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis,
House Crow Corvus splendens, Large-Billed Crow Corvus macrorhynchos, Crested Myna
Acridotheres cristatellus, Common Myna Acridotheres tristis, Collared Myna Acridotheres
albocinctus, Vinous-Breasted Starling Sturnus burmannicus, Rock Pigen Columba livia,
Scarlet-Backed Flowerpecker Dicaeum cruentatum and Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta
vagabunda, Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis, Red Jungle fowl Gallus gallus, Slender-Billed
Oriole Oriolus tenuirostris are also recorded as omnivores and common resident birds.
Coppersmith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala is usually solitary, sluggish and slow moving
with heavy dipping flight. They feed on fruits, seeds, buds and nectar in this area by
observation. Olive-Backed Sunbird Nectatinia jugularis is also identified as nectarivore
species. Grey-Headed Parakeet Psittacula finschii and Thick-Billed Green Pigeon Treron
curvirostra, were recorded by the fruiting bird species.
The carnivorous species are recorded by White Throated Kingfisher Halcyon smymensis,,
Great Egret Casmerodius albus, White Throated Kingfisher Halcyon smymensis, and Greater
Coucal Centropus sinensis in this study. Long-Tailed Shrike Lanius schach, Burmese Shrike
Lanius collurioides, Brown Shrike Lanius cristatus, Great Egret Casmerodius albus, Black-
Capped Kingfisher (Halcyon pileata), Indian Pond Heron (Ardeola grayii), Black Kite Milvus
migrans, Black-Shouldered Kite Elanus axillaris, and Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni are also
found in various habitats at project area.
According to survey results, insectivorous species are quite effective in reducing insect pest
populations. Some species also can serve as an indicator or trigger organism, indicating possi-
ble environmental trouble, as declines in their relatively abundant numbers may precede other
more obvious effects of environmental stress. The details list for birds from Pyin Oo Lwin to
Muse can be seen in Appendix F.
343
According to the survey results, the following different categorize of bird species are followed:
Table - Different categorize of bird species from Mandalay-Muse Railway New Project
areas (especially by Pyin Oo Lwin, Naung Hkio, Kyaukme, Hispaw and Lashio, Thenni,
Kukkai and Muse ).
Sr. Types of bird species Number of Species
1. Insectivorous species 19
2. Omnivores species 23
3. Carnivorous species 14
4. Fruit-eating species 3
Total 59
GPS Points (Pyin Oo Lwin -P)

Elevation Remark
Point North Latitude East Longitude
(m)
P1 22° 02' 14.4'' 096° 27' 45.1'' 1082 -
P2 22° 02' 20.0'' 096° 28' 07.3'' 1064 -
P3 22° 02' 06.1'' 096° 27' 45.1'' 1063 -
Taung Pyo &

Taung Pyo
P4 22° 05'' 42.5'' 096° 25' 27.2'' 1167
Extended
Reserved Forest
Taung Pyo &

Taung Pyo
P5 22° 05' 41.0'' 096° 25' 27.2'' 1159
Extended
Reserved Forest
P6 22° 05' 49.9'' 096° 25' 25.0'' 1154 Water spring

P7 22° 06' 39.8'' 096° 29' 58.9'' 1110 -
P8 22° 06' 55.4'' 096° 29' 59.1'' 1125 -
P9 22° 07' 04.4'' 096° 30' 09.8'' 1131 -
P10 22° 06' 18.3'' 096° 32' 17.4'' 1025 -
P11 22° 06' 13.3'' 096° 33' 02.3'' 1018 -
503.20m from
P12 22° 2'22.93" 096°21'58.76" 962 Sakhan Gyi
Reserved Forest
344
GPS Points (Naung Hkio -N)

North East Elevation Remark
Point
Latitude Longitude (m)
N1 22° 08' 28.6'' 096° 36' 14.7'' 850
N2 22° 08' 28.5'' 096° 35' 17.5'' 917
N3 22° 08' 33.0'' 096° 34' 55.0'' 965
N5 22° 08' 28.7'' 096° 36'' 14.4'' 859
N6 22° 10' 17.5'' 096° 36' 41.2'' 836
N7 22° 10' 20.3'' 096° 36' 43.9'' 831
N8 22° 10' 01.8'' 096° 36' 43.8'' 810
N9 22° 14' 46.6'' 096° 42' 49.5'' 691
N10 22° 11' 09.6'' 096° 38' 53.5'' 714
N11 22° 11' 36.6'' 096° 40' 19.3'' 687
N12 22° 11' 50.0'' 096° 40' 51.7'' 676
N13 22° 12' 06.7'' 096° 40' 58.0'' 663
N14 22° 12' 35.7'' 096° 39' 48.9'' 678
N15 22° 14' 48.3 096° 38' 36.7'' 750
N16 22° 16' 55.2'' 096° 41' 38.0'' 755
N17 22° 19' 52.1'' 096° 48' 02.7'' 866
N18 22° 17' 28.2'' 096° 49' 02.4'' 978
N19 22° 16' 32.7'' 096° 49' 19.9'' 1027
N20 22° 16' 18.3'' 096° 49' 12.4 1041
N21 22° 18' 21.1'' 096° 50' 00.7'' 909
345
Goketwin
Reserved
Forest &
N22 22° 20' 04.0'' 096° 51' 51.4'' 717
Goketwin
Extended
Forest
Goketwin
Reserved
Forest &
N23 22° 20' 06.9'' 096° 51' 54.1'' 709
Goketwin
Extended
Forest
Nwang
Hkio
N24 22°17'41.93"N 096°42'46.07"E 792
Reserved
Forest
GPS Points (Kyaukme, -K and Hispaw –H)
K1 22° 24' 11.8'' 096° 57' 33.3'' 2489
K2 22° 21' 31.1'' 096° 52' 39.9'' 2498
H1 22° 33' 46.0'' 097° 13' 23.1'' 1373
590m from
Tein Lon
H2 22°33'42.28" 097°13'14.56" 1350
Reserved
Forest
346
GPS Points (Lashio -L)

Elevation Remark
Point North Latitude East Longitude
(m)
22°56'17.72"N 98° 8'17.45"E 1605 Kaung Mat Keng
L1
village
L2 22°57'2.13"N 98° 8'17.45"E 1684 Hkaing Chin village
L3 22°46'28.23"N 97°38'40.12"E 782 Naung Mon village
L4 22°28'25.74"N 98° 8'17.45"E 1288 Naung Lan
L5 22°52'17.04"N 97°41'16.13"E 921 Loi Lunt village
L6 22°48'55.29"N 97°39'52.66"E 914 Khay Nin
L7 22°49'44.23"N 97°40'11.47"E 948 San Phyat village
L8 23° 2'7.91"N 97°44'39.92"E 809 Hopeik village
L9 23° 6'24.21"N 97°49'15.70"E 951 84m from Bone Mon
GPS Points (Thein Ni- T, Kutkai-Ku and Muse -Mu)
T1 23˚ 10’54.55” 97˚ 52’ 39.88” 2096 -
Honar village, 69m
Ku1 23°28'5.59" 97°53'32.65" 2097 from Ho Nar
Reserved Forest
347
215m from Kaung

Lain Protected Forest,
567m from Nam
Ku2 23°33'24.96" 97°51'28.33"E 1182 Hpak Loon Protected
Forest and 493m from
Nam Phat Loon
(Lower) Village
Mu1 24˚ 00’11.81” 97˚ 56’ 21.6” 2927 Weimain village
348
Fauna Survey in
Reserved Forest and
Protected Forest Area
349
Fauna Survey in
Reserved Forest and
Fauna Survey in
Reserved Forest and
Figure 5.56 – Fauna Survey in Reserved Forest and Protected Area
Reptilian
During survey period, about 9 species of reptilian species belonging to 2 order and 7 families
were recorded at the study site. Two lizard species; Garden Fence Lizard Caltoes versicolor
and East Indian Brown Mabuya Mabuya multifasciata were identified during field survey.
According to interview records, four snake species; These are King Cobra Ophiophagus
hannah, Russell's viper Daboia russelii, Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus, Chequered keelback
water snake Xenochrophis piscator rarely come to few number in this project area. King cobra
is a venomous snake, endemic to forest. It is threatened by habitat loss and has been listed as
350
Vulnerable status (VU) on the IUCN Red List. According to interview records, there were
caught accidentally some snakes both poisonous and non-poisonous snakes in this area
according to report by the local people. According to interview records, 3 Turtle and Tortoise
species Oldham’s Leaf Turtle Cyclemys oldhamii (NT), Myanmar Black Turtle Melanochelus
trijuga (NT) and Yellow-Headed-Tortoise Indotestudo elongata (EN) were recorded. These are
threatened by habitat loss and have been listed as Threatened status on the IUCN Red List. The
details list of Reptilian can be seen in Appendix F.
Invertebrate
Invertebrates are abundantly found in the nearby the Mandalay-Muse Railway New Project. In
Survey areas, many different kinds of invertebrates such as various kinds of butterflies,
dragonflies, damselflies and other species (bees, grasshoppers, moths) were recorded.
Butterfly
Butterflies are important as one of the external agents of the Entomophily. These insects visit
one flower after another gathering pollen and nector certainly have an important role in play of
the process of pollination.
The relationship between butterfly and plants plays an important role in an ecosystem.
Flowering plants need butterfly species for pollination and the butterflies require suitable plant
species to serve as their host plants to complete their life cycle. Flowering plants are also
sources of food for the adult butterfly species as they ecological specialization of butterflies by
cross-pollinating the plants.
Biodiversity survey group are observed that there are about total 26 species of Butterfly as well
as male and female belonging to 7 families in surrounding of all project sites. The details lists
for butterfly from Pyin Oo Lwin to Muse can be seen in Appendix F.
Dragonfly
Dragonflies are valuable as indicators of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystem health and also play
a vital role as prey and predator to maintain the balance of tropic levels of food chain. The prey
of the adults consists mostly of the harmful insects of crops, orchards and forests and thus has
a regulatory impact on the agro-forestry. Their aquatic larvae constitute a natural biological
control over mosquito larvae and thus help to control several epidemic diseases like malaria,
dengue, filaria etc. Adult odonates feed on mosquitoes, black flies and other blood-sucking
351
flies and act as an important bio-control agent of these harmful insects. Odonates were thus
increasingly recognized due to the direct role of predators in ecosystem and their value in
indicators of water quality.The survey team investigated that the surrounding of the Mandalay-
Muse Railway New Project areas (especially by Mandalay, Patheingyi, Pyin Oo Lwin, Naung
Hkio, Lashio), about 13 species Dragonfly and Damselfly species belonging to one order and
2 families (Libellulidae and Coenagrionidae) were recorded with different population
abundance. The detail lists of dragon fly from Pyin Oo Lwin to Muse can be seen in Appendix
F.
Species Diversity of Terrestrial Fauna from Mandalay-Muse Railway New Project Areas
According to survey results, especially some of these data collected visually from field survey
within short period to collect the data of fauna. So, these areas are assessed as a least diversity
of terrestrial and aquatic fauna representing six different groups such as vertebrate (mammals,
bird, reptile) and Invertebrate (Butterfly, Dragonfly and Damselfly). There are total of 112
fauna species recorded around the Mandalay-Muse Railway New Project Areas The list of
fauna is mentioned as follows:
Table - Species Occurrence of Terrestrial Fauna from Mandalay-Muse Railway New
Project Area
Sr Vertebrate Invertebrate
.
Mammal Bird Reptilian Butterfly Dragonfly/Damselfl
y
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
famil specie famil specie famil specie famil specie family species
y s y s y s y s
4 5 30 59 7 9 7 26 2 13
Total Species Number – 112
Current Environmental Aspects

According to the recorded data, plenty of fauna, especially as major groups are vertebrate
(mammals, birds, reptiles (Turtle and Tortoise and lizards) and invertebrate (butterflies,
dragonflies, damselfly and many kinds of insects visually during survey) about 500 Meter and
1000 Meter surrounding in and around the project area are discovered because of there are
enough food sources in these study area.
IUCN and CITES Appendices

(i) Fauna survey
In fauna survey, four fauna species were recorded as threatened species under the IUCN
352
RedList and CITES appendices in this project area at the survey time.According to interview
survey results, on the mammals species, Northern Pig-Tailed Macaca leonine and Marbled Cat
Pardofelis marmorata were recorded as VU- Vulnerable status. On reptile’s survey, King
Cobra Ophiophagus Hannah and Yellow-Headed-Tortoise Indotestudo elongate were recorded
as VU- Vulnerable and EN- Endangered status. Near Threatened (NT) and Least Concern (LC)
meanclose to become extinct in the nature without include threatened species.
CITES
The Convention in International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) is a United Nations

Treaty organization, the largest and thus most powerful of the international treaties to protect
endangered animals and plants. At present, 177 countries are members (Parties) of CITES.
There is a three species CITES list in the study area. Myanmar as a party country of CITIES
we have to follow the rules and regulations of CITIES convention. According to the CITIES
Convention
Appendix I lists species that are the most endangered among CITES-listed animals and plants.
They are threatened with extinction and CITES prohibits international trade in specimens of
these species except when the purpose of the import is not commercial, for instance for
scientific research. In these exceptional cases, trade may take place provided it is authorized
by the granting of both an import permit and an export permit (or re-export certificate). Article
VII of the Convention provides for a number of exemptions to this general prohibition.
Appendix II lists species that are not necessarily now threatened with extinction but that may
become so unless trade is closely controlled. It also includes so-called "look-alike species", i.e.
species whose specimens in trade look like those of species listed for conservation reasons.
International trade in specimens of Appendix-II species may be authorized by the granting of
an export permit or re-export certificate. No import permit is necessary for these species under
CITES (although a permit is needed in some countries that have taken stricter measures than
CITES requires). Permits or certificates should only be granted if the relevant authorities are
satisfied that certain conditions are met, above all that trade will not be detrimental to the
survival of the species in the wild.
Appendix III is a list of species included at the request of a Party that already regulates trade
in the species and that needs the cooperation of other countries to prevent unsustainable or
353
illegal exploitation. International trade in specimens of species listed in this Appendix is

allowed only on presentation of the appropriate permits or certificates.
SN Order/Family Species Common Local CITES Appendix
Name Name
Reptile
1 Viperidae Daboia Viper Mwe-pwe  III
siamensis
2 Gekkonidae Gekko gecko House lizard Totk-taet  II
Mammal
3 Cercopithecidae Macaca mulatta Rhesus myaut-sat  II
macaque
Wild Life Trade
Wildlife Trade is a global epidemic. The Illegal Wildlife Trade is a multi-million dollar
business run by dangerous criminal syndicates that deal in the harvesting and trading of wild
species and their body parts. With high demand from a growing Asian middle class stoking the
fire, this trade is the biggest threat facing wildlife today.
Myanmar is a global hub for illegal wildlife trade. Because of our remaining wilderness and
abundant wildlife our forests are a prime source for some of the most poached species such as
tigers, Asian elephants and pangolins. To make matters worse, Myanmar is situated next to the
notorious lawless Golden Triangle region, the global illegal wildlife hypermarket.
Each year, hundreds of millions of plants and animals are caught of harvested from the wild
and then sold as food, pets, ornamental plants, leather, tourist curios, and medicine. While a
great deal of this trade is legal and is not harming wild populations, a worrying large proportion
is illegal and threatens the survival of many endangered species. (WWF Myanmar,2020)
According to the UNODC report(2018) , Myanmar is a strategically relevant country in the
illegal wildlife trade, nestled between several important source, transit and destination
countries. Yet, as transportation infrastructure in the country and the region continues to
improve and expand, the importance of Myanmar as a transit location for wildlife smuggling
may also increase in the future. We have to consider about wildlife trade and any other
smuggling process and have to cooperate with the regional authorities.
While the majority of illegal wildlife trade happens at a commercial level, tourists sometimes
participate unknowingly by buying or traveling with illegal items. These are most often bought
as souvenirs or gifts for friends and families. When buying souvenirs and gifts, make sure that
354
you are not contributing to the illegal trade in wildlife. That is why the local authorities have
to made the awareness program for local communities and tourists.
Summary of globally threatened species in Myanmar
Global Threat Status

Taxonomic Group Critically
Endangered Vulnerable Total
Endangered
Mammals 4 9 26 39
Birds 4 8 33 45
Reptiles 4 10 7 21
Invertebrates 0 0 1 1
Plants 13 12 13 38
Total 25 39 80 144
Source : Myanmar: Investment Opportunities in Biodiversity Conservation, 2005
Figure 5.57- Showing the Wildlife Trade Path
355
Table 5.36 - Overview of available information on species in use or trade and estimates
of legal and illegal trade, by taxonomic group
Species Overview Legal Trade Estimates Illegal Trade estimates
~ 5,400 species (Wilson and CITES trade11: ~ 280,000 ‘ No global estimates, but
Reeder, 2005); whole’12 wild- sourced estimates for some taxa and
> 1,000 utilized for food and mammals annually. commodities exist (1,215 rhinos
medicine (TRAFFIC, 2010); Overall, legal international illegally killed in 2014
~ 900 CITES-listed (UNEP- trade, particularly in non- (TRAFFIC, 2015), 17,000
WCMC (Comps.), 2016). CITES species, appears to be elephants killed in 2011 at
MIKE sites (CITES CoP16
Mammals
unquantified.
Doc.53.1 Addendum), ~18,750
ivory seizures over the period
1989- 2013 recorded in ETIS
(CITES Standing Committee
document SC65 Doc.42.1),
~227,000 pangolins killed in
Asia between 2000 and 2013
(Challender et al., 2015)); many
reports of instances of ITW.
~ 10,000 species (BirdLife CITES trade: ~ 90,000 ‘whole No global estimates although
International, 2013b); ’ wild- sourced birds regional estimates for some
~ 4,500 utilized, for example as annually. taxonomic groups exist (25
pets, food, or for sport hunting million birds illegally killed in
Birds
Several million birds each year

(BirdLife International, 2008); ~ in domestic and international the Mediterranean per year
3,300 traded (Butchart, 2008); trade, particularly finches, (BirdLife International,
~ 1,500 CITES-listed (UNEP- weavers, parrots and raptors 2015b)); many reports of
WCMC (Comps.), 2016). (BirdLife International, 2015b). instances of ITW.
~ 10,000 species (Pincheira- CITES trade: ~ 1.8 million ‘ No global estimates, but
Donoso et al., 2013; Uetz and whole’ wild- sourced reptiles estimates for some species and
Hošek, 2015); annually. commodities exist; many
~ thousands utilized and traded reports of instances of ITW.
Reptiles
Overall, legal international

(e.g. ~3,500 species/subspecies of trade, particularly in non-
reptiles and amphibians imported CITES species, appears to be
as pets into the EU (Newman, unquantified.
2014); ~ 800 CITES-listed
(UNEP-WCMC (Comps.), 2016).
~ 7,400 species (Frost, 2014); CITES trade: ~ 15,000 ‘whole No global estimates, but
> 200 utilized for food, > 260 for ’ wild- sourced amphibians estimates for some taxa and
pet trade and many for medicinal annually. commodities exist; many
Amphibians
purposes (Carpenter et al., 2007); For example, more than 20 reports of instances of ITW.
~ 150 CITES-listed (UNEP- million wild- caught live
WCMC (Comps.), 2016). amphibians (CITES and non-
CITES species) legally
imported into the United States
2001-2009 (Herrel and van der
Meijden, 2014).
~ 33,000 species (Froese and CITES trade: ~ 40,000 ‘whole Global illegal and unreported
Pauly, 2014); ’ wild- sourced fish annually. fishing estimated at 11-12
> thousands utilized (e.g. 1,200 Global catch of 90 million million tonnes annually
traded as aquarium fish (Cato and (Agnew et al., 2009).
Fish
tonnes annually (FAO, 2012).

Brown, 2003) , ~ 800 traded for
food (Ababouch, 2005);
~ 100 CITES-listed; five species
of sharks, one sawfish and the
356
genus Manta were listed at the

most recent CoP (UNEP-WCMC
(Comps.), 2016).
~ 1,000,000 species (Roskov et CITES trade: ~ 2.5 million ‘ No global estimates, but
al., 2014); whole’ wild-sourced estimates for some taxa and
> thousands utilized (e.g. > 2,000 invertebrates annually. commodities exist; many
insect species (Ramos-Elorduy, Marine and freshwater mollusc reports of instances of ITW.
Invertebrates
2009) and > 300 marine and crustacean catch alone > 13
invertebrate taxa are used as food million tonnes in 2012 (FAO,
(Anderson et al., 2011)); 2014a). Up to 30- 50 tonnes of
~ 2,200 CITES-listed, red and black13 coral and >
predominantly corals (UNEP- 2,500 tonnes of shells also
WCMC (Comps.), 2016). traded each year (Tissot et al.,
2010).
~ 100,000 species of trees (BCGI, 137 million m3 roundwood, 8-10 per cent of the value of
2007) - not all produce 124 million m3 sawnwood, 77 global wood products (Seneca
exploitable timber; million m3 wood- based panels Creek Associates and Wood
> 1,600 traded commercially and 223 million tonnes of Resources International, 2004);
Timber
(Mark et al., 2014); pulp/paper products in 2013 In 2004, just under half of all
~ 700 CITES-listed trees; five (FAO, 2015a). tropical logs, sawn timber and
species and two genera were plywood in trade were
listed at the two most recent CoPs estimated to be illegally
(UNEP-WCMC (Comps.), 2016). sourced (Lawson and MacFaul,
2010).
~ 300,000 species (BGCI, 2014); CITES trade: ~ 24 million ‘ No global estimates, but
> 20,000 traded for medicinal whole’ wild- sourced plants estimates for some taxa and
purposes alone (WHO et al., annually. commodities exist; many
Plants
1993); reports of instances of ITW.

~ 30,000 CITES-listed, the
majority orchids (UNEP-WCMC
(Comps.), 2016).
Source: UNEP 2017
Impact on Biodiversity and Ecosystem

The most area where the alignment passes has been heavily influenced by human activities of
township building and agriculture farmland cultivation. Investigated plants are common
species in this area. Due to the influence from local residents, there is a not important fauna
and flora resource in the alignment corridor. For this reason, proposed project is little impacts
on wild animals in human habitation area. Bats have long been known as the cave-dwellers par
excellence. The degree of ecological dependence on caves as shelter is highly variable for bats.
Most bats species are able to use multiple kinds of roosts in caves.
From the point of view of the bats, caves must be protected to allow species most dependent
on this kind of shelter to maintain viable populations. From the point of view of the cave
communities, all bat species, independent of their conservation status, must be locally protected
in project areas. Even in the case of bat species, the control must be carefully managed,
allowing the maintenance of a minimum population size to support the cavernicoles dependent
357
on vampire bat guano. On the other hand, bat guano is an important food source for many
subterranean organisms, especially for species restricted to subterranean habitats, totally
dependent on the resources present in these habitats and prone to rapid extinction following
any ecological disequilibrium. Therefore, protecting bats is a fundamental part of any program
or action on project by contractors for conservation of subterranean systems.
Through the field survey, it was observed that biodiversity in the project area was rich because
of there are enough food sources and available conditions for wild animals in these
areas.Though clearing the vegetation due to the implementation of the project, greening of
the public space along and near the rail -road will help to mitigate the change of
biodiversity and ecosystem. Therefore, the development of the project will be able to cause any
significant impact on biodiversity and ecosystem of the region. The avoidance is essential to
maintain the integrated habitat and is the most effective way to protect local resources.
In the course of construction and operation of tunnel conditions for development of flora and
fauna should not be disturbed; deforestation and cutting down of bushes, change of
hydrological mode of water objects, deterioration of ways of animals migration, reduction of
the sizes of populations, extinction of species are inadmissible.
Construction and operation of the Project will have only a minimal effect on existing flora and
fauna. During construction, a short-term impact on ecology is likely to occur in and around the
sites, material stockpiling areas, and worksites due to vegetation clearance. A permanent but
relatively minor impact on ecology is likely to occur due to the alignment of any unstable
section. Vegetative cover stripped from these locations will be kept for landslide and slope
protection. Contractors will be responsible for putting new vegetation in removal sites.
Construction vehicles should use temporary roads constructed to minimize damage to
agricultural land and local access roads. Where local roads are used, they will be repaired to
their original condition after the completion of work. Compaction around trees will be
performed carefully to avoid damage to the tree drip-line.
Potential impacts from construction worker camps include poaching of edible animals and
birds in the locality, despite prohibitions. The contractors will be responsible for providing
adequate knowledge to workers regarding the protection of fauna. Workers will be trained
regarding nature protection and the need to avoid cutting down trees during construction.
Contractors will be responsible for supplying appropriate fuel in the work camps to prevent
fuelwood collection.
358
(ii) Flora Survey

In flora survey, there are a number of species of flora in the various parts of Mandalay, Pyin
Oo Lwin, Naung Hkio, and Lashio, some of which are Least Concerned and Near Threatened
species could be found in different parts of the Project area. Potential impacts to flora and fauna
include (i) destruction of vegetation for earth works, and (ii) temporary habitat occupation
which will disturb fauna movements at certain locations of the alignment.
Above-ground Biomass
Above-ground biomass is the most visible of all the carbon pools, and changes in it an
important indicator of change or the impact of an invention on benefits related to both carbon
mitigation and others matters. Above-ground biomass is a key pool for most land-based
projects.
This study focused in Pyin Oo Lwin and Naung Cho in sample area, and calculated
aboveground
biomass regression for land use. We focused on the (7) common species and, which contain 17
species observed in the sample area. However, species diversity, density and carbon stocks
may vary for different forests and different ecological region, which are topics of further
research.
Furthermore, this finding of this study provides a baseline carbon storage of the forest and to
preventing carbon emissions from tropical forests as largest and most immediate carbon stock
impact in the short term (IPCC 2007). In addition to predicts a better understanding of land use
along the railway project and can contribute sustainable, resilient, of the project/country. In
order to know the current carbon stock, this study estimated aboveground carbon in the forest.
The storage of higher C in the forests emphasizes the importance of maintaining and increasing
the number of reserved area.
Name DBH(cm) Ht(m) SD(tree/ha) BA(m2/ha) V(m3/ha) AG-C

Teak 33.4 13.8 32 4.636 38.7 108.464
Pyinkadoe 73.7 16.1 4 11.866 27.48 91.299
Padauk 28.94 19.83 9 5.739 11.741 60.03
Bamboo 8 20 25 1.6 2.514 11.04
15
Pine 21 30 6.3 15.59 69.02
Yamanay 25 20 15 5 14.73 67.12
Melzali 15 20 15 10 2.651 28.78
AG-C= VOB*WD*BEF
Where:
WD= Wood Density
VOB= Biomass of inventory volume
359
BEF= Biomass expression factor\

BEF= Exp (3.213-0.506*ln BV)
BV= WD*VOB
Aboveground baboo biomass Y=0189D1.956 Kg
(11) Potential Impacts on Fauna And Flora

(i) Natural Environment
Muse - Mandalay Segment is Shan plateau topography, most of which are at an altitude of
700m ~ 800m or above, the top of the plateau surface generally presents relatively low and
gentle planation surface, the surface fluctuation is generally tens to hundreds of meters, deep
valleys are developed. Most of the natural vegetation is secondary evergreen broad-leaved
forest with partial residual tropical monsoon rain forest.
Along the railway site area, different forest types were observed accordingly to the elevation,
namely: (1) hill semi evergreen forest (2) tropical mix evergreen and deciduous forest (3)
semi-indaing forest (4) Open degraded forest and farmland ecosystem.
During the survey none of the trees are in the list of threatened plant species. It is expected
hundreds of trees along the railway track will be cut or removed. Impacts on flora, fauna and
biodiversity are expected to be limited and temporary because trees observed along the railway
line are commonly found in public parks, other greenery areas and along the roads in Mandalay
to Muse.
Figure 5.58- Images Showing Vegetation Scenery Result of the Survey Area
360
(12) Impacts Classification

The impacts of fauna and flora are classified and their range varies in space and time. The
intensity of these impacts (negative and positive) is classified according to the following
criteria:
 Loss of habitats
 Noise impact
 Development of country
 Family income and working opportunities
(13) Identification and Assessment/ Analysis Impacts

The following method will be applied to assess the environmental impacts of the Mandalay-
Muse Railway New Project mainly on Biodiversity. Conclusively, each source of impact has
been assessed by four parameters; Magnitude, Duration, Extend (area) and Probability.
Some Limestone Caves near Lashio Area

Shan State covers almost a quarter of Myanmar and is the most mountainous area in the country.
This state also constitutes the largest part of the Northern Indo-Chinese biogeographic zone in
Myanmar (Tun Yin, 1993). Most caves in the State are important archaeological sites that
feature splendid pieces of ancient cultures.
Limestone caves (Rhinolophus pearsonii and Malayan Horseshoe bat Rhinolophus
malayanusare also recorded in Shwe Gu Cave (between 22˚ 57' 16.0" N and 97˚ 43' 27.2" E,
elevation 829m), Kyauk Taung Cave (between 22˚ 56' 14.50" N and 97˚ 44' 04.82" E, elevation
825m), Kyauk Khwe Taung Cave (between 22˚ 56' 07.67" N and 97˚ 42' 50.05" E, elevation
875m)) were conducted and bat species use caves for alternate refuge, some species rely on
caves for day roosting and protection from predators. According to the survey results, as bats
species, about total Mammals fauna 3 species one order and 2 families were recorded in Lashio
area. Leschenaulti’s Rousette or Fulvous fruit bat Rousettus leschenaultia, Pearson’s horseshoe
bat.
361
Figure 5.59 - Location map of studied cave

Source: Land Records Department, Lashio
362
Figure 5.60- Map of the study sites of bat caves in Lashio

No Name Estimated distance from railway (km)
1 Shwe Gu Cave 3.340
2 Kyauk Taung Cave 3.890
3 Kyauk Khwe Taung Cave 1.745
363
Figure - Image of Shwe Gu Cave
Figure - Image of Kyauk Taung Cave
Figure - Image of Kyauk Khwe Cave
364
Biological Resource Management Plan
The Critical role that biological resources play in sustaining human life has in the last two
decades received considerable if belated attention. In 1992 a board framework for the
conservation and use of the world’s biological resources – The Convention on Biological
Diversity (CBD) – was agreed by the United Nations Conference on Environment and
Development (the Earth Summit). Despite increasing recognition, however, the worlds’
biological resource continues to be lost at an alarming rate, and particularly so in developing
countries where many of the remaining resources are concentrated. (World Bank 2002)
The overarching objective of "Biological Resource Management Plan" is to provide strategies
and management actions necessary to sustain the country’s biological resources.
Recommended biological resource management objectives for proposed railway project are to:
 Protect species and habitats of along the railway project
 Maintain and preserve native biological diversity
 Reduce the spread of invasive species and provide integrated controls of noxious weeds
 Where and when feasible, improve degraded habitats in a strategic manner to increase
landscape connectivity and native diversity
 Reduce and minimize fragmentation of habitats
 Maintain landscape that provide regional connectivity to habitats surrounding railway
project.
 To meet these objectives, BRMP provides a set of generally directives for proposed
railway project operation.
 Develop a flora replantation plan particularly for native species
 Educated employees of environmental responsibilities during inductions including treating
all native fauna species as protected.
Effect of Transmission Line Construction
As we stated in biodiversity report above section some potential effects related to transmission
line construction are physical changes to wildlife habitat and temporary disturbance to wildlife
from the presence of construction workers and machinery.
Effects of the Physical Presence of Transmission Lines
The physical presence of transmission lines can have an effect on wildlife. These potential
effects include long-term changes to habitat, bird strikes, access issues, noise effects and
associated avoidance behavior, and electric and magnetic fields.
365
Biodiversity Richness in Myanmar
Taxonomic group Species Number

Species of vascular plants of
11,800
Gymnosperms and angiosperms
Mammals 258
Bird species 1,056
Snakes 153
Reptile Lizards 87
Turtles and tortoise 32
Frogs and toads 79
Amphibians Caecilians 2
Salamander 1
Fresh water fish 310
Marine water fish 465
Medicinal plant 841
Bamboo 96
Rattan 37
Protected Areas & Species
According to the data of Forest Department, there are 36 protected area and 577 wildlife
species (completely protected), 318 wildlife species (normally protected), and 914 wildlife
species (seasonally species) in Myanmar. Elephant, Indian Bison, Serow, Braking Deer,
Green Pea Fowl Pavo muticus are protected species in Shan State.
Sensitive Season
The Ayeyawady Dolphin Protected Area (ADPA) stretches 74 km of river starting from
Mingun in the south up to Kyaukmyaung and Singu townships in the north. And Irrawaddy
dolphin breed in December through June. The proposed railways project far from
Mingun(10.87 miles), Kuaukkmyaung (50.78 miles), and Singu (43.03 miles) respectively.
According to the variation of breeding season on difference species, educated employees of
environmental responsibilities during inductions including treating all native fauna species as
protected.
366
Important Areas and Transmission Corridors
According to the data of BANCA, there are 57 of IBAs and 5,589,800 ha IBA area, 7 of EBAs
in Myanmar. The IBAs, EBAs and migratory bird list (see the appendix) of Mandalay region
and Shan State are listed as below.
No Regions of Conservation Importance

1 Important Bird Areas Mehon (Doke-hta Wady River)
2 Yemyet Inn
3 Endemic Bird Areas Irrawaddy plains
Transmission Corridors
EBA
Figure 5.61 - EBAs and Transmission Corridors

Source : BANCA 2020
367
IBAs
Figure 5.62- IBAs and Transmission Corridors
Source : BANCA, 2020
368
Wildlife Sanctuary
Figure 5.63 - Wildlife Sanctuary and Transmission Corridors
369
Figure 5.64 - KBAs and Transmission Corridors

Source: WCS Myanmar
370
EHS Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution
Avian and Bat Collisions and Electrocutions

Bird and bat deaths from electrocution and collision with power lines are an ongoing
environmental issue affecting operation of electrical transmission and distribution lines. When
the birds and bats collide with electrical power line infrastructure, their electrocution also can
result in electrical outages affects service reliability and cause wildfires.
The combination of the height of transmission towers and distribution poles and the electricity
carried by transmission and distribution lines can pose potentially fatal risk to birds and bats
through collisions and electrocutions. Avian collisions with power lines can occur in large
numbers if located within daily flyways or migration corridors, or if groups are traveling at
night or during low light conditions (e.g., dense fog). In addition, bird and bat collisions with
power lines may result in power outages and fires.
Recommended prevention and control measures to minimize avian and bat collisions and
electrocutions include.
 Aligning transmission corridors to avoid critical habitats (e.g., nesting grounds, heronries,
rookeries, bat foraging corridors, and migration corridors);
 Maintaining 1.5 meter (60-inch) spacing between energized components and grounded
hardware or, where spacing is not feasible, covering energized parts and hardware;
 Retrofitting existing transmission or distribution systems by installing elevated perches,
insulating jumper loops, placing obstructive perch deterrents (e.g., insulated” V’s”),
changing
 the location of conductors, and / or using raptor hoods;
 Considering the installation of underground transmission and distribution lines in sensitive
areas (e.g., critical natural habitats);
 Installing visibility enhancement objects such as marker balls, bird deterrents, or diverters.
We will follow the “Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power
Transmission and Distribution” for Avian and Bat collisions and electrocutions impacts.
Collision and Mortality Rate
According to the Avian Power Line Interaction Committee the adding to the difficulty in
providing an overall assessment of collision mortality is that bird collisions do not usually
cause power outages and consequently are not usually discovered. On the other hand,
electrocutions are more likely to cause power outages. To generate collision estimates for a
particular power line, power line segments have to be selected randomly for mortality
371
monitoring and should represent a diversity of habitats. Collision mortality can be relatively
high or low depending upon the species, habitat, and the local circumstances. Below the table
provides recommendations for collision monitoring studies. This is the summary of
considerations and issues for designing site specific collision, mortality rates monitoring,
Table: 5.37 - Design for collision and mortality

Considerations for site specific collision Issues Related to Estimating Mortality
monitoring Rates
Behavioral Monitoring Equations for Calculating Mortality Rate
- Bird density - Accuracy
- Evaluation criteria - Variability in methods
- Estimating bird flight height
- Study segments
Sampling Biases
Mortality Monitoring - Crippling loss
- Differences in sampling design - Searcher efficiency
- Question to ask - Habitat differences
- Data to record
Source: Avian Power Line Committee
Birds use the structures

In the other hands, transmission line structures can enhance habitats for birds by providing
additional breeding and roosting sites, and hunting and feeding perches. Many species of birds
nest on utility distribution and transmission structures including hawks, and eagles.
Hawks and eagles will occasionally use transmission structures as nesting sites
Protected tree species
According to the forest department fact and figure, in total 16 tree species have been declared
as protected species in order to prevent their over-utilization. The species are protected either
372
in the whole country or in a specific region. In addition to these tree species, some medicinal
plants and orchid species are protected throughout the whole country.
Table 5.38 - Protected tree species in Myanmar by region

(Forest Department Fact and Figure,2006)
Region
Scientific name Common Name Whole Upper Lower
Country Myanmar Myanmar
Tectona grandis Teak
Pentace burmanica Thitka
Xantolis burmanica Thitcho
Hopea odorata Thigan
Xylia xylocarpa Pyinkado
Acacia catechu Sha
Pterocarpus macrocarpus Padauk
Excoecaria agallocha Thayaw
Shorea obtusa Thit-ya
Shorea siamensis Ingyin
Pinus khasya Tinshu
Dipterocarpus alatus Kanyin
Lindera assamica Karaway
Cinnamomum Hmanthin
pachyphyllum
Lagerstroemia floribunda Kamaung
Prunus cerasoides Cherry
Vegetation management
Transmission line and right-of-way maintenance have less of an affect on wildlife and wildlife
habitat than construction activities. However, all forms of vegetation management change
wildlife habitat by producing stable, low-growing vegetation. These rich low growing plants
373
often benefit wildlife by providing food and cover and may increase foraging and nesting
opportunities.
Invasive Plant Species
According to the Fifth national report to the united nations convention on biological diversity
(2014, March) the total number of known species by taxonomic group, is; 11,824 plants, 252
mammals, 1,056 birds, 293 reptiles, 139 amphibian and 775 fish. This is an increase over the
Fourth national Report of 24 plant species, one mammal species, 21 reptile species and 57
amphibian species, of which 22 reptiles and 6 amphibian species are believed endemic to
Myanmar. However, comprehensive, country wide surveys are still needed to determine the
total number of species in the country. In the other hands, Asia-Pacific Forest Invasive Species
Network (APFISN) stated that, 32 invasive species of insect, aquatic plant, herb, shrub, vine,
grass, tree, microorganism, mammal, bird and fish in Myanmar.
Plant species diversity in Myanmar (Forest Department 2003)
Category No. of species
Plants 11800
Bamboo 102
Rattan 50
Shrubs 1696
Orchids 841
An invasive species is an organism that causes ecological or economic harm in a new
environment where it is not native. Invasive species can harm both the natural resources in an
ecosystem as well as threaten human use of these resources. An invasive species can be
introduced to a new area via the ballast water of oceangoing ships, intentional and accidental
releases of aquaculture species, aquarium specimens or bait, and other means. Invasive species
are capable of causing extinctions of native plants and animals, reducing biodiversity,
competing with native organisms for limited resources, and altering habitats. This can result in
huge economic impacts and fundamental disruptions of coastal and Great Lakes ecosystems.
According to our study some invasive species such as Leucaena Leucocephala were observed
in proposed project area. In our cutting or clearing plants process, we will negotiate and request
for approval from Forest Department. Moreover, in cutting or clearing plants process we will
avoid native plant species as much as we can and we will be replanting with the guidance of
Forest Department. In the replanting process, native plant species are priority.
Ecoregions in Myanmar
Myanmar as a country, one of the richest biodiversity hotspots in the world. MONREC
(Ministry of Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation) defined Ecoregions in
374
Myanmar. An ecoregion (ecological region) is an ecologically and geographically defined area

that is smaller than a bioregion, which in turn is smaller than a biogeographic realm. Ecoregions
cover relatively large areas of land or water and contain characteristic, geographically distinct
assemblages of natural communities and species. The biodiversity of flora, fauna, and
ecosystems that characterize an ecoregion tends to be distinct from that of other ecoregions.
Biodiversity or conservation ecoregions are relatively large areas of land or water where the
probability of encountering different species and communities at any given point remains
relatively constant, within an acceptable range of variation. According to the WWF, we can
take these steps based on ecoregions, - trends in environmental change, - current protection
status of key landscapes and habitats. Based on the data of MONREC, Myanmar have the 19
ecoregions all around the country. These are as follow,
Table 5.39 - Ecoregions
SN Ecoregion Area (km2) %
1 Central Indochina dry forests 4.0 0.0
2 Chin Hills-Arakan Yoma montane forests 29,810.7 4.4
3 Eastern Himalayan alpine shrub and meadows 5,316.6 0.8
4 Eastern Himalayan broadleaf forests 285.5 0.0
5 Eastern Himalayan Subalpine conifer forests 38.5 0.0
6 Irrawaddy dry forests 35,459.4 5.2
7 Irrawaddy freshwater swamp forests 15,308.8 2.3
8 Irrawaddy moist deciduous forests 139,806.4 20.7
9 Kayah-Karen montane rain forests 56,113.1 8.3
10 Lower Gangetic Plains moist deciduous forests 3.0 00
11 Mizoram-Manipur-Kachin rain forests 71,183.0 10.5
12 Myanmar Coast Mangroves 15,889.0 2.4
13 Myanmar coastal rain forests 66,338.2 9.8
14 Northeast India-Myanmar pine forests 83.0 0.0
15 Northern Indochina subtropical forests 139,582.7 20.6
16 Northern Triangle subtropical forests 54,595.4 8.1
375
17 Northern Triangle temperate forests 10,813.4 1.6
18 Nujiang Langcang Gorge alpine conifer and mixed forests 4,635.2 0.7
19 Tenasserim-South Thailand semi evergreen rain forests 30,734.1 4.5
Total 676,000.0 100.0
Source : IFC (2017)
Figure 5.65- Ecoregions in Myanmar

Source: IFC (2017)
376
Thit Ta Pin Taung Forest Area
As the railway route is close to Thit Ta Pin Taung forest area, which is environmental
sensitive area of water resources for the local community of surrounding villages and to protect
near forest areas in Pyin Oo Lwin Township. As Thit Tapin Taung is massive, it’s extremely
difficult to carry out conservation work. However locals said there are colonial-era stone posts
and fences demarcating the area. So to conduct the project, the old posts and fences may be
kept or new ones erected. Either way, the main task is conservation. The area around Thit Tapin
Taung is within the forest and the Forestry Department is responsible to conduct conservation
work there and has been planting 150 acres of pine trees. There are three lakes at Thit Tapin
Taung which have supplied water to Pyin Oo Lwin town since the colonial era. Residents also
rely on it for drinking water. Some 16 areas of the lake were recognised as watershed areas.
Due to the disappearing forest, the lakes have decreased in size, said an official of the Forestry
Department.
Construction of railway line may result in the deterioration of lowered infiltration rate of soil
water content, reduction of available water content of soil by the elimination of surface
vegetation and thus the construction should avoid to this area.
377
Images of Thit Ta Pin Taung Area
Figure 5.66 - Location Map of Thit Ta Pin Taung
378
No Name Estimated distance from railway (km)
1 Thit Ta Pin Taung 0.075
Mehon-Doke-hta Wady River key biodiversity area (KBA)

The neighboring predictable area of particular biodiversity importance is the Mehon-Doke-hta
Wady River key biodiversity area which found between the Pyin Oo Lwin Wildlife Sanctuary.
Although, this area does not have any legal status but it is considered as an International Bird
Area (IBA) by Birdlife International.
Overall, the biodiversity recorded in the Project’s direct and indirect impact zones was not
found to be unique, but, the ecosystems, habitats and species documented are relatively
widespread and should considered most important from a conservation perspective.
(14) Overall Suggestions for Biodiversity Environment

 The project is huge, long and also will drill into the mountains, underlay soil for the railway
track and use a lot of construction materials. It is going to surely affect the ecosystem,
original forest areas, water resources and farmlands, even if they use highest technology
methods.
 The status and sensitivities of the ecological components of the project environment were
carefully established and assessed through literature research, field observation, public
consultation and literature review.
 The ecological assessment carried out for the proposed project suggests low to moderate
scale of adverse impacts, which can be reduced to acceptable level through recommended
mitigation measures as mentioned in the EIA.
 As BRI, large infrastructure project, often have an irreversible environmental impact. If it
is implemented in a forested area, it will surely create deforestation, and this contributes
tends to climate change in the host country.
 Deforestation will be driven by the conversion of forests into plantations for agricultural
commodities like bananas and rubber, supported by authorized investment and these
rapidly expanding plantations grow tissue culture bananas, and the clonal genetic material
and monoculture production require constant applications of chemical fertilizers and
pesticides will be poisoned local communities’ water supplies and ecosystems.
 It is important to note that, some areas in Myanmar are environmentally, politically and
socially sensitive, so, project implementation needs to be handled carefully and must take
those issues into consideration.
379
 Large areas of near protected forest in the project areas would be cut down to make way
for power stations, as the railway line’s 100 mph trains and it will be using electricity and
thus many hectares of forest would be axed and also a threat to the nature of the Shan
highlands because, the high-speed railway would create a lot of noise and vibration.
 Trees and plants along the planned proposed route may be removed or cut. These may
include culturally important and old trees. There is a possibility of impacts due to the
management of plants in order to recover trees felled during construction period.
 As for animal ecology, they constitute an important component of the natural ecosystem.
The animal communities are important because of their uses as sources of biodiversity
conservation and research studies, recreation, and more importantly the provision of protein
in the diet of rural communities. The study area is an important habitat for some species of
animals. For the present and foreseeable future, this study area is the important vegetation
zone as regards conservation and utilization.
 Ecologically, the animal population plays an important role in the transfer of food energy
and cycling of essential elements in the ecosystem. The study area is endowed with a large
variety of animal species. The Phylum Arthropoda dominated the invertebrate community
and is represented by insects, spiders, etc. Occurrence, abundant and diversity butterfly
species were depend on the cultivated plant species. In this area was variety of cultivated plants
and butterfly species and other insect races are more diverse and abundant.
 Bird species are found in vary habitat and depend on available food, breeding habitat and
shelter for them. In this study, the most dominant species were found in bird fauna. On the
whole, birds have received more attention than other groups of vertebrates in this area. This,
no doubt, is due partly to the efforts of the others ornithologists society and partly to the
fact that most birds are conspicuous and easy to observe. The avian population was
preponderant in terms of numbers and types. They include Spotted Dove, Green bee-eater,
House sparrow and House crow.
 The mammalian community was made up of diverse organisms. The most abundance of
mammal species was Rhesus macaque (Monkey) and the small mammals encountered were
mainly included Squirrel and Common Rat.
 Animal’s habitats are the specific environment or ecological conditions in which species
lives. Most habitat descriptions are based on vegetation, which reflects the climate, soil
type, and other features of the local environment, and which supports the animal life in a
given location. Efforts to measure habitat variables often focus on vegetation structure and
380
attempt to quantify the presence and abundance of different plant species in the habitat.
 It is concluded that the abundance of animal species depend on food availability and
suitable habitat. However habitat can change over time due to the harvesting and utilization
of the natural resources by human being and seasonal change. As the habitat changes along
multifaceted biological and environmental gradients, a particular animal species can appear
increase or decrease in number.
 The interactions of the various ecological and socio-economic component of the existing
environment with the known activities of the proposed project were used along with other
source references to identify, characterize and evaluate the potential and associated impacts.
Mitigation measures were subsequently develop for adverse impact based on IAIA,
available technology and others considerations.
 Improvement of the logistics- organization of transport to and from the Facility. The
creation of new jobs.
 Base for the future development of the country and continuation of the long term operation
of this project.
 The water intake installation should also be constructed in the optimal manner as far as the
intervention into the natural environment under protection in question is concerned.
Accordingly, all building works should not be performed in the hatching season.
 The magnetic fields created by power lines do not affect the health or reproductive capacity
of farm animals or present a danger to native fauna.
 From a practical point of view, the electric fields created by transmission lines have no
adverse effect on crops, pasture grasses or native flora, other than trees, growing under or
near to the lines.
 The proposed project is considered to be of immense potential and associated benefits and
environmentally friendly. ecological impacts can be managed and controlled by the
proposed mitigation measure/ EMP.
 The construction activities and the changes in traffic during operation are not expected to
result in any significant impact on habitats or fauna of conservation importance, . The loss
of existing fauna will be mitigated, eg by removing vegetation and felling trees where birds
may be nesting outside the nesting period and by planting replacement trees after
construction. With these measures the resulting impact on biodiversity and nature
conservation interests is considered to be of minor significance.
 Careful implementation of the pre-construction mitigative measure will make the
381
likelihood or scale of the construction period impacts less.

 The power supply development projects serves as an important employment generator and
provide huge direct and indirect employment opportunity during construction period and
operation period.
 During construction and operation of the project, ensure compliance with regulatory
environmental requirements, related guidelines and/or recommended control levels.
(15) Mitigation Measure

Mitigation measures are required for items which are expected to cause impact on the
environment. By due execution of these mitigation measures, proposed rail way project will be
able to become an environmentally friendly mode of transportation. Implementation of
appropriate mitigation measures during the construction and operation phases will minimize
the negative impacts of the project to acceptable levels.
Mitigation measures at preconstruction/construction stages shall be proposed below.
Table 5.40- Mitigation Measures in Preconstruction stage
Implementation Responsible
Item of Impact Mitigation Measure
Organization Organization
Biota and - Construction yards shall be Contractor Related state
Ecosystem planned to keep damages to organizations
trees and plants to a minimum.
Human habitation - Removed trees and plants shall
area be replanted at proper locations
as exsitu.
Reserved forest - Road side trees shall be
and Protected area removed and replanted at
proper location as much as
possible.
- Training of construction
workers to raise awareness of
environmental protection
requirements,
- Construction yards shall be
Impact on planned to keep damages to Contractor
Geology trees and plants to a minimum.
- Construction yards shall be
located as far as possible from
reserved forest and protected
area.
- In case of finding of
mineralized zones along the
tunnel alignment during
excavation, it will be brought
382
to the notice of the local

authorities for the directions
from their end.
- Appropriate blasting design
will be adopted which will
consider safety and for
ecology.
Tolerance to Damage for Tree
Minimum Distances between Structures and Trees and Required Tree Protection
Type of Structure Minimum Distance
All CRR+10 ft
Buildings Lesser of 20 ft or CRR²
Sidewalk or Driveway 10 ft
Where CRR= Critical Root Radius (ft.)
The critical root radiui with respect to tree stem diameters are described below.
Tree Stem Diameter (in.) Critical Root Radius (ft.)
2 2.5
4 5
6 7.5
8 10
10 12.5
12 15
14 17.5
16 20
18 22.5
20 25
22 27.5
24 30
26 32.5
28 35
30 37.5
32 40
34 42.5
36 45
38 47.5
40 50
383
Table 5.41- Mitigation Measures in Operation Stage

Implementation Responsible
Item of Impact Mitigation Measure
Biota and ecosystem - Fences shall be installed at Contractor Related state
Embankment and Cutting organizations
sections in order to prevent
animals from entering the railway
Human habitation tracks.
- Removed and replanted plants
area shall be improve
- Replenish vegetation at the
station regularly
Reserved forest - Proper maintenance of trees and
and Protected area other vegetation along the rail
way yard
Table 5.42 – Mitigation Measures in Decommission Phase

Item of Impact Mitigation Measure Implementation Responsible
To Protect The project requires the removal of Contractor Related
Environment structure and around stations. organizations
Decommission would be carried out
by licensed contractors, in
Reserved forest accordance with relevant regulatory
requirements, and the project
environmental management.
Construction Mitigation Measures

The mitigation of potential impacts from the Proposed Scheme are as follow. The mitigation
strategy for the Proposed Scheme will include standard, best practice approaches for the
habitats present and the species they may support including:
- Avoidance of sensitive and/or valuable features;
- Timing of site clearance operations such as felling of trees to avoid the most sensitive periods
(this will be dependent on which species are present);
- Creation of replacement habitat to mitigate for habitat losses, through planting and creation
of features such as ponds and hibernacula;
- If possible translocation of fauna;
- New planting to reconnect habitats fragmented during construction;
• Minimize lighting during construction;
• Use of lighting types, directional lighting and shields which are of lower impact to bats and
some nocturnal
384
MITIGATION MEASURES: Noise and vibration

-In the actual construction work, the scheduled management will be performed to ensure
leveling of the sound level of construction work wherever possible, and the state-of-the-art
low-noise equipment will be introduced. Thus, efforts will be made to minimize the noise
impact. Indeed the noise from transformer noise reduction is a measure to reduce noise by using
airflow ducts with sound-absorbing linings or special structural forms.
-Trees have been studied as possible tools for reducing noise. Plants absorb, diffract and reflect
sound, the balance varies with the frequency at which the sound is generated.
Material and equipment transportation vehicles will be placed under the scheduled
management to ensure that the sound level of the construction work will be leveled. Measures
for reducing generation of noise such as requirements for installation of mufflers and speed
reduction in the residential area will be taken wherever possible, whereby vehicle noise impact
will be minimized.
• Removal of invasive plant species for example through application of herbicide in advance
of works; and
• Compliance with good practice procedures such as the NEQG/ECD Guidance.
Operational Phase Mitigation Measures

The mitigation of potential impacts from the Proposed are as follow,
- Provision of planting to screen disturbance from trains;
- Use of directional lighting and shields to prevent light spillage;
- Provision of appropriate drainage to prevent run-off of pollutants into adjacent habitats.
- Railway line will be a fragmenting object for some species' populations, since it will impose
a burden to the migration. The barrier effect can be reduced by installing adequate animal
crossings.
Decommission Phase Mitigation Measure
The project requires the removal of structure and around stations. Decommission would be
carried out by licensed contractors, in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements, and
the project environmental management.
The following list identifies further measures to reduce or avoid impacts to fauna species and
their habitats:
(a) Further habitats should be created to compensate for habitat losses and to improve the
landscape and ecological potential for the site.
(b) Ensure there is selective clearing of the vegetation this allows future re-growth and
regeneration. This will ensure minimal disruption of wild fauna’s natural movement,
territoriality, and other ecological processes.
385
(c) With regards to environmental aspect, the location of project area already occupied with
landscape and wild plants of small forest type. Terrestrial organisms may not be affected by the
presence of construction of the building by control the habitat loss and noise.
(16) Monitoring
Monitoring initiate a mechanism for implementing mitigation measures for the potential
negative environmental impacts and monitor the efficiency of these mitigation measures based
on relevant environmental indicators. Monitoring shall be making continuous during
construction and operation phases of this project. Furthermore, environmental monitoring of
the project will be undertaken regularly through of its operation to ensure that the measures are
being implemented properly.
Habitat and Wildlife Population Management
Lower numbers of wildlife species near railways can be achieved by controlling populations
(e.g., selective hunting, trapping), or by habitat modification. Changes in habitat structure along
railway verges may also increase animals’ capability to detect and evade the train.
Population control of a particular species may sometimes be used to reduce its numbers near
railways. This method should only be applied on very common species, or those that can
compromise human safety due to collisions. This method has been used to prevent collision
with vehicles on roads (Glista et al. 2009), but its use in railways may not be as necessary since
most animals will not affect trains’ movements.
5.4.8. Socio-Economic Components
Resulting from Primary Data Collection
According to the data analysis, the following are the main socio-economic data resulting from
primary data collection (household survey).
(a) Socio-economic data of Mandalay (Amarapura) Township

According to the household data collection, Burma is the major ethnic group within the
Amarapura Township. The only one dominant religion of the people in Amarapura Township
is Buddhist. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic water from tube
well and drinking water from bottled water. Primary data from household survey revealed that
the sources of energy for lighting in many of the villages are mainly the electricity from
Government (EPC) and other is from solar energy. In this Township, the main source of
income are from framing, trading, industry work and other.
386
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0
20
40
60
80
100
Danone Village Danone Village
Thar Yar… Thar Yar…
Waste Pond
Sar Toe Village Sar Toe Village
Electricity
Nyaung Pin… Nyaung Pin…
Coal
Pyauk Sate… Pyauk Sate…
By Burning
Burma
Sauk Taw… Sauk Taw…
Ethnic Group
Waste Disposal
Wood
Min Su Village Min Su Village
Energy Source for Cooking

Sin Bo Village Sin Bo Village
Gas
By Municipal
Pauk Chine… Pauk Chine…
Myit Laung Myit Laung
River
387
0
20
40
60
80
100
100
0
20
40
60
80
0
20
40
60
80
100
Danone Village Danone Village
Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co., Ltd.
Danone… Thar Yar… Thar Yar…

Thar Yar…
Sar Toe Village Sar Toe Village
Sar Toe…
Nyaung Pin…
Bike
EPC
Nyaung Pin…
Tube Well
Pyauk Sate… Pyauk Sate…
Car
Pyauk Sate…
Sauk Taw…
Solar

River
Sauk Taw…
Bicycle
Main Source of Energy
Min Su… Min Su Village Min Su Village

Dosmestic Water Supply
Sin Bo Village Sin Bo Village

Sin Bo…
Availability of Transportation
Pauk Chine… Pauk Chine… Pauk Chine…
Myit Laung Myit Laung Myit Laung
May, 2022
(b) Socio-economic data of Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) Township
Education Occupational Pattern

100 100
90 80
80 60
70
60 40
50 20
40 0
30
Myit Laung
Nyaung Pin Ne Village
Nyaung Pin Sauk Village
Sin Bo Village
Sauk Taw Wa(North) Village
Pauk Chine Village

Danone Village
Min Su Village
Thar Yar Kone (Front) Village
Sar Toe Village
Pyauk Sate Kone Village

Sauk Taw Wa(South) Village
20
10
0
Farming Live Stock Farming

Graduate High School Gardening Trading
Middle School Primary School Industry Driving
Random Carpenter
Drinking Water Supply Sanitation

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0
0
Sauk Taw Wa(South)…
Thar Yar Kone (Front)…
Sauk Taw Wa(North)…
Myit Laung
Nyaung Pin Ne Village
Nyaung Pin Sauk Village
Sin Bo Village
Pauk Chine Village
Danone Village
Min Su Village
Sar Toe Village
Pyauk Sate Kone Village
Tube Well Bottle River Pit Flash
According to the household data collection, Burma is the major ethnic group within the Pathein
Gyi Township. The only one dominant religion of the people in Pathein Gyi Township is
Buddhist. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic water from tube
well and drinking water from bottled water. Primary data from household survey revealed that
the sources of energy for lighting in many of the villages are mainly the electricity from
Government (EPC). In this Township, the main sources of income are from framing, trading,
livestock and other.
388
Ethnic Group Main Source of Energy

100
100
80 80
60
40 60
20
0 40
Than Thansin Let Tha le Yan Kin Lane 20
Ma Taw Kone Kaung Kone Taung Pin
0
Village Village Village Village Village Village
Burma
EPC
Energy Source for Cooking Dosmestic Water Supply

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well Stream
Sanitation Drinking Water Supply

100 150
80
100
60
40
50
20
0 0
Pit Flash Tube Well Bottle
Waste Disposal Availability of Transportation

100
100
80
80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Than Ma
Thansin
Taw Village
Kone
Let Kaung
Village
Tha leVillage
Yan
KoneKinVillage
Taung
Lane Village
Pin Village
Waste Pond By Burning Bike Car
389

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Than Ma Thansin Let Tha le Yan Kin Lane Pin
Taw Kone Kaung Kone Taung Village
Village Village Village Village Village Farming Live Stock Farming
Gardening Trading
Graduate High school Industry Driving
(c) Socio-economic data of Pyin Oo Lwin Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Burma and Danu are the major ethnic groups
within the Pyin Oo Lwin Township. The only one dominant religion of the people in Pyin Oo
Lwin Township is Buddhist. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic
water from tube well and spring water and drinking water obtained from tube well. Primary
data from household survey revealed that the sources of energy for lighting in many of the
villages are mainly the electricity from Government (EPC). In this Township, the main sources
of income are from framing, trading and other.
Ethic Group Main Source of Energy

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Pan Oo Kone That Thet Pin Lain East Pin Pan Oo Kone That Thet Pin Lain East Pin
Taung Kaw Kan Kan Lain Taung Kaw Kan Kan Lain
Kone Chaing Kone Chaing
Burma Shan Danu EPC
Energy Source for Cooking Domestic Water Supply

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well Spring Water
390

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Tube Well Bottle Pit

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Waste Pond Burning Bike Car

100 100
80 80
60
60 40
40 20
20 0
0 Pan Oo Kone That Thet Pin LainEast Pin
Pan Oo Kone That Thet Pin Lain East Pin Taung Kaw Kan Kan Lain
Taung Kaw Kan Kan Lain Kone Chaing
Kone Chaing Farming Live Stock Farming
Gardening Trading
Graduate Highschool Industry Driving
Middleschool Primary School Random Handicraft
Carpenter
(d) Socio-economic data of Nwang Hkio Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Burma and Danu are the major ethnic groups
within the Nwang Hkio Township. The only one dominant religion of the people in Nwang
Hkio Township is Buddhist. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic
water from tube well and spring water and drinking water obtained from tube well. Primary
391
data from household survey revealed that the sources of energy for lighting in many of the
villages are mainly the electricity from Government (EPC) and solar energy. In this Township,
the main sources of income are from framing, trading, livestock and other.

100
80 100
80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Nwang…
Kyauk…
Kyauk…
Thaphan…
Kaung…
Anauk…
Thone Se
Yay Lint
Hko Ong
Hsum Sai
Ommakha
Kon Sam
Burma Shan Danu
EPC Solar
Palaung Gawrakha Muslim

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Thaphan…
Thaphan…
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Kaung Hong
Nwang Hkio
Thone Se
Yay Lint
Hko Ong
Kaung Hong
Thone Se
Nwang Hkio
Hko Ong
Yay Lint
Hsum Sai
Ommakha
Kon Sam
Kyauk Kyan
Ommakha
Hsum Sai
Kyauk Kyan
Kon Sam
Tube Well Spring Water Bottle water Pit Flush

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Thaphan…
Thaphan…
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Kaung Hong
Nwang Hkio
Thone Se
Yay Lint
Hko Ong
Yay Lint
Kaung Hong
Thone Se
Nwang Hkio
Hko Ong
Hsum Sai
Ommakha
Kon Sam
Kyauk Kyan
Ommakha
Hsum Sai
Kyauk Kyan
Kon Sam
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well Spring water
392
Waste Disposal Availbility of Transportation

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Thaphan…
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Kyauk…
Thaphan…
Anauk Kyu…
Kaung Hong
Thone Se
Nwang Hkio
Hko Ong
Yay Lint
Yay Lint
Kaung Hong
Thone Se
Nwang Hkio
Hko Ong
Ommakha
Hsum Sai
Kon Sam
Kyauk Kyan
Ommakha
Hsum Sai
Kyauk Kyan
Kon Sam
Burning Waste Pond Municipal Bike Car

100 100
80 80
60 60
40
20 40
0 20
Thaphan…
Nwang…
Kaung…
Kyauk…
Kyauk…
Anauk…
0
Thone Se
Hko Ong
Yay Lint
Ommakha
Hsum Sai
Kon Sam
Anauk Kyu…
Kyauk…
Thaphan…
Kaung Hong
Thone Se
Nwang Hkio
Hko Ong
Yay Lint
Hsum Sai
Ommakha
Kon Sam
Kyauk Kyan
Graduate Highschool
Middleschool primary school Farming Trading Livestock Random
(e) Socio-economic data of Kyaukme Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Palaung and Danu are the major ethnic
groups within the Kyaukme Township. The only one dominant religion of the people in
Kyaukme Township is Buddhist. Most of the households in this Township obtained their
domestic water from tube well and stream water and drinking water obtained from tube well.
Primary data from household survey revealed that the sources of energy for lighting in many
of the villages are mainly the electricity from Government (EPC) and solar energy. In this
Township, the main sources of income are from framing, handicraft, trading, livestock and
other.

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Shan Pa Laung DaNu GawraKha EPC Solar Private Electrical Power
393

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well Stream

100 100
80 80
60
40 60
20 40
0 20
0
Waste Pond By Burning

Tube Well Stream Pit
Availability of Transportation Waste Disposal

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Bike Car Tractor Waste Pond By Burning

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Graduate Highschool Farming Handicraft Trading Carpanter

Middleschool primary school Masonry Livestock Random
394
(f) Socio-economic data of Hsipaw Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Palaung, Kayin and Kachin are the major
ethnic groups within the Hsipaw Township. The dominant religion of the people in Hsipaw
Township are Buddhist and Christian. Most of the households in this Township obtained their
domestic water from tube well and drinking water obtained from tube well and bottled water.
Township, the main sources of income are from framing, trading and other.

100
100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San
Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau
Burma Shan Palaung Kachin EPC Solar

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electricity Coal Wood Tube well

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20
20
0
Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San 0
Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San
Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau
Tube well Purified water Pit
395
Waste Disposal Avaliablilty of Transportation

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Waste Pond Burning Waste Bike Car

100 100
80 80
60
60
40
20 40
0 20
Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San 0
Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau
Kyin Ton Baw Kong Ho Mong San
Graduate Highschool Thi Kar Kyo Tha Nwang Lin Lau
Middleschool Primary School Farming Trading Random
(g) Socio-economic data of Lashio Township

According to the household data collection, Shan and Koekant are the major ethnic groups
within the Lashio Township. The dominant religion of the people in Lashio Township are
Buddhist and Christian. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic water
from tube well, spring water and stream water and drinking water obtained from tube well,
spring water and bottled water. Primary data from household survey revealed that the sources
of energy for lighting in many of the villages are mainly the electricity from Government (EPC)
and solar energy. In this Township, the main sources of income are from framing, trading and
other.

100 100
80 80
60 60
40
20 40
0 20
0
Burma Shan Palaung Koekant

Wa Kachin Gawrakha Chinese EPC Solar
396
Energy Source of Cooking Domestic Water Supply

100 100
80 80
60 60
40
40 20
20 0
0
Tube well Spring water Stream water

Electricity Wood Rain water Purified water

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0
0
Tube well Spring water Purified water

Rain water Stream water Pit
Waste Disposal Avaliability of Transportation

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Burning Waste Pond Municipal Bike car

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Graduate Highschool
Middleschool primary school Farming Trading Random
397
(h) Socio-economic data of Hseni Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Palaung, Kachin and Koekant are the major
ethnic groups within the Hseni Township. The dominant religion of the people in Hseni
Township are Buddhist and Christian. Most of the households in this Township obtained their
domestic water from tube well and drinking water obtained from tube well and bottled water.
Township, the main sources of income are from framing, trading and other.

100
100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0
0
Shan Koekant Palaung Kachin EPC Solar

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well

100 100
80 80
60
60
40
40 20
20 0
0
Pit
Tube Well Prified Water
398

100 100
80
80
60
40 60
20 40
0 20
0
Waste Pond Burning Waste Motor Bike Car

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Highschool Middle School Primary School Farming Trading Random
(i) Socio-economic data of Kutkai Township

According to the household data collection, Shan, Palaung and Kachin are the major ethnic
groups within the Kutkai Township. The dominant religion of the people in Kutkai Township
are Buddhist and Christian. Most of the households in this Township obtained their domestic
water from tube well and spring water and drinking water obtained from tube well and bottled
water. Primary data from household survey revealed that the sources of energy for lighting in
many of the villages are mainly the electricity from Government (EPC) and solar energy. In
this Township, the main sources of income are from framing, trading, auto repair shops and
other.

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Shan Palaung Kachin Burma Lisu Chinese EPC Solar
399

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Electrical Coal Wood Tube Well Spring Water

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Tube Well Spring Water Purified Water Pit Flush

100 100
80
60 80
40 60
20
0 40
20
0
Par Gyo
Man Nwang
Nan Khone
Ho Nar
Nam
Lwal Phat
Pal Loon
Nam(Lower)
Phat Kha
Waste Pond Burning Waste Motorbike Car
Education Occupation
100
80 100
60 80
40 60
20 40
0 20
0
Graduate Highschool
Middleschool Primary School Farming Trading Random Auto Repair Shop
400
(j) Socio-economic data of Muse Township

According to the household data collection, Shan are the major ethnic groups within the Muse
Township. The dominant religion of the people in Muse Township is Buddhist. Most of the
households in this Township obtained their domestic water from tube well and spring water
and drinking water obtained from tube well and bottled water. Primary data from household
survey revealed that the sources of energy for lighting in many of the villages are mainly the
electricity from Government (EPC). In this Township, the main sources of income are from
framing, trading and other.

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0
0
Na Phai Mang Nam Om Wane Nam
Na Phai Mang Nam Om Wane Nam
Haung Khine Pang
Haung Khine Pang
Shan EPC

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Na Phai Mang Nam Om Wane Nam Na Phai Mang Nam Om Wane Nam
Haung Khine Pang Haung Khine Pang
Electricity Coal Wood Tube Well Spring Water

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Tube Well Purified Water Pit Flush
401
Waste Disposal Avaliability of Transportation

100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Waste Pond Burning Waste Motorbike Car Tractor
Education Occupation
100
100 80
80
60
60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Graduate Highschool
Middleschool Primary School Farming Trading Random
Table 5.43 - Analysis of Primary Data Collection
Baseline Data Analysis of Baseline Data

Mandalay Shan
Ethic Group Burma is the major ethic among Shan is the major ethic group
the townships in Mandalay while Palaung, Kachin, Koekant,
region. Kayin, Danu are minor ethic
group in Shan region.
Main Source of Energy Majority of electricity is from People get electricity mostly
EPC while in some area, solar from EPC and solar energy
energy is also used. except for Muse, its electricity
source is mainly from EPC.
Energy Source of Cooking People mainly use electricity for In Shan region, people mostly use
cooking but in Amarapura, they electricity to cook but minority of
use wood mainly. them use coal and wood. While in
Hseni and Kyauk Me, they
mainly use wood for cooking.
Domestic Water and Most people use domestic water Majority of the townships use
Drinking Water Supply from tube well while drinking tube well for its domestic water
water from bottled water. and also use the well for drinking
except for the Muse, people
mostly use bottled water to drink.
Sanitation Pit is the most common use in both regions.
402
Waste Disposal Both the regions burn waste in order to dispose them but in area,
they bury it in ground or throw in waste pond.
Transportation Bike is the most common in Bike and bicycle are the mainly
transportation but some also use use for transportation but car is
car. also used sometimes.
Occupation People in Mandalay region In Shan region, farming is the
mostly do industrial works, most common occupation while
trading and farming. breeding livestock and trading
are the second most common.
Average Monthly Income Overall, people gain more income in Mandalay compare to the
working in Shan State and their common income range is within
150000-300000 kyats.
Education According to social surveys, it is found that Grade 4 is the most
common education level in both region but there are also ones who
finished high school or also have high education level.
Household’s Expenditure People mostly use its expenditure for food but they use it rarely for
education and health.
Secondary Data Collection
The following data shows the reginal data of village tracks that the proposed railway passes
through in each township. These data are obtained from 2014 Myanmar Population and
Housing Census released from Department of Population Ministry of Labour, Immigration and
Population and some are from local information of State/Region from Department of General
Administration
(a) National income

Among the areas passed by Muse -Mandalay Railway, except Muse, Lashio and Mandalay,
where the per capita income is higher and the people are richer, the other areas have low per
capita income and there are more rural poor people.
Figure 5.67- Typical Village Building along the Line
403
Figure 5.68– Agricultural Lands along the Railway Line
(b) Domestic water supply

In the area along Muse-Mandalay Railway, except parts of the city in Muse, Lashio, Mandalay
and other cities have good urban water supply, the living water supply in other towns and rural
areas along the line mainly relies on the extraction of shallow groundwater. Groundwater is
generally buried at a depth of about 2-3 m. Most of the villages along the railway line are used
natural spring water as drinking and domestic water.
Figure 5.69 – Typical Village Well along the Line
404
Figure 5.70 – Domestic Use for Natural Spring along the Line
(c) Education
The towns of Sintgaing and Pyinoolwin in Mandalay have good basic and higher education.
Other towns are too far away from educational centers and lack good teachers and facilities.
There are more rural families in Shan State, and it is difficult for their children to go to middle
schools. The main reason is that rural areas are far from cities and towns, and poverty in rural
families force children to drop out of school and start working to support their families.
(d) Socio-economic Indicators

Mandalay Region F igures at a Glance
Number of Districts 7
Number of Townships/Sub Townships 30
Total Population 6,165,723

Population Male 2,928,367 (47.49%)
Population Female 3,237,356 (52.51%)
Percentage of urban population 35%
Area (Km2) 30,888.1
Population density (per Km2) 199.6
Median age 28.2
Number of private households 1,323,191
Sex ratio 91 males per 100 females
Literacy rate (persons aged 15 years and over) 93.8%

Type of Identity Card (persons aged Number Percent
10 years and over)
Citizenship Scrutiny 3,903,980 75.8

Associate Scrutiny 4,394 0.1
405
Naturalised Scrutiny 14,200 0.3

National Registration 55,423 1.1
Religious 44,273 0.9
Temporary Registration 14,579 0.3
Foreign Registration 1,003 Less than 0.1%
Foreign Passport 4,360 0.1
None 1,104,228 21.4
Labour force participation Both sexes Male Female

Age 10 and over 58.1% 73.2% 44.8%
Age 15 and over 63.9% 81.7% 48.6%
Age 15 – 64 67.9% 85.4% 52.4%
Employment to population ratio Both sexes Male Female

Age 10 and over 56.2% 70.8% 43.3%
Age 15 and over 62.0% 79.3 47.1%
Age 15 – 64 65.7% 82.8% 50.7%
Material for housing Wall Floor Roof

Dhani/Theke/In leaf 2.0% - 14.0%
Bamboo 72.1% 24.8% 6.7%
Earth 0.1% 23.0% -
Wood 6.0% 29.5% 0.1%
Corrugated sheet 0.2% - 74.6%
T ile/Brick/Concrete 18.4% 21.5% 2.0%
Other 1.2% 1.2% 2.6%
Main source of energy for cooking

Electricity 21.3%
LPG 0.1%
Kerosene Less than 0.1%
Biogas 0.1%
Firewood 62.0%
Charcoal 15.6%
Coal 0.3%
Other 0.5%
Main source of energy for lighting

Electricity 39.4%
Kerosene 0.4%
406
Candle 14.0%
Battery 22.4%
Generator (private) 11.1%
Water mill (private) 0.7%
Solar system/energy 8.1%
Other 3.9%
Main source of drinking water

Tap water/piped 11.2%
Tube well, borehole 46.6%
Protected well/spring 18.4%
Bottled/purifier water 9.4%
TOTAL Improved 85.6%
Unprotected well/spring 2.0%
Pool/pond/lake 3.5%
River/stream/canal 5.3%
Waterfall/rainwater 1.4%
Other 2.2%
TOTAL Unimproved 14.4%
Main source of water for non-drinking use

Pool/pond/lake 5.3%
Other 2.1%
Availability of communication amenities

Radio 39.6%
Television 52.7%
Landline phone 4.5%
Mobile phone 40.9%
Computer 3.7%
Internet at home 7.8%
% with none of the items 24.0%
% with all of the items 0.5%
407
Availability of Transportation equipment

Car/Truck/Van 4.4%
Motorcycle/Moped 58.2%
Bicycle 39.6%
4-Wheel tractor 1.5%
Canoe/Boat 1.7%
Motor boat 0.5%
Cart (bullock) 28.0%
Shan State Figures at a Glance

Number of Districts 14
Number of Townships/Sub-Township 83
Total Population 5,824,432

Population Male 2,910,710 (49.97%)
Population Female 2,913,722 (50.03%)
Percentage of urban population 24%
Area (Km2) 155,801.38
Population density (per Km2) 37.4
Median age 24.4
Number of private households 1,169,569
Sex ratio 100 males per 100 females
Literacy rate (persons aged 15 years and over) 64.6%
Type of Identity Card (persons aged Number Percent
10 years and over)
Citizenship Scrutiny 2,754,540 59.9
Associate Scrutiny 5,805 0.1
Naturalised Scrutiny 16,043 0.4
National Registration 141,594 3.1
Religious 18,259 0.4
Temporary Registration 22,253 0.5
Foreign Registration 5,071 0.1
Foreign Passport 11,249 0.2
None 1,626,375 35.3
Labour force participation Both sexes Male Female

Age (10 and over) 67.0% 76.6% 57.4%
Age (15 and over) 74.4% 85.9% 63.1%
Age (15 – 64) 77.5% 88.6% 66.4%
408
Employment to population ratio Both sexes Male Female

Age (10 and over) 65.5% 74.9% 56.3%
Age (15 and over) 73.0% 84.2% 61.9%
Age (15 – 64) 75.9% 86.8% 65.1%
Material for housing Wall Floor Roof

Dhani/Theke/In leaf 0.5% - 16.5%
Bamboo 47.9% 30.7% 0.4%
Earth 1.3% 11.2% -
Wood 20.2% 29.3% 0.1%
Corrugated sheet 0.9% - 75.3%
T ile/Brick/Concrete 28.4% 27.6% 7.1%
Other 0.8% 1.2% 0.6%
Main source of energy for cooking

Electricity 15.1%
LPG 0.2%
Kerosene 0.1%
Biogas 0.7%
Firewood 76.7%
Charcoal 6.8%
Coal 0.2%
Other 0.2%
Main source of energy for lighting

Electricity 33.4%
Kerosene 4.0%
Candle 17.3%
Battery 3.8%
Generator (private) 2.0%
Water mill (private) 10.2%
Solar system/energy 26.6%
Other 2.7%
Main source of drinking water

409

TOTAL Improved 54.7%
Pool/pond/lake 4.2%
Other 4.9%
TOTAL Unimproved 45.3%
Main source of water for non-drinking use

Pool/pond/lake 4.8%
Other 5.7%
Availability of communication amenities

Radio 23.3%
Television 54.6%
Landline phone 4.9%
Mobile phone 34.4%
Computer 2.9%
Internet at home 3.9%
% with none of the items 34.1%
% with all of the items 0.4%
Availability of Transportation equipment

Car/Truck/Van 4.5%
Motorcycle/Moped 63.6%
Bicycle 12.3%
4-Wheel tractor 6.9%
Canoe/Boat 1.6%
Motor boat 0.7%
Cart (bullock) 17.8%
410
(e) Overview of Important Economic Nodes along the Proposed Project

Myanmar is located in the west of Indo-China Peninsula in Southeast Asia. It is bordered by
India and Bangladesh in the northwest, China in the northeast, Thailand and Laos in the
southeast, the Andaman Sea in the south, the Bay of Bengal in the southwest and the total
length of the coastline is 1930 km. The country has seven provinces, seven states and two
central municipalities directly under the Central Government. Its territory area is about
67.65×104 km2. It is the fortieth largest country in the world and the second largest country in
Southeast Asia. In 2017, the total population was 53.39 million, ranking 26th in the world, with
an urbanization rate of 34.7%.
In recent years, the government has carried out economic system reform aimed at establishing
a market economy, encouraged the development of private enterprises and actively introduced
foreign capital. The gross domestic product (GDP) has grown significantly. The total GDP
in2015/16 is about 55.813 billion USD, and the per capita GDP is about 1064 USD. Compared
with 2014/15, it has increased by 7%, and the average growth rate in recent years is about 7%,
which is much higher than the average growth rate of the Association of Southeast Asian
Nations (ASEAN) of 4.5%.
This line directly attracts Shan and Mandalay provinces. The main economic data of the two
provinces are shown in the table below.
Table 5.44- Major Economic Indicators for the Fiscal Year 2015/2016 along the Line
Indicator Unit Mandalay Province Shan State Total
Area 104 km2 3.7 15.58 19.28
Population 10,000 persons 615 619 1234
Population person/km2 166 40 64
density
GDP 100 million USD 53.53 61.36 114.89
Per capita GDP USD 870.48 991.25 931.06
Muse: Muse is located on the northern border of Shan State, with a population of about 450,000
(2014). Muse Port is the largest land trade port between Myanmar and China, with a trade
volume of 5.8 billion USD in fiscal year 2017-2018, accounting for 86% of the border trade
between Myanmar and China, ranking the first.
Lashio: Lashio is a city in northern Myanmar. It is a military, political, economic and
transportation center in northern Shan State. It is also an important gateway to China in
northern Myanmar. It is about 130 km away from the border port city Wanding of Yunnan
411
Province in China. It is the end point of the Sino-Myanmar Highway. Lashio is about 280 km
away from Mandalay, Myanmar's second largest city, with a population of about 610,000. The
main crops are rice, corn, tea, coffee and tobacco. The main minerals are coal, iron, oil, natural
gas, rutile and a variety of non-ferrous metals. The meter-gauge railway links Mandalay, and
the highway connects Taunggyi, capital of Shan State, in the south, and Yunnan, China, in the
north. Rangoon, Myanmar's second largest city can also be reached by airlines.
Mandalay: Mandalay provincial capital, the 2nd largest city in Myanmar, is located at the
intersection of the four economic corridors in the country (north-south, east-west, northeast-
southwest corridors). It is an economic, educational, transportation and medical center in
northern Myanmar. As of October 2017, the total population of Mandalay City was 17.227
million, accounting for 27% of the province. The GDP in fiscal year 2015/2016 was about 2.5
billion USD, accounting for 41% of the province. The industrial structure of agriculture,
industry and service industry was 3.5: 38.0: 58.5, mainly in service industry.
(f) Population and Nationality
Myanmar has a rich and colorful culture. There are 135 ethnic groups, including Bama and
some ethnic minorities, such as Kachin, Kaye, Karen, Mon, Ruokai and Shan. Two
states/provinces with different ethnic groups living are passed by this project. Details are as
follows:
Shan State: The total population is about 6.19 million. The main ethnic groups are Wa, Shan,
Kachin, Lahu, Balang and Chinese.
Mandalay Province: The total population is about 6.15 million. The main ethnic groups are
Burmese and Dai. The nations along the line are shown in the table below.
Table 5.45 -Nationalities Distribution along the Project Area
State/Region Main nation Other nations

Mandalay
Bamar Mostly are Han-Chinese, Indians and Shan, etc.
Region
Shan State Shan Pa-O, Dai, Dongan Qiao, Danu, Blang, etc.
Generally speaking, the population of Lashio and Ayeyarwady River Plain is denser, while the
population of Ruokai Mountains is sparse, and part of it belongs to no-man land.
Ethic Group near the proposed project

Muse
No. Ethnic Group Population Total Population Population %
1 Kachin 24021 151868 15.81%
2 Kaya 15 0.009%
412
3 Kayin 228 0.15%

4 Chin 158 0.1%
5 Mon 17 0.01%
6 Burma 21006 13.83%
7 Ya Khine 114 0.07%
8 Shan 58332 38.43%
9 Pa Laung 12721 8.38%
10 Le Sue 2365 1.56%
11 Le Shaw 1549 1.02%
12 Wa 138 0.09%
13 Larhu 9 0.005%
14 Mone Won 9544 6.28%
15 Koe Kkant 2512 1.65%
16 Pa-Oh 3 0.002%
17 Foreigner 19136 12.6%
Lashio
1 Kachin 18162 296392 6.13
2 Kaya 66 0.02
3 Kayin 1736 0.46
4 Chin 1333 0.45
5 Mon 154 0.05
6 Burma 49379 16.66
7 Ya Khine 610 0.21
8 Shan 89364 30.15
9 Pa Oh 45 0.02
10 Da Nu 30 0.01
11 Pa Laung 26217 8.85
12 Koe Kant 73053 24.65
13 Lah Hu 5522 1.9
14 Le Sue 3415 1.15
15 Le Shaw 589 0.19
16 Wa ( Lwal La) 7080 1.72
17 Myaung Ze 749 0.22
18 Mone Won 10747 0.02
19 Other 6854 2.31
20 Foreigner 1282 0.43
Si Paw
1 Kachin 581 193170 0.301
2 Kaya 21 0.011
3 Kayin 153 0.079
4 Chin 186 0.096
5 Mon 21637 11.201
6 Burma 5 0.003
413
7 Ya Khine 166 0.087

8 Shan 146269 75.720
9 Da Nu 52 0.027
10 Koe Kant 1818 0.941
11 Le Shaw 49 0.025
12 Pa Laung 15250 7.895
13 Lah Hu 140 0.072
14 Le Sue 2139 1.107
15 Other 3278 1.697
16 Wa ( Lwal La) 771 0.399
17 Mone Won 593 0.307
18 Inn Thar 4 0.002
19 Pa Oh 5 0.003
20 Foreigner 53 0.027
Thein Ni
1 Kachin 5176 58428 8.85
2 Kaya - -
3 Kayin 102 0.17
4 Chin 118 0.20
5 Mon 18 0.03
6 Burma 3019 5.15
7 Ya Khine 72 0.12
8 Shan 30764 53.03
9 Pa Oh 8 0.01
10 Da Nu 14 0.02
11 Mone Won 10466 17.58
(Koe Kant)
12 Pa Laung 1997 3.40
13 Le Shaw 354 0.6
14 Le Sue 1496 2.58
15 Lah Hu 3086 5.25
16 Lwal La (Wa) 558 0.95
17 Myaung Sie 688 1.17
18 Other 500 0.85
Kutkai
1 Kachin 45798 191222 24
2 Kaya 18 0.009
3 Kayin 105 0.054
4 Chin 96 0.06
5 Mon 23 0.012
6 Burma 4507 2.36
7 Ya Khine 93 0.05
8 Shan 12699 6.64
9 Pa Laung 47757 25
10 Le Sue 2558 1.34
414
11 Myaung Ze 521 0.27

12 Koe Kant 4435 2.32
13 Mone Won 55252 29
14 Le Shaw 10033 5.3
15 Inn Thar 5 0.003
16 Da nu 7 0.004
17 Lah Hu 14 0.01
18 Other 1140 0.6
Naung Cho
1 Kachin 1368 132433 1.03
2 Kaya 22 0.02
3 Kayin 215 0.2
4 Chin 265 0.2
5 Mon 44 0.03
6 Burma 31927 24.09
7 Ya Khine 143 0.1
8 Shan 44808 33.8
9 Da Nu 47756 36.03
10 Koe Kant 810 0.61
11 Pa Laung 324 0.24
12 Lah Hu 143 0.1
13 Le Sue 286 0.21
14 Other 4322 3.26
Pyin Oo Lwin
1 Kachin 11904 215293 5.52
2 Kaya 49 0.02
3 Kayin 1028 0.47
4 Chin 907 0.42
5 Mon 28 0.01
6 Burma 172553 80.15
7 Ya Khine 92 0.04
8 Shan 15005 6.97
9 Pa Oh - -
10 Da Nu - -
11 Taung Yoe - -
12 Pa Laung - -
13 Other 13582 6.31
Patheingyi
1 Kachin 39 227613 0.02
2 Kaya 4 0.0001
3 Kayin 69 0.03
415
4 Chin 34 0.01
5 Mon 26 0.01
6 Burma 226892 99.98
7 Ya Khine 40 0.02
8 Shan 317 0.14
9 Other - -
Amarapura
1 Kachin 18 203359 0.008
2 Kaya
3 Kayin 11 0.005
4 Chin 43 0.021
5 Mon 4 0.002
6 Burma 203254 99.948
7 Ya Khine 17 0.008
8 Shan 12 0.005
Kyauk me
1 Kachin 3431 173724 1.97
2 Kayin 190 0.11
3 Chin 134 0.08
4 Mon 35 0.02
5 Burma 23487 13.77
6 Ya Khine 140 0.08
7 Shan 99273 57.14
8 Da Nu 1012 0.58
9 Koe Kant 1944 1.12
10 Pa Laung 32230 18.55
11 Wa 34 0.02
12 Le Shaw 96 0.06
13 Le Sue 728 0.42
14 Other 4849 2.85
Resulting from Secondary Data Collection For Each Township

(1) Population and Gender
25000 10000
20000 8000
15000 Male 6000 Male
10000 4000
5000 Female 2000 Female
0 0
Pyi Lone…
Sar Toe
Sin Bo
Myit Laung
U Yin Taw
Danone
Nat Yay Kan

Sauk Taw Wa
Total Total
Population Population
Amarapura Township Pathein Gyi Township
416
3500 5000
3000 4000
2500
2000 Male 3000 Male
1500 2000
1000
0 0
Chaung…
Khay Nin
Kywal kone
Nar Pyain
Pin Paw
Kho Mone
Nar Ai Khant
Total Total
Pyin Oo Lwin Township Kyaukme Township
5000 5000
4000 4000
3000 Male 3000
2000 2000 Male
1000 Female 1000
Female
0 0
Total Population
Total
Population
Nwang Hkio Township Kutkai Township
5000 4000
3500
4000 3000
3000 Male 2500
2000
2000 1500 Male
1000 Female 1000
500 Female
0 0
Total Population
Total
Population
Theinni Township Hsipaw Township

12000 2500
10000 2000
8000 Male Male
6000 1500
4000 1000
0
Nar Kwan…
0
Khay Nin
Kaung Kyal
Naung Mon
Mehan
Ho Pate
Nant Tont
Total Total
Lashio Township Muse Township
417
(2) Religion
120 120
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 Religion % 40 Religion %
20 Amarapura) 20 (Patheingyi)
0 0
Amarapura Township Pathein Gyi Township

100 120
100
80
80
60 60
40 Buddish
40 Religion%
(Pyin Oo 20 Chrisian
20 Lwin) 0
Hindu
0 Kyaukme Township
Pyin Oo Lwin Township Kyaukme Township

120 100
100 80
80
Buddish 60
60
40 Chrisian 40
Buddish
20 Hindu 20
0 Chrisian
Islam 0
Phat Kutkai
38 NamTownship
Kaung
Other
Yine mile Hpat Lain
Pain Man Lun
Twal Pyain
Nwang Hkio Township Kutkai Township
100 100
90 90
80 80
70 70
60 Buddish 60
50
40 Chrisian 50
40
30 30
20 Hindu
10 20
0 Islam 10
0
Other Ho Mine Nar Pain Kaung Pang
Pang Li Salt Sar Haw Law
Myin
Hsipaw Township Theinni Township
418
120 120
100 100
80 80
60 60
Buddish
40 Buddish 40
Chrisian
20 Chrisian 20
0 Other
0
Lashio Township
Muse Township
(3) Main Source of Energy for Cooking
Amarapura Pathein Gyi

40 60
30
40
20
20
10
0 0
Pyin Oo Lwin Kyaukme

60 80
40 60
40
20 20
0 0
Hsipaw Theinni
80 100
60 80
60
40
40
20 20
0 0
419
Lashio Muse
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
Nwang Hkio Kutkai

80 100
60 80
60
40
40
20 20
0 0
(4) Main Source of Energy

60
60
40 40
20
20 0

70 50
60 40
50
40 30
30 20
20
10 10
0 0
420
Nwang Hkio Kutkai

40 35
30
30 25
20
20
15
10 10
5
0 0
Hsipaw Theinni
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
Lashio Muse
60 80
50
60
40
30 40
20
20
10
0 0
(5) Drinking Water Source

81.9 60.4
14.211.3
3.2 2.2 8.9 0.1 0.1 1.9 0.1 1.7 2.8 1.6 0.3 7 1.5 0.9
421

36.2
30.5
25
15.1 14.910.7 17.1
9.1 7.9 3.4
5.9 3.7 4 3.4 3.3 3.1 4.5 2.2
Nwang Hkio Kutkai

30.6 28.2
21.6
13.111.4
11.414.4 11.914.9 9.6 7.7
8.3 6.2
4.7 2.4
1.4 1.2 1
Lashio Muse
32.4 63.3
20.2
14.9
7.9 8
2.4 3.8 6.4 4 7 11.6 6.8 0.6 0.3 0.5
9.6
0.3
Hsipaw Theinni
28 38.2
20.4 20.2
10.8 13.7 12.6
4.6 4.2 4.3 3.6 3.9 9.7 11.2
3.5 3.5 5.6 2
pool/pond/la…
unprotected…
river/stream/…
protected well
waterfall
tube well
bottle
tap water
other
422
(6) Domestic Water Supply

90 64.5
14.1 11.7
3.9 2.4 0.2 0.1 1.6 0.1 0.1 1.7 4.4 2.3 0.3 1.6 0.2 0.9

41.2 45
16.2 20 11.4 11
17.9
6.3 3.9 5.5 3.5 0.1 3.3 3.6 3.6 5.5 0.1 1.8
Nwang Hkio Kutkai

36.4 33.3
24.8
14.8 13.515.1 14.710.9
11.5 7 6.4
4.7 1.8 0.1 1.1
1.6 0.1 2.3
Hsipaw Theinni
29.2
23.9 41
19.5
10.6 14.9
5.6 4.1 11.2 9.3 13
3.2 3.8 3.3 3.7 1.3 2.3
0.1
423
Lashio Muse
42.3 60.9
21.3
7.7 3.9 8 7.8 13.910.5
3.5 0.4 5.1 1.4 0.3 1.9
10.4
0.2 0.5
(7) Availability of Transportation

80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0

80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Nwang Hkio Kutkai

80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
424
Hsipaw Theinni
80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
Lashio Muse
80 100
60 80
60
40
40
20 20
0 0
(8) Education
Township Education
School No. of Schools No. of Teacher No. of Teacher/
Students Student Ratio
Higher 7 725 8131 1:11
Education
BEHS 6 342 11508 1:33
BEHS Branch 5 126 3965 1:31
BEMS 6 110 3921 1:35
BEMS Branch 2 22 595 1:27
Patheingyi
Post-primary 19 197 8245 1:19
school
BEPS 73 426 8254 1:27
Preschool - - - -
Monastic 29 399 7900 1:19
School
Higher 1 141 2018 1:14
Education
BEHS 9 516 14828 1:28
BEHS Branch 7 173 4687 1:27
BEMS 13 198 4990 1:25
Pyin Oo Lwin
BEM Branch 19 194 4098 1:21
Post-primary 16 118 1846 1:15
school
BEPS 81 408 6270 1:15
Preschool 3 5 66 1:13
425
Monastic 1 2 54 1:27
School
Higher 4 878 19878 1:23
Education
BEHS 7 410 13941 1:34
BEHS Branch 5 116 2936 1:25
BEMS 8 173 4924 1:28
BEMS Branch 2 27 960 1:35
Amarapura
Post-primary 19 209 5942 1:28
school
BEPS 64 381 7109 1:18
Preschool 7 14 185 1:13
Monastic 6 55 954 1:17
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 3 93 3386 1:34
BEHS Branch 2 31 1035 1:33
BEMS 1 10 183 1:18
BEMS Branch 5 56 1545 1:27
Heinsi
Post-primary 4 31 726 1:23
school
BEPS 46 173 3076 1:18
Preschool 7 5 71 1;14
Monastic - - - -
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 6 166 5123 1:32
BEHS Branch 6 117 3650 1:30
BEMS 1 9 202 1:22
BEMS Branch 16 146 4214 1:28
Hsipaw
Post-primary 27 142 3510 1:24
school
BEPS 150 436 8216 1:19
Preschool 11 19 120 1:22
Monastic 9 90 2095 1:23
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 7 215 6333 1:29
BEHS Branch 1 26 790 1:30
BEMS 7 96 3355 1:34
BEMS Branch 11 111 4100 1:36
Kutkai
Post-primary 28 123 3561 1:28
school
BEPS 203 608 18137 1:29
Preschool 11 17 423 1:24
Monastic 2 7 199 1:28
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 7 253 8090 1:31
Kyukme
BEHS Branch 4 88 2192 1:24
BEMS 5 51 1045 1:20
BEMS Branch 9 108 3573 1:33
426
Post-primary 33 221 4813 1:21

school
BEPS 200 600 9892 1:16
Preschool 1 11 309 1:28
Monastic 6 69 1380 1:20
School
Higher 4 380 5151 1:13
Education
BEHS 11 657 27699 1:33
BEHS Branch 10 310 9939 1:32
BEMS 3 65 1910 1:29
BEMS Branch 23 319 9659 1:30
Lashio
Post-primary - - - -9
school
BEPS 113 352 7170 1:20
Preschool 14 27 448 1:16
Monastic 9 125 3629 1:27
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 7 280 8545 1:31
BEHS Branch 5 1124 4266 1:34
BEMS 2 30 891 1:30
BEMS Branch 3 331 1266 1:40
Muse
Post-primary 14 132 3229 1:25
school
BEPS 51 214 3630 1:17
Preschool 14 17 351 1:20
Monastic 4 20 570 1:29
School
Higher - - - -
Education
BEHS 8 231 8361 1:36
BEHS Branch 8 132 2772 1:21
BEMS 13 152 3182 1:21
BEMS Branch 13 104 2805 1:27
Naungkio
Post-primary 34 183 3345 1:18
school
BEPS 103 411 5247 1:13
Preschool 25 57 1038 1:18
Monastic 2 15 401 1:27
School
(9) Employment Rate
Township No. of Employee in No. of % of
Employment workplace Employment unemployment
Mandalay 127713 118607 9106 7.13
(Amarapura)
Mandalay (Pathein 194567 188809 5758 2.95
Gyi)
Pyin Oo Lwin 137903 137057 846 0.006
Nwang Hkio 75083 73341 1742 2.32
Kyaukme 75261 757080 1091 1.44
Hsipaw 88940 87961 979 4.4
Lashio 185873 138234 47639 25.63
Hseni 44841 17619 1145 2
Kutkai 94980 90341 3959 4.2
Muse 135734 72973 4388 3.23
427
(10) Occupational Patterns
Fi
Governme Self-
Service Agricultur Livestoc Industr sh Other
Township nt Trade employ
s e k y eri s
Employee ed
es
Mandalay 4528 217 20038 20400 39545 21056 - 9544 1979
(Amarapura)
Mandalay 2637 17119 32060 4279 81316 8600 - 15679 17119
(Pathein Gyi)
Pyin Oo Lwin 6892 1279 289 29 1007 62 - 4230 7830
Nwang Hkio 2046 5563 42338 14377 3774 2520 20 2001 2098
Kyaukme 3253 2558 32280 251 1657 231 - 17020 19938
Hsipaw 1987 997 46620 4382 16117 2230 - 8682 3696
Lashio 5289 4754 59908 4670 10606 1283 - 18406 33318
Hseni 768 1250 12070 25 375 200 - 881 1075
Kutkai 1878 4025 56147 3171 4689 734 - 13449 6248
Muse 3081 6356 39992 1937 29008 9310 - 5467 21814
Table 5.46 - Analysis of Secondary Data Collection

Baseline Data Analysis of Baseline Data
Mandalay Shan
National Income According to secondary data, the income is higher in Muse,
Lashio and Mandalay while the other areas have low income.
Domestic Water Supply Only areas in Muse, Lashio and Mandalay has good urban water
supply but in rural areas, people use spring water as drinking
and domestic water.
Education In Mandalay, Pyin Oo Lwin, Lashio and Muse, they have good
basic and higher education except for some parts in Shan State
especially in Hseni, Naung Cho, Kut Kai, Thipaw and Kyauk
Me, there are more rural families in those areas.
Employment The employment rate in Pyin Oo Lwin is the highest as it is 99%
while in Amarapura, its rate is 92.87%. In Shan State, the
highest employment rate is in Theini where Lashio has the
lowest employment of 74%.
Main Source of Cooking In Mandalay, Pyin Oo Lwin and Muse, electricity is the main
source for cooking but in rural areas such as Hseni, Kutkai and
Naung cho, wood and coal are the main source for cooking.
Main Source of The main source of electricity is from EPC but in rural areas
Electricity especially in Shan State, solar energy is used.
Transportation Bike is the most used transportation in both regions but in Shan
State such as in rural areas, bicycle is also used. Car is used
sometimes and it is used more commonly in Mandalay, Pyin Oo
Lwin and Muse.
Ethic Group In Lashio, Muse, Hsipaw and Theinni, Shan is the major ethic
group while in Pyin Oo Lwin, Patheingyi and Amarapura,
Burma is the major ethic group. Danu is the major ethic group
in Naung Cho and the majority ethic group of KutKai is Kachin
and Pa Laung.
428
5.4.9. Public Health Components
In Myanmar, there are better public health systems in Muse, Lashio and Mandalay urban areas,
including municipal hospitals and community (private) medical points. The public health
system in other remote areas is incomplete.
Malaria is a major public health problem in Myanmar. In the region where the project is
located, the incidence of malaria is ≤5 cases per 1000 people, and the mortality rate of malaria
is the highest in Shan State (6-7 cases per 100,000 people), followed by Mandalay Province (
≤ 1 case per 100,000 people). The main cause of death is the inadequate medical service
system.
In addition to malaria, dengue fever is a disease that occurs mainly in high-density cities and
towns. The rainy season from May to June is the peak period of dengue fever spreading. The
spreading of dengue fever is mainly caused by the bite of Aedes mosquitoes. According to
preliminary investigation, more people in Shan State than in Mandalay Province do not use
mosquito nets, and the incidence rate is higher.
Township Health Profile
The following table shows that the location and type of health care facilities occurred along
the railway alignment.
Table 5.47 – Township Health Profile
Township
Amarapura Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Public Hospital Sin Swe Put Quarter 25
Ye Lonn Kyaw Ye Lonn Kyaw Village 16
Ta Lin Gyi Ta Lin Gyi Village 16
Ta Mote Soe Ta Mote Soe Village 16
Railway Hospital Myint Nge 50
Number of Clinics
35
Name of Main Health Center
7
Name of Sub-Health Center
22
No of Doctors No of Nurses
17 29
Patheingyi Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Patheingyi Hospital Myo Ma Quarter 25
Kyauk Mee Tite Nal Kyauk Mee Village 16
Hospital
University Hospital Shin Taw Kone Village 16
(Technology)
University Hospital Dahat Taw Village 16
(Computer)
Lung Hospital (Upper Mae Kin Kone Village 200
Myanmar)
429
U Hla Tun Cancer Mae Kin Kone Villlage 50

Foundation
Nyein Chan Specialist Kyauk Me Village 16
Hospital
Ohn Chaw Myat Si Ohn Chaw Village 100
Hospital
Number of Clinics
35
5
25
19 33
Pyin Oo Lwin Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Pyin Oo Lwin - 300
Zee Pin Gyi - 50
Wek Won Tike Town - 16
Chan Tar Thu Kha - 25
Sate Ta Thu Kha - 15
Ar Yaw Gyan - 25
Aung Thitsar - 25
Number of Clinics
18
6
96 162
Kyauk Me Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Public Hospital No.1 Quarter 150
Naung Pane District Naung Pane 16
Hospital
Pone Wo District Hospital Pone Wo 16
Mine Lone District Mine Lone 16
Hospital
Mine Ngok District Mine Ngok 16
Hospital
Number of Clinics
18
3
21 59
Naung Cho Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Naung Cho Public Naung Cho Township 25
Hospital
Taung Shay Tite Nal Taung Shay Village 16
Hospital
Thone Sal District Thone Sal Village 16
Hospital
Bant Bway Tite Nal Bant Bway Village 16
Hospital
Number of Clinics
7
7
430
28
4 21
Kutkai Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Kutkai Hospital 2nd Quarter 50
Tar Moe Nye Hospital 4th Quarter 25
Nant Phat Kar Hospital 3rd Quarter 16
Kaung Khar 3rd Quarter 16
Mone Sie Hospital Mone Sie Village 16
Number of Clinics
10
10
30
10 35
Thein Ni Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Public Hospital N0.3 Quarter 25
San Laung District San Laung Village 16
Hospital
Nant Sa Lat District Nant Sa Lat Village 16
Hospital
Number of Clinics
5
3
13
7 21
Hsi Paw Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Public Hospital Hsi Paw 100
25 beds Hospital (Nant Nant Lan group 25
Lan)
16 beds Hospital (Sin Sin Kywat group 16
Kywat)
Number of Clinics
2
6
24
24 57
Lashio Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Public Hospital Lashio 500
Nant Paung District Lashio 16
Hospital
Mine Yaw District Lashio 16
Hospital
Naung Mon District Lashio 16
Hospital
Yu Li Kha Lashio 16
Namt Khone Lashio 16
Thu Kha Myaing Lashio 16
Kaung Khant Lashio 16
431
Aung Hospital Lashio 80

Number of Clinics
27
8
37
5 8
Muse Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed
Muse Public Hospital Muse 100
Mone Koe Public Hospital Muse 16
Pant Sine Public Hospital Pant Sine 16
Mant Hero Public Hospital Mant Hero 16
Mone Paw Public Hospital Pant Sine 16
Number of Clinics
4
4
16
21 84
The following tables show the number of infected and dead of HIV/AIDS and commom
diseases occoured in townships that the railway passes.
HIV/AIDS
No. Township 2018-2019 2019-2020
Infected Dead Infected Dead
1 Muse 264 2 284 11
2 Lashio 10 - 6 -
3 Si Paw 182 7 121 19
4 Thein Ni 23 -
5 Kutkai 10 - 13 -
6 Naung Cho 99 6 - -
7 Kyaukme 119 26 79 33
8 Pyin Oo - - 251 17
Lwin
9 Patheingyi 9 - 26 -
10 Amarapura 57 6 25 6
Common Diseases occurred

Type of Disease
Stomach Pneumoni
Diarrhea TB Hepatitis Malaria ARI
Ailment a
No
Township
.
Infected
Infected
Infected
Infected
Infected
Infected
Infected
Dead
Dead
Dead
Dead
Dead
Dead
Dead
432
1 Muse 240 - 30 9 28 - 74 - - - - -
5 6 8
2 Lashio 162 - 31 - 31 - - - - - 19 -
8 0 9
3 Si Paw 145 1 25 4 22 - 6 - - - 5 -
5 5 2
4 Thein Ni 111 - 12 - 74 -
9 4
5 Kutkai 643 - 17 3 86 - 1 - - - - -
6 Naung 234 - 10 - 54 - 11 - - - 19 - - -
Cho 9 4 9 4
7 Kyaukme 838 - 11 3 12 - 10 - - - - - - -
9 5
8 Pyin Oo 153 1 16 - 40 - 24 - 341 - - -
Lwin 1 7 2
9 Patheingyi 199 - 34 41 67 - 3 - - - 16 - - -
0 4 9
10 Amarapur 967 - 20 - 17 - 6 - - - 1 - - -
a 7 0
5.4.10. Traffic Study

5.4.10.1. Traffic Condition
Since the project is near located in the relatively populated municipal area and the nature of the
project is highly interrelated with the traffic conditions especially in daytime, EIA team took a
traffic study and prepared vehicle movements summaries at Muse-Mandalay Road. The
purpose of the traffic study is to study the counts of vehicle movements through NH3 road and
to know the peak period hours. This peak hour will help to reduce the cumulative traffic impacts
due to the more vehicles during construction and operation phases of the proposed project.
5.4.10.2. Materials and Methods

EIA team uses both of the video record and self counted by surveyors to the vehicles entering
the NH3 Road. The reason to choose this point for traffic study is to analyse the vehicles
entering the NH3 road during working and weekend days.
Summary of Vehicle Movements in Weekend Day

SUMMARY OF VEHICLE MOVEMENTS
LOCATION: NH3 Rd
TOWNSHIP: Lashio CITY: Lashio
OBSERVER: EIA Team DATE: 20.8.2019 (Sat)
WEATHER: Clear
Weekend Day
REMARK:
433
VEHICLE MOVEMENTS
TIME Types of Vehicles
Total
BEGIN Motorcycle Car Truck Tricycle
7:00(Am) –
850 157 49 47 1103
10:00 (Am)
11:00(Am) –
561 96 34 27 718
2:00 (Pm)
4:00(Pm) –
986 184 56 51 1277
7:00 (Pm)
7:30(Pm) –
752 129 37 24 942
9:30 (Pm)
Traffic Volume 4040
4:00(Pm) –
Peak Period Hours 1277
7:00 (Pm)
Peak Period Traffic Volume
4:00(Pm) –
986 184 56 51
7:00 (Pm)
176
4%
149
4%
566
14% Motorcycle
Car
Truck
Tricycle
3149
78%
Types of Vehicles Counted in Mandalay-Lashio Road (Weekend Day)
According to the traffic count result in weekend day, morning peak hour occurs at 7:00-10:00
am, midday peak at 11:00 am-2:00 pm, evening peak at 4:00-7:00 pm and night peak at 7:30-
9:30 pm. At morning peak hour, peak volume is 1103 vehicles. In this period, vehicles coming
from NH3 road as the time is inbound hours at the beginning of weekend day. At midday peak
hour, peak volume is 718 vehicles. In this period, vehicles moving in all inbound and outbound
directions were about the same amount. At evening peak hour, peak volume is 1277 vehicles.
At night peak hour, peak volume is 942 vehicles. Comparing to morning peak volume, the peak
434
volume recorded between 4:00-7:00 pm is significantly high. And weekend day peak volume
is 4040 vehicles.
Summary of Vehicle Movements in Working Day
SUMMARY OF VEHICLE MOVEMENTS

LOCATION: NH3 Rd
TOWNSHIP: Lashio CITY: Lashio
OBSERVER: EIA Team DATE: 19.8.2019 (Fri)
WEATHER: Clear
Work Day
REMARK:
VEHICLE MOVEMENTS
TIME Types of Vehicles
Total
BEGIN Motorcycle Car Truck Tricycle
7:00(Am) –
971 163 62 51 1247
10:00 (Am)
11:00(Am) –
657 108 39 28 832
2:00 (Pm)
4:00(Pm) –
1205 207 67 59 1538
7:00 (Pm)
7:30(Pm) –
893 142 42 32 1109
9:30 (Pm)
Traffic Volume 4726
7:00(Am) –
Peak Period Hours 1538
10:00 (Am)
Peak Period Traffic Volume
7:00(Am) –
1205 207 67 59
10:00 (Am)
Motorcycle
210 170 Car
4% 4%
620 Truck
13% Tricycle
3726
79%
Types of Vehicles Counted in Mandalay-Lashio Road (Working Day)
435
According to the traffic count result in working day, morning peak hour occurs at 7:00-10:00
am, midday peak at 11:00 am-2:00 pm, evening peak at 4:00-7:00 pm and night peak at 7:30-
9:30 pm. At morning peak hour, peak volume is 1247 vehicles. In this period, vehicles coming
from NH3 road as the time is inbound hours at the beginning of work day. At midday peak
hour, peak volume is 832 vehicles. In this period, vehicles moving in all inbound and outbound
directions were about the same amount. At evening peak hour, peak volume is 1538 vehicles.
At night peak hour, peak volume is 1109 vehicles. Comparing to morning peak volume, the
peak volume recorded between 7:00-10:00 am is significantly high.
5.4.10.3. Conclusion for Traffic Study

According to the study, the vehicle movements in weekend day is greater 14.5% generation
rate of in working day vehicles volume as many visitors coming to Pyin Oo Lwin, Thi Paw and
Muse.
5.4.11. Cultural Components

5.4.11.1. The Distribution of Archaeology and Cultural Heritage in Mandalay Region
The distribution of cultural relics and monuments along the project is as follows:
 Amarupa Ancient City: located in the southwest of Mandalay City, the ancient city
was built in 1364, and for more than 500 years, it has been the capital for the Awa
Dynasty, and Aungzeya Dynasty for several times. The proposed railway line is about
9 km away from the ancient city.
 Innwa Ancient City: Located in the southwest of Mandalay, on the west bank of the
Ayarwaddy River. Sagaing was built in the 14th century and was the capital of the Shan
Kingdom from 1760 to 1764. The proposed railway line is about 13 km away from the
ancient city.
Innwa is a major site including a lot of archaeological monuments and sites. In assessment
project, these sites must be explored to identify how significant features of archaeological
evidences will be come out in making assessment of impacts as well as the appropriate plan
for mitigation process.
The existing risk especially disaster risk management is not efficient to protect and preserve
the cultural environment of Innwa area. The topographic feature of the site is distinctively risky
with the river confluence and erosion as well as the transportation and heavy loading of
shipping. The elevation and features of Innwa is facing with the very crowded development
plan recently.
436
The significant feature found nearby the project area is the concrete structure concerning with
the ancient warfare and brick monastery concerned with the ancient religious dedication.
Furthermore, it is closely related to the area of city walls and moats, which challenged by the
river erosion due to the heavy loading of shipping and some other river formation. The
earthquake is also the most important risk for this area.
(a) Queen Me Nu Brick Monastery - Maha Aungmye Bonzan Monastery (1822)

It is popularly known as Me Nu Ok Kyaung "Me Nu's Brick Monastery" that was built in 1818
by Nanmadaw Me Nu, the famous Chief Queen of Bagyidaw. For the residence of her religious
Preceptor, the Nyaunggan Sayadaw, the Queen Me Nu donated this monastery. The earthquake
of 1838, damaged it, and in 1873, it was restored by Sinbyumashin, Queen of Mindon, and a
daughter of Nanmadaw Me Nu. The building is markedly different from traditional Burmese
monasteries, which are constructed with wood, not masonry.
Figure - Queen Me Nu Brick Monastery

(b) Tha Bye Dan Fortress (1878)
The remain of Thabyedan (Thapyaytan) fortress was built by King Mindon between 1874 and
1878 to defend against the British during the third Anglo-Burmese War. It is near the Innwa
Bridge. It could be related to the risk of deterioration such as human threats and development
plans. But, the appropriate mitigation plan can provide the preservation of cultural significance
of this site and the cultural landscape should also be emphasized in every stages of the
development plans in many ways.
Figure - Tha Bye Dan Fortress
437
Figure - Description Pillar of Tha Bye Dan Fortress
(c) Innwa Bridge (1934)
Innwa bridge was built by British Colonial Government and it has 16 span cantilever bridge
was the only structure to span the Ayeyarwady River until recently. Although now superseded
by a parallel 2005 road bridge, it is still in use for railway and local road traffic.
Figure - Innwa Bridge
(d) Innwa City Wall (East and North) (14th -19th Century AD)
The northern part of Innwa is nearby the bank of Ayeyarwady River and the Eastern partis on
the bank of Duthavati (Myitnge) River. These two areas are usually eroded by rivers in every
rainy season. Because of the water transportation and tourism development, the challenges of
this ancient urban landscape are often impacting on the landscape. The most risky impact is
wasting sewage and garbage around the cultural heritage monuments.
438
In both of north and east, there are the places of jetty that the local and tourist can enter into
the ancient cultural area by waterway. These jetties should be measured to get the loading of
using the waterway to be accessible. In the time of heavy rain, these parts were usually flooded
not to be accessible by car or some vehicles. Therefore, the flash flood is also the major risk
for cultural heritage. The development plan can frighten the cultural landscape by their
preparedness of construction and operation processes. But, it is depending on their respective
types of plan. As for oil storage tanks project, even though it may be considered the various
types of risks for the cultural heritage, there can be drawn out these possible impacts of visual
and cumulative aspect.
(e) U-bein Bridge

Also known as the "Valentine Bridge", located in the southwest side of Mandalay City,
spanning across Taungthaman Lake, built in 1851, with a 160-year history. The bridge is built
of 1086 pieces of teak trees, the length of which is 1.2 km. The whole bridge is built of teak. It
is the most precious treasure in Myanmar with its ancient color and rich local characteristics.
The proposed railway line is about 7 km away from the bridge.
Myit Nge
Figure 5.71- Location Plan of Railway and Cultural Relics
439
Consideration of Potential Impact to Cultural and Heritage in Mandalay Region

Although the tunneling will use drilling and blasting process that will impact on archeological
site, there will no tunnel construction in Mandalay Region and the nearest archeology and
cultural heritage site is 7km away from the railway alignment. So there will be no impact on
cultural and heritage in Mandalay Region due to railway tunnels construction.
5.4.11.2. The Distribution of Archeology and Cultural Heritage in Shan State

Being a mountainous region, most of the Pagodas as well as some shrines are found in
mountains as shown in the following figures.
Figure – Some Pagodas in Mountain

Some Shan people worship ‘Guardian Spirits’ by enshrining as their traditional belief as shown
in the following figures.
Figure – Some Shrines beside the Road and in Mountain
5.4.11.3. Key Archaeology and Cultural Heritage along the Railway Line
The archaeological and cultural heritage along the railway includes:
1. Archaeological remains
2. Historic buildings
3. Historic Landscape
440
The study area that has been used for the current desk based data collection is defined by the
route alignment of the Proposed Scheme, and an area extending 300m in all directions,
sufficient to capture any features likely to be directly affected by the Proposed Scheme and
taking into account any future minor design/route changes. A second study area of 500m in all
directions of the route alignment has been considered to establish potential impacts on the
setting of designated heritage assets.
441
Table 5.48 - Lists of Cultural Heritage Assets

Approximate
Name of distance to
cultural nearest part Latitude Longitude Category Description Location
heritage of proposed
route (meter)
Yan Tine 3278.95 22° 55.986'N 97° 43.809'E Pagoda Yan Tine Aung Pagoda is located at the entrance of Lashio city. The Lashio
Aung Pagoda is very famous in Lashio city.
Pagoda
Lashio Hot 5707.79 22° 59.453'N 97° 46.477'E Landscape Lashio Hot Spring is famous tourist attraction in northern Shan State. This
spring natural hot spring is made with the multiple swimming pool and the private
bathrooms for the visiting people.
Mansu Shan 7107.79 22° 57.270'N 97° 45.802'E Building Thiri Mingalar Mansu Monastery, which has gained prominence as the
Buddhist home of Sayadaw Maha Thaddamma Zawtika Zay Baddanda Ponnya
Monastery Nanda, who is known for anyone who needs it, regardless of religion or race
stands in the big compound in downtown Lashio in Shan State.
Hu Mon 10363.75 22° 55.969'N 97° 48.020'E Dam Hu Mon Dam is special for whom want to relax and swim. The well-known
Dam activity is that the visitors can ride the water slide with their own along the
flowing water slope.
Sasana Year 5568.79 22° 57.035'N 97° 44.945'E Pagoda -
2500 Pagoda
Baw Kyo 1079.05 22° 35.030'N 97° 14.025'E Pagoda Built in the 12th century, the temple is located in Bawgyo village, several Hsipaw
Pagoda miles from the town of Hsipaw. Every march, the temple is the site of a
Buddhist festival that commemorates the pagoda's founding.
Haw Sao 2458.94 22° 37.650'N 97° 18.247'E Building Haw Sao Kya Seng with the age of 96 years was built in 1924 for Saopha
Pha (Shan Sao Kya Seng (1947 to 1959) who was a politician, a mining engineer, an
Palace) agriculturalist and the last Saopha of Hsipaw State, Myanmar, and Inge
Sargent, known as Maha Devi. Sao Kya Seng was considered by the Shan
people as one of the Shan national leaders who promoted federalism and
democracy, together with Sao Shwe Thaik and Sao Hkun Hkio.
Hsipaw Hot 4939.53 22° 38.204'N 97° 16.281'E Landscape It is situated in Kyankhin Village, Hsipaw Township, Northern Shan State.
Spring Organizer normally stores the hot water from the spring to 30 foot long, 15
foot wide and 4 foot deep concrete tank and collects 200MMK per vistor to
raise funds for preservation of the natural hot spring. People who want to
take a hot spring bath can swim at two concrete tanks within the area. Hot
spring bathing assists with cardiovascular disease and nervous system
imbalance. An average of 200 people visits the hot spring in each day.
442
Gokhteik 981.83 22° 20.612'N 96° 51.566'E Landscape The Gohteik viaduct is between the two towns of Pyin Oo Lwin, the summer Nawng
capital of the former British colonial administrators of Burma, and Lashio, Hkio
the principal town of northern Shan State. It is the highest bridge in
Myanmar and when it was completed, the largest railway trestle in the
world. The bridge was constructed in 1899 by the Pennsylvania and
Maryland Bridge Construction Company, and opened in 1900. The viaduct
measures 689 metres (2,260 ft) from end to end. The Viaduct is described
as "a monster of silver geometry in all the ragged rock and jungle, its
presence was bizarre".
Inn Wine 11935.17 22° 10.657'N 96° 43.384'E Landscape Naung Cho City’s Inn Wine waterfall is known to be one of the most
Waterfall beautiful waterfalls in Myanmar and has become one of the top places
interested by tourist to visit along with the peaceful nature of Naung Cho
City. It is situated near Sin Shwe Le (2) Sugar Manufacturing Industry.
Upper 23395.31 22° 14.596'N 97° 5.846'E Dam The construction of 280-megawatt Upper Yeywa hydropower project is
Yeywa planned to finish in 2022 and it will produce 1.409 billion kilowatts hours
Hydropower of electricity annually, according to Ministry of Electricity and Energy.
Plant Hydropower Implementation Department is developing Upper Yeywa
hydropower project on Dotawady River about 20 miles away from
Kyaukme in northern Shan State. The electricity generated from the dam
project will be accessed to national grid and it will be provided 2.7 million
people (about 6.6 per cent of total population) more, announced the ministry.
Pwe Kouk 4460.77 22° 4.142'N 96° 33.383'E Landscape The water fall is located suburb of Pyin Oo Lwin, and small waterfall and Pyin Oo
Waterfall park, and it is the type of multiple waterfall. This sightseeing spot is almost Lwin
for Myanmar people, and there is a pagoda, close to the waterfall,
MaharAnhtoo Kanthar Pagoda. This pagoda is famous for Myanmar people.
Pate Chin 6261.10 22° 5.757'N 96° 37.216'E Landscape Peik Chin Myaung is a limestone stalactite cave situated south of Wetwun
Myaung village, 23 km from Pyin Oo Lwin, Myanmar. The cave was firstly
Cave developed by local Nepalese or Gakhar and later co-opted by the Myanmar
government as a tourist attraction in 1990. The cave covers an area of 45
acres, where local plants named Peik Chin, alike long pepper vine used to
grow by the mouth of the cave. It is estimated to be 230 million to 310
million years old from the formation of limestone and hillocks. After the
establishment of shrines with many Buddhist stupas inside the cave, it has
also been called Maha Nadamu cave.
Shwe Myin 6790 22° 2.319'N 96° 28.906'E Pagoda Shwe Myin Tin Pagoda is located 0.42 kilometer from Mandalay-Muse
Tin Pagoda Highway.
443
Dat Taw 7242.92 21° 58.817'N 96° 23.216'E Landscape Dat Taw Gyaint is a tufa waterfall formed by limestone rich water from a
Gyaint karst spring. It, also commonly known as Anesakan Falls, is a magical
Waterall waterfall with a blue, natural and refreshing swimming hole. Nestled at the
bottom of a jungle canyon, this waterfall sits beside a small temple and is
one of the best hidden gems in Myanmar. Dat Taw Gyaint Waterfall is
located along the road from Mandalay to Pyin Oo Lwin near a small village
known as Anesakhan
Purcell 7960.58 22° 1.603'N 96° 27.846'E Building Purcell Tower stands in the heart of the town, Pyin Oo Lwin. The clock was
Tower one of the few made in 1934 by Gillete and Johnson Co. of England in
commemoration of the Silver Jubilee of the reign of King George V of
Britain.
Taung 8150 22° 1.485'N 96° 27.867'E Building -
Kyaung Gyi
Monastery
Orchid Nan 8464.88 22° 0.928'N 96° 27.035'E Building Orchid Hotel Nan Myaing is a hotel in a good neighborhood, which is
Myaing located at Pyinoolwin. Not only well positioned, but Orchid Hotel Nan
Hotel Myaing is also one of hotels near the following Atumashi Monastery within
34.77 km and Kuthodaw Pagoda within 34.82 km. 24-hours front desk is
available to serve from check-in to check-out, or any assistance what is
needed.
Candacraig 9037.58 22° 1.073'N 96° 28.694'E Building It is a historic building in Pyin Oo Lwin. Dating from 1904 and formerly the
Hotel British Club, this colonial pile comes complete with side turrets and is set
in attractively manicured gardens. There's a slightly spooky air to the place
– many locals believe it's haunted and it has been closed for long-delayed
renovations for a while. But the gates are normally open, so cycle in for a
look.
National 11097.99 21° 59.637'N 96° 28.168'E Landscape The National Kandawgyi Botanical Gardens (formerly National Botanical
Kandawgyi Gardens) is a 177 hectare botanical garden located in the Alpine town of Pyin
Botinical Oo Lwin, situated at an elevation of 1000 meters (3,605 ft) and 69 km (43 mi)
Garden by road from Mandalay. It was first established in 1915 as the Maymyo Botanical
Gardens by Alex Roger, a Forest Officer. The original site was 30 acres and was
modelled after the Kew Gardens of England with the help of an amateur gardener
called Lady Cuffe. The Botanical Gardens has three museums. The Fossils
Museum houses fossils of mammals, reptiles, and invertebrates, and the
Petrified Wood Museum displays fossils of plants, colorful stones, toddy-palm
roots, as well as things made from fossils of plants. The Butterfly Museum has
various species of butterflies from Nepal, Taiwan, South America, Japan and
South East Asia.
444
Thitsar 8924.87 22° 1.111'N 96° 28.309'E Building

Myaing
(Tapsy
Villa)
Cherry 9872.51 22° 0.592'N 96° 28.536'E Building
Myaing
(Linduden)
Hinthar 9696.14 22° 0.689'N 96° 28.277'E Building
Myaing These are the representatives of architecture, town planning, and
(Jacobstowe) infrastructure introduced by British Colonial Regime during the period of
Thazin 9584.93 22° 0.741'N 96° 28.455'E Building the end of Second World War. Nowadays most of these buildings is changed
Myaing to hotels, restaurants, and tourist attractions.
Gandamar 9116.12 22° 1.004'N 96° 28.218'E Building
Myaing
(Croxton)
Htinshu 9155.99 22° 0.974'N 96° 28.516'E Building
Myaing
Yuzana 10273.76 22° 0.369'N 96° 28.421'E Building
Myaing
(Knowle)
Maha Ganda 5594.70 16° 51.189'N 96° 9.586'E Building The monastery is known for its strict adherence to the Vinaya, the Buddhist Mandalay
Yone monastic code. The monastery was first established by Agatithuka Sayadaw,
Monastery a Thudhamma-affiliated monk around 1908, as a meditation monastery for
forest-dwelling monks. A thousand Buddhist monks and novices line up
every morning, at 10 o'clock, to receive their meal of the day at Mahar
Gandar Yone Monastery.
Shwenanda 5870.45 22° 0.040'N 96° 6.821'E Building Shwenandaw Monastery (Golden Palace Monastery) was built in 1878 by
w Monestery King Thibaw Min, who dismantled and relocated the apartment formerly
occupied by his father, King Mindon Min, just before Mindon Min's death,
at a cost of 120,000 rupees. The building was originally part of the royal
palace at Amarapura, before it was moved to Mandalay, where it formed the
northern section of the Hmannan (Glass Palace) and part of the king's royal
apartments. The building was heavily gilt with gold and adorned with glass
mosaic work. The monastery is known for its teak carvings of Buddhist
myths, which adorn its walls and roofs. The monastery is built in the
traditional Burmese architectural style. Shwenandaw Monastery is the
single remaining major original structure of the original Royal Palace today.
445
Maha 5980.14 22° 0.064'N 96° 6.756'E Building The Atumashi Monastery (formally Maha Atulaveyan Kyaungdawgyi) was
Atulawaiyan built in 1857 by King Mindon at a cost of 500,000 rupees. The original
(Atumashi) structure burned down in 1890 after a fire in the city destroyed both the
Kyaungdaw monastery and the 30 feet (9.1 m) tall Buddha image, as well as complete
gyi sets of the Tipitaka. During the fire, a 19.2-carat diamond, which adorned
the Buddha image (originally given to King Bodawphaya by Maha
Nawrahta, the Governor of Arakan) disappeared as well. In 1996, Burma's
Archaeological Department reconstructed the monastery with prison labor.
Kuthodaw 6193.64 22° 0.281'N 96° 6.774'E Pagoda Kuthodaw Pagoda (formally titled Mahalawka Marazein ) contains the
Pagoda world's largest book lied at the foot of Mandalay Hill and was built during
the reign of King Mindon. In the grounds of the pagoda are 729 kyauksa gu
or stone-inscription caves, each containing a marble slab inscribed on both
sides with a page of text from the Tripitaka, the entire Pali Canon of
Theravada Buddhism. In 2013, UNESCO plaque indicating that the Maha
Lawkamarazein or Kuthodaw Inscription Shrines at Kuthodaw Pagoda,
were inscribed on to the Memory of the World Register.
Sanda Muni 6369.83 22° 0.211'N 96° 6.587'E Pagoda Sandamani Pagoda is a Buddhist stupa located southwest of Mandalay Hill
Pagoda and was commissioned by King Mindon Min in 1874 as a memorial to
Mindon Min's younger brother, Kanaung Mintha. This pagoda contains the
graves of the Kanaung, Sagu Mintha, Malun and Maingpyin Princes. It also
contains an iron image of the Buddha cast by Bodawpaya of the Konbaung
dynasty in 1802. The statue reportedly weighs 40,924.8 pounds (18,563.2
kg).
Kyauktawgy 6708.50 22° 0.268'N 96° 6.396'E Pagoda Kyauktawgyi Pagoda in Amarapura was built in 1847 by King Bagan Min
i Pagoda on the model of the Ananda Pagoda at Bagan. It exemplifies a type of
architecture, which though borrowed from the Indian designs at Pagan, was
constructed entirely by Burmese architects. The artistic interest of the
temple lies in the numerous frescoes with which its four porches are
adorned. The pagoda is crowned with a five-tiered pyatthat roof.
Mahawizaya 6879.92 21° 54.677'N 96° 3.390'E Pagoda Pahtodawgyi is a Buddhist pagoda located in Amarapura, north of the Manadalay
yanthi Taungthaman Lake. It was built in 1819 by King Bagyidaw.
Pahtoedawg
yi
Mandalay 6960.92 21° 59.579'N 96° 5.772'E Building The Mandalay Palace known as The Famed Royal Emerald Palace is the last
Palace royal palace of the last Burmese monarchy. The palace was constructed
between 1857 and 1859 and was the primary royal residence of King
Mindon and King Thibaw, the last two kings of Myanmar. The palace is
famous for Great Audience Hall, Lion Throne Room, Watch Tower, Royal
446
Mausoleums and Glass Palace. Throughout the British colonial era, the
palace was seen by the Burmese as the primary symbol of sovereignty and
identity. Much of the palace compound was destroyed during Second World
War by allied bombing; only the royal mint and the watch tower survived.
A replica of the palace was rebuilt in the 1990s with some modern materials.
Today, Mandalay Palace is a primary symbol of Mandalay and a major
tourist destination.
Su Taung 7340.74 22° 0.892'N 96° 6.449'E Pagoda Su Taung Pyae Pagoda is located at the top of the Mandalay Hill. Mandalay
Pyae Pagoda Hill is known for its abundance of pagodas and monasteries, and has been a
major pilgrimage site for Burmese Buddhists for nearly two centuries. A
panoramic view of Mandalay from the top of Mandalay Hill alone makes it
worthwhile to attempt a climb up its stairways.
Bagaya 7663.28 21° 55.144'N 96° 3.537'E Building This magnificent monastery is also known as Maha Waiyan Bontha Bagaya
Monastery Monastery. During King Hsinbyushin's reign (1763–1776), Maha Thiri
Zeya Thinkhaya, town officer of Magwe built the monastery in the Bagaya
monastic establishment and dedicated to Shin Dhammabhinanda. The
monastery, which was built with 267 gigantic teak wood posts, has a
structure of great dimensions: 188 feet (57 m) high in length and 103 feet
(31 m) in width. The monastery is decorated with splendid Burmese
architectural works such as carvings, floral arabesques, the ornamentation
with curved figurines and the reliefs of birds and animals as well as small
pillars decorated on the wall, the artistic works of Inwa Era. . It is one of the
famous tourist attractions in Myanmar.
Mahar Myat 7855.09 21° 57.111'N 96° 4.707'E Pagoda The Mahamuni (literal meaning; The Great Sage) Buddha Temple is a
Muni Buddhist temple and major pilgrimage site, located southwest of Mandalay.
Pagoda Ancient tradition refers to only five likenesses of the Buddha, made during
his lifetime; two were in India, two in paradise, and the fifth is the
Mahamuni Buddha image in Myanmar. The temple has a central shrine and
is framed by an extensive grass lawn. A major annual pagoda festival is held
in early February, at the end of the Buddhist Lent to celebrate the history of
the pagoda.
U-bein 7000 21° 53.495'N 96° 3.471'E Landscape U Bein Bridge is a crossing that spans the Taungthaman Lake near
Bridge Amarapura. The 1.2-kilometre (0.75 mi) bridge was built around 1850 and
is believed to be the oldest and once longest teakwood bridge in the world.
It features 1,086 pillars that stretch out of the water, some of which have been
replaced with concrete.
447
Maha 8963.03 21° 51.502'N 95° 59.070'E Building Maha Aungmye Bonzan Monastery is commonly known as the Me Nu
Aungmye Brick Monastery. The monastery was built by Queen Nanmadaw Me Nu in
Bonzan 1818. This monastery is one of the finest specimens of Myanmar
Monastery architecture during the Konbaung Period (19th century). Its architecture is
in simulation of wooden monasteries with multiple roofs and a prayer hall of
seven-tiered superstructure.
Amarapura 9000 21° 54.228'N 96° 2.966'E Archaeolo Amarapura is a former capital of Myanmar during the Konbaung period (1783–
Ancient City gical 1821 and 1842–1859). It is historically referred to as Taungmyo (Southern City)
Remains in relation to Mandalay. Amarapura today is part of Mandalay, as a result of
urban sprawl. The township is known today for its traditional silk and cotton
weaving, and bronze casting. It is a popular tourist day-trip destination from
Mandalay.
Shwe In Bin 9256.34 21° 57.972'N 96° 3.956'E Building Shweinbin Monastery was built in the tradition of Burmese teak architecture
Monastery in 1895 by a Sino-Burmese merchant married to a Burmese woman of royal
extraction. The monastery’s construction strictly adheres to traditional rules
of Burmese monastic architecture and includes all of the designated
pyatthat-crowned pavilions.
Soon U 9863.10 21° 54.121'N 95° 59.547'E Pagoda One of the most tourist attraction places on Sagaing Hills is Soon U Pon Sagaing
Ponya Shin Nya Shin Pagoda and is connected by a set of covered staircases that run up
Pagoda the 240 meters hill and is one of the oldest temples on Sagaing Hills. It was
built in 1312 by Minister Pon Nya. An annual Pagoda festival is held on Full
Moon Day of Warso, the fourth month of the Myanmar Calendar, which
falls in July of each year. It is famously known to have the earliest Soon
(food) offered by angels before any human
Uminkoeze 9850.68 21° 54.298'N 95° 59.697'E Pagoda Uminkoeze pagoda is situated in Sagaing Hill, Sagaing.
Pagoda
Sagaing City 13000 21° 54.952'N 95° 57.728'E Landscape Sagaing is the capital of the Sagaing Region and is located in the Irrawaddy
River, 12 mi to the south-west of Mandalay on the opposite bank of the river.
Sagaing with numerous Buddhist monasteries is an important religious and
monastic centre. The pagodas and monasteries crowd the numerous hills
along the ridge running parallel to the river. The central pagoda, Soon U
Ponya Shin Pagoda, is connected by a set of covered staircases that run up
the 240 m (790 ft) hill.
Mingun 17206.57 22° 3.051'N 96° 1.055'E Archaeolo The Mingun Pahtodawgyi is an incomplete monument stupa in Mingun. The
Pahtodawgyi gical ruins are the remains of a massive construction project begun by King
Remains Bodawpaya in 1790 which was intentionally left unfinished. The
pahtodawgyi is seen as the physical manifestations of the well-known
448
eccentricities of Bodawpaya. The completed stupa would have been the

largest in the world at 150 metres (490 ft). Huge cracks are visible on the
structure from the earthquake of 23 March 1839.
Mingun Bell 17319.29 22° 3.180'N 96° 1.070'E Archaeolo King Bodawpaya also had a gigantic bell cast to go with his huge stupa. The
gical Mingun Bell, weighing at 90 tons, is today the second largest ringing bell in
Remains the world. The weight of the bell in Burmese measurement, is 55,555 viss
or peiktha (1 viss = 1.63 kg), handed down as a mnemonic "Min Hpyu Hman
Hman Pyaw", with the consonants representing the number 5 in Burmese
astronomy and numerology.
Mya Thein 17609.28 22° 3.351'N 96° 0.992'E Pagoda Mya Thein Tan Pagoda also known as Hsinbyume Pagoda is a large pagoda
Tan Pagoda on the northern side of Mingun in Sagaing Region and was built in 1816 by
Bagyidaw. It is dedicated to the memory of his first consort and cousin,
Princess Hsinbyume. The pagoda's design is a great departure from Burmese
pagoda design norms. It is based on descriptions of the mythical Sulamani
pagoda on Mount Meru, and the lower parts of the pagoda represent the
mountain. Seven concentric terraces represent the seven mountain ranges
going up to the Mount Meru according to Buddhist mythology.
There are no well-known cultural heritage such as Archaeological remains, Historic buildings and Historic landscapes within the 500 meters of
EIA study area. Pagoda, monasteries and religious areas will also be avoided although it does not consider as historical places.
449
Figure 5.72 - Pagodas and Monastries within 500 km along the Alignment
450
5.4.12. Environmental Sensitive Areas around Traction Substations and along the
Transmission Line
5.4.12.1. Environmental Sensitive Area
Environmental sensitive areas around traction substations and along the transmission line will
be study by overlay mapping technique as follow.
Traction Substation
Water Resource
Landscape
Pagoda and Monastery
Mineral Resources
Railway Alignment
Overlayed Mapping
Figure 5.73 – Overlay Mapping of Traction Substation
451
Figure 5.74 - Overlayed Map of Sensitive Areas along the Muse-Mandalay Railway
452
Table 5. 49– Consideration of Sensitive Zones within 500m beside the Access Road to Transmission Line
Residential Area Surface Water Resources Landscape and Visual

Type of Station
No. Location Agricultural
Project Name Village Location Forest Area
Land
24.014952,
Nan Pann
24.006486, 97.957032 Agricultural
1. Muse - - Forest
97.954332 Wane 24.002076, Land
Mine 97.939476
Nam Hpak 23.660356, Agricultural
2. - - - - Forest
Ka 97.852678 Land
23.469516, 23.468220, Agricultural
3. Kutkai Ho Nar - - Forest
97.894684 97.892402 Land
23.293231, Nam Tu 23.289810, Agricultural
4. Theinni - - -
97.985080 River 97.976761 Land
22.981536, Agricultural
5. Lashio West - - - - Forest
Access 97.705398 Land
Road 22.764907,
22.771006, Naung Agricultural
6. Nam Un 97.637856 - - Forest
97.656280 Mon Land
22.597323, Nwang 22.602100, Myit Nge 22.599445, Agricultural
7. Hsipaw Forest
97.300881 Eain 97.302230 River 97.295479 Land
22.492722, Agricultural
8. Kyaukme - - - - -
97.020461 Land
22.310013, Taung 22.316893, Natural 22.316893, Agricultural
9. Nawng Hkio -
96.801553 Quarter 96.803754 Spring 96.803754 Land
Thit Ta Pin
22.105295, East Pin 22.104714, Agricultural
10. Pyinoolwin - - Taung
96.540374 Lain 96.549211 Land
Forest
453
Thit Ta Pin
Middle 22.105234, Natural 22.105234, Agricultural
Taung
Pin Lain 96.539294 Spring 96.539294 Land
Forest
Bo Tat 21.926714,
Gone 96.150118
Shin Taw 21.935598,
Gone 96.148471
Thant Zin 21.923191,
Mandalay 21.945631, Gone 96.148111 Paw Taw 21.944724, Agricultural
11. -
East 96.157707 Lat 21.922025, Mu Canal 96.154545 Land
Kaung 96.158469
Thale 21.915023,
Gone 96.155310
Ywar 21.910429,
Shay 96.155531
Sauk Taw 21.852743,
Wa 96.115185
21.858199°,
Min Su
Mandalay 21.840919, 96.128463° Agricultural
12. - - -
South 96.115836 Pauk 21.868409°, Land
Chine 96.142784°
War Yone 21.844165,
Pin 96.128938
According to the above table, most of the environmentally sensitive areas along the access road to traction stations are residential areas, natural
springs, rivers and canals, agricultural lands and forest areas including Thit Ta Pin Taung Protected Forest.
454
Table 5.50- Consideration of Sensitive Areas within 1km radius of Traction Substations
Traction Substation Location Sensitive Areas LOCATION Reserved Forest Location

Muse 24.017334°,
Nan Pann 24.014952°, 97.957032° - -
97.963574°
Nam Hpak Ka 23.655504°,
- - - -
97.848845°
Mang Pang 23.368520°,
Par Gyo 23.370266°, 97.929377° - -
97.933000°
Theinni 23.297936°,
- - - -
97.986293°
Lashio 22.985658°,
- - - -
97.705226°
San Lau 22.671759°,
- - - -
97.483302°
Chaung Chauk 22.540959°,
- - - -
97.141796°
Nwang Hkio 22.314877°,
Taung Quarter 22.313778°, 96.803853° - -
96.809115°
Pyinoolwin 22.107502°, East Pin Lain 22.104714°, 96.549211° - -
96.533279°
Middle Pin Lain 22.105234°, 96.539294° - -
CK 365 22.050643°, Kai Gyi Reserved 22.050643°,
- -
96.278481° Forest 96.278481°
21.847319°, Sauk Taw Wa 21.852743°, 96.115185° - -
Mandalay South
96.121101° War Yone Pin 21.844165°, 96.128938° - -
Mandalay East 21.949295°,
- - - -
Switching Post 96.153631°
According to the above table, most of the environmentally sensitive areas around the traction substations are residential areas and Kai Gyi Reserved
Forest.
455
Table 5.51- Consideration of Sensitive Areas within 0.5 km beside the Transmission Line
Historical,
Ecologically Archaeological, Mineral Abundance Surface Water
Residential Area Landscape and Visual
Important Area Cultural and Areas Resources
Heritage
Resources
Protective
Sensitive
Location
Location
Location
Location
Location
Location
Village
Source
Source
Zone
Area
Area
Border to Nam Sonn 24.030702,
1 - - - - - - - - - -
Muse Station 97.982782
(24.006486, Nan Pann 24.014952,
2 - - - - - - - - - -
97.954332) 97.957032
Muse Station Wane Mine 24.002076,
3 - - - - - - - - - -
(24.006486, 97.939476
97.954332)
to Pang Hkam
23.989151,
Station 4 Kaung Khan - - - - - - - - - -
97.927925
(23.924275,
97.930225)
Man Hwang 23.826240,
5 Nan Om - - - - - - - - - -
Station 97.935353
(23.840273, 23.977210,
6 Phat Mhan - - - - - - - - - -
97.935907) 97.916416
to Na Hpai
Station Mhan Haunn 23.777568,
7 - - - - - - - - - -
(23.735083, 97.908184
97.907042)
Na Hpai
Station 23.719454,
8 Mine Mine - - - - - - - - - -
(23.735083, 97.898163
97.907042)
456
to Nan Hpak
Ka Station
(23.660356,
97.852678)
Nan Hpak
Ka Station
(23.660356,
Nam
97.852678) 23.604513,
9 - - - - - - - - Khai - -
to Pang Nin 97.841143
River
Station
(23.570530,
97.851733)
Pang Nin Nam Phat 23.560408,
10 - - - - - - - - - -
Station Loon 97.851887
(23.570530, 23.532197,
11 Mang Lon - - - - - - - - - -
97.851733) 97.872483
to Kutkai
Station 23.480092,
12 Lwal Pal - - - - - - - - - -
(23.469516, 97.894311
97.894684)
23.468220,
Kutkai 13 Ho Nar - - - - - - - - - -
97.892402
Station
23.439460,
(23.469516, 14 Nam Khone - - - - - - - - - -
97.895019
97.894684)
23.418225,
to Mang 15 Man Nawng - - - - - - - - - -
97.902488
Peng Station
23.370266,
(23.371909,
97.931348) 16 Par Gyo 97.929377 - - - - - - - - - -
Mang Peng 38
Station miles
(23.371909, Man
97.931348) Pying 23.365911,
17 - - - - - - - - - -
to Nwang Animal 97.948227
Yen Station Exami
(23.399132, nation
98.055187) Center
457
23.324428,
Laban Pa 18 - - - - - - - - - - Forest
98.016133
Station
Man Chat 23.313305, Natural 23.313305,
(23.333072, 19 - - - - - - - -
98.008298 Spring 98.008298
98.059699)
Mang Sar 23.309274,
to Theinni 20 - - - - - - - - - -
Tone 97.999011
Station
(23.293231, 23.309188,
Natural 23.309188,
21 Wane Line 97.988722 - - - - - - - -
97.985080) Spring 97.988722
Nam Tu 23.289810,
22 - - - - - - - - - -
River 97.976761
23.278872,
Theinni 23 Naung On 97.969783 - - - - - - - - - -
Station
(23.293231, 23.259018,
24 Pan Sone - - - - - - - - - -
97.985080) 97.938860
to Sam Lou Nam
23.257000,
Station 25 - - - - - - - - Pang - -
97.943131
(23.201112, Stream
97.894590) 23.233243,
26 Kungmyaung - - - - - - - - - -
97.913675
23.206558,
27 Nan Onn - - - - - - - - - -
97.902174
23.181866, Natural 23.181866,
Sam Lou 28 Nar Chat - - - - - - - -
97.877292 Spring 97.877292
Station
23.171638,
(23.201112, 29 Pan Kham - - - - - - - - - -
97.872338
97.894590)
Nam Maw 23.164425,
to Hang Lu 30 - - - - - - - - - -
Hate 97.869158
Station
23.144800,
(23.127267,
97.840565) 31 Pan Phat 97.854208 - - - - - - - - - -
Hang Lu 23.085759,
Station 32 Nam Hu 97.798375 - - - - - - - - - -
(23.127267,
97.840565) Pan Hat 23.071928,
33 - - - - - - - - - -
to Lashio 97.779249
458
North
Station
(23.048538,
97.759070)
Lashio North 23.047041,
34 - - - - - - - - Lake - -
Station 97.758620
(23.048538, 23.044302,
35 Ho Pate - - - - - - - - - -
97.759070) 97.756349
to Lashio
West Station Nam Yao 23.011512,
35 - - - - - - - - - -
(22.981536, River 97.722750
97.705398)
22.975586,
36 Naung Laing - - - - - - - - - -
Lashio West 97.694733
Station 22.950894,
37 Khar Shi - - - - - - - - - -
(22.981536, 97.695643
97.705398) Kaung Ma 22.938349,
38 - - - - - - - - - -
to Mehan Kyan 97.694631
Station 22.883921, Natural 22.883921,
39 Mal Han - - - - - -
(22.870083, 97.694954 Spring 97.694954
97.688677) 22.870793,
40 Lwin Lount - - - - - - - - - -
97.688123
Mehan Sin Bo
22.849777,
Station 41 - - - - - - Coal - - - -
97.689589
(22.870083, Plant
97.688677) 22.814816,
42 San Pyat - - - - - - - - - -
to Nam Un 97.667802
Station
22.794086,
(22.771006, 43 Khay Ninn - - - - - - - -
97.675568
97.656280)
Nam Un Forest 22.770808,
44 - - - - - - - - - -
Station area 97.652135
(22.771006,
22.764907,
97.656280)
45 Naung Mon 97.637856 - - - - - - - - - -
to Sint Eng
Station
459
(22.733224,
97.555773)
Sint Eng
Station
(22.733224,
97.555773) Nam
22.708126,
to San Lau 46 - - - - - - - - Paung - -
97.521687
Station Stream
(22.673916,
97.487782)
San Lau
Station
(22.673916,
97.487782) 22.631058,
47 Ho Nwang - - - - - - - - - -
to Kong Tha 97.418032
Station
(22.627581,
97.411773)
Kong Tha 22.619744,
48 Soot Lan - - - - - - - - - -
Station 97.363305
(22.627581, 22.611549,
49 Pan Hsauk - - - - - - - - - -
97.411773) 97.367325
to Hsipaw
Station 22.602100,
50 Nwang Eain - - - - - - - - - -
(22.597323, 97.302230
97.300881)
Hsipaw 22.587546,
51 Ton Kar - - - - - - - - - -
Station 97.252104
(22.597323,
97.300881)
to Hsipaw
South Nam Tu
22.565116,
Station 52 - - - - - - - - Myi Nge-
97.227588
(22.570027, R River
97.237676)
460
Hsipaw 22.564065,
53 Kyin Thi - - - - - - - - - -
South 97.222827
Station 22.555872,
54 Nam Onn - - - - - - - - - -
(22.570027, 97.187512
97.237676) 22.543566,
to Chaung 55 Ngon Sai - - - - - - - - - -
97.181939
Chauk
Station
(22.539479, 22.546527, Natural 22.546527,
56 Nwang Ann - - - - - - - -
97.144750) 97.166665 Spring 97.166665
Chaung 22.508405, Natural 22.508405,

57 Pang Ywang - - - - - - - -
Chauk 97.039741 Spring 97.039741
Station
(22.539479,
97.144750)
22.503216, Natural 22.503216,
to Kyaukme 58 Mway Taw - - - - - - - -
97.033525 Spring 97.033525
Station
(22.492722,
97.020461)
Kyaukme
Station
(22.492722,
97.020461) 22.425912, Natural 22.425912,
59 Na Ai Hkant - - - - - - - -
to Myin 96.961091 Spring 96.961091
Gwin Station
(22.422319,
96.966095)
Myin Gwin Khite Tone 22.414476, Natural 22.414476,
60 - - - - - - - -
Station Home 96.957989 Spring 96.957989
(22.422319, 22.405297, Natural 22.405297,
61 Kone Kaw - - - - - - - -
96.966095) 96.957967 Spring 96.957967
to Kyaung 22.358234, Natural 22.358234,
62 - - - - - - - -
Nam Ba Ton Kone 96.877519 Spring 96.877519
River Station Nam Ba
(22.341234, 22.339885,
63 - - - - - - - - Ton - -
96.871000) 96.867818
River
461
Nam Ba Ton Myat Chae 22.306392,

64 - - - - - - - - - -
River Station Nu 96.836849
(22.341234,
96.871000)
to
22.315804,
Nawng Hkio 65 Kone Gyi Ma - - - - - - - - - -
96.828690
Station
(22.310013,
96.801553)
Taung 22.313778, Natural 22.313778,
66 - - - - - - - -
Nawng Hkio Quarter 96.803853 Spring 96.803853
Station Ngoke Ka 22.310301,
67 - - - - - - - - - -
(22.310013, Lay 96.771796
96.801553) Nawng
to Hkio 22.306280,
68 - - - - - - - - - -
Ommakha Golf 96.765162
Station Club
(22.275012, 22.305213,
69 Ban Bway - - - - - - - - - -
96.677853) 96.737448
22.282294,
70 Ommakha - - - - - - - - - -
96.689727
Ommakha 22.268749,
71 Kyin Ganai - - - - - - - - - -
Station 96.658752
(22.275012,
96.677853)
To Gangaw 22.247475,
72 Samasal - - - - - - - - - -
Station 96.641875
(22.216818,
96.590718
Gangaw 22.188979,
73 Lone Yone - - - - - - - - - -
Station 96.568363
(22.216818,
96.590718)
Anauk Kyu 22.148223, Natural 22.148223,
To 74 - - - - - - - -
Inn 96.563513 Spring 96.563513
Pyinoolwin
Station
462
(22.105295,
96.540374)
22.104714,
East Pin Lain - - - - - - - - - -
96.549211
Pyinoolwin Middle Pin 22.105234, Natural 22.105234,
75 - - - - - - - -
Station Lain 96.539294 Spring 96.539294
(22.105295, 22.100343,
76 Myawt Taw - - - - - - - - - -
96.540374) 96.495723
To Sin Byu 22.099917,
77 - - - - - - - - Reservoir - -
In Station 96.466268
(22.082622, 22.095427, Natural 22.095427,
96.403790) 78 Kone Kaw - - - - - - - -
96.435934 Spring 96.435934
Pan Oo 22.092211, Natural 22.092211,
79 - - - - - - - -
Taung 96.423717 Spring 96.423717
To Sin Byu
In Station
(22.082622,
Kai Gyi
96.403790) 22.017399,
80 - - - - - - - - - - Reserved
To Sakangyi 96.295682
Forest
Station
(22.024931,
96.339346)
Sakangyi
Station
(22.024931,
96.339346)
To Taung
Kyun Station
Kai Gyi
(22.004728, 22.017399,
81 - - - - - - - - - - Reserved
96.259483) 96.295682
Forest
Taung Kyun
Station
(22.004728,
96.259483)
To Tok Kha
Taung Station
463
(22.016022,
96.220754)
Tok Kha Sedawgyi 21.981115,
82 - - - - - - - - - -
Taung Station Canal 96.178485
(22.016022, 21.976874,
83 Lain Pin - - - - - - - - - -
96.220754) 96.177334
to Mandalay
East Station Yankin 21.978723,
84 - - - - - - - - - -
(21.945631, Taung 96.165871
96.157707)
21.926714,
85 Bo Tat Gone - - - - - - - - - -
96.150118
Mandalay Shin Taw 21.935598,
East Station 86 - - - - - - - - - -
Gone 96.148471
(21.945631,
Thant Zin 21.923191,
96.157707) 87 - - - - - - - - - -
Gone 96.148111
to Mandalay
21.922025,
South 88 Lat Kaung - - - - - - - - - -
96.158469
Station
(21.840919, 21.915023,
89 Thale Gone - - - - - - - - - -
96.115836) 96.155310
21.910429,
90 Ywar Shay - - - - - - - - - -
96.155531
Sauk Taw 21.852743,
91 - - - - - - - - - -
Wa 96.115185
War Yone 21.844165,
92 - - - - - - - - - -
Pin 96.128938
21.876957,
93 Sin Bo - - - - - - - - - -
96.152982
21.858199,
Mandalay 94 Min Su - - - - - - - - - -
96.128463
South
21.868409,
Station 95 Pauk Chine - - - - - - - - - -
96.142784
(21.840919,
21.843224,
96.115836) 96 Min Ywar - - - - - - - - - -
96.099868
Nyaung Pin 21.835055,
97 - - - - - - - - - -
Ni 96.086749
464
Nyaung Pin 21.827731,

98 - - - - - - - - - -
Zout 96.095464
21.847448,
99 Sar Toe - - - - - - - - - -
96.076049
21.842036,
100 Sat Kway - - - - - - - - - -
96.071457
Myo Pyin 21.837322,
101 - - - - - - - - - -
Gyi 96.075945
21.852678,
102 Myit Laung - - - - - - - - - -
96.079742
21.865502,
103 Danone - - - - - - - - - -
96.075499
Pyauk Sake 21.863664,
104 - - - - - - - - - -
Kone 96.097978
Ashay Thar 21.855179,
105 - - - - - - - - - -
Yar Gone 96.065068
According to the above table, most of the environmentally sensitive areas along the transmission lines are residential areas, natural springs, rivers
and canals, reservoir, factory, quarry, Nawng Hkio golf club and Kai Gyi Reserved Forest.
465
5.4.12.2. Forest Area
The forest area and forest plantation that the railway will pass according to the alignment of
FS study will be as follow. All of the data about the forest area and plantation were based on
field survey data from local forest departments.
Figure 5.75 – Forest Area along the Railway Line in Argic Map
466
Figure 5.76– Forest Area along the Railway Line in Google Map
467
Table – Forest Area where the Railway will Pass
Railway Forest Forest Plantation Private Plantation CF Plantation

S/N Passing
Region Area No. of Area No. of Area No. of Area
Name
(Acres) owners (Acres) owners (Acres) owners (Acres)
1. Muse - - - - - - - -
Ho Nar Reserved Forest 217 2 217 - - - -
Nam Hpak Loon Protected

892 - - - - - -
Forest
2. Kutkai
Kaung Lain Protected
1510 - - - - - -
Forest
Loi Sam Sit Natural
5352 - - - - - -
Protected Forest
3. Hseni - - - - - - - -
4. Lashio Bone Mon Protected Forest 540 1 50 - - - -
Tein Lon Reserved Forest 611 47 5530 3 32 6 678.47
5. Hsipaw Namma Reserved Forest 2590 - - - - - -
Pang Hsauk Protected

815 - - - - - -
Forest
6. Kyaukme Tein Lon Reserved Forest 1702 - - - - 35 189.79/20
468
Goketwin Reserved Forest 15 - - 1 15 - -
Nawnghkio Reserved
2300 13 2370 15 1357 - -
Forest
7. Nawnghkio
Goketwin Extended
653 - - - - - -
Reserved Forest
Taung Kyun Reserved
- - - - - - -
Forest
Taung Kyun Extended
- - - - - - -
Reserved Forest
Sakhan Gyi Reserved
8. Pyinoolwin - - - - - -
Forest
Taung Khaung Reserved
- 2 717.87 - 4 24
Forest
Taung Pyo Extended
- 2 646.65 1 150 4 21.41
Reserved Forest
Taung Kyun Reserved
- 2 930 - - 2018-19 3
Forest
Taung Kyun Extended
9. Mandalay - 3 168 1 6 2018-19 2
Reserved Forest
Sakhan Gyi Reserved
- 4 377.5 - - - -
Forest
469
5.4.12.3. Protected Area
Protected Areas are one of the most important tools for biodiversity conservation, safeguarding
ecosystems services and preserving cultural landscapes. As of 2018, Myanmar has 42 Protected
Areas. Seven of the Protected Areas are ASEAN Heritage Parks (AHPs) recognised for their
biodiversity value within ASEAN countries; and five are Ramsar Sites (wetlands of
international importance).
The above mentioned environmentally sensitive areas (such as Nature Reserve, National Park,
Protected Area, National Park and ASEAN Heritage Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Bird Sanctuary,
Wildlife Park, Mountain Park, Wildlife Sanctuary and ASEAN Heritage Park, Elephant Range
and Wildlife Sanctuary) are not included along Muse-Mandalay. Among them, totally 4
sensitive areas, Shwe-U-Daung Wildlife Sanctuary ( 87km away from the line) , Pyin-Oo-Lwin
Wildlife Sanctuary ( 5km away from the line) , Minwuntaung Wildlife Sanctuary ( 18km away
from the line) and Irrawaddy Dolphin P.A are close to Railway with 12.5km away from the
line respectively. Shwe U Daung used to be a habitat for critically endangered species of Hairy
Rhinoceros (Dicerorhinus sumatraensis), and the conservation priority for this site will be
critical for restoring this rhinoceros. In addition, Shwe U Daung Wildlife Sanctuary serves as
an important habitat for Asian elephant (endangered). Minwuntaung Wildlife Sanctuary serves
as Key species protected for Barking deer, Hog deer, Avifauna. Although these areas were not
close to the project area, but well planned management should be done for implementation
around forest and environment.
Table 5.52 - Environmentally Sensitive Areas along Muse-Mandalay
Position
Name of sensitive Issuing Area Competent
Level Protection object relationship with
areas time (km2) department
the line
Elephant, gaur,
Shwe-U-Daung About 87km away
National 1929 117.97 Forest sector banteng, rusa,
Wildlife Sanctuary from the line
serow, bear
Pyin-Oo-Lwin About 5km away

National 1927 127.25 Forest sector Muntjac, birds,
Widlife Sanctuary from the line
Minwuntaung About 18km away

National 1972 205.88 Forest sector Muntjac, birds,
Wildlife Sanctuary from the line
Irrawaddy Dolphin Irrawaddy About 12.5km

National 2005 327.53 Forest sector
P.A Dolphin away from the line
470
Figure 5.77 - Map of Protected Areas of Myanmar (Source: WCS, Protected Areas, 2017)
471
Figure 5.78- Location Plan of Railway and Shwe-U-Daung Wildlife Sanctuary
Figure 5.79 - Location Plan of Railway and Pyin-Oo-Lwin Wildlife Sanctuary
472
Figure 5.80- Location Plan of Railway and Irrawaddy Dolphin P.A
Figure 5.81- Location Plans of Railway and Minwuntaung Wildlife Sanctuary
473
5.4.13. Infrastructure and Services

(a) Transportation
(1) Mandalay Province
Mandalay is located in the central part of Myanmar. Compared with other places, Mandalay
has a better transportation system, including roads, aviation, railways and waterways. The main
mode of transportation in central Myanmar is highway. Three of the six main highways in
Myanmar are located in Mandalay Province and adjacent Magwe Province, with Mandalay as
the main hub. Starting from Mandalay, the network extends northward through Muse in
northern Shan State to Kachin State and China, westward to western Myanmar and India, and
southward toYangon.
The existing railway in Myanmar is basically in north-south direction, the branch line is in
east-west direction, and the central railway station in Mandalay is the main hub. The main
railway lines for passenger and freight transport are located between Rangoon and Mandalay.
Starting from Mandalay, the railway branch lines extend eastward to Shan State, westward to
Magwe Province and northward to Kachin State.
Mandalay has an international airport and serves as the central hub of central Myanmar. Most
flights fly to Shan State in the East and Kachin State in the north. In addition, there are a few
international flights, including direct flights to Kunming, China. Mandalay has a major port
where passengers and goods are frequently transported to towns along the Ayarwaddy River.
(2) Shan State

Shan State's road network is not as developed as Mandalay Province. The most common
transport route into northern Shan State is National Highways NH3 Highway, 450 km long.
Lashio and Muse, which are major cities in northern Shan State, are connected to Mandalay
through the NH3 Highway.
(b) NH3 Highway

NH3 highway, also known as "Stilwell Highway” in history, has the part in Chinese border, as
No. 320 National Highway Western-Yunnan Section. The length in China is 850 kilometers
long; it starts from Kunming to Shwe Li Wanding Port, the length from the Wanding port to
the destination Lashio, Myanmar is 603 kilometers. It is an important transportation route
connecting Southeast Asian countries. At present, it can reach Yangon,
474
Bangkok, the capital of Thailand, to India in the west and Singapore in the southeast. There
is onlyNH3 highway along the line, which is a two-way two-lane road with an existing width
of 8m and asphalt concrete pavement.
The line also crosses NH3 Highway several times, and some sections are parallel with the
existing highway, so the traffic is relatively convenient. For the purpose of not affecting ground
traffic, this project adopts girder bridge and frame bridge for railway crossing highway, and
adopts road relocation or interchange culvert for lower grade roads.
Table 5.53 - Individual Situation of Main Crossed Roads along the Line
S/N Mileage Crossing method and engineering measures Remarks S/N
1 CK9+880 CK9+560 Muse Station 2#frame bridge 2-10m NH3 Highway

underpass
CK31+330Kawng wing super major Railway
2 CK31+650 bridge(33×32)m simply supported girder NH3 overcrossing
bridge highway
Highway
3 CK62+290 CK62+290 Pang nin Road-over bridge 5×32m NH3 overcrossing
railway
Highway
4 CK88+100 Man peng1# tunnel NH3 overcrossin
g railway
CKI133+990Sam lou super major Railway
5 CIK133+66 bridge5×32m simply supported girder bridge NH3 overcrossin
5 g highway
Highway
6 CK151+630 Hang lu tunnel NH3 overcrossin
g railway
Highway
7 CK154+900 Hang lu tunnel NH3 overcrossing
railway
CK153+200 CK152+453Hka shi super major bridge Railway
8 (After 49×32m simply supported girder bridge NH3 overcrossing
broken highway
chain）
475
CK164+599 Kawng has super major bridge Railway

9 CK164+559 25×32m simply supported girder bridge NH3 overcrossing
highway
CK198+040 Hsup lang major bridge 12×32m Railway
10 CK198+180 simply supported girder bridge NH3 overcrossin
g highway
Highway
11 CK266+560 Tunnel NH3 overcrossin
g railway
Highway
12 CK272+880 Tunnel NH3 overcrossing
railway
13 CK273+680 CK273+680 2-16m rigid frame bridge Road under Highway
constructio underpass
n
14 CK279+884 CK279+884 2-16m rigid frame bridge Road under Highway
constructio underpass
n
CK291+519 Hu ka1#super major bridge Railway
15 CK291+050 25×32m simply supported girder bridge NH3 overcrossing
highway
Highway
16 CK394+550 Mandalay Road-over bridge 9×25m NH3 overcrossin
g railway
Highway Bus Station
No. Existing Bus Station Location Relation with the project

Chan Mya Shwe Pyi Existing Mandalay-Muse
1 Mandalay
Highway Station Highway
Thiri Pa Day Thar Existing Mandalay-Muse
2 Pyin Oo Lwin
Highway Station Highway
Existing Mandalay-Muse
3 Lashio Bus Station Lashio
Highway
Kyaukme Highway Bus Existing Mandalay-Muse
4 Kyaukme
Terminal Highway
Muse Highway Bus Existing Mandalay-Muse
5 Muse
Station Highway
(c) Existing Underground Pipelines
According to the survey data, there are many crossings between the newly built railway and
the existing oil and gas pipelines, which have certain influence on the railway route. The main
underground pipeline is the Myanmar-China oil and gas pipeline, with the diameter of 813mm-
1,016mm. The starting point of Myanmar-China oil pipeline is located in Maday Island on the
west coast of Myanmar. They enter China from Shwe Li, Yunnan Province, via Rakhine,
Magwe, Mandalay and Shan State of Myanmar. The total length of crude oil and natural gas
476
pipelines is 793km. Among them, the design capacity of Myanmar-China crude oil pipeline is
22 million tons/year, and the gas transmission capacity of Myanmar-China natural gas pipeline
is 12 billion cubic meters/year. On July 28, 2013, gas transmission to China started.
The line is also intersected with a small number of local water supply and drainage pipelines,
underground communication cables, oil and gas pipelines and other pipelines. When the
railway crosses the underground pipeline, in principle, the method of relocation,
reconstruction, in-situ protection are adopted. On the premise of meeting the relevant
provisions regarding pipeline protection, railway culverts or railway bridges can be adopted
for passing.
Path of Myanmar-China Oil and Gas Pipeline
Table- Summary table of intersections between Myanmar-China oil and gas pipelines and
the Project
Intersection
No. Measure Taken Remarks
Mileage
Railway
1 CK229+100 Pass through by Kyankme tunnel
underpass
CK239+193Pawk ang1#super major Railway
2 CK239+500 bridge overcrossing
25×32m simply supported girder bridge highway
Railway
3 CK266+725 Pass through by Kyaunggon tunnel
underpass
Gohteik Nam ban ton River super major
bridge
Railway
2(6×32+(1×48+2×36) steel-concrete
4 CK274+350 overcrossing
composite
highway
girder+(148+2×260+148m)steel-concrete
double-layer composite
477
rigid frame+2×50msteel-concrete
composite girder+18×32)
(d) Power Supply System near Muse-Mandalay Railway line

From the geographical connection diagram of existing power networks in Myanmar, the
proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway passes through Shan State and Mandalay Division. Among
them, there are a large hydropower station Shweli with an installed capacity of 600MW in Shan
State and a large hydropower station YEYWA with an installed capacity of 790MW,
SEDAWGYI power plant with a capacity of 25MW and UPPER YEYWA Hydropower Station
(under construction) with an installed capacity of 280MW in Mandalay.
There are also three 230kV substations, namely MANSAN, SHWESARYAN and
MYAUKPYIN, and four 132kV substations including PYINOOLWIN, YADANARPON,
INDUSTRIAL, AUNGPIN, etc. Shwesaryan–ManSan-Shweli double-circuit 230kV
transmission line is in parallel with nearby main power network laid along the railway. The
power supply of hydro-power stations along the line is comparatively abundant, but the power
network of them is weak. For example, Muse-Pyinoolwin segment has no access to 132kV
power grid. Only one existing substation-MANSAN 230kV substation is located 30km west
of Lashio, connecting to SHWELI 600MW power station in the north, and to SHWESARYAN
230kV substation 20km south of Mandalay in the southwest. For Pyinoolwin-Mandalay
segment, the power grid is more accessible, forming a 132kV power supply network, along
which there are five 132kV substations and two 230 kV substations.
Even so, by reinforcing and constructing supporting power network, the requirement of power
supply for this railway can be met.
478
Figure 5.82 - Statistics on Power Stations near Muse-Mandalay Railway Line
479
Figure 5.83- Statistics on 132/230kv Substations near Muse-Mandalay Railway Line
230 kV
Substation
Figure 5.84- Statistics on 132/230kv Substations near Muse-Mandalay Railway Line
480
5.4.14. Visual Components
Shan State has beautiful landscape and it is also famous for its scenery. When the project is
finished, power lines and traction substations to supply the train with electricity can be a visual
impact on the landscape since it can be an eye sore for people who enjoy sightseeing.
Before Project
After Project
481
Figure 5.85 - Visually Sensitive Areas along the Railway
482
483
6.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1. Impact Assessment Methodology
6.1.1. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodology
Impacts will be assessed using information gathered during the baseline assessment in
combination with previously collected data and the detailed project plan. The significance of
the identified impacts will be determined using the approach outlined in Table 6.1. This
incorporates two aspects for assessing the potential significance i.e. occurrence and severity,
which are further sub-divided as indicated. The impact ranking will be described for both pre
and post implementation of mitigation/management measures conditions.
An impact can be defined as any change in the physical-chemical, biological, cultural and/or
socio-economic Environmental system that can be attributed to human activities. The
significance of the aspects/impacts of the process was rated by using a Matrix Method
following the IAIA guidelines. The significances of the impacts were determined through a
synthesis of the criteria below:
Figure 6.1 - Methodological Framework for Impact Assessment
483
The significances of the impacts were determined by using an index matrix that is based on
four criteria of magnitude (M), Duration (D), Extend (E) (area) and Probability (P). According
to the association of impact assessment – IAIA guidelines, the following terms are used to
determine the effects and degrees of the impact.
Significant Point = (Magnitude+Duration+Extend) ×Probabililty
Significant Point (SP) Impact Significance
< 15 No impact (-)
15-29 Low impact (U)
30-44 Moderate significant (C)
45-59 High significant (B)
> 60 Very high significant (A)
Magnitude
• If the impact is only insignificant, the index value is 1.
• If the impact is small and will have no effect, the index value is 2.
• If the impact is moderate and will result in minor changes, the index value is 3.
• If the impact is high and will result in significant changes, the index value is 4.
• If the impact is very high and will result in permanent changes, the index value is 5.
Duration
• If the impact is between 0-1 year in limited time of the project duration, index value is
1.
• If the impact is between 2-5 year in limited time of the project duration, index value is
2.
• If the impact is between 6-15 year in limited time of the project duration, index value
is 3.
• If the impact is the life of operation in the project duration, index value is 4.
• If the impact is over shoot the project duration, index value is 5.
Extend (Area)
• If the impact occurs within the site, the index value is 1.
• If the impact occurs nearby limited area, the index value is 2.
• If the impact is limited to the local area, the index value is 3.
• If the impact is limited to the national stage, the index value is 4.
• If the impact is limited to the international stage, the index value is 5.
484
Probability
• If the impact is not going to happen, the index value is 1.
• If the impact is improbable, the index value is 2.
• If the impact is probable, the index value is 3.
• If the impact is highly probable, the index value is 4.
• If the impact is definite, the index value is 5.
Mitigation Requirement for Impact Significance
No. Impact Significance Mitigation Requirement
1 Very Low (Negligible) No mitigation required
2 Low Required a small number of additional mitigations
3 Low to Moderate Require more or less additional mitigations
4 Moderate Require a number of additional mitigations
Require a number of additional mitigation or

5 Moderate to High
modification of the project design
Require additional mitigations plus modification
6 High of the project design or alternative action may be
required
Prediction Confidence
Although not explicitly included in the criteria tables, there is uncertainty associated with the
information and methods used in an ESIA because of its predictive nature. The certainty with
which an impact analysis can be completed depends on a number of factors including:
▪ Understanding of natural/ecological and socio-economic processes at work now and in
the future; and
▪ Understanding of present and future properties of the affected resource.
The level of prediction confidence for an impact analysis will be discussed when there are
questions about the factors reviewed above. Where the level of prediction confidence makes a
prediction of the impact problematic, a subjective assessment is made based on the available
information, the applicability of information on surrogates and on professional opinion.
485
The level of prediction confidence is sufficiently low in some cases that an estimate of
Environmental consequence cannot be made with a sufficient degree of confidence.
Undetermined ratings are accompanied by recommendations for research or monitoring to
provide more data in the future.
Development of Mitigation Measures
A common approach to describing mitigation measures for critical impacts is to specify a range
of targets a predetermined acceptable range and an associated monitoring and evaluation plan.
To ensure successful implementation, mitigation measures should be unambiguous statements
of actions and requirements that are practical to execute. The following summarize the different
approaches that may be used in prescribing and designing mitigation measures:
▪ Avoidance: e.g. mitigation by not carrying out the proposed action on the specific site, but
rather on a more suitable site;
▪ Minimization: mitigation by scaling down the magnitude of a development, reorienting the
layout of the project or employing technology to limit the undesirable Environmental impact;
▪ Rectification: mitigation through the restoration of Environments affected by the action;
▪ Reduction: mitigation by taking maintenance steps during the course of the action; and
Compensation: mitigation through the creation, enhancement or acquisition of similar
Environments to those affected by the action.
6.1.2. Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Methodology
The first phase of the Social Impact Assessment (SIA) will provide a baseline description of
the study area, specifically focusing on the communities living and working in close proximity
to the proposed development. The potential impacts of the proposed development on the social
environment will be identified and assessed in terms of an agreed assessment methodology in
the EIA phase. Mitigation measures will be proposed to enhance the positive impacts and
reduce the significance of the negative impacts. SIA study area was considered after the
discussions with key informers project managers from Myanma Railways (MR) and China
Railway Eryuan Engineering Group Co., Ltd. (CREEC). and the heads of Village General
Administrative Offices of nearest villages that the railway pass or cross nearby. Google Map
and census are also used for the determination of SIA study area during pilot survey. To assess
486
the baseline socio-economic conditions that may result from the development of the proposed
project, the SIA team employed both quantitative and qualitative approaches as follow:
Socioeconomic impact assessment for proposed project was conducted by the following
procedures.
Main Steps in SIA Study
Step I: Household Survey and Focus Group Discussion
The collection of primary data will consist of focus group discussions and household surveys
in the target study areas. Household sample survey will conduct to evaluate primary socio-
economic conditions of the project area and to understand the mood, perceptions and extent of
preparedness of the people towards the proposed project. The household survey will carry out
to tap the baseline socio-economic conditions of project area and to assess project perceptions
and attitudes of the local people. To get the accurate data, primary data collection will conduct
by social specialist, social consultants, local authorities and local people.
(a) Survey Team
The team was formed with researchers from social, medical, and engineering sciences having
research experiences in the field of social impact assessment and social management planning.
487
(b) Development of Survey Questionnaire

Socioeconomic aspects to be included in questionnaire will base on site visits and issues
identified by interviews with local people and village heads during pilot survey. Items will
formulate by the consultants and reviewed by social assessment team members as to clarity of
item wordings and relevance to the socioeconomic domains measured. The survey
questionnaire will designed to collect information as to the following household characteristics:
• household composition (age, gender, educational status, religion, ethnicity, language

used and marital status);
• occupations;
• ownership of agricultural fields and livestock;
• energy sources and facilities;
• agricultural and other economic activities;
• daily movement patterns;
• income and expenditure patterns;
• access to and use of community services/facilities and natural resources;
• health and nutrition; and
• views/concerns/suggestions on the proposed project.
(c) Recruitment and Training

The enumerators will receive a training program prior to commencing with the fieldwork. The
training program will include a briefing on the objectives of the survey, socioeconomic aspects
to be measured, interview techniques as well as a detailed explanation of each question and its
relevance to the survey objectives, how to pose the question and how to code the answer.
Discussions will also held among participants about the socioeconomic conditions and initial
questionnaire items will revise based on the discussion results. A set of guidelines will give to
each enumerator for administration of survey questionnaire. In the field data collection
activities, the enumerators will supervise by experienced supervisors with household survey.
(d) Data Collections

The project related data, factory layout plans and design parameter will be provided by China
Railway Eryuan Engineering Group Co., Ltd. (CREEC). Primary data for public concerns,
socio-economic and health profiles will be conducted by household survey.
488
(e) Data Analysis

In household survey data collection period, field supervisors will check and ensure the control
of data quality. During field surveys, information obtained through household survey and
interviews will corroborate through direct observation by the study team aiming at assessing
social and cultural infrastructure existed in the project area, physical assets of people, and living
conditions. Observations will back up by photographic records. Quantitative data will be coded
and processed using SPSS statistical package. Qualitative data will be coded using standard
methods.
6.1.3. Health Impact Assessment Methodology

There is no universally agreed formula for assessing public health significance, although
assessments are mostly based on a subjective judgment about the magnitude of the potential
health impacts (size of the affected population and scale of the positive or negative health
impact); its likelihood of occurrence; and the degree of confidence in the impact actually
occurring (based on scientific and other evidence of the health impact occurring in similar
circumstances elsewhere). The following table shows a Health Impact Significance Rating
Methodology of Green Tech EIA Team.
Table 6.1 - Health Impact Significance Rating Methodology
Likelihood of Occurrence of Health Impact

Health
Low Medium High
Impact
Magnitude of Likely to occur Likely to occur Rating
Unlikely to occur
Health Impact sometimes often
None No significance No significance No significance 0
Low Very Low Low Medium 1
Medium Low Medium High 2
High Medium High Very High 3
When analyzing health impacts, it is important to consider the magnitude, likelihood and public
health significance of the potential impacts. This analysis will involve expert judgment based
489
on a consideration of the evidence gathered and its applicability to the local context and the
specific project.
Distributional, health equity and inequality impacts will be analyzed by examining how
particular sub-groups within a population, particularly vulnerable groups, are likely to be
affected by the project. The scoping and community profiling steps are likely to have already
identified potentially vulnerable groups through existing local information on these
individuals/groups or through community surveys and meetings with key informants e.g.
community leader, community health worker or local NGO.
Health equity/inequality impacts occur when the projects benefits and harms are unevenly
distributed. This includes where the risk is equally distributed, such as air pollution, but the
impact is disproportionate – affecting particularly children, older people and those with existing
ill health.
Analysis of health impacts will involve systematically determining the range of potential
impacts, their relative importance and where, when and how likely they are to occur. The
information for the HIA will be obtained from the primary data collection (household survey),
literature review, community profile and Health Data from Pubic Health Department as well
as knowledge and expertise of the HIA Consultant.
6.1.4. Risk Assessment Methodology
The following procedure should be used to reduce risks to a tolerable level (see Figure 2):
a) Identify the likely users for the product or system, including vulnerable consumers and others
affected by the product;
b) Identify the intended use, and assess the reasonably foreseeable misuse, of the product or
system;
c) Identify each hazard (including reasonably foreseeable hazardous situations and events)
arising in the stages and conditions for the use of the product or system, including
installation, operation, maintenance, repair and destruction/disposal;
d) Estimate and evaluate the risk to the affected user group arising from the hazard(s) identified:
consideration should be given to product s or systems used by different user groups;
evaluation can also be made by comparison with similar products or systems;
e) If the risk is not tolerable, reduce the risk until it becomes tolerable.
490
Figure 6.2 - Iterative Process of Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction
491
Risk Assessment Flow Diagram
Objectives
The following is the flow chart for risk assessment procedure.
Frequency Assessment Consequence Assessment Fire/blast, seismic

Fire/Blast, Toxic, Seismic, Analysis, toxic Impact Analysis, Domino
Storm effect
Risk Calculation Individual/

Societal/Environmental Risk
Risk Calculation
Risk due to hazards at a storage tank terminal and its surroundings is composed of summation
of all risks given no escalation (i.e. no domino effects) of undesired events and all risks given
an escalation (i.e. domino effects) of undesired events:
𝑅𝑖𝑠𝑘 =  𝑅𝑖𝑠𝑘 |𝑁𝑜 𝐸𝑠𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 +𝑅𝑖𝑠𝑘 |𝐸𝑠𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛

Table - Tolerability of Environmental Risk (Category Definitions) – Loss of Containment
Category Definitions
6 Catastrophic - Major airborne release with serious off-site effects

- Site shutdown
- Serious contamination of ground water or water course with
extensive loss of aquatic life
5 Major - Serious toxic effect on beneficial or protected species
- Widespread but not persistent damage to land
492
- Evacuation of local populace

- Temporary disabling and hospitalization
- Serious toxic effect on beneficial or protected species
- Widespread but not persistent damage to land
- Significant fish kill over 5-mile range
4 Serve - Hospital treatment required
- Public warning and off-site emergency plan invoked
- Hazardous substance releases into water course with
1/2-mile effect
3 Significant - Severe and sustained nuisance, e.g. strong offensive odors or noise
disturbance
- Major breach of permitted emissions limits with possibility of
prosecution
- Numerous public complaint
2 Noticeable - Noticeable nuisance off-site, e.g. discernible odors
- Minor breach of permitted emission limits, but no environmental
harm
- One or two complaints from the public
1 Minor - Nuisance on site only (no off-site effects)
- No outside complaint.
UK HSE, “Safety and environmental standards for fuel storage sites”, Process Safety
Leadership Group, 2009. Environment Agency for England and Wales, “Integrated Pollution
Prevention and Control (IPPC) Environmental Assessment and Appraisal of BAT”, July 2003
Table - Tolerability Criteria of Environmental Risk
Acceptable if reduced as
Acceptable if frequency Unacceptable if
Category Definition low as is reasonably
less than frequency above
practical and frequency
6 Catastrophic 1.0E-06 per year 1.0E-04 to 1.0E-06 per year 1.0E-04 per year
1.0E-04 to 1.0E-06 per

5 Major 1.0E-06 per year 1.0E-04 per year
year
1.0E-04 to 1.0E-06 per
4 Serve 1.0E-06 per year 1.0E-02 per year
year
1.0E-04 to 1.0E-06 per

3 Significant 1.0E-04 per year 1.0E-01 per year
year
1.0E+01 to 1.0E-02 per

2 Noticeable 1.0E-02 per year 1.0E+01 per year
year
1 Minor All shown as acceptable - -
493
Earthquake and Flood Risk Assessment Methodology
Figure - 5x5 Risk Matrix

Source: kevinian.com
Fire Risk Assessment Methodology
Six-Step Method
This method entails a two-fold process:

1. Identifying the fire hazards (i.e. readily combustible or highly flammable materials,
sources of heat, and unsatisfactory structural features).
2. Assessing the fire risk (i.e. the likelihood that a fire will occur and the consequences of
such a fire on the people in the workplace).
The overall process may be carried out in six steps:
Step 1: Identify hazards,
Step 2: Identify people at risk,
Step 3: Remove/reduce hazards,
494
Step 4: Assign the risk category,

Step 5: Decide if existing fire safety arrangements are OK or need improving,
Step 6: Record findings.
Step 1: Identification of Hazards

Identifying hazards entails noting readily combustible materials or highly flammable
substances. These would include such things as paints and thinners, flammable solvents,
solvent-based adhesives, flammable gases, some plastic foams, large areas of bare hardboard,
highly flammable and/or reactive chemicals etc.
It also entails noting sources of heat such as flames or sparks from processes, sources of
frictional heat, ovens, kilns, incinerators, oil or gas fired equipment or heaters, matches and
lighters, ducts or flues, light bulbs close to flammable materials, electrical wander leads, any
electrical equipment, faulty wiring, portable heaters, etc.
Structural features that would constitute hazards by promoting the rapid spread of fire should
therefore be identified. These would include such things as ducts and flues, unstopped holes
that have been cut into fire resisting walls for the provision of services such as cables and pipe
work, large areas of hardboard, chipboard, or blockboard, un-compartmented roof spaces.
Excessively long escape routes and dead-end conditions that would prejudice the means of
escape should also be identified.
Step 2: Identification of People at Risk

In identifying people who would be especially at risk in a fire, consideration should be given
to any who are asleep, any who are present in large numbers, any who are unfamiliar with the
layout of the premises and/or the exit routes, those who may be exposed to a particular or
specific fire risk, those who have impairments such as sight, hearing, or mobility and young
people or children.
Also taken into consideration should be any people who would be unable to react quickly
enough or are unaware of the danger of fire because they are in remote areas, because they
have learning difficulties, or because they are outside contractors who are unaware of the fire
risks.
Step 3: Removal/Reduction of Hazards

The removal or reduction of hazards entailed in this stage of the risk assessment can have
enormous benefits insofar as, at the end of the process, it will have produced a much safer
environment.
495
For each of the hazards that have been identified in step 1, the question should be asked, "could
it be removed, reduced, replaced, separated, protected, repaired, or cleaned?"
For example, the removal of excessive amounts of combustibles, the reduction in the areas of
combustible wall linings, replacement of tungsten filament bulbs with fluorescent light fittings
and solvent based adhesives being replaced with water-based ones, separating sources of heat
from combustibles, protecting electrical equipment with thermostats, repairing damaged
electrical flexes and damaged furniture, cleaning dirty flues and ducts.
At this stage it should be decided whether any of these removals or reductions are to be
undertaken immediately, in the medium term, or in the long term.
Step 4: Assignment of Risk Category

On completion of step three, depending upon what hazards still remain it should be possible to
assign a risk category to the workplace or, more likely, to individual parts of it.
The risk categories could be 'Low', 'Normal' and 'High': -
Low: There is hardly any risk from fire, few combustibles materials, no highly
flammable substances, and virtually no sources of heat.
Normal: There are sufficient quantities of combustible materials and sources of
heat to be of greater than low fire risk but that a fire would be likely to remain
confined, or to spread but slowly.
High: There is a serious risk to life from fire, or there are substantial quantities
of combustible materials, or there are any highly flammable substances, or there
exists the likelihood of the rapid spread of fire, heat or smoke.
Step 5: Adequacy or Improvement of Fire Precautions

In this step, it is necessary to decide whether the existing fire safety measures are adequate or
are in need of improvement. Possible improvements could include such steps as:
• Reduction of evacuation times/escape route lengths,
• Protection of escape routes,
• Provision of additional escape routes,
• Installation of a fire alarm system or more fire alarm call points,
• Provision of more fire signs,
• Installation of fire detection systems,
• Installation of a sprinkler system,
• Installation of an emergency lighting system,
• Institution of better programmes of fire safety training,
496
• Provision of, or increasing the number of fire extinguishers

• Provision of regular training and practice of fire and evacuation drills.
Step 6: Recording Findings

This simply entails recording the findings of the fire risk assessment, and should include the
significant hazards found to be present, the details of any staff who are especially at risk, and
the date on which the assessment was made.
Figure: Classification of Fire Risk Level
Based on the fire incidents from 1983-2007, the States and Divisions have been categorized
into the probability of High, Medium and Low level. Following criteria has been used:
High Probability: More than 100 average annual fire cases
Medium Probability: Between 100 and 50 average annual fire cases
Low Probability: Less than 50 average annual fire cases
Property loss level Criteria

High Property Loss Less than 100 Million Kyats
Medium Property loss Between 100 to 200 Million Kyats
Low Property loss More than 200 Million Kyats
Potential Risk and their Sources
Category Potential Risk Source

Risk in Structural - Structural overload of culvert
Culvert Collapse - deterioration of culvert leading to loss strength
497
(Construction Slope instability - water leakage of the culvert leading to saturation of

Phase) fill or foundation material
- headwall has been subjected to erosion and collapses
taking with it a portion of the road pavement
Erosion by - flow over the road
overtopping flows
Cross catchment - blockage or insufficient hydraulic capacity of the
flooding culvert
Risk in Bridge structure - due to terrorist such as explosion
Bridge risk by human
factor
Occupational Slips and trips - Spill and oil in the workplace
and - equipment used in site
Community
Health and Electricity - direct or indirect touch of electric wire
Safety Risk Airborne fibres - The erosion of the already installed, improperly taken
and toxins down or stored asbestos as well as from the products
that contain it.
Asbestos - demolition process
Unintended - demolition process
collapse
Material handling - use of excavators and dump trucks
Hand and -piling activity
vibration
syndrome
Noise - piling activity
Moving objects - transport of material
Working from - fall from height and from the installation of pier and
height beam
Disaster Risk Earthquake risk - seismic waves and fault zone near the working site
Earthquake - high excess pore-water pressure generated by and
induced accumulated during strong earthquake ground
liquefaction risk shaking or other rapid loading
Flood risk - high flow or overflow of water from a river or similar
source of water occurring over a period of time
- heavy rain spell
- climate change
- blocking of river channels by landslides
Fire risk - fire incidents from temporary facilities
- flammable materials used on site
- vehicle collision due to derailment
-overheating due to high speed
- electrocution
- overheating of roof-mounted compressor heating and
air conditioner units
- burning locomotives
- flammable materials carried on train
498
6.2. Considerable Project Development for Impact Assessment
and excavation of soils for the installation of structural foundations for power stations, and
electricity supplies system. Site clearing activities for transmission lines will be included in
that of alignment.

reuse. Foundations would be exposed using backhoes, bulldozers, and other heavy earth
moving equipment.
499
Site Clearance
Preconstruction Phase
Construction Phase

Operation Phase
appropriate voltage, current type and frequency to supply railways

Removal of transformers Decommission Phase
including the foundations and
floor slabs
Process Flow Chart for Construction of Traction Substation
500
Pre-construction
Phase

foundations
Pre-erection checks, Erecting towers and Construction Phase

accessories

commissioning
Decommission Phase
Removal or all infrastructures
Process Flow Chart for Construction of Transmission Lines
501
6.3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

An impact can be defined as any change in the physical-chemical, biological, cultural and/or
socio-economic environmental system that can be attributed to human activities. Anticipated
environmental impacts for the proposed antimony roasting plant will be conducted into the
entire life of the project. To cover the entire life of the project, it is necessary to conduct impact
assessment for four major phases as follow:
(a) Pre- Construction Phase

(b) Construction Phase
(c) Operation Phase
(d) Decommissioning Phase
6.3.1. Anticipated Environmental Impacts during Pre-construction Phase

The main activities which will be done in pre-construction phase are removal of vegetation
and earthwork activities, and access road construction. Site clearing activities for
transmission lines will be included in that of alignment. The affected area of the railway
alignment will include the affected area of transmission lines because transmission lines
will exist 15ft away from the railway alignment on each side. So, some impacts due to
construction of transmission lines will not be included in this section. The main impacts
considered in this phase include:
1. Impact on Air Environment

2. Impact on Surface Water Environment
3. Impact on Soil Environment
4. Impact on Biodiversity Environment
5. Impact on Human Environment
6.3.1.1. Anticipated Impacts on Air Environment during Pre-construction Phase

The major impacts on air quality during the pre-construction phase will be fugitive dust
generation, vehicular emissions and increased in noise level due to the site clearing and sand
filling activities.
(a) Fugitive Dust Generation (Particulate Matter Emission)

During pre-construction phase, the main source of air pollution will be dust generation (PM) due
to the movement of dozer and trucks for site clearing and ground leveling activities. Short-term
impacts will be experienced by the workers, pedestrians passing along the public road near the
project site.
502
Significant of Impacts of Fugitive Dust Generation during Pre-construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
The impact will be considered for each traction substation construction site. The nature of
impact on air quality during pre-construction phase will not be significance due to minor earth
working activities and pre-construction period as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
Impact (Area)
Site
Fugitive dust clearing and Low
2 1 2 4 20
generation ground Impact (U)
leveling
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Fugitive Dust Generation

The intensity of mitigation required for air environment according to the consideration of
impact evaluation and public concerns are as follow:
Public Concern Mitigation
Intensity of
Impact through Public required
No. Parameters Mitigation Responsibility
Rating Consultation considered by
Required
Processes EIA team
Low Pre-construction
Fugitive Dust
1. Impact No Yes Minor service
Generation
(U) provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Dust Generation

Due to the minor mitigation requirement, dust will be countered by sprinkling of water during
pre-construction phase. It is also the most cost-effective dust suppressant. Ground water will
not use for this purpose. Water will be sprayed by using handheld spray as for small workplace.
Significant of Impacts of Fugitive Dust Generation during Pre-construction Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Site
Fugitive dust clearing and No Impact
2 1 1 3 12
generation ground (-)
leveling
(b) Vehicular Emissions

The gaseous emissions such as CO2, CO, NOx and SO2 were emitted during the operation of
vehicles and machineries during the pre-construction phase including both on-site and the
public.
503
Assumptions for Combustible Emissions

Type of Construction No of Units Hp Rated Hrs/day Days/yr Total hp-hrs
Equipment
Excavator 1 300 8 60 576000

Bulldozer 1 300 8 60 576000
Tractor 1 100 8 45 120000
Truck 3 300 8 60 2304000
Emission factors (EF) with type of operation equipment (g/hp-hr)

Emission Factors
Type of VOC CO (g/hp- NOx PM-10 PM-2.5 SO2 CO2
Construction (g/hp-hr) hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr)
Equipment
Excavator 0.34 1.3 4.6 0.32 0.31 0.74 536.3

Bulldozer 0.36 1.38 4.76 0.33 0.32 0.74 536.3
Roller 0.37 1.48 4.9 0.34 0.33 0.74 536.2
Truck 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.4 0.74 536
Emission Calculation Results with type of operation equipment (tons/yr)

Emission Calculation
Type of CO2
VOC g/hp- CO g/hp- NOx g/hp- PM-10 PM-2.5 SO2 g/hp-
Construction g/hp-
hr hr hr g/hp-hr g/hp-hr hr
equipment hr
Excavator 0.05 0.21 0.73 0.05 0.05 0.12 85.13
Bulldozer 0.06 0.22 0.76 0.05 0.05 0.12 85.13
Roller 0.01 0.06 0.19 0.01 0.01 0.03 21.28
Truck 0.21 0.99 2.61 0.20 0.19 0.35 255.24
Total
0.34 1.47 4.29 0.31 0.30 0.62 446.78
Emission
Significant of Impacts of Vehicular Emissions during Pre-construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
The nature of impact on air quality during pre-construction phase will not be significance due
to minor earth working activities and pre-construction period as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Vehicular Site clearing and Low Impact
2 1 3 4 24
emission ground leveling (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Vehicular Emissions

504

Intensity of
Required
Processes EIA team
MR (or)
Low MR (or)
Vehicular
1. Impact No Yes Minor Pre-construction
Emission
(U) service
provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Vehicular Emission

Due to the minor mitigation requirement on vehicular emission, there will require a plan to
reduce in loading and unloading time and plan to reduce in idle time during working hours.
Vehicles used during pre-construction phase will avoid local traffic time. Moreover, MR will
put pressure to pre-construction services provider(s) to use machineries, vehicles and generator
with good engine conditions and low sulphur content fuel oil to reduce gaseous emission.
Regular maintenance of machineries, vehicles and generator is also required.
Significant of Impacts of Vehicular Emissions during Pre-construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Vehicular Site clearing and Low Impact
2 1 3 3 18
emission ground leveling (U)
(c) Increased in Noise Level

Site clearing and earth working vehicle (dozer) and delivery vehicles (trucks) traveling to and
from the site produced noise which will increase existing noise level in pre-construction phase.
All of the calculation of predicted noise level during pre-construction phase will be based on
Patrick Breysse, and Peter S.J. Lees., School of Public Health, Johns Hopkins University,
Bloomberg, 2006. The required data for calculation of the noise levels will be used typical
construction equipment prepared by “Handbook of Noise Control” as follow:
Typical Construction Equipment Noise Emission Levels
Equipment Type Noise Level (dBA at 50 Feet)
Excavator 89
Bulldozer 87
Tractor 88
Truck (Medium and Heavy) 84
Source: Harris, C.M. “Handbook of Noise Control,” McGraw Hill, New York, 1979
505
Leq(site) = the A-weighted, overall equivalent sound level obtained by summing the
individual equipment noise levels on an energy basis.
n = number of sources
Leq(equipment) = the A-weighted, equivalent sound level at a receptor resulting from the
operation of a single piece of equipment at distance D from source, dB(A).
L2 = the A-weighted, equivalent sound level at a receptor resulting from the operation of a single
piece of equipment at distance D (dB(A))
L1 = Noise emission level of the particular piece of equipment at reference
distance D (dB(A)
r 1 = Distance from the receptor to the piece of equipment (m)
r 2 = Reference distance where the source noise emission level was measured (m), i.e.50 ft (15.24 m)
Calculations
108.9 +108.7 +108.8 +3(108.4 )

𝐿𝑒𝑞 = 𝑆𝑃𝐿𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 = 10 log ( )
6
= 86.49 dBA
L1 = 86.49 dBA
L2 = 55 dBA
r1 = 15.24 m
r2 =?
86.49−55
r2 = 15.24 × 10( 20
)
= 572.12 m
The villages inside 572.12 m will experience the noises from the construction site. Therefore,
mitigation measures will have to be carried out to control the noises in the area that are below
572.12 m. Although all of the predicted noise levels are based on calculations and the actual
noise level may change a little bit due to the factors such as seasonal wind direction and wind
speed.
506
Significant of Impacts of Increased in Noise Level during Pre-construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise from Low Impact
Noise 3 1 2 4 24
dozer and trucks (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Increased in Noise Level

Intensity of
Required
Processes EIA team
Low MR (or)
1. Noise Impact No Yes Minor Pre-construction
(U) service provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Noise

According to the requirement of minor mitigation measures for noise during pre-construction
phase and the nature noisy environment (near the public road), the following mitigation
measures will do:
- Avoid the operation of noisy equipment and machineries and the use at the same time,
and
- Limit the operation of noisy construction machineries at night.
- Regular maintenance of machineries.
- Use engines with good condition.
Significant of Impacts of Increased in Noise Level during Pre-construction Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise from Low Impact
Noise 3 1 1 3 15
dozer and trucks (U)
507
Residual impact on Air Environment during Pre-Construction Phase

After proper mitigation measures, the significance level will remain Very Low to Low. So,
there will be no residual impact.
6.3.1.2. Anticipated Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Pre-construction Phase

For power transmission lines, site clearance activities and handling of fuel are involved in the
alignment consideration because power transmission lines are situated along the railway
alignment.
(a) Liquid Wastes
Improper handling of fuel oil and lubricants may constitute a risk for pollution of surface water.
The mobilization and transport of soil particles may, in turn, result in sedimentation of surface
drainage networks, which may result in impacts to the water quality.
(b) Solid Wastes
During pre-construction phase, site clearance activities will cause the temporary water
pollution near water sources in the power substation.
Significant of Surface Water Pollution during Pre-construction Phase before Mitigation

Measures
Impact on nearby surface water bodies, it will be low probability and not significant due to the
amount of work in pre-construction phase as follow:
Extend
Impact Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Low
Increase Site clearing and earth
3 1 2 4 24 Impact
in working activities
(U)
turbidity,
Low
oil and Improper handling of fuel oil
3 1 1 3 15 Impact
grease in and lubricants
(U)
nearby
Low
water Domestic liquid wastes from
2 1 1 4 16 Impact
bodies pre-construction workers.
(U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Surface Water Environment
The intensity of mitigation measures for surface water environment according to the
consideration of impact evaluation and public concerns are as follow:
Mitigation
Public Concern
Impact Requirement by Intensity of
No. Parameters during Public Responsibility
Rating Impact Mitigation
Consultation
Evaluation
Increase in
MR (or)
turbidity, oil Low
Pre-construction
1. and grease in Impact No Yes Minor
service
nearby water (U)
provider(s)
bodies
508
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water Quality in Power Station

MR will do or will ensure pre-construction service provider(s) to do the following mitigation
measures to protect the surface water quality during the pre-construction phases of the proposed
project.
(a) Liquid Waste
The following prevention measures are needed to reduce surface water pollution during pre-
construction phase.
(a) All stacking and loading areas will be provided with proper drains to prevent run
off from the site to enter any water body.
(b) Waste water channels from the site will be connected to retention pond during pre-
construction to prevent wastewater from entering the nearest water bodies.
(c) Avoid any leakage of oil and lubricant from vehicles and machineries used in pre-
construction phase
(d) Use temporary sedimentation ponds during rainy reason
(b) Solid Waste

The following mitigation measures will be done.
a) Limit unnecessary earthworks;
b) Reuse suitable soil particles in earth filling activities during the construction of traction
substation
c) Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction);
d) Vegetation of bare areas after the pre-construction state.
e) Prevent over-excavation
Significant of Surface Water Pollution during Pre-construction Phase after Mitigation
Measures
Impact on nearby surface water bodies, it will be low probability and not significant due to the
amount of work in pre-construction phase as follow:
Extend
(Area)
Low
Increase Site clearing and earth
3 1 2 3 18 Impact
in working activities
(U)
turbidity,
No
oil and Improper handling of fuel oil
3 1 1 2 10 Impact
grease in and lubricants
(-)
nearby
No
water Domestic liquid wastes from
2 1 1 3 12 Impact
bodies pre-construction workers.
(-)
509
Residual impact on Surface Water Environment during Pre-Construction Phase

After proper mitigation measures, the significance level will remain Very Low. So, there will
be no residual impact.
6.3.1.3. Anticipated Impacts on Soil Environment during Pre-construction Phase

Impacts on soil and ground water environment during pre-construction phase will include the
followings:
Impacts of Soil Quality
A small amount of domestic wastes will be produced from pre-construction workers. Improper
handling of diesel and lubricants can also lead to leakage and it can impact on soil quality.
Moreover, some biomass- unsuitable soil materials were generated from site clearing and tree
cutting (bushes and small trees) activities during pre-construction phase. All of these solid
wastes will have more or less impact on soil quality.
Significant of Impacts on Soil Environments before Mitigation Measures

Domestic wastes from pre-construction workers will be minimal due to the small number of
workforce (about 30 people). Amount of scrub produced will also be negligible because the
site small are to clear and there will very small number of trees to fell down (small trees).
Moreover, according to the soil quality monitoring and geological investigation, soil type
within the project are is not contained toxic mineral composition and not environmentally
sensitive soil type (sandy soil). So, impacts on soil environment during pre-construction phase
will be very low as shown in the following table.
Extend
(Area)
Low
Site clearing and earth working
3 1 2 4 24 Impact
activities
Solid (U)
wastes Low
Domestic solid wastes from
2 1 1 4 16 Impact
pre-construction workers
(U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Soil Environment during Pre-construction
Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for soil environment according to the
consideration of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Mitigation
Public Concern
Impact Requirement Mitigation
Rating by Impact Scale
Consultation
Evaluation
Low MR (or)
Soil
1. Impact No Yes Minor Pre-construction
contamination
(U) service provider(s)
510
Mitigation Measures for Impact on Soil Environment during Pre-construction Phase

According to the need of the minor mitigation measures, all of the solid wastes produced from
pre-construction phase will be systematically dispose according to the rules and regulations of
MCDC. Accordingly, MR (or) pre-construction service provider will follow MCDC rules and
regulations for solid waste management during the preconstruction phase. Moreover, MR will
take special care on handling of diesel and lubricants to avoid leakage.
Significant of Impacts on Soil Environments after Mitigation Measures

Extend
(Area)
Low
Site clearing and earth working
3 1 2 3 18 Impact
activities
Solid (U)
wastes No
Domestic solid wastes from
2 1 1 3 12 Impact
pre-construction workers
(-)
Residual impact on Soil and Groundwater Environment during Pre-Construction Phase

6.3.1.4. Anticipated Impacts on Biodiversity Environment during Pre-construction Phase

Anticipated impacts on biodiversity environment during pre-construction phase will be as
follows:
(a) Impacts on Flora Diversity

Power lines require routine maintenance and operation. On some power line corridors,
herbicides are used to control vegetation. When power lines and their access roads are placed
in undeveloped areas, they can disturb forests, wetlands, and other natural areas. There will
have too much tree cutting along the power lines and for the power substation. Therefore, there
will have high impact on flora diversity. The biodiversity survey along the TL line indicates
that a high level of disturbance already exists in the area, from grazing, lopping of trees, fodder
leaf collection by local communities in the area. For transmission lines, the site clearing will
be the same as alignment as transmission lines will be installed along the line. Therefore, the
impact for site clearing of transmission lines will be the similar to flora diversity impact in
alignment.
511
Affected plant species

Engineering land occupation will affect individual plant species, but will not change the
floristic composition of plants in the evaluation scope. Affected plant species are common local
species. Affected trees are mainly Eucalyptus, Pterocarya stenoptera, black locust, Melia
azedarach, cedrela sinensis, alder, paper mulberry, Excoecaria sebifera, coconut palm,
banyan, etc.; other shrubs affected are mainly mulberry, lantana, Rumex hastatus, Coriaria
sinica, Reinwardtia trigyna, HollygreenBarberry, raspberry, linden viburnum, Maesa
doraena, sweet potato vine, Siberian Cocklebur, mountain loquat, Glochidion puberum, etc.;
affected grasses are mainly crofton weed, Heteropogon contortus, Herba Euphorbiae,
Euphorbia officinalis, Urtica japonica, Lotus philoxeroides, Echinacea, Poa pratensis,
Snakeberry, Carpesium abrotanoides L., Lysimachia christinae Hance, Eupatorium odoratum,
etc.
Influences on vegetation (Flora)

The implementation of the project will occupy part of the farmland and forest land, and have a
certain impact on the surface vegetation on both sides of the run of way.
Most of the subgrade areas are located in the areas of secondary vegetation types and artificial
vegetation types (including farmland vegetation, etc.). Due to the nature of the project, in the
power station construction, vegetation will need to be cleared and replaced with infrastructure,
service roads and storm water management systems. This will have the greatest impact in areas
where no lines are in place and within the areas earmarked as biodiversity hotspots.
Potential Impacts on Flora during Pre-Construction Phase (Power Station)

One of the most important impacts is the destruction of the vegetation cover along the strip of
land to be occupied by the power station. In some cases it may occur that individuals of some
plant species are present in this strip and are also destroyed, which further the risk of population
and dispersal of the plant species. This means the elimination of the vegetation cover and earth
movements to prepare the corridor for the laying down of the track and, therefore, the
destruction and loss of the habitats along the land strip along the power line. In addition, there
will be land temporarily used for the installation of construction camps were vegetation will
also be cleared and earth movements carried out.
Significance of impacts
The pre-construction phase will have the greatest impact on the surrounding vegetation. This
will definitely result in the disturbance of the vegetation and soils within the site especially.
512
Due to the site scale of disturbance in the pre-construction period on the surrounding vegetation
when compared to its current state, i.e. the magnitude will be Medium, the overall significance
of will be rated as Medium.
Impact assessments on the flora of the project area

Table - Impact index value and categories of flora in the Mandalay-Muse Railway New
Project
Extend
No. Impacts Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(area)
Flora
Loss of trees
Moderate
1 and other plant 3 5 2 4 40
significant (C)
species
(Source: International Association of Impact Assessment-IAIA, 2014, www.iaia.org)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Flora Diversity

The intensity of mitigation requirement for flora diversity according to the consideration of
impact rating and public concerns are as follow:

Required
Impact through Public Requirement by
Rating Consultation impact
Scale
Processes evaluation
Moderate Construction
Impact on
1. significant No Yes Minor Service
flora diversity
(C) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Impact on Flora Diversity

Clearing of vegetation will be kept to a minimum, keeping the width and length of the earth
works to a minimum. According to the consideration of intensity of mitigation measures (major
scale), it is necessary to avoid tree cutting of road side plants and fence plants and re-planting
the trees at twice of cutting and re-planting at other place for IUCN red list trees. So, MR will
do or will force pre-construction service provider(s) to avoid tree cutting as much as possible
at project site and no tree cutting beside the railway road construction.
Residual Impact
After mitigation measures, there will be residual impact on land acquisition and involuntary
resettlement.
513
(b) Impacts on Fauna Diversity

Potential Loss of Habitats Impact
The loss of the habitats during the construction period is expected to have indirect impacts on
surrounding habitat areas and associated biota. The vegetation also supports good shelter for
many wildlife species. Habitat destruction is currently ranked as the primary cause of species
extinction worldwide. Clearing of existing vegetation which may leads to loss of habitat. Some
places in the construction area are likely to be lost due to direct and indirect construction
activities for resident animals.
The impacts on fauna diversity due to tree-cutting mainly include:
- Loss of bird habitats caused by tree cutting is deemed reversible over a longer period of time,
and
- Destruction of nests, burrows, and other animal sheltering/breeding structures;
Fragmentation of Forest and Wildlife Habitat

Construction needs the clearance of the land for site preparation and the use of land can have
direct impacts in terms of destruction of habitats, fragmentation of forest and more subtle
effects on biodiversity. Increased residents need for construction leads to fragmentation and
isolation of forest. Forest size and level of fragmentation affects breeding birds. Noise and light
generated during construction processes may not directly harm individual animals but it could
affect feeding and breeding behaviors which could have negative impacts on long term
population levels. The use of land may also divide up land and separate habitats which were
previously adjacent. This can influence population dynamics especially for mobile species
which rely on large habitats. The impact of fragmenting habitats on different species can be
complex and can lead to gradual decline in populations which is difficult to attribute to a
specific cause.
Significant of Impacts on Fauna Diversity
Since there will have too much tree cutting for the proposed project, the significance of the
impacts is shown as follows:
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise Pre-construction Low
Impact on machines and 3 1 2 3 18 Impact
Habitat equipment (U)
Moderate
Loss of Clearing of existing
3 5 2 3 30 Significant
Habitat vegetation
(C)
514
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Fauna Diversity during Pre-construction

Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Fauna Diversity according to the
Public Mitigation
Impact Concern Requirement Mitigation
No. Parameters Responsibility
Rating during Public by Impact Scale
Consultation Evaluation
Low
Noise Impact Pre-construction
1. Impact No Yes Minor
on Habitat service provider(s)
(U)
Moderate
Loss of Pre-construction
2. Significant Yes Yes Minor
Habitat service provider(s)
(C)
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Fauna Diversity

It is necessary to avoid working at night for fauna species and cutting the fence plants. Sound
proof measurement shall be constructed surrounding the construction site as needed. Borrow
pit will be away from fauna diversity abundance area. MR also limit operation of noisy
machineries and working at night during pre-construction phase. In view of the sections close
to the Pyinoolwin wildlife reserve, the project form was optimized and the whole-tunnel
passage was adopted, which effectively reduced the impact of the project to the animal passing.
Significance of Impacts on Fauna Diversity after mitigation measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise Pre-construction Low
Impact on machines and 2 1 2 3 15 Impact
Habitat equipment (U)
Low
Loss of Clearing of existing
2 5 2 3 27 Impact
Habitat vegetation
(U)
Residual Impact
After mitigation measures, the impact rating is low and there is negligible residual impact on
fauna diversity.
Impacts on Human Environment during Pre-construction Phase

The job opportunities and used machinery and equipment are shown in the following table.
515
Site Clearance
Number of
Total Work Area for 11
Project Phase Duration Equipment
Force Traction
used
substation
-1 dozer
- 1 excavator
Pre-Construction 2 Months 20 220 square meter
- 1 tractor
-3 truck
6.3.1.5. Anticipated Impacts on Human Environment during Pre-construction Phase

(i) Positive socio-economic Impacts
The positive socio-economic impact during pre-construction will be job creation. The proposed
project will provide temporary employment opportunities (approximately 15 workers) for local
people during pre-construction period (about 6 months).
Significant of Impacts on Socio-economic Enivronment during Pre-construction Phase

Job Creation without Enhancement Measures
Job creation during pre-construction phase can be considered as very low without enhancement
measures due to the small number of workforce (about 15 people) and operators for dozer and
truck will mainly outsourced from other places.
Anticipated
Sources Magnitude Duration Extend Probability Total Category
Impact
Potential to
Low
Increase in Jobs opportunities in
2 1 2 3 15 Impact
household pre-construction site
(U)
income
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Job Creation during Pre-construction Phase

The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for job creation according to the
Mitigation
Public Concern
Consultation
Evaluation
Potential to
Low
Increase in Construction Service
1. Impact Yes Yes Moderate
household Provider
(U)
income
Enhancement Measures for Job Creation

Although this kind of positive impact will not benefit to local people in nearest villages, MR
will make agreement with pre-construction contractor and sub-contractor to use local labor
516
force as part of tender requirement. The implementation of the project will change the socio-
economic life of the local people to a greater or lesser extent, and the project promises to
prioritize local employment to meet their needs.
Impact Significance of Job Creation after Enhancement Measures

The impact will rise into very low to low after enhancement actions as follow:
Anticipated
Impact
Potential to
Increase in Jobs opportunities in Low Impact
2 1 2 4 20
household pre-construction site (U)
income
(ii) Negative Socio-economic Impacts

(a) Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement
The total land area for traction substation is about 220 square meters. This land may pass
through agricultural lands or other lands of local people. So, land use will affect socio-
economic situation of local people.
The proposed alignment is very extensive and has sections of very large curve radii to enable
high speed train operation. Due to these factors, relocation of a large number of residences
cannot be avoided. The construction could result due to influx of migrant workers and
associated induced development. The influx may cause a rise in the consumption of consumer
goods in the local area, which will tend to boost up the local economy. Resettlement or/and
relocation of buildings and other assets, involving some changes in livelihood of PAPs. Loss
of income opportunity of some PAPs due to resettlement and shop owners, vendors or farmers
to be affected by construction works. The residential areas that the railway alignment pass
through are shown in the following table and figures.
Township Villages Coordinates
Latitude Longitude
Mandalay Myit Nge 21°50'36.71"N 96° 4'30.27"E
(Amarapura)
Sin Boe 21°52'38.63"N 96° 9'3.44"E
Mandalay Ywar Shay 21°54'37.93"N 96° 9'4.92"E
(Pathein Gyi) Thale Gone 21°54'57.08"N 96° 9'8.17"E
Thamma Taw 21°55'52.01"N 96° 9'14.74"E
Toe Tet Kone 21°57'27.76"N 96° 9'17.86"E
Pyin Oo Lwin Kone Kaw 22° 5'51.62"N 96°26'11.97"E
Thet Kan Kone 22° 6'1.23"N 96°29'44.60"E
Pin Lain 22° 6'29.76"N 96°32'22.54"E
Nwang Hkio Kaung Hong 22°11'23.76"N 96°34'13.69"E
517
Thone Se 22°14'43.48"N 96°37'46.61"E

Hsum Hsai 22°15'20.16"N 96°38'25.78"E
Kyauk Thone Lone 22°16'4.35"N 96°39'35.19"E
Ommakha 22°17'1.03"N 96°41'14.68"E
Kyauk Kyan 22°18'12.18"N 96°44'16.65"E
Nwang Hkio 22°18'49.60"N 96°48'13.87"E
Yay Lint 22°18'56.89"N 96°49'43.28"E
Kone Sam 22°19'20.07"N 96°51'40.60"E
Kyaukme Khite Tone Home 22°24'48.72"N 96°57'32.98"E
Pang Ywang 22°30'23.83"N 97° 2'34.27"E
Nwang Mun 22°45'51.70"N 97°38'27.66"E
Lashio Loi-Lawn 22°52'20.84"N 97°41'11.94"E
Mehan 22°53'10.02"N 97°41'36.21"E
Kaung Mat Kyine 22°56'14.32"N 97°41'48.60"E
Nwang Lain 22°58'29.58"N 97°41'44.78"E
Pang Hat 23° 4'25.92"N 97°46'47.21"E
Nam Hu 23° 5'13.74"N 97°47'39.72"E
Kutkai Man Nawng 23°25'5.13"N 97°54'4.38"E
Ho Nar 23°28'5.23"N 97°53'29.95"E
Nam Phat Loon 23°33'40.56"N 97°51'9.30"E
(Lower)
Muse Mang Haung 23°46'26.38"N 97°54'49.91"E
Nam Onn 23°50'6.39"N 97°55'52.98"E
Wane Kine 24° 0'4.65"N 97°56'22.38"E
518
519
Figure – Residential Areas along the Railway Alignment
520
Significance of Impacts on Land Use during Pre-Construction Phase before Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Impact Sources Magnitude Duration Extend Probability Total Category
High
Permanent
Land acquisition Land Use
(B)
and involuntary
Moderate
resettlement Temporary
Land Use
(C)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Land Use during Pre-Construction Phase

The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Land Use according to the consideration
of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Public Mitigation
High
Permanent Construction
1. Significant Yes Yes Moderate
Land Use Service Provider
(B)
Moderate
Temporary Construction
2. Significant Yes Yes Moderate
Land Use Service Provider
(C)
Mitigation Measures for Land Use during Pre-Construction Phase

Avoid land use for agricultural land, histological areas, archeological areas, forest area and
ecologically sensitive areas as much as possible. Use overhead bridge as much as possible. The
proposed project has provided compensation to the affected persons irrespective of their legally
tenable ownership rights for the affected land. The acquisition of land and private property
shall be carried out in accordance with the RAP. Compensation for affected structures and
standing crops and assistance of livelihood restoration and assistance package will be planned
in RAP. If there will have indigenous local people, conduct indigenous people’s plan (IPP) for
the indigenous people.
Significance of Impacts on Land Use during Pre-Construction Phase after Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Impact Sources Magnitude Duration Extend Probability Total Category
Moderate
Permanent
Land acquisition 4 5 2 3 33 Significant
Land Use
and involuntary (C)
resettlement Temporary Low Impact
3 4 2 3 27
Land Use (U)
521
Residual Impact
There will be some residual impact for land use. The mitigation measure for this impact will
be according to the reasonable compensation for land use as per compensation program in RAP.
(b) Visual impact during Pre-construction Phase

Soil materials generated from site clearing activities can impact on visual amenity of receptors.
Significance of Visual Impacts during Pre-construction Phase before Mitigation Measures
Anticipated
Impact
Construction Low
Visual
material and waste 3 1 1 3 15 Impact
impact (U)
from site clearance
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Visual impacts during Pre-construction Phase

The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Visual impacts according to the
Mitigation
Public Concern
Consultation
Evaluation
Low
Visual amenity Construction Service
of receptors Provider
(U)
Mitigation Measures
1. Proper disposal of soil materials and other wastes
2. Roads providing access to the site should be maintained free of dust and mud.
Significance of Visual Impacts during Pre-construction Phase after Mitigation Measures
Anticipated
Impact
Construction No
Visual
material and waste 3 1 1 2 10 Impact
impact
from site clearance (-)
Residual Impact
After mitigation measure, there will be no residual impact for visual impact.
522
6.3.2. Anticipated Impacts during Construction Phase

The main activities which will be done in construction phase include installation of grounding
grid, construction of temporary worker camps, access road construction, construction of
command building, stringing activities and installation of electrical equipment. The
affected area of the railway alignment will include the affected area of transmission lines
because transmission lines will exist 15ft away from the railway alignment on each side.
So, some impacts due to construction of transmission lines will not be included in this
section. The main impacts considered in this phase include:
3. Impact on Soil and Groundwater Environment
6.3.2.1. Anticipated Impacts on Air Environment during Construction Phase

(a) Fugitive Dust Generation
The construction of traction substations and power lines will mainly result in nuisance impacts
in the form of dust. Large uncertainties are associated with emission estimates for these types
of activities, resulting mostly in fugitive emissions. Traveling of vehicles on access road during
construction period can also generate dust.
It will include emissions from on-site heavy-duty off-road vehicles, other light-duty vehicles
and dust emissions as a result of the construction activities. The most important emissions will
be 𝑁𝑂𝑥 from the vehicles and dust from the earthworks. It will also result in mainly nuisance
impacts in the form of dust.
These factors therefore do not justify a full modeling assessment for the construction phase of
this project. However, the nuisance and other possible impacts will still be managed. Best
practice and possible mitigation strategies are therefore recommended for the construction
activities. Air quality impacts during construction are likely to result from the following
sources:
▪ Dust from movement of haulage trucks and haulage of spoil for disposal
▪ Dust from stripping of vegetation and site formation pavement during road
rehabilitation
▪ Dust from earthworks such as use of borrow pits, embankments and cut and fill
523
▪ Dust from loading, unloading and construction materials from borrow pits
particularly in areas where receptors (people) are present such as in villages;
▪ Dust from concrete batching plants
▪ Dust entrained by wind from uncovered surfaces
▪ Minor increases in NOx and SOx from construction machinery and vehicles
The following tables indicate the impact description together with the proposed mitigation
measures for the impacts relative to air quality for the project.
Evaluation of Dust Generation

Dust Generation during construction phase will be mainly resulted in nuisance impacts. Dust
emissions as a result of the construction activities will include emissions from on-site heavy-
duty off-road vehicles, other light-duty vehicles. Particulate matter (PMs) were released from
transportation of construction materials and construction activities such as during excavation,
movement of earth materials, unloading and mixing of construction materials, contact of
construction machinery with bare soil, traffic movement on unpaved roads, transport of
demolition waste, and exposure of bare soil and soil piles to wind. Short-term impacts will be
experienced by the workers, pedestrians passing near the project site and local residents nearby.
The impact of fugitive dust sources on air quality depends upon the quantity as well as the drift
potential of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere. Large dust particles (i.e. over
100 mm in diameter) will settle close to the source and particles that are between 30 and
100 mm in diameter would likely undergo impeded settling.
The main dust impacts are likely to arise from particles with less than 30 mm in diameter,
which have a greater potential to disperse over greater distance. Dust emissions vary
substantially from day to day depending on the level of activity, the specific operations, and
the prevailing weather.
According to USEPA AP-42, construction dust particles are grouped into various particle
sizes. Their size ranges are 1.25 mm, 3.75 mm, 7.5 mm, 12.5 mm, 22.5 mm, and the
percentage of particles in each class was estimated to be 7%, 20%, 20%, 18% and 35%,
respectively. Based on field measurements of suspended dust emissions from heavy
construction projects like building and road construction, an approximate emission factor for
construction operations is: 1.2 tons per acre of construction per month of activity. This value
applies to construction operations with: (1) medium activity level, (2) moderate silt content
(30%), and (3) semiarid climate (50 % of precipitation-evaporation (PE) index.
524
Normally, the particles (greater than 10 microns) will disperse following wind direction and
will fall off in the distance of 6-9 meters from construction site. Moreover, for particulate
matter smaller than 10 microns, the dispersion distance could be greater than a radius of (200-
700) m from project site and the sensitive receptors are considered to be those within a 2 km
radius of proposed site. The following tables show the estimated distance travelled between the
relationship of wind speed and dust size particles.
Emission Rate (Q)

The dust emission rate will be estimated according to equation (1):
Equation (1)
… Equation (1)
The land use for main line of Muse-Mandalay Railway will be 37, 320,512 m2 (9222 acres)
during project life. By calculation of dust emission with above equation, it will be resulted Q
= 4269444 mg/s
Dust Concentration (C)

The dust concentration is estimated by using equation (2):
525
Equation (2)
Where,
C = Dust Concentration (mg/m3)
Q = Emissions at Source (mg/s)
d = Width (the smallest dimension is used for worst case scenario) (m) = 500 m
W = Average maximum wind speed (m/s)
M = Mixing Height (m)
According to the wind speed condition, wind speed during a year is about 1m / s ~ 3m / s in
Myanmar. Thus, assume that average maximum wind speed will be 2 m/s in the calculation.
However, the mixing height data is not available in the Meteorology Department. Therefore,
the measurement of mixing height data is adopted from the atmospheric simulation models
(EU) in which the default mixing height vary from very unstable stage to extremely stages in
total six stages with default values of mixing height values ( 2000m, 1500m, 1000m, 750m,
300m, 250m).
The above chart shows the estimated results of dust concentration at source varying mixing
heights. In construction time, the whole alignment would be carried out part by part with
different sub-contractors. Thus, the same whole amount of dust emission could not generate at
all sections.
526
Significance of Impacts on Dust Generation without Mitigation Measures

The construction of traction substations and power transmission line along the railway will be
very low to low without mitigation measures as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Fugitive dust Construction Low Impact

3 2 2 4 28
emission activities (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Dust Generation during Pre-construction

Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Dust Generation according to the
Mitigation
Public Concern
Consultation
Evaluation
Low
Fugitive dust Construction Service
emission Provider
(U)
Mitigation Measures for Dust Generation during Construction Phase

The mitigation measures to protect sensitive receptors from air quality issues are:
▪ Stockpiles of materials such as sand must be managed to reduce dust emissions. The
location of the stockpile must be downwind of sensitive receptors. The stockpile must
be sprayed with water before material is moved. If the stockpile is within 300 m of
dwellings the stockpile will be covered with tarpaulins and fenced in to form a high
barrier and prevent wind lifting and dispersing the materials.
▪ Limit the transportation of vehicles to reduce dust generation.
▪ Water will be sprayed on construction sites and access roads to suppress dust in dry
weather.
▪ Trucks transporting materials will be covered with automatically closing covers or
tarpaulins to avoid spilling material on roads.
▪ During construction the contractors will immediately clean up any mud or dusty
materials left on public roads. Wheel cleaning facilities will be installed at site access
points to stop carryover of materials onto roads.
527
Significance of Impacts on Dust Generation with Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Fugitive Low
Construction
dust 2 2 2 3 18 Impact
activities
emission (U)
Residual Impact
After mitigation measure, there will be no residual impact for fugitive dust generation.
(b) Gaseous Emission
Emissions can be generated from vehicles and running of generators.
Methodologies for Prediction of Gaseous Emission
Methodologies to Predict Gaseous Emissions during Construction Phase
Emission of pollutants will be estimated by using the simple estimation method (e.q 1). The
method is to multiply relevant emission factor by activity rate.
(e.q 1)
Where,
Em = Emission load
EF = Emission factor
AR = Activity data (can also be expressed in terms of production rate)
However, gaseous emission from the vehicular moments at the project site will be used the
equation (2).
(e.q 2)
Where,
Em = Emission rate
Fc = Fuel consumption
EF = Emission factor
Emission Factors of Pollutants
Activity Pollutant Emission factor Unit
PM10 lb/hr
528
Bulldozing (activities include land clearing, CO 36a , 18b g/kg

site excavation, levelling, road and drainage CO2 3090a , 3090b g/kg
construction)
NOx 42a, 16b g/kg
Loading of excavated materials PM10 lb/ton
Vehicles traveling on unpaved road PM10 lb/VMT

CO 36a , 18b g/kg
CO2 3090a , 3090b g/kg
NOx 42a, 16b g/kg
Source: Adapted from USEPA
a
Heavy Duty Vehicles-HDV that use diesel engine with moderate emission control system
b
Light Duty Vehicles-LDV that use gasoline engine with moderate emission control system
where,
s = material silt content (%)
k = particle size multiplier (dimensionless, <10µm = 0.35),
M = material moisture content (%)
U = mean wind speed, meters per second (m/s) (miles per hour [mph])
W = mean vehicle weight (tons)
k = constant value for vehicles traveling on unpaved road (for industrial road-1.5, for public
road- 1.8)
a = constant value for vehicles traveling on unpaved road (for industrial road-0.9, for public
road- 1)
b = constant value for vehicles traveling on unpaved road (for industrial road-0.45, for
public road- ND)
529
k = particle size multiplier (dimensionless, <10µm = 0.35),

M= material moisture content (%)
U = mean wind speed, meters per second (m/s) (miles per hour [mph])
W = mean vehicle weight (tons)
Average Fuel Economy
Vehicle Type (mpg)
miles-per-gallon
Passenger Cars 23.3
Motorcycles 43.5
Diesel Buses (Diesel Heavy-Duty Vehicles) 7.2
Other 2-axle, 4-Tire Vehicles 17.1
Single unit 2-Axle 6-Tire or More Trucks 7.3
Combination Trucks 5.8
Source: EPA
Assumptions for combustible emissions according to machines
Construction Equipment No of HP Rated Hrs/day Days/yr Total hp-

Units hrs
Water Truck 1 300 8 180 432000
Diesel Dump Truck 2 300 8 180 864000
Loading truck 1 300 8 150 360000
Work vehicle for electrification post 1 50 8 90 36000
Work vehicle for electrification 1 50 8 90 36000
erection
Work vehicle for electrification 1 50 8 90 36000
stringing
Electrification coiling car 1 3 8 90 2160
Generator 1 40 8 240 768000
Truck crane 1 300 8 90 216000
Diesel fork lift truck 1 100 8 90 72000
Concrete truck mixer 1 350 8 45 126000
Emission factors (EF) with type of construction equipment (g/hp-hr)
Emission Factors
Type of Construction VOC CO NOx PM-10 PM-2.5 SO2 CO2
Equipment (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr)
Water Truck 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Diesel Dump Truck 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Loading truck 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Work vehicle for
electrification post 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Work Vehicle for
electrification erection 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
530
Work vehicle for

electrification stringing 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Electrification coiling
car 0.44 2.07 5.49 0.41 0.40 0.74 536.00
Generator 1.21 3.76 5.97 0.73 0.71 0.81 587.30
Truck crane 0.44 1.30 5.72 0.34 0.33 0.73 530.20
Diesel fork lift truck 1.98 7.76 8.56 1.39 1.35 0.95 690.80
Concrete truck mixer 0.61 2.32 7.28 0.48 0.47 0.73 529.70
Emission Calculations Results with type of construction equipment (tons/yr)

Emission Factors
CO NOx SO2 CO2
Type of Construction VOC PM-10 PM-2.5
(g/hp (g/hp- (g/hp- (g/hp-
Equipment (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr) (g/hp-hr)
-hr) hr) hr) hr)
Water Truck 0.21 0.99 2.61 0.20 0.19 0.35 255.24
Diesel Dump Truck 0.42 1.97 5.23 0.39 0.38 0.70 510.48
Loading truck 0.17 0.82 2.18 0.16 0.16 0.29 212.70
Work vehicle for
0.02 0.08 0.22 0.02 0.02 0.03 21.27
electrification post
Work Vehicle for
0.02 0.08 0.22 0.02 0.02 0.03 21.27
electrification erection
Work vehicle for
0.02 0.08 0.22 0.02 0.02 0.03 21.27
electrification stringing
Electrification coiling
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.28
car
Generator 0.10 0.32 0.51 0.06 0.06 0.07 49.72
Truck crane 0.10 0.31 1.36 0.08 0.08 0.17 126.24
Diesel fork lift truck 0.16 0.62 0.68 0.11 0.11 0.08 54.83
Concrete truck mixer 0.08 0.32 1.01 0.07 0.07 0.10 73.57
Total Emission 1.31 5.60 14.25 1.12 1.09 1.86 1347.87
Significance of Impacts of Gaseous Emissions without Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Moderate
Vehicular Construction
emission activities
(C)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Gaseous Emission during Pre-construction

Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Gaseous Emission according to the
531
Public Mitigation
Vehicular Moderate Construction
1. No Yes Moderate
emission Significant Service Provider
Mitigation Measures for Gaseous Emissions during Construction Phase

The mitigation measures to protect sensitive receptors from air quality issues are:
▪ Concrete batching plants to be located at least 300 m downwind or as far as practicable
from the nearest dwellings in order to reduce the impact of fumes on humans.
▪ Construction vehicles and machinery will be maintained to minimize emissions of fuel
fumes.
▪ Machineries, vehicles and generator with good engine conditions and low sulphur
content fuel should be used.
Significance of Impacts of Gaseous Emissions with Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Low
Vehicular Construction
3 2 3 3 24 Impact
emission activities
(U)
(c) Noise Impacts

The major sources of noise pollution during power supply system construction are removal of
existing surface vegetation and overburden and site formation. In this site there is no
pronounced slope so no site leveling will be required. Consequently, there will be no need for
impact piling. No rock will be extracted other than by excavators so no blasting will take place.
The general movement of construction vehicles for haulage of removed over burden and
delivery of construction materials will create noise and vibration.
As regards removal of topsoil and underlying materials a mass balance “cut and fill budget”
will be prepared so that cut material from an embankment can be reused on site to fill in low
lying areas. This will minimize vehicle movement and save money in purchasing fill material.
The cut and fill budget will be subject to approval by the materials engineer to confirm the
materials are of suitable load bearing integrity.
532
Construction Noise Equipment

The forecast noise value of the main construction equipment is as follows:
No. of Noise values at 50m distance
S/N Equipment
Equipment dB(A)
1. Water Truck 1 84
2. Diesel Dump Truck 2 84
3. Loading Truck 1 84
4. Work vehicle for electrification post 1 84
5. Work vehicle for electrification erection 1 84
Work vehicle for electrification
6. 1 84
stringing
7. Electrification coiling car 1 84
8. Generator 1 81
9. Truck crane 1 83
10. Diesel fork lift truck 1 85
11. Concrete truck mixer 1 85
Calculations
108.1 +108.3 +2(108.5 )+8(108.4 )

𝐿𝑒𝑞 = 𝑆𝑃𝐿𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑒 = 10 log ( )
12
= 83.93 dBA
L1 = 83.93 dBA
L2 = 55 dBA (NEQG Standard for Noise in Residential Area)
r1 = 15.24 m
r2 =?
83.93−55
r2 = 15.24 × 10( 20
)
= 426.07 m
The village inside 426.07m will experience the noises from the construction site. Therefore,
mitigation measures will have to be carried out to control the noises in the area that are below
426.07m. Although all of the predicted noise levels are based on calculations and the actual
noise level may change a little bit due to the factors such as seasonal wind direction and wind
speed.
Significance of Construction Noise without Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise from
Low
Noise construction 2 2 2 4 24
Impact (U)
equipment
533
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Noise

Intensity of
Required
Processes EIA team
Construction
Low
1. Noise Yes Yes Sensible service
Impact
provider(s)
(U)
Mitigation Measures for Noise during Construction Phase

The potential noise impacts will be incorporated in the bid documents and construction
contracts and are:
Source Control
Maintain all exhaust systems in good working order; undertake regular equipment
maintenance, enclose stationary equipment such as generators where practicable and reduce
vehicle speeds around sensitive receptors such as dwellings and schools.
Siting
Locate sites for concrete-mixing, batching plants and similar activities at least 500 m away
from sensitive areas.
Timing
Operate between 7am-7pm only and reach an agreement with nearby residents regarding the
timing of heavy machinery work, to avoid unnecessary disturbances.
Community notification
In advance of construction, representatives from religious buildings, schools and village
leaders will be consulted on the timing of construction so key ceremonies, exam times, or other
significant events so that impacted upon them are as little as possible.
Consultation and engagement
Set up procedure for handling of noise complaints through the Grievance Redress Mechanism
and continually seek suggestions from community members to reduce noise intrusion.
Potential sensitive receptors in residential areas, businesses, religious buildings and schools
may be exposed to short term impacts. With the above mitigation measures in place, potential
noise impacts during the construction stage are anticipated to be acceptable. In addition, during
construction, noise monitoring will be undertaken near sensitive receptors in order to identify
corrective action if needed.
534
Significance of Construction Noise with Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise from
Low
Noise construction 2 2 2 3 18
Impact (U)
equipment
Residual Impact on Air Environment during Construction Phase

Dust emission and particulate matter emission from the construction of traction substations and
power lines, on-site vehicles and earthworks, NOx and SOx from construction machinery and
vehicles would not be a residual impact on air environment. And these can be controlled by the
described mitigation during the construction phase. Noise emission caused by the earth
moving, excavation equipment and constructional used machinery would not be a residual after
conducting the mitigation measures. The main source of vibration is from the strong vibration
construction machinery. In conclusion, there would be no residual impact on air environment
during construction phase.
6.3.2.2. Anticipated Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase
The clearing of the run of way (ROW) for construction related activities of the transmission
line may include passage through riverine habitat, marshes and rivers (permanent or seasonal).
The removal of riverine woodland will be inevitable in order to create the ROW. The proposed
project area does not have permanent rivers but has seasonal stream valleys crossed by the
proposed transmission line, water pools on seasonal rivers and water-pans on the side of the
proposed ROW.
The construction activities of power station and equipment may potentially cause the soil to be
susceptible to runoffs. During rainy season, downstream areas are normally affected by
sediment loads from upstream areas. Erosion may occur on areas with weak soil during rainy
season. Construction activities might demand water and any attempts of water extraction from
the resources could probably drain water that serves an ecological role in the area. The water
pools also serve livestock and domestic uses.
Water quality impacts during construction are likely to result from the following sources:
• Increased sedimentation of water courses
• Accidental spills contaminating wells with oils, lubricants, paint wastes, etc.
• Sanitation facilities such as toilets leaking into portable water source.
• Clearance of site vegetation
535
As regards removal of topsoil and underlying materials a mass balance “cut and fill budget”
will be prepared so that cut material from an embankment can be reused on site to fill in low
lying areas. This will minimize vehicle movement and save money in purchasing fill material.
The cut and fill budget will be subject to approval by the materials engineer to confirm the
materials are of suitable load bearing integrity.
Effluent Discharges during Construction

(i) Construction of power station, sub-stations & ROW
The construction of power station, sub-stations & ROW works will destroy the surface
vegetation and produces bare surface. The soil erosion and water loss will occur in the case of
rain water, and it will increase the suspended matter of the water body when entering into the
water body.
(ii) Construction camp
The specific location and number of construction camps will be determined in the construction
stage. The construction personnel has relatively simple lives, thus their sewage discharges are
relatively less with simple pollution behavior, mainly including fecal sewage, kitchen sewage,
bath wastewater and other domestic sewage.
Another impact during the construction phase is the accidental spillage of fuels and hydraulic
fluids from construction plant. Therefore, storage of fuel, oils and chemicals will be on an
impermeable base, away from drains and watercourses.
Hazardous Waste
Hazardous wastes from power station construction will moderately affect the surface water
quality. The spillage of lead-based paint used for transmission lines coating process can cause
surface water pollution. Therefore it can be mitigated by training workers on appropriate
handling and storing of chemicals and fuels as per MSDS.
Significant of Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Impact on water environment during construction phase will not be significant due to the
amount of wastewater produced during construction phase (the volume of nearest water bodies
is very much greater than the volume of wastewater disposed by construction site) and the time
of construction phase.
536
Anticipated
Extend
Impacts Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Low
Construction
2 2 2 3 18 Impact
Debris
(U)
Hazardous No Impact
Surface Water 2 2 2 2 12
wastes (-)
Pollution
Oil and No Impact
2 2 2 2 12
lubricants (-)
Low
Domestic
2 2 2 3 18 Impact
Wastes
(U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Surface Water Environment during

Construction Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Surface water environment according to
the consideration of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Mitigation
Public Concern
Consultation
Evaluation
Low
Construction Construction service
Debris provider(s)
(U)
No
Hazardous Construction service
wastes provider(s)
(-)
No
Oil and Construction service
lubricants provider(s)
(-)
Low
Domestic Construction service
Wastes provider(s)
(U)
Mitigation Measures
The mitigation measures to protect from water quality issues for power lines are:
o Wells will be identified in advance of construction and demarcated to ensure vehicles
and machinery does not encroach on them. Identification will require consultation
with community members.
o Chemical and oils storage areas will be laid on a hard concrete base. Overhead
protection from rain and severe weather will be provided.
o Vehicle maintenance workshops, vehicle parking areas and vehicle cleaning areas
must be placed at least 300m away from the nearest water body and have surrounding
drainage to ensure contaminated water does not enter a watercourse. Maintenance and
cleaning activities must be on hard standing surface.
o Use zinc-based coating paint instead of lead-based coating.
537
The mitigation measures to protect from water quality issues for power stations are:
o No materials will be stored within 50 m of a water course, including soil, spoil,
aggregates, chemicals or other materials used during construction.
o Temporary drainage provision will be made during construction to ensure that any
rain storm water running off the construction areas will be controlled. It will be lead
to silt traps before discharge t the natural drainage system.
o Any toilet or personal washing facilities on site will have prefabricated septic tanks
installed on site which discharge to a subsurface soak away to avoid soil
contamination and smell.
o Fuel storage for site vehicles must be in an elevated skid mounted tank placed on a
hard area with a kerb built up around it that is capable of holding 110% of the contents
of the tank volume. It may have a drainage plug to allow rain water to be discharged
but this must have a tap which is Normally Closed and be kept closed at all times.
o Contingency plans for control of spills of oil and other hazardous substances will be
formulated and spill collection kits kept readily available.
o Systematic waste disposal site with impermeable lining, reduce, reuse and recycle of
domestic wastes.
Water quality monitoring will take place to confirm the impact of the project on water resources
and identify corrective actions if needed.
The mitigation measures to protect from waste contamination issues for power lines and
stations are:
• Waste removal and disposal will be subject to the waste hierarchy of reduce / reuse /
recycle. Where waste materials can be reused they will be, but not if this leads to
pollution.
• Vegetation will be cleared and removed to a municipal dump site approved by local
authorities.
• Waste storage containers for worker’s general waste will be provided and emptied
regularly
• Mud on roads will be avoided by wheel cleaning facilities at entry and exit points
• Soil and overburden will be removed, stored and reused as far as possible in
accordance with a cut and fill mass balance plan
• Topsoil will be stockpiled and used for later landscaping
538
• Municipal type waste such as food wastes, paper, cardboard, clean wood and other
materials will be collected in bins and emptied regularly to a municipal waste tip to
avoid encouraging vermin and rodents.
• Temporary waste storage will be in an area kept as dry as possible with a lightweight
roof to keep off rain.
• Burning of waste will be prohibited at all times.
• It has been noted on some sites that wastes are dumped by residents. The contractor
will not be responsible for this in the future and this process will have to be terminated.
However existing wastes on site will be removed by the contractor. Waste disposal
monitoring will take place by visual inspections of the sites on a regular basis by the
construction supervision inspectors.
Significant of Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Impact on water environment during construction phase will not be significant due to the
amount of wastewater produced during construction phase (the volume of nearest water bodies
is very much greater than the volume of wastewater disposed by construction site) and the time
of construction phase.
Anticipated
Extend
Impacts Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Construction No
2 2 2 2 12
Debris Impact (-)
Hazardous No
Surface Water 2 2 2 2 12
wastes Impact (-)
Pollution
Oil and No
2 2 2 2 12
lubricants Impact (-)
Domestic No
2 2 2 2 12
Wastes Impact (-)
Residual Impact on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase

Construction debris and oil and grease leaked from the vehicles and construction machinery
can be controlled by silt traps, and natural weirs and small lakes. So there would be no residual
impact because of the construction debris and oil and grease from the construction activities.
Since the intensity of mitigation for the impact on surface water environment during
construction phase is minor, there would be no residual impact on surface water environment.
539
Impact on Watershed
As the railway route is close to Thit Ta Pin Taung Protected area which is environmental
sensitive area of water resources for the local community of surrounding villages and to protect
near forest areas in Pyin Oo Lwin Township. Due to the construction of railway, there will be
lots of tree cutting. Due to the disappearing of forest, the quality of watershed can impact.
Significant of Impacts on watershed before mitigation measures
The nature of impact on watershed will be significance due to the railway construction near
watershed as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Moderate
Watershed Cutting off trees 3 2 3 4 32 Significant
(C)
Consideration of Mitigation

Intensity of
Required
Processes EIA team
Low
Project
1. Watershed Impact Yes Yes Major
Developer
(U)
Mitigation Measures of Impact on Watershed
The railway route close to Thit Ta Pin Taung Protected area is to be constructed as tunnel.
There will be tree cutting as less as possible at the tunnel portal area. It there is need to change
the alignment of railway, the protected forest for watershed is avoided as possible. Tunnel
Project will be sited with utmost care so as not to disturb the forest vegetation or will not affect
any forest migratory routes will not be affected.
Significant of Impacts on Watershed after mitigation measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Low
Watershed Cutting off trees 2 2 3 3 21
Impact (U)
540
6.3.2.3. Anticipated Impacts on Soil and Ground Water Environment during

Construction Phase
Impact of soil and groundwater environment during construction phase will be leakage of fuel
oil, leakage of lubricants and disposal of wastes.
(a) Impact on Soil and Ground Water Quality

Accidental Spills of Fuel Oil and Lubricants: Potential contamination of soil and groundwater
during construction phase could possibly occur as a result of accidental spills of lubricants,
oils, solvents and degreasers during construction can infiltrate and contaminate the soil. This
can occur from poorly maintained or improperly operated on‐site vehicles and construction
equipment, as well as due to improper storage or handling of equipment or hazardous
materials. Wastewater from repair shops and washing places contaminated with hydrocarbons
(oil, lubricants and solvents) can enter the soil if spilled. Liquid contaminants that enter the
soil can then percolate further and result in soil contamination and groundwater pollution.
Construction Debris and Domestic Wastes: During construction phase, construction debris
such as packing materials and domestic wastes from construction workers will produce. There
will have potential to soil contamination and ground water pollution if these solid wastes are
not properly disposed. Moreover, seepage from construction waste dump site will also impact
on soil and ground water qualities.
Impacts Significance on Soil and Ground Water Environment during Construction Phase
before Mitigation Measures
Construction related impacts to soil and groundwater in project site will be as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Leakage of
No Impact
fuel oil and 3 2 1 2 12
Soil and (-)
lubricants
Ground
Construction
Water Low
debris and
Pollution 2 2 2 3 18 Impact
Domestic
(U)
Wastes
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Soil and Ground Water Quality

The requirement of mitigation measures for soil and ground water environment according to
541

Required
Scale
Leakage of No Construction
2. fuel oil and Impact (- No Yes Minor Service
lubricants ) Provider(s)
Construction
Low Construction
debris and
2. Impact No Yes Minor Service
domestic
(U) Provider(s)
wastes
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Soil and Ground Water Environment during
Construction Phase
(a) Mitigation Measures for Ground Water Quantity
The mitigation measure for the groundwater quality is that MR should take responsibility for
the shortage of groundwater to the affected area (the nearest villages) by digging the new deep
wells, tube wells and supporting water requirement to those areas if they suffer the shortage of
groundwater.
(b) The Mitigation Measure for Soil and Groundwater Quality

According to the above consideration for required mitigation measures, there will be minor
mitigation measures such as disposed of solid wastes according to the rules and regulations of
CDCs to reduce impacts of solid wastes during construction phase. Care should be taken not
to leak during the handling of fuel oil and lubricants. All of the fuel tank and lubricants
container have to store over concrete floor or impermeable pad. Machineries used in
construction phase have to good conditions.
Construction wastes need to be transported in an orderly manner that ensures that no material
escapes from the trucks during transport, and that the waste is then deposited in MCDC
approved landfill locations to ensure that the surrounding environment does not become
contaminated with the waste materials generated. Wherever possible, steel scraps, metals,
and other construction wastes should be recovered for re‐use, recycling and reclamation after
the adequacy of the physical and chemical properties of such material is ascertained and
the absence of contamination is ensured.
Domestic effluent will be collected and contained in septic tanks on site. The contents will
be removed for disposal as and when necessary by an MCDC licensed contractor.
During the construction phase, there will be generation of debris as a result of various
construction activities. An agreement will be drafted with solid waste collectors and schedule
set for demolition and construction wastes to be delivered to a CDC approved site appropriate
for landfilling for:
542
• Contaminated and hazardous material,

• Non-hazardous material,
• Where feasible, for reclamation and reuse.
The generated materials will also be used for reclamation purposes whenever applicable
on site in the project. Sorting of construction wastes will be encouraged, as well as, adoption
of a re-use/recycle program on site whenever deemed feasible.
Construction wastes will also be minimized through careful planning during the design
stage, whereby reducing or eliminating over-ordering of construction materials to decrease
waste generation and reduce project costs (cost of surplus materials).
Chemical wastes have to be generated including containers that were used for storage of
chemical wastes on site, the chemical residue as well as contaminated material.
These materials have to be segregated as hazardous and non‐hazardous and properly labeled,
stored and disposed of. Storage be located in a separate area that has an impermeable floor,
adequate ventilation and a roof to prevent rainfall from entering.
In addition all chemical wastes must be clearly labeled in Myanmar, stored in corrosion
resistant containers and arranged so that incompatible materials are adequately separated.
There will be a prior agreement with the MCDC for the disposal of any hazardous
waste generated.
General refuse generated during project activities will be stored in enclosed bins
or compaction units separate from construction and chemical wastes. An agreement will
be drafted with a solid waste collector certified by the MCDC to identify collection
sites and schedule the removal to minimize odor, pest infestation and litter buildup. The
burning of refuse on the construction site will be strictly prohibited and penalized. General
refuse is generated largely by food service activities on site, so reusable rather than
disposable dishware will be promoted if feasible. Aluminum cans will be recovered from
the waste stream by individual collectors if they are segregated and made easily
accessible, so separate, labeled bins for their storage should be provided if feasible.
Impacts Significance on Soil and Ground Water Environment during Construction Phase
after Mitigation Measures
Construction related impacts to soil and groundwater in project site will be as follow:
543
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Leakage of No
fuel oil and 3 2 1 2 12 Impact
Soil and
lubricants (-)
Ground
Construction
Water No
debris and
Pollution 2 2 2 2 12 Impact
Domestic
(-)
Wastes
Residual Impact on Soil and Ground Water Environment during Construction Phase
Solid wastes and construction wastes can be disposed according to the rule and regulation of
CDCs and deposited in MCDC approval landfill location and there would not be residual by
conduction the described mitigation measures. Leakage of fuel oil and lubricants from vehicles
and construction machinery can be stored over concrete floor or impermeable pad. So there
would be no residual impact because of the construction debris and oil and grease from the
construction activities. Since the intensity of mitigation for the impact on surface water
environment during construction is minor, there would be no residual after conducting the
6.3.2.4. Anticipated Impacts on Biodiversity Environment during Construction Phase
(a) Flora Diversity
Most of the subgrade areas are located in the areas of secondary vegetation types and artificial
vegetation types (including farmland vegetation, etc.), thus, the loss of vegetation and plant
resources caused by transmission line construction will not have a significant adverse impact
on the integrity of local ecosystem and the diversity of plant species, and will not lead to the
disappearance of any plant species.
Impacts to Wetland and Woodland

Vegetation communities in both woodland and wetland are rich and varied. Sometimes the
power transmission lines may be placed in the wetland and/or woodland. Therefore the
construction activities and equipment are working in that areas that may impact and dormant
the wetland vegetation and woodland, forest.
Mitigation Measures for Flora Diversity

• Construction activities will not exceed the proposed construction boundaries by more
than 15 m to avoid the secondary impact of construction and increasing the areas that
will require clearing and rehabilitation.
544
• A search and rescue operation for both plants and fauna (particularly reptiles) must be
initiated prior to the commencement of any construction once the required permits are
in place. Applications must be submitted to the applicable authority for the removal of
any protected floral or fauna species.
• Re-vegetation as part of a rehabilitation plan is always advocated, however due the
nature of the vegetation, this may not be practical. It is suggested that the willow topsoil
layer be stockpiled separately from the subsoil layers, will the excavation exceed 0.5
m. When the construction has been completed, then the topsoil layers, which contain
seed and vegetative material, will be reinstated last thus allowing plants to rapidly re-
colonise the bare soil areas.
• Alien plant regrowth will also be monitored, and any such species will be removed
during the construction phase.
Mitigation Measures of Impact to Wetland
• Avoid placing transmission lines through wetlands;
• Adjust pole placements to span wetlands or limit equipment access in wetlands,
wherever possible;
• Limit construction to winter months when soil and water are more likely to be frozen
and vegetation is dormant;
• Use alternative construction equipment such as helicopters or marsh buggies for
construction within wetlands;
• Clean construction equipment after working in areas infested by purple loosestrife or
other known invasive, exotic species;
• Use mats and wide-track vehicles to spread the distribution of equipment weight when
crossing wetlands during the growing season or when wetlands are not frozen.
Mitigation Measures of Impact to Woodland

• Avoiding routes that fragment major forest blocks;
• Adjusting pole placement and span length to minimize the need for tree removal and
trimming along forest edges;
• Allowing tree and shrub species that reach heights of 12 to 15 feet to grow within the
ROW;
(b) Fauna Diversity

(i) Analysis of the influence on mammals
545
The influence of engineering construction on mammals mainly occurs in the construction area
along the railway: the living activities of construction personnel will cause the interference and
destruction to the habitat of mammals; the noise of construction machinery will drive away the
mammals; these effects will cause most mammals to migrate elsewhere, away from the
construction area. As the mammals will migrate to avoid the damage caused by the project
construction, the direct impact of the project construction on the mammals is not
significant.
(ii) The influence on birds

Construction activities will cause disturbance and destruction to bird habitat. Construction
machinery noise will directly or indirectly destroy bird habitat and bird nests, and interfere with
shrub habitat of birds. Or their daily living activities will also cause interference and destruction
to bird habitats. As a result of these effects, most birds will migrate elsewhere, away from the
construction area; a small number of terrestrial and shrub forest birds will disappear from the
construction area as a result of habitat loss; and some bird population will be reduced as a result
of the destruction of nests, especially when the construction period is in the breeding season of
birds (in summer). The overall result will be a reduction in the species and number of birds in
the project area. As most birds will fly away and migrate in a short distance to avoid the damage
caused by the project construction, the project construction has little impact on birds.
(iii) The influence on amphibians and reptiles

The influence of engineering construction on amphibians and reptiles mainly include the
disturbance and destruction to their habitat, especially on the mating activities of amphibians,
oviposition and hatching of eggs, and the growth of tadpoles. The noise of construction
machinery will drive away amphibians and reptiles, and the excavation and filling of streams,
ponds and ditches during construction will cause damage to amphibians and reptiles, especially
to amphibian habitat. These effects will cause most reptiles to migrate elsewhere, away from
the construction area; some amphibians and reptiles will be reduced by the destruction of their
nests. The overall result is that their types and numbers within the project area will be reduced.
However, as most reptiles will migrate to avoid the damage caused by project construction, the
influence of project construction on reptiles will not be too great.
As noted above, the implementation of the project has little direct impact on mammals and
birds and will have a certain direct impact on amphibians and reptiles. The main reason is that
the construction excavation and filling of the project will destroy the natural water body
546
necessary for amphibian reproduction activities, so that the area of natural water body will be
reduced and the quality of the natural water body will be reduced. It has a certain indirect
impact on mammals and birds, and has a greater indirect impact on amphibians and reptiles.
The main impact on birds is that the occupation of forests will reduce the suitable habitat for
birds.
Potential Noise Impact

The animals can run away by the noise of construction machines and equipment of the project.
So, the habitats of fauna can be moved being shocked because of human impacts by labors and
using of mining on limestone caves for creation of project purposes during construction period.
The terms habitat loss and habitat reduction are also used in a wider sense, including loss of
habitat from other factors, such as noise pollution.
- With the progress of construction work, noise will be generated from the construction
machinery and transportation vehicles. Sufficient consideration must be given to minimize
the noise impact.
- Animals are altering their natural behaviors or relocating to avoid noisy areas.
- It can also affect an animal’s ability to hear or make it difficult for it to find food, locate
mates and avoid predators. It can also impair its ability to communicate and reproduce
activities.
- The population and diversity of certain bird populations may be decline or change when
exposed to continuous noise generated by transformer.
Potential Impacts on Fauna during Construction Phase

The following potential impacts on fauna have been identified for the construction phases of
Project area. Decrease in animal populations due to:
- Killing of animals by vehicles and machinery/illegal hunting by construction workers;
- Animals moving away from the area due to the presence of humans and running vehicles and
machinery.
Decrease in Animal Populations

Right‐of‐way construction activities along a railway alignment may adversely affect wild
animal populations, including terrestrial and aerial .For terrestrial and aerial species (some
birds and bats), the main deleterious effects that may reduce local wildlife populations would
come from.
Terrestrial Ecosystem
With the progress of excavation work, the habitat of the plants and animals may disappear. The
power plant site and its surrounding areas have already been converted into the agricultural
547
land and are used for artificial purposes. With the progress of excavation work, the habitat of
the plants and animals may disappear.
Fauna Injury or Mortality

Construction has the potential to result in injury or mortality of some individuals of less mobile
fauna species, and other small terrestrial fauna that may be sheltering in vegetation within the
project area. The potential injury or mortality of individuals is highly unlikely to affect an
ecologically significant proportion of any local populations. More mobile native fauna, such as
native birds, bats, terrestrial, and arboreal mammals are likely to be able to evade injury during
construction activities.
Table - Biodiversity Impact and Activities causing to the Impact

Impact Activities Causing to The Impact Remark
Habitat damage, ▪ Wildlife disturbance and relocation through
fragmentation and loss increased noise, light and human
Species disturbance ▪ Conversion of habitats providing important
and loss ecosystem services for tourism developments or
supporting infrastructure
▪ Construction of access rail road and other
infrastructure that open up previously inaccessible
areas to development
▪ Poor construction practices leading to soil erosion
(c) Impact on Ecosystem

The most area where the alignment passes has been heavily influenced by human activities of
township building and agriculture farmland cultivation. Investigated plants are common
species in this area. Due to the influence from local residents, there is no important fauna and
flora resource in the alignment corridor. For this reason, proposed project has little impacts on
wild animals in human habitation area. Bats have long been known as the cave-dwellers par
excellence. The degree of ecological dependence on caves as shelter is highly variable for bats.
Most bats species are able to use multiple kinds of roosts in caves.
From the point of view of the bats, caves must be protected to allow species most dependent
on this kind of shelter to maintain viable populations. From the point of view of the cave
communities, all bat species, independent of their conservation status, must be locally protected
in project areas. Even in the case of bat species, the control must be carefully managed,
allowing the maintenance of a minimum population size to support the cavernicoles dependent
on vampire bat guano. On the other hand, bat guano is an important food source for many
548
subterranean organisms, especially for species restricted to subterranean habitats, totally

dependent on the resources present in these habitats and prone to rapid extinction following
any ecological disequilibrium. Therefore, protecting bats is a fundamental part of any program
or action on project by contractors for conservation of subterranean systems.
Through the field survey, it was observed that biodiversity in the project area was rich because
of there are enough food sources and available conditions for wild animals in these
areas.Though clearing the vegetation due to the implementation of the project, greening of
the public space along and near the rail -road will help to mitigate the change of
biodiversity and ecosystem. Therefore, the development of the project will be able to cause any
significant impact on biodiversity and ecosystem of the region. The avoidance is essential to
maintain the integrated habitat and is the most effective way to protect local resources.
The crossed territories will be directly affected both during railway construction and operation
stage. Construction will change or destroy some of the habitats. Railway line will be a
fragmenting object for some species' populations, since it will impose a burden to the
migration. Despite the fact that construction and decommissioning works take place at
different times of the project, impacts caused on the environment as a consequence of those
activities are fairly similar. This is a logical statement since construction and decommissioning
include analogous activities and it is just the sequence of them that is inverse.
Significance of Impact on Fauna Diversity during Construction Phase
The impact on fauna diversity will be minimal due to the site had already cleared by human
activities and very little fauna species are found within the project site (direct impact zone).
However, there will be a little impact on surrounding fauna diversity (indirect impact zone),
due to the construction noise.
Impact assessments on the fauna of the project area

Table - Impact index value and categories of fauna in the Mandalay-Muse Railway New
Project
Extend
No. Impacts Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(area)
Fauna
Reduce
Low impact
1 Terrestrial 3 4 2 3 27
(U)
Fauna
549
Noise
2 3 3 2 3 24 Low impact (U)
Impact
(Source: International Association of Impact Assessment-IAIA, 2014, www.iaia.org)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Fauna Diversity
The intensity of mitigation requirement for fauna diversity according to the consideration of
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Impact through Public
No. Parameters Requirement by Mitigation Responsibility
Rating Consultation
impact evaluation Scale
Processes
Very Construction
1. Noise Low No Yes Minor Service
(-25) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Impact on Fauna Diversity

• Follow the WDNR guidelines for preventing the spread of exotic invasive plant species
and diseases such as oak wilt.
• Avoid working at night
• Sound proof measurement will be taken at biodiversity sensitive areas
Residual Impact on Biodiversity during Construction Phase

The intensity of the impact on the biodiversity environment during construction phase is
initially very low, there would be no residual impact after conducting the mitigation measures.
6.3.2.5. Anticipated Impacts on Human Environment during Construction Phase

The construction phase will last 5 years and workforces and the use of equipment will be as follow:
Work force for each
. Duration Number of equipment used Quality
site
Construction 5 years 41 (for traction Water Truck 1
Phase substation) Diesel Dump Truck 2
20 (for stringing Loading Truck 1
transmission lines) Work vehicle for 1
electrification post 1
Work vehicle for 1
electrification erection 1
Work vehicle for 1
electrification stringing 1
Electrification coiling car 1
550
Generator 1
Truck crane 1
Diesel fork lift truck 1
Concrete truck mixer 1
The baseline social conditions of a community (community profiles) are the existing conditions
and past trends associated with the human environment in which the proposed activity is to
take place. The description of baseline conditions includes the relationship with the biophysical
environment, historical background, social resources, culture, attitudes and social conditions,
economic and population characteristics.
Social impact assessment (SIA) process focuses on evaluating the impacts development has on
community social and economic well-being. This analysis relies on both quantitative and
qualitative measures of impacts. Assessing proposed developments in a socioeconomic context
will help both the developer and affected community to identify potential social equity issues,
evaluate the adequacy of social services and determine whether the project may adversely
affect overall social well-being.
SIA scoping intended to gain an initial understanding of the socio- economic environment of
the proposed railway project area. Through scoping initial socio-economic issues that may
influence project decisions were identification and these will be considered during
development of the terms of reference for the impact assessment phase.
6.3.2.5.1. Positive Socio-Economic Impacts

(a) Job Creation
For the whole construction period, there will be about 1000 workers needed both for traction
substation construction and stringing transmission lines. So, there will be about 500 job
positions for local people during this phase. The project will create opportunities for
employment and supplier business, for the duration of the project construction. These will be
through increase in income generating sources. The project will bring positive benefit if the
Project and Contractors give first priority when employing the displaced persons in work such
as forest clearance along the ROW, road repair and maintenance, water supply work,
afforestation, planting of seeds, nursery work, fencing, construction of retaining walls etc.
These do not require much expertise and can easily be taken up by locals.
Another source of income may be through increase in sales of fresh vegetables, dairy products
and food to workers and travellers through roadside stalls or small outlets/shops near worker
camps.
551
The anticipated impacts are positive but limited to the construction period and to urban centers
such as Muse, Lashio, and Mandalay where skilled and semi-skilled construction workforce is
expected to be sourced. To a lesser extent, semiskilled construction labor may also be sourced
from peri-urban areas along the transmission line route. (i.e. municipalities of Muse, Lashio,
and Mandalay), and low skilled positions such as vegetation clearance, cleaning and house-
keeping at accommodation camps, security guards, etc. may be sourced in the settlements of
the Study Area along the line route. Employment related to demining has not been confirmed
at this stage and will depend on whether the authorized demining operator selected is a private
company.
According to social survey, many young people go to border city of Myanmar-China, Shweli
for job seeking in Shan Region. So the job opportunities for local people will be significant as
follows.
Impact Significance of Job Creation without Enhancement Measures
Anticipated Extend
Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
Impact (Area)
Potential to
Increase in Low Impact
3 2 3 3 24
household (U)
income
Consideration of Enhancement Requirement for Job Creation

The intensity of enhancement requirement for job creation according to the consideration of
Required
Scale
Potential to
Low Construction
Increase in
1. Impact Yes Yes Moderate Service
household
(U) Provider(s)
income
Enhancement Measures for Job Creation during Construction Phase

The following mitigation measures will be done for ensuring job opportunities for local people.
(a) Unskilled and semi-skilled job opportunities will be offered to the local communities
as much as possible.
(b) As the population of females is slightly higher than that of males in the township,
employment opportunities for construction works will be created to ensure that the local
female population also has equal chance for these opportunities (Gender Equality).
552
(c) It is necessary to make tendering process in every project implementation works to

ensure job opportunities for local rental services, machineries rental services, local
service companies and other relative businesses.
(d) Encourage construction sub-contractor to use local labor force as part of tender
requirement.
Impact Significance of Job Creation after Enhancement Measures

If job creating is provided to local people, the impact will become low after enhancement
actions as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
Impact (Area)
Potential to
Moderate
Increase in
household
(C)
income
Creating job opportunities for local people is one of the most public needs according to the
primary data collection and through public meeting. So, it should be intensely considered
(b) Skill Development for Local People

Local people hired by the proposed project would remain in communities with skills acquired
during project construction such as traction substation construction techniques and stringing
transmission lines techniques since it is a rare opportunity for local people to learn such
techniques. Communication skills for local people will also improve in office works during
construction period.
Impact Significance of Skill Development without Enhancement Measures
Extend
Components Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Low Impact
Local skill development 3 2 3 3 24
(U)
Consideration of Enhancement Requirement for Skill Development
The intensity of enhancement requirement for skill development according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low Construction
Local skill
development
(U) Provider(s)
553
Enhancement Measures for Skill Development for Local People
The following enhancement measures should be done for local skill development.
(a) Training programs will be implemented prior to and during the construction phase
because majority of the local people may not be adequately skilled to qualify for
positions requiring skilled labor, if required.
(b) Local construction sub-contractors will be chose as first priority during tender process.
(c) Encourage construction contractors and sub-contractors to stimulate local skill
development as part of tender requirement.
Impact Significance of Skill Development after Enhancement Measure

Extend
Components Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Moderate
Local skill development 3 2 3 4 32
Significant (C)
(c) Potential to Growth of Local Economy and Businesses

During the stringing of transmission lines, there will be benefit for local economy if the
required food and consumer goods for construction workers are bought from nearest villages.
There will be potential to growth local business and enterprise if the developer will buy
construction materials from local market and helping hand construction related services from
local.
Impact Significance of Growth of Local Economy and Businesses without Enhancement
Measures
Since the construction period is 5 years, the required food and consumer goods are bought from
the nearest villages. According to the primary data collection, there are no construction contractors
and business for construction materials in nearest villages. So, this kind of impact during
construction period will be considered as very low for local people in nearest villages and low for
local business without enhancement measures as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Components Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
Impact (Area)
Food and
Growth of
consumer Low
economy
goods for 3 2 3 3 24 Impact
in nearest
Growth of construction (U)
villages
local workers
economy Growth of Supply of
Low
business in construction
3 2 3 2 16 Impact
nearest services and
(U)
villages materials
554
Consideration of Enhancement Requirement for Local economy and businesses

The intensity of enhancement requirement for local economy and businesses according to the
Required
Scale
Growth of
Low Construction
economy in Minor to
1. Impact No Yes Service
nearest Moderate
(U) Provider(s)
villages
Growth of
Low Construction
business in Minor to
2. Impact No Yes Service
nearest Moderate
(U) Provider(s)
villages
Enhancement Measures for Growth of Local Economy and Businesses

Any food and consumer goods that can be bought in nearest villages should be preferred as
first priority. Local business for food and consumer goods in nearest villages should boost by
buying required things regularly. The project developer should encourage construction
contractors and sub-contractors to stimulate the emergence of local small business as part of
tender requirement. The project developer should establish a policy to encourage services and
materials from local in relation to construction works. Any construction services and
construction materials that can be available in nearest villages should be preferred as first
priority if feasible and should encourage construction contractors and sub-contractors to
stimulate the emergence of local small business as part of tender requirements. But after the
construction period is over, the construction site should be restored as the normal condition and
make sure there would be no permanent business left in the construction site.
Impact Significance of Local Economy and Businesses after Enhancement Measures
Impact significance can be raised by enhancement measures as follow:
Anticipated Extend
Components Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
Impact (Area)
Food and
Growth of
consumer Moderate
economy
goods for 4 2 3 4 36 Significant
in nearest
Growth of construction (C)
villages
local workers
economy Growth of Supply of
business in construction Low
3 2 3 3 24
nearest services and Impact (U)
villages materials
As some parts of the places along the proposed project are just developing, the boost in local
economy will have advantage for local people during construction period. The project
developer should have policy to support local businesses, especially in nearest villages.
555
6.3.2.5.2. Negative Socio-economic Impacts

The negative socio-economic impacts during pre-construction phase will be blockage of
drainage system due to the land filling at project site. The blockage of natural drainage system
will increase potential to flood in nearest farm land. There will relocation or resettlement of
local people because the project site is close to some places and some local people lived here.
There can be traffic congestion due to vehicles during site clearing activities which can lead to
blockage of village roads.
(a) Blockage of Drainage System and Natural Spring
According to the site survey, there will potential to blockage of natural drainage system, and
natural spring due to the construction of traction substations. But the location of traction
substations are away from rivers and springs based on the study of topography.
Any moderate to minor changes of existing components of water balance (inflows and outflows
of the system) by pre-construction activities will have negatively influence especially on
function and characteristic of waterways, drainage and sub watershed as proposed project is
being located in low lying flat plain. Construction of road access will somehow interfere with
flow pattern of creeks and thereof it has high potential to have waterways blockage.
Potential changes in hydrological regimes of creeks due to waterways blockages by proposed
project activities will have negative impact not only on flowing characteristic along the
longitudinal profile of creeks but also on surface water volume area of creeks. The monsoon
period when agricultural work starts, degree of negative effect on drainage system of paddy
field is expected to be low in terms of physical environment. Nevertheless, significance of
negative impact will turn from low to high; if waterways blockage persists till the agricultural
activities in nearest paddy fields has begun. Review on outcomes of public stake holder
meetings and focus group discussion reveal that nearest villages is likely to have flooding effect
resulting from existing creek is essential to be utilized as drainage facilities to discharge the
harvested rain water from neighboring paddy fields in the rainy season and tidal wave period.
Significance of Impacts on Blockage of Drainage System during Construction Phase

This kind of impact can be considered as moderate due to the possibility of flash flood in
nearest farm lands as shown in the following figure.
Extend
Anticipated Impact Sources Magnitude Duration Probability Total Category
(Area)
Potential to
Earth Moderate
Blockage of 4 2 2 4 32
filling Significant (C)
drainage system
556
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Blockage of Drainage System during

Construction Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Blockage of Drainage System according
to the consideration of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Mitigation
Public Concern
Impact Requirement by Mitigation
Rating Impact Scale
Consultation
Evaluation
Potential to
Blockage of
1. Significant Yes Yes Moderate service
drainage
(C) provider(s)
system
Mitigation Measures for Blockage of Drainage System during Construction Phase

The developer will use alternative waterway (manmade drainage system that can drain the large
water volume) to avoid potential to flood due to the blockage of natural drainage system during
pre-construction phase. The alternative water way will prepare to flow the water volume more
than natural drainage system to reduce potential to flood. It will also prepare for cross-pass
over or under public roads and village roads and culverts for natural springs.
Significance of Impacts on Blockage of Drainage System during Construction Phase after
Mitigation Measures
This kind of impact can be considered as low due to the possibility of flash flood in nearest
farm lands as shown in the following figure.
Extend
(Area)
Potential to Blockage Earth Low
4 2 2 3 24
of drainage system filling Impact (U)
(b) Impact on Agricultural Lands

Due to construction of temporary base camp for workers, there will be a need to temporarily
use agricultural lands. Soil material from construction site can also enter agricultural lands
close to power lines.
Significance of Impacts on Agricultural Lands during Construction Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Low
Socio- Temporary
3 2 2 3 21 Impact
economic Land Use
(U)
situation of
Entering of No Impact
people 3 2 2 2 14
soil materials (-)
557
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Agricultural Lands during Construction

Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Agricultural Lands according to the

Impact Mitigation
No. Parameters during Public Requirement by Responsibility
Rating Scale
Consultation Impact Evaluation
Low Construction
Temporary
Land Use
(U) Provider(s)
No Construction
Entering of
soil materials
(-) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Agricultural Lands during Construction Phase
- Avoid or minimize construction through sensitive farmland;

- Use overhead bridges where feasible;
- Find resolutions for anticipated impacts for temporary land use (e.g., payments to temporarily
suspend farming activities or the installation of a temporary fence).
- Use single-pole structures instead of H-frame or other multiple-pole structures so that there
is less interference with farm machinery, less land impacted, and weed encroachment issues
- Locate the line along fence lines, field lines, or adjacent to roads so as to minimize field
impacts
- Use transmission structures with longer spans to clear fields
- Orient the structures with the plowing pattern to make farm equipment less difficult to use
- Minimizing the use of guy wires but where necessary, keeping the guy wires out of crop and
hay lands and placing highly visible shield guards on the guy wires
- Using special transmission designs to span existing irrigation systems or if necessary,
reconfiguring the irrigation system at the utilities expense.
- Learnt about individual farm field activities, such as planting, tillage, and crop rotations so that
construction methods and timing can be adapted to the timing of crop work;
- Surplus soil material will be used in earth filling activities as much as possible. Waste
dumping site will be away from agricultural lands, plantation over the waste dumping site
as soon as possible.
Installing exclusion fencing to keep livestock away from construction activities, or markers to
identify where construction is occurring, in consultation with the farmer, so that field activities
and construction do not overlap;
558
Significance of Impacts on Agricultural Lands during Construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Anticipate Extend
d Impact (Area)
No
Temporary
Socio- 3 2 2 2 14 Impact
Land Use
economic (-)
situation of Entering of No
people soil 3 2 2 2 14 Impact
materials (-)
(c) Increased in Traffic Congestion

The construction activities may lead to increase in vehicular traffic. Road traffic congestion in
surrounding area during construction period can cause public anxiety. It can also lead to
temporary blockage of village roads. The routes existing are narrow, permanent roads; this
condition will increase traffic while reducing easy access to different places within the
community and increase in dust.
Significance of Impacts on Traffic Congestion during Construction Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Low
Traffic Construction
3 2 2 3 21 Impact
congestion activities
(U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Traffic Congestion during Construction

Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Traffic Congestion according to the
Impact Mitigation
No. Parameters during Public Requirement by Responsibility
Rating Scale
Consultation Impact Evaluation
Low Construction
Blockage of
1.
village roads
Impact Yes Yes Moderate Service
(U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Increased in Traffic Congestion during Construction Phase

• Use alternative road that will not pressure on public road.
• Avoid hauling of construction materials at local traffic time (7-10 am during weekdays
and 4-7pm during weekends along Muse-Mandalay highway road) and hauling of
heavy construction materials at night.
559
• Use temporary construction road that does not pressure on existing public road if
feasible and does not impact on forest and agricultural lands.
• Proper traffic management plan and safety sign along the transportation road.
Significance of Impacts on Traffic Congestion during Construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
No
Traffic Construction
3 2 2 2 14 Impact
congestion activities
(-)
(d) Damage to Public Road

Due to frequent transportation of construction materials, the public roads can be damaged.
Significance of Impacts on Public Road during Construction Phase before Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Frequent
Public road transportation Low Impact
2 2 2 3 18
damage of construction (U)
materials
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Damage to Public Road
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low Construction
Damage to
public road
(U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Damage to Public Road during Construction Phase

• Use bypass road instead of public roads.
• Use public roads and bridges as per their respective resistance if unavoidable.
• Repair the public roads if they are damaged by construction activities.
560
Significance of Damage to Public Road during Construction Phase after Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Public road Construction
2 2 2 2 12 No Impact (-)
damage activities
(e) Impacts from Influx of more workers and population

During the construction phase, there will be an inclusion of external workforce who will be
employed in various positions of the project that cannot be filled by the locals. The existing
work opportunities may also result to increased population due to the search for jobs that result
to population expansion. This may create social tension and disruptions among the construction
teams and pressure will be put on the existing utilities that operate in low capacity. The social
impacts will continue into the Construction Phase with more workers, increased number of
work locations, more frequent transportation of construction materials as additional workers
are brought in to complete the work, the risk of social conflicts, risks of spread of
communicable diseases, health and safety risks, waste generation and sewage and increased
pressure on resources, are all expected to increase. There are very limited social services such
as health care facilities, accommodation, and food along the railway alignment according to
social survey. So, the pressure on social services will be high.
The increase of population during construction phase will increase temporary pressure on
existing infrastructure and services including health care, food, shelter, water, transport and
recreational facilities.
Significance of Impacts Associated with Population Influx without Mitigation Measures

As proposed project is very close to urban, there will have little impact on local health care
facilities and local food consumption. Impact significances related to population influx
during construction period will be considered as follow:
Extend
(Area)
Increase pressure on
housing, Increase in Low Impact
2 2 2 3 18
recreational population (U)
facilities, and water
Increase pressure on Increase in Moderate
3 2 3 4 32
health care facility population Significant (C)
adequate amount of 2 2 2 3 18
population (U)
local food
561
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impacts of Population Influx

Required
Impact through Public Requirement
Rating Consultation by impact
Scale
Increase pressure
on housing, Low Construction
1. recreational Impact Yes Yes Moderate Service
facilities, and (U) Provider(s)
water
Increase pressure Moderate Construction
2. on health care Significant Yes Yes Moderate Service
facility (C) Provider(s)
Increase pressure
Low Construction
on adequate
amount of local
(U) Provider(s)
food
Mitigation Measures for Impacts Associated with Population Influx

• Appoint local construction workers
• Raise awareness amongst construction workers about local traditions and practices.
• Inform local businesses about the expected influx of construction workers so that they
could plan for extra demand.
• Ensure that the local community communicates their expectations of construction
workers’ behavior with the construction sub-contractor, and formalise a written
agreement between the community and sub-contractor.
• Partnering with the municipality to offer utility and protective services
• Include social initiatives within the Community Development plan to promote cohesion
• Support own health care facilities to workers
Significance of Impacts Associated with Population Influx after Mitigation Measures
If own health care facilities should be provided for workers during construction phase, impact
due to population influx will be very low after mitigation measures as follow:
Extend
(Area)
housing, recreational 2 2 2 3 18
population (U)
facilities, and water
Increase pressure on Increase in Low Impact
3 2 3 3 24
health care facility population (U)
adequate amount of 2 2 2 3 18
population (U)
local food
562
(f) Conflict between Communities

The types of violent and aggressive conflict between non-Shan communities (foreign and
migrant workers) and Shan Ethnic Minority were overwhelmingly perceived to be one-off
incidents between individuals from different communities and exposures that were often
fuelled by alcohol and anti-social behavior, and not always related to the migrant’s ethnic
origin. The sporadic and “one off” nature of these incidents were reported by all the
communities – both migrant and local, across urban and rural communities alike.
A higher frequency of violence and abuse could probably be among ethnic minority groups
especially Shan and non-Shan migrants in the project construction area, perpetrated by
individuals from both immigrants and other ethnic minority groups. A significant conflict
between individual communities could be a higher frequency of incidents of name-calling,
spitting, hostile attitudes, damage to property and racially motivated violence against them.
This would suggest that the dynamics of race and religion negatively influence the sort of
reception that the communities receive. The another significant social problems between
communities may be the hostile attitudes of non-Shan migrants to local community such as
sexual harassment of migrant workers to ethnic local women and hostility of that workers to
low skilled local labors.
The increased population may also result to rising crime cases and social exploitation;
employees from other areas may face integration challenges. An inflow of construction workers
and job seekers may also be accompanied by an increase in crime. Even if specific instances
of crime are not as a result of the newcomers, they may still be ascribed to them by local
communities.
Significance of Impacts on conflict between communities during Construction Phase
Extend
(Area)
Conflict between
Influx of Low
non-Shan
construction 3 2 3 3 24 Impact
communities and
workers (U)
Shan community
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Conflict between communities during

Construction Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Land Acquisition according to the
563
Mitigation
Public Concern
Rating Impact Scale
Consultation
Evaluation
Conflict between
Low Construction
non-Shan
1. Impact No Yes Moderate Service
communities and
(U) Provider(s)
Shan community
Mitigation Measures for Conflict between Communities during Construction Phase

• Use local people as much as possible.
• Limit night out for foreign workers.
• Limit the use of foreign workers.
• When making an agreement contract with contractors and subcontractors, it must
include the fact that they have to use local workers as much as possible.
• Raise awareness to respect custom of local people for foreign and migrant workers.
• Construction workers will be clearly identifiable. Overalls will have the logo of the
construction company on it and construction workers will wear identification cards.
• Construction site to be fenced and access to be controlled;
• Loitering of outsiders at either the construction side or at the construction village will
not be allowed.
Significance of Impacts on conflict between communities during Construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Conflict between
Influx of Low
non-Shan
communities and
workers (U)
Shan community
(g) Livelihood and Economic Activity
During construction stage, disruption of the livelihood and economic activities of businesses
which are located along the route is expected. These businesses will get hampered because of
traffic congestion, inability to park vehicles, and temporary loss and/or impedance of access to
such business premises. The partially affected structures may have space to rebuild in the same
land but, the fully affected structures must be relocated elsewhere. There are employees
working in these commercial places. When the structures are partially affected, there will be
564
temporary impact on the businesses and the employees may lose income temporarily. However,
if the commercial places are fully affected and if they need to be relocated elsewhere, there can
be permanent impact. The income of employees working in these commercial places will also
be affected. They may have to find other jobs or will have to face difficulties until the
businesses are re-established. There will also be an impact on paddy lands where Depot is
proposed and paddy land owners and tenant farmers may permanently lose their livelihood.
The Project may also impact people whose livelihood is linked with existing modes of
transportation due to inaccessible roads and/or worsened traffic conditions.
Significant of Impacts on Livelihood and Economic Activity before mitigation measures
Anticipated Sources Magnitude Duration Extend Probability Total Category

Impact (Area)
Livelihood temporary loss 3 2 2 4 28 Low
and and/or Impact
economic impedance of (U)
access to such
business
premises
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Livelihood and Economic Activity
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low Construction
Livelihood
and activity
(U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measure
The proposed project has significant impact on livelihood and economic activities of
commercial property owners, residential property owners and paddy land owners. Special
attention will be paid to these affected people to mitigate the impacts on them. Compensation
will be paid to the affected parties according to the stipulations of the Land Acquisition Act
(LAA) and Land Acquisition and Resettlement Committee (LARC). Payments for loss of
business (temporary or permanent), loss of livelihood, loss of wages employment will be
provided to affected parties, as compensation. Further, there are stipulations in the LARC on
an ex-gratia payment for paddy lands to be acquired. The livelihood of the persons occupying
565
in business premises and residences will be temporarily disturbed by the construction of the
proposed project and following mitigation measures in summary will be implemented.
• Provision of compensation to the Project Affected Parties (PAPs) using the
compensation
• Package decided for proposed project based on LARC (Land Acquisition and
Resettlement Committee) stipulations on assessing the financial and other losses of
PAPs.
• Provision of alternative access to their premises as far as possible outside the
construction sites to carry out their usual business activities and other domestic or
related employment activities.
• Continual liaising with the Project Affected Parties (PAPs) will be undertaken to decide
on the site-specific mitigation measures.
• Consultation with people whose livelihood depend on modes of transportation that may
be affected by the project. They will be included in the development of the traffic
management plan.
Significant of Impacts on Livelihood and Economic Activity after mitigation measures
Anticipated Sources Magnitude Duration Extend Probability Total Category

Impact (Area)
Livelihood temporary loss 3 2 2 3 21 Low
and and/or Impact
economic impedance of (U)
access to such
business
premises
Residual Impacts on Socio-economic during Construction Phase

The impact on livelihood and economic of the community is still be residual because the
commercial places are fully affected and need to be relocated somewhere else and so the
income will be affected. This also impact people whose livelihood is linked with existing
modes of transportation. The permanent land loss will cause effects on the agricultural activity.
Mitigation Measures for Residual Impacts on Socio-economic

Land loss is not sufficiently large to result in a material effect through diminishing the quality
of life as replacement could be made in locality or be compensated for. Payments for loss of
business (temporary or permanent), loss of livelihood, loss of wages employment will be
provided to affected parties, as compensation.
566
6.3.2.6. Anticipated Impacts of Utility Consumption in Power Substation and Lines

Construction
(a) Water Usage
The use of water in construction sites for human needs is basically related to the essential
demands of employees of the construction site and these are preserved in accordance with the
labor laws. The common area, because it exists throughout the entire construction process, is
responsible for significant portion of the water consumption of the whole construction work,
and should receive special attention in relation to the efficiency of this feature for this purpose.
The usage of water for construction site can lead to water scarcity problems. According to the
social survey, Shan state is already facing water scarcity problems, so, the impact will be
significant.
During construction, water is a resource that comprises several activities in a construction site.
Its form of use varies according to the operations performed throughout along the construction
stages. However, water is not seen or treated as a material of Civil Construction. This situation
can be observed in compositions of costs of engineering services that do not include the water
as an input of current activities. Some of the activities that use water are compression of landfill,
manufacture of concrete, mortar, curing of concrete, testing for waterproofing, latex painting
and cleaning. Several activities go on at construction sites that make use of water: mixing of
concrete, wetting of dry surfaces, washing of equipment etc.
Significance of Impacts for Water Usage during Construction Phase before Construction
Phase
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Usage of water for
Water Low
construction 3 2 2 3 21
Scarcity Impact (U)
activities
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Water Usage during Construction Phase

The intensity of mitigation requirement for water usage according to the consideration of
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low Construction
Water
Scarcity
(U) Provider(s)
567
Mitigation Measures for Water Usage during Construction Phase

• Covering structure after substation construction with jute bag or sheet of plastic, so that
evaporation loss may be less and if water sprinkle will not get evaporated, drainage
should be proper so that water collected in pit may be used again for construction work.
• To reduce water wastage during mixing of construction materials, proper equipment
should be used such as mixers with which only the required volume of water is used.
• To reduce wastage and recycling at construction sites, washing and cleaning of
equipment should be done in a reservoir.
• Water storage and delivery facilities should be safe and leakage free to reduce water
wastage.
• Using curing compound agent which is a material used for curing concrete instead of
water.
• MR should take responsibility for the shortage of groundwater to the affected area
(the nearest villages) by digging the new deep wells, tube wells and supporting water
requirement to those areas if they suffer the shortage of groundwater.
Significance of Impacts for Water Usage during Construction Phase after Mitigation
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Usage of water for No
Water
Scarcity
activities (-)
(b) Fuel Consumption
Construction operations consume huge amounts of energy in various forms but have never been
sufficiently accounted for. A significant portion of energy utilization on construction site is
usually used for transportation, levelling, earthworks, lifting, compacting and mixing,
including the embodied energy in materials extraction. However, electricity cannot be directly
used from existing power lines since the construction process takes place where there is no
electricity and generators will be mainly used as the source of energy.
The different forms of energy are used for different purposes in the construction process. For
instance, diesel fuel is an important petroleum product and offers a wide range of performance,
efficiency and safety features. It also offers a greater power density than other fuels, and
contains between 18% and 30% more energy per litre compared to petrol. Petrol is also in used
construction processes and is used for powering small petrol engines especially power tools,
such as hammers and small compressors.
568
Electricity is used for the operation of almost all the power tools or equipment on site. Fused
distribution boards are used to enable easy plugging of power tools to the electrical source.
In the substation construction, the excavating processes include both surface and deep
excavation of soil and often involve the movement of excavated soil from one place to another.
The machines used in this process are divided into two; excavators (such as backhoes and pile
driving machines) and tractors (bulldozer). Concreting processes require a significant amount
of energy. The machines used in this process are; mixers, concrete pumps, placers, vibrators
and conveyors and are either mechanically or pneumatically operated. Concreting and the type
of equipment used have a large embodied energy in the ingredients used and the transportation
process.
Significance of Impacts for Fuel Consumption during Construction Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Use of generators Moderate
Fuel
for construction 4 2 2 4 32 Significant
consumption
activities (C)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Fuel Consumption during Construction

Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for fuel consumption according to the consideration of
Required
Scale
Impact on Fuel
1. Significant No Yes Minor Service
Consumption
(C) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Fuel Consumption during Construction Phase
• Make minimal usage of fuel such as diesel and petrol that are used in operating
machines for construction processes and transportation processes.
• Use construction machines efficiently.
• Train workers to gain the knowledge of energy conservation.
• Learn the efficient construction site management.
569
• Record and reduce electricity usage across the construction period.
• Turning off the equipment when it is not in use.
Significance of Impacts for Fuel Consumption during Construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Use of generators Low
Fuel
for construction 4 2 2 3 24 Impact
consumption
activities (U)
(c) The Effect of Transmission Line on Local Service
A transmission tower, also known as a power transmission tower, power tower, or electricity
pylon, is a tall structure (usually a steel lattice tower) used to support an overhead power line.
Transmission towers have to carry the heavy transmission conductors at a sufficient safe height
from the ground. In addition to that, all towers have to sustain all kinds of natural calamities.
During the detailed engineering design, the final location of the overhead electrical lines will
be evaluated to avoid impacts on utility services such as sewerage, power supply, water supply
and telephone.
The alignment of the

transmission line will probably
affect a section of the sewer
The Minimum depth line leading to the wastewater
5 feet
of the sewage line treatment plant. Therefore,
these tower locations can be
realigned to avoid the sewer
line.
The construction of switching
The Minimum and transforming stations
depth of permanently occupies certain
electrical line 3 feet areas and jeopardizes the soil
tower from the and groundwater through the
ground potential leakage of coolants
The optimum depth
and insulants (mineral oil or
of water supply
3 feet other liquids possibly
pipeline (for 8-in or
containing toxic
smaller)
polychlorinated biphenyls -
PCB) in large quantities from
such components as
transformers, capacitors,
ground-fault neutralizers and
underground cables.
570
Around
17.39 There are also distribution
The height of the 14 feet
feet The minimum height lines and telephone lines that
railway electrical above the
above of the telephone line should be protected during
overhead line ground
the construction phase carefully.
ground
Electrical hazards include infringement of the load into other electrical lines during lifting of a
structure (people are unable to accurately judge clearance distances of a suspended load to
power lines) and shocking of a construction worker due to electrical induction onto a piece of
a structure that is insulated from the ground by assembly on wooden blocks.
In case of towering the overhead lines, there is no serious negative impact to utility services
which situated along the railway line. Because the optimum depth of the foundation of the
overhead lines is not more than the minimum depths of water supply pipelines and sewage
lines. Therefore, the location of overhead lines can be realigned to avoid the sewer lines and to
protect the telephone line safely.
571
Significance of Impacts due to Transmission Line during Construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Electrical Transmission Low Impact
2 2 4 3 24
hazard lines (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact due to Transmission Line during

Construction Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for energy consumption according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low Construction
Electrical
hazard
(U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Power Transmission Line during Construction
Phase
• Realign tower locations to avoid the sewer line.
• Avoid leakage of coolants and insulants.
Significance of Impacts for due to Electrical Tower during Construction Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Electrical Transmission Low Impact
2 2 4 2 16
hazard lines (U)
(d) Anticipated Impacts on Archaeology and Cultural Heritage during Construction Phase
Construction of the proposed power station and transmission lines has the potential to disturb,
damage or destroys features or buried remains of cultural heritage interest. Other construction
activities, such as vehicle movements, soil and overburden storage and landscaping also have
the potential to cause direct permanent and irreversible effects on the cultural heritage.
There are a few religious and cultural sites within the project area but it is expected that there
will be no impact on Cultural and Religious sites because during design stage extra care was
taken to ensure that religious structures/public property were avoided. No Transmission towers
572
are located adjacent to such sites and the Transmission line will not in any way or manner
hinder any religious or cultural practices. Moreover, the depth of transmission line will be
narrow.
Significance of Impact on Archaeology and Cultural Heritage during Construction Phase

Extend
(Area)
Damage to cultural Construction No Impact
2 2 2 2 12
heritage interest activities (-)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage according to
Required
Scale
Damage buried
No Construction
remains of
cultural heritage
(-) Provider(s)
interest
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Archeology and Cultural Heritage
Mitigation measures designed to prevent, reduce or offset any potential direct adverse effects
will be identified. Where artifacts of historic interest in relation to the project’s previous use
are identified they may be incorporated into the proposed development, avoided through design
and preserved in situ unaffected by the proposed development, or recorded prior to their
removal.
Environmental Team is to determine the need for and scope of a potential mitigation strategy.
Potential mitigation may include a programme of archaeological works designed to identify,
characterize and record buried archaeological remains. In the event of any discoveries, further
mitigation through recording and publication of the results of any excavations may be required
in line with the requirements of planning policy. Substations and transmission lines should be
kept away from the historical and archeological sites.
(e) Visual Impacts during Construction Phase
Since the proposed project site is very close to the popular tourist attraction place: Pyin Oo
Lwin, Thi Paw and other tourist attraction places along the railway line, gases pipeline, and
573
some local community depends on the tourism business, the visual pollutants like construction
materials and equipment impact on their visualization. Visual intrusions arise from the
inevitable presence of construction equipment, materials, transport vehicles, and piles of
soil and debris as a result of clearing, site work, and heavy equipment and vehicles on the road.
If the storage, transportation and disposal of these waste materials are not managed properly,
the waste will decrease visual amenity.
During construction, there will be short term landscape and visual impacts arising from the
presence of plant and activities on the site. These could include:
• vegetation removal and site clearance;
• the installation of a large construction compound;
• the movement and activity of large construction machinery, usually with flashing
hazard lights;
• views of cranes, if used;
• the construction/excavation of new power stations and RoW, particularly noticeable
because of the speed of the changes over a short time scale, and the extent of bare earth
visible;
• the presence of temporary spoil heaps and disposal areas;
• temporary traffic management and any local public right of way diversions; and
• floodlighting of areas for evening and morning working.
Significance of Visual impact during Construction Phase before Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Presence of
construction
Landscape Low
equipment,
and visual 3 2 2 3 21 Impact
materials, transport
impacts (U)
vehicles, and piles of
soil and debris
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Visual Impacts
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Visual impacts according to the consideration of
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Landscape Low Construction
1. and visual Impact No Yes Minor Service
impacts (U) Provider(s)
574
Mitigation Measures for Visual Impact
• The transmission line will be developed in linear sections, as separate phases of work,
to keep all construction activity in one place and to reduce the visual impact on residents
and road users during the construction phase;
• Materials and machinery will be stored tidily during the works. Tall machinery will not
be left in place for longer than required for construction purposes, in order to minimize
its impact in views;
• The construction area of the site will be fenced. Construction vehicles will only be
allowed to use designated routes;
• Roads providing access to the site will be maintained free of dust and mud;
• The contractor’s facilities and the laydown areas will be located to cause as little visual
intrusion as possible; and
• On completion of construction, all remaining construction materials will be removed
from the site. Any remaining spoil heaps will be graded to match existing contours.
• Routes for transmission lines will be avoided the areas considered scenic.
• Select the suitable colour for construction material.
• Proper ROW management system
Significance of Visual impact during Construction Phase after Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Presence of
construction
Landscape No
equipment,
and visual 3 2 2 2 14 Impact
materials, transport
impacts (-)
vehicles, and piles of
soil and debris
Residual Visual Impact during Construction Phase
The main source of visual impact during the construction phase is visual pollutants lie
construction materials and equipment. So there would be no residual impact on visual after
conducting the mitigation measures.
(f) Community Health Impact during Construction Phase
During construction phase, the anticipated health related impacts are as follows:
575
(i) Increase Infection of Air-borne Diseases
An influx of construction workers from other places can lead to overcrowded conditions where
air-borne diseases such as tuberculosis, influenza and meningitis can spread easily.
Impact Significance for Increase Infection of Air-borne Diseases before Mitigation
Measures
Magnitude/Consequence of Health Impact
Likelihood/Probability of impact
impact Significance Rating
Who will Likely
Likely to
affected? Unlikely to
Low Medium High occur Low Medium High
to occur occur
sometimes
often
People in √
nearest √ - - - √ - (HIR - -
residents 1)
Construction √
- √ - - √ - - -
workers (HIR 2)
Mitigation Measures for Infection of Air Borne Diseases

This potential impact will be minimized by providing medical check for workers who are
susceptible infection of air-borne diseases.
(ii) Fugitive Dust Emissions
Dust Generation during construction phase will be mainly resulted in nuisance impacts. Dust
emissions as a result of the construction activities will include emissions from on-site heavy-
duty off-road vehicles, other light-duty vehicles. Particulate matter (PMs) were released from
transportation of construction materials and construction activities such as during excavation,
movement of earth materials, unloading and mixing of construction materials, contact of
construction machinery with bare soil, traffic movement on unpaved roads, transport of
demolition waste, and exposure of bare soil and soil piles to wind. Short-term impacts will be
experienced by pedestrians passing near the project site and local residents nearby.
Impact Significance for Fugitive Dust Emissions before Mitigation Measures

The impact will be little on local people in nearest villages.

Who will Likely
Likely to
to occur occur
sometimes
often
People in √
nearest √ - - - √ - (HIR - -
residents 1)
576
Mitigation Measures for Fugitive Dust Emission
Dust can be controlled by:

(a) Wetting of roads by water spraying;
(b) Seeding storage mound surfaces as soon as is practicable;
(c) Spraying exposed surfaces of mounds regularly;
(d) Restricting vehicle speeds;
(e) Watering roadways; and
(f) Wheel or body washing.
(iii) Increase Infection of Water Borne Diseases

Project activities could become sources of pollution, as a result of infiltration into the surface
stream. The incidence rate of water borne diseases such as cholera and diarrhea will increase
if there will be no proper sanitation practices at the construction site. Improper waste disposal
of construction debris will also have potential to increase water borne diseases because the
project site is very close to surface water resources. The possible negative impacts considered
significant are:
• Loose soil from earthworks may be washed into river.
• Irresponsible dumping of domestic solid waste can lead to underground water
contamination, due to contaminants emanating from various products into the
groundwater and filtering through to the aquifers. This will be a particular problem
during the rainy season.
• Potential surface water pollution can emanate from waste products generated by
construction activities entering the surface drainage.
Impact Significance for Increase Infection of Water Borne Diseases before Mitigation
Measures
According to the secondary data collection, infections of water borne diseases such as diarrhea
are still the public healthcare problems in Upper Myanmar Region and so the impact will be
considered as follow:

Who will Likely
Likely to
to occur occur
sometimes
often
People in √
nearest √ - - √ - - (HIR - -
residents 1)
577
Mitigation Measures for Increase Infection of Water Borne Diseases
Avoid construction time during rainy seasons. If it is not possible to avoid rainy seasons, proper
sanitation system will be provided for construction workers during construction period.
Construction debris will be disposed at suitable location that does not impact on local nearest
rivers. Construction activities will ensure that no loose soil is permitted into watercourses and
stockpiles are located away from surface water. All mixing of cement will be carried out in a
designated area away from surface water and areas of potential runoff. All areas of fuel storage
will be banned to prevent hydrocarbon pollution of surface water.
(iv) Potential to Increase Infections from Mosquito

Stagnant pools of water during the construction phase will cause bleeding zone for mosquitoes
and can cause potential to cause infections from mosquitoes especially in rainy season.
Impact Significance of Increased Infections from Mosquito before Mitigation Measures

The impact can be rated as medium because malaria is still a health problem in Upper Myanmar
Region.
Who will Likely
Likely to
to occur occur
sometimes
often
People in √
nearest √ - - √ - - (HIR - -
residents 1)
Mitigation Measures for Infections from Mosquito
Avoid construction time in rainy seasons as much as possible. Ensure that there are no stagnant
pools of water during the construction phase. Proper temporary or permanent drainage system
will be compensated if there will be the blocked of natural drainage system during construction
phase.
(v) Increased Risk of Sexually Transmitted Infections
During construction phase, the improved economic status of the area and the influx of new
migrant workers, living away from their families, can also lead to an increased risk of sexually
transmitted infections such as HIV/AIDS, gonorrhoea and chlamydia. Major outbreaks of
infectious diseases can have a devastating effect not only on or near the project site but also on
local communities.
578
Impact Significance of Increased Risk of Sexually Transmitted Infections before Mitigation

Measures
Impact rating for sexually transmitted infection (448 people in Upper Myanmar Region in
2017) can be considered as moderate in Upper Myanmar Region.
Magnitude/Consequence Health Impact

of impact Significance Rating
Who will Likely
Likely to
to occur occur
sometimes
often
Local
√
people in - √ - - √ - - -
(HIR 2)
Region
Mitigation Measures for Increased Risk of Sexually Transmitted Infections

MR will provide information and education about safe sex and implement HIV control program
for migrant construction workers.
(vi) Health Impact Related to Increase in Noise Level

Construction activities normally generate a lot of noise. Noises will also arise from various
construction machineries at site. Pilling operation will also produce high noise level. Both acute
loud noise and chronic lower level noise have been associated with a variety of negative health
effects. Hearing loss and impairment are known to occur as a result of exposure to acute, high
decibel noise (greater than 85 dB). Noise annoyance can lead to stress related impacts on health
such as feelings of displeasure, interference with thoughts, feelings, and activities and disturbed
sleep and can have impacts on mood, performance, fatigue, and cognition.
Impact Significance of Increase in Noise Level before Mitigation Measures

The impact will be considered as low for local people due to the distance of nearest villages
and medium to construction workers inside the construction site as follow:
Magnitude/Consequence Health Impact

of impact Significance Rating
Who will
Likely to Likely
affected? Unlikely
Low Medium High occur to occur Low Medium High
to occur
sometimes often
People in √
nearest √ - - - √ - (HIR -
residents 1)
579
Mitigation Measures Health Impact Related to Increase in Noise Level
1. Reduce speed limits for trucks in the project area to reduce noise level.
2. Alert residents of anticipated noise, including time, duration, decibel levels, and
machinery to be used to protect public health.
3. Avoid working at night.
(vii) Impacts due to Stringing Activities during Construction Phase
Stringing activity around the wires and other electrical units can be a potential hazard if proper
planning is not followed. The assumption that local workers at times are not accustomed to
using personal protective equipment (PPE) will be taken in consideration, i.e. their attitude to
avoid PPE may result in accident/hazard.
As part of the project will be developed outside the existing corridor, demining hasn’t happened
yet for the full route. Construction activities will increase the potential interaction between
communities and existing land mines. If not mitigated, both the demining activities and the
land mines not deactivated but lifted to the surface during earthworks, can negatively impact
the populations.
During operation, there is a possibility of lines or towers / parts of the tower failing and causing
injuries and/or fatalities. Additionally, during the operation phase, contact with the
transmission line can result in electrocution.
Embedded Controls
The following embedded controls are considered as part of the assessment:
▪ EPC Contractor team will follow the method statement for overhead stringing; the
activities will be managed by experienced Supervisors.
▪ Implementation of design standards (built in safety), the line hardware used on the
overhead transmission lines is rated or designed higher than the conductor ultimate
tensile strength and the conductor is only pulled to 20% of its ultimate tensile strength.
The potential impacts are all considered unlikely in that they are not likely to occur during the
lifetime of the Project.
This is considered a negative event that could lead to permanent impacts if there are injuries
and fatalities. The overall impact is considered of Moderate significance.
Transmission line snapping

The negative impact is a direct impact, which while regional in its extent, could lead to
permanent impacts and therefore has a large magnitude. The risk is influenced by poor
580
foundation quality, tower member theft, material corrosion due to poor coating and poor quality
or damaged fittings exposing the system to failure. The receptor sensitivity is considered high
as there are households and businesses within the transmission line RoWs in the areas close to
urban area. This is therefore considered as a Major significant impact, which is unlikely to
occur during the lifetime of the Project.
In the rural areas, due to the fact that the transmission line routing was mostly designed far
from the existing communities the receptor sensitivity is considered low but with medium
significance.
Significance of Impacts on Stringing Activities during Construction Phase before Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
embedded Low
Risks during 3 2 2 4 28
controls Impact (U)
Stringing
transmission line Low
Activities 3 2 2 4 28
snapping Impact (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impacts due to Stringing Activities during

Construction Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impacts due to Stringing Activities according to the

Required
Scale
Low Construction
embedded
controls
(U) Provider(s)
Low Construction
transmission
line snapping
(U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures for Stringing Activities
The following mitigation measures will be employed to reduce any impacts resulting from a
potential unplanned event:
• Stringing activities near wires and other electrical utilities will be done after proper
shutdown of the line/utilities with prior information and permission.
581
• Implementation of a demining campaign as per the Angolan legal framework, aligning with
the demining contractor a set of control measures (e.g. safety perimeter, safety distances to
maintain, equipment, tools, etc.) following the ISO9001:2008 standard.
• Making sure that temporary soil stock piles are safely stored, with controlled access.
• An Emergency Prevention and Response Plan (EPRP) will be developed according to
Angolan requirements and international industry standards and best practices.
• The EPRP will be developed in consultation with the competent authorities, emergency
service / civil defense and administrations along the transmission routes and around the
substations.
• Based on consultations with relevant stakeholders, project proponent will investigate the
capacity of statutory local emergency response providers to participate in emergency
response activities.
• Personnel will be trained on how to respond to unplanned events.
• Periodic audits will be performed in order to ensure the safeguards are in place.
• Risks to general public during operation will be reduced by public awareness and education
and physical measures by attaching an appropriate warning sign on all faces of the tower.
• Once the stringing work is complete, notices and permanent anti-climbing devices will be
installed on the tower (in particular in lattice towers). The operational start date for
electricity transmission and safety implications will be publicized locally in advance.
• In addition, the risk of the transmission line spanning or pylon collapse can be mitigated
through complying with design specifications, installing antitheft devices, conducting
material quality inspection and compliance and following project proponent’s installation
procedures.
• Project proponent will development and implement of a Demining Plan. This Plan will be
communicated to the communities in the direct AOI of the project. Demining will occur
along a 60m corridor along the transmission line route (as well as for any additional
footprint of access roads and construction camps.
Significance of Impacts on Stringing Activities during Construction Phase after Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
embedded Low
Risks during 2 2 2 3 18
controls Impact (U)
Stringing
transmission line Low
Activities 2 2 2 3 18
snapping Impact (U)
582
Residual Impact
A residual risk of non-routine events occurring is inherent to the nature of the Project type and
is likely to remain so. Provided the above mitigation measures are implemented the residual
risk related to unplanned events is considered to be Minor (stringing, unplanned spillages and
fires, and risk due to transmission line snapping/collapse). Demining the transmission line
corridor and project footprint will result in a positive residual impact as well (as this removes
this associated risk for any future developments on the land).
6.3.3. Anticipated Impacts during Operation and Maintenance Phase

The main activities which will be done in operation phase are maintenance and clearing of
transmission line, maintenance and painting of substations and transformers. The affected
area of the railway alignment will include the affected area of transmission lines because
transmission lines will exist 15ft away from the railway alignment on each side. So, some
impacts due to construction of transmission lines will not be included in this section. The
main impacts considered in this phase include:
6.3.3.1. Anticipated Impact on Air Environment during Operation Phase
(a) Gaseous Emission and Noise

Gaseous emission due to the production of required electrical power by auxiliary generator
during power outage can disturb ambient air quality. Moreover, some noise from traction
substation and auxiliary diesel generator will also impact on residents nearby.
Significance of impact for Impact on Air Environment during Operation Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Impact Impact
Sources Scale Duration Severity Frequency Probability
Impact Type Rating
Gaseous Long
Axillary Negative Limited Low Intermittent Probable Low
Emission term
Generator (-) (-2) (-2) (-2) (-3) (-40)
and Noise (-4)
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Gaseous Emission Axillary Low Impact
2 4 2 3 24
and Noise Generator (U)
583
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Air Environment
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Air Environment according to the consideration of
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Gaseous
Low
1. Emission and Yes Yes Minor Operators
(-40)
Noise
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Air Environmental
• Use generator with good engine condition

• Regular maintenance of generator
• Use low noise traction substation transformer
Significance of impact for Impact on Air Environment during Operation Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Gaseous Emission Axillary Low Impact
2 4 2 2 16
and Noise Generator (U)
Residual impact on Air Environment during Operation Phase

Maintenance of Transmission lines and Traction Substations

The main activities included in maintenance of transmission lines and traction substations are:
• Spot painting of rusted steel
• Repairing cracked or spalled concrete of traction substations
6.3.3.2. Anticipated Impact on Surface Water Environment during Operation/

Maintenance Phase
Main sources which can impact surface water include the following:
1. Wastewater used by workers during operation phase
2. Oil and grease through light-maintenance activities of power stations
3. Paint residue for maintenance of power supply stations
584
But it is very unlikely to impact surface water due to oil, grease and paint residue unless
maintenance activities are carried out in the rainy season.
Significance of impact for Impact on Surface Water Environment during Operation

Phase before Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Surface water Wastewater, oil, Low
2 4 1 3 21
quality grease and paint Impact (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Surface Water Environment
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Surface Water Environment according to the
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Surface Low
1. water Impact No Yes Minor Operators
quality (U)
Mitigation Measures for Surface Water Environment

• Proper treatment of waste water by installation of oil-water separator
• Training workers on appropriate handling of oil and lubricants
• Paint residues will be properly collected and disposed
• Training workers on appropriate handling of paint residues
• Proper disposal of waste according to local CDC’s instruction
• Use the zinc-based paint instead of lead-based paint
• Provide purification system for the in accidental
Significance of impact for Impact on Surface Water Environment during Operation

Phase after Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Surface water Wastewater, oil, No Impact
2 4 1 2 14
quality grease and paint (-)
Residual impact on Surface Water Environment during Operation Phase

585
6.3.3.3. Anticipated Impact on Soil and Ground Water Environment during Operation/
Maintenance Phase
Leakage of oil & grease, and paint residues during power station and transmission line
maintenance may impact soil contamination.
Significance of impact for Impact on Soil and Ground Water Environment during
Operation Phase before Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Soil and
Leakage of oil, Low
Groundwater 2 4 1 3 21
grease and paint Impact (U)
quality
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact on Soil and Groundwater

Environment during Operation Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact on Soil and Groundwater Environment
according to the consideration of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Soil and Low
1. Groundwater Impact No Yes Minor Operators
quality (U)
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Soil and Ground Water Environment

The impact on soil and groundwater quality can be mitigated by the following:
• Use zinc-based paint instead of lead-based paint
• Proper control and avoid leakage of oil or paint
Significance of impact for Impact on Soil and Ground Water Environment during
Operation Phase after Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Soil and
Leakage of oil, No Impact
Groundwater 2 4 1 2 14
grease and paint (-)
quality
586
Residual impact on Soil and Groundwater Environment during Operation Phase
6.3.3.4. Anticipated Impact on Biodiversity Environment during Operation Phase

(a) Flora Diversity
The operational phase of the project will have limited impact on the surrounding vegetation
once the plants are allowed to re-establish themselves in any remaining areas; thus the overall
intensity will remain be Very Low as the species assemblages will have altered from natural.
It is also anticipated that the grazing and agricultural pressure on the vegetation will also
continue but will be equitable to the present state and thus similar to the No-Go option.
Some plants can suffer leaf damage if the electric field is high enough, which causes the tips
of the leaves to dry out and can reduce growth.
For this to happen, the leaves have to be sharp and pointy rather than round, and normally have
to be on trees, etc., to raise the height nearer to the power line. Crops at ground level would
normally not be in high enough fields to impact because the intensity is very mild.
Setting of
Crop Authors Finding
Study
5kV/m Marino et al,
Sunflower seed Reduced germination rates in a minority of the tests
electric Field 1983
500 kV power Hilson et al, Lower yields, but explanation not clear (suggested that
Corn
line 1983 it could reflect less spraying near power line)
Cotton, soy, 500 kV power Hilson et al.
No effects
beans, clover line 1983
765 kV power Multiple
Various No effects
line reports
1200 kV
Various Multi reports No effects
power line
7.7 kV power Endo et al,
Wheat No effects
line 1979
1200 kV Rogers et al,
Pasture grass No effects
power line 1983
380 kV power Soja et al, No effect for corn, 7% non-significant reduction for
Wheat and conr
line 20003 wheat
Sources : EMFs
Significance of impact for Impact on Flora Diversity during Operation Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on
EMF 2 4 1 3 21 Low Impact (U)
Flora diversity
587
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact on Flora Diversity during

Operation Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact on Flora Diversity Environment according
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impact on Low
1. Flora Impact No Yes Minor Operators
diversity (U)
Mitigation Measures
1. To reduce EMF, copper or brass will be used for electromagnetic shielding.
There are two basic 60-Hz magnetic field mitigation (reduction) methods: passive and active.
• Passive magnetic field mitigation includes rigid magnetic shielding with ferromagnetic
and highly conductive materials, and the use of passive shield wires installed near
transmission lines that generate opposing cancellation fields from electromagnetic
induction.
• Active magnetic field mitigation uses electronic feedback to sense a varying 60-Hz
magnetic field, then generates a proportionally opposing (nulling) cancellation field
within a defined area (room or building) surrmmded by cancellation coils. Ideally, when
the two opposing 180-degree out- of-phase magnetic fields of equal magnitude
intersect, the resultant magnetic field is completely cancelled (nullified). This
teclmology has been successfully applied in both residential and commercial
environments to mitigate magnetic fields from overhead transmission and distribution
lines, and tmderground residential distribution (URD) lines.
2. Providing Right of Way(R.O.W)
Overhead transmission systems required strips of land to be designed as right-of-ways
(R.O.W). These strips of land are usually evaluated to decrease the effects of the energized line
including magnetic and electric field effects.
Significance of impact for Impact on Flora Diversity during Operation Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on Flora diversity EMF 2 4 1 2 14 No Impact (-)
588
(b) Fauna Diversity

The physical presence of transmission lines can have an effect on wildlife. These potential
effects include long-term changes to habitat, impacts on herpetofauna, avian (bird and bat)
strikes , noise effects , electric and magnetic fields, and electrocution
Long-Term Changes to habitat
Changes to habitat composition will also change habitat quality for plants and animals which
can have a positive, negative or neutral effect depending on the species. Habitat fragmentation
refers to plant communities that have become divided or isolated. Individual transmission line
projects may fragment the landscape by dividing large blocks of forested habitat into smaller
blocks which can result in a decline in species within the remaining forests. When a woodland
animal, which require large tracts of relatively undisturbed habitat may also be negatively
affected by any habbirditat fragmentation effects caused by transmission line rights-of-way.
Building utility substations and transmission lines causes ecosystem fragmentation and disrupts
the movement of wildlife. Animals may avoid power lines because of the UV light they emit
or because the open corridors leave them exposed to predators. While some animals prefer to
avoid power lines due to the flashes of UV light they perceive, others seem to be drawn to
them. A power line looks like a perfect perch to a flock of birds. To a squirrel, a utility pole
serves as an easy access point to get to your roof or attic. Other pests like opossums and rats
may take advantage of utility poles and power lines, just as they would use a natural structure
in their environment.
Impacts on Herpetofauna
Among vertebrates, amphibians are one of the groups most affected by linear infrastructures.
Their dependence on aquatic habitats and seasonal migrations make amphibians particularly
vulnerable to the negative impacts of these structures. In studies that show that reptiles ignore
railway disturbances. Railway embankments can provide important novel habitats for
reptiles, mainly in highly human-altered landscapes. Species of frogs , snakes and lizards are
included in herpetofauna .
Avian Strikes
Bird mortality from collisions with lines or electrocution is biologically significant when it
results in a measurable change, for example in population size. The effect of bird strike
mortality can be judged biologically significant only if it results in population decline. Data on
bird mortality from transmission lines is difficult to obtain. Bird mortality from transmission
and distribution lines can be compared to mortality from other sources. More recent estimates
589
suggest that vehicle strikes and building and window collisions each account for tens to
hundreds of millions of bird deaths annually. Communication towers and wind turbines are two
types of structures increasingly studied regarding bird mortality . In general, avian deaths due
to collisions with power lines are considered an unimportant source of mortality at the
population level 16. However, under certain circumstances collision losses can be biologically
significant. But around this operation of the transmission line areas, avians strikes and
collisions could not be happened because of the height of the transmission lines is only 10
meters and that is not enough to disturb the flight route of avians around the environment. So
birds and bats can fly freely in that environment.
Noise from the operation of power station
During the operation and maintenance of power station, there may be a lot of noise on the
nearest residential areas and especially on the fauna diversity near the station.
Impact due to EMF

Animals, such as birds and bats, those are strongly dependent on magnetic fields for orientation
or migration. When an animals under high electrostatic field of about 30kv /m,their body
acquires a charge and when they try to drink water, a spark usually jumps from their nose to
the grounded pipe, like hens are unable to pick up grain because of chattering of their beaks
which also affects their growth.
The main impact is avian collisions which is particularly significant in high risk areas such as
wooded regions and bird migration corridors. The impact on fauna and other animal species is
usually temporary.
Electrocution
Because of high voltage of power lines, animals may be electrocuted if they come in contact
with them.
When animals on power lines touch the wire and certain other objects, an electrical grounding
wire or a second wire carrying another voltage, they can be electrocuted.
Significance of impact for Impact on Fauna diversity during Operation Phase before
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Noise 2 4 1 3 21 Low Impact (U)
Impact on Fauna EMF 3 4 2 2 18 Low Impact (U)
diversity Moderate
Electrocution 4 4 3 3 33
Significant (C)
590
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact on Fauna diversity during

Operation Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact due to Noise according to the consideration

Required
Scale
Low Impact
1. Noise No Yes Minor Operators
(U)
Low Impact
2. EMF No Yes Minor Operators
(U)
Moderate
3. Electrocution Significant No Yes Moderate Operators
(C)
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Fauna Diversity

• Usage of low noise equipment
• Avoid the activities at night
• Use barricades or fences to prevent wildlife from access to the transmission lines.
• Install rope bridges in order to create connectivity between trees nearby to give access
to those animals which can climb over barricades such as monkeys.
• Bird diverters are used to prevent bird-wire collision
• To reduce EMF, copper or brass will be used for electromagnetic shielding.
There are two basic 60-Hz magnetic field mitigation (reduction) methods: passive and
active.
1 Passive magnetic field mitigation includes rigid magnetic shielding with
ferromagnetic and highly conductive materials, and the use of passive shield wires
installed near transmission lines that generate opposing cancellation fields from
electromagnetic induction.
2 Active magnetic field mitigation uses electronic feedback to sense a varying 60-Hz
within a defined area (room or building) surrmmded by cancellation coils. Ideally,
when the two opposing 180-degree out- of-phase magnetic fields of equal
magnitude intersect, the resultant magnetic field is completely cancelled (nullified).
This teclmology has been successfully applied in both residential and commercial
591
environments to mitigate magnetic fields from overhead transmission and

distribution lines, and tmderground residential distribution (URD) lines.
• Use barricades or fences to prevent wildlife from access to the transmission lines.
• Build wildlife crossings or wildlife passages such as underpass tunnels, overpasses
(mainly for large or herd-type animals), amphibian tunnels, fish ladders, canopy
bridges (especially for monkeys and squirrels), culverts (for small mammals) and green
roofs (for butterflies and birds).
Significance of impact for Impact on Fauna diversity during Operation Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
No Impact
Noise 2 4 1 2 14
(-)
Impact on Fauna Low Impact
EMF 2 4 2 2 16
diversity (U)
Low Impact
(U)
Residual impact on Biodiversity Environment during Operation Phase
After proper mitigation measures, the significance level will remain Very Low to Low. So,
there will be no residual impact.
6.3.3.5. Anticipated Impacts on Human Environment during Operation Phase
6.3.3.5.1. Anticipated Socio-economic Impacts
(a) Positive Socio-economic Impacts
For operation and maintenance for each substation, the workforces required are as follows:
No. Types of Workers Quantity

1. senior electrical engineer 1
2. assistant electrical engineers 2
3. skillful workers 4
So, a total of 77 workers will be needed altogether.
(i) Improvement in Livelihood and Economic
The proposed project will bring various employment opportunities during the operational
period. The direct employment opportunities would be increased for the local people.
592
Significance of Impacts on Employment Generation without Enhancement Measures

Extend
(Area)
Travel time Low
3 4 3 3 30
Positive socio- saving Impact (U)
economic impacts Employment Low
3 4 2 3 27
generation Impact (U)
Consideration of Enhancement Measures for Impacts on Employment Generation
The intensity of enhancement requirement for Impacts on Employment Generation according

Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low
Travel time
1. Impact Yes Yes Moderate Operators
saving
(U)
Low
Employment
2. Impact Yes Yes Moderate Operators
generation
(U)
Enhancement Measures for Employment Generation

The following measures will be done for ensuring job opportunities for local people.
(a) Unskilled and semi-skilled job opportunities will be offered to the local communities
as much as possible.
(b) Encourage sub-contractor to use local labor force as part of tender requirement.
Significance of Impacts on Employment Generation with Enhancement Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Travel time Low Impact
3 4 2 3 27
Positive socio- saving (U)
economic Moderate
Employment
impacts 3 4 2 4 36 Significant
generation
(C)
(ii) Benefit to National Economy

There can be income from usage of electricity from local power supply system.
Significance of Impacts on Benefit to National Economy without Enhancement Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Benefit to Usage of electricity
Low
National from local power 2 3 3 2 16
Impact (U)
economy supply
593
Consideration of Enhancement Measures for Impacts on Benefit to National Economy

The intensity of enhancement requirement for Impacts on Benefit to National Economy
according to the consideration of impact rating and public concerns are as follow:
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low
Benefit to
Impact
1. National Yes Yes Moderate Operators
(U)
economy
Enhancement Measures for Benefit to National Economy

1. Record of usage of electricity usage units systematically.
2. Encourage to pay electricity bills on time.
3. Audit electricity bills yearly with professionals.
Significance of Impacts on Benefit to National Economy with Enhancement Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Usage of
Benefit to Moderate
electricity from
National 3 4 3 3 30 Significant
local power
economy (C)
supply
(b) Negative Socio-economic Impacts

(i) Impact due to Electricity Consumption
The power and electricity consumption required by the railway is listed as follows.
Table. Table of Required Power and Electricity Consumption
Annual electricity consumption
(104kW•h) Required power (104 kW)
Annual
Annual average
maximum
Design Traction
each
year Country substation each substation total each
substatio
total substation total
n
Muse 2603.3 0.297 0.521
Nam hpak ka 4723.7 0.539 0.945
Man Peng 5235.3 0.598 1.047
Theinni 3650.7 0.417 0.730
Myanma
2035 Lashio West 5156 0.589 1.031
r
San lau 5485.2 0.626 1.097
Chaung
5.61
Chauk 5583.1 49149.3 0.637 1.117 9.848
1
Nawng hkio 5231.3 0.597 1.046
594
Pyinoolwin 5453.6 0.623 1.091

CK365 4359.5 0.498 0.872
Mandalay
South 1667.6 0.190 0.334
Muse 3702.8 0.423 0.741
Nam hpak ka 6746.6 0.770 1.349
Man Peng 7245.6 0.827 1.449
Theinni 4990.5 0.570 0.998
Lashio West 7429.3 0.848 1.486
Myanma San lau 7757.7 0.886 1.552
2045
r Chaung
Chauk 7851 0.896 1.570
Nawng hkio 7374 0.842 1.475
7.99
Pyinoolwin 7709.1 70005.8 0.880 1.542 14.001
2
CK365 6927.2 0.791 1.354
Mandalay
South 2272 0.259 0.454
Note: In the table, the average annual load utilization is 8760 hours, and the maximum load utilization is 5000
hours.
Power supply points of the whole line will be mainly distributed in station, yard, substation and
the tunnel in the sections where lighting and ventilation are required. Load will be for
communication, signaling, information and infrared axle temperature detection devices,
locomotive maintenance and water supply and drainage equipment, air conditioning, ventilation
and indoor and outdoor lighting, etc in the stations along the line.
The usage of local power system can be disturbed if the required power load is supplied by
using local power supply system.
Significance of impact for Impact due to Electricity Consumption without Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Insufficient Use of electricity Moderate
local power from local power 2 4 3 4 36 Significant
supply supply (C)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact due to Electricity Consumption
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact due to Electricity Consumption according
Required
Scale
Moderate
Electricity
1. Significant Yes Yes Moderate Operators
consumption
(C)
595
Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Electricity Consumption
• Use the source of electricity that does not pressure on local use in the current and future.
• Use alternative source of energy such as solar power where land use will available or
self-generator where there have high pressure on local electrical use
• Find other alternative electrical power source such as electrical power from China near
Muse and Na Phat Ka.
.
Significance of impact for Impact due to Electricity Consumption with Mitigation
Measures
Impact Type Rating
Use of
Insufficient electricity Long
Negative Local Low Intermittent Seldom Low
local power from local term
(-) (-3) (-2) (-2) (-2) (-36)
supply power (-4)
supply
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Use of electricity
Insufficient local Low
from local power 2 4 3 2 18
power supply Impact (U)
supply
(ii) Social Tension

Social tension can be caused since the nearby villages do not get electricity all the time while
the railway lighting is always on during the night.
Significance of impact for Social Tension before Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Railway lighting Moderate
Social tension 2 4 3 4 36
through the night Significant (C)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Social Tension

The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact due to Utility Consumption according to the
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Moderate
Social
1. Significant No Yes Moderate Operators
tension
(C)
596
Mitigation Measures for Social Tension

• Consider distributing electricity also for local people if possible before starting the
project.
• Support local people by supplying solar system
Significance of impact for Social Tension after Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Railway lighting Low Impact
Social tension 2 4 3 2 18
through the night (U)
6.3.3.5.2. Anticipated Visual Impacts during Operation Phase

The proposed power station and transmission lines have the potential to cause impacts on the
character of the landscape of the immediate area and on the visual amenity of receptors within
the vicinity of the site, and at more elevated and sensitive locations at greater distances. The
main landscape and visual impacts will result from the construction of the new power station
building and run of way for transmission lines. In addition to these impacts which focus on the
long term, there is also the potential for short term and medium-term impacts during
construction and decommissioning, and during the restoration period, as well as impacts arising
from operation.
During operation, effects on views are likely to arise from:
• the presence of long new embankments and engineering infrastructure, resulting from the
raising and realignment of the new transmission line, which could intrude into people’s
views;
• The increased visual presence of the power station and sub-station buildings in addition
to the existing built-up areas, such that development forms a larger part of the view.
Specifically, for transmission line the visual impacts are not expected to be significant because
the most alignment area of transmission line (TL) is aligned along in forest area. The forest
itself provides a good natural screen to hide the TL from the highway.
Significance of impact for Visual Impacts during Operation phase before Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Impacts on the Low
Presence of new
character of the 2 4 3 3 27 Impact
infrastructures
landscape (U)
597
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Visual Impacts during Operation Phase

The intensity of mitigation requirement for Visual Impacts according to the consideration of
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impacts on the Low
1. character of the Impact No Yes Minor Operators
landscape (U)
Mitigation Measures for Visual Impacts during Operation Phase

• The power station and sub-station infrastructures (i.e. power transformer) will be
designed to respond to the surrounding character of the wider area and to ‘fit’ with the
existing vernacular of the settlement of localize areas. The design should also be local
designs suitable with surrounding beautiful Shan State.
• Select the suitable transmission structure color.
• Hard landscaping and planting will be introduced to help integrate the building into its
environment; and
• Development of a landscape framework strategy and planting plan is proposed to help
integrate the TL and the road realignment into the landscape, and to reduce the visual
impact over the long term.
Significance of impact for Visual Impacts during Operation phase after Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Impacts on the Low
Presence of new
character of the 2 4 2 2 16 Impact
infrastructures
landscape (U)
6.3.3.5.3. Anticipated Impact due to Utility Consumption during Operation Phase
Electricity is used to provide the adequate lighting and it is also needed to provide for the safety
signboards that are used in the entrances and exits. If the electricity is used from the local
community, it can affect to the local power usage.
Significance of impact for Impact due to Utility Consumption without Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Impact on local Provision of Low
2 4 1 4 28
power usage adequate lighting Impact (U)
598
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact due to Utility Consumption
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impact due to Utility Consumption according to the
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impact on Low
1. local power Impact Yes Yes Minor Operators
usage (U)
Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Utility Consumption

• Use LED lights and/or lower wattage lamps
• Implementing good housekeeping measures such as turning off equipment and lights
when not in use
• Use alternative source like solar system
Significance of impact for Impact due to Utility Consumption with Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Impact on local Provision of No Impact
2 4 1 2 14
power usage adequate lighting (-)
6.3.3.5.4. Anticipated Community Health Impacts during Operation Phase

(a) Noise Sources
Noise can be generated from the use of axillary generator during power outage.
The noise emitted by energized transformers consists of no-load noise, load current induced
noise, cooling equipment noise and switch gear noise. In a 50 Hz transformer the current is
reversing twice a cycle and the generated magnetic field causes the core to vibrate at 100Hz
giving the well- known “mains hum”. The noise level varies with load and is generally
constant if the load is constant. There may be harmonics of the supply frequency at 100 and
200Hz.
The transformer cooling fans generate more broadband noise, although they are not in
continual operation. Fans generate a tonal component linked to the rotational speed of the fan
and the air flow gives a broadband “hiss” or “white noise”. Switchgear noise is generated by
the operation of circuit breakers and is “impulsive” in character and of short duration often
described as a “crackle”.
599
Noise levels for the proposed transformers have been obtained from three sources:
• Procurement Technical Specifications
• First Principles based on the load
• Field measurements of operating substation
The results are compared below.
Transformer Specifications
The Technical Specifications as given in the BOQ follows international rules. In the EU the
relevant guideline is IEC 60076-10:2001 Power transformers - Part 10: Determination of sound
levels. In the USA the relevant guideline is IEEE STANDARD C57.12.90-2010 - IEEE
Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers.
These standards give the test procedures for establishing noise levels. Noise level, or more
correctly Sound Pressure Level (SPL), must be qualified by giving the distance at which the
measurement is made, or the SPL predicted. The values below are taken from section 2.20 of
the BOQ and show the noise level at the IEC standard distance of 0.3 m from the face of the
transformer when it is running at 105% of full rated voltage.
Table - Noise Levels of 150 MVA Transformer from BOQ
Audible noise level

Voltage in percent of rated value % 105
ONAN rating dB(A) 83 max
ONAF maximum rating dB(A) 86 max
ONAN designates an oil filled unit that has natural convection flow in the tank and utilizes
natural air convection cooling externally. When fans are added for external forced air
ventilation the designation is ONAF. A transformer that has natural convection cooling as a
base rating and an elevated rating when fans are added is designated as ONAN/ONAF.
(b) Near Field and Far Field
The values above show that when the transformer is running at full load the noise level at 0.3
m from the face of the transformer is 86dB(A). The distance 0.3 m is the IEC standard distance
at which all transformers are tested.
600
However, close to a sound source, the sound intensity is affected by constructive and
destructive interference of the multiple waves which originate from the radiator face. This is
called the “Near Field”, and it is difficult to calculate the attenuation with distance of a sound
level based on measurements taken in the near field. One needs to establish the distance at
which the radiator starts acting as a single point source. This is known as the “Far Field” and
depends on the dimension of the radiator and the frequency. If one takes a sound level
measurement in the far field, then once can apply the Inverse Square Law to this measurement
to extrapolate to the noise level at a set distance. The far field can be calculated from the
following formula:
𝐷2
𝑁 =
4𝜆
Where
N = Length of Transition from Near Field to Far Field
D = Largest dimension of transformer
λ= Wavelength, in this case 3.3m at 100hz
The dimensions of the transformer as measured in Abuja are length 7m, width 4m and height
6m. This gives a Far Field distance of 3.7m. Therefore although the IEC sound level at 0.3m
is very useful for occupational noise exposure assessment, where operatives are in close
proximity to the transformer, in order to calculate the possible intrusion off-site at nearby
residences, one must determine noise levels at distances greater than 3.7 metres.
This is discussed further below.
(c) Noise Level Variation with Load Capacity

Noise levels are given by manufacturers. Typical noise levels of a Siemens 420 MVA
transformer is shown below. As shown a 420 MVA transformer at full load with cooling fans
operating gives 76.3dB (A) at 0.3 m.
Table -Typical noise levels of a Siemens 420 MVA transformer
Condition Standard design –dB(A)

No-load 100% Urated 65.5
Load current 100% Irated 70.3
cooler Fans, pumps 74.5
Total 76.3
601
Noise levels increase with load and the theoretical noise level can be calculated based on the
MVA rating of the transformer assuming it is operating at full load.
The formula is SPLdB(A) @ 0.3 m = 45+12LogMVA. So, for example, as shown above, a
150 MVA transformer at full load gives 70 dB (A) at 0.3 m.
(d) Corona Discharge

One of the phenomena associated with all energized electrical devices, including high-voltage
transmission lines, is corona. The localized electric field near a conductor can be sufficiently
concentrated to ionize air close to the conductors. This can result in a partial discharge of
electrical energy called a corona discharge, or corona.
Corona occurs on all types of transmission lines, but it becomes more noticeable at higher
voltages (345 kV and higher). Under fair weather conditions, the audible noise from corona is
minor and rarely noticed. During wet and humid conditions, water drops collect on the
conductors and increase corona activity.
Under these conditions, a crackling or humming sound may be heard in the immediate vicinity
of the line. Corona results in a power loss. Power losses like corona result in operating
inefficiencies and a major concern is reduction of losses. Project proponent will take all
practical steps to reduce corona discharge and the noise impacts are not considered to be
significant.
Significance of impact for Impact due to Noise during Operation Phase before Mitigation
Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on
Low Impact
community’s Noise 2 4 2 3 24
(U)
health
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Impact due to Noise

The intensity of mitigation requirement for Impacts due to noise according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impact on Low
1. community’s Impact No Yes Minor Operators
health (U)
602
Mitigation Measures for Impact due to Noise

Low noise power transformers are available. A low noise design can cut noise emission by up
to 24dB (A) when compared with a standard design transformer. In this case as there are no
noise sensitive receptors in the immediate vicinity, low noise transformers are not required nor
economically justified. Use sound proof generator.
Significance of impact for Impact due to Noise during Operation Phase after Mitigation
Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on community’s
Noise 2 4 1 2 14 No Impact (-)
health
(b) Gaseous emission due to the production of required electrical power by generator
Gaseous emission due to the production of required electrical power by axillary generator
during power outage can impact on community health.
Significance of impact for Gaseous Emission during Operation Phase before Mitigation
Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on Gaseous Low Impact
2 4 2 3 24
community’s health emission (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Gaseous Emission
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Gaseous Emission according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impact on Low
1. community’s Impact No Yes Minor Operators
health (U)
Mitigation Measure
• Use generator with good engines.
• Regular maintenance of generators.
603
Significance of impact for Gaseous Emission during Operation Phase after Mitigation
Measures
Extend
(Area)
Impact on Gaseous Low Impact
2 4 2 2 16
community’s health emission (U)
(e) Electromagnetic Fields (EMF)
The safe distance of EMF for 230kV traction substation is 40 m and that of 25kV traction
substation is 30m. The local people within this distance can be affected due to EMF. The health
of local people can be disturbed according to their distance from the source.
EMF Effect on Human Health
The electromagnetic field from power lines and appliances are of extremely low frequency and
low energy. They are non-ionizing and are markedly different in frequency from ionizing
radiation such as X-rays and gamma rays. As a comparison, transmission lines have a low
frequency of 60 Hz while television transmitters have higher frequencies in the 55 to 890 MHZ
range. Microwaves have even higher frequencies, 1,000 MHZ and above. Ionizing radiation ,
such as X-rays and gamma rays, has frequencies above 1015Hz, The energy from higher-
frequency fields is absorbed by water in body tissues and cause heating which can be harmful,
depending upon thr degree of heating which can be harmful, depending upon the degree of
heating that occurs. X-rays have so much energy that they can ionize(form charged particles)
and brake up molecules of genetic material9DNA) and no genetic material, leading to cell death
or mutation. In contrast, extremely low frequency EMF does not have enough energy to heat
body tissues or cause ionization. Second, all cells in the body maintain large natural electric
fields across their outer membranes. These naturally occurring fields are at least 100 times more
intense than those that can be induced by exposure to common power –frequency fields.
However, despite the low energy of power-frequency fields and the very small perturbations
that they make to the naturral fields within the body. When an external agent such as an ELF
fields lightly perturbs a process in the cell, other processes may compensate for it so that there
is no overall disturbance to the organism. Some perturbations may be within the ranges of
disturbances that a system can experience and still function properly. During research on health
effects of electric anf magnetic fields, it has come forward that electric field intensity exposure
of about 1-10 mv/ m in tissue interact with cells but not proved to be harmful. But strong fields
604
cause harmful effects when their magnitude exceeds stimulation thresholds for neutral tissues
(central nervous system and brain), muscle and heart. In india it is stipulated that electric field
intensity should not exceed 4.16 lV/m and magnetic field intensity should not exceed 100 ~tT
in public areas. Even when effect is demonstrated consistently on the cellular level in laboratory
experiments, it is hard to predict whether and how they will affect the whole organism.
Processes at the individual cell level are integrated through complex mechanisms in the animals.
EMF Effects on Workers

For providing continuous and uninterrupted supply of electric power to consumers maintenance
operations of power lines are often performed with systems energized or live. This is live line
maintenance or hot line maintenance. The electric fields and magnetic fields associated with
these power lines may affect the health of live line workers. Its electric field and current
densities affect the health of humans and cause several diseases by affecting majority parts of
the human body. These electric field and current densities affects humans of all stages and
causes short term diseases in them and sometimes death also.
EMF Effects on Vehicles parked near Line

When a vehicle is parked under high voltage transmission line an electrostatic field is
developed in it. When a person who is grounded touches it a discharge current flows through
the human being. In order to avoid this parking lots are located below the transmission lines
the recommended clearance is 17m for 345 kV and 20m for 400 kV lines.
EMF Effects on Pipe Line/Fence/Cables

A fence, irrigation pipe, pipeline, electrical distribution line forms a conducting loops when it
is grounded at both ends. The earth forms the other portion or the loop. The magnetic field
from a transmission line can induce a current to flow in such a loop if it is oriented parallel to
the line. If only one end of the fence is grounded, then an induced voltage appears across the
open end of the loop. The possibility for a shock exists if a person closes the loop at the open
end by contacting both the ground and the conductor. For fences, buried cables, and pipe lines
proper care has been taken to prevent them from charging due to Electrostatic field. When
using pipelines which are more than 3 km in length & 15 cm in diameter they must be buried
at least 30 laterally from the line center.
605
Significance of impact for Electromagnetic Fields during Operation Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Health of local
EMF 3 4 3 2 20 Low Impact (U)
people
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Electromagnetic Fields
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Electromagnetic Fields according to the

Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low
Health of
1. Impact No Yes Minor Operators
local people
(U)
Mitigation Measures
• All rooms, areas, enclosures with magnetic fields density above 0.5 mT will have a sign
indicating restricted access for persons with medical implanted devices that may
interfere with the magnetic field.
• Metals such as copper or brass should be used as electromagnetic shielding.
• Line shielding:
There are two basic 60-Hz magnetic field mitigation (reduction) methods: passive and active.
1. Passive magnetic field mitigation includes rigid magnetic shielding with

ferromagnetic and highly conductive materials, and the use of passive shield wires
installed near transmission lines that generate opposing cancellation fields from
electromagnetic induction.
2. Active magnetic field mitigation uses electronic feedback to sense a varying 60-Hz
within a defined area (room or building) surrounded by cancellation coils. Ideally, when
the two opposing 180-degree out- of-phase magnetic fields of equal magnitude
intersect, the resultant magnetic field is completely cancelled (nullified). This
technology has been successfully applied in both residential and commercial
environments to mitigate magnetic fields from overhead transmission and distribution
lines, and underground residential distribution (URD) lines.
606
• Overhead transmission systems required strips of land to be designed as right-of-ways

(R.O.W.).
• Grounding metal objects such as fences, that are located on the right way.
• Limiting the possibility of induced currents from mobile objects such as vehicles and
farm machinery that cannot be grounded permanently to persons is accomplished by
maintaining proper clearances for above-ground conductors tend to limit field strengths
to levels that do not represent a hazard or nuisance.
• Limiting access area by increasing conductor clearances in areas where large vehicles
could be present.
• For electrocution and electromagnetic wave, use warning signs indicating high voltage
area.
• Follow the National EQEG guidelines for preventing exposure to human beings.
Significance of impact for Electromagnetic Fields during Operation Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Extend
(Area)
Health of local people EMF 2 4 3 2 18 Low Impact (U)
(f) Electrocution
Due to high voltage of power lines, it can cause fatal impact on people when they come in
contact with the lines.
Significance of impact for Electrocution during Operation Phase before Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
High voltage of Low Impact
power source (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Electrocution

The intensity of mitigation requirement for Chemical Hazards according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Low
1. Electrocution Impact No Yes Minor Operators
(U)
607
Mitigation Measures
• Use warning signs indicating high voltage area.
• Provide barricades or fences to restrict access to high voltage area.
Significance of impact for Electrocution during Operation Phase after Mitigation

Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
High voltage of Low Impact
power source (U)
(g) Chemical Hazards
Hazardous Materials Storage
The typical chemicals found in substations include dielectric fluid, transformer oil, capacitor
oil, sulphur hexafluoride and sulphuric acid. These are used to insulate and cool electrical
conductors, apart from sulphuric acid which is battery acid.
Dielectric fluid is a mineral oil used to cool and insulate underground transmission feeders. It
is a Nonpolychlorinated biphenyl (Non-PCB) oil and can possibly be ignited by electric arcs
which have very high temperatures, up to 5,000°C.
Transformer oil is the generic name given to the oil used to insulate and cool transformers. Its
flash point is approximately 150°C. Historically; this is where PCBs have been found. Utility
companies systematically remove carcinogenic PCBs from their old equipment by
“retrofilling.” The transformers on the project site in this project are new and the procurement
specification states they must be free of PCBs.
Capacitor oil is viscous insulating oil used in capacitor banks. It is Non-PCB oil and has a flash
point of 140°C. Older capacitor cans may contain PCBs but the new ones for these sites will
not be allowed to do so.
Sulphuric acid is contained in the lead/acid batteries used in the backup power source.
According to the technical specification the batteries will be 110 volts DC. Substations
typically have two battery rooms, each containing 30 to 40 car-type batteries. Each battery can
hold up to 50 Litres of acid at 40% concentration. Exposure to liquid sulphuric acid is a skin
hazard, but acid mist can produce respiratory injuries. Spills must be contained and treated.
The technical specification includes battery chargers. When batteries are charged hydrogen is
released. In the event of a fire in a battery room Carbon Monoxide detectors are often used for
608
safety checks. CO sensors are cross-sensitive to hydrogen and this can lead to false readings.
Caution must be observed in interpreting readings as they may be false.
Sulfur hexafluoride gas is used to insulate and extinguish arcs in circuit breakers and other
electrical components. For higher voltages, gas-insulated switch gear reduces the space
required around live bus. Instead of bare conductors, bus and apparatus are built into
pressurized tubular containers filled with sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) gas. This gas has a higher
insulating value than air, allowing the dimensions of the apparatus to be reduced. In addition
to air or SF6 gas, apparatus will use other insulation materials such as transformer oil, paper,
porcelain, and polymer insulators. Under normal conditions, SF6 is an odorless and colorless
gas that is five times heavier than air and presents an asphyxiation hazard in below-grade
confined spaces. If exposed to high heat, thermal decomposition produces two hazardous by-
products, hydrogen fluoride gas and metal fluorides.
Hydrogen fluoride gas (HF) gives off a rotten egg smell and desensitizes the sense of smell, so
continuing exposure may make it seem as if it has dissipated. It is a respiratory hazard because
in the lungs it mixes with water and produces hydrofluoric acid. Metal fluoride is a white
powder which produces a sunburn type effect on the skin.
All of these materials will be stored in a Hazardous Material store with strict inventory control.
PCBs
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) were used in transformers as dielectric insulating fluids to

solve the problem of high flammability for installations in and near buildings. As their negative
aspects began to be fully appreciated (high toxicity), other fluids such as silicone oils, high-
temperature hydrocarbons, tetrachloroethylenes, and synthetic esters started to be used in
transformers located in many of the locations where PCBs were formerly used. These fluids
possessed superior fire resistance properties compared to mineral oils, although they were not
as fire resistant as PCBs with the exception maybe of tetrachloroethylenes. They did not,
however, with the possible exception of synthetic esters, possess biodegradability
characteristics that were markedly superior to mineral oils. In the late 1990s, natural esters, a
new class of fully biodegradable dielectric insulating fluids, were developed for transformer
applications. These vegetable-oil-based fluids meet all the requirements for a high-temperature
insulating fluid with the addition of being manufactured from renewable raw materials. There
are, today, a number of published industry standards and guides that cover the use of natural
ester fluids in transformer applications, such as the American Society for Testing and Materials
standard D6871 and the IEEE guide C57.147 in North America, and the IEC Standard 62770.
609
Polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) is a concern where transformer oils are used. It is reported that
some old transformers in Nigeria still contain PCBs. All transformers on these sites are new
with no second hand recycling of old used transformers. All new transformers are specified as
being free of PCBs.
Exposure to Environment
Once these hazardous chemicals are present in the environment, people can become exposed
to them. Exposure occurs when people have contact with a chemical, either directly or through
another substance contaminated with a chemical.
The place where the chemical originates is called the source. Human exposure to hazardous
chemicals can occur at the source or the chemical could move to a place where people can
come into contact with it. Chemicals can move through air, soil, and water. They can also be
on plants or animals, and can get into the air we breathe, the food we eat and the water we
drink.
The different ways a person can come into contact with hazardous chemicals are called
exposure pathways. There are three basic exposure pathways: inhalation, ingestion, and skin
contact. Inhalation is breathing or inhaling into the lungs. Ingestion is taking something in by
mouth. Skin contact occurs when something comes in direct contact with the skin. Ingestion
can be a secondary exposure pathway after skin contact has occurred, if you put your hands in
your mouth and transfer the chemical from your hands to your mouth.
Adverse health effects are dependent on the factors of the exposure. Factors that play a part in
whether or not adverse health effects may result from an exposure are:
• the type of chemical;
• the amount or dose (the amount or level of a chemical a person was exposed to);
• the duration (how long did exposure occur); and
• the frequency (how many times the person was exposed).
Also, the occurrence of adverse health effects can depend on the way the chemical enters your
body. Some chemicals rapidly absorb through skin, others not at all. Health effects also depend
on the toxicity of the chemical that entered your body. Some chemicals are very toxic in small
amounts; others are only toxic in large volumes.
Also, people respond to chemical exposure in different ways. Some people may be exposed to
a chemical and not get sick. Other people may be more sensitive to chemicals and get sick more
610
rapidly or have more severe reactions than others. Certain variables play a role in a person's
susceptibility to exposure and adverse health effects such as age, gender, genetics, pregnancy
or other health conditions.
Significance of impact for Chemical Hazards during Operation Phase before Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Exposure to
Impact on health Low
hazardous 2 4 2 2 16
of local people Impact (U)
chemicals
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Chemical Hazards
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Chemical Hazards according to the consideration
Public Concern
Mitigation Required
Rating Consultation
Processes
Impact of Low Construction
1. hazardous Impact No Yes Minor Service
chemicals (U) Provider(s)
Mitigation Measures
• Handle and store hazardous chemicals and materials properly.

• Engineering control; Isolate people from the hazardous chemical substances
Significance of impact for Chemical Hazards during Operation Phase after Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Exposure to
Impact on health No Impact
hazardous 1 4 2 2 14
of local people (-)
chemicals
6.3.4. Anticipated Impacts during Decommissioning Phase
The main activities which will be done in decommissioning phase are demolition,
decommissioning and destruction of power station and power line activities. The main
impacts considered in this phase include:
611

6.3.4.1. Anticipated Impacts on Air Environment during Decommissioning Phase
(a) Dust generation
The destruction of traction substations and power lines will result in nuisance impacts in the
form of dust. There have emissions from the truck vehicles and other heavy/light-duty
vehicles, and dust emissions as a result of decommissioning activities. Air quality impacts
during decommissioning phase are likely to result from the following;
• Dust from hauling and moving of trucks
• Dust from demolishing the building and decommissioning foundation
Significance of impact for Dust Generation during Decommissioning Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Hauling and moving of Low
Dust
tracks, demolishing the 2 1 2 3 15 Impact
generation
building (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Dust Generation during

The intensity of mitigation requirement for Dust Generation according to the consideration of
Required
Scale
Low
Dust Decommissioning
generation Service Providers
(U)
Mitigation measures
• Water will be sprayed on sites during destruction activities and approach roads to
suppress dust in dry weather
• Construction vehicles and machinery will be maintained to minimize emissions of
fuel fumes.
612
Significance of impact for Dust Generation during Decommissioning Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Hauling and moving of
Dust No
tracks, demolishing the 2 1 1 2 8
generation Impact (-)
building
(b) Noise Impacts
The major sources of noise pollution during decommissioning phase are from removal of
buildings and infrastructures.
Significance of impact for Noise during Decommissioning Phase before Mitigation
Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
removal of buildings Low
Noise 3 1 1 3 15
and infrastructures Impact (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Noise during Decommissioning Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Noise according to the consideration of impact
rating and public concerns are as follow:

Required
Scale
Low
Decommissioning
1. Noise Impact No Yes Minor
Service Providers
(U)
Mitigation measure
• Maintain all exhaust systems in good working order; undertake regular equipment
maintenance, enclose stationary equipment such as generators where practicable and
reduce vehicle speeds around sensitive receptors such as dwellings and schools.
Significance of impact for Noise during Decommissioning Phase after Mitigation

Measures

Impact Type Rating
removal of Short Very Very
Negative Site Seldom (-
Noise buildings and term Low Rare (-1) Low
(-) (-1) 2)
infrastructures (-2) (-1) (-12)
613
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
removal of buildings No Impact
Noise 2 1 1 2 8
and infrastructures (-)
6.3.4.2. Anticipated Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Decommissioning

Phase
The proposed project area does not have permanent rivers but has seasonal stream valleys
crossed by the proposed transmission line, water pools on seasonal rivers and water-pans on
the side of the proposed ROW.
Water quality impacts during decommissioning are likely to result from the following sources:
• Increased sedimentation of water courses
• Piling steel structures on the site for a long time without moving to dumping sites or to
places to do recycling.
Significant of Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impacts (Area)
Surface Water
Piling steel No Impact
Pollution 3 1 2 2 12
structures on site (-)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Surface Water Environment during

Construction Phase
The intensity requirement of mitigation measures for Surface water environment according to
Mitigation
Public Concern
Rating Impact Scale
Consultation
Evaluation
Surface No
Decommissioning
1. Water Impact No Yes Minor
Service Providers
Pollution (-)
Mitigation Measures
• Proper Disposal of wastes according to the requirements.

• Reuse the wastes where possible.
614
• When reusing is impossible, recycle the wastes by giving to recyclists and secondary
users can use them.
Significant of Impacts on Surface Water Environment during Construction Phase after

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impacts (Area)
Surface Water
Piling steel No Impact
Pollution 2 1 2 2 10
structures on site (-)
6.3.4.3. Anticipated Impacts on Soil and Groundwater Environment during

Potential contamination of soil and groundwater during decommissioning phase could occur
as a result of accidents and/or improper handling of lubricants, oils, and transformer oils
(PCBs). During decommissioning phase, the material wastes and domestic wastes from the
workers will produce and there have potential impact to soil contamination and groundwater
pollution if these wastes are not disposed systematically.
Significance of impact for Soil and Groundwater Environment during Decommissioning

Phase before Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Soil and Improper handling Low
Groundwater of lubricants, oils 2 1 2 3 15 Impact
Quality and transformer oils (U)
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Soil and Groundwater Environment

during Decommissioning Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Soil and Groundwater Environment according to

Required
Scale
Soil and Low
Decommissioning
1. Groundwater Impact No Yes Minor
Service Providers
Quality (U)
615
Mitigation Measure
• Disposal of hazardous wastes and solid wastes according to the rules and regulations
of CDCs.
• Careful removal of electrical equipment
Significance of impact for Soil and Groundwater Environment during Decommissioning

Phase after Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
Soil and Improper handling
No
Groundwater of lubricants, oils 2 1 2 2 10
Impact (-)
Quality and transformer oils
6.3.4.4. Anticipated Impacts on Human Environment during Decommissioning Phase
Impacts on Socio-economic Environment
Generally, it tends to reverse the benefits that are got from the operation of the proposed project
on closing the project. As an example, it would have to face the cases like giving up job
opportunity and losing taxes for National Government.
Loss of Jobs for Local People and Revenues for the Government
In the event of the project closure, there will be potential negative impacts resulting in loss of
jobs and indirect employment depending on the operation of proposed and of associated
services for tourism as well as loss of revenues for the government.
Significant of Impacts on Socio-economic Environment before Mitigation measures
Being a developing country, loss of job opportunities and revenues for regional government
will be greatly affected on GDP. So, impact significant will be considered as low to moderate
for loss of jobs due to insignificant number of workers appointed during operation phase and
moderate for loss of revenues due to important of income from industrial section.
Impact Extend
Components Magnitude Duration Probability Total Impact Rating
Type (Area)
Negative Moderate
Loss of jobs 2 5 3 4 40
(-) Significant (C)
Loss of Negative High Significant
3 5 4 5 60
revenues (-) (B)
616
Consideration of Mitigation Measures for Socio-economic Environment
The required mitigation measures for socio-economic environment are as follow:
No. Public Mitigation Mitigation

Parameters Impact Rating Responsibility
Concern Requirement Scale
Moderate Project
1. Loss of job No Yes Sensible
Significant (C) developer
Loss of High Significant Project
2. No Yes Sensible
revenue (B) developer
Mitigation Measures for Loss of Jobs and Revenues for the Government
• Extensive and comprehensive warning to employees to allow them to source alternative
livelihood will be taken early.
• Project developer will prepare their employees for forced retirement by providing
applicable jobs at other oil stations under the same developer, if feasible.
• If the power generation source is still usable, it will be made useful for the government.
• Prepare a plan to reuse the proposed project to other partner company to retain the
revenue for the government.
Significant of Impacts on Socio-economic Environment after Mitigation measures
Impact Impact
Components Scale Duration Severity Frequency Probability
Type Rating
Negative Local Permanent Low Regular Seldom Low
Loss of jobs
(-) (-3) (-5) (-2) (-3) (-2) (-50)
Low to
Loss of Negative Regional Permanent Moderate Rare Probable
Moderate
revenues (-) (-5) (-5) (-4) (-1) (-3)
(-56)
Impact Extend
Components Magnitude Duration Probability Total Impact Rating
Type (Area)
Negative
Loss of jobs 2 5 3 2 20 Low Impact (U)
(-)
Loss of Negative Moderate
2 5 4 2 33
revenues (-) Significant (C)
Residual Impact on Socio-economic Environment during Decommissioning Phase
After proper mitigation measures, the significance can be reduced to Low.
6.3.4.5. Anticipated Visual Impacts during Decommissioning Phase
Due to the wastes generated from decommissioning activities and piling of wastes on the site,
there can be visual impacts on communities in the vicinity area.
617
Significance of impact for Visual Impacts during Decommissioning Phase before

Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
visual impacts wastes generated
Low
on communities from
2 1 2 3 15 Impact
in the vicinity decommissioning
(U)
area activities
Consideration of Mitigation Requirement for Visual Impacts during Decommissioning

Phase
The intensity of mitigation requirement for Visual Impacts according to the consideration of

Required
Scale
visual impacts on Low
Project
1. communities in Impact No Yes Minor
developer
the vicinity area (U)
Mitigation Measures for Visual Impacts

• Demolish all the structures including transmission towers and transmission lines
affecting the visual amenities
• Proper disposal of wastes
• Immediate disposal of wastes without piling at the site
Significance of impact for Visual Impacts during Decommissioning Phase after
Mitigation Measures
Anticipated Extend
Impact (Area)
wastes generated
visual impacts on No
from
communities in 2 1 2 2 10 Impact
decommissioning
the vicinity area (-)
activities
6.4. Characteristics and Assessment of Any Residual Impacts
Residual environmental effects (i.e., the environmental effects that remain after mitigation has
been applied) are described during each Project phase (Construction, Operation and
Decommissioning), taking into account how the proposed mitigation would alter or change the
environmental effect. The analysis includes both direct and indirect interactions. The analysis
considers mitigation measures to reduce adverse environmental effects or to enhance positive
618
environmental effects, as applicable and appropriate. Once mitigation measures are applied,
any remaining environmental effect is residual. The characteristics of residual environmental
effects include:
Direction – the ultimate long-term trend of the environmental effect (i.e., positive or adverse);
Magnitude – the amount of change in a measurable parameter or variable relative to existing
(baseline) conditions; and
Reversibility – the likelihood that a measurable parameter will recover from an environmental
effect, including through active management techniques (e.g., habitat restoration).
Residual Impact on Socio-economic during Construction Phase

The impact on livelihood of the community is residual because people whose livelihood is
linked with existing modes of transportation will change the route. The economic of the
community is still residual because the commercial places are fully affected and need to be
relocated somewhere else and so the income will be affected. According to the Myanmar
Insurance Law 1993 (Law No. 15, 16) with the purpose of overcoming financial difficulties by
effecting mutual agreement of insurance against social and economic losses which the people
may encounter due to common perils and Land Acquisition, Resettlement and rehabilitation
Law 2019 (Section 39, 41, 42, 46, 54(b and c), 58) with the purpose of preventing potential
impacts on environmental and social sectors due to land use that the government stipulate the
rights to take over land provided that compensation is made to the original land owner but no
private ownership of land is permitted, Payments for loss of business (temporary or permanent),
loss of livelihood, loss of wages employment will be provided to affected parties, as
compensation. According to the Fertilizer Law 2002 (N0. 7) with the purpose of supporting the
development of agricultural sector which is the basic economy of the state, the permanent land
loss will cause effects on the agricultural activity but this is not sufficiently large to result in a
material effect through diminishing the quality of life as replacement could be made in locality
or be compensated for.
6.5. Comprehensive Monitoring Plan
Monitoring frequency will be sufficient to provide representative data for the parameter
being monitored. Monitoring data will be analyzed and reviewed at regular intervals and
compared with the operating standards so that any necessary corrective actions can be
taken. Monitoring will be carried out throughout all project implementation phases and the
responsibilities for monitoring for construction and operation phases. The parameters to
be monitored; location of the monitoring sites; frequency of monitoring, responsibilities
and monitoring parameters are presented in the following tables.
619
Table - Environmental Monitoring Plan for Proposed Power Supply System for Railway
Parameters to be Frequency of
Project activities Locations Responsibilities
monitored measurements
During Pre-Construction and Construction phase
Gaseous emission, Ambient air Within the site During the Construction
and PM generation, quality and surrounding construction contractor(s)
(CO, CO2, SO2, establishments activities at (as a part of
NOx) different contractor’s
locations at least financial offer)
per month or
every complaints
or if necessary
Construction Noise complaints Within the site During the Construction
machineries from the and surrounding construction contractor(s)
neighboring establishments activities at (as a part of
different contractor’s
locations at least financial offer)
per month or
every complaints
or if necessary
Area of spillage Soil Project sites and Daily Construction
contamination agricultural lands contractor(s)
and water nearby, nearest (as a part of
resource surface water contractor’s
pollution resources financial offer)
Management of Amount of Project sites and Weekly or Contractor(s)
construction waste hazardous and agricultural lands monthly during
and handling of nonhazardous nearby, nearest depending on construction and
hazardous waste waste surface water the volume of power station
generated resources waste staff
during operation
Storage of the Complaints from Project sites monthly Construction
machines and neighboring contractor(s)
construction communities and
materials of the records and
project components documentation of
the temporary
area for storage of
materials or
machineries
Storage of surplus Complaints from Project sites monthly Construction
soil particle from neighboring contractor(s)
communities and
records and
documentation of
the temporary
area for storage of
materials or
machineries
Monitoring the Traffic complaint Within 500 m During the Construction
traffic disturbance from the duration of the contractor(s)
due to the vehicles construction site construction
620
and machineries activities

movement and
other related
construction
activities
Impacts of culture % of local labor Construction site Quarterly Construction
and privacy of to total labor Contractor(s)
local
communities
Monitoring health Health records Clinic / hospital on received case Construction
and safety of the about referred by the contractor(s)
workers during the occupational contractor
construction of the injuries
project components
Base camp Neighbors Project Once during the Construction
preparation for the /project’ construction sites preparation and contractor(s)
workers complaints prior to start the
construction
phase
Site clearance Worker’s injuries
Construction site Monthly Construction
location contractor(s)
During Operation and Maintenance of the Power Supply
System
Noise from Noise complaints Every substations Monthly or if Monitoring team
substations and from within the sites necessary based
transformers the neighboring and surrounding on
farm/project establishments documentation of
complaints
Monitoring the EMF levels At several places Monthly Monitoring team
electric and reading at the including inside the
magnetic field power station and power station area
(EMF) surrounding site and along the
and neighbors alignment there
farm /project’ crossing over
complaints agricultural lands
Management of the Amount of At the designated Quarterly Power station
hazardous and nonhazardous and landfill for solid operators
hazardous waste nonhazardous waste during operation
waste
generated
Management of Records of At surrounding the Weekly or if Monitoring team
risks during the emergency transformers area required of Railway
emergency situations Project
situations (fire, soil
contamination,
water resource
contamination and
smoke)
Workers’ health Workplace health Workplace Monthly Monitoring team
and safety and accidents of Railway
record Project
621
6.6. Risks Assessment

Potential Risk Assessment
Elements of Risk (ISO/IEC GUIDE 51:2014(E))
Figure - Elements of risk
The following procedure should be used to reduce risks to a tolerable level:

a. Identify the likely users for the product or system, including vulnerable
consumers and others affected by the product;
b. Identify the intended use, and assess the reasonably foreseeable misuse, of the
product or system;
c. Identify each hazard (including reasonably foreseeable hazardous situations and
events) arising in the stages and conditions for the use of the product or system,
including installation, operation, maintenance, repair and destruction/disposal;
d. Estimate and evaluate the risk to the affected user group arising from the
hazard(s) identified: consideration should be given to product s or systems used
by different user groups; evaluation can also be made by comparison with
similar products or systems;
e. If the risk is not tolerable, reduce the risk until it becomes tolerable.
6.6.1. Occupational Health and Safety Risk

6.6.1.1. Construction Phase
Occupational health and safety risk specific to electric power supply construction primarily
include:
622
1) Dust and Noise Generation

2) Accidents in the operation of construction machineries
3) Diseases associated with the arrival of temporary labor in the area
(1) Dust and Noise Generation
Dust emission and noise from construction machineries can impact on workers’ health.
Control Measures
• Spraying of water from time to time
• Use engines with good conditions
• Limit use of noisy equipment
(2) Accidents in the operation of construction machineries
Risks will arise from a range of hazards such as the use of heavy plant and working with
rotating tools. Accidents in the operation of construction machinery and other works can put
damage to workers’ safety and health.
Control Measures
Relevant labor laws should be strictly complied with pertaining to the health and safety of
workers, employees and others.
• All workers and staff should be provided with Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
appropriate to their job on‐site.
• All construction sites should be surrounded with secure tamper‐proof fence, with
security lighting, regular security patrols and other security measures.
• All materials and components should be stored and stacked safely in dedicated secure
areas.
• Avoid use of any paints containing lead or its compounds as well as high VOCs
• Avoid roofing materials containing asbestos.
• Smoking should be prohibited near areas of fire or explosion risk.
• Sufficient supply of potable water should be ensured for all workers and employees on-
site.
• Ensure that first aid kits are available in all work areas, supplied with adequate material
to treat common workplace injuries.
• Dedicated transport should be provided at all work sites to take injured persons to
hospitals if needed. Record of all nearest hospitals and health centers should be kept at
each construction sites.
623
• A regular medical facility should be provided at each labor camp with suitable qualified
staff and equipment to treat minor ailments and injuries.
• An effective alarm system should be established to warn track workers of approach of
trains on existing IR lines in parallel route alignment.
• Protect all electric sub‐stations, high‐tension towers and other areas from electrocution
risk by providing security fencing and lights, warning signs and security patrols.
• An Environment Health and Safety Officer (EHSO) will be appointed prepare a Health
and Safety Management Plan, to implement the HSMP and ensure that the requirements
of the EMP are met.
• The EHSO will ensure that the HSMP is submitted to MR prior to construction for
approval, that accurate records and reports of any occupational health and safety
incidents are kept, and reviewing the distribution and use of appropriate PPE.
• The EHSO will also encourage awareness building on safety through activities such as
“Toolbox Briefings” and reporting “Near Misses.”
(3) Diseases associated with the arrival of temporary labor in the area
Stagnant water collected from rains and waste at construction sites may lead to spread of
mosquitoes and flies and may increase the risk of spreading vector-borne diseases to workers
and neighboring communities. Unhygienic site conditions will lead to spread of domestic pests.
Communicable diseases also need significant consideration due to the involvement of migrant
labor.
Various social pathologies, such as drug/alcohol misuse, abuse of woman and children and
incidences of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) may increase with the influx of job-seekers
into the area. An influx of newcomers can overburden the health services and infrastructure,
inadequate sewage and waste management and can increase some health risks.
Control Measures
• Awareness program for public health for workers

• Proper sewage system with septic tank for construction workers
• Proper sanitation system
• Regular medical checkup for construction workers
624
6.6.1.2. Operation Phase
Occupational health and safety issues specific to railway operations include the following:
• Live power lines
• Working at Height
• Electric and magnetic fields
• Electromagnetic interference
• Noise
• Fatigue
(1) Live Power Lines
Workers may be exposed to occupational risks from contact with live power lines during
construction, maintenance, and operation activities.
Control Measures
Prevention and control measures associated with live power lines include:
• Only allowing trained and certified workers to install, maintain, or repair electrical
equipment;
• Deactivating and properly grounding live power distribution lines before work is
performed on, or in close proximity, to the lines;
• Ensuring that live-wire work is conducted by trained workers with strict adherence to
specific safety and insulation standards. Qualified or trained employees working on
transmission or distribution systems should be able to achieve the following:
o Distinguish live parts from other parts of the electrical system
o Determine the voltage of live parts
o Understand the minimum approach distances outlined for specific live line
voltages
o Ensure proper use of special safety equipment and procedures when working
near or on exposed energized parts of an electrical system
• Workers should not approach an exposed energized or conductive part even if properly
trained unless:
o The worker is properly insulated from the energized part with gloves or other
approved insulation; or,
625
o The energized part is properly insulated from the worker and any other
conductive object; or,
o The worker is properly isolated and insulated from any other conductive object
(live-line work).
• Where maintenance and operation are required within minimum setback distances,
specific training, safety measures, personal safety devices, and other precautions should
be defined in a health and safety plan. (The following table provides recommended
minimum safety setbacks for workers);
• Workers not directly associated with power transmission and distribution activities who
are operating around power lines or power substations should adhere to local legislation,
standards, and guidelines relating to minimum approach distances for excavations, tools,
vehicles, pruning, and other activities;
• Minimum hot stick distances may only be reduced provided that the distance remaining
is greater than the distance between the energized part and a grounded surface.
Table - Alternating Current (Minimum Working Distances for Trained Employees) (OSHA)
Voltage Range (phase to phase – Minimum Working and Clear Hot Stick
Kilovolts) Distance (meters)
2.1 to15 0.6
15.1 to 35 0.71
35.1 to 46 0.76
46.1 to 72.5 0.91
72.6 to 121 1.01
138 to 145 1.06
161 to 169 1.11
230 to 242 1.5
345 to 362 2.13a
500 to 552 3.35a
700 to 765 4.5a
a
NOTE: From 345-362 kV., 500-552 kV., and 700-765 kV., the minimum working distance and the minimum
clear hot stick distance may be reduced provided that such distances are not less than the shortest distance between
the energized part and a grounded surface
626
(a) Broken or dislodged powerlines
Powerlines may be dislodged or broken by various factors, such as vehicle impact with the
supporting structure, over-height vehicle loads, farm machinery or other plant contacting
powerlines, high current fault conditions, high wind velocity, falling trees, storm damage from
flying debris, fire damage.
Emergency services personnel must conduct a site risk assessment, including the risk of step
and touch potential, if powerlines have fallen to the ground, are sagging close to the ground,
fallen onto an object on the ground or are broken. Control measures for this event include:
• Stay at least 8-10m away from fallen power lines.
• Always assume powerlines are live and capable of killing anyone who comes near or
into contact with the powerline, or other object/s in contact with the powerline.
• Emergency services personnel and the general public must keep clear of the site until
the electricity supply company has confirmed the supply is off, and the area is safe to
approach.
• Carefully examine the surroundings and ensure any vehicles are parked well clear of,
and to the side of, any fallen powerlines.
(b) Unbroken powerlines
Unbroken powerlines in contact with the ground, or in contact with another object that is
in contact with the ground, may burn through as a result of fault current. This may present
a mechanical hazard as powerlines may recoil and cause both mechanical and electrical
injury to persons standing too close. Powerlines contacting the ground, or in contact with
another object that is in contact with the ground, may cause a fire and must be monitored
until the supply company representatives arrive.
(2) Working at height on towers and structures
Workers may be exposed to occupational hazards when working at elevation during

construction, maintenance, and operation activities.
Control Measures
Prevention and control measures for working at height include:

• Testing structures for integrity prior to undertaking work;
627
• Implementation of a fall protection program that includes training in climbing

techniques and use of fall protection measures; inspection, maintenance, and
replacement of fall protection equipment; and rescue of fall-arrested workers, among
others;
• Establishment of criteria for use of 100 percent fall protection (typically when working
over 2 meters above the working surface, but sometimes extended to 7 meters,
depending on the activity). The fall protection system should be appropriate for the
tower structure and necessary movements, including ascent, descent, and moving from
point to point;
• Installation of fixtures on tower components to facilitate the use of fall protection
systems;
• Provision of an adequate work-positioning device system for workers. Connectors on
positioning systems should be compatible with the tower components to which they are
attached;
• Hoisting equipment should be properly rated and maintained and hoist operators
properly trained;
• Safety belts should be of not less than 16 millimeters (mm) (5/8 inch) two-in-one nylon
or material of equivalent strength. Rope safety belts should be replaced before signs of
aging or fraying of fibers become evident;
• When operating power tools at height, workers should use a second (backup) safety
strap;
• Signs and other obstructions should be removed from poles or structures prior to
undertaking work;
• An approved tool bag should be used for raising or lowering tools or materials to
workers on structures.
(3) Electric and Magnetic Fields
Electric and magnetic fields (EMF) are invisible lines of force emitted by and surrounding any
electrical device (e.g., power lines and electrical equipment). Electric fields are produced by
voltage and increase in strength as the voltage increases. Magnetic fields result from the flow
of electric current and increase in strength as the current increases. Electric fields are shielded
by materials that conduct electricity, and other materials, such as trees and building materials.
Magnetic fields pass through most materials and are difficult to shield. Both electric and
628
magnetic fields decrease rapidly with distance. Railway workers on electric railway systems
may have a higher exposure to electric and magnetic fields (EMF) than the general public due
to working in proximity to electric power lines.
Power lines come in different configurations. The highest power ones (>400kV) are the long-
distance lines from the generating power station to the places where the power is needed. The
pylons supporting these power cables are large, metal structures, which have long strings of
insulators from which the cables hang. The smallest 230 volt lines start from local substations
and supply the power needs for a relatively small area. In between these two extremes are a
variety of other types of lines carrying different voltages.
Induced Effects
The electromagnetic fields caused by overhead lines can induce currents and voltage in
conductive objects near the line. Induction is also possible in long metal structures such as
communications equipment, fences, pipes, or lines near the power lines, or in large objects such
as roofs, tanks or large trucks.
Earthing
Most of the effects of induced voltage are found in metal structures and objects that are not
well earthed, and every conducting part of such structures needs to be properly earthed. Long
metal structures which are earthed in one or several places and stand parallel to electrical wires,
must be repeatedly earthed at appropriate intervals, or interspersed with insulating elements in
order to reduce the size of the possible electrical flows.
Screening
Electric fields from substation equipment are unlikely to extend beyond the equipment housing,
as they are screened by practically all building materials. For all practical purposes magnetic
fields cannot be stopped and will travel through walls. Buildings and some trees reduce
electric fields, but magnetic fields travel through most materials.
Electrical and Magnetic Fields Safety
There are two types of EMF exposure. Low-level radiation, also called non-ionizing radiation,
is mild and thought to be harmless to people. Appliances like microwave ovens, cellphones,
Wi-Fi routers, as well as power lines and MRIs, send out low-level radiation. High-level
629
radiation, called ionizing radiation, is the second type of radiation. It’s sent out in the form of
ultraviolet rays from the sun and X-rays from medical imaging machines. EMF exposure
intensity decreases as increasing the distance from the object that’s sending out waves.
Actual person exposure to EMF assessment

Electric and magnetic fields join as one field in most forms of radiation. The result is called
an electromagnetic field (EMF). We are all exposed to natural electromagnetic fields, like the
earth’s magnetic field and the electrical fields produced by storms. Since World War Two,
however, increased electricity-based technological innovation has led to the development of
work equipment and domestic appliances that are sources of nonionizing radiations. Most
commonly, these include mobile phones, television sets and the microwave ovens in the home,
and lasers, magnetic resonance imaging for medical purposes, and welding stations in
workplaces. According to Wikipedia railway electrification using 25 kV, 50 Hz AC has become
an international standard. Some of worker are at especial risk, like pregnant workers and
workers wearing metal medical implants. The exposure measurements include installation and
maintenance of field producing equipment, rectifiers (AC/DC converters) in electrochemical
processes, induction heating used in alloying smelter furnaces, welding equipment, medical
applications, especially magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) equipment, broadcasting antennas
and mobile phone masts. For this project, the electromagnetic field exposure to actual person
can be found out around the transmission lines and substations. But for transmission line, due
to the spacing of electrical equipment measured field strengths are low outside the fence line.
a
All rooms, areas, enclosures with magnetic fields density above 0.5 mT will have a sign
indicating restricted access for persons with medical implanted devices that may interfere
with the magnetic field. The safe distance of EMF for 230kV traction is 40m and that of 25kV
traction substation is 30m.
The sensory effects exposure limit values and health effects exposure limit values are
For low frequency fields (1 Hz to 10 MHz)
For high frequency fields (100 kHz to 300 GHz)
For the electric field strength

• 10 kV/m on a full working shift;
• 30 kV/m, for a short exposure time (less than 2 h);
630
• The maximum exposure duration, calculated when the values of the field intensity are
between 10 kV/m and 30 kV/m are calculated with the empiric relation t ≤ 80/E, where t
represents the duration of the recalculated working day and E is the intensity of the electric
field, in kV/m.
For the magnetic field induction

• 500 µT on a full working shift (some EU countries recommend 400 µT);
• 5 mT for short time exposures (less than 2 h);
• 25 mT for a short interval of exposure of the body extremities.
Reduce Hazards of Electromagnetic Fields

According to the CEMFAW Regulations 2016 (Control of Electromagnetic Fields at Work)
the management team will access the workers with the levels of EMFs to which your employees
may be exposed. And the power density is ensure that exposure is below exposure limit values.
The management team required to take action if the workers are exposed to EMFs in excess
of the ELVs. Actual expose person to electromagnetic field also needs an appropriate, devise
and implementation an action plan to ensure compliance with the exposure limits. The
contractor provide information and training on the particular risks posed to employees by
electromagnetic fields in the workplace and details of any action you are taking to remove or
control them. This information should also be made available to their safety representatives as
appropriate; and provide health surveillance or medical examinations as appropriate.
The followings are the facts to prevent the potential of electromagnetic fields exposure to
person in working area
• Equipment and workplace classification

• Measuring or calculating the EMF from all relevant sources in your workplace
• Recommending specific measures to mitigate worker’s exposure
• Recommending additional specific measures to protect workers at particular risk, e.g.
with medical implants
• Training and education on the health and safety effects of EMF exposure
• Don’t sit or linger near appliances
• Put your phone down
• Use the speaker fuction or earbuds with your phone
631
• Don’t carry your phone in a pocket

• Unplug accasionally from electronic devices and electricity
• Shielding with T98 shielding paint and GPA mesh which are both grounded in the
process will reduce the exposure to the electric fields from the power lines.
Overhead Electrical Safety
It is common to think that one has to touch an electrical conductor to get hurt. This is not true
when dealing with high voltages. Substations use a high-voltage, open-air conductor —called
“bus”— which resembles a 75mm conduit pipe. The metal pipes running through the overhead
areas of a substation are the conductors of electricity. There are no wires inside the pipe. The
electricity is carried on the pipe’s outside skin.
Because of the high voltages involved, one need not touch an electrical conductor to be harmed.
If close enough, the electricity will contact the person in the form of a high-temperature
electrical arc. The potential for an electrical arc becomes greater as voltage increases. For this
reason, the safety distances must be observed. The proper clearance from the overhead bus is
calculated for each station, and conductors are positioned accordingly, using a conservative
distance to ensure the safety of anyone walking through a station. For 333kV, a safe distance
of 6m has been established. For 11kV to 132kV a safe distance of 4m has been established.
To stay safe from the electric bus inside a substation, one will not climb nor carry tools above
the willer.
Ground-Level Electrical Safety
The overhead bus is not the only electrical hazard present in a substation. Many electrical
hazards are found at ground level also. Safety from these hazards is maintained by restricting
access to them and by placing the hazard behind locked doors, cages, and fenced-in areas.
Capacitor banks reside in cages, providing a buffer zone between persons and the exposed
electrical conductors. Circuit breakers are housed in locked cubicles to eliminate the chance of
casual entry into these areas. Lightning arrestors and various other electrical components are
placed behind fences. All such areas will have warning signs.
Where a substation has a metallic fence, it must be properly grounded to protect people from
high voltages that may occur during a fault in the network. Earth faults at a substation can cause
a ground potential rise. Currents flowing in the Earth's surface during a fault can cause metal
objects to have a significantly different voltage than the ground under a person's feet; this touch
potential presents a hazard of electrocution.
632
Underground-Level Electrical Safety

Power cables can be undergrounded. Electric fields will be absorbed by the earth above a buried
cable. Magnetic fields will be higher immediately above an underground cable than they will
be below an overhead line, because one is closer, but the fields reduce much more quickly from
an underground cable. It will be remembered that the cost of putting cables underground can
be twenty times higher than allowing them to go overhead, although less for lower voltage
lines.
In proposed railway project, the external power supply mainly provides power energy for the
railway power supply system. Each traction substation supplies power for the electric
locomotive by introducing two-circuit independent & reliable 132kV or 230kV power supplies
from the local power system in which relative delivery distances are rated voltage 132 kV (50-
150 km) & 230 kV (100-300km) and then reducing converting voltage to 132/27.5kV or
230/27.5kV by a traction transformer. Meanwhile, a step-down transformer is used to ensure
11kV three-phase power output so as to power all power consumption points such as station,
work area, yard, and substation.
As per IUNIRP (International Commission on Nonionizing Radiation Protection), the exposure
limits for general public exposure and occupational exposure with electric and magnetic fields
are described as follows:
Table - Reference levels from ICNIRP standards
Occupational General Public

Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60
Magnetic Field (µT) 1000 200
Electric Field (kV/m) 10 5
Source: ICNIRP, 2010
Reference levels from NEQG
Additionally, exposure limits for general public exposure to electric and magnetic fields should
comply with International Commission on Non-ionized Radiation Protection guidelines for
limiting general public exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields
(up to 300 Gigahertz).

50 Hzc 5000 100
60 Hz 4150 83
633
a
The following figure describes typical EMF levels for a 230-kv transmission line with electric
field and magnetic field with respects to distance.
Source: CapX 2020 Certificate of Need application to the Minnesota Public Utilities
Commission for three 345-kV transmission line projects
Figure - Typical EMF levels for a 230-kV transmission line
Moreover, right of way for high power lines is generally determined as follows:
Specification of line Vertical Clearance Horizontal Clearance

Less than 650 V AC 2.5 m 1.2 m
650 V- 11kV AC 3.7 m 1.2 m
11kV – 33 kV AC 3.7 m 2m
More than 33 kV AC 3.7 m add to .30 meter for 2 m add to .30 meter for
every additional 33Kv or every additional 33Kv or
part there of part there of
Electric Field in Substations
Electric field effects in substation are of the same type as those close to transmission lines but
due to the spacing of electrical equipment measured field strengths are low outside the fence
634
line. Fields close by a substation are mainly produced by the entering power lines. Induced
currents and spark discharges depend on the particular situation and on the intensity of the
electric field. The electric field at one meter above ground is a useful parameter to characterize
the electric field environment of a substation as well. The maximum values of the electric field
for 230 kV at one meter above ground and typical geometrical characteristics of substation
buses in North America are listed in below.
Table- Electric Field at One Meter above Ground in Substations
Voltage Typical Values Off Outer Bus Bus Phase Base

Phase Height Spacing Height
(kV) (kV/m) (m) (m) (m)
230 5.0 5.5 3.5 3.5
Source: EPRI 3rd edition
Control Measures
Occupational EMF exposure should be prevented or minimized through the preparation and
implementation of an EMF safety program including the following components:
• Identification of potential exposure levels in the workplace, including surveys of
exposure levels in new projects and the use of personal monitors during working
activities; Training of workers in the identification of occupational EMF levels and
hazards;
• Establishment and identification of safety zones to differentiate between work areas
with expected elevated EMF levels compared to those acceptable for public exposure,
limiting access to properly trained workers;
• Implementation of action plans to address potential or confirmed exposure levels that
exceed reference occupational exposure levels developed by international organizations
such as the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP),
and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). Personal exposure
monitoring equipment should be set to warn of exposure levels that are below
occupational exposure reference levels (e.g., 50 percent).
• Action plans to address occupational exposure may include limiting exposure time
through work rotation, increasing the distance between the source and the worker, when
feasible, or the use of shielding materials
635
Electrocution
Hazards most directly related to power transmission and distribution lines and facilities occur
as a result of electrocution from direct contact with high-voltage electricity or from contact
with tools, vehicles, ladders, or other devices that are in contact with high-voltage electricity.
Control Measures
Recommended techniques to prevent these hazards include:

• Use of signs, barriers (e.g., locks on doors, use of gates, use of steel posts surrounding
transmission towers, particularly in urban areas), and education / public outreach to prevent
public contact with potentially dangerous equipment;
• Grounding conducting objects (e.g., fences or other metallic structures) installed near
power lines, to prevent shock. Consider installation of hazard warning lights inside
electrical equipment enclosures to warn of inadvertent energization;
• Use of voltage sensors prior to and during workers' entrance into enclosures containing
electrical components;
• Deactivation and proper grounding of live power equipment and distribution lines
according to applicable legislation and guidelines whenever possible before work is
performed on or proximal to them;
• Provision of specialized electrical safety training to those workers working with or around
exposed components of electric circuits. This training will include, but not be limited to,
training in basic electrical theory, proper safe work procedures, hazard awareness and
identification, proper use of PPE, proper lockout/tagout procedures, first aid including
CPR, and proper rescue procedures. Provisions will be made for periodic retraining as
necessary.
• Strict procedures for de-energizing and checking of electrical equipment must be in place
before any maintenance work is conducted.
• In cases where maintenance work has to be performed on energized equipment, a strict
safety procedure must be in place and work must be performed under constant supervision.
• Personnel training must be conducted in revival techniques for electrocution.
(4) Electromagnetic Interference
The corona of overhead transmission line conductors and high frequency currents of overhead
transmission lines may result in the creation of radio noise. Typically, transmission line rights-
636
of-way and conductor bundles are created to ensure radio reception at the outside limits remains
normal. However, periods of rain, sleet or freezing rain sharply increases the streaming corona
on conductors and may affect radio reception in residential areas near transmission lines.
Process for developing Information, Education and Communication between Local
Community related with Electrical Hazards
Community presentations can be done in many formats – through public speeches, informal
talks, town meetings, debates, workshops, or seminars.
1. Identification of hazards and risks to be known due to transmission lines
Actions - Identification, Documentation, Validation
The hazardous of electrical shock are such as loose of motion control, respiratory arrest,
pain, physical fatigue, ventricular fibrillation, cardiac arrest, and burns. Electrocution is one of
the most common hazards and identifying electrical hazards can help raise awareness of the
risks, their severity, and how it can harm the people. The followings are common electrical
hazards and safety tips what we can do to mitigate these risks.
(a) Overhead Power Lines
Overhead powered and energized electrical lines have high voltages which can cause
major burns and electrocution to whom the local villagers and workers. Remember to maintain
a minimum distance of 10 feet from overhead power lines and nearby equipment. Never
attempt to contact the overhead power lines. Also, safety barriers and signs must be installed
to warn nearby non-electrical workers and local villagers of the hazards present in that area.
(b) Damaged Tools and Equipment
Exposure to damaged electrical tools and equipment can be very dangerous. Do not fix
anything unless you are qualified to do so. Thoroughly check for cracks, cuts or abrasions on
cables, wires, and cords.
(c) Exposed Electrical Parts
Examples of exposed electrical parts include temporary lighting, open power

distribution units, and detached insulation parts on electrical cords. These hazards can cause
potential shocks and burns. Secure these items with proper guarding mechanisms and always
check for any exposed parts to be repaired immediately.
637
(d) Damaged Insulation
Defective or inadequate insulation is a hazard. At first, carefully inform the authorized

team and then they will turn off all power sources before replacing damaged insulation and
never attempt to cover them with electrical tape.
(e) Wet Conditions
Water greatly increases the risk of electrocution especially if the equipment has
damaged insulation. Have a qualified electrician inspect electrical equipment that has gotten
wet before energizing it.
Done by - Local Community, Traditional Leaders, Authorized Persons
2. Determination of the target audience
Consideration - In general, Myanmar language will be used and Shan if possible.
Actions - Discussion with key informants, Selection of Target Audience
Done by - Local Community, Authorized Persons (Engineers)
3. Selection of media
Consideration - The practical to develop and disseminate the information that can be
complex and the capacity of the local community
Media - Poster, Comic, Flipchart, Booklet, Game, etc,
4. Information development and validation
Consideration - The content information which is interesting and incite action should be
clear and accurate and these information are very effective for conveying the right message.
5. Printing and dissemination
Consideration - The local community can be most effectively disseminated by sharing

pamphlet and calendar which have images of awareness of electrical hazards.
Done by - Local Community, Traditional Leaders, Authorized Persons
638
Community-based Sharing Action when someone is electrified
• If someone is electrified, call for emergency personnel. Then, remove the person from contact
with the energized conductor.
• Do not try to touch the person or you may be electrified as well.
• You can turn off the power of the device that is causing the electric shock if this can be done
safely (for example, turning off the circuit breaker for the outlet in which the device is
plugged). Or you can obtain an insulator, such as a wooden meter stick, and break the contact
between the person who is being electrified and the energized conductor.
• After the person who is suffering from electric shock has been removed from the source of
the shock, check to see if this person is having breathing problems or is experiencing
ventricular fibrillation.
• Artificial respiration or cardiopulmonary resuscitation should be performed on the person
who experienced electric shock, if necessary.
• Also, use blankets to keep the person warm.
• Although a person who is electrified may appear unharmed, call emergency personnel
because this person may have suffered internal injuries, such as burns to organs during the
electric shock.
Current Range and Its Effects on human body (Average)
Current Effect
1 mA Barely perceptible
1-3 mA Perception threshold (most cases)
3-9 mA Painful sensation
9-25 mA Muscular contraction (can’t let go)
25-60 mA Respiratory paralysis (may be fatal)
60 mA and more Ventricular fibrillation (probably fatal)
4 A or more Heart paralysis (probably fatal)
5 A or more Tissue burning (fatal if vital organ)
(5) Noise
Crew members may be exposed to noise generated from generators.
Control Measures
Recommended management strategies include:
▪ Use of air conditioning systems to maintain cabin temperature and provide fresh air
so that windows can remain closed, limiting wind and outside noise;
639
▪ Reduction of internal venting of air brakes to a level that minimizes noise without
compromising the crew’s ability to judge brake operation;
▪ Installation of active noise cancellation systems;
▪ Use of personal protective equipment (PPE) if engineering controls are not feasible
or adequate to reduce noise levels;
▪ Use of dampers at the seat post to reduce the vibration experienced by the operator;
▪ Installation of active vibration control systems for locomotive suspension, cabs, or
seat posts, as needed to comply with applicable international and national standards
and guidelines.
(6) Fatigue
Locomotive engineers and other railway workers are often required to work irregular work
hours which may result in fatigue. Fatigue may be affected by the length and time of the shift
(e.g. long night shifts, shift start times); the nature of the changes between shifts (shift rotation);
the balance in concentration and stimulation in the work activities being undertaken;
insufficient rest breaks; and the time of day.
Fatigue, particularly of drivers, signalers, maintenance workers, and others whose work is
critical to safe operation, can pose a serious safety risk for railway workers and the general
public.
Control Measures
Railway operators will schedule rest periods at regular intervals and during night hours, to the
extent feasible, to maximize the effectiveness of rest breaks, and in accordance with
international standards and good practices for work time.
6.6.2. Disaster Risk
6.6.2.1. Earthquake Risk
Earthquakes cause widespread structural damage to power generation, transmission and

distribution subsystems. Structural failures may result from earthquake loading or be secondary
to ground failure. Structural damage results from the response of structures and equipment to
strong seismic ground motion.
Buildings in electric power networks house control rooms and protect heavy equipment, such as
turbines and transformers. Most buildings may be steel-frame, reinforced concrete frame or wall,
masonry (reinforced or unreinforced), or mobile structures. Electricity utility buildings are
relatively short, from one to three stories high, which improves their seismic performance.
640
The proposed Muse-Mandalay Railway line is actually located in the Shan-Thai Block and the
rocks are mostly of limestone of Paleozoic age with some ragged mountain terrains. The
carbonate rocks are mostly of the limestone from Maymyo Formation which has karst
topography, cave and sinkhole natures. As the railway line is expected to be 431 kilometers
long, it will be needed a significant number of bridges and tunnels. So, it is necessary to
construct those infrastructures systematically and qualitatively. Another important thing is that
as Myanmar itself falls in an earthquake prone and the strongest earthquake (Kyaukkyan Fault)
happed in the railway line near Naungcho town, it should be conscious and thoroughly made
any structures that must be resisted the magnitude (> R.M.8) of earthquake.
Earthquake related landslide and other natural disasters such as storms, cyclones, floods and
landslide caused by heavy rains should be aware and taken into account in considering engineering
designs. In addition to high cost involved, seismic, geological and natural hazardous issues are
major burdens to the engineering project along Muse-Mandalay speed railway line.
The Muse-Mandalay railway line runs diagonally along the southwestern direction through
Upper Myanmar. The geological structure is between two first-order geotectonic units of the
mountain - nyenchen tanglha range fold system (II) and the India-Myanmar-Sumatra fold
system (III).
There are six main faults near the line: Bangpaman fault (F9), branch fractures (Kyaukme fault
F7-1and Kunlong fault F7-2) of Nantinghe fault (F7), Lashio fault (F8), Goteik fault (F6), and
Sagaing fault (F4). In which, the faults that have been active since the Late Pleistocene to the
Holocene are the Nantinghe fault (F7) and the Sagaing fault (F4), which are all regional active
faults in Holocene, and where witnessed earthquakes of magnitude 7 or higher for many times
in history. There is still the possibility of an earthquake of magnitude 7 or higher in the future.
A number of earthquakes have significantly affected railroads. The effects range from
restriction or suspension of operations on a portion of the railroad, while earthquake effects are
assessed by inspection, to extreme damage over large areas. Since earthquake intensity depends
on both the distance from the fault rupture and local conditions as well as the magnitude and
depth of the earthquake, the extent of railroad damage is only indirectly related to the
characteristics of the earthquake.
Damage from earthquakes occurs through several mechanisms. Surface displacements across
the fault rupture can directly damage facilities that cross the rupture or, if under the ocean can
cause tsunamis. Shaking from seismic waves can derail cars and locomotives, can directly
damage structures, can produce permanent ground movements related to liquefaction and
landslides and can cause damaging floods from dam failures. Appropriate measures to
minimize damage or facilitate recovery depend on the mechanism causing the damage.
641
Estimated Number
Magnitude Earthquake Effects
Each Year
Usually not felt, but can be recorded by
2.5 or less 900,000
seismograph.
2.5 to 5.4 Often felt, but only causes minor damage. 30,000
Slight damage to buildings and other
5.5 to 6.0 500
structures.
May cause a lot of damage in very populated
6.1 to 6.9 100
areas.
7.0 to 7.9 Major earthquake, Serious damage. 20
Great earthquake Can totally destroy
8.0 or greater One every 5 to 10 years
communities near the epicenter.
Earth Damage and Failure Modes
Damage
Substation Building/Structure
State
- Damage to building contents
Slight/Minor - Nonstructural damage
- Localized damage to load-bearing members
- Stress of load bearing members
Moderate - Failure of a limited number of load-bearing members, without loss of
structural integrity
Failure of load-bearing structure members, with compromise of structural
Severe
integrity
Catastrophic Partial or complete collapse foundation/ground failure
Earthquake Magnitude Classes
Earthquakes are also classified in categories ranging from minor to great, depending on their
magnitude.
Class Magnitude
Great 8 or more
Major 7 to 7.9
Strong 6 to 6.9
Moderate 5 to 5.9
Light 4 to 4.9
Minor 3 to 3.9
Source: UPSeis
642
The most common effect of earthquake on railway alignment with overhead power lines is that
locomotives and/or cars can be derailed or overturned and breakage of overhead power lines
in which power supply linkage with traction substations. They can also cause track damage
and/or embankment failures. Track damage ranged from displaced ballast without other track
disturbance to broken ties, pulled apart joints, broken rails, buckled track, and lateral
displacement of up to several meters and loss of vertical support for track over appreciable
distances.
Effects of earthquake on railway alignment with overhead power lines also include:
• Collapse of train
• Effect on life of humans, fatalities and injuries
• Effect to economy such as cost to rebuild asset, cost to respond to and recover, cost
resulting from disruption of product or service, long term costs due to environmental
damage.
Earthquake Induced Liquefaction Risk
Liquefaction is a soil behavior phenomenon in which a saturated soil losses a substantial

amount of strength due to high excess pore-water pressure generated by and accumulated
during strong earthquake ground shaking or other rapid loading.
In Muse-Mandalay Railway alignment, it is observed that some sections of railway line is
located in a high seismic intensity area, where Quaternary loose saturated sandy soil is prone to
earthquake-induced liquefaction. Sand liquefaction problems exist in Lashio basin (Lashio
Station) and Thazi valley in Ayeyarwady basin. Saturated sand layers within 20 m depth below
the surface on the riverbed, flood plain and terrace in tributaries of Ayeyarwaddy River are
prone to sand liquefaction.
Evaluation of Earthquake Induced Liquefaction Potential
It is required to determine the liquefaction level to take suitable anti-liquefaction measures for
relative project items. In proposed project, evaluation of liquefaction characteristics of soils
will be tested by Standard Penetration Test (SPT). The liquefaction characteristic of a soil
depends on several factors, such as ground acceleration, grain size distribution, soil density,
thickness of the deposits and especially the position of the ground-water table. During
performing SPT in-situ test for liquefaction, it is observed that the assessments have been
extended to a depth of 40 m below existing ground level. It is considered that below this depth,
liquefaction is improbable and also unlikely to influence behavior of facilities founded near to
the surface.
643
Calculation of Cyclic Stress Ratio (SReq)

The cyclic shear stress ratios (SReq) induced by earthquake ground motions, at a depth z below
the ground surface, using the following equation
σ𝑜 a𝑚𝑎𝑥
𝑆𝑅𝑒𝑞 = 0.65 ( ) rd
𝑔 σ′𝑜
Where;
a𝑚𝑎𝑥 = maximum horizontal acceleration at the ground surface
σ𝑜 = total vertical stress
σ′ 𝑜 = effective vertical stress at depth
rd = stress reduction coefficient that accounts for the flexibility of the soil column
According to the above questions, the values of peak ground acceleration a max of the areas that
are prone to sand liquefaction along the railway line are shown in the following table:
S/N O-D mileage Project item Ground motion peak acceleration
(g)
1. CK376+740～CK377+960 Bridge 0.3
2. CK379+800～CK381+000 Subgrade 0.3
3. CK381+400～CK383+040 Subgrade 0.3
4. CK386+450～CK387+560 Subgrade 0.3
5. CK387+560～CK387+880 Subgrade 0.4
6. CK388+320～CK389+240 Subgrade 0.4
7. CK390+320～CK394+300 Subgrade 0.4
8. CK397+400～CK398+300 Subgrade ≥0.4
9. LC1K0+000 ～ Subgrade ≥0.4
LC1K4+169.87
Calculation of Cyclic Resistance Ratio (SR)

This is estimated based on either empirical correlation with the SPT Nm value allowing for the
effects of the soil fines content (FC).
Empirical charts have been prepared to determine the cyclic strength based on corrected SPT
blow count, (N1) 60 , calculated as follows:
Where,
Cn = correction coefficient for overburden pressure
ERm = actual energy efficiency delivered to the drill rod
Calculation of factor of Safety (FS)
The Factor of Safety against liquefaction is defined as
644
(𝑺𝑹)
𝑭𝑺 =
(𝑺𝑹𝒆𝒒 )
The following figure shows the flow chart of the Seed and Idriss simplified method for
liquefaction analysis.
Figure - Flow Chart of Seed and Idriss Method for Liquefaction Potential Estimation
If the cyclic stress ratio caused by an earthquake is greater than the Cyclic Resistance Ratio of
the in-situ soil, then liquefaction could occur during the earthquake and vice versa.
Liquefaction is predicted to occur when FS ≤ 1.0, and liquefaction predicted not to occur when
FS > 1. The higher the factor of safety, the more resistant against liquefaction. By observing
the resulted values of FS, the relative project items can be taken corresponding anti-liquefaction
measures. For example, bridges shall use pile foundations to pass through the liquefied soil
layer or adopt other corresponding anti-liquefaction measures in face of the same.
Earthquakes in last 50 Years (Source: volcanodiscovery.com)
Magnitude
Region Date Location
(Richter Scale)
11.11.2012 5.0 Pyin Oo Lwin
30.3.2013 5.0 Pyin Oo Lwin
9.9.2013 5.0 Mandalay
18.1.1986 5.1 Mandalay
Mandalay-Sagaing
1.1.1988 5.2 Mandalay
26.6.2014 5.2 Mandalay
28.11.2019 5.2 Pyin Oo Lwin
11.11.2012 5.6 Pyin Oo Lwin
Shan State 1.3.2015 5.2 Lashio
645
1.3.1989 5.8 Lashio

23.4.1984 5.9 Lashio
9.7.1995 5.9 Lashio
23.4.1992 6.1 Lashio
23.4.1992 6.2 Lashio
Source: MIMU [Myanmar Information Management Unit]

Figure - Seismic Zone Map of Myanmar
646
Calculation of Probability
As stated in the above table, the probability of earthquakes, which can be slight to moderate
damage (Richter scale 5-6.9), be occurred in 50 years can be taken as “Almost Certain”.
An earthquake of magnitude 7.0 Richter scale occurred in Sagaing, 39km Northwest of
Mandalay, on 16th July, 1956. A strong earthquake occurred on 24th July, 1485 near this
location, which is also along the Sagaing fault. So, the return period of a strong earthquake to
be occurred can be taken as 471 years where the probability for a strong earthquake to be
occurred in 50 years can be calculated as 10.6%. It can be taken as “Likely”.
Calculation of Consequences
Before Mitigation
Mandalay-Sagaing Region
Earthquakes occurred in Mandalay-Sagaing Region are generally 5.0-5.5 Richter Scale, which
can be minor and slight damage to structures. However, since this region is classified as Severe
to Destructive zone in Seismic Zone Map of Myanmar, the consequences can be taken as
“Moderate”.
However, according to records, earthquake in 1485 in Sagaing destroyed 3 well known pagodas
and the one which happened in 1956 severely damaged several pagodas and 40 to 50 people
were killed by this one. So, strong earthquakes of magnitude 7.0 Richter scale and above can
be taken as “Catastrophic” since the region is also classified in the Severe to Destructive Zone.
Shan State
Earthquakes in this region are generally 5.5-6.5 Richter Scale, which can be moderate damage
to structures, but it is classified as Moderate zone in Seismic Zone Map of Myanmar. So, the
consequences can be taken as “Moderate”.
After Mitigation
After Mitigation measures, consequences taken as “Moderate” can be reduced to
“Insignificant” and consequences taken as “Catastrophic” can be reduced to “Moderate”.
Figure - Past earthquakes in Sagaing, Ava (Innwa) and Mandalay Region
647
Risk Assessment Table depending on the 5X5 Risk Matrix
Mitigation Measures
Consequences after
Probability after
Consequences
Reduced Risk
Probability
Initial Risk
mitigation
mitigation
Region
Mandalay- 3 5 15 • Structures should be 1 5 5

Sagaing (High designed to withstand an (Moderate
Risk) earthquake of magnitude up Risk)
to Richter Scale 8.0.
• Selection of railway route
Mandalay- 5 4 20 which can have minimum 3 4 12 (High
Sagaing (Critical impact by an earthquake. Risk)
(Richter Risk) • If outdoors, find a clear spot
Scale 7.0 away from buildings, trees,
& above) streetlights and power lines.
Keep lying on the ground and
Shan State 3 5 15 stay there until the shaking 1 5 5
(High stops. (Moderate
Risk) • If indoor, go below table until Risk)
the shaking stops. Avoid lift
and staircase.
Residual risk even after mitigation measures cannot be mitigated more since earthquake is a
natural disaster but it can be controlled by proper emergency planning after an earthquake.
• To organize search and rescue of people trapped under debris.
• Medical officer to ensure provision of proper Medical Aid to the injured.
Mitigation Measure for Earthquake Risk
Earthquakes can occur without warning and have the potential to severely affect lives and
structures. Identifying potential hazards ahead of time and preparing in advance can reduce the
dangers of serious injury or loss of life from an earthquake. The mitigation should include;
• Securing heavy objects to walls and floors, such as shelves, cabinets, and water heaters.
• Placing large, heavy, or breakable objects on lower shelves.
• Hanging heavy items away from areas where people sit or gather frequently.
• Bracing overhead light fixtures.
• Repairing defective electrical wiring and leaky gas connections. These are potential fire
risks.
648
• Repairing any deep cracks in ceilings or foundations. Get expert advice if there are
signs of structural defects.
• Storing flammable products and hazardous material securely on bottom shelves in
cabinets that are closed with latches.
• Make sure you have a fire extinguisher, first aid kit, a battery-powered radio, a
flashlight, and extra batteries at home.
• Learn first aid.
• Make up a plan of where to meet your family after an earthquake.
Risk Assessment for Liquefaction

The probability of liquefaction is taken as “Almost Certain” as earthquakes can be occurred in
50 years and magnitude above 5.5 can trigger liquefaction.
For earthquake with magnitude 7 and above, it is taken as “Likely” since in 16th July 1956, an
earthquake of magnitude 7 occurred in Sagaing and in 24th July 1485, another strong earthquake
occurred along the Sagaing fault. Therefore, the return period of the strong earthquake is taken
as 471 years and its probability in 50 years can be calculated as 10.6%. Liquefaction is triggered
after earthquake.
Before Mitigation
Magnitude above 5 can trigger liquefaction and depends on its Richter scale, the damage occur
to structures can be classified. The consequences of liquefaction below earthquake of
magnitude 7 is moderate as it can cause minor and slight damage to the structures and its
liquefaction risk depends on the impact of the earthquake.
Earthquakes with magnitude above 7.0, the liquefaction risk will be higher as in records,
several pagodas and 40-50 people were killed in the earthquake occurred in 1956. Therefore,
the consequences is taken as major due to multiple fatalities.
After Mitigation
After mitigation measures, consequences taken as “Moderate” can be reduced to “Minor” and
consequences taken as “Major” can be reduced to “Moderate”.
649
Conse Mitigation Measures Conseque Probability

Probabi Initial Reduced
Region quenc nces after after
lity Risk Risk
es mitigation mitigation
15 - structures should be
Mandalay 6
3 5 (High supported on deep 2 3
- Sagaing (Medium)
Risk) foundations such as piles
- avoid construction on
Mandalay liquefaction susceptible
-Sagaing 20 soils
12
(Richter 5 4 (Extreme - improve the soil by 3 4
(High)
Scale 7.0 ) compacting and
& above increasing its relative
density
Mitigation Measures for Liquefaction Hazards
Mitigation measures against liquefaction are

• The infrastructures should be supported on deep foundations, such as piles, that extend
through the liquefiable soil to deeper strong and stable strata.
• The liquefaction of a soil can be prevented by compacting the soil and increasing its
relative density by means of vibratory rollers, compaction piles, vibrio-flotation, blasting,
etc.
• stabilizing soil is performed by injecting chemicals or cement grout into the soil
• By restoring to extensive ground water pumping in which the effective stress at a point
increases as the water table is lowered, the liquefaction can be prevented to some extent.
• The liquefaction hazard can be reduced to some extent by providing coarse sand blankets
and drains in the soil deposit.
• Applying a surcharge load to a soil deposit and construction of stone columns, the
possibility of liquefaction is reduced by means of increasing the effective stress.
6.6.2.2. Flood Risk
A flood is a high flow or overflow of water from a river or similar source of water occurring
over a period of time. Heavy rain spell can result in an extra volume of water in the waterways,
leading to a rise in the water level of streams and rivers. A flood happens when the carrying
capacity of the waterways fails to hold the total volume of increased water at any given time.
Nowadays, all the countries’ climate is changing - temperatures are getting hotter and the
monsoon season is getting shorter. That’ s why flooding cause of climate change, appear as a
threat for us.
650
Many factors can go into the making of a flood, these are;

The main causes of floods are:
❖ Continuous heavy rain
❖ Bad drainage facilities
❖ Blocking of river channels by landslides
❖ Narrowness of the river
❖ Change in the course of river
❖ Inefficient engineering design in the construction of embankments,
❖ dams and canals
❖ Failure of hydraulic and other control measures
❖ Destruction of mangroves and trees which do not grow back
❖ Deforestation and removal of root system
❖ Sediment deposit or silting of the river bed
❖ Rapid urbanization with no proper drainage facility
❖ Storm surge
❖ Tsunami
❖ More and more, flooding factors are also linked to climate change.
Substation equipment flood damage and failure modes

Damage or service disruption Description
Slight/Minor Shut off preemptively Tripping
Moderate Inundated, repairs economically feasible
Severe Inundated, beyond economically feasible
repair
Catastrophic Explosion Washed away by floodwaters
Flash Flood
Flash floods are floods that rise and fall rapidly with little or no advance warning. A flash
flood occurs when water overflows on or inundates land that is normally dry. Rivers can
overflow their banks to cause flooding, and sea waters can be pushed towards land by
massive winds, which then cause flooding. Rainfalls over an extended period can caus e
major rivers to overflow their banks. Rivers can overflow their banks, causing flooding
during heavy rains, severe storms and dam breaks. Huge amounts of water flowing in rivers
651
are due to incessant heavy rains and melting of snow, resulting in severe flooding. Flash
flood normally happens during the monsoon season. Around this time, potholes can
overflow fast, breaking and damaging the river banks. Flash floods are common in
mountainous regions. Lack of vegetation and denudation of the mountain areas are the major
causes of flash floods.
Flash flood damages can be reduced by establishing a proper flood control management
structure to manage floods and reduce their ill effects. Taking precautionary steps, measures,
and actions with the help of the government will deliver communities, agricultural land,
infrastructure, and livelihoods in flash flood-prone areas to safety.
River Flood
A river flood occurs when a river overspills its banks; that is, when its flow can no longer be
contained within its channel. Flooding is a natural and regular reality for many rivers, helping
sculpt soil and spread nutrients in alluvial valleys and supporting many ecosystems – such as
swamps and bottomland forests – adapted to occasional inundation.
River floods have also been life-giving forces for human societies dependent on them for
agriculture and soil fertility. Nonetheless, humans often perceive floods negatively because of
the damage and loss of life they often wreak where natural floodways have become heavily
developed and populated.
Climate Change and Flooding

Connecting climate change to floods can be a tricky endeavor. Not only do myriad weather-
and human-related factors play into whether or not a flood occurs, but limited data on the floods
of the past make it difficult to measure them against the climate-driven trends of floods today.
However, as the IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) noted in its special report
on extremes, it is increasingly clear that climate change “has detectably influenced” several of
the water-related variables that contribute to floods, such as rainfall, extreme weather events,
etc. Floods are made more likely by the more extreme weather patterns caused by long-term
global climate change. Change in land cover—such as removal of vegetation—and climate
change increase flood risk.
Extreme floods can be triggered by intense precipitation, longer duration, close repetition of
precipitations or a combination of these. “While it is difficult to make a direct link between an
individual extreme event and climate change, it is clear that we need to be prepared to face
652
more intense and more frequent extreme hydro-meteorological events due to climate change,”
says Pascal Peduzzi, Director of the United Nations Environment Programme’s (UNEP) Global
Resource Information Database in Geneva.
Climate change endangers the railways system when subjected to flooding events. Flood events
have caused property damage along with service disruptions, by the inundation of underground
infrastructures (e.g., tunnels and alignment). Therefore, it is important to evaluate flood risks
in railways systems to plan for flood disasters and set mitigation strategies efficiently.
General Rainfall Conditions and Flooding around Proposed Project
In Myanmar, annual rainfall in the delta region is approximately 2,500 mm (98.4 in), while
average annual rainfall in the Dry Zone in central Myanmar is less than 1,000 mm (39.4 in). In
specific, about 812 mm(32.0) inch of precipitation falls annually in Mandalay and around 1758
mm (69.2) inch per year in Shan State (climate-data 2020).
The floods in Myanmar, mainly occur during the monsoon months (June to October). The type
of floods occur in Myanmar may be generally classified into two; the wide spread flood and
flash flood. The wide spread flood mostly occurs along Ayeyarwady, Chindwin, Sittoung and
Thanlwin which are major rivers and the flash flood usually occur at the small rivers and stream.
The main cause of wide spread flood is heavy rainfall striking at the head water regime for
considerable period (1 to 3 days), the flood wave forming at the head water started to move
downward and causing flood along the river up to the deltaic area. The flash flood is caused by
heavy rainfall fell on the source and the flood wave move downward swiftly. Observation
shows that the percentage of occurrence of floods (exceeding danger level) in medium and
large rivers of Myanmar are 6% in June, 23% in July, 49% in August, 14% in September and
8% in October. The severe floods had occurred in 2004, 1974,1997,1976,1991,1973,1988 and
1997, and order of the years are arranged with respect to their intensities. Ref; (Department of
Meteorology And Hydrology (Myanmar) 2020)
Floods in last 50 Years
Location Date
Wundwin, Mandalay Division July 2001
Kyaukse District, Mandalay Division October 2006
Along Ayeyarwaddy River July 2004
3 places in Mogok Town July 2008
Amarapuya Township July 2020
Mandalay Division June 2019
Amarapura Township July 2016
Patheingyi July 2016
Myit Nge , Pyin Oo Lwin, and Patheingyi, September 2015
Mandalay Divison
653
Flood Risk Assessment

Mandalay region
In Mandalay Region, both flash floods and river floods can occur because of its vicinity to
Ayeyarwaddy River.
Before Mitigation
Flash floods may occur at least once a year, so, the probability can be taken as “Likely”. For
river floods, it is estimated that it might occur at some time, and so, the probability can be taken
as “Possible”.
Before Mitigation
Flash floods can be low environmental damage, and so, the consequences can be taken as
“Minor”. River floods can be medium damage to environment, so, it can be classified as
“Moderate”.
After Mitigation
After proper mitigation measures and flood control measures, consequences of flash floods
can be reduced to “Insignificant” and river floods “Minor”.
Shan State
In Shan State, only flash floods mostly occur.
Before Mitigation
Flash floods may occur at least once a year, so, the probability can be taken as “Likely”.
Before Mitigation
Flash floods can be low environmental damage, and so, the consequences can be taken as
“Minor”.
After Mitigation
After proper mitigation measures and flood control measures, consequences of flash floods
can be reduced to “Insignificant”.
654
Flood Risk Assessment Table
Mitigation Measures
Consequences after
Probability after
Region & Flood
Consequences
Reduced Risk
Probability
Initial Risk
mitigation
mitigation
Type
Mandalay 8 4
• Proper Drainage
(Flash 2 4 (Moderate 1 4 (Moderate
System
Flood) Risk) Risk)
• Re-vegetation after
Mandalay 6
9 (High cutting trees in the
(River 3 3 2 3 (Moderate
Risk) vicinity
Flood) Risk)
Shan • Avoid over cutting of
8 trees in mountainous 4
State
2 4 (Moderate regions to reduce 1 4 (Moderate
(Flash
Risk) denudation Risk)
Flood)
Preparedness Scale for Flood Risk Climate Change

Example preparedness scale for flooding and climate change;
We should prepare for unforeseen events and then identified the hazards with reactive action
plans and set short-term forecast and plan. To implement long-term sustainable planning. A
specific risk due to flooding and climate change, could impact on these parts on proposed
project.
Control Measures for Flooding

• Introduce better Flood warning system
• Construct substation about flood level
• Tackle climate change
• Protect wetlands and introduce plant trees strategically
• Introduce water storage area
• Put up more flood barriers
655
Power Traction/ Electrical Power Risk due to Flooding

Floods are commonly associated with power outages. Impacts of flooding on the power supply
system are;
⚫ Flooding of power sub-station could cause electric shock.
⚫ Loss of power could also disable other infrastructure system.
⚫ Power shortages for traction, and stations. Widespread loss of power would affect
machinery, and passengers which would stop operations.
⚫ Moisture and dirt.
⚫ Points and signaling equipment rely on intricate wiring and power supplies, which are
extremely vulnerable to failure during flooding, and need replacing before services can run
again. If the track has a live conductor rail, flooding can cause a short circuit.
6.6.2.3. Electrical Fire Risk due to Wildfire and Electrical Shock

Over the years, utilities around the nation have had to deal with wildfire-related damage to their
transmission and distribution lines, especially those that traverse wilderness areas. Now, there
is growing evidence that, in some instances, the power lines themselves are triggering the
wildfires.
In some instances, high winds can blow nearby trees and their branches into power lines,
sparking fires. In other cases, wind can snap wooden distribution line poles, causing live wires
to fall onto nearby dry grass, setting it on fire.
Fire fighters performing fireground operations near downed power lines may be exposed to
electrical shock hazards through the following means:
• Electrical currents that flow through the ground and extend several feet (ground
gradient)
• Contact with downed power lines that are still energized
• Overhead power lines that fall onto and energize conductive equipment and materials
located on the fireground
• Smoke that becomes charged and conducts electrical current
A key strategy to prevent fire

The safest way to deal with fire is to prevent it. A fire needs three elements: heat, oxygen and
fuel. Without heat, oxygen and fuel, a fire will not start or spread. A key strategy to prevent
fire is to remove one or more of heat, oxygen or fuel.
656
The goals for fire protection are universal; only the means chosen to achieve them vary. These
goals can be simply stated in the following list.
Prevent the fire or retard its growth and spread.

o Control fire properties of combustible items.
o Provide adequate compartmentation.
o Provide for suppression of the fire.
Protect occupants from the fire effects.

o Provide timely notification of the emergency.
o Protect escape routes.
o Provide areas of refuge where necessary and possible.
Minimize the impact of fire.

o Provide separation by tenant, occupancy, or maximum area.
o Maintain the structural integrity of property.
o Provide for continued operation of shared properties.
Support fire service operations.

o Provide for identification of fire location.
o Provide reliable communication with areas of refuge.
o Provide for fire department access, control, communication, and water supply.
657
Figure: Fire Risk Map (Based on fire cases from 1983-2007)
658
The fire case of last 25 years (1983-2007) reflect decreasing trend at figure.
Figure: Annual Average Fire Cases
The average annual financial loss reflects increasing trend at figure.
Figure: Average Annual Financial Losses due to Fire
659
According to the Fire Risk Map of Myanmar, the number of annual fire cases is Mandalay
Division is between 200-150 so it is considered to be high and in Shan State, it is between 50-
100 which is in medium.
The number of financial losses from fire in Mandalay Division is less than 100 million kyats
so its scale is low and for Shan State, its loss is between 100 to 200 million kyats so its scale is
medium
Fire Risk Assessment Table
Measures
Region &
Probabili
Probabili
Mitigatio
loss after
mitigatio
mitigatio
Property
Property
Reduced
ty after
Initial
Flood
Type
Risk
Risk
Loss
ty
n
Control • fire
properties of
combustible items
Mandalay Medium
• Provide for Medium Medium Medium
Medium High
risk suppression of the Risk
fire
• Do not leave the
cooking unattended
because cooking is
the number one
cause of residential
fires and unattended
cooking increases
the chance of a stove
Shan Medium top fire Low
Medium Medium High voltage lines Medium Low
State Risk• Risk
require much thicker
insulation; therefore
the condition should
be made that the
higher the voltage,
the thicker the
insulation
Prevention Measures of the risk of electrocution, electrical shock, and electricity-related

burns
To minimize the risk of electrocution, electrical shock, and electricity-related burns while
fighting wildland fires, fire departments and firefighters should take the following precautions:
660
Fire departments should do the following:

• Keep firefighters a minimum distance away from downed power lines until the line is
de-energized. This minimum distance should equal the span of two poles.
• Establish, implement, and enforce standard operating procedures (SOPs) that address
the safety of fire fighters when they work near downed power lines or energized
electrical equipment. For example, assign one of the fireground personnel to serve as a
spotter to ensure that the location of the downed line is communicated to all fireground
personnel.
• Do not apply solid-stream water applications on or around energized, downed power
lines or equipment.
• Ensure that protective shields, barriers, or alerting techniques are used to protect fire
fighters from electrical hazards and energized areas. For example, rope off the
energized area.
• Train fire fighters in safety-related work practices when working around electrical
energy. For example, treat all downed power lines as energized and make fire fighters
aware of hazards related to ground gradients.
• Ensure that fire fighters are equipped with proper personal protective equipment and
that it is maintained in good condition.
• Ensure that rubber gloves and dielectric over-shoes and tools (insulated sticks and cable
cutters) for handling energized equipment are used by properly trained and qualified
personnel.
Fire fighters should do the following:

• Assume all power lines are energized and call the power provider to de-energize the
line(s).
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment for the task at hand.
• Do not stand or work in areas of dense smoke. Dense smoke can obscure energized
electrical lines or equipment and can become charged and conduct electrical current.
Mitigation Measures to Wildfires

There are several measures that can be taken. First is clearing trees under and alongside power
lines. Second is reducing the risk of sparking between conductors by shorter spans between
poles and greater separation between the conductors. Using stronger poles and more frequent
661
maintenance checks to remove weaker poles can reduce the risk of pole failure. Monitoring
local wind-speeds and switching out lines when winds too high are another option. Of course
these cost money, but it is the community as a whole that bears the costs of wildfires rather
than the utilities.
Forest fires are Mother Nature's way of cleaning and renewing land. But that's not a good
solution in populated areas and along the power lines. So the only real solutions are to bury the
wires or clear out the fuel manually. The first is very expensive one time; the second is a
continuing expense - and not really practical anyway due to the ruggedness of the terrain. The
mitigation measures for forest fire are carried out according to the EHS Guideline.
Monitoring right of way vegetation according to fire risk
Removing blowdown and other high-hazard fuel accumulations
Time thinning, slashing, and other maintenance activities to avoid forest fire seasons
Disposal of maintenance slash by truck or controlled burning. Controlled burning should
adhere to applicable burning regulations, fire suppression equipment requirements and
typically must be monitored by a fire watcher.
Planting and managing fire resistant species (eg. Hardwoods) within and adjacent to right of
way
Establishing a network of fuel breaks of less flammable materials or cleaned land to show
progress of fires and allow firefighting access.
Mitigation Measures to electrical fire

However, insulating the power lines is not the cure-all, either. High voltage lines require much
thicker insulation; therefore, the condition should be made that the higher the voltage, the
thicker the insulation. Moreover, another real solution is to remove the fuel. We don't
necessarily have to cut down the trees - but brush, especially dead brush that accumulates, is a
real danger.
Fires Caused by Carelessness and Mitigation Measures
Carelessness is the most productive cause of fire and the cause of 80 per cent of fires. Its
prevalence is due to the lack of personal responsibility on the part of those whose negligence
permits fire to start. A man on whose premises a fire originates from avoidable causes after his
failure to comply with the local fire prevention ordinances should by law be financially liable
for part of or all the damage to tile adjoining property and to the city for its cost in extinguishing
662
the fire. Neither laws or other measures can entirely overcome the failings of human nature and
abolish carelessness. Nevertheless, if two-thirds of all fires have this cause as their origin it is
probably not presumptions to assume that by strict enforcement of proper fire prevention
regulations negligence could be checked. The ways to prevent fire incidents due to carelessness
include the following.
• Educate the public, change its indifferent attitude towards fires and still more slowly
change its careless habits
• Avoid unattended or careless use of candles. No open flames are allowed inside the
station
• Do not smoke indoor
• Do not leave the cooking unattended because cooking is the number one cause of
residential fires and unattended cooking increases the chance of a stove top fire
• Use high pressure gases, stored in huge tanks near plant buildings, to fight fire
Forest Fire
Forest fire hazard is considered a process, a phenomenon or a human activity that may cause
loss of life, injury, infrastructure damage, social and economic disruption and environmental
degradation. It is a fire that is burnt in trees, bushes or woodland that are uncontrolled and
unwanted. Since the Muse-Mandalay railway system will be constructed through plenty of
forest areas, forest fires can be caused and affect the infrastructure of the bridges.
The effects of forest fire on bridge infrastructure include:
• Immediate closure of bridges and damages to the bridge structure and infrastructure
elements.
• Damage to the surrounding area that may involve loss of stability of the surrounding
area leading to landslides and erosion
• Danger from falling trees and the potential for future flood risk
Fire disaster impact on bridge infrastructure could be a result of bushfires or accidents on the
roads or on their adjacent environment. The impact of the elevated temperature caused by fire
on material types used in construction of bridges, culverts and flood-ways could lead to
degradation of structural or functional capacity of the structures and eventually failure of their
elements. Responses of structures exposed to fire can vary as it could be in thermal, mechanical
and deformation responses.
663
Reinforced Concrete Steel

• Concrete spalling • Steel distortion
• Concrete cracking • Deflection of steel elements
• Concrete delamination • Formation of steel elements
• Compressive strength reduction • Buckling (web buckling)
• Steel reinforcement and prestressed • Reduction of tensile and yield
strands strength reduction strength
• Post-fire steel toughness
• Steel pitting & flaking
• Paint and coating degradation
Forest fires are mostly done by arsonists and human accidents; however, they are also started
by natural causes such as lighting strikes. It is common in areas with low rainfall, hot and dry
summers, fire proneness and dependence of eucalypt forest. The intensity and the spread of
forest fire are based on factors such as
• Vegetation type
• Wind speed
• Temperature
• Humidity
• Topography of the area
Humidity, low rainfall, increasing temperatures and wind speeds are generally favorable
conditions for forest fire risk.
10-day observation of forest fire cases (January to June 2008)

The dominant type of forest in Mandalay and Shan State is residual forest that sheds leaves
during dry season. As a result, the associated forest fires, which are normally surface fire, are
most frequent during the dry season, starting from around December until May, as shown in
following table.
Table- 10-day observation of forest fire cases (January to June 2008) (Area in Acre)
State& 1Jan- 11Jan- 21Jan- 31 Jan- 10 Feb- 20 Feb- 1Mar- 11Mar-
Division 10Jan 20Jan 30 Jan 9 Feb 19 Feb 29 Feb 10 Mar 20 Mar
Mandalay 0.14 1190 1666 2619 2619 3571 5952 7380
Shan 0.00 43714 17158 35831 88538 124414 169203 35335
State& 21 Mar- 31 Mar- 10 Apr- 20 Apr- 30 10 20 30

Division 30 Mar 9 Apr 19 Apr 29 Apr Apr-9 May- May- May- 8
May 19 May 29 May Jun
Mandalay 6428 5475 2857 714 0 0 0 0
Shan 383195 333429 306556 129390 0 0 0 0
Source-Hazard Profile of Myanmar
664
Forest Fire Risk Assessment

Risk Consequences Probability Risk
Forest Fire 1 4 Medium
Mitigation Measures for Forest Fire Risk

• Management of combustible materials and ignition sources and including vehicles
movements across grassed areas and cigarettes.
• Fuel reduction where necessary and consistent with fire regimes for native vegetation
• Fire protection and firefighting equipment.
• Thinning of trees, vegetation, and removal of highly flammable vegetation
• Elimination of fuel ladders, including shrubs near tree branches
• Integration of natural barriers such as rock outcroppings, wetlands, streams, ponds and
fences
• Do not let plants touch the siding, as their flames will allow the vertical spread of flames
so cut them off.
• Landscape plans that prioritize plants with high-moisture content.
665
7.0. CUMULATIVE IMPCT ASSESSMENT
Cumulative Impact Assessment is the process of assessing potential effects on receptors

from environmental and social impacts caused by the combined influence of more than one
project. Evaluation of potential cumulative impacts is an integral element of an impact
assessment.
7.1. Methodology and Approach

The analysis of cumulative impacts in this section follows the processes recommended by EIA
procedure (2015) and the regulations at Section 42 of the Environmental Conservation Law.
Cumulative impacts in relation to an activity are defined in the EIA Regulations (Government
Notice R543) as meaning “the impact of an activity that in itself may not be significant, but may
become significant when added to the existing and potential impacts eventuating from similar or
diverse activities or undertakings in the area”. Cumulative impacts were assessed by taking into
consideration of potential environmental impacts of the proposed project and other related
activities that had happened in the past, currently is happening at present and likely to happen in
the future. In general, the proposed project cumulative impact railway facilities depending on the
resource considered. The potential cumulative impact for the proposed project encompasses the
area of physical disturbance along the proposed project construction ROW and adjacent areas
that could have localized impacts associated with temporary access roads and aboveground
facilities. The actions considered in the cumulative impact analysis may vary from the proposed
project in nature, magnitude, and duration. These actions are included based on their likelihood
of occurrence, and only projects with either ongoing or reasonably foreseeable impacts are
identified.
7.2. Existing and Future Private and Public Projects and Developments
The followings are the existing private and public infrastructure, factory and industrial sector
related to the proposedproject…
666
7.2.1. Existing Private and Public Project and Developments
7.2.1.1. Existing Power Transmission Line in Northern Shan State
(a) 230 kV Mansan Primary Substation

1. Location – Nantmatu Township, Kyauk-mae District, Shan (North) State
2. Area – (70) Acre
3. Commissioning Date – (7-July-2008)
4. Install Capacity – 230/66/11kV 60 MVA (LEEEC, China)
Total – 60 MVA
5. Transmission Lines and Distribution Feeders –
(i) 230 kV Transmission Lines
(1) Shwesaryan (1) Line
(2) Shwesaryan (2) Line
(3) Shweli (1) Line
(4) Shweli (2) Line
(ii) 66 kV Transmission Lines
(1) Thi-baw Line
(2) Lashio Line
(3) Mansan Line
6. Distribution Regions – Lashio Township, Kutkai Township, Tant-yan Township, Mine-
yael Township, Kyauk-mae Township, Hsipaw Township, Nant-matu Township and
Nant-san Township.
Figure - Existing Power Transmission Line in Northern Shan Region
667
Figure - Map of Electrification in Northern Shan State Source
668
(b) Shweli No. (1) Hydropower Project
1. Location – Nam Hkan Township, Shan State

2. River – Shweli
3. Construction Starting Date – 2002 - 2003
4. Commercial Running Date – 2009
5. Installed Capacity – 600 MW (6 × 100 MW)
6. Rated Head – 981 ft
7. Type of Turbine – Francis (Vertical)
8. Discharge – 6 × 1382.7 = 7972.2 ft3/s
9. Annual Design Generation – 4022 GWh
10. Transmission Line – 230 kV Shweli-Mansan to Taung Taw Kwin Substation Shwesaryan
Line (1) & (2) – (180) miles
11. Low/High Pressure Pipe Line – 3030 ft × (2) Nos (f -17ft)
Figure – Shweli No. (1) Hydropower Project
7.2.2. Future Private and Public Projects and Developments
The future project will be railway power supply system (traction substations and transmission
line along the railway) and other infrastructure and developments related to the proposed project
such as quarry mine sites and concrete blending plant.
669
Figure - Future Railway Power Traction Substation
Figure - Future Railway Transmission Line
Some Quarry Mine Site in Shan Region

Source: Frontier Myanmar
670
7.3. Assessment and Mitigation Measures of Potential Cumulative Impacts
Cumulative impacts for the proposed railway power supply system will be as follow:
7.3.1. Cumulative Impacts during Pre-Construction Phase
(a) Loss of Habitat as Cumulative Impact

Pre-construction activities will have too much tree cutting down along the railway line for site
clearing process and include minor earth working activities that need to be used dozer and trucks.
It is observed that the consequences of the deforestation effect include as follows:
Clearing vegetation for project plant is the primary cause of habitat destruction. Removing trees
thins the forest canopy which is meant to block sun rays as good shelter during the day and holds
in the heat at night. This damaging disruption leads to extreme temperature swings that are
harmful to plants and animals. The loss of the habitats is expected to have indirect impacts on
surrounding habitat areas and associated biota. Habitat destruction is currently ranked as the
primary cause of species extinction worldwide. This can be a cumulative impact since people are
clearing vegetation even before the project.
Mitigation Measures of Loss of Habitat
• Clearing of vegetation should be kept to a minimum;

• Keeping the width and length of earthworks to a minimum;
• Wetland habitats identified should be retained within the development footprint in its
current state; and
• Replantation to balance native ecosystem
(b) Deforestation as Cumulative Impact
There will have cutting down and clearing away of trees and natural vegetation along the railway
project according to the needs of ROW width for section subgrade, power supply, tunnels and
bridge construction. Large amount of greenhouse gases are generated from fuel powered
machinery and vehicles by the operation of generator, concrete mixer, excavator, loaders, trucks
and other construction machineries into the atmosphere both on-site and the public roads.
Because of the development of the area, other commercial buildings such as factories can also
671
exist in the future. These can also release a large amount of greenhouse gases. Healthy
forests absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, acting as valuable carbon sinks. Deforested
areas lose that ability and release more carbon. The lack of trees allows a greater amount of
greenhouse gases to be released into the atmosphere. This can lead to global warming which can
be considered as a cumulative impact since it is happening currently.
Mitigation Measures of Deforestation

• Protect natural carbon sinks that could be endangered by the project, such as peat soils,
woodlands, wetland areas and etc.
• Clearing of vegetation should be kept to a minimum, keeping the width and length of the
earth works to a minimum and the floodplain / wetlands habitats identified should be
retained within the development footprint in its current state.
• Ensure there is selective clearing of the vegetation this allows future re-growth and
regeneration.
• There should be initiated prior to the commencement of any construction once the
required permits are in place and submitted to the authority for the removal of trees.
• Training of construction workers to raise awareness of environmental protection
requirements.
• Avoid unnecessary idling of construction vehicles
• Construction machineries and vehicles will be maintained properly
• Vehicles for projects should be used energy-efficient machinery and the providers apply
proper fuel oil and its suitable fuel management system.
7.3.2. Cumulative Impacts during Construction Phase
Cumulative impacts during construction phase will be as follow:
(a) Water Scarcity as Cumulative Impact
Northern Shan Region and Pyin Oo Lwin are currently facing with water scarcity problems. The
proposed project will use a large amount of water since it is involving construction processes
which need to use water and a large group of workers will also use water which can lead to more
problems of water scarcity.
672
Mitigation Measures for Water Scarcity

⚫ Sustainable water management: Improving water infrastructure must be a priority, as
water conservation and efficiency are key components of sustainable water management.
⚫ Reclaimed water: Rainwater harvesting and recycled wastewater also allows reducing
scarcity and easing pressures on groundwater and other natural water bodies.
Groundwater recharge, that allows water moving from surface water to groundwater, is a
well-known process to prevent water scarcity.
⚫ Awareness & Education: Education is critical to solve the water crisis. Employees must
be educated about water scarcity and must be trained to get knowledge on how to save
water as much as possible.
⚫ Moreover, construction period should be started in the late rainy season in order to be
able to store rainwater in storage tanks throughout the whole rainy season. Water usage
of local people must not be disturbed. Besides, water from construction activities should
be recycled by use of sedimentation ponds.
7.3.3. Cumulative Impacts during Operation Phase
Cumulative impacts during construction phase will be as follow:
(a) Alternation in Land Use Pattern as Cumulative Impact
There will have alternation of land use (alternation of farm lands to other industrial purposes) as
cumulative impact. The proposed bypass will have a cumulative impact on the agriculture in the
area. The route and the economic growth are planned to stimulate ultimately affect the way land
and it can also increase the overall impact. As the development takes place, the land take area
will be increased. Most versatile land will be lost and therefore there is not significant on the
National or local level. In terms of the cumulative impact on agricultural practice, the impact of
the proposed route on husbandry is much harder to assess.
Mitigation Measures for Alternation in Land Use Pattern
According to the primary data collection by household survey, most of the farmers are willing to
handover their lands with reasonable price and want to employ with the higher salary in the
proposed project. So, to reduce alternation in land use pattern and reduce income for local
economy and reduce production of local crops. MR should consider to appoint local people
especially people who sold their farm lands to MR.
673
(b) Visual Impact as Cumulative Impacts
As, Shan State has beautiful landscape and it is also famous for its scenery. When the project is
finished, power lines and traction substations to supply the train with electricity can be a visual
impact on the landscape since it can be an eye sore for people who enjoy sightseeing. There will
have potential to visual impact as cumulative impact due to the potential to increase in industrial
sector (gas pipeline, transmission line and existing railway from Mandalay to Lashio).
The cumulative impact of the proposed structures and other infrastructure and link roads will be
particularly significant with the farmland and the urban edge along the road will contribute to the
increasing urbanization of that area, resulting in a gradual change of character. In spite of the
careful route planning, there will be a need for it to be cleared from vegetation, trees and the like;
however due to its small width the extent of the work and consequently the visual changes will
be negligible. In the phase of using the way, negative influences are not expected, which is why
it is not necessary for any measures to be taken.
Before the Project
After the Project
674
Mitigation Measures for Visual Impacts
Visual impacts will be prevented through the installation of natural visual barriers such as
vegetation. Landscape management and site restoration plans will be in place with recommended
mitigation measures such as replacement planting, and vegetation barriers. The landscape and
color of power supply facilities will be selected with consideration of architecture view.
(c) Water Scarcity as Cumulative Impact
The areas in the vicinity of the project may be developed after the construction project. Due to
the development of the area, population can also increase and this can lead to water scarcity
problems currently faced by the local people.
Mitigation Measures for Water Scarcity
⚫ Sustainable water management: Improving water infrastructure must be a priority, as

water conservation and efficiency are key components of sustainable water management.
⚫ Reclaimed water: Rainwater harvesting and recycled wastewater also allows reducing
scarcity and easing pressures on groundwater and other natural water bodies.
Groundwater recharge, that allows water moving from surface water to groundwater, is a
well-known process to prevent water scarcity.
⚫ Awareness & Education: Education is critical to solve the water crisis. Employees must
be educated about water scarcity and must be trained to get knowledge on how to save
water as much as possible.
⚫ Moreover, construction period should be started in the late rainy season in order to be
able to store rainwater in storage tanks throughout the whole rainy season. Water usage
of local people must not be disturbed. Besides, water from construction activities should
be recycled by use of sedimentation ponds.
(d) Increase in Human Trafficking as Cumulative Impact
Since the transportation becomes easy, the increase in human trafficking rate could also occur.
Regionally, Shan state registered with 37 cases, followed by Mandalay region and with 10 cases.
There were 22 domestic trafficking in persons in terms of forced labor, prostitution and forced
marriage during the period. In 2019, 358 people including 297 females were victimized in
675
connection with 239 human trafficking cases across the country. During the whole 2020, 167
people including 39 young girls were victimized while 339 traffickers were charged in
connection with the cases.
Mitigation Measures for Impacts of Increase in Human Trafficking
• The corporation with human trafficking team in every trip to Mandalay to Muse
Permanent Immigration Inspection Team should be made. The people who smuggle
women and children are sentenced to at least 10 years or up to lifetime sentence or fine
while money or property received through trafficking will be confiscated by the
government under the Anti-Trafficking in Persons Law.
(e) Increase in Trade off Drugs as Cumulative Impact
Since the transportation becomes easy and the profits of trade off drugs are high, the rate of
trading off drugs would increase especially in Shan State.
Mitigation Measures for Trade off Drugs
Trading off the chemicals and drugs used to manufacture drugs into Shan State should be
restricted. The government should redouble its drug control and anti-corruption efforts, focusing
on major players in the drug trade. Education and harm reduction should replace. At the
community level, the government should focus more on education and harm reduction.
(f) Illegal Trading as Cumulative Impact
During the transportation of construction materials and for maintenance of construction

machineries, jade, endangered species, wood, orchid, and other natural resources can be the main
objects in illegal trading.
Mitigation Measures for Illegal Trading
• Proper inspection at every gate before going out of the country

• Stop enough time for inspection
• Cooperate with respective organizations.
676
(g) Increased in Electricity Consumption as Cumulative Impact
Electricity is mainly used in station, along alignment and yard where lighting is required. Load
will be for communication, signaling, information and infrared axle temperature detection
devices, locomotive maintenance and water supply and drainage equipment, indoor and outdoor
lighting, etc in the stations along the line. The usage of local power system can be disturbed if
the required power load is supplied by using local power supply system.
Mitigation Measures
• Use the source of electricity that does not pressure on local use in the current and future.
• Use alternative source of energy such as solar power station or generators.
677
8.0. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
In order to manage the physical, biological and sociological impacts identified in the impact
assessment, MR has committed to implement an environmental management plan of the project
(EMP). This management plan will form the basis for the development of an integrated
management system for environmental and community issues. EMP is a site-specific plan
developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner
where all contractors and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential
environmental impacts arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to
properly manage that risk. EMP also ensures the project implementation is carried out in
accordance with the design by taking appropriate mitigation actions to reduce adverse
environmental impacts during its life cycle.
In construction & operation environmental management plan for proposed project, the
following plans should be considered:
• Environmental Monitoring Plan

• Air Quality Management Plan
• Water Quality Management Plan
• Noise and Vibration Management Plan
• Soil Quality Management Plan
• Traffic Management Plan
• Occupational and Community Health & Safety Risk and Management Plan
• Disaster Risk Management Plan
• Waste Management Plan
• Watershed Management Plan
• Forest Rehabilitation Plan
• Management Plan for Minimizing Impact for Forest Cover along Transmission Line
• Wildlife Corridors Protection and Enhancement Plan
• Biodiversity Action Plan
• Avian and Bat Protection Plan
• Public Health and Safety Management Plan
• Cultural Heritage Management Plan
• Community Development Plan
678
8.1. Project Description by Project Phase


and excavation of soils for the installation of structural foundations for power stations, and
electricity supplies system. Site clearing activities for transmission lines will be included in
that of alignment.



reuse.
8.2. Environmental and Socio-economic relevant with Law and Legal Requirements
Laws and Regulations Year Purposes
National Environmental 2015 These national Environmental Quality (Emission)

Quality (Emission) Guidelines (hereafter referred to as Guidelines)
Guidelines (Section 2.1.9) provide the basis for regulation and control of noise
and vibration, air emissions, and liquid discharges
from various sources in order to prevent pollution
for purposes of protection of human and ecosystem
health.
679
Conservation of Water 2006 To conserve and protect the water resources and
Resources and Rivers Law rivers system for beneficial utilization by the
(Law No. 8, 11(a), 13, 19, public; to prevent environmental impact.
24(b), 30)
Conservation of Water 2013 To conserve and protect the water resources and
Resources and Rivers Rules rivers system for beneficial utilization by the
public; to prevent environmental impact.
Forest Law 1992 To implement forest policy and environmental

conservation policy, to promote public cooperation
in implementing these policies, to develop the
economy of the State, to prevent destruction of
forest and biodiversity, to carry out conservation of
natural forests and establishment of forest
plantations and to contribute towards the fuel
requirement of the country.
The Bridges Law (Law No 2019 • To systematically supervise, supervise and
16) charge bridges on the construction of new
bridges, construction of new bridges, upgrades,
extensions, inspections of bridges
• To ensure the safety and security of the users
of the bridge and to be able to continuously
carry out matters related to the maintenance
and strength of the bridge
• Safe and secure use of the bridge will speed up
the flow of passengers and goods, improve
transportation costs, improve the socio-
economic life of citizens and raise living
standards
• To accelerate the development of the country
by constructing, upgrading, expanding,
inspecting, repairing and maintaining the
bridge for its longevity
Land Acquisition, 2019 • In this law, it is stipulated that the government
Resettlement and holds rights to take over land provided that
Rehabilitation Law (Section compensation is made to the original land
39, 41, 42, 46, 54(b and c), owner. No private ownership of land is
58) permitted
• To prevent potential impacts on environmental
and social sectors due to land use for projects
The Freshwater Fisheries 1991 • To further develop the fisheries;
Law (Law No. 36, 40, 41) • To prevent the extinction of fish;
• To safeguard and prevent the destruction of
freshwater fisheries waters;
• To obtain duties and fees payable to the State;
• To manage the fisheries and to take action in
accordance with the Law.
680
Prevention and Control of 1995 To prevent the outbreak of Communicable

Communicable Diseases Diseases, by implementing following project
Law activities;
(Law No. 3, 4, 9, 11) (a) immunization of children by injection or orally;
(b) immunization of those who have attained
majority, by injection or orally, when necessary;
(c) carrying out health educative activities relating
to Communicable Disease.
Myanmar Fire Force Law, 2015 • To take precautionary and preventive measure
(Law No. 25) and loss of state own property, private property,
cultural heritage and the lives and property of
public due to fire and other natural disasters
• To organize fire brigade systemically and to
train the fire brigade
• To prevent from fire and to conduct release
work when fire disaster, natural disaster,
epidemic disease or any kind of certain danger
occurs
• To educate, organize an inside extensively so as
to achieve public corporation
• To participate if in need for national security,
peace for the citizens and law and order
Minimum Wages Law 2013 This Law was enacted to meet with the essential
(Law No. 12, 13 (a to g) needs of the workers, and their families, who are
working at the commercial, production and service,
agricultural and livestock breeding businesses and
with the purpose of increasing the capacity of the
workers and for the development of
competitiveness.
▪ the operation, maintenance and expansion of
distribution systems in accordance with all
applicable law and regulatory requirements,
▪ compliance with all applicable distribution codes
The Electricity Rule 2015 and performance standards approved and issued
by the Ministry and all environmental
requirements,
▪ the distribution systems are safe, secure and
operate reliably and economically.
681
8.3. Environmental Management and Monitoring Measures
8.3.1. Environmental Management Measures
The summary of potential environmental impacts, mitigation measures, estimated cost, and
responsibility on the project during pre-construction, construction phase, operation phase and
decommissioning phase are shown in table below.
682
Table 8.1. Environmental Management Measures
Expected Environmental
Item and Social Impacts and Receptors Mitigation Measures Frequency Cost Responsibility
Sources of Impacts
Pre-Construction Phase
Impacts on air(a) Fugitive dust generation Local - Water will be sprayed at construction 2 times/day - Total estimated costs of Contractor
environment - Fugitive dust generation due residents in site by using handheld spray. overall handheld spray
to dozers and trucks for site
nearest - Wheels of vehicles will be cleaned (50000 kyats)
clearing and ground
villages, and goods carried will be covered - Estimated cost of covering
levelling Local while delivering. (35000 kyats per cover)
residents near
along the
hauling road,
Flora
diversity
along the
hauling road
(b) Vehicular emissions Ambient Air - In loading and unloading time and - - Contractor
- Vehicular emissions from the Quality idle time will be planned to reduce
operation of vehicles and during working hours
machineries - Avoid local traffic time
- Machineries, vehic-les and generator
with good engine conditions and use
low sulphur content fuel will be used.
- Machineries, vehicles and generator
will be maintained regularly.
(c) Increase in noise Local - Working at night wll be limited and - Cost of maintenance Contractor
- Noise from heavy residents the operation of noisy equipment and (30000 kyats/per time)
machineries and vehicles nearby machineries will be avoided at night if
it is necessary to make operation at
night
- Construction activities reasonably
will be arranged, especially at night
- Regular maintenance of machineries
will be carried out.
683
Impacts on (a) Liquid wastes Surface water - Proper drains to prevent run off from - - Contractor
surface water - Temporary water pollution quality the site to enter any water body will be
environment due to earth working provided.
activities - Wastewater from entering the
- Sedimentation of surface nearest water bodies will be
drainage networks prevented.
- Improper handling of fuel - Any leakage of oil and lubricant from
oil and lubricants vehicles and machineries use will be
avoided.
(b) Solid wastes Surface water - Reduce, reuse and recycle of - - Contractor
- Unsuitable soil materials quality domestic wastes will be done.
from site clearing activities - Unnecessary earthworks will be
- Domestic solid wastes limited.
- Over-excavation will be prevented.
- Working in a small area at a point of
time will be carried out
Impacts on soil
- Domestic wastes from pre- Soil - Wastes will be disposed according to - Estimated cost for waste Contractor
environment construction workers contaminatio the rules and regulations of MCDC Management Plan –
- Biomass site clearing and n and ground - Solid waste management plan will be 50000kyats/ time
tree cutting water quality provided.
- Earth soil from earth cutting - Handling of diesel and lubricants will
activities be taken with special care to avoid
leakage.
Impacts on (a) Impacts on flora diversity Flora - Cutting of road side plants and fence - - Contractor
biodiversity Tree cutting alongside the diversity plants will be avoided.
environment railway and for the
construction of stations
(b) Impacts on fauna diversity Fauna - Sound proof measurement will be - Construction of sound Contractor
The destruction of the diversity constructed surrounding a construction proof measurement
vegetation cover along the site as needed (Estimated cost 300,000
strip of land - Borrow pit will be away from fauna kyats/one)
May occur destroyed that diversity abundance area
individuals of some plant
species are present in this
strip
The destruction and loss of
the habitats along the land
strip along the power line
684
Impact on Impacts on socio-economic Local people - Policy to use local people as much as - - MR
human environment possible will be carried out.
environment (a) (a)Positive socio-economic
impact
- Temporary employment
opportunities(approximately
15 workers) for local people
during about 6 months
(b) Negative socio-economic Local - Efficient and timely removal of all - - Contractor
impact community demolition and construction waste as
(i) Visual Impacts per requirement will be done.
Visual pollutants like waste
from site clearance and from
the tree cutting alongside of
railway
(b) Negative socio-economic Local - Agricultural land, historical places, - The cost for this cannot be MR
impact residents near archeological places, forest area and identified accurately.
(i)Land acquisition and the railway ecologically sensitive area will be
involuntary resettlement line avoided as much as possible, fair
- Land use and involuntary compensation for land use as per
resettlement will affect compensation program in RAP
socio-economic situation of - Overhead bridge will be used as much
local people as possible
- Resettlement or/and - Compensation for affected structures
relocation of buildings and and standing crops and assistance of
other assets, involving some livelihood restoration as per RAP will
changes be made.
- Loss of income opportunity
of some PAPs due to
resettlement and shop
owners, vendors or farmers
to be affected by
construction works
(ii) Visual Impacts Local - Soil materials generated from site - - Contractor
Visual pollutants like waste community clearing activities will be disposed of
from site clearance and from systematically to avoid impact on
the tree cutting alongside of visual amenity of receptors
railway
685
(ii) Impact on Indigenous and Indigenous - Local cultural elements will be - The cost for this cannot be MR
Ethnic People Related to and Ethnic integrated into the hotel environment identified accurately.
Culture Exchange People using local products, decorations, and
Indigenous or ethnic even architecture.
minority people will be - A display corner or an exhibition will
affected from associated be created on traditional craftsmanship
society. and sell local handicrafts.
- The hiring of local staff and tour
operators especially in major travel
destinations will be encouraged.
- Awareness-raising activities for local
communities will be hosted and
training to local business will be
offered
Construction Phase
Impact on air(a) Fugitive dust generation Local - Use covers or control equipment on No of covers - Cost of covers and water Contractor
environment - Dust emission from on-site residents in material handling sources will be done. depend on the suppressant have already
vehicles and construction nearest - Properly enclosing the site through amount of been mentioned above.
activities villages, use of appropriate hoarding and equipment - Water can be used from
- Particulate matter from Local screening will be carried out. nearby water resources
transportation of residents near -Excavated soils and demolition wastes
construction materials and along the with impervious sheeting will be
demolition waste, and traffic hauling road covered.
movement on unpaved road - Water as a dust suppressant as needed
will be sprayed.
- Transportation of vehicles will be
avoided to reduce dust generation
(b) Gaseous emissions Ambient Air - Construction vehicles and machinery - Cost of one-time Contractor
Gaseous emissions from the Quality will be used systematically to maintenance is already
operation of generator, minimize emissions of fuel fumes mentioned above in pre -
concrete mixer and vehicles - Machineries, vehicles and generator construction phase.
with good engine conditions and low
sulphur content fuel will be used.
(c) Increased in Noise Level Local -Vehicle speeds will be reduced around The number of Cost of installation of Contractor
- Noise generation from earth residents in sensitive receptors such as dwellings warning signs warning signs (2,5000
moving and excavation nearest and schools cannot be kyats)
villages identified since
686
equipment, generators, - Choosing site for concrete-mixing, the project is

concrete mixer batching plants and similar activities at still in site-
- Minimize vehicle movement least 500m away from sensitive areas clearing stage.
and save money by reused on will be done.
site to fill in low lying areas - Noisy activities will be scheduled.
cut material from an - Operation of heavy machinery will
embankment be limited at night
- Choosing inherently quiet equipment
with mufflers will be done.
- Warning signs will be installed in
areas of high noise levels
- Equipment speed will be kept as low
as possible
Impacts on (a) Construction debris Surface water - The time of exposure of any waste - Cost of paving per road Contractor
surface water - Waste materials such as quality and erodible land exposed to =1,200,000 kyats (overall)
environment pallets, packing crates, steel stormwater runoff will be minimized.
structures off-cuts and waste - Land clearing activities w i l l b e
concretes m i n i m i z e d to those of required
- Drainage and seepage from work areas
construction waste dumping - Sediment controls will be used, with
site special care taken during the rainy
- Unsuitable soil material season
from preparation of - Paving roads wherever possible will
foundation be carried out.
(b) Impacts on surface water Surface water - Chemical and oils storage areas will The overall cost cannot be Contractor
environment quality be placed on a hard concrete base to identified accurately.
The removal of riverine protect from rain and severe weather.
woodland will be inevitable - Zinc-based coating paint will be used
in order to create the ROW instead of lead-based coating
Downstream areas normally - Prefabricated septic tanks will be
affected by sediment loads installed on site which discharge to a
from upside areas subsurface soak away to avoid soil
During rainy season, contamination and smell.
erosion may occur in weak - Contingency plans for control of
soil spills of oil and other hazardous
Effluent Discharges substances
(i) Increase the suspended - Waste disposal site will be placed
matter of the water body systematically
687
when entering into the water -Waste contamination issues for power
body lines and stations will be carried out.
(ii) the accidental spillage of
fuels and hydraulic fluids
from construction plant
Hazardous Waste
Surface water pollution due
to the spillage of lead-based
paint used for transmission
lines coating process
(c)
(d) Oil and grease Surface water - Work areas will be restored as soon - - Contractor
- Leakage of fuel oil from quality as possible once any construction is
transportation of complete.
construction materials - Construction works will be avoided
- Lubricants and grease from during the rainy season.
machineries - Leakage of oil and lubricant from
vehicles and machineries used in
construction phase will be avoided.
(e) Domestic wastes from Surface water - Waste water channels from the site - - Contractor
construction workers quality will be connected to septic tank
-Bare areas will be replanted after the
- Domestic waste generation construction state
from construction workforce - Compact soil as soon as building
- Improper waste disposal foundations will be formed to prevent
from establishment of labor erosion, especially during the wet
camps season
(f) Impact on Watershed Surface water - Tunnel will be constructed close to - - MR
(g) – due to cutting of trees quality the forest area.
- limit tree cuttings
Impacts on soil
- Impact on soil and ground Soil -Generated materials for reclamation - Estimated cost for Contractor
and ground water quality contaminatio purposes will be used whenever sedimentation pond =
water - Accidental spills of fuel oil n applicable on site 300,000kyats/ one
environment and lubricants due to -Construction wastes through careful
improper handling or storage planning will be minimized
of equipment - All chemical wastes will be labeled
- Wastewater from repair and stored in corrosion and resistant
shops and washing places containers
688
-Construction debris and -Collection sites and schedule will be

domestic wastes from identified for the removal of
construction workers construction wastes to minimize odor
- Soil contamination and and pest infestation
ground water pollution from - Sedimentation pond will be carried
improper disposal of solid out with suitable drainage system
wastes around the dumping sites
- Seepage from waste dump
site
Impacts on Soil Quality due Soil - Water-based paint will be - - Contractor
to Hazardous Wastes contaminatio substituted for oil-based paints;
- Oil-based paints are n - oil-based paint or residuals down the
consisted of VOC, so these drain will never be discharged.
paint cans can be hazardous - Disposal of hazardous wastes will be
to the environment if they made according to the rules and
are not properly disposed. regulations of CDC
- The lead-based paints for the
steel structure for the
construction of the stations
Impacts on (a) Impact on flora diversity Flora - The appropriate number, spacing, and - - Contractor
biodiversity - Clearing away trees and diversity location of crossing structures based on
environment natural vegetation species-specific information will be
determined and constructed.
- Structures for obstructions will be
monitored such as detritus or silt
blockages, that impede movement
-Human activity near crossing
structures, with use of measures such
as fencing and signage will be
managed.
(b) Impact on fauna diversity Fauna - The WDNR guidelines for preventing - Cost of sound-proof Contractor
- Hazards to the habitats of diversity the spread of exotic invasive plant measurement is already
birds and butterflies due to species and diseases will be followed mentioned above in pre -
clearing away trees such as oak wilt construction phase.
- Disturbance to the aril and - Working at night will be avoided.
wild animals due to noise - Sound proof measurement will be
from construction activities taken at biodiversity sensitive areas
689
Impacts on Positive socio-economic Local - Unskilled and semi-skilled job - - MR

human impact residents opportunities will be offered to the
environment Job Creation local communities as much as possible
(i) Nearly 500 employment - The developer will encourage
opportunities for local construction sub-contractor to use local
people labor force as part of tender
requirement
Skill development for local Local - Training programs will be - Estimated cost for training Contractor
people residents implemented prior to and during the programs = 700000 kyats
Local people hired by the construction phase (overall)
proposed project would
remain in communities with
skills acquired during
project construction
Potential to growth of local Local - Any food and consumer goods that - - MR
economy and business residents can be bought in nearest villages will
- There will be benefit for be preferred as first priority
local economy if the - The project developer will encourage
required food and consumer construction contractors and sub-
goods for construction contractors to stimulate the emergence
workers are bought from of local small business as part of tender
nearest villages requirement
Negative socio-economic Local - Construction hauling will be arranged The number of Cost is already mentioned Contractor
impacts residents reasonably, especially during local alternative above in pre -construction
(i) Traffic congestion traffic time. roads cannot phase.
- Road traffic congestion in - Alternative road will be used that will be identified
surrounding area during not pressure on public road. since the
construction period project is still
in site -clearing
stage.
Blockage of drainage Local people - Alternative water way will be - Estimated cost for preparing Contractor
- Blockage of drainage prepared alternative waterway =
system, natural spring and -Drainage facilities will be utilized to 500,000 kyats (overall)
village road due to land discharge the harvested water
filling
- Increase potential to flood in
nearest agricultural lands
690
Agricultural Lands Local -Construction through sensitive - Estimated cost for the
Soil material from community farmland will be avoided or fencing of traction
construction site can also near the minimized. substation = 150,000 kyats
enter agricultural lands proposed - Overhead bridges will be used where
close to power lines project feasible
- Transmission structures with longer
spans to clear fields will be used
- Exclusion fencing will be installed to
keep livestock away from construction
activities
Public road damage Local - The roads will be repaired as soon as - Estimated cost for repairing Contractor
The transportation of community possible if the public roads are public roads when
workers and construction damaged by the construction activities damaged =1,000,000 kyats
materials can damage the - Public roads will be used as per (overall)
damage to the public road resistance of roads if unavoidable
Impacts Influx of more Local - Local construction workers will be
worker and population community appointed
Increase temporary pressure near the - Own health care facilities will be
on existing infrastructure proposed supported to workers
and services including project
health care, food, shelter,
water, transport and
recreational facilities
(ii) Conflicts between Local -Local people will be used as much as - - MR
communities community possible
- Conflict between non-Shan near the -Night out for foreign workers will be
communities and Shan railway line limited.
ethnic - The use of foreign workers will be
- A higher frequency of limited.
incidents of name-calling, - When making an agreement contract
spitting, hostile attitudes, with contractors and subcontractors, it
damage to property and will include the fact that they have to
racially motivated violence use local workers as much as possible.
against them
(iii) Livelihood and Local people - Loss of business (temporary or - The compensation for the MR
economic activity alongside permanent), loss of livelihood, loss of PAPs cannot be identified
691
- Disruption of livelihood and wages will be paid according to the accurately as it depends on
economic activities of RAP. the situations.
business located along the - Provision of compensation to the
route Project Affected Parties (PAPs) using
Impact on people whose the compensation will be carried out.
livelihood is linked with - Continual liaising with the PAPs will
existing modes of be undertaken to decide on the site-
transportation specific mitigation measures.
- Consultation with people whose
livelihood depend on modes of
transportation that may be affected by
the project. They will be included in the
development of the traffic management
plan.
Impacts Socio-economic Local people - Result in a material effect through
impact people whose alongside diminishing the quality of life as
livelihood is linked with replacement will be made in locality or
existing modes of be compensated
transportation
Impacts of (a) Water consumption Local - Water will be taken from surface - - Contractor
utility - Impact on local water usage community water sources or underground sources
consumption due to the water used for where the sources are available
construction process and for - Residents’ opinion will be considered
domestic workers and make agreements or contracts with
the head of the village if spring water
or underground water are the water
sources of villages
- Awareness campaign to disseminate
knowledge on strategies and
technologies that will be used for water
conservation
(b) Fuel consumption Local -Construction machines will be used - - Contractor
- The different forms of community efficiently.
energy are used for different - Workers will be trained to gain the
purposes in the construction knowledge of energy conservation.
process. -The efficient site management will be
- Electricity cannot be directly learned to the workers.
used from existing power
692
lines since the construction

process takes place where
there is no electricity and
generators will be mainly
used as the source of energy
(c) The effect of transmission - Tower locations will be realigned to - - Contractor
Line on Local services avoid the sewer line
(d) electrical induction onto a - Leakage of coolants and insulants will
piece of a structure that is be avoided.
insulated from the ground
by assembly on wooden
blocks
(e) Anticipated Impacts on - Programs for archaeological works -- - MR
Archaeology and Cultural He will be designed to identify,
ritage characterize and record buried
(f) No impact on Cultural and archaeological remains
Religious sites because -The archaeological site that will be
during design stage extra pointed out by heritage advisors, and
care was taken to ensure an archaeological evaluation will be
that religious avoided.
structures/public property
were avoided
Visual Impacts Local - The construction area of the site will - - Contractor
Visual intrusions arise community be fenced
from the inevitable near the - Roads providing access to the site will
presence of construction project area be maintained free of dust and mud
equipment, materials, - All remaining construction materials
transport vehicles, and will be removed from the site after the
piles of soil and debris as a construction
result of clearing, site work,
and heavy equipment and
vehicles on the road
(g) Community Health Impact Construction - Medical check for workers will be The number of Medical check for air-borne EMMT
(h) (i) Increase infection of air- workers and carried out who are susceptible workers cannot disease (5000 kyats/time)
borne disease local infection of air-borne diseases be identified
(i) - Air-borne diseases such as community accurately.
tuberculosis, influenza and
meningitis can spread easily
693
due to an influx of
construction workers from
other places
(j) (ii) Fugitive dust emissions Construction - Wetting of roads by water spraying 2 times/day Overall cost is already EMMT
- Dust emissions due to on- workers and will be carried out. mentioned above.
site heavy-duty off-road local - Vehicle speeds will be restricted.
vehicles, other light-duty community - Wheel or body washing
vehicles
(iii) Increase infection of Construction - Proper sanitation system will be - Estimated price of portable EMMT
water borne diseases workers and provided for construction workers toilet = 70000 kyats/each
- Cholera and diarrhea will local - Construction debris will be disposed
increase if there will be no community at suitable location that does not impact
proper sanitation practices on local nearest rivers
at the construction site - All areas of fuel storage will be
banned to prevent hydrocarbon
pollution of surface water
(iv) Increase infection from Construction - Construction time will be avoided in - - EMMT
mosquito workers and rainy seasons as much as possible
- Stagnant pools of water will local - Proper temporary or permanent
cause bleeding zone for community drainage system will be compensated
mosquitoes and infections
from mosquitoes
(v) Increase risk of sexually Construction - Information and education about safe - Estimated cost for HIV EMMT
transmitted infections workers and sex and implement HIV control control program -70000
- The influx of new migrant local program will be provided kyats (overall)
workers, living away from community
their families lead to an
increased risk of sexually
transmitted infections such
as HIV/AIDS, gonorrhoea
and chlamydia
(vi) Health impact related to Construction -Speed limits for trucks will be reduced - - EMMT
increase in noise level workers and in the project area to reduce noise level
- Noise from construction local - Working at night will be avoided.
machineries and pilling community
operation will produce high
noise level
694
(vii) Impacts due to stringing Construction - An Emergency Prevention and - - EMMT

activities workers Response Plan (EPRP) will be
- Stringing activity around developed according to Angolan
the wires and other requirements and international industry
electrical units can be a standards and best practices
potential hazard if proper - Personnel will be trained on how to
planning is not followed respond to unplanned events
Operation Phase
Impact on air(a) Impacts on air environment Ambient air - Generator with good engine The number of The cost is already Operation
environment due to gaseous emissions condition will be used. gas exhaust mentioned above. Company
- Gaseous emissions from the - Regular maintenance of generator cannot be
production of required will be carried out. identified since
electrical power by auxiliary - Low noise traction substation there will be
generator during power transformer will be used. many vehicles
outage during the
operation.
(b) Impact of Noise Local - Sound proof measurements will be - Estimated cost of sound Operation
(c) – Noise and vibration due to residents near taken near the public area proof measurements is Company
the travelling of high- speed the proposed already mentioned above
trains project
Impact on - Wastewater used by Surface water - Treatment of waste water will be - Estimated cost of oil- water Operation
surface water workers during operation quality used by installation of oil-water separator = Company
environment phase separator 250000kyats/one
- Paint residue for - Workers will be trained on
maintenance of power appropriate handling of oil and
supply stations lubricants and paint residues
-
Impact on soil- Leakage of oil and grease Local -Zinc-based paint will be used instead - - Operation
and ground from the train maintenance residents near of lead-based paint Company
water the railway - Leakage of oil or paint will be
environment line controlled and avoided.
Impact on - (a) Flora Diversity Flora and - The use of passive shield wires will - - Operation
biodiversity - - Some plants can suffer leaf fauna be installed near transmission lines that Company
environment damage if the electric field is diversity
695
high enough, which causes generate opposing cancellation fields

the tips of the leaves to dry from electromagnetic induction
out and can reduce growth - Teleology will be successfully
applied in both residential and
commercial environments to mitigate
magnetic fields from overhead
transmission and distribution lines, and
tmderground residential distribution
(URD) lines
- (b) Fauna Diversity Flora and - Low noise equipment will be used. - The cost is already Operation
- - Transmission lines have an fauna - The activities will be avoided at night mentioned above. Company
effect on wildlife that diversity -Barricades or fences will be used to
include long-term changes to prevent wildlife from access to the
habitat, impacts on transmission lines
herpetofauna, avian (bird
and bat) strikes, noise
effects, electric and
magnetic fields, and
electrocution
Impact on Positive socio-economic Local - Unskilled and semi-skilled job - - Operation
human impact community opportunities will be offered to the Company
environment (i) Improvement in livelihood local communities as much as possible
and economic - Sub-contractor will encourage to use
- The direct employment local labor force as part of tender
opportunities would be requirement.
increased for the local
people.
(ii) Benefits to National - Electricity will be used systematically - - Operation
national economy government - Electricity bills will be audited yearly Company
- There can be income from with professionals
usage of electricity from
local power supply system
Negative socio-economic Local -The source of electricity that does not - - Operation
impacts community pressure on local use in the current and Company
(i) Impact due to electricity future will be used.
consumption - Alternative source of energy will be
- Power supply points of the used such as solar power where land
whole line will be mainly use will available or self-generator
696
distributed in station, yard, where there has high pressure on local

substation and the tunnel in electrical use
the sections where lighting
and ventilation are required
(ii) Social tension Local - Distributing electricity will be The amount of Estimated cost of solar Operation
The nearby villages do not community considered also for local people before electricity and panel (350000 kyats/set) Company
get electricity all the time starting the project if possible. number of
while the railway lighting is -Local people will be supported by solar panels
always on during the night supplying solar system cannot be
identified
accurately
since the
project is still
in site clearing
stage.
Visual Impact Local - The design will be local designs - - Operation
Visual impact due to the community suitable with surrounding beautiful Company
construction of the new for the Shan State
power station building and proposed - Hard landscaping and planting will be
run of way for transmission project introduced to help integrate the
lines building into its environment
Impacts of Electricity is used to provide Local -Good housekeeping measures such as - Estimated cost of LED Operation
Utility the adequate lighting and community turning off equipment and lights when lights (5000 kyats/bulb) Company
Consumption safety signboards not in use will be implemented.
- LED lights and/or lower wattage
lamps will be used.
- Alternative source will be used like
solar system
Community Noise Local - Low noise power transformers will be - - EMMT
Health Noise can be generated from community used.
Impacts the use of axillary generator - Sound proof generator will be used.
during power outage
Gaseous Emission Local -generator with good engines will be - - EMMT
Gaseous emission due to the community used.
production of required - Generators will be maintained
electrical power by axillary regularly.
generator during power
outage
697
Electromagnetic Fields Local - Metals such as copper or brass will be -

(EMF) community used as electromagnetic shielding
- The local people within this - For electrocution and electromagnetic
distance can be affected due wave, warning signs indicating high
to EMF voltage area will be used.
- The health of local people - The workers will be followed the
can be disturbed according National EQEG guidelines for
to their distance from the preventing exposure to human beings
source
Electrocution Local - Warning signs indicating high voltage - Estimated cost for EMMT
Cause fatal impact on people community area will be used. installation of warning
when they come in contact - Barricades or fences will be used to signs is mentioned above.
with the lines due to high restrict access to high voltage area
voltage of power lines
Chemical Hazards Local - Hazardous chemicals and materials - - EMMT
- The typical chemicals community will be handled and stored properly
found in substations include - People from the hazardous chemical
dielectric fluid, transformer substances will be isolated.
oil, capacitor oil, sulphur
hexafluoride and sulphuric
acid
Impacts on air(a) Dust generation Local - Water will be sprayed on sites during - Cost of water suppressant Contractor
environment - Dust emission from the truck residents destruction activities has already been mentioned (Decommission
vehicles and other along the - Construction vehicles and machinery above. ing)
heavy/light-duty vehicles railway line will be maintained to minimize
emissions of fuel fumes
(b) Noise Local -All exhaust systems will be - The cost is already Contractor
- Noise pollution from residents maintained good working orders mentioned above (Decommission
removal of buildings and along the - Equipment will be maintained ing)
infrastructures railway line regularly.
Impact on - - Increased sedimentation of Nearest rivers - Wastes will be disposed properly - - Contractor
surface water water courses and water according to the requirements (Decommission
environment - - Piling steel structures on bodies - The wastes will be recycled by giving ing)
the site for a long time to recyclists and secondary users can
without moving to dumping use them
698
sites or to places to do
recycling
Impacts on soil
- Contamination of soil and Soil -Hazardous wastes and solid wastes - Overall estimated cost = Contractor
and ground groundwater occur as a result contaminatio will be disposed of according to the 2,000,000 kyats (Decommission
water of accidents and/or improper n rules and regulations of CDCs ing)
environment handling of lubricants, oils, - Removal of electrical equipment will
and transformer oils (PCBs) be carried out carefully.
Impacts on Loss of jobs for local Local people - Extensive and comprehensive - - Contractor
socio-economic people and revenues for warning to employees to allow them to (Decommission
environment the government source alternative livelihood will be ing)
Loss of jobs and indirect taken early
employment depending on - A plan to reuse the proposed project
the operation of proposed to other partner company to retain the
and of associated services revenue for the government will be
for tourism as well as loss of prepared.
revenues for the government
Visual Impact Local people -All the structures will be demolished - - Contractor
Visual impacts on including transmission towers and (Decommission
communities in the vicinity transmission lines affecting the visual ing)
area due to the waste amenities
generated from - Wastes will be disposed of properly.
decommissioning activities
and piling of wastes on the
site
699
8.3.2. Overall Budgets for Implementation of the EMP
The summary of the parameters to be monitored, estimated cost, and responsibility on the project during pre-construction phase, construction
phase and operation phase are shown in the following table.
Table 8.2. Environmental Monitoring Measures
Parameters to be Measurements Cost

Locations Frequency of
Project activities monitored and (Methods and estimates Responsibilities
(Coordinate Points) measurement
compliance standards Equipment) (Kyats)**
During Pre-Construction
Gaseous emission, Ambient air quality 21°50'50.35"N 96° 7'15.96"E Visual investigation Only one time but if 100000 Kyats Pre-construction
and PM generation (CO, CO2, SO2, NOx) 21°56'57.46"N 96° 9'13.07"E and monitoring by complaint is made, per once contractor(s) (as part
handheld PM meter measurement has to be of contractor’s
(NAAQS, WHO 22° 3'2.31"N 96°16'42.53"E and CO, CO2, SO2, done. financial offer)
Guidelines) 22° 6'27.01"N 96°31'59.80"E NOx meter
22°18'53.56"N 96°48'32.81"E
Construction Noise complaints from 22°32'27.45"N 97° 8'30.47"E Monitoring by noise Only one time but if 50000 Kyats Pre-construction
machineries neighbors level meter complaint is made, per once contractor(s) (as part
(NEQG) 22°40'18.33"N 97°28'59.89"E measurement has to be of contractor’s
done. financial offer)
Area of spillage Soil Contamination and 22°59'8.37"N 97°42'18.81"E Visual observation; Daily - Pre-construction
water resource pollution. Recording and contractor(s) (as part
(NEQG) 23°17'52.57"N 97°59'10.65"E documentation of of contractor’s
spillage financial offer)
Water Quality Turbidity, Oil and Grease 23°22'6.67"N 97°55'58.80"E Taking water samples Only one time but if 20000 kyats Pre-construction
(NEQG) 23°39'19.81"N 97°50'55.84"E and sending to complaint is made, per once contractor(s) (as part
laboratory. measurement has to be of contractor’s
24° 1'2.40"N 97°57'48.87"E done. financial offer)
Construction Phase
Gaseous emission, Ambient air quality 21°50'50.35"N 96° 7'15.96"E Visual investigation Only one time but if 100000 Kyats Construction
and PM generation (CO, CO2, SO2, NOx) and monitoring by complaint is made, per once. contractor(s)
21°56'57.46"N 96° 9'13.07"E handheld PM meter (as a part of
700
(NAAQS, WHO 22° 3'2.31"N 96°16'42.53"E and CO, CO2, SO2, measurement has to be contractor’s financial
Guidelines) NOx meter done. offer)
Construction Noise complaints from 22° 6'27.01"N 96°31'59.80"E Monitoring by noise Only one time but if 50000 Kyats Construction
machineries neighbors level meter complaint is made, per once contractor(s)
22°18'53.56"N 96°48'32.81"E
(NEQG) measurement has to be (as a part of
22°32'27.45"N 97° 8'30.47"E done. contractor’s financial
22°40'18.33"N 97°28'59.89"E offer)
Water Quality Turbidity, Oil and 22°59'8.37"N 97°42'18.81"E Taking water samples Only one time but if Only one time Pre-construction
Grease and sending to complaint is made, but if contractor(s) (as part
23°17'52.57"N 97°59'10.65"E laboratory. measurement has to be complaint is of contractor’s
(NEQG) done made, financial offer)
23°22'6.67"N 97°55'58.80"E measurement
has to be done
23°39'19.81"N 97°50'55.84"E
24° 1'2.40"N 97°57'48.87"E
Storage of the Complaints from The locations for the traction Recording and Monthly - Construction
machines and Neighboring substations are mentioned above. documentation contractor(s)
construction communities and records
materials of the and documentation of
project component the temporary area for
storage of materials or
machineries
Animals that can Fauna The locations for the traction Recording and Daily The cost Construction
enter to the substations are mentioned above. documentation cannot be contractor(s)
locations of traction (IUCN Red List) identified
substation accurately.
Monitoring health Health records about Clinic / hospital referred by the Medical reporting On received cases. Cost cannot be Construction
and safety of the occupational injuries contractor cases identified Contractor(s)
workers during the accurately.
construction of the (WHO)
project component
Monitoring for the Health record from the Project sites Medical check to As soon as the 10000 Contractors
diseases for the sites construction workers construction start kyats/time and
workers during the and Testing works at 7000 kyats/test
construction of the (WHO) the site kit
project proponent
701
Operation Phase
Effluent from BOD, COD, Oil and 21°50'50.35"N 96° 7'15.96"E Taking water samples Once a year but if 580000 kyats Monitoring team of
substations grease, PH, Total 21°56'57.46"N 96° 9'13.07"E and sending to complaint is made, per once Railway Project
coliform bacteria, Total 22° 3'2.31"N 96°16'42.53"E laboratory. measurement has to be
nitrogen, Total done.
22° 6'27.01"N 96°31'59.80"E
phosphorus, Total
suspended solids 22°18'53.56"N 96°48'32.81"E
22°32'27.45"N 97° 8'30.47"E
(NEQG) 22°40'18.33"N 97°28'59.89"E
22°59'8.37"N 97°42'18.81"E
23°17'52.57"N 97°59'10.65"E
23°22'6.67"N 97°55'58.80"E
23°39'19.81"N 97°50'55.84"E
24° 1'2.40"N 97°57'48.87"E
21°50'50.35"N 96° 7'15.96"E
Management of Records of emergency The locations for the traction Visual monitoring for Weekly or if required Undefined Monitoring team of
risks during the situations substations are mentioned above. possible leak and for Railway Project
emergency possible damage on
situations (fire, soil the foundation and
contamination, isolated area
water resource
contamination and
smoke)
EMF exposure for Health record from the The locations for the traction Medical check to Once a year 12000 kyats/ Monitoring team of
the workers at the sites substations are mentioned above. construction workers one Railway Project
traction substations
(WHO)
Replanting the trees Flora The locations for the traction Recording and Daily The cost Monitoring team of
near the project substations are mentioned above. documentation cannot be Railway Project
area (IUCN Red List) identified
accurately.
702
Figure 8.1 – Locations of Monitoring Points for the Proposed Project
8..3. Estimated Budget for Environmental Management and Monitoring
The specific location and number of sample points will be determined in the implementation
stage. The following tables show the estimated cost and budget for environmental management
and monitoring.
Table 8.3. Estimated Cost for Environmental Management
1. Pre-construction Phase 2,150,000 kyats 2,150,000 kyats
2. Construction Phase 12,650,000 kyats 2,0570,000kyats
3. Operation Phase 6,180,000kyats 24,810,000 kyats
4. Decommissioning Phase 2,180,000 kyats 2,180,000 kyats
Table 8.4. Estimated Cost for Environmental Monitoring

1. Pre-construction Phase 2,040,000 2,040,000kyats
2. Construction Phase 2,737,000kyats 8,211,000 kyats
3. Operation Phase 6,972,000 kyats 348,120,000kyats
4. Decommissioning Phase - -
703
8.4. Management and Monitoring Sub-Plans

8.4.1. Environmental Monitoring Program
8.4.1.1. Objective
The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important
environmental parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse affects are detected and
timely action can be taken. Main objectives of environment monitoring plan include:
(a) Identify all environment changes which may cause adverse effects on environment by
the project implementation;
(b) Monitor discharge sources (gas emission, waste water and solid waste) and operation
of environmental protection equipments in order to ensure that these activities will
comply with legislative requirements;
(c) Check monitoring process and inspect installation system and equipments in respect of
pollution prevention and control;
(d) Prevent potential incidents;
(e) Propose appropriate environment protection measures based on results of
environmental monitoring;
(f) Overcome and repair all weak-points based on results of environment monitoring
program.
8.4.1.2. Legal Requirements

(1) The Prevention of Hazard from Chemical and Related Substances Rules (Law No. 8, 15,
16, 17, 20, 22, 23, 27)
▪ Performing the sticking pictogram for being least the health impacts and accident injuries in
the occupational area according to the prescribed standards and norms of the Globally
Harmonized System GHS);
▪ Making the necessary arrangements to be safety of the occupational area and issuing orders
and directives for preventing and decreasing the accident;
▪ Laying down the proliferation plans on knowledge, and safety of chemical and related
substances to administrators, license holders, public and workers;
▪ Cooperating with local and foreign governmental departments, organizations and non-
governmental organizations in respect of safety management for chemicals hazard.
704
(2) Protection of Biodiversity and Protected Area Law

To protect wildlife, wild plants and conserve natural areas, to contribute towards works of
natural scientific research, and to establish zoological gardens and botanical gardens.
(3) Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law (Law No. 8, 11a, 13, 19, 24b, 30)
To conserve and protect the water resources and rivers system for beneficial utilization by the
(4) Animal Health and Development Law (Law No.17)

▪ To carry out animal health and development work and promote livestock development;
▪ To prevent outbreak of contagious disease in animals and to control the outbreak
systematically when occurs;
▪ To inspect imported animal, animal product and animal feed;
▪ To issue recommendation certificate concerning animal, animal product and animal feed
for export;
▪ To protect animals by law from being ill-treated.
(5) The Fertilizer Law (Law No. 7)

▪ To enable supporting the development of agricultural sector which is the basic economy of
the State;
▪ To enable supervision and control the fertilizer business systematically;
▪ To enable growers to use fertilizer of quality in conformity with the specifications;
▪ To support the conservation of soil and environment by utilizing suitable fertilizer;
▪ To enable carrying out of educative and research works extensively for the systematic
utilization of fertilizer by the agriculturalist;
▪ To cooperate with government departments and organizations, international organizations
and local and foreign non-governmental organizations regarding fertilizer business.
8.4.1.3. Overview Maps

The monitoring action will be done along the electrical power lines with the same of Railway
Alignment.
705
Figure 8.2 – Map of Electrical Power Lines Plan of Muse-Mandalay Railway Line
706
Legend
Central Substation
Railway Alignment
Figure 8.3 – Map of Overall Substation along the Railway Line
707
8.4.1.4. Management Actions
An executive agency of the Muse-Mandalay Railway Project is MR. They will be organizing
a project Environmental Management and Monitoring Team (EMMT) for assist the
implementation of the proposed project.
(a) For Pre-Construction and Construction Phases

The most responsible person for environmental management and monitoring during pre-
construction and construction phases will be construction contractor(s). However, MR cannot
assign construction contractor(s) during FS stage and will be chosen based on tender process
after getting the agreement for FS. So, the organization structure for environmental
management and monitoring during construction phase will be as follow:
R.P from MR
(Construction)
R.P from Tender Awarded Construction Contractor(s)
OHS Officer Environmental Officer

Project Manager (or) Coordinator
(or) Coordinator
(Construction) (Construction)
Engineers Administration Office
Sub-Contractors Operators Workers Staffs

Figure 8.4. Environmental Management Team for Construction Phase
(b) For Operation Phase

The most responsible person for environmental management and monitoring during operation
phase will be MR. MR will be So, the organization structure for environmental management
and monitoring during operation phase will be as follow:
708
OHS Officer R.P from MR Environmental Officer

(Operation) (Operation) (or) Coordinator
(Operation)
Operation Company
Engineers Rail General Administration

Manager Office
Operators Workers Staffs
Figure 8.5. Environmental Management Team for Operation Phase
8.4.1.5. Staffs for Environment Management and Monitoring Team

Apart from having an EMMT, it is necessary to have a permanent staff charged with the task
of ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental
monitoring. Environmental monitoring can also be done by registered third party monitoring
agency. Detailed function of the environmental officer but not limited are as follow:
Environmental Officer
The major duties and responsibilities of the environmental officer or person-in-charge for
environmental monitoring of proposed project will be as given below:
(a) To implement the environmental management plan,
(b) To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations,
(c) To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices,
(d) To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP.
(e) To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.
(f) Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case monitored
results are above the specified limit,
709
(g) Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental

laws as ready reference,
(h) Maintain environmental related records,
(i) Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories,
(j) Maintain of log of public inconvenience and the action taken,
(k) Ready to solve any complaints from local people about environmental and social issues
especially in waste water and traffic.
8.4.1.6. Environmental Monitoring Team for Monthly Monitoring
Environmental monitoring team for monthly monitoring has to organize representatives from
MR, representatives from tender winning company for project construction and/or operation,
representative persons from General Administrative Office (GAO), Department of Industrial
Supervision and Inspection (DOISAI), Department of Transportation (DOT), Environmental
Conservation Department (ECD), local communities and local NGOs & CBOs as follow:
R.P from MR and Project Manager

R.P from
- Local Authorities
- ECD
- DOISAI Monitoring Team for
Monthly Monitoring R.P from Local
-DOT
Communities
-CDC
R.P from Local

NGOs and CBOs
Note: should participate, R.P = Representative Persons

Figure 8.6. Proposed Environmental Monitoring Team for Monthly Monitoring
Once the project starts implementation, construction contractors and sub-contractors will be
selected by tender system. MR will open a tender system for selecting construction contractors
and sub-contractors. Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is necessary to
have a permanent staff charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation of
mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. Environmental monitoring can
also be done by registered third party monitoring agency.
710
Role and Responsibilities of MR

MR will be the executive agency for railway project. They will conduct a contract will tender-
winning contractors for implementation of EIA and EMP, with relevant rules and regulations
and respective punishments and funds for not following instructions. Planning and
Administrative Department of MR will closely perform monitoring and management plans and
directly supervise the contractors. Thus, MR will be responsible to closely supervise tender-
winning contractors for assisting the implementation of EIA and EMP for the proposed project.
Role and Responsibilities of Construction Contractors
These contractors will be responsible for assisting in implementation of EMP for proposed
project by following direct instructions of MR. They will have to follow instructions, rules and
regulations of MR, included in the contract. If any of the rules should they violate, there will
be effective penalties for not following the instructions as follows,
Specific Administrative
No Non-Compliance Penalties Punishment of the
Ministry
100 to 500 US$ or
Failure or delay in timely equivalent Myanmar
-Issue Enforcement
1. submission of reports within Period Kyat + 10-25 US$/ day
Notice
prescribed by Ministry unit cured or equivalent
Myanmar Kyat
250 to 5,000 US$ or -Issue Enforcement
Obstruction or interference with an
2. equivalent Myanmar Notice
official in the course of their duties
Kyat -Criminal prosecution
-Suspension of Approval
1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
Failure to provide information to of EMP, EMP-CP,
3. equivalent Myanmar
the Ministry or any representative EMP-OP in whole or in
Kyat
part
Failure to provide information to
250 to 5,000 US$ or
the Ministry Inspector or any - Issue Enforcement
representative when requested in Notice
Kyat
regard to inspection and monitoring
Undertaking or allowing any 1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
preparatory or other construction equivalent Myanmar
5. works without the prior approval by Kyat +50 to 500 US$/ -Criminal prosecution
the Ministry of a reserved EMP or day until cured or
EMP-CP equivalent Myanmar Kyat
1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
equivalent Myanmar
Operating/implementing without a
Kyat +50 to 500 US$/
6. permit, or approval by the Ministry - Criminal prosecution
day unit cured or
of an EMP or EMP-Op
equivalent Myanmar
Kyat
711
-Suspension of Approval
2,000 to 10,000 US$ or of EMP, EMP-CP or
Non-compliance with an equivalent Myanmar EMP-OP in whole or in
7. Enforcement Notice or Suspension Kyat +100-500 US$/day part
Notice issued by the Ministry unit cured or equivalent -Revocation of Approval of
Myanmar Kyat EMP, EMP-CP or EMP-OP
in whole or in part
- Issue Enforcement
Notice
- Suspension of Approval
of EMP, EMP-CP or
Failure to notify to the Ministry of 1,000 to 5,000 US$ or
EMP-OP in whole or in
8. any knowledge of any event of an equivalent Myanmar
part
imminent of Environmental damage Kyat
-Revocation of Approval
of EMP, EMP-CP or
part
-Issue Enforcement
Notice
Failure to take reasonable steps to - Suspension of Approval
prevent an imminent thread of of EMP, EMP-CP or
2,500 to 10,000 US$ or
damage to the Environment, social, EMP-OP in whole or in
human health, livelihoods, or part
Kyat
property, where application based -Revocation of Approval
on the EMP, EMP-CP or EMP-OP of EMP, EMP-CP or
part
-Issue Enforcement
Notice
of EMP, EMP-CP or
Non-compliance with conditions in 1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
10. ‘the ECC and allowable Emission equivalent Myanmar
part
Limit Values Kyat
of EMP, EMP-CP or
part
-Issue Enforcement
Notice
of EMP, EMP-CP or
Failure to take pay compensation 1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
11. amounts required in respected in equivalent Myanmar
part
respect of social impacts Kyat
of EMP, EMP-CP or
part
-Issue Enforcement
Notice
1,000 to 10,000 US$ or
Failure to fully restore social - Suspension of Approval
conditions upon resettlement of EMP, EMP-CP or
Kyat
part
712
of EMP, EMP-CP or
part
Role and Responsibilities of Participants

Representative from Role and Responsibilities
MR and Tender awarded -Recording and reporting for monitoring plan
company -Participate for solving issues concerning with social,
environmental and training program for workers and local
people.
-Cooperation with respective departments and
organizations for environmental conservation and social
development.
Reporting any complain related to the project
General Administrative Office -Cooperation with respective department and organization
(GAO) for land compensation
-Participate for issues concerning with settlement of
migrant workers
- Participate for issues concerning with social problems
-Assist training program for local people
Department of Industrial -Inspection for plants, equipment, use of vehicles and fuel
Supervision and Inspection whether project proponent follows or not according to the
(DOISAI) instructions, rules and regulations
-Inspection together with respective department and
organization to reduce impacts on the public health due to
the wastes from the plant
Department of Transportation - Inspection for implementation of railway project.
(DOT) -Instruction for the use of public road
Environmental Conservation -Instruction related to environmental impact assessment
Department (ECD, Mandalay) -Cooperation with respective department for
environmental conservation
-Implementation of training program
-Instruction for submission of environmental monitoring
report every 6 month
Mandalay City Development -Field inspection for consistent of reporting and
Committee (CDC) implementation of engineering work
-Inspection for accuracy of engineering standard and
guidelines.
- Field inspection for complains
Local communities -Participate in decision for social and environmental
problems
-Participate for social surveying and complain their issues
related to project.
Local NGOs & CBOs - Cooperate for issue concerning human rights, social,
environmental
- Field inspection for complains
713
8.4.1.7. Considerations for Environmental Monitoring
The following factors will be considered during the environmental monitoring.
(a) Monitoring will be done by registered third party monitoring agency or proposed
environmental monitoring team of the proposed team. and at least three representatives
from proposed monitoring team will be participated in every monitoring process.
(b) If monitoring results show constantly (3 consecutive years) and significantly (e.g. less than
75 percent) better than the required levels, frequency of monitoring can be reduced (IFC,
World Bank, 2007).
(c) By studying the wind rose, the most dominant wind direction and wind speed for every season
can be predicted and monitoring station for dust, noise and gas emissions will be carried out at
that wind direction
8.4.1.8. Environmental Management Training Program
Environmental management training program is an important part in EMP. Training and human
resource development is an important link to achieve sustainable operation of the facility and
environmental management.
Training Program for Construction Phase
During construction phase, construction contractor must ensure that project staffs are trained
on labor safety and environment protection during construction phase.
Training Program for Operation Phase
In operation phase, all staff of proposed plant will be trained on environment safety throughout
training courses to be familiar with operation processes and guidelines, fire-fighting exercises
and practices, etc. Project Management Board will be established and maintain training
programs that are regularly updated to help staff at all levels and related functional departments
are aware of their responsibility on environment protection. For successful functioning of the
project, relevant EMP’s will be communicated to the following groups of people:
714
Employees
Employees must be made aware of the importance of safety, waste segregation and storage,
and energy conservation. This awareness will be provided through leaflets and periodic in-
house meetings. They will be informed about their responsibilities for successful operation of
various environmental management schemes inside the premises.
Site Staff
Relevant personnel at site will be trained for:
(a) Collection, segregation and storage of the solid and waste generated during operation,
(b) Operation and maintenance of sewage treatment plant and reclamation system,
(c) Requirements of the emergency response plan in case of an emergency,
(d) Techniques for waste minimization, water conservation and energy conservation,
(e) Applicable environmental, health and safety regulations and compliance requirements,
(f) Functioning of the environmental management system including environmental
monitoring, reporting and documentation needs.
8.4.1.9. Record Keeping
Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management tool for ensuring
sustainable operation. Records will be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational
issues. Typical record keeping requirements for the site is summarized in following table.
Table 8.5. Record Keeping Requirements
Parameter Particulars
- Daily quantity of electrical power consumption through
power meter
Resources Use
- Daily quantity of water use for cooling system and domestic
use through water meter
Solid Waste Handling and - Daily quantity and management of domestic solid waste
Disposal from workers’ dormitory
-Records of all monitoring carried out as per the finalized
Monitoring and Survey
monitoring protocol.
715
Complaints from Nearest - Records of all complaints about the traffic from the nearest
Residents villages
Employee Health and
- Daily record for accidents at the workplace
Safety Record
- Equipment inspection and calibration records, where
Others applicable
- Vehicle maintenance and inspection records
8.4.1.10. Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plans
To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, MR will conduct periodic environmental
audits. Environmental audit is an independent and objective oriented examination of whether
the practice complies with expected standards. Broadly, environmental audit means a check on
some aspects of environmental management, and implies some kind of testing and verification.
There are two levels of Environmental Audits, i.e. Environmental Impact Audit and
Environmental Management Audit. Environmental Impact Audit involves comparing the
impacts predicted in an EIA with those that actually occur after implementation of the project
while Environmental Management Audit involves checks against adherence to plans,
mitigation measures and general compliance of terms and conditions. These audits will be
followed by Corrective Action Plans (CAP) to correct various issues identified during the
audits.
8.4.1.11. Reporting Monitoring Results
Results of recorded in files to monitor and audit monitoring will be carried out strictly as
required by the related national regulations and the monitoring results of required parameters
should be reported to ECD (Nay Pyi Daw) biannually.
8.4.2. Air Quality Management Plan
8.4.2.1. Objectives
The objectives of the Air Quality Management Plan are to:
• Control emissions from vehicles protecting the health and biodiversity
• Control emission dust to reduce human health impact
716
• These national Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (hereafter referred to as

Guidelines) provide the basis for regulation and control of noise and vibration, air
emissions, and liquid discharges from various sources in order to prevent pollution for
purposes of protection of human and ecosystem, health.
Environmental Conservation Law, 2012
• To enable to implement the Myanmar National Environmental Policy;
• To enable to lay down the basic principles and give guidance for systematic integration
of the matters of environmental conservation in the suitable development process;
Environmental Conservation Rules, 2014
• To implement correctly according to the environmental management plan
8.4.2.3. Overview Map
This plan contains the identification of impact related to air environment together with
mitigation and management measures to avoid or reduce these impacts and its monitoring plan.
The locations for the air quality monitoring points are shown in the following figure.
Figure 8.7. Proposed Air Quality Monitoring Points
717
8.4.2.4. Air Quality Management and Monitoring P
Potential Impact and Mitigation
Project Activity Impact on Air Quality Mitigation Measures

Site clearing and earth Dust from earth working Water spraying at workplace regularly
working for power supply activities Water spraying along the hauling road
system Dust from hauling of Restricting vehicle speed limit
construction materials and
earth particles
Gaseous emissions from Use machineries, vehicles and generator with good engine conditions.
construction machineries Use low sulphur content fuel.
Regular maintenance of machineries, vehicles and generator.
Construction Activities Fugitive Dust Generation Proper management of stockpiles.
Water will be sprayed on construction sites and approach roads to suppress dust in dry weather.
Trucks transporting materials will be covered with automatically closing covers or tarpaulins to
avoid spilling material on roads
Immediately clean up any mud or dusty materials left on public roads.
Restricting vehicle speed limit
Vehicular Emission Construction vehicles and machinery will be maintained to minimize emissions of fuel fumes.
Machineries, vehicles and generator with good engine conditions and low sulphur content fuel
should be used.
Power supply to all Gaseous Emission Use generator with good engine condition
technologies related to
railway operation and
maintenance
Demolition, Dust Generation Water will be sprayed on sites during destruction activities
decommissioning, and - The destruction of Construction vehicles and machinery will be maintained to minimize emissions of fuel fumes
destruction of substation traction substations and
and power lines activities power lines
- emissions from the truck
vehicles and other
heavy/light-duty vehicles
718
Air Quality Monitoring Plan
Measurements Compliance
Project Parameter to be Frequency of
Locations (Methods and Budget Standard Responsibilities
activities monitored measurement
Equipment)
During Pre-Construction Phase
Gaseous Ambient air Within the site Visual During the 100000 NAAQS Contractor(s)
emission, quality and surrounding investigation Pre-construction Kyats per (as a part of
and PM (CO, CO2, SO2, establishments and monitoring by activities at once contractor’s
generation NOx) handheld PM different financial
meter locations at least offer)
and CO, CO2, per
SO2, month or every
NOx meter complaints or if
necessary
During Construction Phase
Gaseous Ambient air Within the site Visual During the 100000 NAAQS Construction
emission, quality and surrounding investigation and construction Kyats per contractor(s) (as a
and PM (CO, CO2, SO2, establishments monitoring by activities at once part of contractor’s
generation NOx) handheld PM different financial offer)
meter and CO, locations at least
CO2, SO2, NOx per month or
meter every complaints
or if necessary
Construction Noise complaints Within the site Monitoring by During the 50000 NEQG Construction
machineries from the and surrounding noise level meter construction Kyats per contractor(s) (as a
neighboring establishments activities at once part of contractor’s
different financial offer)
locations at least
per month or
every complaints
or if necessary
719
During Operation and Maintenance of the Power Supply System

emission, quality and surrounding investigation activities at Kyats per
(CO, CO2, SO2, establishments and monitoring by different once
NOx) handheld PM locations at least
meter per
and CO, CO2, month or every
SO2, complaints or if
NOx meter necessary
During Decommissioning Phase
emission, quality and surrounding investigation activities at Kyats per
and PM (CO, CO2, SO2, establishments and monitoring by different once
generation NOx) handheld PM locations at least
meter per
and CO, CO2, month or every
SO2, complaints or if
NOx meter necessary
720
Role and Responsibilities
Overall responsibility for the implementation of this Air Quality Management Plan rests with
project developer. All employees and the contractor will meet the requirements of this
management plan and associated procedures. Management actions set out in this management
plan may be delegated in writing by project developer to the specific contractor.
Key project personnel including the rail project manager, rail environmental management
representatives, contractor project manager and each contractor’s environment/ HSE
representative, will ensure that all management actions are undertaken to a satisfactory standard
and that all personnel are aware of their responsibilities with respect to environmental matters.
A general outline of responsibilities in relation to environmental is provided below:
Rail Project Manager
• Overall accountability for the environmental management of the project

• Implementation of the environmental Policy with respect to the project
• Overall responsibility for development, implementation, maintenance and compliance
with this management plan
Rail Environmental Management Representative (EMR)
• Accountable for environmental matters on the project

• Provide support to rail personnel and the contractor as required to ensure this
management plan is implemented and complied with
• Review effectiveness and implementation of this management plan
• Monitor the implementation of all required environmental management actions and
compliance with legislation.
• Undertake environmental auditing as required.
All Personnel (Project Developer and the Contractor)
• Comply with the requirements of this management plan

• Report all environmental incidents as they occur
• Attend environmental inductions or any other training as required
721
Reporting
Construction
• Monthly reporting by the Construction Contractor to Project developer on non-

conformances (including complaints), incidents and site inspections
Operation
• Monthly reporting by the Operation Manager to Project Developer on non-

conformances (including complaints), incidents and site inspections
• Regular communication with community groups, councils, forums and individuals by
listening to and discussing issues. Information on train-related coal dust mitigation
initiatives being undertaken will be provided to the appropriate forums.
8.4.3. Water Quality Management Plan

8.4.3.1. Objective
The main objective for water quality management plan is to minimize the environmental
impacts on surface water and groundwater from the project.


Conservation of Water Resources and River Laws, 2006
• To conserve and protect the water resources and rivers system for beneficial utilization
by the public; to prevent environmental impact.
Conservation of Water Resources and River Rules, 2013
722

This plan contains the summary of potential environmental impacts related to water together
with mitigation measure to reduce or avoid these impacts and its monitoring plan. The locations
for water quality monitoring points are shown in the following figures.
Figure 8.8. Proposed Water Quality Monitoring Points
723
8.4.3.4. Water Quality Management and Monitoring

Project Activity Impact on Water Quality Mitigation Measures
Site clearing and earth Liquid Waste Provide proper drains
working for power supply 1. Improper handling of fuel Avoid any leakage of oil and lubricant from vehicles and machineries used in pre-construction phase
system oil and lubricants Use temporary sedimentation ponds during rainy reason
2. The mobilization and
transport of soil particles
Solid Waste Reuse suitable soil particles in earth filling activities during the construction of traction substation
1. Earth working activities Limit unnecessary earthworks;
2. Site clearing activity Prevent over-excavation
Construction Activities • Increased sedimentation of Restrict materials storage within 50m of a water course.
water courses Temporary drainage provision
• Accidental spills Installation of prefabricated septic tanks on site
contaminating wells with Systematic waste disposal site
oils, lubricants, paint wastes, Contingency plans for control of spills of oil and other hazardous substances
etc.
• Sanitation facilities such as
toilets leaking into portable
water source.
• Clearance of site vegetation
Hazardous Construction Training workers on appropriate handling and storing of chemicals and fuels as per MSDS.
Waste
Hydrological Situation Adjust pole placements to span the resource overhead.
Construct temporary bridge structures across the resource.
Avoid pole placements adjacent to the resource or blockage to the resource.
Power supply to all Wastewater used during Proper treatment of wastewater
technologies related to operation phase Train workers on appropriate handling of oil and lubricants
railway operation and Oil and grease through light- Proper collection and disposal of paint residues
maintenance maintenance activities of Proper disposal of waste according to local CDC’s instruction
power stations Use the zinc-based paint instead of lead-based paint
Paint residue for
maintenance of power
supply stations
724
Demolition, Increases sedimentation of Proper Disposal of wastes according to the requirements.

decommissioning, and water courses Reuse the wastes where possible.
destruction of substation and Piling steel structures on the When reusing is impossible, recycle the wastes by giving to recyclists and secondary users can use them.
power lines activities site for a long time without
moving to dumping sites or
to places to do recycling.
Water Quality Monitoring Plan

Project Parameter to be Frequency of
Locations (Methods and Budget Standard Responsibilities
activities monitored measurement
Equipment)
Area of spillage Color(TCU), nearest surface Visual observation; Monthly 12000 National drinking Construction
turbidity, total water Recording and Kyats per water quality contractor(s)
resources documentation of once standards(2014) (as a part of
dissolved spillage contractor’s financial
solvents, offer)
chloride, total
hardness, Iron,
pH, sulphate,
calcium,
magnesium,
electrical
conductivity
Area of spillage Color(TCU), Project Site Visual observation; Daily 12000 National drinking Construction
turbidity, total and nearest Recording and Kyats per water quality contractor(s) (as a part
surface water documentation of day standards(2014) of contractor’s
dissolved spillage financial offer
solvents, resources
Management of chloride, total Project Site Estimation of the Weekly or 12000 National drinking Contractor(s) during
construction hardness, Iron, and nearest hazardous waste and monthly Kyats per water quality construction and
waste pH, sulphate, surface water non-hazardous waste depending on day standards(2014) power station staff
and handling of calcium, resources the volume of during operation
725
hazardous waste magnesium, in relation to the waste

electrical handling and
transporting to the
conductivity landfill

Area of spillage Color(TCU), Nearest Visual observation; Weekly 12000 National drinking Contractor(s)
turbidity, total surface water Recording and Kyats per water quality
bodies documentation of once standards(2014)
dissolved spillage
solvents,
chloride, total
hardness, Iron,
pH, sulphate,
calcium,
magnesium,
electrical
conductivity
726
Role and Responsibilities

Contractor shall ensure sufficient resources are allocated on an ongoing basis to achieve
effective implementation of the Water Quality Management Plan.
Project developer shall ensure sufficient resources are allocated on an ongoing basis to achieve
effective implementation of Company’s responsibilities in the Water Quality Management
Plan.
Reporting and Notification

Contractor shall report to Company the results of the monitoring undertaken and integrate the
results, including additional mitigation and management measures as agreed with Company,
into the Water Management Plan.
Contractor shall report the results of the environmental assessments undertaken in respect of
the proposed water abstraction locations, and shall obtain Company approval prior to
abstraction.
Contractor’s monthly report to Company shall include:
• Results of all monitoring highlighting any exceedances
• Number and results of verification inspections
8.4.4. Noise and Vibration Management Plan

8.4.4.1. Objective
The objective of the Noise and Vibration Management Plan is to reduce to an acceptable level
noise and vibration impacts from project activities to local residents.


This plan contains the summary of potential environmental impacts related to noise and
vibration together with mitigation measure to reduce or avoid these impacts and its monitoring
727
plan. The following figure shows the locations of the noise and vibration monitoring points for
the proposed project.
Figure 8.9. Proposed Noise Quality Monitoring Points
728
8.4.4.4. Monitoring Plan

Potential Impact and Mitigation Measure
Project Activity Noise and Vibration Impact Mitigation Measures

Site clearing and earth Noise from construction Avoid operation of noisy equipment at the same time
working for power supply machineries Limit the operation of noisy construction machineries at night
system Regular maintenance of machineries
Use engines with good condition
Construction Activities Noise from construction Source Control
machineries Locate sites at least 500m away from sensitive areas.
Operate between 7am-7pm only
Reach an agreement with nearby residents regarding the timing of heavy machinery work
Community Notification
Consultation and engagement
Removal of buildings and Noise from removal of Maintain all exhaust systems in good working order;
infrastructures. buildings and infrastructures. Undertake regular equipment maintenance
Reduce vehicle speeds around sensitive receptors such as dwellings and schools.
Noise and Vibration Monitoring Plan

Parameter to Frequency of
Project activities Locations (Methods and Budget Standard Responsibilities
be monitored measurement
Equipment)
Construction Noise Within the site Monitoring by noise During the 50000 NEQG Contractor(s)
machineries complaints from and surrounding level meter Pre construction Kyats per
the neighboring establishments activities at once
different
locations at least
per month or every
complaints
or if necessary
729

Construction Noise Within the site Monitoring by noise During the 50000 NEQG Contractor(s)
machineries complaints and surrounding level meter construction Kyats per
from the establishments activities at once
neighboring different
locations at least
per month or
every complaints
or if necessary
Machinery and Noise Within the site Monitoring by noise During the 50000 NEQG Contractor(s)
equipment used in complaints from and surrounding level meter construction Kyats per
decommissioning the neighboring establishments activities at once
phase farm/project different
locations at least
per month or every
complaints
or if necessary
730
Roles and Responsibilities

effective implementation of the Noise and Vibration Management Plan.
Contractor’s Noise and Vibration Management Plan shall describe the resources allocated and
responsible for the execution of each task and requirement contained therein, and shall describe
how their roles and responsibilities are communicated to the relevant personnel.
Project developer shall ensure sufficient resources are allocated on an ongoing basis to achieve
effective implementation of Company’s responsibilities in the Noise and Vibration
Management Plan.

Contractor shall report to project developer the results of the monitoring and integrate the
results, including additional mitigation and management measures as agreed with Company,
with the Noise and Vibration Management Plan.
• Results of monitoring
8.4.5. Soil Quality Management Plan

8.4.5.1. Objective
The objectives of the Soil Quality Management Plan are to contain, transport, handle and
dispose of solid and liquid wastes arising from project construction activities in such a manner
as to minimize impacts to the environment.


731
Law Amending the Factories Act, 2016

• To make effective arrangements in every factory of disposal of waste and effluent, and
matters on health, cleanliness and precaution against danger.

This plan contains summary of the potential impacts associated with wastes, together with
mitigation and management measures to avoid or reduce these impacts and its monitoring. The
following figures show the locations of the soil quality monitoring points for the proposed
project.
Figure 8.10. Proposed Soil Quality Monitoring Points
732
8.4.5.4. Monitoring Action Plan

Potential Impact and Mitigation Measure
Project Activity Impact on Soil Quality Mitigation Measures
Site clearing and earth working Domestic wastes from pre- Systematically dispose solid wastes
for power supply system construction workers Take special care on handling of diesel and lubricants to avoid leakage.
Soil materials generated from
site clearing and tree cutting
activities
Improper handling of diesel and
lubricants
Construction Activities Accidental Spills of Fuel Oil and Disposal of solid wastes according to the rules and regulations of CDCs.
Lubricants Proper handling of fuel oil and lubricants.
Construction Debris and
Domestic Wastes from workers
Power supply to all Leakage of oil, grease and paint Use zinc-based paint instead of lead-based paint
technologies related to railway residues Proper control and avoid leakage of oil or paint
operation and maintenance
Demolition, decommissioning, Soil and groundwater Disposal of hazardous wastes and solid wastes according to the rules and regulations of CDCs.
and destruction of substation contamination Careful removal of electrical equipment
and power lines activities As a result of accidents and/or
improper handling of lubricants,
oils, and transformer oils
(PCBs), and the material wastes
and domestic wastes from the
workers
733
Soil Quality Monitoring Plan

Parameter to Frequency of
Project activities Locations (Methods and Budget Standard Responsibilities
be monitored measurement
Equipment)
Storage of surplus pH (soil: Project sites Recording and Monthly 12000 Contractor(s)
soil particle from water 1:2.5), documentation Kyats per
earth working
activities
Texture, once
organic
carbon, Total
N, CEC,
available
nutrients (P,
K2O), Water
soluble

Storage of the pH (soil: Project sites Recording and Monthly 12000 Construction
machines and water 1:2.5), documentation Kyats per contractor(s)
construction once
materials of the
Texture,
project components organic
carbon, Total
Storage of surplus N, CEC, Recording and Monthly 12000 Construction
soil particle from available documentation Kyats per contractor(s)
construction nutrients (P, once
activities
K2O), Water
soluble
During Operation Phase

Management of the pH (soil: At the designated Recording and Quarterly 12000 Power station
hazardous and water 1:2.5), landfill for solid documentation Kyats per operators
nonhazardous waste waste once during operation
734
Texture,
organic
carbon, Total
N, CEC,
available
nutrients (P,
K2O), Water
soluble

Storage of the Complaints Project site Recording and Every 12000 Contractor(s)
machines and from documentation complaints or if Kyats per
decommissioning neighboring necessary once
materials of the communities
project components and
records and
documentation
of the
temporary area
for
storage of
materials
or machineries
735

Wastes generated during construction are considered to be owned by Company, with the
exception of materials to be returned to suppliers by Contractor and materials released by
Contractor to third parties for reuse, recycling or disposal.
Project facilities shall be used for the management and disposal of Project wastes (including
material for recycling and wastewater). Transfer of Project waste to third party facilities shall
be avoided and shall be accepted by Company only as an interim measure on an exception
basis. Where it is necessary to utilize a third party facility, an audit shall be undertaken of that
facility and such facility may only be utilized following submission of a satisfactory audit
report to Company and with Company’s prior written approval.
Contractor shall be responsible for appropriate collection, segregation, treatment, and transfer
of solid wastes to the Waste Management Areas, and for appropriate processing and disposal
of the wastes upon acceptance to the Waste Management Areas.
Waste Management Areas shall be operated by personnel qualified by training and experience
to perform the required waste management functions.
effective implementation of the Waste Management Plan.
Contractor’s Soil Quality Management Plan shall describe the resources allocated to and
responsible for the execution of each task and requirement contained therein, and shall describe
how roles and responsibilities are communicated to relevant personnel.
Company shall ensure sufficient resources are allocated on an ongoing basis to achieve
effective implementation of Company’s responsibilities in the Soil Quality Management Plan.

• Waste tracking reports (all wastes)
• Waste source
• Waste type
• Waste storage quantities/volumes and locations
• Waste treatment methods
• Waste disposition volumes and locations
736
8.4.6. Traffic Management Plan
8.4.6.1. Objective
The primary objectives of this Traffic Management Plan are:

• To ensure efficiency and safety of the movement of people, goods, or vehicles.
• To manage potential adverse impacts on traffic flows and pedestrian movements to
ensure road and pedestrian network performance is maintained at an acceptable level.
‘Traffic’ in this sense refers to the interaction of vehicles, mobile plant (machinery) and
pedestrians. Areas where pedestrians are exposed to the risk of a collision between mobile plant
and vehicles should be identified, for example, in a warehouse where forklifts and workers
both operate.

(1) The Highways Law (Law No.24)
▪ To cause easier communication and transportation among states and divisions by
constructing the highways and to strengthen national solidarity and friendship and to cause
all-round development in all regions and areas in economic and social sectors,
▪ To give support in implementing the duty for security and convenience in road and
communication and quickness in flow of commodities; and to supervise systematically in
respect of traffic and use of highways.
▪ To give support in the modernization and development of the State by constructing
highways within the State or by constructing highways which connect with neighboring
countries;
▪ To carry out systematically the works of extension, repair and maintenance for durability
of highways;
(2) Law Amending Highway Act (Law No 33)
Generally, the prevention of obstruction to traffic and of annoyance, danger or injury to the
public

The traffic management plan consideration combined with the geographical location of the
project, the railway will be dvided into 6 sections including Mandalay beyond, Mandalay,
Pyinoolwin, Lashio (including Kyaukme), Muse and China, shown in the figure below.
737
Figure 8.11 – Schematic Diagram of Selected Division
Figure 8.12 – Technical Roadmap of Freight Traffic Volume Forecasting for Muse-
Mandalay Railway
738
8.4.6.4. Management Actions and Monitoring Plans
Management Actions and Monitoring Plans

For operation phase, traffic management will not be needed to consider. Traffic Management
Plan for Construction Phase is discussed in this section.
Construction site vehicle incidents should be prevented by the effective management of
transport operations throughout the construction process.
Key issues in dealing with traffic management on site are:
• Keeping pedestrians and vehicles apart
• Minimizing vehicle movements
• People on site
• Turning vehicles
• Visibility
• Signs and instructions
(a) Keeping pedestrians and vehicles apart

The majority of construction transport accidents result from the inadequate separation of
pedestrians and vehicles. This can usually be avoided by careful planning, particularly at the
design stage, and by controlling vehicle operations during construction work.
The following actions will help keep pedestrians and vehicles apart:
Entrances and exits – separate entry and exit gateways for pedestrians and vehicles
should be provided;
Walkways – firm, level, well-drained pedestrian walkways that take a direct route should
be provided where possible;
Crossings – where walkways cross roadways, a clearly signed and lit crossing point should
be provided where drivers and pedestrians can see each other clearly;
Visibility – drivers driving out onto public roads should be made sure that they can see
both ways along the footway before they move on to it;
Obstructions – walkways should not be blocked so that pedestrians have to step onto the
vehicle route; and
Barriers – a barrier should be installed between the roadway and walkway.
(b) Minimizing vehicle movements

Good planning can help to minimize vehicle movement around a site. For example, landscaping
to reduce the quantities of fill or spoil movement.
739
To limit the number of vehicles on site:

Car and van parking for the workforce and visitors should be provided away from the
work area;
Entry to the work area should be controlled; and
Storage area should be planned so that delivery vehicles do not have to cross the site.
People on site
Employers should take step to make sure that all workers are fit and competent to operate the
vehicles, machines and attachments they use on site by, for example:
Checking when recruiting drivers/ operators or hiring contractors;
Training drivers and operators;
Managing the activities of visiting drivers.
People who direct vehicle movements (signalers) must be trained and authorized to do so.
Accidents can also occur when untrained or inexperienced workers drive construction vehicles
without authority. Access to vehicles should be managed and people alerted to the risk.
Turning vehicles
The need for vehicles to reverse should be avoided where possible as reversing is a major cause
of fatal accidents. One-way systems can reduce the risk, especially in storage areas. A turning
circle could be installed so that vehicles can turn without reversing.
Visibility
If vehicles reverse in areas where pedestrians cannot be excluded, the risk is evaluated and
visibility becomes a vital consideration.
The following list should be considered:
Aids for drivers – mirrors, CCTV cameras or reversing alarms that can help drivers to see
movement all around the vehicle;
Lighting – so that drivers and pedestrians on shared routes can see each other easily. Lighting
may be needed after sunset or in bad weather;
Clothing – pedestrians on site should wear high-visibility clothing.
740
Sign and instructions

All drivers and pedestrians must know and understand the routes and traffic rules on site.
Standard road signs should be used where appropriate. Induction training for drivers, workers
and visitors should be provided and instructions should be sent out to visitors before their visit.
Pedestrian routes should be:
- Kept clear and free of tripping hazards
- Segregated from vehicle routes
- Adequately signed
- Provided with crossing points that have a clear view
Vehicle routes should be;
- Segregated from pedestrian routes
- Designed to minimize reversing
- Suitable for the vehicles that need to use them with appropriate speed limits
- Designed to avoid steep gradients and sharp bends
- Designed with ramps, signage, and berms as required
- Designed to take into account loading and unloading areas
Hoarding, barriers, lighting and signs will be required at startup. As construction progresses,
pedestrian and traffic routes will change and barriers, traffic cones, and signs will need to be
moved to ensure that there is adequate pedestrian and vehicle separation. Fixed barriers should
be used to separate vehicles from pedestrian walkways and to protect loading and unloading
areas on site.
Injuries from construction site vehicles can be quite serious; an injured worker may be out of
commission for weeks, months, or even longer.
Trucks, earth-moving equipment, and other heavy vehicles are essential on construction sites.
These vehicles not only help workers with large scale projects but also make their jobs a little
less strenuous. Unfortunately, these vehicles, when placed in the hands of other workers, can
also be dangerous. Furthermore, dangerous vehicles that pass through construction zones can
also threaten the lives of those working nearby.Distracted and inattentive drivers can easily run
over or back over road construction workers or collide with other vehicles. Similarly, unsafe
drivers on public roads pose their own threats while passing through construction zones.
The following are meant to control and limit the following common vehicle accident types:
• Collisions and rollovers. The most common type of accidents with any kind of vehicle
is a collision or rollover. These occur as a result of erratic driving, failure to pay
741
attention, and reckless driving. These types of accidents are extremely dangerous to
construction workers who aren’t protected inside vehicles. Also, because construction
vehicles are significantly larger and heavier than normal vehicles, they can inflict even
greater damage when they collide with workers or other vehicles.
• Back-up accidents. A back-over incident occurs when a vehicle strikes a worker who
is standing, walking, or kneeling behind the vehicle. Nearly 70 workers a year die from
back-over incidents that could have been avoided. These kinds of incidents can happen
for a variety of reasons. Drivers may not be able to see workers in their blind spots,
injured workers may fail to hear backup alarms, drivers may fail to check their
surrounding properly, etc.
• Cargo spills. Unsecured cargo can pose an extreme threat when it spills or falls out of
a vehicle. In addition to causing debris that can affect the safety of other drivers, the
weight of the cargo could potentially crush nearby workers.
• Pinning. When drivers fail to pay attention or inadvertently leave vehicles in motion,
workers on the ground can become stuck or pinned between the vehicle and other
objects. This pinning can result in severe crush injuries.
According to the traffic study data done on NH3 Road along the railway, morning peak hour
occurs at 7am to 10am, midday peak at 11am to 2pm, evening peak at 4pm to 7pm and night
peak at 7:30pm to 9:30pm.
According to the study, the vehicle movements in weekend day is 14.5% greater generation
rate that of in working day vehicle volumes as many visitors coming to Pyin Oo Lwin, Thi Paw
and Muse.
To avoid traffic accidents as much as possible, transportation vehicles to and from the
construction site should not be operated during peak hours if possible.
8.4.7. Occupational and Community Health and Safety Risk and Management Plan
8.4.7.1. Objective
The primary objectives are:
• To secure the health, safety and welfare of employees and other people at work.
• To eliminate workplace risks at the source, and
742
• To involve employers, employees and the organization that represent them in the
formulation and implementation of health, safety and welfare standards.

Occupational safety and health Law (Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No 8)
▪ The purpose to effectively implement measures related to safety and health at every
industry, prevent by the workplace accidents and occupational diseases and set
occupational safety and health standards
Workmen’s Compensation Act

▪ To protect personal injury caused to a workman by accident arising out of and in the
course of his employment and to compensate in accordance with the provisions of
Workman Compensation Act
The Law Relating to Private Health Care Services

▪ Develop private health care services in accordance with the national health policy;
▪ To participate and carry out systematically by private health care services in the
national health care system as an integral part;
▪ To enable utilizing effectively the resources of private sector in providing health care
to the public;
▪ To enable the public to choose as desired in fulfilling their needs for health by
establishing private health care services;
▪ To enable provision of quality service at fair cost and to take responsibility.
Public Health Law (Law No. 3,5)

To promote and safeguard public health and to take necessary measures in respect of
environmental health.
8.4.7.3. Overview and Layout Map
The contemplation for the occupational safety and health for this sub-plan is considered as
shown in the figure below.
743
Figure 8.13 - Mind Map of Occupational Health and Safety Risk
To ensure health and safety of workers, the following measures shall be implemented by the
contractor:
• Prior to commencement of site works, the following plans shall be prepared by the
contractor and approved by the Project Supervision Consultant:
o Occupational and Community Health and Safety Plan consistent with international
standards (e.g., the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety
Guidelines of 2007) and Labor Law of Myanmar. The Plan shall address health and
safety hazards associated with construction activities (e.g., working at heights,
excavations, etc.) establishment and operation of construction/worker’s camps,
casting yard, use of heavy equipment, transport of materials and other hazards
associated with various construction activities.
o Emergency Response Plan to prevent, mitigate, respond to and recover from
emergency events that could occur due to project activities such as accidents, spills
of hazardous substances, fire, extreme weather events, and other crises.
• Appoint an environment, health and safety manager to look after implementation of
required environmental mitigation measures, and to ensure that health and safety
precautions are strictly implemented for the protection of workers and the general
public in the vicinity of construction areas
• Conduct orientation for construction workers regarding health and safety measures,
744
emergency response in case of accidents, fire, etc., and prevention of HIV/AIDS and
other related diseases
• Provide first aid facilities that are readily accessible by workers.
• Provide firefighting equipment at the work areas, as appropriate, and at construction
camps.
• Provide adequate drainage in workers camps to prevent water logging/accumulation of
stagnant water and formation of breeding sites for mosquitoes.
• Provide adequate housing for all workers at the construction camps.
• Provide reliable supply of potable water.
• Provide separate hygienic sanitation facilities/toilets and bathing areas with sufficient
water supply for male and female workers
• Establish clean canteen/rest area.
• Ensure proper collection and disposal of solid wastes within the construction camps
consistent with local regulations.
• Provide fencing on all areas of excavation greater than 2 m deep.
• Provide appropriate personnel safety equipment such as safety boots, helmets, gloves,
protective clothes, breathing mask, goggles, and ear protection
• Ensure reversing signals are installed on all construction vehicles.
• Implement precautions to ensure that objects (e.g., equipment, tool, debris, precast
sections, etc.) do not fall onto or hit construction workers.
• Implement fall prevention and protection measures whenever a worker is exposed to
the hazard of falling more than two meters, falling into operating machinery or through
an opening in a work surface. Based on a case-specific basis, fall prevention/protection
measures may include installation of guardrails with mid-rails and toe boards at the
edge of any fall hazard area, proper use of ladders and scaffolds by trained employees,
use of fall prevention devices, including safety belt and lanyard travel limiting devices
to prevent access to fall hazard, fall protection devices such as full body harnesses, etc.
• Strictly impose speed limits on construction vehicles along residential areas and where
other sensitive receptors such as schools, hospitals, and other populated areas are
located.
• Educate drivers on safe driving practices to minimize accidents and to prevent
spill of hazardous substances and other construction materials during transport
745
Moreover, Occupational health and safety management plan for the proposed railway bridges
and culverts will also include the following:
a) Emergency and First-aid Procedures
b) Medical Precautionary Measures
c) Maintenance and Troubleshooting Precautions
d) Housekeeping
e) Safety awareness
f) Safety training
When an accident occurs at the construction site, it is essential that the proper steps are taken
to secure the safety of the injured person. These steps include:
Getting medical care: The first and most important steps to follow after a work site injury
is assessing and treating the damage. Even if the injury seems minor, a medical professional
should diagnose and treat the injury before the injured person attempts to return to work. A
minor bump on the head could mask a concussion, or a bruised abdomen could be a sign
of internal injuries.
Taking note of where, when, and how the accident occurred: If the victim is physically
capable, he should make sure to record the significant aspects of the accident, including
time, place, and potential cause.
Reporting the injury: The injured person absolutely must inform his supervisor or
superior of the accident as soon as possible. Make sure to record the name and position of
the person who accepted the report and the date the report was submitted.
First-aid program should include the following elements:
• Emergency medical services (EMS) response time: Contact local EMS or nearest
hospital to assess the response time to the facility in an emergency. This will help to
determine whether or not employees should be trained in first-aid on site. If an EMS or
ambulance from nearest hospital can reach workers at the site within 3 to 4 minutes in
a life-threatening emergency, then the EMS is considered “in near proximity” to the
workplace. If this is the case, then employees trained in first-aid are not required (but
are still recommended) on site.
• Trained personnel: Employees who have taken first-aid training course should be
assigned responsibility for providing first aid. Employers should ensure that at least one
of their employees takes a first-aid course or arrange for such a program to be taught at
the workplace. It is recommended that 15 to 20 percent of the workforce should be
trained in first aid.
746
• Written procedure: Have a qualified medical professional provide written “standing

orders” for basic first-aid treatment procedures. Have the doctor designate what is to be
done in the case of a serious injury and what hospitals are to be used for emergency
treatment. Local police and fire telephone numbers should be prominently displayed in
enough places so that all employees can access them.
• First-aid kit: First-aid supplies must be easily accessible when they are required. The
contents of the first-aid kit must be stored in a sealed weatherproof container with
individual sealed packages for each type of item and must be checked by the employer
before being sent out on each job and at least weekly to ensure that expended supplies
are replaced.
• Communications: Let everyone in the organization know who the trained first-aid
personnel are; state that these persons are the only ones who should render first-aid
assistance. Be sure to keep the list up-to-date. Also, publicize the names and phone
numbers of local police and fire departments, as well as others outside the organization
who should be called.
• Medical log: Maintain a medical or first-aid log convenient to your first-aid kits; ensure
that every use of the first-aid kit, even for giving out a bandage, is noted, including:
date, time, person receiving treatment, person giving treatment, what injury or symptom
was treated, what treatment was given, and first-aid materials used.
• Appropriate means of transporting injured workers to medical aid: If a worker is
injured, after the first-aid procedure, choose the transportation mode to transport the
injured worker to be able to arrive at a medical aid as fast as possible.
First aid is immediate, temporary treatment given in the event of accident or illness.
Eye: Contact lenses, if worn, will be removed. Irrigate the eyes immediately with large
amounts of water for 15 minutes. Occasionally hold the eyelids apart to insure complete
irrigation. Apply a dry protective dressing. Call for emergency medical assistance.
For “flash burns” cover the eye with cold (preferably iced) compresses for 5 to 10 minutes;
then repeat. Apply a dry protective dressing. Call a physician. Don’t rub the eye. Don’t use
ointments or drops unless prescribed by a physician.
Skin: For skin contact with irritants, flush the areas with large amounts of water, and then wash
with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing. If mucous membranes are irritated, flush
with water. Wash cuts and scrapes with mild soap and water. Avoid contamination. Apply a
dry sterile dressing.
747
For thermal bums, cold water is an effective first aid measure. If skin is not broken, immerse
bum part in clean cold water or apply clean ice to relieve pain. Do not disturb or open blisters.
Prevent contamination. Bandage loosely with a clean dry dressing. Call for emergency medical
assistance.
Electrical Shock and Electrical Burns: Disconnect and turn off power. Remove victim from
contact. Use no conducting materials if the rescuer must resort to pulling the victim from the
live contact. The rescuer must first protect himself by use of insulated materials such as gloves.
If not breathing, administer CPR as soon as electrical contact is broken. Call for emergency
medical assistance. Continue CPR until spontaneous breathing has been restored or until a
physician arrives. Administer oxygen. Keep comfortably warm. Keep horizontal until there is
no further evidence of shock. Treat electrical bums as thermal bums. For electrical bums apply
clean, cold (iced) compresses. Prevent contamination. Cover with a clean, dry dressing. Call
for emergency medical assistance.
Developing First Aid Procedures
It is important to keep up-to-date written first aid procedures at the workplace. All workers
must know where first aid kits are located and how to call for first aid personnel. To develop
and keep workplace first aid procedures current, consider:
• Drills – Conduct a drill at least once a year. It will test the workers’ awareness of how
to call for first aid, how well the communication system works, and the ability of first
aid attendants to respond. It will also help to determine if the first aid services are
adequate to deal with injuries and illnesses most likely to happen in the workplace.
• Maintaining the system – A worker should be assigned to manage the first aid services
at the workplace. The duties should include ensuring that required first aid attendant(s),
supplies, facilities, and equipment are always available.
Medical Precautionary Measures

The following medical precautionary measures will be conducted by MR.
(a) Periodic health examinations will do with the cooperation with Public Health Office
(Muse). The potential health effects of non-work related factors, such as smoking, must
be considered.
(b) An effective educational, training, and industrial hygiene program will be instituted.
The program will cover the following: (a) the nature and potential hazards of welding,
cutting and gouging; (b) proper and safe use of equipment; and (c) emergency and first
aid procedures.
748
(c) Medical personnel who are trained for first aid will be available on-site or by phone for
advice and consultation. Emergency phone numbers will be posted near the telephones.
At least one person on each shift will be trained in first aid, as well as qualified to
administer oxygen and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
(d) The following will be readily available: (a) first aid supplies approved by a physician;
(b) stretchers and blankets for transportation; (c) oxygen inhalation equipment; and (d)
approved instant acting eye washes and showers.
(e) For minor accident, first aid kit will be used with the help of medical personnel. For
major accident, that person will be carried to the nearest clinic or hospital and for
referral case, carried to the nearest hospital by stand by car. The nearest township
hospital and their relative distance related to railway are described below.
Distance from
Name of Hospital Location Number of Bed railway
Patheingyi Hospital Myo Ma Quarter, 25 1.79 miles
Pathein Gyi Township
Pyin Oo Lwin Pyin Oo Lwin 300 5.52 miles
Hospital
Kyauk Me People No.1 Quarter , Kyauk 150 1.37 miles
Hospital Me
Naung Cho People Bu Tar Quater , Naung 25 1.44 miles
Hospital Cho
Kutkai Hospital 2nd Quarter ,Kutkai 50 2.29 miles
Thein Ni People No.3 Quarter, Thein Ni 25 2.07 miles

Hospital
Si Paw People Si Paw 100 0.93 miles
Hospital
Lashio People Lashio 500 4.28 miles
Hospital
Muse People Muse 100 2.06 miles
Hospital
(f) Good personal hygiene practices are very important. Employees will wash their face
and hands before eating, and it is recommended they not be permitted to eat, drink, or
smoke in the work area. Food and beverages will not be stored in the work area.
Contaminated clothing will be changed.
749
(g) Protection against skin conditions, such as chemical burns, rashes, and dermatitis can
be provided by appropriate protective clothing and equipment, as well as the use of
protective creams or lotions.
Maintenance and Troubleshooting Precautions

Faulty or improperly maintained equipment can cause property damage, physical injury, or
possibly death by fire or electrical shock. Here is a list of some important items to check when
troubleshooting or maintaining equipment.
(a) Stop operating immediately if equipment is malfunctioning.
(b) Do not perform any maintenance unless you are qualified to perform such work.
(c) Make test readings carefully.
(d) Protect the equipment from heat, excessive wet conditions, oil or grease, corrosive
atmospheres, and inclement weather.
(e) Replace parts only with manufacturer’s recommended replacement parts.
(f) Keep all protective devices and covers in position.
House Keeping
The following measures will be practiced at the proposed plant.
(a) Regular cleaning of the floors with service water.
(b) Avoid dumping of wastes, damaged equipment and items anywhere inside the plant
affecting aesthetics and increasing risk of fire and other hazards.
(c) Maintaining hygienic conditions in areas like canteens, near drinking water sources and
toilets.
(d) Maintaining green belt along the project boundaries to suppress noise, fugitive dust and
to improve the aesthetics.
(e) Developing a positive outlook in the employees for improving the working place, both
in railway area and office clean and well maintained.
Safety Awareness
Safety awareness must be promoted among project managers and employees by:
(a) Imparting regular training.
(b) Installing/displaying safety caution boards and safety posters mentioning Do’s &
Don’ts at different vulnerable locations.
(c) Arranging safety & housekeeping competition etc.
(d) To procure and maintain personal protective equipment in good working condition.
750
Safety Training
Training programmes in safety and accident prevention will be organized at all levels of
employees with a view to familiarize them with the general safety rules, safety procedures in
various operational activities and to update their knowledge in safety and accident prevention,
industrial hygiene and emergency equipment. These training programmes will be conducted
periodically in a planned manner to refresh their knowledge. Training shall be imparted for:
Safe working and maintenance practices.
(a) Use of proper tools and tackles.
(b) Use of personal protective equipment.
(c) Handling emergency situation.
Development of an Environmental Health and Safety Plan

An Environmental Health and Safety Plan will be prepared for the demolition,
construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Project to ensure compliance
with the Ministry of Health’s Guideline for Occupational Health and Safety and the IFC
guidelines.
A safety committee will be formed by LEC and regular safety meetings will be
organized. General mitigation measures aimed at employees and contractors include the
following:
• Provision of training about the fundamentals of occupational health and
safety procedures.
• Provision of appropriate PPE (for example: latex gloves, working overalls,
safety boots, safety helmets, safety glasses, hearing protection).
• Ensuring that especially sensitive or dangerous areas (like areas exposed to
high noise levels, areas for especially hazardous work, etc.) are clearly marked, and
barricaded if appropriate.
• Ensuring that all maintenance work necessary for keeping machines and
other equipment in a good state is regularly carried out.
• Ensuring that the workers (and especially those doing hazardous work or otherwise
exposed to risks) are qualified, well‐trained and instructed in handling their
equipment, including health protection equipment.
• Provision of adequate loading and off‐loading space.
• Development of an emergency response plan.
751
• Provision of appropriate lighting during night‐time works (if any)

• Enforcement of speed limits for vehicles entering and exiting the site.
A basic first aid program will be extended to all employees and will ensure that in the event
of an accident or injury, someone with first aid knowledge will be present to render initial
assistance until further medical attention can be made available. Qualified personnel will
provide instruction on the necessary theoretical as well as practical skills required. The
advanced first aid program will be an extension of the basic first aid program attended by
selected employees, including supervisors and the Health and Safety Officer, and will train
participants in the recognition and initial management of serious injuries and illnesses.
Employee health and safety orientation will train all employees on the basic rules of work,
safety procedures, site‐specific hazards, and emergency procedures. A visitor orientation
and control program will be implemented if visitors will be entering areas of the site where
hazardous conditions or substances are present. Supervisory personnel and safety
representatives will attend training on accident investigation and reporting procedures.
Employees and contractor personnel will be provided health and safety training prior
to commencing work or a new assignment on this project. The training will consist of
basic hazard awareness, identification of site‐specific hazards and how they are controlled,
safe work practices, potential risks to health and precautions to prevent exposure, hygiene
requirements, PPE requirements and proper use, equipment labeling, accident prevention
and reporting, and emergency procedures for fire, evacuation, or natural disaster.
All employees, contractors and visitors will be informed of their responsibility to
participate in the creation of a healthy and safe environment by reporting unsafe and
hazardous conditions when detected and performing work in a safe manner by following
the correct work procedure.
Hazardous areas will be marked with appropriate signs, which identify the hazard and
associated safety measures. All signs will conform to international standards and will be
designed to be understood by all employees and visitors. Signs may contain both text and
pictures, as necessary, to ensure that any illiterate employees or visitors would be made
aware of the hazard.
Containers of hazardous materials will be labeled with the contents and associated hazards.
A color coding system will be implemented to allow immediate visual identification of
containers or equipment which contains hazardous substances.
752
Emergency personnel will be made aware of the types of fuel and of other hazardous
materials and typical amounts stored onsite, and storage locations to expedite emergency
response. Local emergency response personnel will be invited to inspect the
site periodically to ensure familiarity with potential hazards present
8.4.8. Disaster Management Plan

Disaster means a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence in any area, arising
from natural or man-made cause, or by accident or negligence which result in substantial
loss of life or human suffering or damage to, or degradation of, environment, and is of such
nature or magnitude as to be beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected
area. Disaster Management implies continuous and integrated process of planning,
organising, coordinating and implementing measures which are necessary as expedient for
• Prevention of danger or threat to any disaster.
• Mitigation or reduction of risk of any disaster or its severity or consequences.
• Capacity building.
• Preparedness to deal with any disaster.
• Prompt response to any threatening disaster situation or disaster.
• Assessing the severity of magnitude of effect of every disaster.
• Evacuation rescue & relief.
• Rehabilitation and reconstruction.
8.4.8.1. Objective
The overall objective of a disaster management plan is to make use of the combined resources
created or available at the site and/or off-site services to achieve the following:
• To minimize the effects the accident on people and property;
• Affect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;
• Safeguard other people, outside the project boundary
• Evacuate people to safe areas with utmost care and with minimum casualties;
• Inform and collaborate with statutory local and state authorities;
• Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;
• Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the cause and
circumstances of the emergency;
• Investigate and take steps to prevent recurrence of similar incidents
753

Natural Disaster Management Law (No 21)
▪ To implement natural disaster management programmes systematically and
expeditiously in order to reduce disaster risks;
▪ To form the National Committee and Local Bodies in order to implement natural
disaster management programmes systematically and expeditiously
▪ To coordinate with national and international government departments and
organizations, social organizations, other nongovernment organizations or
international organizations and regional organizations in carrying out natural disaster
management activities
▪ To conserve and restore the environment affected by natural disasters
▪ To provide health, education, social and livelihood programmes in order to bring
about better living conditions for victims
Myanmar Fire Force Law (Law No.25)

▪ To take precautionary and preventive measure and loss of state own property, private
property, cultural heritage and the lives and property of public due to fire and other
natural disasters
▪ To organize fire brigade systemically and to train the fire brigade
▪ To prevent from fire and to conduct release work when fire disaster, natural disaster,
epidemic disease or any kind of certain danger occurs
▪ To educate, organize an inside extensively so as to achieve public corporation
▪ To participate if in need for national security, peace for the citizens and law and order
National Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (Section 2.1.9)

These national Environmental Quality (Emission) Guidelines (hereafter referred to as
Guidelines) provide the basis for regulation and control of noise and vibration, air emissions,
and liquid discharges from various sources in order to prevent pollution for purposes of
protection of human and ecosystem health.
Prevention from Danger of Chemical and Associated Materials Law (Law No. 28)
• To prevent from damaging the environmental resources and from endangering the lively
creatures due to the chemical and associated materials;
754
• To control systematically for the safety in carrying out in accord with the approval for
chemical and associated materials business;
• To carry out the data information acquiring system and to widely do the educating and
research works in order to utilize the chemical and associated materials systematically;
• To carry out continuous development for worksite safety, health and environmental
conservation.
The strongest earthquake (Kyaukkyan Fault) is happened in the railway line near Naungcho
town, it should be conscious and thoroughly made any structures that must be resisted the
magnitude (>R.M.8) of earthquake. The satellite image of Kyaukkyan Fault near Naungcho
town is shown in the figure below.
Figure 8.14. Satellite Image of Kyaukkyan Fault near Naungcho Town
Dangerous conditions or events that threaten or have the potential for causing injury to life or
damage to property or the environment is called hazard. Hazards can be categorized in various
ways, but based on the origin, they worldwide are basically grouped in two broad headings:-
1. Natural Hazards (hazards with meteorological, geological or even biological origin)
e.g. Flood, Lightning strikes, etc.
755
2. Manmade Hazards (hazards with human-caused or technological origin)

e.g. Fire, Structural failure etc.
Vulnerability
Vulnerability may be defined as the probability of exposure of a village, city or a community
to a hazard. A society or project may be vulnerable to various hazards to different extents
depending upon various reasons including environmental, geographical, social, economic etc.
Disaster
A disaster occurs when a hazard such as earthquake, flood or windstorm coincides with a
vulnerable situation. It is hence the product of are two main components: Hazard and
Vulnerability. A disaster seriously disrupts the normal functioning of a society, causing
widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses that exceed the society's
capability to cope without external relief.
8.4.8.5. Types of Disasters
The followings may be the type of disasters related to the proposed project.
1. Fire
2. Escape, intentional release or threat to release due to – oil, gas, chemicals or
radioactive, biological or flammable materials
3. Accidents – Collision, grounding and sinking of ships, transport or work place
accidents.
4. Natural calamities – Flood and Earth quake
Internal Department
The primary focus of the disaster management system is to mitigate the effects of disaster
on port community wherever possible or practical, while preparing to respond when
disaster occur. The role and responsibilities specifically for each phase being.
Specific responsibilities – Response Phase
• Activate the disaster management response team and also crisis response team.
• Activate the relevant / workplace emergency team for the first strike response
including traffic and pollution
756
• Thereafter assist emergency services to respond to the event.

• Assist with providing relief for persons affected by disaster.
Specific responsibilities – Recovery Phase
• Satisfy immediate, essential personal and port community needs to extent of

port capability.
• Maintain liaison and timely communication with District/Township Disaster
Management Body.
• Contribute to the recovery function coordinated by District/Township Disaster
Management Body.
• Coordinate the recovery of physical infrastructure.
• Coordinate activities with relevant Disaster district initiatives and plans.
• Participate in long term recovery, reconstruction and rehabilitation.
• Communicating regarding restoration of Plant activities.
8.4.8.6. Monitoring Plans
(a) Earthquake early-warning and monitoring system
The railway line is located in the high-intensity seismic region, and the seismic peak
acceleration (g) is 0.2. In order to timely collect and release seismic information to guarantee
the safe operation of trains, an earthquake early-warning and monitoring system is set up along
the line.
System composition
The earthquake early-warning monitoring system is composed of the field monitoring
equipment (seismic acceleration sensor), the field monitoring host (data processing and control
equipment) and the central system.
The seismic acceleration sensor as a seismic geophone is installed on the device pier, and it
collects seismic acceleration data transmitted to the field monitoring host.
The field monitoring host is set up in the disaster monitoring equipment room of the traction
transformer station, the signal building of the station and the section base station. It is composed
of the data processing module for processing the data uploaded by the seismic geophone, the
control module responsible for logic judgment and alarm output, and corresponding relay
757
equipment. The data processing module converts the analog quantity uploaded by the seismic
geophone into the digital signal, and carries out threshold judgment; the alarm signal is
produced when the threshold value is exceeded; the control module executes safety logic
operation of the alarming signal which is generated from the data processing module, and
generate the switching value alarm signal which is output to the integrated automation system
of the traction transformer station, so as to realize power outage of the tractive power supply
system and simultaneously reserve the interface with the train control system. At the same time,
the data processing module integrates the seismic wave data and the alarm signal with the time
information and transmits it to the central system, so as to provide data reference for the start
of the post-disaster emergency plan.
In this design, the system equipment of the earthquake early warning monitoring center shall
be provided in the control center.
System setting
1) Ground motion acceleration sensors shall be set in railway districts with peak acceleration
of 0.1g or above. Seismic monitoring point shall have s-wave monitoring function and p-wave
warning function, if possible;
2) The ground motion acceleration sensors should be 25 km away from each other;
3) The ground motion acceleration sensors shall be set in pairs, with a horizontal spacing of at
least 40 m between two sensors and 1 sensor in 1 seismometer well;
4) The ground motion acceleration sensors should be set in the traction substation or, if not
possible to be set in the traction substation, set in the power distribution station, repeater station,
base station, etc., with requirements for site background noise and seismometer layout distance
met.
5) The acceleration sensor should be at least 50 m away from the track center line;
6) When the site of the ground motion acceleration sensor is not affected by trains, the
background vibration noise of the site should be less than 0.1 gal, and not exceed 0.5 gal at the
maximum.
Installation Location
Traction substations, LTE-R base stations, stations and so on in the area within this line with a
maximum earthquake acceleration ≥ 0.10 g shall be set with an earthquake monitoring system.
The seismic pickup pier shall be installed in an appropriate area and the ground motion
acceleration sensor shall be installed on the seismic pickup pier. The specific location is shown
below:
758
Table 8.6. Installation Locations for Stations and Traction Substations

S/N Mileage Location
1 CK 8+560 Muse Traction Substation
2 CK 28+700 Man Hawng Station
3 CK50+900 Nam Hpak Ka Traction Substation
4 CK85+450 Man peng Traction Substation
5 CK100+129 Section base station
6 CK121+190 Theinni Traction Substation
7 CK133+700 Lashio West Traction Substation
8 CK157+070 Lashio North Station
9 CK183+400 SanLau Traction Substation
10 CK205+200 Hispaw Station
11 CK222+800 Chaung Chauk Traction Substation
12 CK260+550 Myin Gwin Station
13 CK283+500 Nawng Hkio Traction Substation
14 CK322+640 Pyinoolwin Traction Substation
15 CK365+000 Traction substation
16 CK395+800 Mandalay South Traction Substation
Figure 8.15. Diagram of Functional Framework of Earthquake Warning Monitoring

System
759
(b) Rainfall monitoring system

The areas along this line are rich in rainfall, collapse, landslides and floods caused by
continuous rainfall can damage roadbeds, bridges and other railway infrastructure. In order
tomonitor and release the rainfall information along the railway in real time and guarantee
the safe operation of trains, a rainfall monitoring system is set up along the railway.
System composition
The rainfall monitoring system consists of the field monitoring equipment (including rain
gauge and field data unit), the field monitoring unit and the central system. The data collected
by the field monitoring equipment is transmitted to the field monitoring unit, and then uploaded
to the rainfall monitoring central system through the communication channel.
Equipment allocation
1) The field rain gauges are provided as per a single set;
2) In the key flood control sections where landslide, debris flow, dangerous rocks, rockfall and
collapse are easy to occur, and the sections with high subgrade and deep cutting, the field
rainfall collection equipment should be installed along the railway. In addition, the rainfall
collection equipment should be installed in nearby stations, communication base stations and
comprehensive maintenance work areas/workshops;
3) In the continuous subgrade section of ballast track, the interval between the field rainfall
monitoring & collection equipment should be set within 15km to 20km, and the interval in the
key flood control section should not be larger than 15km.
4) The field rainfall collection equipment should be installed on a separate mast; when
conditions are not available, it can be installed on the catenary mast. The lower surface of the
cantilever of the rain gauge mounting bracket should be 2.5m away from the top surface of the
catenary mast foundation.
5) Rain gauges should be installed in open and spacious areas.
Installation Location
S/N Mileage Location Remarks

1 CK8+560 Muse Hilly land
2 CK19+000 Subgrade section Tunnel portal of mountain valley
3 CK28+700 Man Hawng Hilly land
4 CK40+700 Na Hpai Hilly land
5 CK50+900 Nam Hpak Ka Hilly land
6 CK61+250 Pang nin Hilly land
7 CK73+300 Kutkai Hilly land
8 CK85+450 Man peng Hilly land
9 CK99+400 Nawng yen Hilly land
10 CK112+400 Laban pa Hilly land
11 CK121+190 Theinni Hilly land
760
12 CK135+000 Sam lou Hilly land

13 CK145+000 Hang lu Hilly land
14 CK157+070 Lashio North Hilly land
15 CK133+650 Lashio West Hilly land
16 CK146+920 Mehan Hilly land
17 CK162+200 Nam un Hilly land
18 CK173+400 Sint eng Hilly land
19 CK183+400 SanLau Hilly land
20 CK193+100 KongTha Hilly land
21 CK205+200 Hispaw Hilly land
22 CK222+800 CHaung Chauk Hilly land
23 CK236+750 Kyaukme Hilly land
24 CK260+550 Myin Gwin Hilly land
25 CK274+600 Nam ban ton River Hilly land
26 CK283+020 Nawng Hkio Hilly land
27 CK296+700 Om ma ka Hilly land
28 CK308+100 Gan gaw Hilly land
29 CK322+700 Pyinoolwin Tunnel portal of mountain valley
30 CK337+300 Sin byu in Tunnel portal of mountain valley
31 CK346+900 Sakangyi Tunnel portal of mountain valley
32 CK358+800 Taung Kyun Tunnel portal of mountain valley
33 CK371+600 Tok hka taung Tunnel portal of mountain valley
34 CK385+400 Mandalay East Hilly land
Figure 8.16. Diagram of Functional Framework of Rainfall Monitoring System
761
Information transmission and network structure

The primary information sources of the disaster monitoring system are distributed in stations
and sections along the route. The relevant data collected by the on-site collection equipment
are uploaded to the on-site monitoring unit, which, after preliminary processing, is uploaded
tothe disaster monitoring center system. The policy decision information is transmitted to
the integrated maintenance center by the disaster monitoring center for emergency rescue
and permitted speed control of trains.
In addition to be transmitted to the integrated maintenance center through the above procedures,
the earthquake information is linked with relevant systems on the site to minimizethe response
time and control the train, so as avoid the disaster as soon as possible and reduce the loss.
8.4.8.7. Emergency Response Plan

A plan to deal with major emergencies is an important element of Occupational Health &
Safety programs.
Besides the major benefit of providing guidance during an emergency, developing the plan has
other advantages. An emergency plan promotes safety awareness and shows the organization’s
commitment to the safety of workers. The lack of an emergency plan could lead to severe losses
such as multiple casualties and possible financial collapse of the organization.
An emergency is an unplanned event when a project operation loses control, or could lose
control, of a situation that may result in risks to human health, property, or the environment,
either within the facility or in the local community. Emergency incident response plan for
proposed railway project is proposed to mitigate harms on humans and environment in the
project area and its vicinity in case of incident. This plan provides the management structure,
key responsibilities, emergency assignments and general procedures to follow during and
immediately after an emergency. Moreover, it is necessary to establish ERP to address the
immediate requirements for a major disaster or emergency in which normal operations are
interrupted and special measures must be taken to:
(a) Save and protect the lives of employees;
(b) Manage immediate communications and information regarding emergency
operations and work site safety;
(c) Provide essential services and operations;
(d) Provide and analyze information to support decision-making and action plans; and
(e) Manage resources effectively in an emergency operation.
762
An emergency plan specifies procedures for handling sudden or unexpected situations. The
objective is to be prepared to:
• Prevent fatalities and injuries
• Reduce damage to buildings, stock, and equipment
• Protect the environment and the community
• Accelerate the resumption of normal operations
When the organization’s plan involves using outside resources, such as fire, police or
ambulance, other appropriate organizations should also be consulted.
Having identified the hazards, the possible major impacts of each should be itemized, such as:
• Sequential events (e.g. a fire after an explosion)
• Evacuation
• Casualties
• Damage to plant infrastructure
• Loss of vital records/ documents
• Damage to equipment
• Disruption of work
Based on these events, the required actions such as the following are determined.
• Declare emergency.
• Sound the alert.
• Evacuate danger zone.
• Close main shutoffs.
• Call for external aid.
• Initiate rescue operations.
• Attend to casualties.
• Fight fire.
Also consider what resources are required and their location, such as:
• Medical supplies.
• Auxiliary communication equipment.
• Power generators.
• Respirators.
• Chemical and radiation detection equipment.
• Mobile equipment.
• Emergency protective clothing.
763
• Firefighting equipment.
• Ambulance.
• Rescue equipment.
• Trained personnel.
The emergency plan includes:
• All possible emergencies, consequences, required actions, written procedures, and the
resources available.
• Detailed lists of emergency response personnel including their cell phone numbers,
alternate contact details, and their duties and responsibilities.
• Floor plans.
• Large scale maps showing evacuation routes and service conduits (such as gas and
water lines).
Development of an Emergency and Response Plan
The EPRP must comply with the IFC Occupational Safety Guidelines and Performance
Standards. The EPRP must include:
• Roles and responsibilities of emergency personnel;
• Emergency contacts and communications systems/protocols, including
procedures for interaction with local and regional emergency authorities;
• Specific emergency response procedures;
• Design and implementation of an emergency alarm system audible across the
entire site;
• An evacuation plan which must be read and practiced by all employees
and contractors. The evacuation plan will include emergency escape routes,
procedures for accounting for employees after an evacuation, and roles and
responsibilities of personnel during an evacuation;
• Identification of supplies and resources to be utilized during an emergency event,
including emergency equipment, facilities, and designated areas; and
• A training plan, which includes specific training and drill schedules for personnel
who are responsible for rescue operations, medical duties, spill response, and
fire response.
If an emergency develops, all persons on the project site must be notified immediately
and efforts must be coordinated with others in the vicinity surrounding the project area in
order to reduce impacts, if applicable. If an emergency is imminent, but has not yet begun,
764
steps must be initiated to immediately advise persons in the vicinity of the emergency to
evacuate and notifications will be made to the local ECD, the County Superintendent,
local police, and all other authorities which have responsibility regarding the emergency.
If there is a slowly developing emergency or unusual situation where an emergency is not
imminent, but could occur if no action is taken, project personnel will notify the ECD,
the County Superintendent, local police, and all other authorities of the potential problem
and keep them advised of the situation. These agencies will be requested to indicate if
there are any immediate actions that will be taken to reduce the risk or severity of the
emergency and if necessary, what preventative actions have to be implemented. In an
emergency situation, equipment and supplies have to be needed on short notice. Therefore,
the LEC must maintain an accurate inventory of emergency response equipment and
supplies.
The EPRP will include an evacuation plan which will be read and practiced by all employees
and contractors. The evacuation plan will include emergency escape routes, procedures for
accounting for employees after an evacuation, and roles and responsibilities of personnel
during an evacuation. In general, the following evacuation procedures will be followed:
• Alert the Emergency Response Team to assist in the evacuation.
• Use communications tools that are appropriate for the type of incident and the
time of occurrence, such as alarms or loud speakers.
• When communicating an evacuation, speak clearly and succinctly: “We have a
[state the type of emergency]. Evacuate to [state the assembly point]”.
• Turn equipment off, if possible.
• Take emergency supplies and staff rosters, if possible.
• Account for personnel.
• Wait at the assembly point for further instructions.
The EPRP will have specific information on fire safety and explosion response, which
will provide additional details specific to these emergencies.
Elements of ERP
Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan that is commensurate with the risks of the facility
and that includes the following basic elements:
(a) Communication systems
(b) Emergency resources
(c) Training and updating
(d) Business Continuity and Contingency
765
Additional information is provided for key components of the emergency plan, as follows:
(1) Worker Notification and Communication

Alarm bells, visual alarms, or other forms of communication will be used to reliably alert
workers to an emergency. Related measures according to IFC Guidelines include:
(a) Testing warning systems at least annually (fire alarms monthly), and more frequently
if required by local regulations, equipment, or other considerations; and
(b) Installing a back-up system for communications on-site with off-site resources, such as
fire departments, in the event that normal communication methods may be inoperable
during an emergency.
Community Notification
If a local community may be at risk from a potential emergency arising at the facility, the
company will implement communication measures to alert the community, such as:
(a) Audible alarms, such as fire bells or sirens;
(b) Fan out telephone call lists;
(c) Vehicle mounted speakers;
(d) Communicating details of the nature of the emergency;
(e) Communicating protection options (evacuation, quarantine); and
(f) Providing advice on selecting an appropriate protection option
Media and Agency Relations

Emergency information will be communicated to the media through:
(a) A trained, local spokesperson able to interact with relevant stakeholders, and offer
guidance to the company for speaking to the media, government, and other agencies.
(b) Written press releases with accurate information, appropriate level of detail for the
emergency, and for which accuracy can be guaranteed.
(2) Emergency Resources

(a) Fire Services
MR will consider the level of local firefighting capacity in the event of a major emergency or
natural disaster. If insufficient capacity is available, firefighting capacity will be acquired that
may include personal fire engine, pumps, water supplies, trucks, and training for personnel.
766
(b) Medical Services

MR will provide first aid attendants for the facility as well as medical equipment suitable for
the personnel, type of operation, and the degree of treatment likely to be required prior to
transportation to hospital during emergency case.
(c) Availability of Resources
Appropriate measures for managing the availability of resources in case of an emergency in
Upper Myanmar region include:
(i) Maintaining a list of external equipment, personnel, facilities, funding, expert
knowledge, and materials that may be required to respond to emergencies. The list
will include personnel with specialized expertise for spill clean-up, flood control,
engineering, water treatment, safety, environmental science, etc., or any of the
functions required to adequately respond to the identified emergency.
(ii) Providing personnel who can readily call up resources, as required.
(iii) Tracking and managing the costs associated with emergency resources.
(iv) Considering the quantity, response time, capability, limitations, and cost of these
resources, for both site-specific emergencies, and community or regional
emergencies.
(v) Considering if external resources are unable to provide sufficient capacity during
a regional emergency and whether additional resources may need to be maintained
on-site.
Note: All of these resources will have alternate facilities.
(d) Mutual Aid

Mutual aid agreements decrease administrative confusion and provide a clear basis for response
by mutual aid providers. Where appropriate, mutual aid agreements will be maintained with
other organizations to allow for sharing of personnel and specialized equipment.
(e) Contact List

The company will develop a list of contact information for all internal and external resources
and personnel in Upper Myanmar region. The list will include the name, description, location,
and contact details (telephone, email) for each of the resources, and be maintained quarterly.
767
The contact list will include General Administrative Office (Upper Myanmar), Myanmar
Police Force (Upper Myanmar), Public Health and Medical Services (Upper Myanmar), Fire
Services Department (Upper Myanmar), Fire Services Department (Upper Myanmar),
Department of Relief & Resettlement (Mandalay) and Department of Relief & Resettlement
(Mandalay), Research and Rescue Working Committee, etc.
(3) Training and Updating

The emergency preparedness facilities and emergency response plans require maintenance,
review, and updating to account for changes in equipment, personnel, and facilities. Training
programs and practice exercises provide for testing systems to ensure an adequate level of
emergency preparedness. Programs will:
(i) Identify training needs based on the roles and responsibilities, capabilities and
requirements of personnel in an emergency
(ii) Develop a training plan to address needs, particularly for flood control, firefighting,
spill response, and evacuation. Conduct annual training, at least, and perhaps more
frequent training when the response includes specialized equipment, procedures,
or hazards, or when otherwise mandated
(iii) Provide training exercises to allow personnel the opportunity to test emergency
preparedness, including:
▪ Desktop exercises with only a few personnel, where the contact lists are tested
and the facilities and communication assessed.
▪ Response exercises, typically involving drills that allow for testing of
equipment and logistics.
▪ and what aspects require improvement.
▪ Update the plan, as required, after each exercise. Elements of the plan subject
to significant change (such as contact lists) will be replaced.`
▪ Record training activities and the outcomes of the training.
(4) Business Continuity and Contingency

Measures to address business continuity and contingency include:
(i) Identifying replacement supplies or facilities to allow business continuity following
an emergency. For example, alternate sources of water, electricity, and fuel are
commonly sought.
768
(ii) Using redundant or duplicate supply systems as part of facility operations to

increase the likelihood of business continuity.
(iii) Maintaining back-ups of critical information in a secure location to expedite the
return to normal operations following an emergency.
Proposed Organization for ERP Team
Project Manager under the Control of MD of MR
Team 1 Team 2 Team 3 Team 4

- Plant Manager - Medical Co-ordinator - Material Co- - PR Co-ordinator or
- Fire & Safety Co- (or) ordinator - HR Manager
ordinator OHS Co-ordinator - Security Co-ordinator - Security Co-ordinator
Figure 8.17. Proposed Organization for ERP Team
Proposed Duty Allocation for EPR Team

The followings are the proposed duty allocation for EPR team.
Chief Emergency Controller (General Manager)
• Take control and declare emergency.
• Focal person for all team.
• Contact Authorities.
Plant Manager
• Take steps. Make Emergency shut-down of activities. Put everything in Safe condition.
• Evacuate.
• Commence initial emergency case, till Fire Department or other agencies comes to take
up.
• Identify materials requirements and call Material Manager.
Medical Coordinator
• Establish Emergency Center, Treat affected persons,
• Transfer/Remove Patients.
• Assign and Deploy staff.
• Contact Authorities.
769
Material Coordinator
• Dispatch necessary Supplies.
• Arrange Purchases.
• Providing equipment perform shutdown procedures, damage assessments, emergency
repairs and equipment protection.
Fire & Safety Coordinator

• Be Overall in-charge for Fire and Safety.
• Coordinate with Area Coordinator and Direct the Operations.
• Coordinate with City and Other Fire-tenderers.
Public Relationship Coordinator & Security Coordinator

• Remove Crowd
• Arrange Gate security
• Contact Police
• Arrange evacuation
• Contact outside Agencies if asked.
• Handle news media
• Mobilize vehicles
• Arrange Food, clothing to Officers inside.
Emergency Control Center

• Adequate Internal phones
• Adequate external phones
• Workers Tally
• Map showing hazardous storages, Fire horns, Safety equipment, Gates and side gates,
Assembly points, List of persons.
Evacuation Plan
Emergency Action Plan includes evacuation plans and procedures for implementation based
on local needs. These could be:
• Demarcation/prioritization of areas to be evacuated;
770
• Notification procedures and evacuation instructions;

• Safe routes, transport and traffic control;
• Safe areas/shelters; and
• Functions and responsibilities of members of evacuation team.
Any precarious situation during floods will be communicated either by an alert situation or by
an alert situation followed by a warning situation. An alert situation would indicate that
although failure of flooding is not imminent, a more serious situation could occur unless
conditions improve. A warning situation would indicate that flooding is imminent as a result
of an impending failure of the dam. It would normally include an order for evacuation of
delineated inundation areas. The most vulnerable/submergence area in the downstream will be
demarcated with the help of flood wave travel time analysis and accordingly would be planed
the evacuation plan in inundation areas.
Evacuation Team
The evacuation team will comprise of following officials/representatives:
• Chief District Officer (CDO) or designated officer to immediately relocate people to places
at higher elevation;
• Engineer-in-charge of the project;
• Superintendent of Police (SP) or his designated officer to maintain law and order;
• Chief Medical Officer (CMO) of respective district hospital to tackle morbidity of affected
people;
• Head of the affected village/s to execute resettlement operations with the aid of district
machinery and project proponents; and
• Sub-committees at village level.
The Engineer-in-Charge will be responsible for the entire operation including prompt
determination of the flood situation time to time. Once the red alert is declared, the entire local
state machinery will come into full swing and start evacuating people in inundation areas
delineated in the inundation map. For successful execution, mock drills and demonstration
exercise will be annually conducted. CDO is expected to monitor the entire operation.
8.4.8.8. Emergency Response for Fire

Typically, railway facilities can be considered as one of the fire hazard industry and proposed plant
must have fire control plan. In order to achieve this target, firefighting system have to be designed
in compliance with requirements of local firefighting station or the American National Fire
Fighting Association (NFPA) standards as shown in table below.
771
Table 8.7. American National Fire Fighting Association (NFPA) Standards

No. Parameters Proposed Capacity
1. Maximum water pressure 14 bar
2. Fire water flow 12.0 liters/m2/min
Fire Fighting Equipment

The proposed project will be equipped with the following firefighting systems:
(a) Firewater system and posts; and
(b) Firefighting foam and
(c) Portable Fire extinguishers.
All of the firefighting facilities will be equipped according to the rules and regulations of local
firefighting station (Upper Myanmar).
(a) Firewater System and Posts
Firewater posts will be equipped with the interval of 80m or according to the local firefighting
station’s rules and regulations. Tools and accessories will be provided in box at each post.
Fire detection and alarm system - A computerized analogue, addressable type Fire detection
and Alarm system shall be provided to cover the complete power station. Following types of
fire detection shall be employed.
• Multi-sensor type smoke detection system

• Photo electric type smoke detection system.
• Combination of both multi-sensor type and photo electric type smoke detection
systems.
• Linear heat sensing cable detector.
• Quartzoid bulb heat detection system.
• Infrared type heat detectors (for selected coal conveyors)
(b) Firefighting Foam
Firefighting foam is foam used for fire suppression. Its role is to cool the fire and to coat the
fuel, preventing its contact with oxygen, resulting in suppression of the combustion.
772
Types of foam are aqueous film forming foams (AFFF), film-forming fluoroprotein (FFFP),
alcohol-resistant fluoroprotein foam (AR-FP), and alcohol-resistant film-forming fluoroprotein
(AR-FFFP). Every type of foam has its application. High-expansion foams are used when an
enclosed space, such as a basement or hangar, must be quickly filled. Low-expansion foams
are used on burning spills. AFFF is best for spills of jet fuels, FFFP is better for cases where
the burning fuel can form deeper pools, and AR-AFFF is suitable for burning alcohols. The
most flexibility is achieved by AR-AFFF or AR-FFFP. AR-AFFF must be used in areas where
gasolines are blended with oxygenates, since the alcohols prevent the formation of the film
between the FFFP foam and the gasoline, breaking down the foam, rendering the FFFP foam
virtually useless.
General Guidelines for the Storage and Handling of Foam Concentrates

The effective life of foam concentrates can be maximized through optimal storage conditions
and proper handling. Foam concentrates have demonstrated effective firefighting performance
with contents stored in the original package under proper conditions for more than 10 years.
To optimize the effective life and performance of firefighting foams they will be stored in the
following ways:
Do not expose to direct sunlight or any heat source. The product will be maintained within the
recommended temperature range - refer to specific foam concentrate product data sheet for
recommended storage temperatures. The storage area will not be susceptible to flooding.
Fire Protection Products recommends tracking of inventory batch numbers and rotating
inventory to ensure older batches are used first. Foam color may differ from batch to batch,
and foam color can also change during aging. Mixing firefighting foam concentrates (different
types, brands, products) for long-term storage is not recommended. However, it is appropriate
to use in conjunction with comparable firefighting foam type for immediate incident response.
Contact the manufacturer prior to topping off existing stock with any new foam other than the
original product.
Inspection
The foam concentrate will be inspected periodically in accordance with any of the following
standards: NFPA 11, EN 13565 -2, or other relevant standard. A representative concentrate
sample will be sent to qualified laboratory for quality analysis per the applicable standard. An
annual inspection and sample analysis is typically sufficient. In case of any doubts, please
contact the manufacturer.
773
Specific guidelines on the storage of foam concentrate

Totes/Original Packing (Optimum Storage)
The following guidelines are recommended when storing foam concentrates in totes:
• Totes are best stored in an environmentally controlled, indoor warehouse
• The storage area around the tote will be clean
• The tote will be stored on the floor and on a rack system rated for the volume of foam
concentrate being stored
• Tote will be kept closed and sealed during storage
(c) Portable Fire Extinguishers

Fire Extinguishers of suitable type e.g. CO2 and DCP extinguishers shall be provided in the
proposed project and shall be distributed in vulnerable areas. The extinguishers shall be
checked/inspected at regular intervals for replenishment according to the rules and regulations
of firefighting station.
Safety Equipment and Personal Protective Appliances for Fire Fighting
Safety and personal protective appliances shall be provided in adequate numbers and shall be
distributed in different sections according to requirement. A list of such appliances that must
be available in the plant is given in the Table below.
Table 8.8. List of Safety Equipment for Fire Fighting
No. Safety Equipment

1. Gas Mask
2. Compressed air breathing apparatus
3. PVC hand gloves
4. Electrical hand gloves
5. PVC apron
6. Face shield of different colour
7. Goggles of different types
8. Safety belt
9. Safety helmet
10. Leather hand gloves
11. Chargeable hand set
12. Ear muffs and ear plugs
13. Smoke exhauster cum blower
Proposed Organization for Fire Fighting Team
Firefighting organization is proposed for MR as follow:
774
Figure 8.18. Proposed Organization for Fire Fighting Team
Role and Responsibilities of Fire Fighting Team

The following role and responsibilities for firefighting team but not limited are recommended
to the project operator(s)/
Team Members Role Responsibilities
• Make Emergency shut-down of activities. Put everything in
Chief co- Safe condition.
Plant Manager
coordinator • Commence initial emergency case, till firefighting
department (Upper Myanmar) comes to take up.
Firefighting leader
Firefighting co- • Be Overall in-charge for Fire and Safety.
coordinator • Coordinate with Local firefighting station.
Trained workers and
Fire fighters
• Put off fire by using available equipment.
securities
• Establish Emergency Center, Treat affected persons,
Transfer/Remove Patients.
Safety officer OHS co-coordinator
• Workers Tally
• Map showing hazardous storages, Fire horns, Safety
equipment, Gates and side gates, Assembly points, List of
persons.
• Remove Crowd
• Arrange Gate security
Security co-
Security leader
coordinator
• Contact Police if necessary
• Handle news media
• Mobilize vehicles
8.4.8.9. Fire and Explosion Response Plan
The MR will operate under local Fire Fighting Service and will assisted by fire fighting
teams which operates on a 8 hour shift round the clock. The location of the Main Fire Station
will be at Main Gate.
775
Table 8.9. Methods of Dealing with Different Types of Fire and Leakages
Use dry chemical or foam extinguishers or water fog or

Fires from minor oil spillage
water spray
Use large dry chemical appliance and follow up with foam
Fire from large spillage of oil or
or water fog/spray. Cool surrounding area/risks with water
burst hose
spray
Fires from spillage of oil on Emulsification of oil with water jets or apply foam coverage
surrounding waters as appropriate
Use dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or alcohol-
Ammonia Gas
resistant foam from upwind position
Phosphoric/Sulphuric Acid Dry powder, carbon dioxide (CO2), water fog or spray
Electrical fires and/or fire in
Switch off power-use CO2 or dry chemical extinguishers
buildings-canteen
Fire in office involving Use dry powder fire extinguishers-water spray, use
combustible material breathing apparatus
Should not be extinguished until source of leakage is under
LPG and LNG Fires control. Dry chemical is the most effective. Cover affected
area with water spray to reduce radiant heat.
Fire in cargo tanks Use foam or steam smothering
Emergency Response for Electrical Fire Hazard due to Lightning Strike
When lightning strikes near a power line, the power will run through the lines, and it can
increase the amount of electrical current flowing to the outlet and this extra burst of electricity
can lead to electrical fire hazard.
• Collect, evaluate and share information on energy system damage and estimations on
the impact of energy systems outages within affected areas;
• Provide information concerning the energy restoration process such as projected
schedules, percentage completion of restoration and geographic information on the
restoration;
• Facilitate the restoration of energy systems through legal authorities such as fire and
police department support;
776
• Provide technical expertise to the utilities, conduct field assessment, and assist
government and private-sector stakeholders to overcome challenges in restoring the
energy system.
• If the power line falls on the ground, locate the wire ends and supervise the public to
prevent any contact with energized object.
• Douse the fire with a mist/fog spray. Do not shoot a steady stream of water on an
electrical fire, conductor or apparatus.
Emergency Response Plan Electrical emergency
There are typically 4 types of electrical emergency:
1. Power Outages
2. Electrical Fire
3. Electrical Shocks
4. Fallen power lines
Power Outages
Power outages are the most common emergency also known as power failures or breakouts.
Power outages can occur due to a range of reasons such as a downed power line, a storm,
shortage of energy, etc. and cannot only be irritating but also highly dangerous. Things to do
in case of a power outage are:
i. Turn off the Main Power Source
ii. Check the Source
iii. Check for Damaged Wiring or Breaker
iv. Contact the Distributor
v. Reset Safely
Electrical Fire
Electrical fires are caused by overloading, faulty or exposed wiring or when flammable objects
are placed near a light bulb. In case of an electrical fire, follow these 4 steps:
i. Cut the Power Supply
ii. Use a Fire Extinguisher to put out the fire
iii. Call the Fire Department Immediately
iv. Evacuate the Site
Electrical Shocks
i. Turn off the Power Supply
ii. Don’t Touch the Person who has received an Electric Shock
777
iii. Call Local Emergency Service

iv. Unplug the Appliance Immediately
Fallen Power Lines

Fallen power lines pose a serious threat to life and property and so they should be dealt with
extreme caution. If you are in close proximity to a fallen power line, follow these 3 steps:
i. Stay at least 40 feet away
ii. Don’t touch any object or tree that is in contact with the fallen power line
iii. Contact the Local Authorities Immediately
Emergency Response to Earthquake

Get an emergency kit
If earthquakes are prone to happening in your area, make sure your emergency kit includes the
following:
• Non-perishable and high-energy food items.
• Water in bottles or other sealed containers.
• Medications (must be properly safeguarded).
• First aid kit.
• Comfortable shoes and socks.
• Flashlight and batteries.
• Battery-operated radio and batteries.
• Cash
Develop a plan
Determine an emergency plan for disasters with family, colleagues, and friends. Topics should
include:
• How to contact each other after an emergency.
• How to find each other and assemble after an emergency. This includes determining
assembly points and considering dependents.
• Determining emergency contacts. Make sure everyone has an emergency contact card
that is easily accessible in wallets and bags and an I.C.E. (In Case of Emergencies)
contact programmed into cell phones.
778
Internal Department
The primary focus of MR disaster management system is to mitigate the effects of disaster on
port community wherever possible or practical, while preparing to respond when disaster
occur. The role and responsibilities specifically for each phase being
Specific responsibilities – Response Phase
• Activate the disaster management response team and also crisis response team.
• Activate the relevant / workplace emergency team for the first strike response including
traffic and pollution
• Thereafter assist emergency services to respond to the event.
• Assist with providing relief for persons affected by disaster.
• Satisfy immediate, essential personal and port community needs to extent of port
capability.
• Maintain liaison a n d t im el y c o m m u n i c a t i o n with district d i s a s t e r coordinator.
• Contribute to the recovery function coordinated by District Disaster coordinating
authority.
• Coordinate the recovery of physical infrastructure.
• Coordinate activities with relevant Disaster district initiatives and plans.
• Participate in long term recovery, reconstruction and rehabilitation
• Communicating regarding restoration of Plant activities.
• If outdoors, find a clear spot away from buildings, trees, streetlights, and power lines.
Keep lying on the ground and stay there until the shaking stops. Injuries can occur from
falling trees, street-lights and power lines, or building debris.
• If on vehicle, pull over to a clear location, stop and stay with your seatbelt fastened until
the shaking has stopped. Trees, power lines, poles, street signs, and other overhead items
may fall during earthquakes. Stopping will help reduce your risk. Once the shaking
has stopped, proceed with caution. Avoid bridges or ramps that might have been
damaged by the quake.
Self-Awareness during an earthquake
The instant you feel the ground or building start to shake, move quickly to protect yourself. Be
aware that some tremors are actually foreshocks and a larger earthquake might follow.
Indoors
• Drop to the ground and take cover by getting under a sturdy table or a piece of furniture.
• If there isn’t a table or desk near you, cover your face and head with your arms and
779
crouch in an inside corner of the building.

• Stay away from glass, windows, outside doors and walls, and anything that could fall,
such as lighting fixtures or heavy bookcases.
• Use a doorway for shelter only if it is nearby and if you know it is a strongly supported.
• Stay inside until the shaking stops and it is safe to move about. Injuries most often occur
when people inside buildings attempt to move during the earthquake. Beware of
aftershocks.
• Be aware that the electricity may go out, sprinkler systems may turn on, and fire alarms
may be activated.
• DO NOT use the elevators.
Outdoors
• Stay outside. Do not try to enter any buildings to help others.
• Move away from buildings, streetlights, and utility wires.
• Once in an open, safer location, stay there until the shaking stops. The greatest danger
exists directly outside buildings, at building entrances/exits, and alongside exterior
walls where there may be falling debris.
Recovery Actions after earthquake
• Remain calm.
• Treat any injuries or seek professional medical care. Small wounds should be washed
with soap and water and then bandaged to reduce the risk of infection. Replace
bandages as needed.
• Dial 191 to report major injuries to emergency personnel.
• Assist others as trained.
• Take emergency supplies and evacuate carefully and calmly.
• Do not use elevators.
• Be alert for aftershocks.
• Meet at your designated assembly point, as determined in your department’s
Emergency Action Plan (EAP).
• Do not enter buildings until they are examined and considered safe by emergency
personnel. If a structure bears a color-coded sign, do not enter it until you get official
information about what the sign means and advice about the safety of entering.
• Await instructions from supervisors and emergency personnel.
780
8.4.9. Waste Management Plan

8.4.9.1. Objective
The purpose of the waste management plan is the following:
⚫ To develop action plans for achieving the objectives of the waste management plan;
⚫ Monitor discharge sources (waste water and solid waste) and operation of environmental
protection equipment in order to ensure that these activities will comply with legislative
requirements; and
⚫ To provide guidance on how to minimize, handle, contain, control, re-use, recycle and
dispose of all waste generated.

1) The Prevention of Hazard from Chemicals and Related Substances Rules (Law No. 8, 15,
16, 17, 20, 22, 23, 27)
▪ Performing the sticking pictogram for being least the health impacts and accident injuries in
the occupational area according to the prescribed standards and norms of the Globally
Harmonized System GHS);
▪ Making the necessary arrangements to be safety of the occupational area and issuing orders
and directives for preventing and decreasing the accident;
▪ Laying down the proliferation plans on knowledge, and safety of chemical and related
substances to administrators, license holders, public and workers;
▪ Cooperating with local and foreign governmental departments, organizations and non-
governmental organizations in respect of safety management for chemicals hazard.
(2) Prevention of Danger of Chemical and Associated Materials Law (Law No. 28)
▪ To prevent from damaging the environmental resources and from endangering the lively
creatures due to the chemical and associated materials;
▪ To control systematically for the safety in carrying out in accord with the approval for
chemical and associated materials business;
▪ To carry out the data information acquiring system and to widely do the educating and
research works in order to utilize the chemical and associated materials systematically;
▪ To carry out continuous development for worksite safety, health and environmental
conservation.
(3) Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law (Law No. 8, 11a, 13, 19, 24b, 30)
To conserve and protect the water resources and rivers system for beneficial utilization by the
781
(4) Land Acquisation, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Law (Section 39, 41, 42, 46, 54b and c,
58)
▪ In this law, it is stipulated that the government holds rights to take over land provided that
compensation is made to the original land owner. No private ownership of land is permitted
▪ To prevent potential impacts on environmental and social sectors due to land use for projects
8.4.9.3. Overview Maps and Site Layout Maps
The proposed waste dumping sites along the railway electrical power lines for the waste
management plan are shown in the following figures.
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
782
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
783
WD9
WD7
WD2 WD8
WD6
WD1
WD3
WD5
WD4
WD47
WD46
WD45
WD44
WD43
Figure 8.19. Waste dumping sites along the railway electrical power lines
Table 8.10. The Locations and Capacity of Proposed Waste Dump Areas
Proposed Waste Dump Area
Area of Distance
Surrounding
Coordinate Name of dump from
Environment (within
ID Tunnel area Alignment
1km radius)
Latitude Longitude (m2) (m)
Taung Kyun
2, 3 Tunnels
Forest Area
WD-1 22° 1'44.51"N 96°14'20.99"E & Tok Hka 178,800 646.89
Monastery(0.95km)
Taung
Tunnels
784
Taung Kyun
WD-2 22° 3'23.68"N 96°16'21.39"E 77,236 574.70 Forest Area
1 Tunnel
Sakangyi 1
WD-3 22° 0'14.34"N 96°15'56.05"E 227,209 173.22 Forest Area
& 2 Tunnels
Sakangyi 1 Forest Area
WD-4 21°59'31.60"N 96°19'8.06"E 127,860 914.25
Sakangyi 1
Tunnel,
WD-5 22° 0'54.56"N 96°20'48.49"E 328,268 1,162.62 Forest Area
Sin Byu In 3
Tunnel
Pyinoolwin Forest Area
WD-6 22° 4'56.30"N 96°28'13.66"E 62,071 892.14
Pyinoolwin
WD-7 22° 2'5.45"N 96°22'16.21"E 213,713 762.55 Forest Area
Tunnel
Sin Byu In 1
& 2 Tunnels Forest Area
WD-8 22° 3'37.43"N 96°22'12.03"E 551,353 1,654
Pyinoolwin
Tunnel
Pyinoolwin
WD-9 22° 6'53.70"N 96°28'6.03"E 71,366 1,532.68 Forest Area
Tunnel
Vacant Land
WD-10 22°19'23.13"N 96°49'18.64"E 31,067 560.46
Tunnel Nearest Local
Residence (0.38 km)
Vacant Land
WD-11 22°16'36.81"N 96°51'36.35"E 79,869 4,292.30
Tunnel Monastery (0.22
km)
Kyaung Forest Area
WD-12 22°24'17.81"N 96°53'27.99"E 206,667 3,160.35
Gone Tunnel Cropland (0.57km
Kyaung
Gone Tunnel
WD-13 22°20'35.78"N 97° 0'8.43"E & 258,047 8,234.56 Vacant Land
Myin Gwin
Tunnel
Myin Gwin
WD-14 22°24'46.77"N 97° 0'34.28"E 52,098 4,767.70 Vacant Land
Tunnel
Man Loi 1,
Vacant Land
WD-15 22°26'50.84"N 96°59'49.06"E 2, 3 & Long 57,118 1,849.24
Cropland (0.45 km)
Wai Tunnels
Kyaukme &
Chaung Forest Area
WD-16 22°31'3.03"N 97° 6'34.64"E 160,794 3,060.14
Chauk Cropland (0.84 km)
Tunnels
Kyaukme Forest Area
WD-17 22°29'26.17"N 97° 4'42.71"E 46,783 1,216.50
Tunnel Cropland (0.26 km)
Vacant Land
Kyang Yin 1 Cropland (0.34 km)
WD-18 22°32'19.05"N 97°10'4.77"E 20,657 593.90
& 2 Tunnels Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Baw Gyo 2 Forest Area
WD-19 22°34'27.88"N 97°14'45.20"E 12,876 473.38
Tunnel Farmland (0.68 km)
Baw Gyo 1
WD-20 22°34'58.61"N 97°16'33.19"E & Nalin 2 26,950 845.84 Forest Area
Tunnels
Nalin 1
WD-21 22°35'9.38"N 97°17'13.94"E 30,899 737.19 Forest Area
Tunnel
WD-22 22°35'41.86"N 97°18'31.30"E Teng Sam 2 26,970 744.05 Forest Area
785
Farm Land (0.35km)

Nearest Local
Residence (0.82 km)
Teng Sam 1 Forest Area
WD-23 22°35'56.46"N 97°19'13.43"E 116,576 858.15
& Hsipaw Monastery (0.7 km)
Hsipaw,
Hsup Lang,
Pang Hsauk
WD-24 22°36'9.01"N 97°21'8.91"E 433,763 1,404.22 Forest Area
2, 1 & Kong
Tha 2
Tunnels
Forest Area
WD-25 22°35'20.74"N 97°25'46.53"E Kong Tha 1 27,069 4,875.25
Cropland (0.61 km)
Forest Area
WD-26 22°42'3.44"N 97°30'6.19"E Kong Mon 69,250 613.43
Cropland (0.82 km)
Forest Area
Nam Um &
WD-27 22°43'21.58"N 97°31'46.72"E 40,054 254.15 Cropland (0.37 km)
Sint Eng 2
Stream (0.66 km)
Forest Area
WD-28 22°44'54.68"N 97°34'39.69"E Sint Eng 1 74,285 361.22
Cropland (0.9 km)
WD-29 23° 5'8.68"N 97°46'8.72"E Hang Lu 129,096 1.477.89 Vacant Land
WD-30 23° 6'55.23"N 97°51'27.52"E Hang Lu 136,470 2,405.28 Vacant Land
Vacant Land
WD-31 97°51'27.52"E 97°59'21.80"E Laban Pa 20,272 2,763.98
Cropland (0.56 km)
Vacant Land
Nawng Yen Cropland (0.4 km)
WD-32 23°19'38.12"N 98° 3'55.84"E 60,087 965.09
3&2 Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Forest Area
Nawng Yen
WD-33 23°21'53.49"N 98° 4'39.70"E 230,834 1,586.95 Nearest Local
2&1
Residence (0.91 km)
Nawng Yen Forest Area
WD-34 23°22'54.10"N 98° 4'43.24"E 1 & Man 282,422 1,674.56 Nearest Local
Peng 2 Residence (0.89 km)
Man Peng 2 Forest Area
WD-35 23°23'21.95"N 97°59'28.18"E 278,026 1,498.39
&1 Cropland (0.38 km)
Vacant Land
WD-36 23°21'20.37"N 97°55'59.96"E Man Peng 1 90,647 921.66
Cropland (0.3 km)
WD-37 23°22'37.28"N 97°54'22.62"E Kutkai 3 59,748 719.29 Forest Area
Forest Area
WD-38 23°25'33.51"N 97°52'2.54"E Kutkai 2 44,590 3,135.47
Cropland (0.55 km)
Forest Area
Kutkai 1, Lashio-Muse Road
WD-39 23°30'31.06"N 97°54'19.24"E Peng Nin 3 92,740 2,149.45 (0.89 km)
&2 Nearest Local
Residence (0.76 km)
Forest Area
Pang Nin 2 Nearest Local
WD-40 23°31'28.18"N 97°52'14.49"E 124,261 89.41
&1 Residence (0.9 km)
Forest Area
Nam Hpak
WD-41 23°34'25.20"N 97°50'13.87"E 44,636 925.05 Cropland (0.43 km)
Ka 2
Stream (0.83 km)
Nam Hpak Forest Area
WD-42 23°36'18.69"N 97°49'43.54"E 41,660 1,132.07
Ka 2 & 1 Cropland (0.91 km)
Vacant Land
WD-43 23°43'14.72"N 97°52'49.96"E Na Hpai 100,314 1,200.62
Cropland (0.44 km)
786
Pang Hkam
WD-44 23°48'20.42"N 97°53'12.50"E 73,880 3,364.99 Forest Area
2
Pang Hkam
WD-45 23°53'8.60"N 97°54'21.58"E 159,443 2,498.14 Forest Area
2&1
Pang Hkam
WD-46 23°55'3.39"N 97°54'22.02"E 1, Muse 4, 3 190,667 1,960.45 Forest Area
&2
Vacant Land
WD-47 23°58'11.90"N 97°57'3.12"E Muse 2 & 1 56,607 2,061.70
Cropland (0.4 km)
The above proposed waste dumping sites are selected based on less environmental impacts
(away from water resources, agricultural land and residential areas) and available space for
waste

The waste management plan will thus have a positive contribution in reducing disposal costs,
minimizing waste going to landfill sites, and an overall contribution to integrated waste
management according to the rules and regulations of CDC. Adherence to the waste
management plan should be exercised by all employees, contractors and service providers to
ensure proper waste management is applied. This will be undertaken when appointed and
through regular auditing. Service providers and contractors are required to furnish evidence of
proper waste management (i.e. classification, quantities and disposal).
To help manage waste effectively, the Project has committed to implementing the "hierarchy
of waste management" with a focus on waste prevention; and then a decreasing focus on waste
reuse; recycling; recovery and elimination. Only when waste prevention cannot be achieved
will the waste be reused, recycled or used as a source of energy.
⚫ Waste avoidance
⚫ Re-use
⚫ Recycling
⚫ Energy recovery
⚫ Treatment
⚫ Disposal
General Solid Waste

In construction of traction power substations and transmission lines, following solid wastes can
be produced:
⚫ Material and equipment wrappings
⚫ Electrical materials
⚫ Unusable cement/ grouting mixes
787
⚫ Damaged or contaminated construction material

⚫ Debris from digging or excavation works
⚫ Wood from removing trees, and
⚫ Other wastes from site clearing works
We should try to reduce source of waste because when source of waste is reduced, the life-
cycle of material use, energy use, and waste generation can also be reduced. Source reduction
prevents waste from being generated, e.g., designing power stations for adaptability to prolong
their life, use of methods that allow disassembly and facilitate reuse of materials, and
employing alternative framing techniques. It can also conserve landfill space, reduces the
environmental impact of producing new materials, and can cut down the overall project
expenses through avoided purposes.
Raw construction and demolition debris can be diverted and used as a resource. Some materials
that can be diverted include:
⚫ Landscape and land clearing debris
⚫ Gravel and aggregate products
⚫ Concrete
⚫ Plastics
⚫ Insulation materials
⚫ Electrical cables
Valuable construction and demolition materials for further use is an effective way to save
money and conserve natural resources. Much construction debris can be recycled. Concrete
and rubble can be recycled into aggregate and concrete products. Metals like steel, copper, and
brass are also valuable resources to recycle.
The following methods can be used to recycle waste:
1. Site-separated: This uses multiple boxes for each type of waste. Separating waste
on the job site gives immediate feedback to everyone on the job and can help to
ensure that the project’s recycling goals are met. Site separation also promotes a
responsible atmosphere on the job site and is the best method for diversion goals. It
does, however, take up more space and requires a high level of supervision.
2. Commingled recycling: This type of recycling uses one container. The hauler sorts
everything off-site. This makes it easier for the field staff to manage waste on-site.
Commingled recycling requires little storage space and is the best option for sites
that are tight on space.
788
3. Hybrid recycling: This type of recycling combines site-separation and

commingled recycling. For instance, one box for wood, one box for concrete, and
one box for non-recyclable waste. It optimizes the weight vs. sorting effort. The
total number of boxes can be reduced by working in phases. It reduces work for
sorting haulers, which reduces hauling fee.
Benefits of reducing disposal of construction and demolition waste include:
1. Reduction in overall building project expenses through avoided purchase costs and
donation of recovered materials to qualified charities, which offers a tax benefit.
Transportation costs also come down with onsite material reuse.
2. Fewer disposal facilities which educe associated environmental issues.
3. Conserve landfill space.
4. The environmental impact associated with the extraction and consumption of virgin
resources and the production of new materials is offset.
Wastes which cannot be reused or recycled, such as debris from excavation works which cannot
be reused in foundation works, will be disposed of in a permitted disposal facility. Excavated
soil, sediment, or tailings can be disposed of either on site, in an approved repository
constructed for this purpose or another location where the exposure pathways allow the
material to be beneficially reused, or off site in a permitted disposal facility. Solid wastes will
be removed and transported to dumping site or landfill on a daily basis.
Selection of Landfill
An ideal sanitary landfill:
1. Will meet local zoning and land use criteria, including local road weight limits and other
limitations;
2. Is easily accessible by solid waste vehicles in all weather conditions;
3. Safely protects surface and groundwater quality;
4. Controls landfill gas;
5. Has access to earth cover material that can be easily handled and compacted;
6. Is located where the landfill’s operation will not affect external environmentally sensitive
areas;
7. Should not be very close to significant water bodies (water courses or dams);
8. Will be that no major power transmission or other infrastructure like sewers, water supply
lines should be crossing through landfill developmental area;
789
9. Comprises enough land and internal capacity to provide a buffer zone from neighboring
properties and is able to be expanded; and
10. Will be the most economic site available given haul distances to user communities and
other economic considerations.
Domestic Waste
A certain amount of domestic waste will be generated from construction workforce. The
establishment of labor camps will also effect on environment through improper waste (solid &
garbage /sewage) disposal. Management of domestic waste can be done by as follows:
⚫ Domestic waste generated during construction period shall be cleaned up in time and
collected every day.
⚫ Food waste can be reused as farmyard manure.
⚫ The rest of the waste should be transported to the garbage dump for disposal.
⚫ The stacking position of construction materials should be far away from the water body.
Sewage and Domestic Wastewater

Wastewater comes from ordinary living processes: bathing, toilet flushing, laundry,
dishwashing, etc. from temporary facilities.
Wastewater is broken into two categories, depending upon the source.
• Gray water: Gray water is from showers, laundry, dishwashing and sinks other than the
kitchen sinks.
• Black water: Black water is from toilets and kitchen sinks.
Wastewater also includes rainwater that has accumulated pollutants as it runs into oceans, lakes,
and rivers. Pollutants are unwanted chemicals or materials that contaminate air, soil, and water.
Sewage treatment involves three stages: primary treatment, secondary treatment, and tertiary
treatment.
Primary treatment physically separates solids and liquids. The wastewater passes through a
grating that strains out large particles. The remaining water is left to stand in a tank, where
smaller sediments (particles of sand, clay, and other materials) settle to the bottom. These
sediments are called sludge. At this point, this liquid part of the wastewater still contains many
pollutants and is not safe for exposure to humans or the environment.
In secondary treatment, the liquid part of the wastewater passes through a trickling filter or an
aeration tank. A trickling filter is a set of pipes with small holes in it that dribbles water over a
790
bed of stones or corrugated plastic. Bacteria in the stones or plastic absorb pollutants from
water and break them down into substances that are not harmful. An aeration tank is a tank that
contains bacteria that break down pollutants. The liquid part of the wastewater from primary
treatment is pumped into the tank and mixed with the bacteria. Air is bubbled through the tank
to help the bacteria grow. As bacteria accumulate, they settle to the bottom of the tank and form
sludge. The sludge is removed from the bottom of the tank and buried in landfills.
After secondary treatment, the water is generally free from the majority of pathogens and heavy
metals. It still contains high concentrations of nitrate and phosphate, minerals that can over-
stimulate the growth of algae and plants in natural waters, which can ultimately cause them
and the surrounding organisms to die. Tertiary treatment removes these nutrients from the
wastewater. One method of tertiary treatment involves using biological, chemical, and physical
processes to remove these nutrients. Another method is to pass the water through a wetland or
lagoon.
Wastewater should be treated before discharging to the land, or to surface or groundwater. At
least secondary treatment should be done before discharging.
Hazardous Waste
In traction substations construction and maintenance works, most common hazardous waste
includes transformer oil from substation maintenance, fuel oils from transportation and
lubricants from lubricating works.
Waste Oil
• Engine oil or fuel filters will be crushed and evacuated of oil. Filters will be stored in
clearly labeled bunded filter ponds for collection and recycling by a licensed contractor
There will be a prior agreement with the MCDC for the disposal of any hazardous
waste generated.
• Temporary sedimentation pond on the waterway to nearest water courses
• Hydrocarbon wastes such as waste oils, fuels, lubricants and hydraulic fluids generated
from the maintenance of light vehicles, plant and equipment will be stored in approved
containers and conditions onsite prior to removal offsite for treatment and disposal by
a licensed waste management contractor at a licensed waste management facility.
• Pump all of the remaining fuel oil inside the tanks and pipe lines. Care has to be taken
the remaining oil are not disposed to nearest water bodies directly.
791
• Other miscellaneous oil/hydrocarbon wastes will be stored in designated bins for

collection by a licensed contractor for energy recovery and/or disposal. Coolants will
be stored in a separate tank for collection and reconditioning by suppliers.
Transformer oil
Loading PCB Contaminated Waste
It is not appropriate to use a short-side flat-bed trailer or vehicle to transport a transformer that
may contain fluid contaminated with PCBs. At a minimum for all PCB-contaminated wastes
and for transformers:
• Liquid-proof containers or trailers with a drip tray capable of storage of the fluid
contents of the equipment being transported must be used. The sides of the trailer and
container must be higher than the shipped materials, to ensure full coverage;
• There must be internal fixing points with adequate load bearing to fasten the equipment
securely;
• There should be a completely open loading platform for unloading operations;
• Adequate weather-proofing must be provided, such as a tarpaulin (cover), to prevent
water infiltration during transportation;
Unloading PCB Contaminated Waste

• In a manner similar to the loading requirements, an inspection of the vehicle should
take place before unloading commences and the same loading precautions, such as
vehicle stability and warning signs, should be applied at unloading also.
• The unloading of the vehicle shall not take place if the inspection reveals deficiencies
that may affect the safe unloading of the PCB-contaminated waste.
• If any substances have leaked and been spilled in a vehicle or container, it may not be
reused until after it has been thoroughly cleaned and, if necessary, decontaminated.
• Any other goods and articles carried in the same vehicle or container shall be examined
for possible contamination.
Handling
⚫ Do not wear contaminated clothing or shoes. Use good personal hygiene practices.
⚫ Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose empty oil containers to
heat, flame, sparks, or other sources of ignition.
792
⚫ Before working on or in tanks which contain or have contained this material, refer to
OSHA regulations, and other references pertaining to cleaning, repairing, welding, or other
contemplated operations.
Storage
⚫ Keep container(s) tightly closed.
⚫ Use and store this material in cool, dry, well-ventilated areas away from heat and all
sources of ignition.
⚫ Storage temperatures above 113°F may lead to thermal decomposition, resulting in the
generation of hydrogen sulfide and other sulfur containing gases.
⚫ Store only in approved containers.
⚫ Keep away from any incompatible material.
⚫ Protect container(s) against physical damage.
⚫ Store in accordance with all current regulations and standards.
⚫ The storage floor must be impermeable and form a collecting basin so that, in the event of
an accident spillage, the liquid cannot spread beyond the storage area.
Spill Management
⚫ Stop the source of the release if it can be done without risk.
⚫ Contain release to prevent further contamination of soil, surface water or groundwater.
⚫ Clean up spill as soon as possible, observing precautions in Exposure Controls/Personal
Protection.
⚫ Use appropriate techniques such as applying noncombustible absorbent materials or
pumping.
⚫ Where feasible and appropriate, remove contaminated soil.
⚫ Place contaminated materials in disposable containers and dispose of in a manner
consistent with applicable regulations.
⚫ Contain spillage with sand or earth.
⚫ Collect spillage for reclamation or disposal in sealed containers.
⚫ Avoid water contacting spilled material or leaking containers.
⚫ Spillages or uncontrolled discharges into watercourses must be reported immediately to
the Environmental Agency or other appropriate regulatory body. In case of spillage on
water prevent the spread by use of suitable barrier equipment.
793
Land Spill: Shut off source taking normal safety precautions. Take measures to minimize the
effects on ground water. Recover by pumping using explosion-proof equipment or contain
spilled liquid with sand or other suitable absorbent and remove mechanically into containers.
Water Spill: Notify port and relevant authorities. Confine with booms if skimming equipment
is available to recover the spill for later recycling or disposal.
Disposal Considerations
⚫ Use material for its intended purpose or recycle if possible.
⚫ Oil collection services are available for used oil recycling or disposal.
⚫ Place contaminated materials in containers and dispose of in a manner consistent with
applicable regulations.
⚫ Do not discharge into lakes, streams, ponds and ground water supply.
⚫ Contact sales representative or local environmental or health authorities for approved
disposal or recycling methods.
Lubricants
Handling
• Prevent small spills and leakage to avoid slip hazard.
• Prevent small spills and leakage to avoid slip hazard. Material can accumulate static
charges which may cause an electrical spark (ignition source).
• When the material is handled in bulk, an electrical spark could ignite any flammable
vapors from liquids or residues that may be present (e.g., during switch-loading
operations).
• Use proper bonding and/or earthing procedures. However, bonding and earthing may
not eliminate the hazard from static accumulation.
• Consult local applicable standards for guidance.
Storage
• Do not store in open or unlabeled containers.
• Store in cool, dry, ventilated area, away from heat and ignition sources. Use good
personal hygiene. Always keep the container close and the type of container used to
store the material may affect static accumulation and dissipation.
794
Spill Management
Land Spill: Stop leak. Recover by pumping or with suitable absorbent.
Water Spill: Confine the spill immediately with booms. Warn other shipping. Remove from
the surface by skimming or with suitable absorbents. Seek the advice of a specialist before
using dispersants. Water spill and land spill recommendations are based on the most likely spill
scenario for this material; however, geographic conditions, wind, temperature, (and in the case
of a water spill) wave and current direction and speed may greatly influence the appropriate
action to be taken. For this reason, local experts should be consulted.
• Use material for its intended purpose or recycle if possible. Oil collection services are
available for used oil recycling or disposal.
• Place contaminated materials in containers and dispose of in a manner consistent with
applicable regulations. Contact your sales representative or local environmental or
health authorities for approved disposal or recycling methods.
Diesel Oil
Handling
• Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose a
fire risk. DO NOT reuse empty containers without commercial cleaning or
reconditioning. Ground/bond line and equipment during pumping or transfer to avoid
accumulation of static charge. Do not breathe gas/vapour/spray. In case of insufficient
ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
• If ingested, seek medical advice immediately. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
Practice good personal hygiene. Wash hands after handling and before eating.
Launder work clothes frequently. Discard saturated leather goods.
• Diesel is a flammable liquid and is dangerous unless handled and stored properly.
Children and pets should have no access to the storage tanks to avoid accidents. Adult
access to the tanks should be limited to only those who need access for refueling or
maintenance of the tanks.
• The fuel should be stored in an isolated area away from residences. An above-ground
container may be installed in a building or under a lean-to. This location helps prevent
water from harming the tank and prevents radiant heat from evaporating the diesel.
795
Storage
• Store at cool, ventilated and specified place.
• Store in tightly closed containers in cool, dry, isolated, well-ventilated area, and away
from incompatibles. Ground all equipment containing material.
• Keeping the fuel away from ignition sources is important. While diesel has a higher
ignition point than gasoline, it is still flammable. Any electrical outlets nearby should
be rated for explosions. No smoking should be allowed within 50 to 100 feet of the
storage area.
• If a small amount of diesel fuel needs to be restored, keep it in portable 5-gallon gas
cans that can take to the gas station. For larger amounts, store in special storage
containers, such as 55-gallon drums or a stand-alone tank.
• Larger diesel tanks, made of metal or specially formulated polyethylene, can be
installed above ground or below ground, depending on the site and local regulations.
These tanks can also be mounted on the back of trucks when necessary. The exact
size of the tank is, of course, dependent on how much fuel needs to be stored.
• Preferred waste management priorities are: (1) recycle or reprocess; (2) incineration
with energy recovery; (3) disposal at licensed waste disposal facility. Ensure that
disposal or reprocessing is in compliance with government requirements and local
disposal regulations. Consult local or regional authorities.
• On large scale absorb and landfill , allow for atmospheric evaporation.
Fuel Oil
Handling
• Precautions for safe handling: Provide adequate ventilation. Use personal protective
equipment as required.
• Do not breathe vapor/aerosol. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Take any
precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles. Ensure proper process control to avoid
excess waste discharge (temperature, concentration, pH, time).
• Do not allow to enter into surface water or drains. Obtain special instructions before
use. (Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood.).
• Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.
No smoking. Ensure equipment is adequately earthed. Use explosion-proof
equipment. Use only non-sparking tools.
796
• Product may release Hydrogen Sulphide: A specific assessment of inhalation risks

from the presence of hydrogen sulphide in tank head spaces, confined spaces, product
residue, tank waste and waste water, and unintentional releases should be made to
help determine controls appropriate to local circumstances.
• Hygiene measures: Keep good industrial hygiene. Wash hands immediately after
handling the product. When using do not eat, drink or smoke. Keep away from food,
drink and animal feeding stuffs. Separate working clothes from town clothes. Take
off contaminated clothing. Wash contaminated clothing before reuse.
Storage
• Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities
• Technical measures: Store in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place. Bund storage
facilities to prevent soil and water pollution in the event of spillage.
• Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.
No smoking.
• Product may release Hydrogen Sulphide: A specific assessment of inhalation risks
from the presence of hydrogen sulphide in tank head spaces, confined spaces, product
residue, tank waste and waste water, and unintentional releases should be made to
help determine controls appropriate to local circumstances.
• Packaging materials: Keep only in the original container. Suitable material: Carbon
steel. Stainless steel.
• Unsuitable material: synthetic material.
• Do not allow to enter into surface water or drains. Dispose of empty containers and
wastes safely. Refer to manufacturer/supplier for information on recovery/recycling.
Recycling is preferred to disposal or incineration.
• If recycling is not possible, eliminate in accordance with local valid waste disposal
regulations.
• Additional information: Handle contaminated packages in the same way as the
substance itself. Dispose of contaminated materials in accordance with current
regulations. Do not pierce or burn, even after use. Never use pressure to empty
container.
797
Treatment of Hydrocarbon-Containing Wastewater

Concentrations of petroleum hydrocarbons in wastewater may decrease due to natural
processes of decomposition and chemical oxidation, evaporation and biological degradation by
native microflora. In natural environments, however, these processes are relatively slow. To
enhance the oil contaminant removal from wastewater, the mechanical, chemical,
physicochemical and biological methods, as well as their combinations, are employed,
providing the required purification rate at reasonable costs. Importantly, the choice of a
treatment method in each case is determined by the source of wastewater, the diversity and
levels of contaminants, and the subsequent intended use of treated effluents.
Treatment of petroleum wastewater usually involves two stages, firstly, physical (mechanical)
pre-treatment to remove free oil & grease fractions and suspended particles. Secondly, an
advanced treatment, usually involving a combination of different physicochemical and
biological methods, to decrease the pollutant level to acceptable discharge values
a) The sedimentation treatment, which is used to separate bulk free oil from water, is
mechanically achieved by gravity in API (American Petroleum Institute) or CPI (Corrugated
Plate Interceptor) separators and dissolved air floatation (DAF) units. During wastewater
sedimentation, insoluble solids are also removed, which prevents clogging and wearing of
devices used in subsequent treatment stages.
b) Mechanical treatment techniques, while allowing the reuse of roughly purified water in the
operation cycle, are inefficient in the recovery of finely dispersed oil, dissolved organics,
metals and colloids. The mechanical step is followed by the physiochemical step, in which
small-sized suspended solids and dispersed oil are further reduced by agglomeration into large-
sized particles to ease the removal by filtration, sedimentation or floatation.
All hazardous waste areas should be inspected weekly. Any concerns should be documented
and fixed. If there are any spills, clean up and disposed of properly. Waste analysis and waste
determination records should be kept.
Among several options available for hazardous waste management, the most desirable method
is to reduce the quantity of waste at its source or to recycle the materials for some other
productive use. However, some amount of hazardous waste need to be treated, or disposed.
Hazardous wastes must be deposited in secure landfills, which provide at least 3 metres (10
feet) of separation between the bottom of the landfill and the underlying bedrock or
groundwater table.
798
8.4.10. Watershed Management Plan

8.4.10.1. Objectives
The main goal of Watershed Management – sustainable management of natural resources to
improve the quality of living for the population- is to be accomplished by the following
objectives:
• Supply and securing of clean and sufficient drinking water for the population;
• Provision and securing of access to sanitation;
• Improvement and restoration of soil quality and thus, raising productivity rates;
• Reducing the impact of natural hazards (especially of the climate change);
• Improvement of the income of the population with simultaneous regeneration of
natural re-sources;
• Improvement of infrastructure for storage, transport and agricultural marketing;
• Improvement of physical health (supported by clean drinking water, access to
sanitation)
• Reduce the amount of sediment by: stabilizing eroding road-stream crossings,
restricting livestock from the stream and stabilizing eroding stream banks
• Reduce the amount of nutrients by: reducing fertilizer use on residential lawns,
restricting livestock from the stream and identifying and correcting falling septic
systems
• Reduce hydrologic impacts from fluctuating flows by: retrofitting and modifying
existing infrastructure in the watershed to reduce high water (peak) flows and
identifying ways to manage urban storm water

Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Law, 2006
Conservation of Water Resources and Rivers Rules, 2013
799

As the railway route is close to Thit Ta Pin Taung forest area, which is environmental sensitive
area of water resources for the local community of surrounding villages and to protect near
forest areas in Pyin Oo Lwin Township. The location map of Thit Ta Pin Taung Forest and the
proposed railway alignment is shown in the following figure.
Figure 8.20. Location Map of Thit Ta Pin Taung Forest and Proposed Railway Alignment
800
8.4.10.4. Management and Monitoring Plan

The Watershed Management Plan provides a watershed-based management approach for
improving water quality and preserving the ecological integrity of the water resources, they are
located near and along the proposed project. Water quality concerns in the watershed include
nutrient pollution, excessive sedimentation, high bacteria concentrations, and elevated water
temperatures. The stream ecosystem is also under threat from aquatic invasive species and
habitat loss. Stressors affecting the watershed ecosystem include: agricultural operations,
residential land use, road-stream crossings, and beaver dams. A watershed management
approach to protecting the water resources (stream, lake etc.) and addressing problems is not
only important for the health of water resources (steam, lake, etc.), but for the receiving waters
of them as well.
The recommended Watershed Management Plan consists of the following:
• a project overview with goals and objectives

1
• general watershed information

2
• water quality monitoring

3
• inventories and surveys

4
• watershed issues and concerns, and

5
• watershed management recommendations for addressing problems

6
Successful implementation of the Plan’s recommendations will result in improved water

quality conditions in related water resources, as well as restoration and maintenance of the
stream ecosystem.
Management and Monitoring
Potential Impact Mitigation and Management Monitoring Monitoring Responsibility
and Relevant (Design Feature/ Specific Frequency
Management Plan Measure)
Impacts to water Discharge of waters will be at Verification Prior to/ during Contractor
quality with a sufficient distance from discharge to land
consequent adverse water bodies so as to prevent
impacts on pollution by turbid water and
downstream comply with relevant
beneficial uses discharge criteria. Discharge
will be performed to discharge
801
structures so as to prevent
erosion of the surrounding land
and to maintain the discharge
quality required.
Perform controlled discharge Verification Prior to/ during Contractor
of hydrotest water in order discharge to land
to control erosion and use
erosion protection measures.
Utilise runoff controls to Verification Prior to/ during Contractor
maintain stable landforms. discharge to land
Reinstatement of disturbed Verification Upon Contractor
lands at both abstraction completion of
and discharge points. test

effective implementation of the Watershed Management Plan. Contractor’s Watershed
Management Plan shall describe the resources allocated to and responsible for the execution of
each task and requirement contained therein, and shall describe how roles and responsibilities
are communicated to relevant personnel. Project Developer shall ensure sufficient resources
are allocated on an ongoing basis to achieve effective implementation of Project Developer’s
responsibilities in the Watershed Management Plan.
Training, Awareness and Competency
Contractor shall ensure that all personnel responsible for the execution of the tasks and
requirements contained within the Watershed Management Plan are competent on the basis of
education, training and experience. Contractor’s Watershed Management Plan shall describe
the training and awareness requirements necessary for its effective implementation.
Contractor’s training activity associated with the Watershed Management Plan shall be
appropriately documented by means of a training needs assessment, training matrix/plan and
records of training undertaken. Company shall ensure that all Company personnel responsible
for the execution of Company’s tasks and requirements in the Watershed Management Plan
are competent on the basis of education, training and experience. Company’s training activity
associated with the Watershed Management Plan shall be appropriately documented by means
of a training needs assessment, training matrix/plan and records of training undertaken.
Contractor shall report to Project Developer the results of the surveys undertaken in accordance
with monitoring and management and integrate the results, including additional mitigation and
management measures as agreed with project developer, with the Watershed Management
Plan. Contractor’s monthly report Project Developer to shall include:
802
• Results of the surveys

• Results of all water sampling undertaken in accordance with monitoring and management
• Number and results of verification inspections prescribed in monitoring and management
• Performance Indicators as applicable in the reporting period.
8.4.11. Forest Rehabilitation Plan

Restoration of forest landscapes through tree planting, seed collection and propagation,
agroforestry, and many other restoration methods offers a way to recover some of the essential
forest functions that have been lost through degradation. It can also offer a route to spiritual
recovery and renewal as we work with nature to rebuild our bond with forest ecosystems.
Restoration of forest landscapes can help mitigate forest losses, even as we continue the work
to achieve zero deforestation. Large-scale forest restoration is needed to attain the Sustainable
Development Goals, meet international climate goals, and reverse the loss of biodiversity.
(FAO/UNEPa, 2020, p.25). Forest restoration is a broad term that includes a spectrum of
different activities, ranging from minimal to more intensive interventions. I would like to
recommend these step to implement along with the guidance of forest department
- Allowing natural forest regeneration to take place in harvested or disturbed areas (often
called passive restoration);
- Augmenting natural regrowth in harvested or degraded forests with additional tree
planting and care;
- Actively re-establishing forests on lands where forests have been cleared (such as
croplands and shrublands); and
- Improving existing landscapes with trees, such as in agroforestry systems, where
forestry and agricultural activities are combined in a modified forest setting.
Reforested areas span a range of sites and uses from protected forests and wildlife reserves, to
production forests where tree harvesting continues, to farmlands incorporating trees. Not
surprisingly, the blend of ecological, economic, and social benefits of these different forms of
restoration can differ widely.
In this primer, we consider mostly small-scale restoration projects undertaken at the local
community level with the goal of restoring a range of forest ecosystem functions.
8.4.11.1. Objective
The objective of forest rehabilitation plan is to restore forest cover that degraded due to railway
construction activities.
803

Forest Law, 2012
• To implement forest policy and environmental conservation policy, to promote public
cooperation in implementing these policies, to develop the economy of the State, to
prevent destruction of forest and biodiversity, to carry out conservation of natural
forests and establishment of forest plantations and to contribute towards the fuel

The locations of the forest area along the railway alignment is shown in the following figures.
Overview
This plan contains identifying degraded forest due to construction of railway, selection of
suitable tree species for restoration and their implementation plan.
Identification of degraded forest area
The area of degraded forest is estimated according to the railway alignment. In the Mandalay
Region, the estimated degraded forest is about 5.54 acres, in Pyin Oo Lwin 0.1 arces, in Naung
Cho 3.37 acres, in Thipaw 14.62 acres, in Lashio 8.35 acres, in Theinni 5.25 acres, in Muse
22.44 acres. The total area of degraded forest is about 60 acres.
804
Selection of suitable tree species for restoration

The selection of suitable tree species is based on the plant list extracted from survey data. Teak,
Pyinkadoe, Padauk, Pine, Yemane, Mezali, Bamboo, Ingyin, etc are commonly found along
Mandalay Muse Railway. Therefore, these tree species are selected for the forest rehabilitation.
Tree Species (Common Name) Scientific Name
Teak Tectona garndis
Pyinkadoe Xylia xylocarpus
Pakdauk Pterocarpus macrocarpus
Pine Pinus kesiya
Yemane Gmelina arborea
Mezali Cassia mimosoides
Bamboo (Tin-wa) Cephalostachyum pergracile
Ingyin Shorea siamensis
8.4.11.4. Implementation Plan
Forest rehabilitation area is determined with the help of Ministry of Forest. The startup time of
forest rehabilitation plan is during the rainy season of startup year.
All land preparation activities will be conducted by field coordinator with the assistance field
assistants and hired local workers from the local communities. In order to prepare the land for
restoration, an initial soil analysis would need to be conducted to assess the soil quality. Poor
quality soil that are compacted and low in organic matter will require more time, money, water
and fertilizer to maintain plants. Poor soil conditions also contribute to water quality issues by
shedding runoff during rainfall events.
Production of planting lines and holes will be conducted by engaged technical workers from
the community, led by the field assistant and it will involve the following activities:
• Information signs will be constructed, and the area will be marked out with bamboo
poles along with planting lines for holes to be dug
• Weeding of land and digging of planting holes
• Water barriers will be built along sloping grounds to prevent over-drainage
• The land will be fertilized with a chemical organic treatment
Role and Responsibility
Field Coordinator
Field coordinator has direct responsibility for the field assistants who will report to them. Field
coordinator is responsible for undertaking the following aspects of implementation.
• Lead field works (planting)
805
• Make routine field visits into the restoration sites for ongoing monitoring
• Produce a report for rail general manager
Field assistant
Field assistants will be responsible for managing inputs from the local workers, and will report
to the field coordinators. Field assistants may be recruited from the local workforce but are
expected to have experience of managing a nursery and managing a restoration planting plan.
Specific responsibilities of the field assistants include:
Organizing nursery management by local workers
Organizing tree planting by local workers
Inputs to the field coordinators’ reports
Local workers
Local workers will be recruited from local communities. These local residents already have
typically high levels of knowledge about the forest, native species, and tree planting. The local
workers will be guided and supervised by field assistant. Core responsibilities of the local
workers will be:
• Seedlings and tree sapling production
• Watering and weeding saplings
• Preparation of restoration sites including making planting holes
• Tree sapling planting
• Identification and replacement of dead saplings as required
Monitoring and Evaluation
Monitoring of the implementation is planned and organized in two phases:
• Short-term monitoring – year one to five after planting
• Long-term monitoring – year five onwards to year fifteen after planting
Short-term Monitoring
Short-term monitoring will be undertaken over a minimum of five years. The aim of the
monitoring is to assess the survival rate of the plants.
Monitoring Monitoring
Target Frequency Responsibility
Focus Location
Planting Plant survival At areas For periods Field
survival rate rate >90% undergoing after planting: coordinator to be
rehabilitation appointed by
806
First six months project

–daily developer
Six to 18
months after
planting -
monthly
Second to fifth
year - quarterly
Long term Monitoring

The long-term monitoring should be undertaken over a minimum period of fifteen years. The
objectives of long-term monitoring are similar to short-term monitoring. The monitoring
frequency is quarterly.
8.4.12. Management Plan for Minimizing Impact for Forest Cover along Transmission
Line
8.4.12.1. Objective
The objective of this plan is to reduce deforestation and forest degradation for construction of
railway.

Forest Law, 2012
• To implement forest policy and environmental conservation policy, to promote public
cooperation in implementing these policies, to develop the economy of the State, to
prevent destruction of forest and biodiversity, to carry out conservation of natural
forests and establishment of forest plantations and to contribute towards the fuel
Protection of Biodiversity and Protected Area Law, 2018
• To protect wildlife, wild plants and conserve natural areas, to contribute towards
works of natural scientific research, and to establish zoological and botanical

This plan contains the impact on forest due to the construction of railway together with
mitigation measures to reduce it and its monitoring plan.
807
Figure 8.21. Location of Forest Plantation along the Railway Alignment

Potential Impact on forest
During the preconstruction phase, site clearing activities are implemented to meet the project
requirements. Due to the site clearing activities, the loss of native plants, trees and forest can
occur.
Mitigation Measures for Impact on Forest Cover
Mitigation Measures Responsibilities Timing
Review clearing requirements Design Manager During detailed design

for the construction of railway
and identify opportunities to
reduce clearing trees and utilize
808
existing cleared area wherever

possible.
Clearly delineate areas for trees Construction Manager/ Prior to site clearing and
clearing and ensure that all Environmental Manager subgrade work
personnel involved are aware of
the clearing limits.
Forest rehabilitation is Construction Manager/ Ongoing

undertaken in accordance with Environmental Manager
the forest rehabilitation plan
Monitoring Plan
Monitoring Action Responsibilities Monitoring Frequency
Conduct audit for clearing of trees Environmental Manager Ongoing

not to exceed the clearing
requirement.
Reporting
In the event of cutting tree exceeding the clearing requirement for the stealing of wood, the
environmental manager will immediately take appropriate action and promptly report details
to the authorized representatives.
Corrective action
Rehabilitation of degraded forest due to the construction of railway is implemented according
to the forest rehabilitation plan.
8.4.13. Wildlife Corridors Protection and Enhancement Plan

The goal of this action plan is to improve wildlife movement throughout the proposed project.
Eliminating gaps by restoring natural cover in the corridors, and removing barriers by
improving the effectiveness of wildlife passages beneath roads will result in higher quality
wildlife habitat in all of the habitats and will lessen the overall impacts of project development.
Protecting, restoring and enhancing wildlife corridors does not only serve to improve wildlife
809
habitat and biodiversity though, it also supports many of other ecosystem health targets, such
as increasing natural cover, reducing impervious surfaces, enhancing water quality, and others.

works of natural scientific research, and to establish zoological and botanical.
Figure – Wildlife Sanctuary and Transmission Corridors
8.4.13.4. Implementation Plan

As such, implementing the recommendations of this Action Plan should not be viewed as being
solely beneficial to wildlife. Recommendations for Wildlife Corridor Protection &
Enhancement Plan are listed below,
810
Protecting
Natural Cover
Restoring
Natural Cover
Removing
Barriers
Benefits of Animal Crossings

The wildlife animal crossing offers loads of advantages, primarily to help avoid collisions of
animals and vehicles. These bridges not only help in reducing collisions but additionally, it
aids wildlife species to find resources like food, shelter, mates that are specifically found on
the other side. In absence of these wildlife crossings, animals will be left without sufficient
food, reduced reproductivity, or possible extinction. This could be more cost but that is the way
to conserve biological resource and a good management plan.
Attractive animal bridges that cross Railways

Photo Source: Animal Fact 2009
811
The Re-establishing Natural Habitats Programmes (RNH)

The project is institutionalized, legalized and supported community and stakeholder
participation. According to the notification 690/2020 (see the appendix) the project will protect
them. In recent years, ecosystem Re-establishing has become priority to ensure the sustained
flow of the ecosystem services. According to the forest department Myanmar has national
target to cover 10% of the country’s area by the PAs. For the time being, there are 44 Pas,
representing 5.85%of the country’s area. The Re-establishing Natural Habitats Programmes
(RNH) recommendations are listed below. The lists of the migratory birds’ species are shown
in the Appendix.
Re-establishing Natural Habitats Programme for the Railway Project
Identifying PA Values
(Species, Watershed,
fish breeding, birds
migration, plants
and dependency of local
people)
Identifying impacts of
values on
Setting tasks for (food chain, ecosystem,
successful climate
implementation of goals change, water supply,
tourism, local
livelihoods, flooding, etc.)
Identifying threats to
Setting SMART Goals values and root causes of
value
Habitat and Wildlife Population Management

Lower numbers of wildlife species near railways can be achieved by controlling populations
(e.g., selective hunting, trapping), or by habitat modification. Changes in habitat structure along
railway verges may also increase animals’ capability to detect and evade the train.
812
Population control of a particular species may sometimes be used to reduce its numbers near
railways. This method should only be applied on very common species, or those that can
compromise human safety due to collisions. This method has been used to prevent collision
with vehicles on roads (Glista et al. 2009), but its use in railways may not be as necessary since
most animals will not affect trains’ movements.
8.4.14. Biodiversity Action Plan

The Critical role that biological resources play in sustaining human life has in the last two
decades received considerable if belated attention. In 1992 a board framework for the
conservation and use of the world’s biological resources – The Convention on Biological
Diversity (CBD) – was agreed by the United Nations Conference on Environment and
Development (the Earth Summit). Despite increasing recognition, however, the worlds’
biological resource continues to be lost at an alarming rate, and particularly so in developing
countries where many of the remaining resources are concentrated. (World Bank 2002)
The overarching objective of "Biological Resource Management Plan" is to provides strategies
and management actions necessary to sustain the country’s biological resources.
Recommended biological resource management objectives for proposed railway project are to:
➢ Protect species and habitats of along the railway project
➢ Maintain and preserve native biological diversity
➢ Reduce the spread of invasive species and provide integrated controls of noxious
weeds
➢ Where and when feasible, improve degraded habitats in a strategic manner to
increase landscape connectivity and native diversity
➢ Reduce and minimize fragmentation of habitats
➢ Maintain landscape that provide regional connectivity to habitats surrounding
railway project.
➢ To meet these objectives, BRMP provides a set of generally directives for proposed
railway project operation.
➢ Develop a flora replantation plan particularly for native species
➢ Educated employees of environmental responsibilities during inductions including
treating all native fauna species as protected.
813

Forest Law, 2012
• To implement forest policy and environmental conservation policy, to promote

public coorperation in implementing these policies, to develop the economy of the
State, to prevent destruction of forest and biodiversity, to carry out conservation of
natural forests and establishment of forest plantations and to contribute towards the
fuel requirement of the country
works of natural scientific research, and to establish zoological gardens and
botanical gardens.

The location map for the forest plantation along the railway transmission lines is shown in the
following figure.
814

Construction and Operation
• Incidents of fauna strike and mortality will be monitored during construction and operation.
• The condition of all fencing will be inspected regularly to determine maintenance
requirements.
• A monitoring program will be developed and implemented to examine the success of
crossings for fauna species.
Construction
Work areas will be inspected daily prior to commencement and fauna present will be relocated
or moved.
Operation
A monitoring program will be developed and implemented for the rehabilitated aquatic habitats
and riparian areas to check the success of the rehabilitation.
Reporting
Construction and Operation
• Incidents involving animal strike or injury will be managed and reported as an incident in
accordance with the incident management procedure mentioned below.
• In the event of an incident, the Construction Contractor and Project Developer will
immediately take appropriate action to minimise any adverse environmental impact and
promptly report details of the incident to relevant agencies. The Construction Contractor
and Project Developer must carry out any lawful instruction received from the authorised
representatives of relevant agencies.
• The investigation of incidents will include a process for identifying all the contributing
factors of the incident. The investigations will be carried out by competent persons with
the appropriate involvement of relevant personnel and their representatives. The level of
detail of these investigations will be appropriate to the actual or potential seriousness of the
event.
• Prioritised corrective or preventative actions, aimed at preventing recurrence of similar
events, will be implemented. Procedures will be established and maintained to ensure the
815
follow-up and completion of corrective actions. Corrective actions following incidents will
be communicated to all staff as applicable.
• An Incident Register will be developed and maintained, recording all environmental near-
misses and incidents.
• Additional procedures will be developed for specific environmental incidents, such as spills
of hazardous substances and injury or death of native wildlife.
• The incident management procedure will be communicated to all staff and contractors
during
• environmental inductions and displayed at all site offices/crib rooms. Contact names and
numbers will be updated as required.
Construction
Monthly reporting by the Construction Contractor to Project Developer on non-conformances,
incidents (including deaths and injury of wildlife) and site inspections
Operation
Monthly reporting by the Operation Manager to Project Developer on non-conformances,
incidents (including deaths and injury of wildlife) and site inspections
Corrective Actions
Operation and Construction
• Additional watering, fertilising or replanting of rehabilitated areas will be considered in

areas where rehabilitation planting has not been successful.
• Fauna crossings will be modified or enhanced as necessary to improve effectiveness.
8.4.15. Avian and Bat Protection Plan

The objectives of the avian and bat protection plan are to:
• Reduce the potential for avian and bat mortality by implementing specific mortality
reduction actions;
• Identify and isolate where avian and bat mortality has occurred or has the potential to
occur to minimize future incidents;
816
• Establish an avian and bat reporting system to document incidents of mortality caused by
electrocution, collision and other plant-related features;
• Assist MR in compliance with state and federal laws regarding avian and bat species to
avoid the threat of penalties and fines; and
• Improve MR’s reliability and services by reducing power outages due to avian and bat
interactions and by reducing repair costs due to electrocution of the animals.

• To protect wildlife, wild plants and conserve natural areas, to contribute towards works
of natural scientific research, and to establish zoological gardens and botanical gardens

The overview map and layout map for the avian and bat protection plan is shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8.22. Reducing collisions in wooded areas.
A tree line or other obvious obstacle at the appropriate height warns birds to gain altitude,
which results in birds flying over the power line screened by the trees (after Thompson 1978).
Source: waterboards 2012
817
8.4.15.4. Implementation of the Avian and Bat Protection Plan

MR would do the following to implement the avian and bat protection plan and thus accomplish
the identified goals. Specifically, MR would:
• Verify avian and bat mortalities, update mapped data and develop additional data on
concentrations of avian and bat species which may be impacted by the project facility;
• Identify the environmental and behavioral factors that lead to areas of high avian and bats
use and potentially higher numbers of electrocutions, collisions, and outages;
• Assist in refining criteria and protocols to further avian and bat conservation; and
• Ensure the accuracy and detail of incident reporting.
Monitoring Plan
Integrating an avian protection plan into an electric utility’s operations will help the utility meet
demands for reliable, cost-efficient, and environmentally compatible power delivery. Thus,
avian protection plan implementation and operation is a long-term commitment and a process
of continual evaluation and improvement. Depending on the condition, the rate of adoption
may vary. An avian protection plan may be the first species-oriented environmental compliance
initiative to which utility employees are exposed. High-profile endorsements by corporate
officers and managers can facilitate a program’s implementation. Creating and implementing
an avian protection plan will be more successful if all the affected departments within the utility
also support it. An effective way to build a broad consensus during avian protection plan
preparation is to form a team within the utility that includes representatives from standards,
engineering, environmental services, vegetation management, construction, operations and
maintenance, public relations, customer service, and other departments that will be impacted
by the avian protection plan.
Engineers and biologists can reduce collisions for the modifying existing power lines by
this recommend list.
818
.
Evaluation studies include:
Collision monitoring to examine the causes and conditions associated

with the risk and to help determine the type and effectiveness of
modifications.
Avian risk assessment and spatial analysis to prioritize line segments for
modification
. Risk reduction options include:
- Line marking to increase the visibility of the line.
- Managing surrounding land to influence bird use.
- Removing the shield wire if lightning is not an issue or if lightning

arresters can be used instead.
- Increasing the diameter or changing the configuration of wires when a
line is being rebuilt.
- Rerouting the line if all other attempts have been exhausted and
populations are significantly impacted.
- Burying the lines if feasible and warranted.
Planting Trees
Where climate and location will allow, planting native trees that will grow to or above the
height of nearby power lines, without interfering with line operations, may prevent collisions
by forcing birds to gain enough altitude to clear the more visible tree line (Thompson 1978;
Raevel and Tombal 1991). For mitigation purposes, tree planting is a long-term strategy
because of the time it takes for trees to grow to the desired height; thus, short-term mitigation
would likely be necessary in the interim. Because trees can potentially cause operational and
reliability problems with lines, a design engineer and a forester should be consulted concerning
minimum clearances and line maintenance requirements so appropriate tree species and
planting locations can be determined.
Personnel Training
In order to effectively implement the avian and bat protection plan, the project developer would
ensure that all appropriate personnel (facilities maintenance department, etc.) undergo training
819
on the issues and protocols outlined in the avian and bat protection plan. This training would
ensure that all appropriate personnel have a thorough understanding of the avian and bat
protection plan and their responsibility to avian and bat protection and regulatory compliance.
Reporting
MR’s Environmental Representative would complete and submit an avian incident form
during, or immediately following the site investigation for further risk assessment. Although
this form would be for internal submittal, ii would be used for mortality monitoring studied at
the site and would be available to regulatory agencies should data be requested. The intent of
the data is to gain information that can be used to prevent future avian mortality.
8.4.16. Public Health and Safety Management Plan

8.4.16.1. Objective
The objectives of this Plan are to:
• Describe actions required to implement the construction-related management and
mitigation measures
• Facilitate monitoring activities, medical clinic and community-based sources
• Outline the roles and responsibilities of the organization in charge of implementing the
plan, including monitoring and evaluation
• Describe the process for recording and reporting non-conformances, as well as
measurement and reporting of performance indicators.

Public Health Law, 1972
• To promote and safeguard public health and to take necessary measures in respect of
environmental health
The Law Relating to Private Health Care Services, 2007
• Develop private health care services in accordance with the national health policy
• To participate and carry out systematically by private health care services in the national
health care system as an integral part;
• To enable utilizing effectively the resources of private sector in providing health care
to the public
• To enable the public to choose as desired in fulfilling their needs for health by
820
establishing private health care services

• To enable provision of quality service at fair cost and to take responsibility
8.4.16.3. Layout Map

This Plan applies to project activities and the associated risks and potential impacts that these
activities may have on community health and safety.
Step 1-
Identify the
Hazard
Step 5- Step 2-
Monitor and Assess the risks
Review
Step 4-
Implement Step 3-Evaluate the
additional risk existing controls
controls
Figure 8.23. 5 Steps process for Health and Safety Management Plan
8.4.16.4. Implementation and Monitoring Plan

This plan includes identification of risk and potential impacts related to community health and
safety and its related mitigation measures. These are based on the public consultation and desk-
top literature reviews from standard sources and peer-reviewed articles and reports. The
strategy adopted by this Plan is based on a combination of key elements: primary prevention,
health/ education promotion.
Identification of Public Health and Safety Value
The community values for public health and safety that may be affected by the Project (Rail)
are listed in Table and subsequently assessed.
Aspects Community Health and Safety Values
Air environment Air quality that is conducive to human
health and well-being.
Air quality that supports agricultural
activities.
821
Absence of dust and odour.

Noise environment The qualities of the acoustic environment
are those conducive to human health and
wellbeing. This includes provision of a
suitable acoustic environment for
individuals to sleep, study, learn or be
involved in recreation, including relaxation
and conversation.
The qualities of the acoustic environment
are those conducive to protecting the
amenity of the community.
Water Biological integrity of an aquatic ecosystem
in moderately disturbed waters.
Stock watering and Irrigation.
Cultural and spiritual values of the water.
Public Safety Safe from sagging power lines and
electrocution
Disease Vectors Construction activities not leading to
increases in local populations or spread of
biting insects or pests that are known
disease vectors.
Public Health
and Safety Potential Risk Mitigation Responsibility
related risks
Air Quality
Fugitive Dust Potential Wetting of roads by water Contractor
Emissions during bronchial and spraying;
Construction other respiratory Restricting vehicle speeds;
Activities tract diseases Cement Silo with the dust
collector equipment will be
installed.
Gaseous Emission Potential Regularly service vehicles, Contractor

from construction bronchial and plant and equipment such
activities other respiratory that exhaust systems and
tract diseases fuel consumption comply
with manufacturers’
specifications.
Noise environment
Noise from Disturbance Construction activities Contractor
construction (noise) to sleep, generating noise above
activities social activities, ambient levels within the
work activities vicinity of the nearest noise
822
sensitive places wherever

possible and practicable, be
confined to general work
hours of 6:30 am – 6:30
pm.
Regularly service vehicles,
plant and equipment such
that noise emissions
comply with
manufacturers’
specifications.
Noise from rail Disturbance to Noise barrier will be Project Developer
operation sleep, social constructed at sensitive
activities and/or point.
work activities Train operators are to be
trained in the appropriate
use of horns and warning
devices.
Regularly service vehicles
to facilitate operation
within acceptable sound
and vibration.
Water
Storage, handling Spills and leaks Spills and leaks are to be Contractor
and use of and subsequent cleaned up as soon as
environmentally degradation of practicable.
hazardous water quality. All the wastewater from
substances concrete batching plant
will be treated.
Public Safety
Low sagging Public The proposed line should Project Developer
power lines electrocutions, be constructed according
risk of fire. best practice in the energy
sector to guarantee
structural strength,
adequate ground clearance,
and safety of other existing
power infrastructure.
Education/ public outreach
to prevent public contact
with potentially dangerous
equipment.
Electrocution from Public Installation of anti‐ Contractor
Live Power Lines electrocutions, climbing devices.
risk of fire. Use of signs, barriers (e.g.
locks on doors, use of
gates, use of steel posts
surrounding transmission
823
towers, particularly in
urban areas).
Signboards (Danger
Warning Signs) need to put
on every tower as well as
on the conductors where
crossing community
centers, roads and rivers.
equipment.
equipment;
Disease Vectors
Increase Infection Potential for Information and education Project Developer
of Air-borne infection of about air transmitted
Diseases diseases disease will be provided.
Increase Infection Potential for Proper sanitation system Project Developer
of Water Borne infection of will be provided for
Diseases diseases construction workers and
rail staffs.
Information and education
about disease will be
provided.
Potential to Potential for Proper temporary or Project Developer
Increase infection of permanent drainage system
Infections from diseases will be provided to avoid
Mosquito ponding water.
Mosquito-proof screens
will be installed for water
tanks.
Information and education
about disease will be
provided.
Increase Risk of Potential for Information and education Project Developer
Sexually infection of about safe sex and
Transmitted diseases implement HIV control
Infections program will be provided.
COVID-19 Potential for Restrict or control Contractor
infection of employee travel
diseases Planning site activities to
facilitate social distancing
Virtual meetings or where
meetings are essential,
restricting numbers so
824
social distancing can be

actively practiced.
Reduce camp densities and
redistribute workers within
worker camps to facilitate
social distancing (e.g.
reducing the number of
people occupying a
dormitory)
Monitoring
Performance indicators which will be monitored to determine the effectiveness of the public
health and safety impact and mitigation measures include;
• Rates of communicable disease in project workforce,
• Rates of communicable disease in the community,
• Project related safety in the community and
• Numbers of grievances or claims of project related impacts on the community
Organization, Roles, and Responsibilities

The requirements of this Plan will be stewarded and implemented by the Project. The Safety,
Health, Environmental and Regulatory Manager will own this Plan.
Safety, Health, Environmental

and Regulatory Manager
Medicine and Public Health Manager Socio-economic Manager

Occupational Health
Manager
Public Health and Safety Organization
The following roles and responsibilities are examples of the type of roles that will apply during
the construction phase. As the needs of the Project change over time, some roles may be
replaced and or combined with others that are more appropriate to the Project’s needs at the
time.
825
Safety, Health, Environmental and Regulatory Manager

• Responsible for overall implementation
• Responsible for ensuring safe behaviors by Project personnel such that community
safety is protected
• Investigates and analyses community safety events when/if they occur and escalates
findings and required remedial actions to Management as required
• Responsible for notification of community safety incidents
Medicine and Occupational Health Manager

• Responsible for health support coordination, delivery and implementation of health
services to the production workforce
• Ensure health specifications and programs/procedures
• Develops and coordinates the implementation of health inspection and audit programs
to monitor compliance with health requirements
• Provides review of disease prevalence data and recommends changes to address disease
prevalence and severity.
Public Health Manager

• Identifies and evaluates community health risks
• Identifies mitigation steps to address community health issues affected by production

activities
• Conducts inspections and audits for effective implementation of community health

programs
• Budgetary stewardship
• Collects, analyses data, reports on and provides recommendations on initiatives for

continuous improvement in the community health program performance and
compliance.
Socio-economic Manager
• Overall responsibility for the interface between the Project and community members
• Manages the team who facilitate access to community members for community health
and safety issues/topics
• Supports MOHS Manager in the identification and implementation of community
health projects which can deliver community development benefits.
826
Where the Contractor is undertaking scopes of work related to this Plan, the Contractor will
ensure sufficient resources are allocated on an ongoing basis for effective implementation.
Training
Training will include:
Sanitation and nutrition awareness and education for all employees, with a focus on messages
which can be taken home to families to encourage good sanitation and nutrition practices in
village environments
Training/knowledge about electrical hazard and warning signs and for public and basic first
aid
Transmitted diseases and HIV/AIDS prevention and awareness training for all employees, with
extension to communities through education and awareness campaigns as appropriate
Respiratory illness and infectious disease management including TB
Vector-borne disease awareness including malaria and dengue

Contractor is required to provide a monthly report that provides a descriptive summary of all
Community Health and Safety activities that it has undertaken in that month, including the
number of participants in each activity, the objective(s) of each activity and applicable
photographs.
Contractor’s information will be submitted to Project Health and Safety Department.
The Project will review Contractor’s community health and safety reports to ensure actions and
feedback are tracked and recorded appropriately.
Any community health and safety grievances submitted by community members will be
directed to the Project Health and Safety Department within 24 hours and captured in the
Project community grievance management mechanism.
8.4.17. Cultural Heritage Management Plan

8.4.17.1. Objective
A cultural heritage management plan aims to:
• Safeguard the cultural heritage values of a place;
• Develop and ensure attractive, competitive and multifunctional historic urban areas;
827
• Manage and balance conflicting uses/ functions and the different demands of “users”
of an historic urgan area: local ecomony, citizens, tourists, property owners,
conservators, etc.
(1) The Protection of Rights of National Race Law ( Law No. 5)

Consists of four bills, as submitted to the legislature; Buddhist Women’s Special Marriage Bill,
Religious Conversion Bill, Monogamy Bill and Population Control Bill.
(2) Protection and Preservation of Antique Objects Law ( Law No. 12, 15, 20)
▪ To implement the policy of protection and preservation for the perpetuation of antique
objects;
▪ To protect and preserve antique objects so as not to deteriorate due to natural disaster or
man-made destruction;
▪ To uplift hereditary pride and to cause dynamism of patriotic spirit by protection and
preservation of antique objectives;
▪ To have public awareness of the high value of antique objectives;
▪ To carry out in respect of protection and preservation of antique monuments in conformity
with the International Convention and Regional Agreement ratified by the State.
(3) Law on the Perservation and Protection of Ancient Buildings
▪ To implement the policy of protection and preservation for the perpetuation of ancient
monuments
▪ To protect and preserve ancient monuments so as not to deteriorate due to natural disaster
or man-made destruction
▪ To uplift hereditary pride and to cause dynamism of patriotic spirit by protecting and
preserving ancient monuments
▪ To have public awareness of the high value of ancient monuments
▪ To protect and preserve ancient monuments from destruction
▪ To search and maintain ancient monuments
▪ To carry out in respect of protection and preservation of ancient monuments in conformity
with the International Convention and Regional Agreement ratified by the State.
(4) Law Concerning Religious Conversion (Law No. 48)
To move freely from own religion to another religion, from one religion to atheism, from
atheism to one religion.
828

During Construction Phase of proposed project, any heritage resources, located in close
proximity to the project may be impacted through:
• Direct impact to historical (e.g. demolition) and sites of terrestrial archaeological
potential (e.g. excavation); and
• Indirect vibration impact on historical buildings due to drilling and piling activities
during construction phase that may lead to the structural damage or interference of
normal activities;
General cultural heritage management measures should include:
⚫ provision by the nominated undertaker to its contractors of locations and descriptions of
all known cultural heritage assets within and adjacent to construction works, including
restrictions to construction methods to protect cultural heritage assets;
⚫ an historic environment investigation programme detailing the implementation of
archaeological and heritage investigation and recording works prior to and during
construction;
⚫ the nominated undertaker will require its lead contractors to monitor compliance against
the programme of historic environment investigation and recording works using
appropriately qualified environmental management staff;
⚫ during all stages, the nominated undertaker will require its lead contractors to facilitate
archaeological and built heritage specialists undertaking the works as specified as an
appropriate mitigation measure (including purposive investigation); and
⚫ All archaeological, built heritage and historic landscape intervention, recording, analysis,
dissemination and archiving will be undertaken by a suitably qualified and demonstrably
experienced organization.
⚫ The lead contractor will carry out works in such a way as to ensure that disturbance to all
heritage assets is managed in accordance with accepted historic environment practice and,
where disturbance cannot reasonably be avoided, is controlled and limited as far as
reasonably practicable.
⚫ implementation of controls on the movement of construction vehicles and machinery in
areas of heritage interest (e.g. archaeological remains and historic buildings);
⚫ The development and implementation of a procedure for soil stripping and excavation
before commencement of such works. This procedure will identify the interface of those
works with areas of identified archaeological investigations;
829
⚫ procedures adopted to preserve archaeological remains in situ beneath earthworks; and

⚫ Procedures for the recording, dismantling, storage and re-erection of buildings of heritage
significance.
Metal Detectors
During site preparation and construction, the use of metal detectors will be prohibited within
areas of identified/defined archaeological interest unless deployed by archaeological specialists
or other appointed persons in the execution of their activities.
Human remains
Should human remains be discovered during construction, either during archaeological works
or as part of construction activity, the nominated undertaker and its lead contractors will
comply with all relevant legislative and project-specific requirements.
Treasure Act
During the course of construction, if artifacts are located that are deemed by their material
content or context to be treasure, then all necessary measures to comply with the requirements
of the Act and any project-specific requirements will be implemented.
Measures in relation to unexpected discoveries of heritage assets
Should, during the course of construction works, artifacts and / or remains of archaeological
interest or expected interest be located unexpectedly, these will immediately be reported to the
lead contractor’s project manager. The project manager will obtain specialist archaeological
advice to undertake and prepare an appropriate response.
If that advice indicates that there is potential for the finds to be of national importance, then the
Procedure for the unexpected discovery of archaeological remains of national importance
procedure will be followed .
Measures in relation to unexpected discovery of archaeological remains of national
importance
When heritage assets of potential national importance are unexpectedly revealed during
construction, the unexpected discovery of archaeological remains of national importance will
be implemented. Mitigation or investigation and recording may include the following, as
appropriate:
⚫ investigation and assessment of discoveries to determine their significance if this cannot
be determined from the asset as found;
830
⚫ assessment of potential project impacts to inform the design of appropriate mitigation or

investigation and recording measures;
⚫ preparation of a written scheme of investigation for any stage of archaeological work
required;
⚫ excavation, recording and reporting on any discoveries; and
⚫ Recording and implementing measures to preserve any discoveries in situ, if required or if
appropriate.
Monitoring
The nominated undertaker will require its lead contractors to implement appropriate monitoring
of the consequences of construction work, as required, on all cultural heritage assets
(designated and non-designated) to ensure the effectiveness of management measures and
compliance with agreed approaches to construction activities and cultural heritage assets.
Risk assessments identifying appropriate surveys, for example, structural or condition surveys
and vibration monitoring will be undertaken at locations of archaeological or built heritage
interest adjacent to the construction site prior to, during and following construction works.
Noise and Vibration Management

Best practicable means will be applied during construction works to minimize noise
(including vibration) at nearby cultural heritage properties and other sensitive receptors
arising from construction activities
Measures to reduce potential noise and vibration impacts
To reduce potential noise and vibration impacts, the following measures should be taken:
• Noise and vibration control at source – for example, the selection of quiet and low
vibration equipment, review of construction programme and methodology to consider
quieter methods, location of equipment on site, control of working hours, the provision
of acoustic enclosures and the use of less intrusive alarms, such as broadband vehicle
reversing warnings;
• Screening – for example, local screening of equipment, perimeter hoarding or the use
of temporary stockpiles
831
8.4.18. Community Development Plan

8.4.18.1. Objective
A community development and rehabilitation plan aim to:
• supporting people with disabilities to maximize their physical and mental abilities, to
access regular services and opportunities, and to become active contributors to the
community and society at large;
• activating communities to promote and protect the human rights of people with disabilities
for example by removing barriers to participation;
• Facilitating capacity building, empowerment and community mobilization of people with
disabilities and their families.

(1) Village Regional Development Law (Law No. 39)
▪ To ensure that people in rural areas have access to personal hygiene and home pollution
prevention activities by working together with the relevant government departments,
government agencies, and non-governmental organizations
▪ To ensure the continuity of the development of rural areas and the social development of
the rural population.
▪ To maximize the efficiency of human resources and finances that can be achieved in rural
development activities, including the participation of the people
(2) Law Regarding Population Control & Health (Law No. 28)
▪ To improve living standards while alleviating poverty in the country;
▪ To ensure sufficient quality healthcare; and
▪ To develop maternal and child health
832
Figure 8.24 – Residential Areas along the Railway

8.4.18.4 Management Actions and Monitoring Plans
Building Trust – Mobilizing Community
Community mobilization is done by bringing together as many stakeholders as possible to raise
people's awareness of and demand for a particular programme, to assist in the delivery of
resources and services, and to strengthen community participation for sustainability and self-
reliance. A lot can be achieved when people from different parts of the community share a
common goal and actively participate in both identifying needs and being part of the solution.
Community mobilization helps to empower communities and enable them to initiate and
control their own development.
833
Community Implementation Agreement (Ownership and Sustainability)
Ownership and sustainability is dependent on community involvement through all phases of

the project from project start up, through project implementation and until project handover.
The ambitions for community involvement depend on the role of community expected to play
in the project if they are expected to take an active part in project implementation and take over
the project activities once the project is finalized. Therefore the level of ambitions is ranging
from community awareness raising and community consultations to community commitment,
community investment through money, materials or human resources and community
ownership of the project in the long run.
Providing Job Opportunity (Road Construction, Handicraft training, etc,. )

The community roads give a direct impact on improvement of livelihood and living
environment; for instance, transportation of products and purchase of commodities. The
implemented projects are High Labor Intensive Work and Hybrid Method with both
mechanical and manual. The road constructions improve the awareness of unemployment of
the local people during the project life cycle.
Townships Pyin
along the Kyaukme Lashio Hsipaw Muse Theinni Naungkhio Kutkai Oo
railway Lwin
Unemployed
1500 9700 1900 2350 1000 1800 6200 5600
Persons
834
In the awareness of unemployment for local people, the training associated with construction
techniques and heavy machinery driving should be done before the actual construction phase
because the lack of the experience can be substituted by the other experienced labor workers.
The villagers will be given more job opportunities mainly work on construction site. However,
women in the villages will not be suitable for construction works. So, job opportunities will
also be created for women.
Unskilled or semi-skilled men and women are hired from nearby villages and are trained to
handle day-to-day work procedures. To become a certified heavy machine operator, there
should be at least 12 weeks training program and 2 week practical work. If villagers are not
trained beforehand, they will not be certified for such works and only get manual labor works.
When they are certified, they can also work in large construction sites in the future as well.
The special training program such as making handicrafts, sewing clothes, broom making, etc.
will be given to women. For these training programs, the trainers will be Shan and Burmese
language speaking volunteers from the villages who will be trained beforehand for the program.
Since some of the villagers are unable to speak Burmese, Shan Language will be needed at
some time. After the training program, they will be capable of making handicrafts, clothes and
broom which can be sold in the market. A souvenir shop will be opened at the subway stations
so that villagers can sell their products. This way, women will be given job opportunities in the
future as well.
Agriculture
Villages in Northern Shan State mainly cultivate betel, seasonal crops, flower, paddy and fruits.
Proper cultivating techniques will be presented to the farmers.
To achieve higher yields, however, hybrid rice, heavily reliant on fertilizers and pesticides,
needs more water and often requires mechanized farming equipment, all of which are either in
short supply or beyond the financial reach of most Shan farmers, whose traditional rice-
growing methods entailed few if any imported goods or equipment. According to researcher
Hkun Seng, there have been no government programs to train the farmers how to grow the new
rice or how to use the fertilizers and pesticides. The Lashio Township government put out a
pamphlet on how to grow the rice - but only in English. To make matters worse, the instructions
for the fertilizers and pesticides are all in Chinese, unreadable to most in Shan state. The lack
of information has made it nearly impossible for farmers to know the proper concentrations to
use or what precautions to take when handling the pesticides and fertilizers. All most farmers
835
are told is that they have to spray six kinds of pesticides at least six times within 120 days.
Farmers have reportedly become ill, and a few reportedly have died, after improperly using the
pesticides.
So, proper usage of pesticides and insecticides will be introduced and instructions to use them
will be written to Burmese language and labeled on the bottles. The disadvantages of using
them will also be informed to the farmers and usage of manure as much as possible will be
suggested. Techniques for sustainable production of rice and application of resource
conserving techniques (RCTs) will be introduced and recommended to the farmers.
During construction phase, for the source of food for employees on site, the agricultural
products will be bought from the villagers.
Animal Husbandry
Villages in Northern Shan State mostly raise chicken for eggs and meat.
Modern animal husbandry will be introduced to the villagers. Modern animal husbandry can
produce more and earn much more.
• Well-fed animals grow more quickly, they become bigger, yield more meat. They
can be sold at a better price.
• Animals produce manure. Your soil will become richer and better. Your harvests
will be better. You will make more money.
• Animals that are well fed and looked after are healthy. They have more young ones
and your herd will be better and bigger. You can sell animals and earn more money.
Animal husbandry is a capital that can produce a lot.
How to improve animal husbandry

If animal husbandry is to produce more, the animals must be raised in a different way.
• A farmer who wants to earn more money must look after his animals himself.
• He must both grow crops and look after his animals.
• The farmer must learn to look after animals.
• Chicken must be raised in a stress-free environment so that they can produce larger
eggs and higher quality meat.
• There should be enough space for them to roam so that they can forage for bugs and
other critter.
He must:
• Feed them better: especially the young animals; he must lay in reserves for the dry
season; give the animals enough to drink.
836
• look after them better:

• Build a shelter for them, protect the animals against parasites and diseases, and look
after them if they are hurt.
Improving Rural Transportation

Rural transport is the movement of people and goods in rural areas by any conceivable means,
for any conceivable purpose along any conceivable route and plays as an important role in the
local economy. The transportation fare of using the train will be subjected to a reasonable price
which is convenient for the villagers so that they can use the train to transport conveniently.
They can also reduce transportation fees when they go and sell their agricultural products at a
large city like Mandalay.
Improving Water Resource

To promote community health an easily accessible water supply should be available that
provides sufficient safe water to meet community needs. There are many types of water
resources such as protected spring, dug well, borehole, piped water supply, rainwater
harvesting, and ponds and lakes. The water supply such as wells and boreholes should be done
for accomplishing the basic healthy life of individual indigenous people. Sometimes the best
option for improving water quality is to treat water in the home by boiling. Bringing water to
a rolling boil will destroy pathogens in the water and make it safe to drink. Therefore the
knowledge sharing should be done for improving the local people’s hygiene and for avoiding
the diarrhea especially in the children.
Providing Renewable Energy Supply for Rural Area

Providing access to electricity in rural areas is a major challenge. The fuel is generally of poor
quality, and energy is used inefficiently; the power supply is unreliable and access to it limited.
This not only has an adverse effect on economic productivity; more importantly, it also affects
people’s quality of life and is having a strong impact on the environment. The unsustainable
use of locally sourced biomass and an increasing dependence on fossil fuels are causing
environmental degradation at local (land degradation), regional (air, water and soil pollution)
and global levels (greenhouse gas – GHG emissions contributing to climate change). Providing
solar energy make an improvement of rural economies with new sources of revenue,
employment and business opportunities, product and policy innovation, capacity building, and,
most notably, affordable energy. But the use of candles is surprisingly high. Given the high
cost of candles, there is likely to be a strong economic case for switching to lower-cost and
837
higher-quality alternatives in local community. Therefore there is large potential for using solar
PV to meet the demand for lighting in rural areas, particularly the sunny dry zone. If battery
systems are used and energy management is already practiced, solar PV systems can offer a
safe and increasingly inexpensive alternative to using candles for lighting.
Community Health Improvement Process

The main objective is to avoid or minimize risks to and impacts on the health and safety of the
local community during the project life cycle from both routine and non-routine. This is done
by providing the local clinics, supporting the facility requirements and improving the district
hospitals.
Preceed-Proceed is a health promotion assessment and planning process. Communities precede
by defining their desired outcome and conduction social, epidemiological, educational,
ecological, adminstrative, and policy assessements to identify causes of health issues. Then,
the proceed with intervention and evaluation.
Proceed – 1. Social Assessment (defining end result)
2. Epidemiological Assessment (identifies community health priorities)
3. Educational and ecological Assessment
4. Adminstrative and policy Assessement
Proceed – 5. Implementation
6. Process Evaluation
7. Impact Evaluation
8. Outcome Evaluation
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Fund

It promises to set up some fixed amount as CSR fund after negotiation with local authorities
and local communities along the railway alignment. They also promise environmental
mitigation and monitoring costs will not take account as CSR fund. The company’s policies
for local socio-economic development are shown in the following table.
No. Description Company’s Policy
Local Community Appoint local people with relevant skills as much as possible and at
1.
Development Policy least 50% of local people will be appointed during operation phase.
Corporate Social Contribute at least 2 percent of the annual net profit after tax as CSR
2.
Responsibility (CSR) Policy fund
838
(i) CSR Fund
The company will set up fixed CSR fund for local community development. CSR activities
will be accomplished not only by financial assistance but also by technical assistance and
manpower in some donations to retain good relationship with local communities.
(ii) CSR Officer (or) Coordinator

The company will assign CSR officer who is closely communicate with local people in order
to manage the contributions of CSR fund effectively. CSR officer is not only intended for the
proposed soft-shell crab farming but also for the whole factories in Pathaw-Pahtet Island. HR
manager may be assigned as CSR officer. CSR officer will donate CSR fund after the
discussion with representative people from nearest villages, local authorities not only for
Kyunsu but also for Myeik, local CBOs and NGOs. Allocated percent of CSR fund is based
on local community needs according to the public survey as follow:
(iii) Allocated CSR Budget

The following development activities are based on the needs of the local people for the socio-
economic development during the public consultation meetings. The proposed development
activities will be beneficial to the nearby areas. The following development activities are as
follow:
Muse Township
Min Ywar Muse

Danone, Nyaung Pin Ni, Nyaung
Pin Zout, Myit Laung, Ashay Thar
Yar Gone, Min Ywar, Pauk Chine
Ashay Thar Yar
Gone, Pyauk Sake
Kone, Saut Taw
Wa
Myit Laung, Ashay Thar Yar

Gone, Sin Bo
Nyaung Pin Zout, Myit Laung,
Sin Bo
Upgrading of village road

Health care facilities
Supporting to improve education
Supporting to improve water supply system
Supporting to build pagoda/monastery
Supporting to improve fire station and police station
Supporting to improve electricity
839
Kyaukme Township
Kyauk Me
Naung Ann, Ngon Sai,

Know Kaw, Mway Taw
Ngon Sai, Kyaung Kone
Khie Tone Hone, Nar Aike Khan,

Naung Ann, Know Kaw Khie Tone Hone, Kyaung Kone

Nwang Hkio Township
Taung Quarter, Myat Chae

Nu, Anauk Kyu Yinn
Naung Cho
Taung Quarter
Taung Quarter, Myat Chae Nu, Kone
Gyi Ma, Ngoke Ka Lay, Ohmm Ma
Khar, Kyin Ganai, Anauk Kyu Yinn
Ngoke Ka Lay, Kyin
Ganai, Samasal, Lone Yone
Lone Yone
840
Pyin Oo Lwin Township
Pyin Oo Lwin
Thet Kan Kone Kaw, Pan Oo

Kyaing Taung, Hmyawt
Taw, Pin
Lein(middle), Pin
Lein (Ashae)
Kone Kaw, Hmyaw Taw, Pin
Lein(middle), Pin Lein(Ashae)
Kone Kaw, Pin

Lein(middle)

Theinni Township
Mang Sar Tone, Man Chat, Wane Line Theinni
Nan Onn, Nar Chat, Nam Maw

Htate , Pang Kham, Naung Onn
Mang Sar Tone, Man
Chat, Wane Line
Nan Onn, Maung Sar Tone,

Nar Chat, Man Chat, Pan Sone Nan Onn, Pan Phat,
Wane Line

841
Lashio Township
Kaung Ma Kyan, Naung Lian

Lashio
Mehan Khar Shi, Khay Ninn
San Pyat, Lwin Lount,

Khay Ninn Naung Mon, Kaung Ma Kyan
Khar Shi, Naung Mon, Naung Mon, Khay Ninn, Kaung

Mehan, Kaung Ma Kyan, Ma Kyan, Naung Lain, Nam
Naung Lain Tom
Hsipaw Township
Hsipaw
Ho Naung
Pan Sauk
Naung Eain
Twan Kar, Kyin Thi, Nam

Aum, Naung Eain
Nam Aum
Ho Naung
Ho Naung, Naung Eain,
Swat Lann
Supporting to build pagoda/ monastery
842
Table 8.11. Allocated CSR Budget

Proposed
allocated
No. Activities CSR Activities
percent of
CSR budget
Supporting to .A good transportation route is one of important task during the community development as
upgrading of transportation plays a huge role in every towns and villages. The company will help in maintaining the
1. village road 15% roads and bridges for the locals in order for them to travel conveniently and will also take part in
constructing new roads and bridges. Moreover, the company will help in upgrading the village roads
which are close to the proposed project area.
Supporting to To promote community health an easily accessible water supply will be provided by water pond
improve water sufficient safe water to meet community needs. Sometimes the best option for improving water quality
2. supply system 15% is to treat water in the home by boiling. Bringing water to a rolling boil will destroy pathogens in the
to nearest water and make it safe to drink. Therefore, the knowledge sharing will be done for improving the local
villages people’s hygiene and for avoiding the diarrhea especially in the children.
The fuel is generally of poor quality, and energy is used inefficiently; the power supply is unreliable
and access to it limited. This not only has an adverse effect on economic productivity; more
Supporting to importantly, it also affects people’s quality of life and is having a strong impact on the environment.
get full time The unsustainable use of locally sourced biomass and an increasing dependence on fossil fuels are
3. electrical 15% causing environmental degradation at local (land degradation), regional (air, water and soil pollution)
power to and global levels (greenhouse gas – GHG emissions contributing to climate change). Providing solar
nearest villages energy make an improvement of rural economies with new sources of revenue, employment and
business opportunities, product and policy innovation, capacity building, and, most notably, affordable
energy.
Distribution of education materials and financial aid or scholar grants to the students who are
economically deprived in the nearest villages in this region will have a great benefit for students. All
Supporting to of the school in villages which is closed to the railway alignment will prepare as free of charge and
improve will provide required stationery for all students at the beginning of the school day.
4. 15%
education in CSR will provide 15% of the funds for educational purposes as the nearby areas have plenty of
nearest villages children who are willing to attend schools. Educational facilities such as books, pencil case, bags and
many more will be provided to the children and the remaining funds will go to the schools for its
development and also support for the teachers for their living.
843
Health care facilities of proposed project will be assessed to nearest local people with lowest price or
free of charge as part of CSR program. Ambulance for emergency case will be provided for local
people in nearest villages. CREEC will hold health education program for locals to raise awareness in
the community. Particularly, health issues related to population growth such as sexually infected
Donation to
diseases, covid and so on will be included in the program along with the ways to take precautions
health care
5. 15% against those diseases. With the help of CREEC and local authorities, the program will not only be
facilities in
beneficial to the community wellness but also create a safe environment to the community.
nearest villages
The main objective is to avoid or minimize risks to and impacts on the health and safety of the local
community during the project life cycle from both routine and non-routine. This is done by providing
the local clinics, and supporting the facility requirements.
CREEC will cooperate with local NGOs and CBOs not only in nearest villages but also in Mandalay
and Shan Regions in the activities to improve regional, religious, and all-round developments. Some
Contribution to percentage of CSR fund will provide regularly to NGOs and CBOs in local communities as deposit.
6. local NGOs 5% CSR program will contribute 5% of the funds to NGOs and CBOs as those organizations are helping
and CBOs and doing good deeds in rural areas which are facing financial problems to carry out development for
its community. NGOs and CBOs help in every corner to the locals who are in needs of help so
CREEC will contribute to those organizations as a helping hand to the those in needs.
Supporting to
10% of the CSR funds will go to social welfare society’s aid such as free funeral services, healthcare
free funeral
ambulance and so on. Those services have been aiding the locals who could not afford or when they
7. service and 5%
face emergency health cases.
social welfare
society’s aid
5% of the CSR funds will go to the law enforcement such as Police department and Fire department
Supporting to for their development. For the fire department, the CREEC will provide some equipment used for the
8. law 5% fire cases and for the police department, the CREEC will upgrade the station buildings and maintain
enforcement for the buildings such as painting, repairing and so on especially in Muse, Kyaukme, Pyin Oo Lwin,
Lashio and Hsipaw Townships.
Participating
CREEC will actively participate in implementation of government schemes for welfare of the society
Government
8. 10% of the villages not only in Mandalay region but also for Shan region.
Schemes of
Welfare
Note: Budget allocation can be changed according to the public needs and allocation will be made after the discussion with local communities.
844
Declare the Contribution of CSR Fund

All of the CSR activities and contribution programs will be declared to public by means of
local media, company annual report or company’s website on a regular basis. Audit on
contribution of CSR fund will be carried out together with environmental and social audits
through independent external audit team for transparency.
8.5. Implementation Schedule and Projected Budgets of Sub-Plan Table
Implementation
Sub-plan Projected budgets Responsibilities
Schedule
Environmental During the duration of - Monitoring
monitoring program the construction team of
activities at different Railway Project
locations and construction
contractor(s)
Traffic management During the duration of - Construction
plan the construction Contractor(s)
activities
Risk management During the duration of - Monitoring
plan the construction team of
activities and Railway Project
operation phase
Occupational health During the duration of The cost is undefined, MR and
and safety plan construction activities depending on the cases Construction
and operation Contractor(s)
Disaster risk and During the operation Depending on the MR
management plan cases
Emergency planning During the Depending on cases MR and
and response construction activities Construction
procedures and operation Contractor(s)
Waste management During the For area of spillage – Construction
plan construction activities 12000kyats per day Contractor(s)
For management of
construction wastes
and handling of
hazardous waste –
12000kyats per day
Water intake During the - Construction
management plan construction activities Contractor(s)
Storm water During the - Construction
Cultural heritage During the - Construction
Community Prior to operation Undefined MR and
development and phase Construction
rehabilitation plan Contractor(s)
845
9.0. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION PROCESS

Public participation is a process that is designed to enable all interested and affected parties
(I&APs) to voice their opinion and/ or concerns which enables the practitioner to evaluate all
aspects of the proposed development, with the objective of improving the project by
maximizing its benefits while minimizing its adverse effects. I&APs include all interested
stakeholders, technical specialists, and the various relevant organs of state who work together
to produce better decisions. Public participation empowers local people so that they regard the
development projects as their own. Public participation (community involvement) also reduces
the impact of uncertainties and stress caused by the proposed project.
9.1 Methodology and Approach

9.1.1. Objectives of Public Participation in an ESIA
Public participation is an essential and regulatory requirement for EIA process according to
the EIA Procedure, 2015. The public participation process will be designed to provide
sufficient and accessible information to I&APs in an objective manner to assist them to:
During the Scoping Phase:

▪ Raise issues of concern and suggestions for enhanced benefits;
▪ Verify that their issues have been recorded;
▪ Assist in identifying reasonable alternatives; and
▪ Contribute relevant local information and traditional knowledge to the
environmental assessment.
During the Impact Assessment Phase:

▪ Contribute relevant information and local and traditional knowledge to the
Environmental assessment;
▪ Verify that their issues have been considered in the Environmental studies; and
▪ Comment on the findings of the Environmental assessments.
So, public participation is a process that is designed to enable all interested and affected parties
(I&APs) to voice their opinion and/ or concerns which enables the practitioner to evaluate all
aspects of the proposed development, with the objective of improving the project by
maximizing its benefits while minimizing its adverse effects. I&APs include all interested
stakeholders, technical specialists, and the various relevant organs of state who work together.
846
to produce better decisions. Public participation empowers local people so that they regard the
development projects as their own. Public participation (community involvement) also reduces
the impact of uncertainties and stress caused by the proposed project.
In this study, effective public consultation and participation approaches in the form of
stakeholder identification, focus group discussions, public meetings and public disclosure
process will be conducted.
9.1.2. Methodology for Public Consultation and Participation Process

Public participation will be conducted by the following procedures:
(a) Stakeholder Engagement and Identification;
(b) Focus group discussion;
(c) Household survey;
(d) Public meetings; and
(e) Public disclosure process.
The EIA includes the activities undertaken during detailed design stage to engage the
stakeholders, and planned information disclosure measures and processes for carrying out
consultation with affected people and facilitating their participation during implementation
stage. Five rounds of engagements have been undertaken as follow:
Table 9.1 - Public Consultation and Stakeholder Engagement Process

Round Method Stakeholders
Round 1. Conduct discussion with local Head of general administrative

Stakeholders authorities, by studying GIS Map offices and Villages Heads
Identification and social specialists’ study
Round 2: Conduct house hold survey in local Village leaders and local people in
Information residents which the railway pass project affected areas (nearest
sharing and through or cross nearby villages)
issues
identification
Round 3: (a) Invitation letters, handout, and Regional Government, Key

report for current situation stakeholders in civil society,
Public meeting
were distributed. government officials and local
for Scoping
authorities of Mandalay Region
Proposal (b) Posters and presentations were & Shan State, NGO’s, INGO and
used during the meeting. CBO’s, community leaders, and
local communities
847
Round 4: (a) Invitation letters, handout, and Regional Government, Key

Public report for current situation stakeholders in civil society,
meetings were distributed. government officials and local
authorities of Mandalay Region
(b) Posters and presentations were & Shan State, NGO’s, INGO and
used during the meeting. CBO’s, community leaders, and
local communities
Round 5: Distribution of executive Regional Government, Key

Public summary, announcement of stakeholders in civil society,
disclosure EIA Report in website government officials and local
process authorities of Mandalay Region
& Shan State, NGO’s, INGO and
CBO’s, community leaders, and
local communities
9.1.2.1. Round 1: Stakeholder Engagement and Identification
It will develop a Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) which will follow the framework
provided by the International Finance Corporation (IFC) in Guidance Note (GN) 1, Annex B,
in terms of Performance Standard 1, Assessment and Management of Environmental and
Social Risks and Impacts (www.ifc.org).
The purpose of stakeholder engagement is to:
“Establish and maintain a constructive relationship with a variety of external stakeholders

over the life of the project .... An effective engagement process allows the views, interests and
concerns of different stakeholders, particularly of the local communities directly affected by
the project (Affected Communities), to be heard, understood, and taken into account in project
decisions and creation of development benefits (GN6). Stakeholder engagement is the basis
for building strong, constructive, and responsive relationships that are essential for the
successful management of a project's environmental and social impacts (GN 90).”
The involvement of the following groups or organizations in the stakeholder engagement

process will be considered to be particularly important:
▪ Relevant Government Departments at the National, Provincial and Local level;

▪ Directly affected communities in the project area;
▪ Representatives of the local industries;
▪ Environmental groups and Non-Governmental Organisations (NGO)s;
848
▪ Community Based Organisations;

▪ Academic/research Organisations;
▪ International donors/funders active in the project area;
▪ Local communities; and
▪ The media.
The following communities, authorities and NGOs will be considered as key stakeholders who
are directly or indirectly related to the proposed project according to the above consideration.
(a) Myanma Railways (MR) and CREEC;
(b) Local People (around the proposed railway project area);
(c) Village Administrative Offices (around the proposed railway project area)
(d) Environmental Conservation Departments in Lashio, Pyin Oo Lwin, Mandalay
(e) Head of Local Administration Offices (around the proposed railway project area);
(f) City Development Committee (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi Paw, Kyuke Mae,
Mandalay);
(g) Department of Public Health (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi Paw, Kyuke Mae,
Mandalay);
(h) Planning and Statistics Department (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi Paw, Kyuke
Mae, Mandalay);
(i) Department of Settlement and Land Record (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi
Paw, Kyuke Mae, Mandalay);
(j) Department of Archaeology and National Museum (Mandaly)
(k) Department of Water Resources Utilization Department (Mandalay, Lashio, Muse);
(l) Department of Labour (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi Paw, Kyuke Mae,
Mandalay);
(m) Myanmar Police Force (Muse, Kuit Kai, Thein Ni, Lashio, Thi Paw, Kyuke Mae,
Mandalay);
(n) Local Media,
(o) NGOs and CBOs and
(p) Forest Department
849
Stakeholder Analysis
Stakeholder Key Concern Communication Correlation
Method
Myanma Railways - Operational safety. - Public Meetings - RAP
(MR) & CREEC - Solutions and - Presentations - Mitigation and
mitigation measures - Educational Monitoring.
to long term activities - EIA
management of the - Written - HIA
impacts. Communication - CSR
- Emergency - Legislative
preparedness. Framework
- Benefits from the
project.
- Complying with
Standards.
Local People - Safety of operation - Surveying - RAP
- Health and households - Mitigation and
Environmental alongside of the Monitoring
impacts. project.
- Land - Public Meetings.
Compensation.
Village - Legislative - Meetings - EIA
Administrative Framework, - Written - RAP
Offices, Environmental Communications - HIA
Environmental impacts - CSR
Conservation - Health and Safety - Legislative
Departments, Head - Cultural Heritages Framework
of Local - Solutions and
Administration mitigation measures
Offices, City to long term
Development management of the
Committee, Forest impacts.
Department, - Regional
Department of Development
Settlement and Land - Job opportunities.
Record, Department - Local Socio-
of Public Health, economic
Planning and development.
Statistics
Department,
Department of
Archaeology and
National Museum,
Department of Water
Resources
Utilization
Department,
Department of
850
Labor, Myanmar
Police Force
Media - Public Concerns. - Public Meetings - Public Disclosure
- Accurate - Written Process.
information. Communication
- Transparency of the - Social Media
project.
NGOs and CBOs - Environmental - Public Presentation - Suggestion and
Issues. and Meetings. Discussion.
- Labor Issues. - Written
- Transparency of Communication.
the project. - Social Media.
- Health and Safety.
9.1.2.2. Round 2: Information Sharing and Issues Identification
(a) Focus Group Discussions

Focus group discussions were carried out with heads of village administration office and elders
from almost all of the nearest villages. Through these discussions, information will collect for
consideration of PAPs (Project Affected Persons) and potential environmental and socio-
economic impacts. Some recorded photos for example of group discussions are as follow:
Sar Toe Nyaung Pin Zout
Anauk Kyu Yinn Village Taung Quarter
851
Myo Pyin Gyi Sat Kway
Pan Kham Village Ngon Sai Village
Min Ywar Khie Tone Hone Village
Khar Shi Village Mal Han Village
852
Nan Onn Village Kaung Khan Village
(b) Household Surveys
Household sample survey was conducted to evaluate primary socio-economic conditions of

the project area and to understand the mood, perceptions and extent of preparedness of the
people towards the proposed project. The household survey was carried out to tap the baseline
socio-economic conditions of project area and to assess project perceptions and attitudes of the
local people over a period of twenty days. To get the accurate data, primary data collection
will be conducted by social specialist, social consultants, local authorities and local people.
Sample Size Determination
i. Sample size
The sample size was determined using Yamane’s formula. The sampling error was considered
as 4 % as the confident level was set at 96%.
n
Where,
n = sample size
N =total number of households in the study area
e = desired margin error
In order to have a clear understanding about the sampling error “e” value, the correlation
between sample size and “e” value were presented in the following table.
853
Table: Correlation between Sample Size and Sampling Error
Source: Updated from Glenn D. Israel, 2003
This formula is not applicable for small population below 500 sizes of population, so the small
size population was calculated 30% of each population’s size. Then sample size was distributed
according to the number of households in each village. However, the selection was done by the
number of households located in the project affected part of the village. Thus, the sampled
households were more or less differed from village to village. The following presented the
sample households distributed in the survey.
ii. Sampling Method
The sampling unit was individual household in the study area. The sampling was carried out
by stratified random sampling with the following steps.
• Step-1, Households information were preliminary accessed during the pilot survey. The
information includes baseline information of socio-economic activities and their
concerns about the proposed projects.
• Step-2, The households in each ward will be geographically classified sub-groups such as
- households located nearby water sources by the proposed project
- households located along the accessed roads to the proposed project site
- households located beside the railway alignment of the proposed project
- households located near the cultural and heritage site
• Step-3, The respondent households were randomly selected from each group according to the
sample size.
854
The following table shows the list of household survey for proposed project.
Table 9.2. List of Household Survey for Proposed Project
Township Village and Village Tract
Mandalay (Myit Nge) Sar Toe Village Grouop (Sar Toe, Sat Kway, Myo Pyin Gyi)
Danone Village, Nyaung Pin Ni Village, Nyaung Pin Zout
Village, Myit Laung Village, Ashay Thar Yar Gone Village,
Min Ywar Village, Pyauk Sake Kone Village, Sin Bo Village,
Pauk Chine Village, Min Su Village, Saut Taw Wa Village
Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) Than Ma Taw Village, Thansin Kone Village, Let Kaung
Village, Tha le Kone Village, Yan Kin Taung Village, Lane
Pin (Ashay and Anauk) Village
Pyin Oo Lwin Thet Kan Kone (Hmyawt Taw) Village, Kone Kaw Village,
Pin Lein (Middle) Village, Ashay Pin Lein Village, Pan U
Taung Village
Naung Cho Taung Quarter, Myat Chae Nu Village, Kone Gyi Ma Village,
Ngoke Ka Lay Village, Ohmm Ma Khar Village, Kyin Ganai
Village, Ban Bway Village, Samasal Village, Lone Yone
Village, Anauk Kyu Yinn Village
Kyauk Me Khie Tone Hone Village, Nar Kite Khan Village, Naung Ann
Village, Ngon Sai Village, Know Kaw Village, Kyaung Kone
Village, Mway Taw Village
Hsipaw Kyin Thi Village, Twan Kar Village, Naung Eain Village,
Swat Lann Village, Ho Naung Village, Pan Sauk Village,
Nam Aun Village
Lashio Khar Shi Village, Naung Mon Village, San Pyat Village,
Lwin Lount Village, Khay Ninn Village, Mal Han Village,
Kaung Ma Kyan Village, Naung Laing Village Nam Tom
Village, Ho Pate Village, Pan Hat Village
Theinni Nan Onn Village, Man Sar Tone Village, Nar Chat Village,
Nan Maw Hate Village, Pan Kham Village, Man Chat
Village, Pan Sone Village, Pan Phat Village, Naung On
Village, Wane Line Village
Kutkai Nam Hpat Kar Village, Pang Sa Lorp Village, Ho Nar
Village, Nan Khone Village, Nam Hpat Lun Village, Kawng
Lein Village, Mhan Lone Village, Pa Gyo Village
Muse Nan Pann Village, Nan Kon Village, Nan Sonn Village,
855
Kaung Khan Village, Wane Mine Village, Nan Onn Village,

Mhan Haunn Village, Phat Mhan Village, Mine Mine
Village, Yaw Han Par Village
Methodology Use in Household Survey
As there are a lot of villages in 10 townships (2 townships in Mandalay Region and 8 townships
in Shan State), four SIA teams were composed with various team members as follow:
Table 9.3. Four SIA Team
Team No. Team Leader Degree

Team 1 Ma Nander Nwe M.S. in EIA/EMS;
Dip. in Applied Psychology
Team 2 Ma Thazin Htwe M.S. in EIA/EMS;
Dip. in Applied Psychology
Team 3 Mg Yaw Ma Nar B.Sc. (Forestry);
Dip. in ELA/EMS
Team 4 Mg Zaw Min Htwe B.Sc. (Forestry)
Team 5 Mg Moe Pyi Kyaw B.Sc. (Forestry)
Survey teams were organized by team leaders from social consultants and team members from
local communities.
Table 9.4. Date and Period of Household Survey in Each Township
List of household Survey Team Date of survey

Kyauk Me Township Survey Team 1+Team 4 26.6.2019
• Khie Tone Hone Village 26.6.2019
• Nar Kite Khan Village 26.6.2019
• Naung Ann Village 26.6.2019
• Ngon Sai Village 26.6.2019
• Know Kaw Village 26.6.2019
• Kyaung Kone Village 26.6.2019
26.6.2019
• Mway Taw Village
Lashio Township Survey Team 2+Team 5 27.6.2019 – 28.6.2019
• Naung Mon Village 27.6.2019
• Naung Lang Village 27.6.2019
• Lwai Lount Village 27.6.2019
• Khay Ninn Village 27.6.2019
• San Pyat Village 27.6.2019
• Khar Shi Village 27.6.2019
• Kaung Ma Kyan Village 27.6.2019
27.6.2019
• Mal Han Village
28.6.2019
• Nam Hu Village
28.6.2019
• Ho Phate Village 28.6.2019
• Pan Hat Village 28.6.2019
856
• Naung Laing Village

Muse Township Survey Team 3+Team 4 29.6.2019
• Nan Pann Village 29.6.2019
• Nan Kon Village 29.6.2019
• Nan Sonn Village 29.6.2019
• Kaung Khan Village 29.6.2019
• Wane Mine Village 29.6.2019
• Nan Onn Village 29.6.2019
29.6.2019
• Mhan Haunn Village
29.6.2019
• Phat Mhan Village
29.6.2019
• Mine Mine Village
29.6.2019
• Yaw Han Par Village
Naung Cho Township Survey Team 1+Team 5 24.6.2019 - 25.6.2019
• Taung Quarter 24.6.2019
• Myat Chae Nu Village 24.6.2019
• Kone Gyi Ma Village 24.6.2019
• Anauk Kyu Yinn Village 24.6.2019
• Ngoke Ka Lay Village 25.6.2019
• Ohmm Ma Khar Village 25.6.2019
• Kyin Ganai Village 24.6.2019
25.6.2019
• Ban Bway Village
25.6.2019
• Samasal Village 25.6.2019
• Lone Yone Village
Pyin Oo Lwin Survey Team 2+Team 4 31.8.2019 – 1.9.2019
• Thet Kan Kone Village 31.8.2019
• Kone Kaw Village 31.8.2019
• Pin Lein (Middle) Village 1.9.2019
• Ashay Pin Lein Village 1.9.2019
• Pan U Taung Village 1.9.2019
Hsipaw Township Survey Team 3+Team 5 4.9.2019 – 6.9.2019
• Kyin Thi Village 4.9.2019
• Twan Kar Village 4.9.2019
• Naung Eain Village 4.9.2019
• Swat Lann Village 5.9.2019
• Ho Naung Village 5.9.2019
• Pan Sauk Village 5.9.2019
• Nam Aun Village 6.9.2019
Theinni Township Survey Team 1+Team 4 27.6.2019 – 28.6.2019
• Pan Phat Village 27.6.2019
• Nan Onn Village 28.6.2019
• Man Sar Tone Village 28.6.2019
• Nar Chat Village 28.6.2019
• Nan Maw Hate Village 28.6.2019
• Pan Kham Village 28.6.2019
28.6.2019
• Man Chat Village
28.6.2019
• Pan Sone Village
28.6.2019
• Naung On Village 28.6.2019
• Wane Line Village 28.6.2019
Kutkai Township Survey Team 2+Team 5 22.10.2019
• Nan Khone Village 22.10.2019
22.10.2019
857
• Nam Hpat Lun Village 22.10.2019

• Mhan Lone Village 22.10.2019
• Pa Gyo Village
Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) Survey Team 3+Team 4 13.8.2019 – 15.8.2019
• Than Ma Taw Village 13.8.2019
• Thansin Kone Village 13.8.2019
• Let Kaung Village 14.8.2019
• Tha le Kone Village 14.8..2019
• Lane Pin (east) Village 14.8.2019
• Lane Pin (west) Village 15.8.2019
• Yan Kin Taung Village 15.8.2019
Mandalay (Myit Nge) Survey Team 1+Team 2 + 22.6.2019 – 23.6.2019
• Sar Toe Village Team 3 22.6.2019
• Sat Kway 22.6.2019
• Myo Pyin Gyi 22.6.2019
• Danone Village 22.6.2019
• Nyaung Pin Ni Village 22.6.2019
• Nyaung Pin Zout Village 22.6.2019
22.6.2019
• Myit Laung Village
23.6.2019
• Ashay Thar Yar Gone
23.6.2019
Village
23.6.2019
• Min Ywar Village 23.6.2019
• Pyauk Sake Kone Village 23.6.2019
• Sin Bo Village 23.6.2019
• Pauk Chine Village 23.6.2019
• Min Su Village 23.6.2019
• Saut Taw Wa Village
Table 9.5. Sample Size Determination of sample size for each township
1.Mandalay (Myit Nge) Township Households Sample Size

Sar Toe Village Group (Sar Toe, Sat
1319 426
Kway, Myo Pyin Gyi)
Da None Village 969 380
Nyaung Ni Pin Village 180 140
Nyaung Pin Zout Village 267 188
Myit Laung Village 404 246
Ashay Thar Yar Gone Village 217 162
Pyauk Sake Kone Village 215 160
Sin Boe Village 325 214
Pauk Chine Village 86 76
Min Su Village 95 83
Saut Taw Wa Village Group (Min
917 372
Ywar Village, War Yone Pin Village)
2.Mandalay ( Pathein Gyi )Township Households Sample Size

Than Ma Taw Village 1541 445
858
Thansin Kone Village 597 306

Let Kaung Village 250 179
Tha le Kone Village 601 307
Yan Kin Taung Village 1594 449
Lane Pin Village 406 247
3.Pyin Oo Lwin Township Households Sample Size

Thet Kan Kone (Hmyawt Taw) Village 126 105
Kone Kaw Village 150 121
Pin Lein (Middle) Village 159 127
Ashay Pin Lein Village 382 238
Pan U Taung Village 714 334
4.Naung Cho Township Households Sample Size

Taung Quarter Village 1121 402
Mak Hki Nu Village 1032 390
Kone Gyi Ma Village 904 370
Ngoke Ka Lay Village 580 301
Ong Ma Hkar Village 822 356
Kyein Ga Naing Village, 1515 443
Bant Bway Village 1643 453
Hsan Ma Hse Village 1478 440
Long Yon Village 1315 424
Ah Nauk Kyu Inn Village 537 289
5.Kyaukmae Township Households Sample Size

Nar Aik HkantVillage Group (Khie
288 198
Tone Hone Village, Kone Kaw Village)
Naung Ann Village 109 93
Ngon Sai Village 80 71
Sai Khawng Village 36 35
Kyaung Kone Village 171 135
Mway Taw Village 108 93
6.Hsipaw Township Households Sample Size

Kyin Thi Village 423 253
Twan Kar Village 124 104
Naung Eain Village 90 79
Swat Lann Village 120 101
Ho Naung Village 156 125
Pan Sauk Village 55 51
Nam Aun Village 253 181
859
7.Lashio Township Households Sample Size

Hkar Shi Village 462 266
Nawng Mun Village 1982 476
San Pyat Village 137 113
Lwin Lount Village 410 248
Hkay Nin Village 514 283
Mae Han Village 1218 414
Kaung Ma Kyan Village 80 71
Naung Laing Village 290 199
Ho Peik Village & Pan Hat Village 839 359
8.Theinni Township Households Sample Size

Nar Chat Village 30 29
Nan Maw Hate Village 114 97
Pan Kham Village 95 83
Pan Sone Village 325 214
Pan Phat Village 354 226
Nam On Village 107 92
Pan Lawt Village Group (Man Chat
Village, Wane Line Village, Man Sar 505 280
Tone Village, Naung Onn Village)
9.Kutkai Township Households Sample Size

Nam Hpat Kar Village 1667 455
Pang Sa Lorp Village 245 177
Ho Nar Village 12 12
Nan Khone Village 40 38
Nam Hpat Lun Village 192 147
Kawng Lein Village 212 159
Mhan Lone Village 28 27
Pa Gyo Village 25 25
10.Muse Township Households Sample Size

Nam Pang Village 448 261
Nan Sonn Village 86 76
Kaung Khan Village 198 151
Wane Mine Village 181 141
Nam Aun Village Group (Phat Man
717 334
Village, Man Haung Village)
Man Hai Village 576 300
Man Mai Village 63 58
860
Recorded Photo during Household Survey
Figure 9.1 - Recorded photos for household survey in Mandalay (Myit Nge)
Sar Toe Village
Nyaung Pin Ni Village
Nyaung Pin Zout Village
861
Myit Laung Village
Danone Village
Myo Pyin Gyi
Sat Kway
862
Min Ywar Village
PyaukSake Kone Village
Ashay Thar Yar Gone Village
Saut Taw Wa Village
863
Pauk Chine Village
Min Su Village
Sin Bo Village
Figure 9.2 -Recorded photos for household survey in Naung Cho Township
Taung Quarter
864
Myat Chae Nu
Anauk Kyu Yinn
Kone Gyi Ma
Lone Yone
865
Kyin Ganai
Ohmm Ma Khar
Ngoke Ka Lay
Ban Bway
866
Samasal
Figure 9.3 - Recorded photos for household survey in Kyauk Me Township
Khie Tone Hone
Nar Kite Khan
Naung Ann
867
Ngon Sai
Know Kaw
Kyaung Kone
Mway Taw
868
Figure 9.4 - Recorded photos for household survey in Lashio Township
Khar Shi
Naung Mon
San Pyat
Lwin Lount
869
Khay Ninn
Mal Han
Kaung Ma Kyan
Nam Tom
870
Pan Hat
Figure 9.5 - Recorded photos for household survey in Theinni Township
Nan Onn
Man Sar Tone
Nar Chat
871
Nan Maw Hate
Pan Kham
Man Chat
Pan Sone
872
Pan Phat
Naung On
Wane Line
Figure 9.6 - Some Recorded photos for household survey in Muse
Nan Pann Nan Kon
873
Nan Sonn Kaung Khan
Wane Mine Nan Onn
Mhan Haunn Yaw Han Par
Phat Mhan Mine Mine
874
Table 9.6. Summary of Affected Households Concerns and Public Needs
Location Concerns Public Needs

Hsipaw
Twan Kar Village - affecting the field and vegetation - compensate properly according to its current price
- transportation difficulties - discuss with the villagers before starting the project
- vibration from operation of trains - compensate for vegetation
- fix roads inside the village
- want the project to construct the railway by avoiding the village’s farming
land
Kyin Thi Village - affecting the field and vegetation - discuss properly with the victims till satisfaction
- blockage of field’s drainage system - prepare the project openly
and streams - fix the roads inside the village
Ho Naung Village - affecting the vegetation field and - discussions should be made with villagers and compensate properly
forest area according to its current price
- prepare the project by avoiding the village ‘s farming land
-upgrade the schools from primary to secondary
- fix the fire station and police station
- build clinics
Nam Aun Village - affecting the field, houses, yards - compensate the victims properly
and vegetation - carry out according to their preference
- do the project away from houses and farming land
- build wells and connect the water to the village
- improve the roads
Pan Sauk Village - affecting the agricultural field - construct the railway by avoiding the village
- help in getting electricity and jobs
Swat Lann Village - affecting the houses and - carry out the project in accordance with environmental rules and regulations
agricultural field - build clinics
- noises from the proposed project
disturbing the environment
Naung Eain Village - affecting the agricultural field and - compensate the affected people properly
houses - build pagoda, clinics and station
- concerning about the accidents that - improve the roads
can occur from speed of the train
875
Lashio
Khar Shi Village - affecting the agricultural field - discussions should be made with villagers and compensate properly according
- concerning if the villagers will get to its current price
injured from the proposed project - help with the drinking water supply
- improve the transportation system
Naung Mon Village - concerning about losing the land - discuss with the affected villagers or victims till satisfaction
and forest - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
- affecting the source of water price
- concerning about car accidents - help with the development of the village
- fix the water ponds
San Pyat Village - affecting the pagodas and - discuss with the villagers before starting the project
agricultural field - build monastery
Lwin Lount Village - affecting the houses and land
Khay Ninn Village - affecting the agricultural field, - discuss with the affected victims and compensate them properly according
vegetation and villagers to its current price
- build monastery, bridges and schools
- help in improving the transportation system
Mal Han Village - affecting the land and houses - discuss with the affected victims and compensate them properly according
to its current price
- help with the drinking water
- need fire station and police station
Kaung Ma Kyan Village - affecting the land and vegetation - discuss with the affected victims and compensate them properly according
- causing damage to the buildings to its current price
- affecting the long-life trees and - help with the drinking water
plants - help in developing the village and its transportation system
- affecting the livestock farming - help in getting electricity
Naung Laing Village - affecting the land, houses and forest - discuss with the affected victims and compensate them properly according to
its current price
- help with the drinking water
- help in increasing its economy and getting electricity
- build schools
Nam Tom Village - affecting the land, houses and - discuss with the affected victims and compensate them properly according
drainage system to its current price
- build houses for teachers and workers
876
Theinni
Nan Onn Village - losing agricultural land - discuss properly with the victims till satisfaction
- need to protect the source of water - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
since there can be a shortage of water price
that could be a difficulty for farming - help with the development of the village
- build new schools
Man Sar Tone Village - affecting the houses, yard - do not want the project to be constructed across the village
- concerning that the project will be - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
constructed across the village price
- build shan literature school
- want water supply in the village and electricity
Nar Chat Village - losing land, forest and sources of - compensate properly according to its current price
water - discussions should be made with villagers before the start of the project
- compensation for vegetation
- build roads that connect with nearby villages
- need schools
Nan Maw Hate Village - affecting the land and vegetation - carry out the project openly
- road traffic due to the project - compensate properly for the affected cases or victims
- improve the road along from the main road to the monastery
Pan Kham Village - concerning about injuring the - compensate properly
villagers - improve the transportation system
- road traffic
Man Chat Village - affecting the houses and yards - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
- concerning that the project will be price
constructed across the village - build shan literature school
Pan Sone Village - affecting the land and sources of - want the project to be carried out outside the village
water - build schools
Pan Phat Village - affecting the houses, yard - do not want the project to be constructed across the village
- concerning that the project will be - build clinics
constructed across the village
Naung On Village - affecting the houses and yard - compensate properly to the affected cases or victims
- improve bridges and roads
Wane Line Village - affecting the houses and yards - do not want the project to be constructed across the village
877
- concerning that the project will be - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
constructed across the village price
- build shan literature school
Pyin Oo Lwin
Kone Kaw Village - losing garden land - when the houses and yards are affected, a replacement should be made
- want the workers from the proposed - discuss carefully with the owners for the compensation
project to go back home after the - improve the roads within the village
project is done - build clinics and schools
Pan U Taung Village - losing garden land - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
- concerning that the project will be price (or) a replacement should be made instead
constructed across the village - fix roads within the village
Hmyawt Taw Village - affecting agricultural land and yard - compensation should be made according to the current price
- concerning about the compensation - discussion should be made openly
since the past project about gas pipe - reconstruct the road
line do not cover full compensation - build asphalt roads for the entrance and inside the village
to the affected people - upgrade schools
Pin Lein (Middle) Village - affecting the agricultural land - compensate properly according to its current price
- concerning that the income from - while passing through the village, do not cross over the village’s agricultural
the agricultural works would be land
affected before the compensation - build highway overcrossing railway or pedestrian overpass
period - reconstruct the village road with asphalt
- concerning about the compensation - build houses for teachers
since the past project about gas pipe - want medical care
line do not cover full compensation
to the affected people
- concerning about the safety of
villagers and animals while passing
due to the speed of the train
Pin Lein (Ashae) Village - affecting agricultural field - compensate properly according to its current price
- concerning about affecting the - explain the villagers carefully with proofs that the proposed project will
village’s pagodas have no harm to them
- since the electric train project is the - improve the transportation and education system
first one in Myanmar, there are some
878
concerns that the project might affect

the village
- affecting the grazing land of cows
and buffalos
Thet Kan Kyaing Village - affecting the agricultural land - compensate properly according to its current price and provide replacement
- concerning that the traffic of the for the land
village will be complex due to the - build highway crossing railway or pedestrian overpass
project - when the train crosses through the village, warning signs should be placed
nearby
- build a village hall and fix monastery
Naung Cho
Taung Quarter - losing farming land - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
- road traffic due to the project price
- fix road and build drainage system properly
- want every houses in the village to get electricity
Myat Chae Nu Village - affecting the houses and farm - implement the project openly
- when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price
- improve the transportation system
- prioritize to get electricity
- build housing for workers
Kone Gyi Ma Village - affecting the agricultural land - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price (or) a replacement should be made instead
- fix and upgrade the village road
Ngoke Ka Lay Village - affecting the farming land - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price
- improve transportation system of the road
- build new schools
Ohmm Ma Khar Village - affecting the farming land - compensate the farming land according to its current price
- build new roads within the village and also build village hall
Kyin Ganai Village - affecting the houses and yard - when the houses and yards are affected, a replacement should be made
- concerning that the vibration from - discussions should be carried out to solve for the effected cases
the project will damage the houses - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price
879
- build a station, support schools and construct new roads

Ban Bway Village - affecting the farming land and - want the project to carry out outside the village
houses - prepare everything in advance
- concerning about the transportation - victims should be compensated properly
difficulty due to the project - build a station, help with the electricity and improve the transportation
system
Samasal Village - affecting the farming land and - affected cases or places or victims should be relocated
houses - perform safely throughout the project
- noise pollution from the project - build a station and schools
Lone Yone Village - affecting the farming land and - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
houses price (or) a replacement should be made instead
- road traffic due to the project - build schools and clinics
Anauk Kyu Yinn Village - affecting the houses and farming - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
land price (or) a replacement should be made instead
- concerning that the pagodas will be - construct roads
affected - help with getting electricity
Kyauk Me
Khie Tone Hone Village - losing farming land - compensate properly according to the current price
- affecting farming land and - discuss with the villagers before starting the project
vegetation - compensation for vegetation should be made
- help with the development of the village
- build new schools and station
- fix monastery and support education and health of the village
Nar Aike Khan Village - losing farming land - discuss with the affected villagers until satisfaction
- difficulty of water for farming - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price
- help with the development of the village with their needs
- build new schools since there is no enough schools in the villages
Naung Ann Village - concerning that the water surfaces - discuss with the villagers closely while performing the work
near the village will be affecting due - fix the schools and improve the village’s roads
to the project
Ngon Sai Village - concerning that the villagers will be - help with the difficulty of water
injured - improve the transportation system of the village
880
Know Kaw Village - affecting the farming land and - compensate properly according to the current price
source of water - improve the roads of the village
- fix the schools and monasteries
Kyaung Kone Village - affecting the houses and yards - when the houses and yards are affected, a replacement should be made
- concerning that the project will be - discussions should be carried out to solve for the effected cases
constructed across the village - build clinics and a storage for drinking water
- affecting the source of water
Mway Taw Village - affecting the farming land and - affected cases should be compensated properly
houses - improve the roads of the village
Muse
Nan Pann Village - affecting the houses and yards - want the proposed project to be constructed away from houses and yards
Nan Kon Village
Nan Sonn Village - concerning that the garden yard - the affected cases should be discussed with the villagers and compensate
Kaung Khan Village (rubber, sugar cane) will be affected properly
Wane Mine Village
Nan Onn Village - affecting the farming land and
Mhan Haunn Village grazing land
Phat Mhan Village
Mine Mine Village - affecting the garden land, tea leaves
Yaw Han Par Village farm
Mandalaly (Myit Nge)
Sar Toe Village - affecting houses and agricultural - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
land price
- concerning that the trees will be cut
down due to the project
Danone Village - affecting farming land and houses - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price
- improve the transportation system of the village
Nyaung Pin Ni Village - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
price (or) a replacement should be made instead
Nyaung Pin Zout Village - affecting farming land, houses and - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
concerning about the noise pollution price
881
and also worries if the station will be - build new schools

near
Myit Laung Village - affecting houses and land - build railway parallel to the road
- concerning about the air pollution - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
from the project price
- build new schools, library and clinics
Ashay Thar Yar Gone Village - affecting houses - when the houses and yards are affected, a replacement should be made
- discussions should be carried out to solve for the effected cases
price
- build a drinking water pool for the village
- build clinics and fix the roads
Min Ywar Village - affecting the farming land and - want the project to be carried out in a place away from the agricultural land
houses - compensate properly to the victims
- concerning about the transportation - help with the electricity
difficulty due to the project - improve the transportation system
Pyauk Sake Kone Village - affecting houses and land - compensate properly to the victims
- fix the drainage system
Sin Bo Village - affecting the farming land and - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
houses price (or) a replacement should be made instead
- road traffic due to the project - build schools and clinics
Pauk Chine Village - affecting the farming land and - when the land is used, it should be compensated according to the current
houses price
- concerning that accidents might - improve the transportation system
occur due to railway operation
Min Su Village - affecting the farming land and
houses
Saut Taw Wa Village - affecting the houses and land - when the houses and yards are affected, a replacement should be made
- discussions should be carried out to solve for the effected cases
price
- build drainage system
- help with the development of the village
882
Kuitkai
Nan Khone Village - cutting trees - compensate properly according to its current price
Nam Hpat Lun Village - blockage of natural water sources - build highway overpassing or pedestrian overpass
Mhan Lone Village - road traffic due to project - hold up warning signs along the main roads
Pa Gyo Village - affecting farming land and grazing - write the warning signs with the local language
land for cows and buffalos - guarantee the jobs for the villagers
- accidents along the operation of
railway
Mandalay (Pathein Gyi)
Than Ma Taw Village - affecting land and houses - build highway overpass or pedestrian overpass
Thansin Kone Village - concerning that the pagodas will be - hold up warning signs along the main roads with the local shan language
Let Kaung Village affected - discuss with the villagers in every important cases
Tha Le Kone Village - accidents along the operation of - compensate properly to affected area or people
Yan Kin Taung Village railway - sell the train ticket with a reasonable price
Lane Pin (Ashay and Anauk) Village - blockage of natural water sources
- road traffic due to project
- affecting farming and grazing land
for cows and buffalos
883
Most Public Concerns Resulted by Household Survey
During household survey, the most important positive outcomes from the project expected by
the local people and most of their concerns about proposed project were described. As
household were made at least 70 villages and so public concerns were summarized e as follow:
No. Most Important Public Concern % concerned

1 Worry about the damage of agricultural land, forest area, historical places 27.5%
and archeological sites
2 Proper compensation to land use whether they don’t have land permit or 21.56%
not
3 The blockage of rivers and water pollution 5.6%
4 Noise & vibration 1.56%
5 Discuss openly and transparency before starting any stage of project 12.81%
6 Ensure job opportunities for local people 8.4%
9.1.2.3. Round 3: Public Consultation Meetings (PCMs)
The aim of PCMs are to:
(a) To announce the process and procedure of EIA;

(b) To discuss about the possible environmental and social impacts;
(c) To discuss about the alternative ways to avoid the possible impacts; and
(d) To discuss effective mitigation measures most public concerns about the proposed
project.
Public meetings will be held as follow:
(a) Public Meeting for Scoping Proposal
Public meeting for scoping proposal were made six times from the date of (25.6.2019) to
(2.7.2019) in six townships, namely, Mandalay (Myit Nge), Naung Cho, Kyauk Mae, Lashio,
Thein Ni and Muse as follow:
Table 9.7. Public Consultation Meetings for Scoping Proposal
No. Meeting Location Date

1 Public Meeting for Zaytawon Monastery, Myit Nga (25.6.2019)
Scoping Proposal Mandalay
2 Public Meeting for Township Hall, (26.6.2019)
Scoping Proposal Naung Cho
3 Public Meeting for Meeting Hall (GAO), (27.6.2019)
Scoping Proposal Kyauk Me
884
4 Public Meeting for Meeting Hall (GAO), (29.6.2019)

Scoping Proposal Lashio
5 Public Meeting for Township Hall, (1.7.2019)
Scoping Proposal Thein Ni
6 Public Meeting for City Hall, (2.7.2019)
Scoping Proposal Muse
These townships will place railway stations and so public meetings are held at these townships
initially. The following are the summary of discussions about the project and their exceptions
from participants during the meeting.
(b) Summary of PCMs for EIA Stage
Public meeting for EIA Stage were made 13 times from the date of (17.8.2019) to (23.10.2019)
in 11 townships, namely, Pyin Oo Lwin, Mandalay (Pathein Gyi), Hsipaw, Kuikai, Naung Cho,
Theinni, Lashio, Kyauk Me and Muse as follow:
Table 9.8. Public Consultation Meetings for EIA Stage
No. Meeting Location Date

1 Public Meeting for EIA Pyin Oo Lwin (31.8.2019)
Stage (City Hall)
2 Public Meeting for EIA Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) (17.8.2019)
Stage (Township Hall)
3 Public Meeting for EIA Hsipaw (7.9.2019)
4 Public Meeting for EIA Kuitkai (22.10.2019)
Stage (Meeting Hall, GAO)
5 Public Meeting for EIA Mandalay (Pathein Gyi) (10.10.2019)
6 Public Meeting for EIA Pyin Oo Lwin (11.10.2019)
Stage (City Hall)
7 Public Meeting for EIA Naung Cho (1.9.2019)
8 Public Meeting for EIA Hsipaw (21.10.2019)
9 Public Meeting for EIA Theinni (25.10.2019)
10 Public Meeting for EIA Lashio (8.9.2019)
Stage (Meeting Hall, GAO)
11 Public Meeting for EIA Muse (24.10.2019)
Stage (City Hall)
12 Public Meeting for EIA Kyauk Me (6.9.2019)
Stage (City Hall)
13 Public Meeting for EIA Kuitkai (NantphatKha) (23.10.2019)
Stage (Church)
885
Process of inviting locals for Public Consultation Meetings

The meetings were held in 10 townships for both scoping and EIA stage where 13 meetings
were held for EIA stage and 6 meetings were held for scoping stage. The method for the locals
to engage in the PCMS were by going to their townships and villages; sent out invitation letters
to every households. For remote villages that had difficulties with travelling or transportation,
invitation letters were sent directly to their villages’ administrative offices and from there, those
invitations were delivered to them 3 days ahead before the meeting. Cars were provided.
Locals from remote villages

For locals who were living in remote villages, cars were prepared to use for transportation to
pick them up and send them back so that they would be able to attend the public consultation
meetings. If there are some locals who do not attend the meeting, print out the power point as
handouts and send it to the villages’ administrative offices to deliver back to the locals who
miss the public consultation meeting. Through the administrative offices, they can send back
their concerns and opinions about the proposed project after reading the handouts.
9.2. Summary of Consultations and Activities Undertaken

Summary of Public Meeting Mandalay (Myit Nga Township)
Firstly, public consultation meeting for scoping proposal was held at the Zaytawon Monastery,
Myit Nge Township, Mandalay in June 25, 2019. Over 200 people from local authorities, local
people and other social communities’ groups from Myitnge region and other stakeholder are
attended. The key discussion about this PCM is the compensation about land use and the not
to use historical areas and places.
Recorded Photos from Public Meeting Mandalay (Myit Nga Township)
886
Summary of Public Meeting (Naung Cho Township)

Then, public consultation meeting for scoping proposal was held at the Naung Cho Township
Hall in June 26, 2019. Over 100 people from local authorities, local people and other social
communities’ groups from Naung Cho Township region and other stakeholders who are
interest the project are attended. The key discussions are the land acquisition and compensation,
announce the precise railway alignment and the impact on natural water spring.
Recorded Photos from Public Meeting Naung Cho

Summary of Public Meeting (Kyauk Mae Township)
Public consultation meeting for scoping proposal was held at the Kyauk Me General
Administrative Office Meeting Hall in June 27, 2019. Over 120 people from local authorities,
local people and other social communities’ groups from Kyauk Me Township region and other
stakeholders who are interest the project are attended. The key discussion during public
meeting are about the environmental baseline study, land acquisition and proper compensation,
impact on national level security and impact on water resources.
Recorded Photos from Public Meeting Kyauk Mae
887
Summary of Public Meeting for Scoping Report (Lashio Township)

Public consultation meeting for scoping proposal was held at the Lashio General
Administrative Office Meeting Hall in June 29, 2019. Over 120 people from local authorities,
local people and social communities’ groups from Lashio Township region and other
stakeholders who are interest the project are attended. The key discussions during public
meeting are about the registration of third party, proper land compensation, proper fair price,
impacts on natural spring and national level security.
Recorded Photos from Public Meeting Lashio
Summary of Public Meeting for Scoping Report (Thein Ni Township)

Public consultation meeting for Thein Ni Township was held at Theinni Township Hall in 1st
July, 2019. Over 120 people from local authorities, local people and other social communities’
groups from Thein Ni Township are attended. The key discussions during public meeting are
land aquisation and proper compensation to land use, impact on natural water resources, impact
on agricultural lands, impact on public safety.
Recorded Photos from First Public Meeting Thein Ni

888
Summary of Public Meeting for Scoping Report (Muse Township)

We held the 6th Public Consultation Meeting at the Muse City Hall in 2nd July, 2019. Over 100
people from local authorities, local people and other participants from Muse Township are
attended. The key discussion during public meeting are the compensation to tree cutting, impact
to national security, impact to religious and national security.
Recorded Photos from First Public Meeting Muse
Summary of Public Conservation Meeting for EIA

Ever Green Tech and MR hold 19 PCM in 9 townships along the MMR both for scoping and
EIA reports. 6 PCMs for scoping phase and 13 PCMs for EIA stage. Detailed discussions
during the PCMs cannot be described as there were 19 PCMs and a lot of pages will have to
use to describe detailed discussions. The list of attendances, suggestion letter and PCMs photos
can be seen in Appendix D and E.
889
First PCM
Participant
Time Location Key Discussion Recorded Photo
Composition Number
• Proper compensation for land used;

• No or Less impact to monastery and pagoda;
Local authorities 20 • Not to pass railway through villages;
• Beware increase in human trafficking;
25.6.19 • Not to cause accidental cases to local people due
Mandalay
1:00 pm NGOs 12 to high speed train
Myit Nge)
to 4:00 pm
local people 180
Local authorities 15
• Transparence for the project information in every
stage;
NGOs 12 • Not to use agricultural land or proper
26.6.19
compensation for land use;
1:00 pm Naung Cho
to 4:00 pm • Railway accidents when crossing with village
road;
120 • Not to damage natural spring along the railway;
local people • Ensure job opportunities for local people.
890
First PCM
• Proper compensation measures for land used; -

Local authorities 20 • Proper arrangement for sustainable livelihood
for project affected persons;
• Keep the alignment away from village and
27.6.19 forest areas;
1:00 pm Kyauk Mae • Blockage of natural drainage system and
to 4:00 pm NGOs 12 natural spring;
• Prepare warning signs along the railway line in
local language;
• Need to care for natural springs along the
local people 115 project area
First PCM
Participant
Local authorities 22 • Damage to agricultural lands along the railway;

• Need sufficient compensation for every land used;
29.6.19 • Damage to water resources by the project;
1:00 pm to Lashio • Worry for road accidents along the railway;
NGOs 10
4:00 pm • Need detailed assessment for socio-economic
impacts;
local people 110
891
Local authorities 12 • Blockage of village roads along the railway line;

NGOs 6 • Need to construct over pass, when the railway
and road cross point
• Use warning signs in local languages along the
1.7.2019 railway line;
• Avoid or less impact to agricultural lands.
1:00 pm to Thein Ni
• Appropriate compensations are required for
4:00 pm local people 102
affected farmers.
• Need to care for natural springs along the project
area
First PCM
Local authorities 22 • Appropriate compensations are required for
NGOs 4 affected persons.
• Tree plantation for cutting of trees
• Need transparency for the project.
2.7.2019 • Want to care for road safety.
1:00 pm to Muse • Need to care for natural springs along the project
4:00 pm local people 60 area
• Keep away the alignment from the village
• Need to protect illegal trades due to project
development
892
Second PCM
Local authorities 22 • Noise and vibration from the train;
NGOs 10 • Replantation of trees for cutting of trees;
local people 125 • Choose electrical power not to pressure on local
electricity use;
• Compensate the farm and agricultural land of
local people fairly and transparently-
31.8.2019 • To protect the local people for their right with
Pyin Oo existing laws and regulation
1:00 pm to
4:00 pm
Lwin • Not allow cross over the natural spring which
are the main water source of local people
• Not to reduce the water catchment area due to
railway line (in Pyin Oo Lwin) region
• To control natural resources that can be damage
during construction and operation phases
• Not to take surplus soil and rock from tunnel
construction
Second PCM
Local authorities 16 • To reduce the damage of natural resources, trees
NGOs 13 and forest and the responsible agency have to
undertake the compensation of damage
local people 150 • To emphasize the public concerns
• To ensure job opportunities for local people,
17.8.2019
Mandalay experts and engineers
1:00 pm to
(Pathin Gyi) • To make RAP for proper compensation for land
4:00 pm
... use
• To prepare comprehensive assessment for
implementation phase
• Surface water pollution due to bridge
construction
893
Second PCM
• Not to damage natural spring
• Compensate, rebuild and relocate the local residents which
are removed for the railroad before the project are started
Local authorities 20
• Proper and sufficient compensation to local people without
delay
• Worry to relocate the place of local people who are poor and
7.9.2019 to protect them by the laws
1:00 pm Hsipaw NGOs 12
• Build overpass and underpass where the joint with the road
to 4:00 pm which the local people are using it
local people
180
...
Second PCM
Local authorities 20 • To reduce house demolishing and land acquisition as much as
NGOs 8 possible
• Policy to control human trafficking
• Control migrant workers who can be settlement near the
project area after construction phase
• If possible, the railway alignment is away far from the village
22.10.2019 • Worry to disturb the local electricity use
1:00 pm Kuitkai
local people • Do not allow soil and other material getting from project
to 4:00 pm 180 construction to carry the other place
...
• Appropriate compensations are required for affected farmers and
land owners
• Not allow to destroy natural springs along the project area
894
Second PCM
Participant
Time Location Key Discussion Recorded Photo
Composition Number
Local
15 • To provide compensation for house demolishing and land
authorities acquisition according to laws and regulations
NGOs 10 • To control noise during operation phase
local people 60 • To provide sidewall along the railway
• To make comprehensive assessment for implementation phase
10.10.2019 Mandalay
• To provide job opportunities
1:00 pm Pathein
to 4:00 pm Gyi • To make open tender system for all implementation process
• To prevent human trafficking and drug handling
...
Second PCM
• To emphasize on the public voices and concern
• To publish the project related issues through media and make
the meeting with media for the announcement.
• To avoid the blockage of natural springs
Local
16 • To avoid the damage of religious and archeological places
authorities • To provide resettlement action or compensation for house
demolishing and land acquisition;
11.10.2019 • To provide support for the basic infrastructure (such as, school,
Pyin Oo
1:00 pm hospitals, road) of project related places and nearby areas;
Lwin
to 4:00 pm
• To make compensation for tree cutting;
NGOs 12 • Not to damage the natural resources buried under the ground;
• Not to damage the buried archeological resources;
• To prevent the settlement of migrant workers near the project
local people 90 sites
895
Second PCM
Local • They want very less amount of damage size on their garden
18
authorities land and farm land.
NGOs 9 • If any damage, they would like to get appropriate
compensation;
• The use of electricity from local resources;
• Need to care for natural springs along the project area
• How the railway alignment pass through the natural springs
1.9.2019
Naung and farm lands
1:00 pm
Cho • Want to care about the railway pass for accidents and
to 4:00 pm
local people 200 dangerous
• When the alignment in detail design, local people want to care
the roads and bridge that already exits
• Secure job opportunities for local people
• The illegal trade of unhealthy food from China
• Prevent zero dollar tourism from other place
Second PCM
Participant • To avoid the blockage of natural springs
• Having anxious to get damage on the religious buildings and
Local
22 historical places or buildings
authorities
• Worry for water resources are damaged by the project.
• To provide resettlement action or compensation for house
21.10.2019 demolishing and land acquisition
NGOs 10
1:00 pm to Hispaw • Want job opportunity favor for local peoples
4:00 pm • Noise from blasting process
• To emphasize the public concerns and their livelihood changes
• Not to dispose soil material and other waste from construction
local near the agricultural lands
110
people
• Control foreign and migrant workers
896
Second PCM
Local • Need transparency for the project, when the project is being
12
authorities started to build.
NGOs 6 • Keep away the railway from the village area (limited area for
relocation)
• Want job opportunity favor for local peoples
• Worry to disturb the local electrical power source
• Don’t want to destroy the roads that are connecting village
25.10.2019 to village by the project
1:00 pm to Thein Ni • Want over pass, when the railway and road meet points.
4:00 pm local • Noise and vibration
102
people • Warning signs should be in local languages (Shan,
Burmese, and other native languages)
• Want to avoid grazing ground and agricultural land if
possible
• Appropriate and definite compensations are required for
affected farmers.
• Need to care for natural springs along the project area
Second PCM
• To avoid the agricultural land and provide compensation for
any damages
• To avoid the damage of water resources
• To improve the security to protect Myanmar national with
laws as a lot of foreigners can ether into the country from this
8.9.2019 Local railway.
22
1:00 pm to Lashio authorities • To consider the national security
4:00 pm • To provide electricity and job opportunities
• To reduce the adverse impacts on environment, culture and
socio-economic conditions
• To prioritize the safety on road crossing
• To provide compensation for house demolishing and land
NGOs 10 acquisition with current prices.
897
• To implement the project after compensation process.

• To replant the trees the railway
local • To make sure that the railway is readily accessible by local
200 people.
people
• To discuss with Ministry of Construction before choosing
the railway alignment-
• Ground water alternative due to blasting process
Second PCM
Local
22 • To make sure that the project activities would not harm to
authorities the socioeconomic conditions
NGOs 10 • Need to care for natural springs along the project area
local
85 • Want warning signs along the railway and both side.
24.10.2019 people • To make sure that the implementation agency compensate to
1:00 pm to Muse the affected person directly
4:00 pm • Compensation should be done before the project beginning
and paid transparently
...
• Replanting trees as compensation for tree cutting
• Limit tree cutting outside the project area
Second PCM
Local
16 • To provide sidewall along the railway
authorities • Impact to fauna diversity due to noise
NGOs 13 • To build underpass and overpass for the local people and
local animals
180
6.9.2019 people • To compensate transparently for losing lands and household
1:00 pm to Kyuk Mae • Replant trees along the railroad
4:00 pm • Worrying of human traffic and drugs
... • Suggest to build railroad after getting peace
• Declare the width of the railway line and land use of other
facilities openly
898
Second PCM
Local • Minimize or avoid the farmland and agricultural land
14
Authorities • Compensation will pay for affected farmers and land owners
NGOs 6 as soon as possible
• To provide job opportunities
23.10.2019
Kuikhai local • Want to avoid grazing ground
100
1:00 pm
(Nantphat people • If possible, the railway alignment is away far from the village
kha) • Reasonable railway fee that can be affordable to local people
to 4:00 pm
...
899
This table shows the key discussions of public consultation meetings as it will take a lot of
papers since there were 19 PCMs so far. The discussions about EIA were answered by EIA
teams and discussion about the concerns during scoping stage (both oral discussions during
PCMs and suggestion letters) were presented with a power point and discussed during PCMs
for EIA Study and discussed as follow:
First PCM (Scoping)

Key Concern How to Manage this Concern in EIA Report
1st PCM for Scoping Report
Proper compensation for land used; Cannot discuss during FS stage and RAP will be developed.
No or Less impact to monastery and Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
pagoda Consideration is implemented.
Not to pass railway through villages; Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
Consideration is implemented.
Beware for increase in human It is considered during assessment of negative socio economic
trafficking; impacts during operation phase.
The corporation with human trafficking team in every trip to
Mandalay to Muse Permanent Immigration Inspection Team will
be made.
Not to cause accidental cases to local Public Health and Safety Management Plan is Developed.
people due to high speed train Routine inspection and maintenance of signaling equipment. The
Project will install either passive or active controls at level
crossings.
2nd PCM for Scoping Report
Transparence for the project It is described in submission of EIA Report.
information in every stage; (i) by means of national media (i.e. newspapers)
(ii) the website(s) of the Project or Project Proponent;
(iii) at public meeting places (e.g. libraries, community halls);
and
(iv) at the offices of the Project Proponent
Not to use agricultural land or proper Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
compensation for land use Consideration is Implemented.
RAP is developed.
Railway accidents when crossing with Public Health and Safety Management Plan is Developed.
village road; Routine inspection and maintenance of signaling equipment. The
Project will install either passive or active controls at level
crossings.
Not to damage natural spring along the It is considered during assessment of negative socio-economic
railway impact during construction phase and its mitigation measures are
described.
Ensure job opportunities for local It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
people. At least 50% of local people will be used as worker required for
the construction phase.
900
3rd PCM for Scoping Report

Proper compensation measures for land Cannot discuss during FS stage and RAP will be developed.
used;
Proper arrangement for sustainable Cannot discuss during FS stage and RAP will be developed.
livelihood for project affected persons;
Keep the alignment away from village Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
and forest areas; Consideration is implemented.
Blockage of natural drainage system Blockage of drainage system is considered in assessment of
and natural spring; negative socio-economic impact during construction phase and its
mitigation measures are developed.
The project will use alternative waterway (manmade drainage
system that can drain the large water volume) to avoid potential
to flood due to the blockage of natural drainage system
Prepare warning signs along the Public Health and Safety Management Plan is developed use of
railway line in local language; warning signs in local language is prioritized.
Need to care for natural springs along Blockage of drainage system is considered in assessment of
the project area negative socio-economic impact during construction phase and its
mitigation measures are developed.
4th PCM for Scoping Report
Damage to agricultural lands along the Land Compensation Plan is developed.
railway;
Need sufficient compensation for Land Compensation Plan is developed.
every land used;
Damage to water resources by the Blockage of drainage system is considered in assessment of
project; negative socio-economic impact during construction phase and
its mitigation measures are developed.
Worry for road accidents along the Public Health and Safety Management Plan is Developed.
railway;
Need detailed assessment for socio- Socio-economic impact assessment is implemented.

economic impacts;
Blockage of village roads along the Overpass bridges, underpass bridge and platform bridges are
railway line; planned to be constructed.
Need to construct over pass, when the Overpass bridges, underpass bridge and platform bridges are
railway and road cross point planned to be constructed.
Use warning signs in local languages Public Health and Safety Management Plan is developed and use
along the railway line; of warning signs in local language is prioritized.
Avoid or less impact to agricultural Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
lands. Consideration is Implemented.
901
Appropriate compensations are Cannot discuss during FS stage and RAP will be developed.
required for affected farmers
the project area negative socio-economic impact during construction phase and
Appropriate compensations are Cannot discuss during FS stage and RAP will be developed.
required for affected persons.
Tree plantation for cutting of trees Forest Rehabilitation Plan will be developed.
Need transparency for the project. It is described in submission of EIA Report.
(i) by means of national media (i.e. newspapers)
(iii) at public meeting places (e.g. libraries, community halls);
and
(iv) at the offices of the Project Proponent.
Want to care for road safety Traffic Management Plan will be developed.
the project area negative socio-economic impact during construction phase and
to flood due to the blockage of natural drainage system.
Keep away the alignment from the Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-economic
village Consideration is Implemented.
Need to protect illegal trades due to It is considered in assessment of negative socio-economic
project development impact during operation phase.
Second PCM (EIA)

For public meetings for EIA Stage, the discussions are based on the scoping stage public
meeting and experiences.
Key Concern How to Manage this Concern in EIA Report

st
1 PCM for EIA Study
Noise and vibration from the train Sound barriers are planned to be constructed at the
sensitive points and vibration monitoring is
implemented.
Replantation of trees for cutting of trees Forest Rehabilitation Plan is developed.
Choose electrical power not to pressure on local Will be discussed with Ministry of Electrical Power.
electricity use;
Compensate the farm and agricultural land of local Land compensation plan is developed.
people fairly and transparently-
Not allow cross over the natural spring which are Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio-
the main water source of local people economic Consideration is Implemented.
Not to reduce the water catchment area due to Watershed Management Plan is developed.
railway line (in Pyin Oo Lwin) region
902
2nd PCM for EIA Study

To reduce the damage of natural resources, trees Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on
and forest and the responsible agency have to Environmental Consideration and Socio Economic
undertake the compensation of damage Consideration is implemented.
To emphasize the public concerns Public consultation and participation are undertaken.
To ensure job opportunities for local people, It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
experts and engineers At least 50% of local people will be used as worker
required for the construction phase.
To make RAP for proper compensation for land use Resettlement Action Plan is developed.
Damage to natural spring during tunneling Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
implemented.
Surface water pollution due to bridge construction Impacts on Water Environment during Construction
Phase are assessed.
3 rd PCM for EIA Study
Not to damage natural spring Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on
Environmental Consideration is implemented.
Compensate, rebuild and relocate the local Land compensation plan and resettlement action plan
residents which are removed for the railroad before are developed.
the project are started
Proper and sufficient compensation to local people Land compensation plan is developed and Grievance
without delay Redress Mechanism (GRM) is appointed for
complaints.
Worry to relocate the place of local people who are Resettlement action plan is developed.
poor and to protect them by the laws
Build overpass and underpass where the joint with Overpass bridges, underpass bridge and platform
the road which the local people are using it bridges are planned to be constructed.
4 th PCM for EIA Study
To reduce house demolishing and land acquisition Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio
as much as possible Economic Consideration is implemented.
If possible, the railway alignment is away far from Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio
the village Economic Consideration is implemented.
Worry to disturb the local electricity use
Do not allow soil and other material getting from The proposed waste dumping sites along the railway
project construction to carry the other place alignment for the waste management plan are
indicated.
Appropriate compensations are required for Land Compensation Plan is developed.
affected farmers and land owners
Not allow to destroy natural springs along the Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
project area implemented.
To provide compensation for house demolishing Land Compensation Plan is developed according to
and land acquisition according to laws and laws and regulations.
regulations
To control noise during operation phase Sound barriers are planned to be constructed at the
sensitive points and vibration monitoring is
implemented.
To provide sidewall along the railway Railway-road parallel-run protections (rail protective
barriers or concrete collision walls) are planned to be
constructed.
To provide job opportunities It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
At least 50% of local people will be used as worker
903
To make open tender system for all implementation It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
process
To prevent human trafficking and drug handling It is described in impact assessment of Negative
Socio-economic Impacts during Operation Phase.
To emphasize on the public voices and concern Public consultation and participation are undertaken.
Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) is appointed
for complaints.
To avoid the blockage of natural springs Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
implemented.
To avoid the damage of religious and archeological Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on
places Environmental Consideration is implemented.
To provide resettlement action or compensation for Land compensation and resettlement action plan is
house demolishing and land acquisition; developed.
To provide support for the basic infrastructure It is set up at least 2% of annual profit as CSR fund.
(such as, school, hospitals, road) of project related
places and nearby areas
To make compensation for tree cutting; Forest rehabilitation plan is developed.
Not to damage the natural resources buried under It is described in mitigation measures of impact on
the ground; geology of tunnel construction.
Not to damage the buried archeological resources; It is described in mitigation measures of impact on
geology of tunnel construction.
To prevent the settlement of migrant workers near
the project sites
They want very less amount of damage size on Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on Socio
their garden land and farm land. Economic Consideration is implemented.
If any damage, they would like to get appropriate Land Compensation Plan is developed.
compensation;
Need to care for natural springs along the project Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
area implemented.
How the railway alignment pass through the natural Alternative Analysis for Alignment based on
springs and farm lands Environmental Consideration and Socio Economic
Consideration is implemented.
Want to care about the railway pass for accidents Risk Assessment is implemented. Assessment of
and dangerous Accidents on Railway Alignment is described in
Negative socioeconomic Impacts during Operation
Phase.
Secure job opportunities for local people It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
To avoid the blockage of natural springs Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
implemented.
Having anxious to get damage on the religious Alternative analysis for alignment based on
buildings and historical places or buildings environmental consideration is implemented.
Worry for water resources are damaged by the Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
project implemented.
To provide resettlement action or compensation for Land Compensation Plan is developed.
house demolishing and land acquisition
Want job opportunity favor for local peoples It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
904
Noise from blasting process It is considered in impact during tunnel construction

phase.
To emphasize the public concerns and their Public consultation and participation process is
livelihood changes implemented.
Not to dispose soil material and other waste from Waste dumping site along the railway alignment is
construction near the agricultural lands planned.
Control foreign and migrant workers It is considered in mitigation measures for increase in
crime and security during construction phase of the
railway alignment.
Need transparency for the project, when the project It is described in submission of EIA Report.
is being started to build. (i) by means of national media (i.e. newspapers)
(iii) at public meeting places (e.g. libraries,
community halls); and
(iv) at the offices of the Project Proponent.
Keep away the railway from the village area Alternative analysis for alignment based on
(limited area for relocation) environmental consideration and based on
socioeconomic consideration are conducted.
Want job opportunity favor for local peoples It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
Don’t want to destroy the roads that are connecting Damage to public road is considered during
village to village by the project identification of negative socioeconomic impacts
Want over pass, when the railway and road meet Overpass bridges, underpass bridge and platform
points. bridges are planned to be constructed.
Noise and vibration Noise level is predicted during construction and
operation phase of the railway and vibration is
predicted and their mitigation measures are
described.
Warning signs should be in local languages (Shan, Public Health and Safety Management Plan is
Burmese, and other native languages) developed and use of warning signs in local language
is prioritized.
Want to avoid grazing ground and agricultural land Alternative analysis for alignment based on
if possible socioeconomic consideration is implemented.
Appropriate and definite compensations are Land compensation plan is developed.
required for affected farmers.
area implemented and waste dumping site along the
railway alignment is planned.
To avoid the agricultural land and provide Alternative analysis for alignment based on
compensation for any damages socioeconomic consideration is implemented and
land compensation plan is developed.
To avoid the damage of water resources Tunnel construction wastewater treatment is
implemented and waste dumping site along the
To provide electricity and job opportunities Job opportunity for local people is described in
project developer commitment and providing
renewable energy supply for rural area is considered
in CSR plan.
To reduce the adverse impacts on environment, Thee respective mitigation measures are described.
cultural and socio-economic conditions
905
To prioritize the safety on road crossing Overpass bridges, underpass bridge and platform
bridges are planned to be constructed.
To provide compensation for house demolishing Land compensation plan is developed.
and land acquisition with current prices.
To replant the trees the railway Forest rehabilitation plan is developed.
Ground water alternation due to blasting process It is considered in negative socioeconomic impact on
water resource during tunnel construction.
To make sure that the project activities would not Impacts on socioeconomic are considered.
harm to the socioeconomic conditions
area implemented and waste dumping site along the
Want warning signs along the railway and both Public Health and Safety Management Plan is
side. developed and use of warning signs in local language
is prioritized.
Replanting trees as compensation for tree cutting Forest rehabilitation plan is developed.
Limit tree cutting outside the project area It is considered in mitigation measure for flora
diversity during construction phase.

Impact to fauna diversity due to noise It is considered in impact on fauna diversity during
construction phase.
To build underpass and overpass for the local For local people, overpass bridges, underpass bridge
people and animals and platform bridges are planned to be constructed.
For animal passing, tunnel, bridges, culverts, are
planned to be constructed to avoid all wildlife along
the line.
Replant trees along the railroad Forest rehabilitation plan is developed.
Worrying of human traffic and drugs It is considered in negative socioeconomic impacts of
alignment during operation phase of the project.
Declare the width of the railway line and land use Project proponent discloses the EIA report (that
of other facilities openly contained width of the railway line and land use) to
civil society, PAPs (project affected persons), local
community and other concerned stakeholder by
means of national media, website of project
proponent, at public meeting places and at the office
of project proponent.
Minimize or avoid the farmland and agricultural Alternative analysis based on environmental and
land socioeconomic consideration is implemented.
Compensation will pay for affected farmers and Proper compensation will be made by organizing
land owners as soon as possible compensation team with local authorities during
implementation phase.
Compensation will be paid according to the Land
Acquisition Act (LAA) and Land Acquisition
Resettlement Committee (LARC).
To provide job opportunities It is described in Project Developer Commitment.
906

Want to avoid grazing ground Alternative analysis based on environmental and
socioeconomic consideration is implemented.
If possible, the railway alignment is away far from Alternative analysis based on environmental
the village consideration is implemented.
Review
Due to large number of events since 6 PCMs for scoping and 13 PCMs for EIA were held,
detailed information concerning with the PCMs could not be provided precisely. For
information about EIA, Dr. Kyaw Swar Tint and his members of EIA team responded to the
questions and for information about the project, those in charge from MR Team responded.
The following table shows the key challenges and responses that were made during PCMs.
During PCMs, the major discussion and challenges are as follows:
No. Challenges Response
1. The detailed railway alignment During FS stage, precise railway alignment
that pass the exact location cannot be got and proposed alignment can be
changed during implementation stage
2. Compensation for land use Proper compensation will be made by
organizing compensation team with local
authorities during implementation phase
3. Not believe all of the Chinese International official tender will be made for
Project selection of project developer(s)
4. Commitments for compensation Compensation will be made by organizing
compensation
5. The blockage of village roads, Will use adequate bridges and culverts along
seasonal streams and natural the railway line not to block any public worry
springs
6. Noise during operation phase Will made sound barrier in some
environmentally and socially sensitive areas
7. Trees cutting outside of the Limit tree cutting and replanting as per local
project corridor forestry department if cutting
No tree cutting outside of the project corridor
8. The use of electricity in local Power supply will be sourced that no pressure
on local electricity use
Source electricity from China if possible
Will not construct power supply system in local
for this purpose
9. Quarry mine for extraction of Will not extract lime stone for railway subgrade
road stone without permission from Government
10. Secure job opportunities for Tender will be made transparency for every
local people project development stage
11. Take other natural resources Strictly control construction contractor(s) not to
(logs, metals and wild animals) take other resources during construction phase
during construction of railway
and tunnels
907
12 Blockage of spring water due to Beware the alternation of waterway during

blasting process in tunneling tunneling
13. Avoid pagoda and monastery Will avoid pagoda and monastery areas
areas
14. Avoid forest area to reduce tree Will avoid forest area as much as possible and
cutting will replant if cutting is made.
9.3. Results of Consultations
Key Findings from the PCMs about the Proposed Project
The followings are the summary of key findings from public meetings for scoping proposal:
1. Less damage to agricultural land, forest area and histological places;
2. Not to damage to uncover natural resources; (keep away alignment from natural
resources existing area);
3. Proper compensation to land use with or without ground gram;
4. Declare the width of the railway line and land use of other facilities openly;
5. Limit tree cutting outside of the project area;
6. Less damage to wildlife along the railway line;
7. Control foreign and migrant workers;
8. Policy to prevent the settlement of migrant workers near the project sites;
9. Policy to ensure job opportunities to local people;
10. Tender system for every project implementation works;
11. Not to separate the agricultural lands by the railway;
12. Not to increase in traffic during construction phase;
13. Road damage during transportation of construction materials;
14. Create job opportunities for local people at Muse-Mandalay Railway road where the
economic conditions can be reduced due to the development of railway line;Not to
produce the electricity for railway in Myanmar;
15. Not to use the require electricity for rails in local source.
908
Public concerns and public needs for transmission lines will be considered in those of railway alignment. Public concerns and public needs for
power stations for each township are as follows:
Public Concerns Public Needs

Pressure on
Township Traffic Damage to Proper Electrical
No. Village Names Land Power Job Remarks
Names and Road Agricultural Compensation Power
Acquisition Distributio Opportunities
Damage Lands for Land Use Supply
n System
Sar Toe, Sat Kway, Myo Pyin Gyi,
Da None, Nyaung Ni Pin, Nyaung
Pin Zout, Myit Laung, Ashay Thar
Mandalay
Yar Gone, Pyauk Sake Gone, Sin
(Myit 3 nos. of
Boe, Pauk Chine, Min Su, Min
Nge, traction
1. Ywar, War Yone Pin, Than Ma Taw,   - -   -
Pathein substati
Thansin Kone, Let Kaung, Tha Le
Gyi, Pyin on
Kone, Yan Kin Taung, Lane Pin,
Oo Lwin
Thet Kan Kone, Kone Kaw, Pin
Lein (Middle), Ashay Pin Lein, Pan
U Taung
Taung Quarter, Mak Hki Nu, Kone

1 no. of
Gyi Ma, Ngoke Ka Lay, Ong Ma
Naung traction
2. Hkar, Kyein Ga Naing, Bant Bway, -  -    
Cho substati
Hsan Ma Hse, Long Yon, Ah Nauk
on
Kyu Inn
No
Khie Tone Hone, Kone Kaw, Naung
traction
3. Kyaukmae Ann, Ngon Sai, Sai Khawng, - -   -  
substati
Kyaung Kone, Mway Taw
on
1 no. of
Kyin Thi, Twan Kar, Naung Eain,
traction
4. Hsipaw Swat Lann, Ho Naung, Pan Sauk, -      
substati
Nam Aun
on
909
Hkar Shi, Nawng Mun, San Pyat, 2 nos. of

Lwin Lount, Hkay Nin, Mae Han, traction
5. Lashio       
Kaung Ma Kyan, Naung Laing, Ho substati
Peik, Pan Hat on
Nar Chat, Nan Maw Hate, 1 no. of
Pan Kham, Pan Sone, Pan Phat, traction
6. Theinni -      
Nam On, Man Chat, Wane Line, substati
Man Sar Tone, Naung Onn on
Nam Hpat Kar, Pang Sa Lorp, Ho 2 nos. of
traction
7. Kutkai Nar, Nan Khone, Nam Hpat Lun,       
substati
Kawng Lein, Mhan Lone, Pa Gyo on
1 no. of
Nam Pang, Nan Sonn, Kaung Khan,
traction
8. Muse Wane Mine, Phat Man, Man Haung, -   -   
substati
Man Hai, Man Mai
on
0 to 10 % of respondents
61 to 90 % of respondent
910
9.4. Further Public Consultation Meetings
During the Public Consultation Meetings, it didn’t explain about the detail discussion about the
compensation for the land use of the proposed project. Therefore, the compensation for the land
use will be performed according to the Resettlement Action Plan for the Power Supply System
and the developer will make public consultation meeting at least two times per year. Moreover,
intermittent consultation meeting will also make according to the necessarily. MR will do the
future public meetings shows in the following table.
SN PCM Responsibilities Remarks

1. Land Compensation MR Places where every affected
people can attend
2. Before starting key project MR Places where every affected
development people can attend
3. Once for any conflict between MR Places where every affected

communities people can attend
4. Job Opportunities (Plan for MR Places where every affected
jobless local people) people can attend
5. The use of CSR fund MR Places where every affected
people can attend
9.5. Public Disclosure Process

EIA investigation
The EIA procedure of Myanmar (2015) requires that the Project Proponent shall undertake: timely
disclosure of all relevant information about the proposed Project and its likely Adverse Impacts to
the public and civil society through local and national media, the website(s) of the Project or
Project Proponent, at public places such as libraries and community halls, and on sign boards at
the Project site visible to the public, and provide appropriate and timely explanations in press
conferences and media interviews.
In accordance with the guideline,
1. Sharing of relevant information about the proposed project was done by focus group discussions
which was carried out with heads of village administration office and elders from almost all of the
nearest villages.
911
2. Information regarding the proposed project was disseminated to the local community by sharing
pamphlet and brochure which have images related to the project.
3. During Public Meeting, facts regarding the proposed project and potential impacts were
presented in a transparent behavior using Power Point presentation and posters.
Submission of EIA Report

The EIA procedure of Myanmar (2015) requires that not later than fifteen (15) days after
submission of the EIA Report to the Department, the Project Proponent shall disclose the EIA
Report to civil society, PAPs (project affected persons) , local communities and other concerned
stakeholders: (i) by means of national media (i.e. newspapers); (ii) the website(s) of the Project or
Project Proponent; (iii) at public meeting places (e.g. libraries, community halls); and (iv) at the
offices of the Project Proponent.
In accordance with the guideline, draft EIA report will be made publicity on MR website.
9.6. Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM)
A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) must be made available to parties who have grievances or
are not satisfied with any part of the development of proposed project and compensation process.
A grievance redress mechanism (GRM), will be established to prevent and address community
concerns, and reduce risks. The GRM is also an integral part of the monitoring and information
system. It aims to ensure that feedback is received, that the voices from the poor and marginalized
groups are heard, and that the issues raised are resolved effectively and expeditiously. It helps
ensure that vulnerable households are treated equitably.
The GRM will be accessible to diverse members of the community and stakeholders. Multiple
types of media, including face-to-face meetings, written forms, telephone conversations, or e-mail,
will be available for raising issues, concerns and grievances.
The GRM aims to resolve concerns promptly, in an impartial and transparent process tailored to
the specific community, and at no cost and without retribution to the complainant/s. The GRM
will be communicated to different stakeholders. It is intended that information about the GRM be
disseminated widely in meetings and through pamphlets and brochures in Myanmar language, and
ethnic languages as needed/relevant. Specifically, information will be provided about how and
912
where to lodge complaints/grievances. Villagers will be encouraged to seek clarification or

remediation through the mechanism if they have any questions or complaints/ grievances.
Grievance Redress Monitoring Indicators

Grievance redress monitoring indicators will include:
• Number of complaints/ grievances registered.
• Percentage of grievances resolved.
• Percentage of grievances resolved within stipulated time period.
• Time required to resolve complaints.
• Percentage of complainants satisfied with response and grievance redress.
• Percentage of project beneficiaries that have access to the GRM.
9.6.1. Grievance Redress Committee (GRC)

In order to address grievances, a Grievance Redress Committee (GRM) will be formed for dealing
with any grievances as they arise. This will include representatives from MMQ, representatives
from Village Administrative Office of nearest project sites, representatives from Land Use
Department (if necessary), representatives from Township Administrative Office, and
representative from Village Administrative Office and PAPs.
9.6.2. Role and Responsibility of GRM Team

The GRM
The proposed GRM follows the existing approach taken for managing complaints about local issues
by members of the public in Myanmar. Residents' complaints or concerns are generally taken to local
government (village and township level) representatives for resolution; therefore this system is
integrated into the GRM.
In their capacity as implementing agencies, the MR will establish a Public Complaints Unit (PCU)
within the PMU early during project implementation prior to the start of planning and design of sub-
projects and prior to negotiations for public complains. The PCU will deal with complaints from
affected people and stakeholders throughout implementation of the project. This will include nearby
residents, construction workers, and will involve village and township level government.
913
The PMU will be the key contact point for local government representatives who may require
information about the project or who have an issue they would like to discuss. The PMU will issue
public notices and leaflets in local languages early in the subproject design process to inform people
and organizations within the project area of the GRM. The PCU’s phone number, fax, address, email
address will be disseminated.
The PMU will maintain a complaints database which indicates the household making the
grievance, the nature of the issue, the date the report was received and also dealt with and the
result. Dispute receipt and resolution will be reported regularly in project quarterly reports.
9.6.3. Grievance Mechanism Procedures

The procedure for handling grievances should be as follows.
(i) The affected person will file his grievance in writing, to the Village Leader. The grievance note will
be signed and dated by the aggrieved person. Where the affected person is unable to write, he will
obtain assistance to write the note and emboss the letter with his/her thumbprint.
(ii) The Head of Village Administrative Office or Village Leader will notify the Grievance Committee
and respond within 14 days during which any meetings and discussions to be held with the aggrieved
person will be conducted. If the grievance relates to valuation of assets, an independent value will be
requested to revalue the assets, and this may necessitate a longer period of time. In this case, the
aggrieved person will be notified by the VOC’s head or Village Leader that his/her complaint is being
considered.
(iii)If the aggrieved person does not receive a response or is not satisfied with the outcome within
the agreed time, he/she may lodge his/her grievance to the Local General Administration
Department.
Table 9.9. Township, district and state level committees for the grievance redress mechanism
No Committee Member Member Role
Township Level Redress Committee (TRC)
Deputy admin officer – township level (General Member
Township level officer Member
914
District Level Redress Committee (DRC)

Deputy admin officer – district level (General Member
District level officer Member
State Level Redress Committee (SRC)
The president appointed mayor as a minister Chairperson
In Yangon, there are four districts and each district can 4 Members
elect one representative
Appointed from government 4 Members
9.6.4. GRM Steps and Time Frame

Procedures and time frames for the grievance redress process are as follows:
Stage 1: Access to GRM. If a concern arises, the affected person will resolve the issue of concern
directly with the contractor, or make his/her complaint known to either the PCU directly, or
through the local village or township government, whichever level of authority he/she is most
comfortable with;
Stage 2: Official Complaint to PCU. If a complaint is filed at local government level, the
government representative will submit an oral or written complaint to the PCU. For an oral
complaint the PCU must make a written record. For each complaint, the PCU must assess its
eligibility. If the complaint is not eligible, for instance it is determined that the issue is outside the
scope of the project, PCU will provide a clear reply within five working days to the affected person;
Stage 3: PCU Complaint Resolution. The PCU will register the complaints informing the
respective local and district government, the PMU and contractors. The PCU, with support of the
social specialist and other PICs depending on the issue will take steps to investigate and resolve
the issue. This may involve instructing the contractor to take corrective actions. Within seven days
of the redress solution being agreed upon, the contractor should implement the redress solution
and convey the outcome to the PMU;
Stage 4: Stakeholder Meeting. If no solution can be identified by the PCU or if the affected person
is not satisfied with the suggested solution under Stage 3, within two weeks of the end of Stage 3,
the PCU will organize a multi-stakeholder meeting under the auspices of the head of local
government, where all relevant stakeholders will be invited. The meeting will result in a solution
915
acceptable to all, and identify responsibilities and an action plan. MMQ will implement the agreed
redress solution and convey the outcome to the PMU within seven working days. The invitees to
this meeting will depend on the nature of the complaint. For example, if the complaints relate to
health, land disputes, or labor issues, the appropriate specialist in this field will be invited to the
stakeholder meeting. This may include officers from the Department of Agricultural Land
Management and Statistics (land rights issues), Myanmar Chamber of Commerce
(business/commercial issues), various non-government organizations (NGOs) (gender or equity
issues), Ministry for Ethnic Affairs (if ethnic group household involved), Ministry of Health
(health issues), Ministry of Environmental Conservation and Forestry (environmental issues), and
Ministry of Labor (labor issues); and
Stage 5: District Administration Officer Resolution. If the multi-stakeholder meeting cannot
resolve the problem, and the affected person remains unsatisfied, the PMU will set up a meeting
with the District Administration Officer to identify a solution.
916
10.0. CONCLUSION
This EIA study for railway power supply system will cover the traction substations and power
transmission line for railway power supply system. This study will not cover for high voltage
power transmission line where traction substations will use electrical power from this source.
Moreover, EIA study will focus mainly on environmental and social impacts due to traction
substations because the adverse impacts of transmission line will be included in railway subgrade
construction. Typically, operation phase of transmission line will be considered. According to the
impact assessment for the feasibility study for the railway power supply system, the most possible
impacts will be land use, increase in traffic, soil contamination and noise during construction phase
and the use of electrical power and EMF during operation phase. The most possible socio-
economic impacts will be impact on agricultural lands, increase in traffic, and impacts due to
population influx and pressure on electricity consumption. According to the nature of the
environmental and social impacts for railway power supply system, the impact due to construction
phase will be more than operation and decommissioning phase.
This EIA report will only consider the environmental, socio-economic and health impacts of the
project related impacts and will not cover the political and economic issues correlated to the
proposed project. According to the nature of the environmental and social impacts for railway
construction, the impact due to construction phase will have high impact than operation phase. So,
the MR will pay attention for construction phase. As for conclusion, all the environmental and
social impacts can be mitigated to proper mitigation measures to acceptable level described in this
report.
The construction and operation of Muse-Mandalay Railway will provide improved transport
service, and will serve as one of the import-export corridors of the country. During the railway
project development, there will be socio economic impacts, such as loss of farmland, house and
income. It will also contribute to the improvement of the livelihood of the local populations that
are crossed by the road project, contribute to the growth and development of trade and urban
centers, improvement of crop and livestock production and its marketing network.
According to the EIA study, the most public concerns is land acquisition of the railway as the
construction of the railway transmission line will displace some households that are located along
the route. So, EIA report for Railway Power Supply System will be reported together with
Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for Railway Power Supply System. The objective of this RAP
917
report is to minimize the socio-economic risks from the construction of railway bridges and
culverts project by avoiding displacement of (especially for land acquisition and resettlement). The
RAP designs compensation procedures and relocation, establishes compensation measures for
losses incurred and it also establishes income restoration measures and resettlement assistance.
The preparation of this report is based on the World Bank policies on involuntary resettlement.
In implementation phase, the most important thing is to involve the right PAPs in compensation
process because most of the agricultural lands in rural areas in southern part of Myanmar does
not have legal permit for land use and can cause dispute about the land ownership.
Compensation for land that does not have legal permit is also one of the most public concerns
during public consultation meetings. The developer also needs to draw up some portions of
RAP after the project has been granted and getting the detailed design for railway power supply
system & related facilities. The other essential things are who will make the compensation during
implementation phase and it is also necessary to make clear cut for the responsible party for
compensation. So, it is necessary to clear cut who will make the compensation and implement the
RAP Framework and RAP before any start of the project implementation. The participation of
local leaders and PAPs in disseminating information and resolving disputes will be important once
RAP implementation starts. As for conclusion, all of the environmental and social impacts can be
mitigated to proper mitigation measures to acceptable level described in these EIA Report and
impacts related land acquisition and resettlement will be minimized by RAP reports.
918

EIA For Power Supply (Muse Mandalay Railway)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA For Power Supply (Muse Mandalay Railway)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA For Power Supply (Muse Mandalay Railway)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Muse-Mandalay Railway (Power Supply System)

1.0. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.2. Summary of Introduction

1.2.1. Brief of Project Proponent

Myanma Railways (MR) under the Ministry of Transport and

Power Stations and Transmission Lines along Muse-Mandalay

Muse-Mandalay Railway starts from Muse port of entry at the

1.U Myo Win (General Manager)

Upper Myanmar Administration Department, Mandalay

2.U Phyo Htet Kyaw [Assistant General Manager (Planning)]

Planning and Administration Department, (MR)

Nay Pyi Taw Station Compound, Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar

1.2.2. Brief of EIA Team

Ever Green Tech Environmental Services & Training Co., Ltd.

Ever Green Tech Environmental Services and Training Co.,

Telephone Number 09-5099230, 09-5099232

Dr. Kyaw Swar Tint

Contact person Principal Environmental and Social Consultant

1.2.3. Selected Consultants for Conducting EIA

No Name Degree Responsibility Area of Expertise

Hone Pha (Electronics)

Selected Consultants for Report Writing

No. Name Degree Responsibility Report Writing

1.2.4. Objectives of A Study

The EIA report will contain:

1.2.5. Scope of the EIA Study

(1) Traction substations; and

1.3. Summary of Legal Requirements

1.3.1. Laws and Regulations Related to the Proposed Project

Workmen’s Compensation Act 2005

Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Cultural and Heritage

Laws and Regulations Year

Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Natural Environment

Laws and Regulations Year

Laws and Regulations Year

Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Transportation and Communication

Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Land Acquisition

Laws and Regulations Year

Table. Laws and Regulations Related to Power Supply

Laws and Regulations Year

Laws and Regulations Year

1.3.2. Summary of International Agreements and Conventions

International Agreements and

Basel Convention, 1989 2015

Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 1994

United Nations Agenda 21 1997

Relevant ILO Conventions in force in Myanmar

1.3.3. Summary of National Environmental Quality (Emissions) Guideline for Electrical

(a) Effluent Levels

Biological oxygen demand mg/l 30

Chemical oxygen demand mg/l 125

Oil and grease mg/l 10

Total coliform bacteria 100 ml 400

Total nitrogen mg/l 10

Total phosphorus mg/l 2

Total suspended solids mg/l 50

(b) Electromagnetic Field

Frequency Electric Field (V/ma) Magnetic Field ((µTb)

(c) Noise level set in NEQG